East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy - Broxtowe€¦ · 3.7 Park & Ride 3.8 4.3 East Midlands HS2...

44
East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy: World Class - Locally Driven September 2017

Transcript of East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy - Broxtowe€¦ · 3.7 Park & Ride 3.8 4.3 East Midlands HS2...

Page 1: East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy - Broxtowe€¦ · 3.7 Park & Ride 3.8 4.3 East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Contents Contents Foreword 3 3.6 Cycling & Walking 33 Executive Summary

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy World Class - Locally Driven

September 2017

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy

1

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Contents

Contents

Foreword 3 36 Cycling amp Walking 33

Executive Summary 6 37 Park amp Ride 33

38 Strategic amp Local Road Access 34

People 9 39 Next Steps 35

11 The Economic Prize 10

12 The Changing Nature of Work 11 Delivery 37

13 Our Skills and Supply Chain Strategy 12 41 Developing an Investible Proposition 38

14 Next Steps 15 42 Key Moves 38

43 Proposals for Delivery Bodies 39

Place 16 44 Mitigation 39

21 East Midlands Context 17 45 Phases of Delivery 40

22 East Midlands Hub Growth Zone 18 46 First Phase Priorities 40

23 Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone 23

24 Next Steps 26 Appendix 41

Connectivity 27

31 National Context 28

32 Our Strategic Approach 29

33 Rail 29

34 Mass Transit Extensions 31

35 Buses amp Taxis 32

2

Foreword

Cllr Jon Collins Leader of Nottingham City Council Chair of East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Michelle Craven-Faulkner Vice Chair of Rail Forum East Midlands

Cllr Kay Cutts MBE Leader of Nottinghamshire County Council Member of HS2 Strategic Board

Cllr Simon Spencer Deputy Leader of Derbyshire County Council Vice Chair of East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Peter Richardson Chair of D2N2 LEP

Nick Pulley Chair of Leicester and Leicestershire LEP

Cllr Nicholas Rushton Cllr Ranjit Banwait Leader of Leader of Derby City Council Leicestershire County Council Member of HS2 Strategic Board Member of East Midlands Councils Executive Board

Scott Knowles Chief Executive East Midlands Chamber (Derbyshire Nottinghamshire Leicestershire)

3

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Foreword

Foreword

In September 2016 we published our Emerging Growth Strategy which described our initial ideas for using HS2 connectivity to drive our long term economic growth rate to above the UK average equivalent to an additional 74000 jobs and pound4 billion of GVA by 2043

This document takes our work several steps further and sets out clear and deliverable plans for how we can work with Government and local communities to deliver this economic prize ndash consistent with the Midlands Engine Vision for Growth and the Governmentrsquos emerging Industrial Strategy

For local people and businesses across the East Midlands HS2 will mean

bull More job and training opportunities - and

the chance to earn higher wages

bull More trade and investment

bull More housing opportunities

bull More trains less over-crowding and much

quicker journey times to key destinations and

bull Better local transport connections for both work and leisure

Our Growth Strategy has been developed within a wider spatial context that will use HS2 to enhance towns and cities across the East Midlands and maximise the potential of key assets like East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange

The HS2 Hub Station at Toton in Nottinghamshire will be the most connected station on the high speed network outside of London To capitalise on this super-connectivity we have exciting proposals for a high quality lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo

linked to our university sector capable of delivering up to 10000 high quality jobs new community facilities and a range of new housing opportunities It will be an inspiring 21st Century Gateway to the East Midlands and a destination in its own right The lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo will sit at the heart of a thriving network of lsquogarden villagersquo developments that will include the nearby Stanton and Chetwynd Barracks sites

We have developed a pragmatic step by step approach to integrating the Hub Station into national regional and local transport networks This will relieve existing congestion and spread the benefts of HS2 to surrounding cities towns and villages as well as a link to East Midlands Airport and key strategic development sites

4

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Foreword

Foreword

The Infrastructure Maintenance Depot at Staveley and the ability to serve Chesterfeld with high speed trains will have a transformational impact on the Derbyshire economy We have set out a comprehensive approach to integrating Chesterfeld station and associated development areas into the town enhancing its role as a gateway to the Peak District National Park and accelerating the regeneration of the Staveley corridor and key surrounding sites

Informing all our work is a clear recognition of the needs of people ndash current and future generations Key to this in the early stages will be implementing our comprehensive skills and supply chain strategy making sure that our young people and businesses can beneft from the economic opportunities that lie ahead

We have set out a clear and well evidenced approach to delivery We recognise that not everything can happen at once and that some hard choices will have to be made We have commissioned independent assessments of the costs of key interventions and the value of the resulting development that has informed a business case for investment which is set out in a separate document We are keen to establish powerful locally led development vehicles that can realise the potential we have identifed

In conclusion we have set out a bold yet pragmatic vision for using HS2 to boost economic growth across the East Midlands We now need a commitment from Government to work in partnership with us to make our vision a reality

5

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Executive Summary

Executive Summary

Our Growth Strategy is structured around the three themes of People Place and Connectivity with a clear focus on Delivery

People

People are at the heart of our Growth Strategy For local people across the East Midlands HS2 will mean more jobs and training opportunities the chance to earn higher wages and more housing choice But these benefts will not be delivered without continuing local leadership strong governance and collective action

We have set out a coherent economic strategy consistent with the Midlands Engine Vision for Growth and the Governmentrsquos Industrial Strategy that builds on our existing strengths in manufacturing technology and high value services and which will help to shift our long term economic growth rate to above the UK average

We have developed a comprehensive skills amp supply chain strategy and action plan based around fve key themes inspiring our young people building further education capacity harnessing the power of our universities

supporting individuals and ensuring our businesses are lsquoHS2 readyrsquo Our three immediate priorities are

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to

business support that will help local SMEs beneft from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities

bull Establishing a rail industry lsquoinnovation

grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2

awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2

Underpinning our approach is an understanding that the nature of work will continue to change rapidly as a result of new technology and that the requirements and aspirations of the future workforce are likely to be diferent to our own

Place

Great place-making will be key to realising the opportunities that HS2 connectivity will create Our proposals are ambitious but build upon our existing market strengths and add value to the attractive mix of urban and rural environments that already characterises the East Midlands We have also sought to refect the needs and aspirations of future generations in the scale and form of proposed development and by incorporating sustainable transport choices

Within a strategic context set by Midlands Engine and Midlands Connect initiatives we have identifed two lsquoGrowth Zonesrsquo which relate directly to the benefts of HS2 connectivity and complement existing assets across the East Midlands

The East Midlands Hub Growth Zone is related to the area around the Hub Station at Toton itself Here we are proposing the development

6

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Executive Summary

Executive Summary

of a new high quality lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo with the potential to create up to 10000 new jobs community facilities and a range of new housing choices It will be an inspiring 21st Century Gateway to the East Midlands and a destination in its own right The lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo will sit at the heart of a thriving network of lsquogarden villagersquo developments that will include the nearby Stanton and Chetwynd Barracks sites

Chesterfeld and Staveley will be at the heart of the North Derbyshire Growth Zone but activity will focus on the wider Derbyshire growth story We will use HS2 to complement existing rail services and transform links between Chesterfeld Station and the town centre opening up regeneration opportunities and creating an attractive gateway to the Peak District National Park ndash one the regionrsquos unique destination ofers The Staveley depot will be the heart of a mixed use housing and employment zone within the wider growth corridor and in the short term could also provide a construction base for HS2

Connectivity

The Hub Station at Toton will already be the most connected on the high speed network outside of London Whilst the development adjacent to the Hub Station will be crucial our early work confrmed that much of the wider economic potential of HS2 will be dependent on the extent to which we can connect economic opportunities across the East Midlands into the high speed network In particular the city centres of Derby Leicester and Nottingham East Midlands Airport and sites that exist in the towns and villages surrounding both the Hub Station and Chesterfeld

Our analysis has demonstrated which modes of transport will serve diferent markets most efectively ndash national regional sub-regional and local Based on this we have set out a comprehensive step by step approach to connectivity which will maximise transport choice for future generations as well as tackling congestion issues that exist today

Key to this will be safeguarding the ability to extend public transport accessibility in the scope of the Governmentrsquos Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and

planning now for a phased approach to delivery of highway improvements starting in Road Investment Strategy period 2 (RIS2)

Whilst we are confdent that the measures we have identifed can deliver positive outcomes more detailed design work will be required to secure the capital funding necessary for delivery Further work on the design and phasing of key interventions will therefore be undertaken with transport modelling developed in partnership with Midlands Connect the outcome of which will also help to scope the necessary provisions of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

7

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Executive Summary

Executive Summary

Delivery

We have undertaken a number of technical studies to understand the costs and benefts of various scales and rates of development to inform the development of an initial outline business case for our proposals consistent with Treasury requirements which is set out in a separate document This work will evolve and become more granular as our growth proposition matures

We have set out the key moves necessary to deliver our proposals for people place and connectivity and highlighted the immediate issues that we need Government support to progress In particular

bull Provision within the scope of the Phase

2b Hybrid Bill and Environmental Impact Statement to accommodate our vision for the Hub Station including a classic compatible link a northern station concourse and public transport overbridge local road access and enhancements to Trent Junctions

bull Financial and technical support from

Highways England and HS2 Ltd to take forward Phase 1 of the East Midlands Gateway Connectivity Plan

bull Provision within RIS2 for the development of a major scheme to address existing and future challenges on the A52 between Derby and Nottingham

bull Financial and technical support from

DCLG and the Homes amp Communities Agency (HCA) to develop the concept of a lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo at the heart of a network of thriving lsquogarden villagesrsquo including land assembly

bull Financial and technical support from

Network Rail HS2 Ltd and HS2 Growth Partnership to work collaboratively on the relocation of rail sidings and depot adjacent to the Hub Station

bull Designation of the Staveley Infrastructure

Maintenance Depot (IMD) site as a construction base for the construction of Phase 2b of HS2

bull Financial support for the delivery of the

early phases of the Chesterfeld amp Staveley Regeneration Route and Station Link Road

bull Provision for both Sheffield HS2 and classic

compatible services to stop at Chesterfeld Station and

bull Financial and technical support for the

establishment of a lsquoshadow delivery bodyrsquo to take forward the Growth Strategy

8

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

Section 1 | People Summary

People are at the heart of our Growth Strategy For local people across the East Midlands HS2 will mean more job and training opportunities the chance to earn higher wages and more housing choice But these benefts will not be delivered without continuing local leadership strong governance and collective action

We have set out a coherent economic strategy consistent with the Midlands Engine Vision for Growth and the Governmentrsquos Industrial Strategy that builds on our existing strengths in manufacturing technology and high value services ndash and which will help to shift our long term economic growth rate to above the UK average

We have developed a comprehensive skills amp supply chain strategy and action plan based around fve key themes inspiring our young people building further education capacity harnessing the power of our universities supporting individuals and ensuring our businesses are lsquoHS2 readyrsquo Our three immediate priorities are

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to business support that will help local SMEs benefit from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities

bull Establishing a rail industry lsquoinnovation grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2 awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2

Underpinning our approach is an understanding that the nature of work will continue to change rapidly as a result of new technology and that the requirements and aspirations of the future workforce are likely to be diferent to our own

9

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

11 The Economic Prize HS2 will provide major opportunities for businesses in the East Midlands to expand their horizons and to trade and compete in wider markets Similarly high speed rail will connect the people of the East Midlands to new work learning and leisure opportunities whilst opening up the region to new visitors

Independent research commissioned from KPMG by HS2 Ltd suggested that an East Midlands Hub Station could have the greatest economic uplift of any of the proposed HS2 stations Our own work has confrmed this assessment This potential refects the ability of HS2 to radically improve connectivity between the local economies of the East Midlands with those across the UK but also our own inherent and enduring economic strengths

We have undertaken a comprehensive lsquoEconomic Opportunities Assessmentrsquo underpinned by independent analysis from Cambridge Econometrics to determine the best approach for maximising local growth opportunities - focussing on the D2N2 and Leicester amp Leicestershire LEP areas This combined area already comprises 315 million people over 100000 businesses and pound65 billion of GVA

We have gone back to frst principles and looked at the drivers that are likely to shape economic growth over the coming decades From this we have set out a strategy for how we can use HS2 to deliver a more productive and resilient economy

Our analysis suggests that by targeting some of our key sectors that can beneft from HS2 connectivity in particular manufacturing technology and high value services we can boost employment growth from just below to above the

projected UK trend - equivalent to an additional 74000 jobs and almost pound4 billion of GVA by 2043 ndash helping to close the gaps in our economy post Brexit

Our approach is consistent with the emerging Midlands Engine Vision for Growth and will help to deliver key aspects of the Governmentrsquos Industrial Strategy ndash in

particular by helping to re-balance the economy increasing productivity promote innovation and support export growth

For more information about the analysis underpinning our economic strategy please visit httpwwwemcouncilsgovukHS2

Economic Growth Baseline Matching UK Trend

Our Economic Vision

Net Employment Growth (FTE) 172000 184000 246000

GVA Uplift above Baseline - pound038 billion pound399 billion

Key Drivers

Manufacturing Engine

Technology High Value Services

The UKrsquos most competitive location for high value engineering and manufacturing

A fertile innovation eco-system attracting global talent in research strengths

Delivering a step change in high value services

Enablers

Smart Growth A Dynamic Entrepreneurial

Economy

Galvanised visitor economy and distinctive

gateway

A transformed and expanded visitor economy bringing a new generation of visitors to established and new attractions

Creating the conditions to compete for investment talent and knowledge nationally and internationally including excellence in logistics and distribution capacity

One of the best places to start and grow a business in the UK high quality business space reinforced by world class business support and access to funding and investment

10

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

12 The Changing Nature of Work We understand that we are planning for HS2 over a 25 year time horizon and that the nature of work is changing fast Looking back over the last 25 years we can see how information technology and the rise of the internet has radically changed many peoplersquos working lives This pace of technological change will continue and even accelerate over the coming decades ndash and it will impact on all aspects of the economy not just the service sector

Whilst we cannot anticipate all the changes that may happen our plans for making the most of HS2 must be forward looking and fexible and try not to use the solutions of the past to meet the challenges of the future

Crucial to success is understanding who we are planning for ndash and how they are likely to want to live their lives

The core workforce we are planning for are children now at school ndash the so called lsquoGeneration Zrsquo This is the frst generation of lsquodigital nativesrsquo - people who have grown up with digital technology and are comfortable using it for all manner of everyday tasks Research suggests Generation Z will have a very diferent experience of work to their parents - with up to 5 diferent careers 15 homes and 17 jobs over a working lifetime They are likely to be more entrepreneurial and collaborative than previous generations and less interested in owning a car or a house

This perspective has underpinned our thinking about how we can use HS2 to drive future prosperity across the East Midlands and in particular how we should plan for places future generations will want to live work and play It has also infuenced our comprehensive plans to ensure our young people have the work skills necessary to make the most of the opportunities that lie ahead

Baby Boomers Baby Boomers

Generation X Generation X

Born 1946-1964

Age in 2043 79-97

Born 1964-1980

Age in 2043 63-78

Millennials Millennials

Generation Z Generation Z

Born 1980-2000

Age in 2043 43-63

Born 2000+

Age in 2043 26-43

11

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

13 Our Skills amp Supply Chain Strategy The delivery of HS2 will be transformational for the East Midlands economy Through the build phase and once operational it will bring new opportunities for those that live and work across the D2N2 and Leicester amp Leicestershire LEP areas

These opportunities will be about more than just the construction of a new railway The enhanced connectivity it brings will transform the geography of competition and agglomeration amongst businesses will open up new marketplaces and catchment areas and will attract inward investment to the region from across the UK and overseas

Opportunities will vary over time and will be both direct and indirect They begin now as contracts are awarded for the construction of Phase 1 from London to Birmingham and they stretch to beyond the projected 2033 completion date The establishment of the National College for High Speed Rail presents a major opportunity particularly for the development of the Staveley Infrastructure Maintenance Depot and its potential role as a construction base for HS2 Phase 2

To ensure local people and companies can beneft from HS2 investment and the growth it will bring we have worked with businesses trade bodies and training providers to develop a comprehensive skills and supply chain strategy built around fve key elements

Within each of these elements we have set out a clear action plan which is summarised below Key to this will be to avoid adding further complexity to existing provision for skills and business support Instead the approach will be

wherever possible to refocus existing support and funding on activities that will help deliver the Growth Strategy ndash rather than create new structures or programmes and complement the strategically driven approach to skills envisaged by the Midlands Engine

Inspiring YoungPeople

Building Further Education Capacity

HarnessingUniversities

Supporting Individuals

HS2 ReadyBusinesses

12

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

Inspiring Young People

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

Programme of engagement covering the entirety of a young personrsquos education

D2N2 LLEP Councils HS2 Ltd Private Sector Refocussing existing resources Short-medium

Ensure teachers amp careers advisors are provided with information about relevant career opportunities

Schools Private Sector Some additional administrative costs Using existing business networks

Short ndash Medium

Develop a unifed lsquoEM33rsquo HS2 businessschool engagement programme

Private Sector Careers amp Skills Company LEP Skills Boards

Refocussing existing resources Short

Harnessing Universities

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

EM Universities to develop HS2 programmes of engagement with business

Universities LEP Skills Boards Research Councils Innovate UK

Leveraging existing resources Short

Establish a Rail Industry Innovation Group through Rail Forum East Midlands (RFEM)

Universities RFEM Network Rail and industry Administrative costs only bodies

Universities East Midland HS2 Delivery Boards Refocussing existing consultancy spend

Immediate

Support Hub Station lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo and signifcant HE links at Chesterfeld Station

Immediate

Develop a university based lsquoRail Innovation Centrersquo

Universities LEPs New funding required Short

13

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

HS2 Ready Businesses

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

Develop an lsquoEM33rsquo HS2 awareness campaign aimed at businesses

LEPs Councils East Midlands Chamber New funding required Immediate

Establish dedicated HS2 supply chain support for businesses

LEPs Private Sector Midlands Engine Supply New funding required for additional 1 FTE Chain Initiative Ofcer

LEPs Private Sector ERDF underspend

Immediate

Promote SME collaboration through business support activity

Immediate

Establish web resource for businesses to identify HS2 Specifc opportunities

LEP Growth Hubs HS2 Ltd Additional support for Growth Hubs required Immediate

Supporting Individuals

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

Develop a public facing lsquoEM33rsquo awareness campaign

LEPs Councils East Midlands Chamber New funding required Immediate

Embed the lsquoEM33rsquo HS2 awareness across job centre and council employment support programmes

DWP Councils voluntary sector Refocussing employment support programmes

Medium

Establish an EM HS2 Delivery Charter to encourage recruitment from lsquohard to reachrsquo groups

Private Sector Councils DWP Administrative costs only Medium ndash Long

14

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

Building Further Education Capacity

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

Embed lsquoEM33rsquo activity into new lsquoTrsquo and relevant lsquoArsquo levels

Further Education (FE) Providers LEPs Councils

Refocussing existing resources and future Local Growth Fund

Short ndash medium

Develop strategic relationship between FE sector and National College for High Speed Rail (NCHSR)

FE Providers private training providers Using existing forums and relationships National College for High Speed Rail (NCHSR)

FE Providers Councils Funding required to recruit additional BIM expert

Immediate

Develop world leading capability for Building Information Management (BIM) linked to Staveley IMD

Short- medium

Support the development of lsquoShared Apprentice Schemesrsquo across key HS2 related job rolesdisciplines

FE Providers LEPS Councils Additional funding required Short

14 Next Steps Within our strategic approach we have identifed three immediate priorities These to be taken forward largely with existing LEP and private sector resources but will require strong local leadership to be successful

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to business support that will help local SMEs beneft from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities to be driven by D2N2 LLLEP and the private sector

bull Establishing a lsquorail industry innovation grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands to help drive innovation within our thriving SME rail engineering sector and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2 awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2 provisionally entitled lsquoEM33rsquo to be driven by East Midlands Chamber of Commerce D2N2 and LLLEP and supported by councils

Over the longer term we would expect mainstream Government funding for skills and business support activity to be refocussed around our priorities For more information about our skills and supply chain strategy please visit httpwwwemcouncilsgovukHS2

15

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Section 2 | Place Summary

Great place-making will be key to realising the opportunities that HS2 connectivity will create Our proposals are ambitious but build upon existing market strengths and add value to the attractive mix of urban and rural environments that already characterises the East Midlands We have also sought to refect the needs and aspirations of future generations in the scale and form of proposed development and by incorporating sustainable transport choices

Our Growth Strategy has been developed within in a wider spatial context that will use HS2 to enhance opportunities in towns and cities across the East Midlands and in key assets like East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange To drive this we have identifed two lsquoGrowth Zonesrsquo which relate directly to the benefts of HS2 connectivity

The East Midlands Hub Growth Zone is related to the area around the Hub Station at Toton Here we are proposing the development of a new high quality lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo with the potential to create up to 10000 new jobs community facilities and a range of new housing choices It will be an inspiring 21st Century Gateway to the East Midlands and a destination in its own right The lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo will sit at the heart of a thriving network of lsquogarden villagersquo developments that will include the nearby Stanton and Chetwynd Barracks sites

Chesterfeld and Staveley will be at the heart of the North Derbyshire Growth Zone but activity will focus on the wider Derbyshire growth story We will use HS2 to complement existing rail services and transform links between Chesterfeld Station and the town centre opening up regeneration opportunities and creating an attractive gateway to the Peak District National Park ndash one of the regionrsquos unique destination ofers The Staveley Depot will be the heart of a mixed use housing and employment zone within the wider growth corridor and in the short term could also provide a construction base for HS2

16

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

21 East Midlands Context Our Growth Strategy has been developed within in a wider spatial context that also seeks to use HS2 to enhance existing regional and national assets across the East Midlands In particular the area spanning the D2N2 and Leicester amp Leicestershire LEP areas which already comprise 315 million people over 100000 businesses and generate pound65 billion of GVA Key opportunities for growth include

bull Derby a city of world class automotive rail and aerospace technology sectors Home to Rolls Royce Bombardier and Toyota and a thriving network of highly specialised manufacturing SMEs

bull Leicester a vibrant diverse city with a strong record of SME formation and major growth potential Home to the National Space Centre and a burgeoning space technology sector

bull Nottingham a city of thriving business services biotech and leisure sectors and fagship companies like Experian and Boots underpinned by world class public transport and local energy systems

bull East Midlands Airport and Gateway the biggest freight airport outside of London and home to DHL The new East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange will generate thousands of new jobs

bull Loughborough a national centre for sport and sports science The Loughborough University Science and Enterprise Park forms part of a recently designated Enterprise Zone

bull Chesterfeld an historic and well connected rail town with a strong engineering economy and both a visitor destination and gateway

bull Peak District National Park and Derwent Valley Mills Word Heritage Site the most visited national park in England adjacent to the cradle of the industrial revolution

bull MansfeldAshfeld key regional service centres with strengths in manufacturing and logistics

There are also a range of growth and regeneration opportunities along the A52 corridor between Derby and Nottingham Castle Ward Pride Park and Raynesway on

Derby A50 Corridor

A42M42 M69

M1

M1

Chesterfeld

Mansfeld Ashfeld

Staveley

HS2

Nottingham

Loughborough

Leicester

A46 Corridor

the Derby side and the Nottingham Enterprise Zones sites Alliance Boots in Beeston Beeston Business Park and the Nottingham Science Park

Within this strategic context we have identifed two lsquoGrowth Zonesrsquo which relate directly to the benefts of HS2 connectivity which we believe will drive HS2 related growth across the wider sub area

bull East Midlands Hub Growth Zone

bull Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

M1 Corridor

3 Cities

Derby Nottingham (A52)

Trent Valley Vision

Derwent Valley Mills World

Heritage Site

Peak District National Park

HS2 Station

Classic Rail Lines

Strategic Context Diagram

17

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

East Midlands Hub Growth Zone Diagram 22 East Midlands Hub Growth Zone Our Growth Vision

The Growth Zone encompasses the Hub Station site at Toton the former ironworks site at Stanton and Chetwynd Barracks The core area encompasses Broxtowe and Erewash Borough Councils Derbyshire and Nottinghamshire County Councils

Central will be the development of a high quality lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo at the Hub Station in Toton itself with the potential to create up to 10000 new jobs and a range of new housing choices The concept of an lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo follows research undertaken looking at trends in business locations away from city centres and the need for a much more dynamic mix of uses that recognises the changing needs and desires of lsquoGeneration Zrsquo It is also consistent with the long term aspirations of the university sector within the region which has actively contributed to our thinking

Our vision includes the development of a network of mixed use lsquogarden villagesrsquo that will incorporate the very latest innovations in land remediation environmental standards together with advances in sustainable drainage localised energy and public transport Enhanced connectivity by sustainable modes of transport will ensure the development of pedestrian orientated streets and spaces which will be attractive to both local people and investors

The developments will complement the adjacent city centre ofer and help to drive major improvements to existing places such as Long Eaton and Stapleford

HS2

A52 Jct 25

A50

Jct 24

M1

Castle Donington amp EM Gateway Freight Interchange East Midlands Airport

Lougborough

East Midlands Parkway amp Ratclife

Innovation Campus amp Hub Station

Stanton Derby

Prid

e Par

k Ray

nesw

ay

Spon

don

Boots Campus

Beeston

ScienceMedi

Nottingham

A453

P

P

Potential Mass Rapid-Transit

Classic Rail Lines

Garden Village Network

Key Employment Sites

HS2 Line

Chetwynd

i Celanese

Urban Village

Infnity Garden Village

18

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Toton Area (Hub Station) Development Framework

We have worked with councils local partners and the Toton Neighbourhood Planning Forum to develop a long term non-statutory lsquodevelopment frameworkrsquo for the Hub Station Growth Area in Toton to inform the review of local plans and future investment decisions The development framework recognises a series of distinct character areas and sets out development principles for each

Station Hub The core development area is clustered to the east and west of the Hub Station Anchored by key multi modal transport infrastructure (including HS2 and Classic rail facilities NET bus interchange facilities and central car parking facilities) The primary land use in this area will be workspace development set within a high quality urban development context Hotel and residential accommodation may also be appropriate at this central location and the arearsquos public realm will be animated by cafeacutes restaurants and small scale retail outlets serving passengers employees and residents

Toton Area (Hub Station) Development

19

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

The Hub Station and surrounding area

A new public space will be created adjacent to the main station concourse This will provide a high quality east-west pedestrian connection across the HS2 lines and support interchange between a range of transport modes This development area is located on a plateau which is at a signifcantly lower level than the main development site to the east New buildings will typically be taller (up to 6-8 storeys) which will allow the development to act as a marker in the context of the rail corridor without appearing incongruous within the wider development

Toton Innovation Campus This mixed use corridor runs through the heart of the site connecting the HS2 station and areas to the west following the tram corridor towards Toton Lane NET station in the east

This dynamic space will be characterised not only by the diversity of uses but also a green boulevard and sustainable transport corridor and will include a mixture of medium density workspace including apartment based residential development

The lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo is roughly equidistant between the city centres of Nottingham and Derby and is intended to be anchored by a university based research and development centre To the south links to Leicester East Midlands Airport East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange and the Enterprise Zone sites in Loughborough will drive further opportunities

To achieve the scale of development and sense of place envisaged will require major investment in land assembly management and infrastructure Making the right moves now will provide much needed capacity to unlock and absorb growth and provide resilience in a currently stressed local network It will also require higher densities than those currently subject of an extant Outline Planning Consent for the site and this will need careful consideration by Broxtowe Borough Council as the Local Planning Authority

A52 Trackside Corridor A series of larger development sites have been identifed along the A52 and rail corridors towards the north of the site ofering the potential to accommodate larger workplace developments or research institutions This area will ofer the potential to accommodate distinctive gateway buildings acting as markers along both the A52 and HS2 corridors

Waterside Development parcels along the Erewash River Canal corridor are considered an appropriate mix of uses including residential Building heights will step down from around six storeys adjacent to the rail corridor to around three storeys in areas closer to the river canal corridor respecting the domestic scale of buildings to the west The landscaped environment of the river canal corridor will be brought into the area with a series of lsquogreen fngersrsquo leading into the development site This open space will serve a

20

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

variety of functions including recreation food mitigation and ecological habitat The orientation of buildings within this corridor should support this landscape strategy and open up views of the canal river corridor from higher ground to the east of the HS2 line

Parkside Generous green corridors are proposed as a bufer between the planned new development and existing residential communities Lower density areas broadly refecting established residential areas of Toton will front onto these spaces with a typical height of two to

three storeys open landscaped space and site topography ensuring that the amenity of existing local residents are protected New footpaths and cycleways will integrate the site with its surrounding context and enable residents of existing neighbourhoods to access facilities and transport hubs within the new development site It should be noted that new vehicular connections to these neighbourhoods are not proposed

bull Neighbourhood Centres These centres will be located at highly accessible positions within the

The Toton Innovation Campus looking towards the Hub Station

development and will allow the vast majority of the site area to be located within an easy fve minute walking catchment of local facilities

bull HS2 Hub This facility will serve HS2 passengers along with residents and workers based in the lower western section of the site It is envisaged that cafeacutes restaurants and local retail facilities will be integrated within the main station concourse and spill out onto the adjoining public plaza This area also becomes a new cross-roads within a more resilient local road network ofering better connections between SandiacreStapleford and Long Eaton This will further enhance the vitality and vibrancy of the area whilst ensuring surrounding communities can access the services on ofer by a full range of transport choices

bull Toton Innovation Campus Centre Located at the heart of the development a cluster of local retail leisure and hospitality facilities will be clustered in and around a central square Facilities such as a hotel gym business centre and resource centre may also be attracted to this central pedestrian orientated space

bull Community Hub A site to the west of the Toton Lane NET Station has been identifed for the relocation of the George Spencer Academy along with a site for a new primary school a leisure centre and health facility These new community infrastructure buildings will be developed in a green landscape setting with good pedestrian and cycle links to local neighbourhoods and public transport hubs The level of retail development (including

21

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

restaurants cafeacutes) will be controlled to a level which provides for the needs of local residents employees and passengers and avoid competition with existing local centres

The Universities of Derby Nottingham and Nottingham Trent are fully supportive of the HS2 Growth Strategy We have a long history of working together to re-balance economy and believe that this investment has the potential to be transformative

To maximise the value derived from this investment the universities are in a strong position to build on our established partnership for example by working together to shape the proposed lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo located at the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton

The active involvement of the universities at an early stage in defning the proposed lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo means that we can develop an integrated strategy for research teaching and business interaction aligned with HS2 investment

The lsquoworld-classrsquo connectivity aforded by the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton will support the difusion of these opportunities and position the East Midlands as a stronger resilient and more productive economy

bull Green Infrastructure From a place making perspective the HS2 Hub site will be designed to integrate with its surrounding natural environments In total around 16 hectares of open space are proposed within the development site

bull River Canal Corridor The Erewash river and canal corridor runs to the east of the site and provides an area of high amenity value To the north the opportunity exists to enhance the network of footpaths and cycleways leading up to the strategic Stanton Iron Works site and beyond To the south new pedestrian and cycle links will connect the site to the Attenborough Nature Reserve and the Trent Valley This will include opportunities to reinstate new routes beneath the HS2 classic rail line to the south of the station and also to reduce the risk of fooding associated with this section of the river More generally the opportunity to enhance the character of the river and canal corridor would provide further amenity and ecological benefts This may include enhancements to the Sandiacre Locks Conservation Area and measures to introduce more variety diverse habitats and interest to the river lsquochannelrsquo

bull Toton Horseshoe A landscaped corridor is proposed to wrap around the existing Toton residential area This will provide a bufer between planned new development and the local residential areas encompass existing areas of maturing woodland and create a new connection through to the redeveloped Chetwynd Barracks to the east

bull Green Boulevard A new green spine is planned to run through the heart of the new development This route will connect the eastern and western sections of the site via a new pedestrian link across the HS2 corridor and a new plaza at the station entrance The boulevard a wide green space integrating a small existing watercourse will run

through the heart of the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo connecting to the area of protected Green Belt land to the north east

bull Local Amenity Open Space In addition to the strategic green infrastructure highlighted above a network of local amenity spaces will be integrated across the new development These will include both formal and informal recreation areas and play space for the enjoyment of residents employees and visitors alike

Associated lsquoGarden Villagersquo Developments

Chetwynd Barracks The MoD site at Chetwynd will become available for development from 2020 and will be designed and developed as an integral part of the Hub Station Growth area The development will provide a predominantly residential area that will be linked directly to the lsquoCommunity Hubrsquo north of the existing Toton Lane Like the main Hub Station lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo and Community Hub Chetwynd will be subject to the policies of the emerging Broxtowe Local Plan and of Nottinghamshire County Council as the Local HighwayTransport Authority and Local Education Authority

Stanton The Hub Station Growth Zone also includes the former iron works at Stanton where additional employment opportunities will be realised alongside up to 2000 homes which will serve to complement the proposals for the Hub Station and Innovation Campus This site falls within Erewash Borough Council and Derbyshire County Councilrsquos administrative areas This site is subject of a separate Supplementary Planning Document published by Erewash Borough Council and the proposals outlined in the Growth Strategy are consistent with this

22

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Ratclife Power Station Site Within the wider area there may also be further growth opportunities to be explored as part of the HS2 Growth Strategy including Ratclife Power Station Whilst this is not anticipated to be decommissioned before 2025 its location adjacent to the existing East Midlands Parkway station and an existing railhead means that the site has potential to create a transport orientated mixed use development around the station and a possible location for rail related development This site falls within Rushclife Borough Council and Nottinghamshire County Councilrsquos administrative areas

Derby There are already proposals to develop up to 2000 new homes as part of the lsquoInfnity Garden Villagersquo development which spans the boundary between the city of Derby and South Derbyshire District Council In addition there is potential for major mixed use development on the former Courtaulds site at Spondon on the east side of Derby

Leicestershire There are emerging proposals for major housing development in North West Leicestershire linked to employment growth at East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange

23 Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone Our Growth Vision

The Growth Zone is focussed on the Borough of Chesterfeld within the county of Derbyshire and includes the areas around the existing railway station and the proposed Infrastructure Maintenance Depot (IMD) at Staveley east of the town centre also proposed as a construction base for HS2

Our ambitions for Chesterfeld and Staveley are set in the context of a wide growth story for the wider northern Derbyshire area that builds on existing strengths in tourism construction and engineering higher and further education and professional services Key complementary investments include the lsquoPeak Resortrsquo development that

will combine a unique combination of tourism and HEFE education and training

HS2 will bring Chesterfeld within 108 minutes from London and serve a catchment area of over 1 million people Plans for Chesterfeld will transform the relationship between

Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

23

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

the rail station the town centre and major regeneration opportunities and enable the station to become an attractive gateway to the town itself the surrounding Peak District National Park and other key heritage assets - particularly for international visitors Proposals include a scalable housing and commercial investment proposition that will be accelerated to welcome HS2 through investment in enabling infrastructure

The proposed IMD is set within a wider masterplan for the Staveley corridor that will deliver signifcant levels of housing and job growth and provide a focus for the local rail engineering sector including the development of a rail industry lsquocentre of excellencersquo linked to the High Speed Rail College In the shorter term there is an ambition for the Staveley site to be used for a base for the construction of the majority of Phase 2b of HS2

Construction of early phases of the Chesterfeld amp Staveley Regeneration Route will enable key brownfeld regeneration sites to be developed and wider benefts to the A61 Corridor and the extended Markham Vale Enterprise Zone

Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

Underpinning the vision will be a strong focus on inclusive growth linked to our wider skills and supply chain strategy making sure that local communities and local businesses can beneft from the investment that HS2 will bring

Chesterfeld amp Staveley Development Framework

We will enable this growth in the number and quality of jobs by re-shaping and transforming our places through infrastructure-led development Those places will be allowed to fourish and cater for our changing communities as well as providing for new communities and retaining those such as graduates who will have much wider lifestyle choices as a result

Chesterfeld Station

Chesterfeld Station will have an enhanced role as both a destination and a gateway to surrounding localities Over 1 million people already live within 30 minutes of the station HS2 will bring Birmingham and Leeds within 50 minutes We will bring forward development and infrastructure in tandem to provide a high quality experience for those using the

Platform 4

Chesterfeld Station

Chesterfeld Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo

24

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

station lsquoPlatform 4rsquo will provide a modern and attractive route across the A61 with well-designed public realm that will bring the station into the town centre as well as allowing far greater accessibility to public transport Unused and under-used land around the station will be developed and linked to the adjacent Waterside development to provide a mixed-use lsquourban villagersquo ft for future generations to live work and play

Remodelled links between Chesterfeld Station and the town

The infrastructure provided to improve access to the station for HS2 services will also allow us to accelerate our ambition for the wider town centre By taking trafc out of the historic core of the town we can enhance the visitor experience and bring forward new opportunities for residential development with a wide and fexible mix of tenures This will ensure far greater vibrancy within the town which will expand to include the station area and support the wider ambitions for growth in our key sectors

Staveley

The proposed Infrastructure Maintenance Depot (IMD) at Staveley provides a signifcant opportunity to bring forward a much wider strategic development on this 150 hectare brownfeld site Through investing in infrastructure in particular local road access we can open up not just the depot site but a whole new sustainable community of around 1500 homes and many hundreds of new jobs

By phasing the development we will also be able to ofer a well located construction base for HS2 bringing investment and jobs to the area well in advance of the maintenance depot Over the longer term we believe there is the potential to develop the area around the Infrastructure

The wider Chesterfeld Station Area Masterplan wide

Residential building

OfficeCommercial building

Officeresidential building

Hotel building

Station building

MSCP building

Green Space

Public realm

Potential development areas subject to consultation with existing land owners

Retained Listed station building

Ground foor community facility land use

Potential pedestriancycle link to the east

Maintenance Depot as a rail industry lsquocentre of excellencersquo linked to the High Speed Rail College and the NewRail centre at Barrow Hill Roundhouse

Strategic outline masterplan for the Staveley Corridor

Characterising development at all these sites will be an approach to place-making for the future This is led by consideration of how our communities of the future will want to live and work rather than being based on historic development models

We will use the investment in infrastructure to develop places and homes that anticipate our changing population putting in place fexible models in order to meet future demand This will include providing a far better choice for older people with homes that meet current and future care needs We will make the most of the expanding higher education ofer to enable quality student accommodation and develop places in which our graduates want to stay live earn and spend

25

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Strategic outline masterplan for the Staveley corridor 24 Next Steps Our proposals for the Hub Station and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zones are long term and ambitious Whilst the proposed development will lead to an uplift in land values and economic and social benefts it will also require investment in local and strategic infrastructure and land remediation and assembly

We have undertaken technical work to understand likely infrastructure and land costs and development trajectories that could be delivered to inform an initial outline business case assessment consistent with the Treasuryrsquos lsquoGreen Bookrsquo This work will continue to develop as our plans mature

Further detail on delivery is contained in Section 4

Key

SWA1 Redline Boundary

Existing Features

Culvert

River

Canal

Crossing Point

Road

Railway Line

Right of Way

Building

Listed Building

Non Designated Heritage Asset

Existing Trees

Proposed Features

Marina

CS Regeneration Route

Road

FootCycle Path

Pedestrian Zone

Avenue Planting

Public Open Space

Key Building

Railway Line

Canal

Proposed Usage

Residential

Mixed use - Community Retail Residential

Mixed Use - Employment Local Skills and crafts

Workshops Studios Residential

Mixed Use - Community Canal related

Residential

Safeguarded School Site

Leisure - Hotel Pub Restaurant

B1 - Office and Light Industry

B2 - General Industry

B8 - Warehousing and Distribution

HS2 Maintenance Depot

26

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Section 3 | Connectivity Summary

The Hub Station at Toton will already be the most connected on the high speed network outside of London and will serve a catchment of over 2 million people Whilst the development adjacent to the Hub Station will be crucial our early work confrmed that much of the wider economic potential of HS2 will be dependent on the extent to which we can connect economic opportunities across the East Midlands into the high speed network In particular the city centres of Derby Leicester and Nottingham East Midlands Airport and sites that exist in the towns and villages surrounding both the Hub Station and Chesterfeld

Our analysis has demonstrated which modes of transport will serve diferent markets most efectively ndash national regional sub-regional and local Based on this we have set out a comprehensive step by step approach to connectivity which will maximise transport choice for future generations as well as tackling congestion issues that exist today

Key to this will be safeguarding the ability to extend public transport accessibility in the scope of the Governmentrsquos Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and planning now for a phased approach to delivery of highway improvements starting in RIS2

Whilst we are confdent that the measures we have identifed can deliver positive outcomes more detailed design work will be required to secure the capital funding necessary for delivery Further work on the design and phasing of key interventions will therefore be undertaken with transport modelling developed in partnership with Midlands Connect the outcome of which will also help to scope the necessary provisions of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

27

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

SCOTLAND

YORK amp NEWCASTLE

LEEDS

EAST MIDLANDS

HUB

SOUTH YORKSHIRE

SHEFFIELD HS2

CHESTERFIELD

CREWE HS2 HUB

BIRMINGHAM

STOKE DERBY

LEICESTER

LOUGHBOROUGH

LONDON EUROPE

BEESTON

NOTTINGHAM LINCOLN

MANSFIELD

WORKSOP

31 National Context HS2 will help to transform the position of our towns and cities within the UK and Midlands making our local economies more competitive

HS2 CURRENT

68 104 NOTTINGHAM TO LONDON

HHS2S2 CU

142 LEICESTER TO NEWCASTLE

HHS2S2 CURRENT

50 77 DERBY TO LEEDS

HHS2S2 CURRENT

73 145 LEICESTER TO LEEDS

HHS2S2 CURRENT

36 73 NOTTINGHAM TO BIRMINGHAM

HS2 CURRENT

71 143 CHESTERFIELD TO LONDON

RRENT

205

28

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Midlands Connect

The Midlands Connect Strategy described how the HS2 stations at Birmingham Curzon Street UK Central and East Midlands will form the lsquohubrsquo of the UKrsquos high speed rail network Together with classic compatible connectivity at Chesterfeld Crewe and Stoke stations this will unlock economic growth across the Midlands - provided we get the local connectivity right

Through Midlands Connect we are taking forward a body of technical work to defne and develop the local strategic connections that will maximise economic growth opportunities Through the wider Midlands Engine initiative we are promoting the transformational benefts of HS2 to national and international investors

For more information about Midlands Connect and the Midlands Engine please visit httpswwwmidlandsconnectuk

HS2 East

Our work through the HS2 East partnership has demonstrated that the Eastern Leg of HS2 between Birmingham to Leeds via the East Midlands Hub Station has the best business case of any part of the proposed network - with a beneft to cost ratio of over 5 to 1

However the economic impact of the Eastern Leg extends further than Leeds The proposed lsquoclassic compatiblersquo link to the East Coast Main Line will enable high speed rail services to serve the North East of England and Scotland ndash linking

six of the UKrsquos top ten cities and 20 of national GVA This will result in lsquoagglomerationrsquo impacts of over pound700 million GVA and some major journey time savings

bull Leeds to Glasgow reduction of 90 minutes

bull Sheffield to Edinburgh reduction of 90 minutes

bull Newcastle to Birmingham reduction of 85 minutes

Together the Eastern Leg of HS2 and an enhanced East Coast Main Line provide the obvious route for reducing journey times from Scotland to London towards the three hour mark ndash the point at which rail becomes competitive with air travel

For further information about HS2 East please visit httpwwwhs2eastcouk

32 Our strategic approach Connecting key centres of population and development opportunities across the East Midlands to the high speed network will be key to realising the wider economic potential that HS2 connectivity brings

Our analysis has demonstrated which modes of transport will serve diferent markets most efectively Only by developing a comprehensive lsquomulti-modalrsquo approach to connectivity can we deliver the transport choice required by future generations and start to tackle some of the congestion issues that exist today

We also acknowledge that not everything can or indeed should happen at once We have therefore set out a phased approach to improving connectivity at least some of which can be delivered before HS2 becomes fully operational

Heavy Rail Pimary Market

Mass Transit Strategy Regional

Bus Connectivity Sub-Regional amp Local

Taxi Connectivity Sub-Regional amp Local

Walking and Cycling Local and Very Local

Park and Ride Sub-Regional amp Local

Highway Sub-Regional amp Local

Our strategic approach to connectivity

33 Rail Rail will be the most efective mode for accessing the Hub Station from surrounding city and town centres It will also link the East Midlands with the major city-regions across the rest of the UK ndash not least by the HS2 network itself

HS2 Services

The latest service specifcation published by HS2 Ltd indicates that the East Midlands Hub Station will be the best connected on the high speed network outside of London with seven HS2 services per hour in both directions

Impressive though this level of connectivity is we believe there is scope for further improvements

29

Through our work on the HS2 East Partnership we believe there is a strong economic case for the Eastern Leg of HS2 and the East Coast Main Line forming the primary route for serving Scotland not least because it would link the fnancial centres of Leeds and Edinburgh and the conurbations of the North East ndash also a key objective of Transport for the North

The scale of growth proposed in Chesterfeld as described in Section Two makes a compelling case for both Shefeld trains stopping at Chesterfeld Station rather than just one per hour

Classic Compatible Services

It is clear that although the Eastern Leg of HS2 will be designed to accommodate up to 18 trains per hour (in line with the rest of the network) the current service pattern only currently envisages nine There is therefore scope to run additional services on at least part of the Eastern Leg Working with both Midlands Connect and Transport for the North we believe there is a business case for two additional lsquoclassic compatiblersquo trains per hour linking Leicester and LeedsManchester which would transform rail connectivity between the East Midlands and the Northern Powerhouse

For this to be deliverable there would need to be a lsquoclassic compatiblersquo connection between HS2 and an electrifed Midland Main Line at or around the Hub Station HS2 Ltd have developed an indicative design for how this could be delivered Although further work will be required we believe we have sufcient economic evidence now for the Secretary of State to make at least lsquopassive provisionrsquo for such a link in the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

Newcastle

Durham

Dalington

York

Leeds

Shefeld Midland

Chesterfeld

Toton

Church Street

Birmingam Interchange

Old Oak Common Euston

bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

Trains from London 6tph

Trains from Birmrsquoham 3tph

Proposed HS2 Service Pattern for the Eastern Leg

NEWCASTLE

YORK

LEEDS

LONDON BIRMINGHAM

29 36

106

19

EAST MIDLANDS

HUB

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Classic Services

In addition to the two lsquoclassic compatiblersquo services working through Midlands Connect we have identifed an additional 11 lsquoclassic servicesrsquo that could serve the Hub Station These would be a mixture of lsquoshuttle servicesrsquo fast and semi-fast services and stopping services In total this would mean the Hub Station would be served by 20 trains per hour in both directions ndash an outstanding level of connectivity

HS2 Hub Station Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS)

The service specifcation for the Hub Station is consistent with the wider Midlands Connect ITSS which supports the Midlands Connect Strategy published in March 2017

The Maid Marian Line

In addition we believe there is the potential to develop a new service linking the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton with Mansfeld Ashfeld via the adaption on an existing freight line known as the Maid Marian Line This direct link would facilitate greater connectivity for residents and businesses to HS2 services supporting economic regeneration in the towns and contributing to the wider Nottinghamshire growth story We are working with Network Rail to understand any implications for the wider Midlands Connect ITSS

Capacity at Trent Junctions

A key constraint to the delivery of the Midlands Connect ITSS is the capacity of Trent Junctions south of Nottingham We understand that HS2 Ltd will need to make some improvements to Trent Junctions to accommodate the HS2 Core proposition - although these on their own will

30

51

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

HS2 Services

London - Leeds Birmingham - Leeds

London - Leeds Birmingham - Newcastle

London - Chesterfeld - Shefeld - Leeds

Birmingham - Leeds London - Shefeld - York

34 Mass Transit Extensions Classic Compatible Services

Shuttle Services

Nottingham - EM Hub Derby - EM Hub

Fast and Semi-fast Services

Leicester - Crewe Crewe - EM Hub

London - Manchester Crewe - EM Hub

Stopping Services

Leicester - Leeds Leicester - Manchester The success of the Nottingham Express Transit (NET) has demonstrated the potential of mass transit to reduce

Leicester - Lincoln Nottingham - Leeds

Leicester - Nottingham Leicester - Derby

Norwich - Liverpool Newark Castle - Matlock

HS2 Hub Station Indicative Train Service Specifcation

not be sufcient to accommodate the Midlands Connect ITSS There is a clear operational case for avoiding multiple engineering works on this congested section of railway infrastructure ndash with a single enhancement scheme being the clearly favoured option Based on our initial work with Network Rail we believe there is a sufcient economic case now for the Secretary of State to make at least lsquopassive provisionrsquo for an enhanced scheme in the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

congestion increase transport choice and connect people to jobs and services It will therefore be a key element of the connectivity strategy for maximising the economic benefts of the HS2 Hub Station Given the technical challenges and the scale of investment required we recognise the importance of taking a phased approach to delivery

Extending NET to the Hub Station

The frst phase would be to extend the tram from the park and ride site at Toton Lane to the Hub Station ndash a distance of around one mile This will connect the Hub Station to key locations such as the Queens Medical Centre the University campus and the Enterprise Zone and complement the heavy rail service to Nottingham City Centre This link will need to be in place when the Hub Station becomes operational to serve the Nottingham Enterprise Zone sites and to establish the principle tram access in the publicrsquos mind

Extending Connectivity over the Hub Station

Our work has highlighted a number of options for extending connectivity to the west of the Hub Station towards Derby and East Midlands Airport which would have signifcant economic benefts These could be delivered by bus rapid transit (BRT) tram-train as well as by NET extensions Further work will be required to determine the optimum routes and modes These options would require a link over the Hub Station (similar to the arrangement at Nottingham Station) which would be costly to retro-ft We have therefore included a public transport overbridge into our proposals for the Hub Station At this stage it is unlikely that this on its own will require provision for further land take in the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill however it may impact on the required Environmental Impact Statement

Options to Derby

There are two main options for connecting Derby The frst would follow the route of the A52 This would be fast ndash but not as fast as the classic rail service from Derby Station It would be direct but serve a limited population catchment The relatively high cost of developing this as a tram route would appear to make it unviable - although it could have potential as a route for a lower cost form of BRT

The second option would run to the south of the A52 and link the Hub Station with Long Eaton and then on to Breaston Borrowash Spondon Pride Park and Derby Station It would be slower but serve a much larger population catchment It would be cheaper to develop as a tram route but could impact on the proposed canal

31

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Red Arrow Skylink

Zoom 15

i4 18

Indigo 510

Y5 Toton Sidings

NET

Options for bus services serving the Hub Station

35

Revised existing route

New Fast Track to EMA via M1

Arnold via QMC City Hospital

Mansfeld via M1 Kirkby Sutton

Alfreton via M1 Heanor Ripley

restoration project It could be developed in phases the frst comprising a NET extension to a park and ride site west of the M1

Options to East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Rail Freight Interchange

There are a number of potential routes to the airport Following the rail corridor south from the Hub Station before heading west is likely to be the quickest and would limit environmental impacts on Long Eaton town centre It also has potential for a tram-train solution should this become a viable technology in the UK The scale of employment growth proposed at East Midlands Gateway the potential for a lsquoFree Trade Zonersquo around the airport as well as the projected growth in air passenger numbers means such a link could have signifcant economic benefts

Bus amp Taxi Bus travel will continue to be the backbone of the local public transport for many people There is already a comprehensive network of bus routes and services across the sub-region which could be developed to serve the Hub Station from a wide range of locations

The key challenge for operators from a commercial perspective will be to ensure that the Hub Station does not become a lsquoterminusrsquo destination Buses (and taxis) must therefore be able to pass through the Hub Station to also serve surrounding communities across the wider sub-region Our proposed confguration of local road links between the Hub Station and Long Eaton Stapleford

32

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Sandiacre and Toton as well as access from the A52 would enable a commercially viable network of bus services to be established

For Chesterfeld a new road link into the south of the station complex for buses and taxis will provide a through route that will integrate the existing station into local public transport networks more efectively

36 Cycling amp Walking Every rail passenger is a pedestrian at the point of boarding a train Making the Hub Station and the immediate surrounding environment pedestrian friendly will make travel by train more attractive and help to drive patronage

It is also important that local people in surrounding communities have safe and attractive routes for walking and cycling ndash not just to the Hub Station but also to and within the proposed Innovation Campus Cycling and walking are likely to become more attractive options to future generations as public attitudes to travel continue to change This trend has been refected in the core design principles we have established that will underpin future development on the Hub Station site

For Chesterfeld we have set out proposals known as lsquoPlatform 4rsquo for enhancing pedestrian and public transport accessibility between the Station and the town centre over the A61 dual carriageway

37 Park amp Ride A well-coordinated and managed park amp ride strategy can help to reduce the impacts of congestion and provide viable transport choices for local communities

There are opportunities to develop park and ride facilities serving the Hub Station in tandem with a phased roll out of an extended mass transit system The existing park amp

Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site

ride site at Toton Lane (1300 spaces) linked to the tram will be retained albeit in modifed form In addition to a multi-storey car park at the Hub Station itself (1300 spaces proposed) there is an opportunity to develop an additional parking facility of a similar size west of M1 Junction 25 linked to a frst phase extension of the tram over the Hub Station

33

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

This would give a third car park option and the ability to manage travel demand to the Hub Station site in a more fexible manner - as well as an ability to reduce pressure on M1 Junction 25

On the Derby side of the A52 there are options for park and ride sites on the east side of Derby as part of a mass transit system linking Pride Park and Derby Station to the City Centre which could ultimately connect to the Hub Station

38 Strategic amp Local Road Access Despite the focus on public transport cycling and walking access by private car will still be important and a 1300 space multi-storey car park is proposed at the Hub Station However this will require a highway solution that must also address a number of existing challenges

Access from the A52 and M1

Access from the strategic road network into the Hub Station Site will be critical Our technical work has suggested that a single access from the A52 into the site for all movements is unlikely to be deliverable Whilst an engineering solution could be developed it would be very expensive environmentally damaging and take up valuable land that could be better used for economic development purposes

As a result a phased approach is proposed comprising the following key moves

1 A new lsquoat gradersquo junction on the A52 east of the Bardills Roundabout linked to a new Toton Lane which would provide access from Nottingham to the east of the Hub Station site and support the early phases of development of the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

2 A new lsquoof setrsquo junction on the A52 to the west of the use of the construction access required by HS2 Ltd M1 which would remove local movements from M1 to build the Hub Station Junction 25 and provide a more direct route under

Our technical work suggests there is scope to deliver key the motorway into Long Eaton

moves 1) and 2) in advance of the Hub Station opening 3 A new lsquograde separatedrsquo junction on the A52 to the The scale of existing problems and likely future trafc

north of the Hub Station to provide access from growth on the A52 corridor suggests that there is already a Derby and the M1 ndash which has the potential to make strong case for Highways England working with Midlands

Provide local road access to StaplefordSandiacre

Relieve congestion at Bardills and Toton Lane

Provide access from A52

Separate local amp strategic movements at J25

Provide for E-W movements

Provide for local road access for Long Eaton

Strategic amp Local Road Access Challenges

34

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Access from A52 and M1

Connect and local partners to make a proposal for major scheme funding in RIS 2 ndash which would also contribute to a comprehensive connectivity strategy for the Hub Station

A direct link to the Hub Station from the north through 3) will be linked to the construction of the station itself by HS2 Ltd and may be able to make use of any temporary construction access required by HS2 Ltd

Stanton Sandiacre

Derby

Stapleford

Long Eaton

Primary HS2

access

New eastern access

Re-modelled Bardills junction

New eastern access link

Toton Lane

Local access link

Local local link

New ofset A52 Junction

New local link

Remodelled M1 Junction 25

link

1a

1b

3 2

M1

A52

HS2

Local access Nottingham

junction

39

Finally there is the potential to establish a Park amp Ride site west of the M1 linked to a tram extension and the proposed lsquoof-setrsquo junction on the A52 This would provide a further car parking option for the Hub Station and help to manage movements through M1 Junction 25

Local Road Access

As described above local road access to the Hub Station from Long Eaton Stapleford Sandiacre and Toton will be important to secure commercially viable bus and coach services and taxis ndash as well as safe cycle routes We have developed a proposal for local access that can be integrated into the design of the Hub Station and which will complement the proposed strategic links Key to this will be the development of a local road link running under the HS2 and classic rail tracks to the south of the Hub Station

Next Steps We are clear that whilst all the individual elements of our connectivity strategy will have positive outcomes the real benefts will only be achieved by taking an integrated approach to scheme development and delivery

We will therefore develop our proposals further through a project joint funded by Midlands Connect East Midlands partners HS2 Ltd and Highways England known as the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan Phase 1 will use transport modelling to optimise the package of interventions and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment Phase 2 will examine connectivity issues over a wider strategic area including the long term future of the M1

Further detail on delivery is contained in Section 4

35

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Local Road Access Diagram

1

2

3

4

5

6

New A52 access Pedestrian NET link Bus Interchange amp Station Car Park

Remodelled Bardills roundabout

7

8

9

10

11

Local link to Long Eaton

New Bardills roundabout Local link to Sandiacre

New Toton Lane NET extension amp option to extend to EMA Derby

HS2 underpass Station Concourse

HS2 overpass

36

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Section 4 | Delivery Summary

We have undertaken a number of technical studies to understand the costs and benefts of various scales and rates of development to inform the development of an initial outlines business case for our proposals consistent with Treasury requirements which is set out in a separate document This work will evolve and become more granular as our growth proposition matures

There is potential for signifcant employment and housing development across the East Midlands Hub and Derbyshire Growth Zones This will make a signifcant contribution to the Governmentrsquos rebalancing agenda and provide an impetus for growth across the wider East Midlands where there is potential to deliver an additional 74000 jobs and pound4 billion of GVA above trend

We have set out the key moves necessary to deliver our proposals for people place and connectivity and highlighted the immediate measures necessary to safeguard future opportunities Detailed proposals are set out in Appendix 1

We are keen to work with Government to develop propositions for powerful locally led development bodies that can deliver our ambitions for the Hub Station and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zones and contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2

37

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

41 Developing an Investible Proposition Realising our vision for growth will require a combination of strong leadership and clear decision making To inform this we have undertaken a comprehensive programme of technical work to inform our thinking and provide the evidence base for this Growth Strategy including

bull Comprehensive non-statutory development frameworks covering the East Midlands Hub and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

bull A number of concept studies to assess the options for key infrastructure moves including relocation of the existing rail depots at Toton strategic highway access and mass transit extensions

bull A Development Infrastructure Funding (DIF) Study to understand the costs and benefts of diferent scales and rates of development and a funding and delivery mechanisms study to identify options for forward funding of key infrastructure and delivery vehicles

This information has been used to construct an initial outline lsquobusiness casersquo document for our proposals consistent with the Treasuryrsquos lsquoGreen Bookrsquo guidance and will provide the basis for an ongoing dialogue with Government and HS2 Ltd This work will evolve and become more granular over time as our growth proposition matures

Some of the major infrastructure investments will be subject to a separate business case through other established Government programmes such as the Roads Investment Strategy (RIS) This still requires a high-level

case to be made through the Growth Strategy as well as efective co-ordination of planning funding and delivery with other Growth Strategy interventions

42 Key Moves The work we have undertaken to date has identifed a series of key moves that will be required to implement the Growth Strategy including a number of immediate actions which will be necessary to safeguard future opportunities Further detail on these and the necessary enabling measures by Government and its delivery bodies is set out in Appendix 1

People

Our immediate priorities can be delivered largely within existing resources with strong local leadership from the LEPs and the East Midlands Chamber of Commerce and comprise

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to business support that will help local SMEs beneft from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities

bull Establishing a lsquorail industry innovation grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2 awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2

Over the longer term we would expect mainstream Government funding for skills and business support activity to be refocussed around our priorities and complement the strategic approach to skills envisaged by the Midlands Engine

Place

For the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone there are a number of planning land assembly remediation and infrastructure issues that will need to be addressed to enable our vision to be delivered in full In the immediate short term it will be vital to ensure that existing planning consent for the Lime Rise development close to the Hub Station can contribute positively to the delivery of our growth vision

In addition there is a need for further work with the relevant organisations on options for relocating the rail siding and depot activity and the electricity sub-station to locations outside of the Hub Station site and on the expansion and relocation of existing school provision to a better location within the site

Elsewhere we are keen to take forward further work with the Ministry of Defence and the Homes and Communities Agency to ensure that the re-development of the Chetwynd Barracks can actively contribute to a lsquonetwork of garden villagesrsquo

In the Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone the key priority in Chesterfeld will be the delivery of proposals to transform pedestrian and public transport connectivity between the rail station and the town For Staveley the early priorities will be to confrm the depot site as a construction base for HS2 and to secure the frst phases of the Chesterfeld and Staveley Regeneration Route including the provision of improved public transport and pedestrian links necessary to deliver the wider Staveley masterplan

38

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Connectivity

Our immediate priority is to safeguard the potential to secure a classic compatible link at the Hub Station and for enhanced capacity at Trent Junctions capable of delivering the Midlands Connect ITSS These will require the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill which is due to be considered by Ministers in the autumn of 2017 to include provision for the necessary land take

The public transport overbridge and local road connections proposed for the Hub Station will impact on the Hybrid Bill and the associated Environmental Impact Statement and will need to be incorporated into the emerging Hub Station design commissioned by HS2 Ltd

We will need to confrm support from Highways England and HS2 Ltd to take forward the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan with Midlands Connect This work will optimise the package of interventions proposed to serve the Hub Station and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment However we believe we have a sufcient case now for Highways England to identify funding in RIS2 to develop a major scheme on the A52M1 J25 that address existing congestion issues and contributes to the wider solution for accessing the Hub Station

43 Proposals for Delivery Bodies The geographic and political context for the area around the Hub Station is complex spanning a number of local planning authorities local transport authorities and local enterprise partnerships Our work to date has highlighted a range of potential delivery and funding mechanisms that would help to enable development in particular options for Tax Increment Financing (TIf ) But these will require a strategic approach to investment over a number of administrative areas to be efective

There is a local appetite to establish a powerful delivery body that could work at a scale to drive forward our growth vision There are a range of options including the potential for the kind of lsquolocally-led development corporationrsquo envisaged by the Neighbourhood Planning Act 2017

We would like to work with Government over the coming months to develop a proposition for a delivery body for the Hub Station Growth Zone that could begin to operate in lsquoshadow formrsquo with initial seed-corn funding from 2018 onwards

For Chesterfeld and Staveley the geography is less complex with the key moves all within the administrative area of Chesterfeld Borough Council Here a local development company solution may be more appropriate which can also contribute to the delivery of the wider Derbyshire growth story

It will be important to ensure that development in both Growth Zones continues to contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2 under the auspices of the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Mitigation

Whilst HS2 has the potential to bring great benefts to the 44 East Midlands the scale of the new infrastructure involved will also result in some negative impacts ndash particularly in the short term Although the line of route has been designed to minimise impact on environmental assets challenges remain in a number of locations in Derbyshire Leicestershire and Nottinghamshire

Similarly where the line passes through urban areas for example Long Eaton some existing businesses will have to re-locate to alternative premises Whilst the Government has put in place a compensation scheme to assist those directly afected councils are keen to ensure the jobs and investment are retained in the local area wherever possible

The East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board has established a lsquomitigation sub-grouprsquo to work with DfT and HS2 Ltd to help develop detailed designs for key structures that will minimise and mitigate the environmental impacts of the line and look to ensure that existing businesses can continue to thrive As work starts on the development of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill it will be important to ensure that councils are able to inform the detail of the Governmentrsquos proposals on both an individual and collective basis

39

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

45 Phasing of Delivery This Growth Strategy demonstrated the scale complexity and interdependencies between programmes involving a range of partner agencies Many of these programmes involve major schemes that take many years to develop and deliver Although HS2 Phase 2b is not due to become fully operational until 2033 the lead in times are such that key decisions on what might be included within the Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environment Statement will actually be taken during the coming months With appropriate funding and collaboration a number of key moves can be implemented in the short term

Although the development may reach maturity in 2043 by the time HS2 opens there will in fact already be a new place (the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo) emerging around the station to welcome the frst passengers For this to be achieved the delivery partners will need to build momentum over the next 12 months and it is recognised this will require dedicated resource and governance

The evidence base underpinning the growth strategy provides a clear indication of the growth potential and promotes a range of key infrastructure concepts and moves However in order to take these forward and in particular promote some of them for possible inclusion in the Hybrid Bill the partners are clear that more detailed studies and analysis will be required and these will need to be developed in tandem with the work being undertaken for the railway

This highlights the need to establish a dedicated team and for further resources to commission and manage the work programme for the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Phases of Delivery

2017-2022 Hybrid bill development business case development (RS2CP6) land strategy and delivery body early phases of development

2022-2027 Early infrastructure development and key moves (eg depot relocation) next phases of development

2027-2033 HS2 Construction amp completiontesting

2033 HS2 becomes fully operational - local economic development builds momentum

2033-43 Development to maturity

46 First Phase Priorities The focus up to 2022 will be on ensuring the provisions of the Phase 2 Hybrid Bill enable our vision for the Hub Station and priorities for local and strategic connectivity to be implemented Delivery of improvements to the A52 at Bardills and Toton Lane will enable the early phases of the Toton Innovation Campus to commence helping to build investor confdence Completion for the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity plan will progress the wider mix of strategic and local interventions to detailed design stage To be successful all this activity will need to be underpinned by the establishment of a properly resourced and empowered local delivery bodyThe early completion of frst stages of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Station Link Road will help to kick start development in the North Derbyshire Growth Zone

40

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

1 High level Ministerial endorsement of the East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy including through

bull Funding the establishment of a lsquoshadow delivery bodyrsquo to start implementing the Growth Strategy locally and to establish a viable mechanism for capturing a proportion of development value necessary for infrastructure delivery and

bull Promotion by Government and its delivery bodies of key development opportunities set out in the Growth Strategy to national and international investors consistent with the Midlands Engine Vision for Growth

2 Support from DCLG for our vision for the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone by

bull Empowering the HCA to establish a strategic land strategy that will facilitate enabling infrastructure and subsequently to bring forward early phases of development and

bull Using other funding including the current Housing Infrastructure Fund (HIF) to help bring forward early phase infrastructure

3 Support from DfT and its delivery bodies for the implementation of early connectivity priorities related to the Hub Station through

bull Ensuring Highways England and HS2 Ltd contribute gap funding towards the East Midlands Gateway Connectivity Plan Phase 1 Study

bull Funding the delivery phases 1ab of the A52 Access Strategy to enable the initial phases of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo to commence before 2022 and

bull Identifying funding in the next Road Investment Strategy (RIS2) to develop a major scheme to address capacity at M1 Junction 25 and access the Hub Station from the A52 (phases 2 amp3 of the A52 Access Strategy) ndash also making the necessary provisions within the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill amp Environmental Statement

4 DfTHS2 Ltd to ensure that the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make provision at and around the Hub Station for

bull Capacity improvements to classic rail connectivity to the south and north of Toton HS2 station including Trent Junctions optimising the integration of classic and High Speed Rail services and including a lsquoclassic compatible linkrsquo to transform connectivity between Leicester and the north of England

bull An integrated station design including moving the station concourse north to better connect with tram and Public Transport Interchange with an integrated deck connecting eastwest over the HS2 track to

better integrate the Toton station into the heart of the new place ndash the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo This would include provision of a second transfer deck to the south of the main concourse to provide improve capacity and interchange between services

bull Fully integrated public transport interchange and walking routes connecting surrounding communities to promote sustainable travel reduce the need for car parking and thereby make best use of land and local assets including the tram as a means of linking Park amp Ride facilities with the station

bull North South connectivity through the site to connect Long Eaton and Stapleford and to enable local communities to access the station by all modes

bull A clear car parking strategy with a decked car park at the station (premium) complemented by NET based Park and Ride

bull Provision for three bridges as follows

- Integrated with concourse deck to create east west route for tram and sustainable transport links between east and west development areas and to Long Eaton airport and Derby

- Multi-modal bridge south of the A52 to enable resilience in the local network connections to the western development area and

41

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

- Pedestrian bridge at mid-point between the above to connect new communities

bull Provision for an underpass under the Network Rail and HS2 lines to the south of the concourse to enable links between Stapleford Long Eaton and the station by various modes and in particular public transport but as a secondary primary access connecting east and west development areas within the Innovation Campus

5 Separately to ensure the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make specifc provision to deliver the NET tram extension from the existing Toton Park amp Ride to the HS2 Station consistent with the provisions set our above

6 DfTHS2 Ltd to designate Staveley as a major construction hubrailhead for the construction of Phase 2b in addition to the establishment of the Infrastructure Maintenance Depot

7 Government to make a contribution towards the delivery of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Chesterfeld Station Link Road to unlock early development and growth in the corridor

8 Further fnancial and technical support from Network Rail HS2 Ltd and HS2 Growth Partnership to work collaboratively on the relocation of the DBS Depot and Network Rail Sidings to enable development growth and transport connections through the Hub Station area

9 DfTHS2 Ltd to amend the HS2 Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS) to ensure that both Shefeld HS2 classic compatible services stop at Chesterfeld

10 Commitment from DfTHS2 Ltd to at least partially open the Hub Station at Toton by 2030 rather than 2033 to generate additional passenger revenue and accelerate the delivery of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

42

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy World Class - Locally Driven

For more information please contact East Midlands Councils Tel 01664 502620 Email infoemcouncilsgovuk

  • Structure Bookmarks
    • Born 1946-1964
    • Born 1964-1980
    • Born 1980-2000
    • Born 2000+
    • The Hub Station and surrounding area
    • Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone
    • Chesterfield Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo
    • Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site
Page 2: East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy - Broxtowe€¦ · 3.7 Park & Ride 3.8 4.3 East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Contents Contents Foreword 3 3.6 Cycling & Walking 33 Executive Summary

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy

1

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Contents

Contents

Foreword 3 36 Cycling amp Walking 33

Executive Summary 6 37 Park amp Ride 33

38 Strategic amp Local Road Access 34

People 9 39 Next Steps 35

11 The Economic Prize 10

12 The Changing Nature of Work 11 Delivery 37

13 Our Skills and Supply Chain Strategy 12 41 Developing an Investible Proposition 38

14 Next Steps 15 42 Key Moves 38

43 Proposals for Delivery Bodies 39

Place 16 44 Mitigation 39

21 East Midlands Context 17 45 Phases of Delivery 40

22 East Midlands Hub Growth Zone 18 46 First Phase Priorities 40

23 Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone 23

24 Next Steps 26 Appendix 41

Connectivity 27

31 National Context 28

32 Our Strategic Approach 29

33 Rail 29

34 Mass Transit Extensions 31

35 Buses amp Taxis 32

2

Foreword

Cllr Jon Collins Leader of Nottingham City Council Chair of East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Michelle Craven-Faulkner Vice Chair of Rail Forum East Midlands

Cllr Kay Cutts MBE Leader of Nottinghamshire County Council Member of HS2 Strategic Board

Cllr Simon Spencer Deputy Leader of Derbyshire County Council Vice Chair of East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Peter Richardson Chair of D2N2 LEP

Nick Pulley Chair of Leicester and Leicestershire LEP

Cllr Nicholas Rushton Cllr Ranjit Banwait Leader of Leader of Derby City Council Leicestershire County Council Member of HS2 Strategic Board Member of East Midlands Councils Executive Board

Scott Knowles Chief Executive East Midlands Chamber (Derbyshire Nottinghamshire Leicestershire)

3

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Foreword

Foreword

In September 2016 we published our Emerging Growth Strategy which described our initial ideas for using HS2 connectivity to drive our long term economic growth rate to above the UK average equivalent to an additional 74000 jobs and pound4 billion of GVA by 2043

This document takes our work several steps further and sets out clear and deliverable plans for how we can work with Government and local communities to deliver this economic prize ndash consistent with the Midlands Engine Vision for Growth and the Governmentrsquos emerging Industrial Strategy

For local people and businesses across the East Midlands HS2 will mean

bull More job and training opportunities - and

the chance to earn higher wages

bull More trade and investment

bull More housing opportunities

bull More trains less over-crowding and much

quicker journey times to key destinations and

bull Better local transport connections for both work and leisure

Our Growth Strategy has been developed within a wider spatial context that will use HS2 to enhance towns and cities across the East Midlands and maximise the potential of key assets like East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange

The HS2 Hub Station at Toton in Nottinghamshire will be the most connected station on the high speed network outside of London To capitalise on this super-connectivity we have exciting proposals for a high quality lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo

linked to our university sector capable of delivering up to 10000 high quality jobs new community facilities and a range of new housing opportunities It will be an inspiring 21st Century Gateway to the East Midlands and a destination in its own right The lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo will sit at the heart of a thriving network of lsquogarden villagersquo developments that will include the nearby Stanton and Chetwynd Barracks sites

We have developed a pragmatic step by step approach to integrating the Hub Station into national regional and local transport networks This will relieve existing congestion and spread the benefts of HS2 to surrounding cities towns and villages as well as a link to East Midlands Airport and key strategic development sites

4

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Foreword

Foreword

The Infrastructure Maintenance Depot at Staveley and the ability to serve Chesterfeld with high speed trains will have a transformational impact on the Derbyshire economy We have set out a comprehensive approach to integrating Chesterfeld station and associated development areas into the town enhancing its role as a gateway to the Peak District National Park and accelerating the regeneration of the Staveley corridor and key surrounding sites

Informing all our work is a clear recognition of the needs of people ndash current and future generations Key to this in the early stages will be implementing our comprehensive skills and supply chain strategy making sure that our young people and businesses can beneft from the economic opportunities that lie ahead

We have set out a clear and well evidenced approach to delivery We recognise that not everything can happen at once and that some hard choices will have to be made We have commissioned independent assessments of the costs of key interventions and the value of the resulting development that has informed a business case for investment which is set out in a separate document We are keen to establish powerful locally led development vehicles that can realise the potential we have identifed

In conclusion we have set out a bold yet pragmatic vision for using HS2 to boost economic growth across the East Midlands We now need a commitment from Government to work in partnership with us to make our vision a reality

5

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Executive Summary

Executive Summary

Our Growth Strategy is structured around the three themes of People Place and Connectivity with a clear focus on Delivery

People

People are at the heart of our Growth Strategy For local people across the East Midlands HS2 will mean more jobs and training opportunities the chance to earn higher wages and more housing choice But these benefts will not be delivered without continuing local leadership strong governance and collective action

We have set out a coherent economic strategy consistent with the Midlands Engine Vision for Growth and the Governmentrsquos Industrial Strategy that builds on our existing strengths in manufacturing technology and high value services and which will help to shift our long term economic growth rate to above the UK average

We have developed a comprehensive skills amp supply chain strategy and action plan based around fve key themes inspiring our young people building further education capacity harnessing the power of our universities

supporting individuals and ensuring our businesses are lsquoHS2 readyrsquo Our three immediate priorities are

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to

business support that will help local SMEs beneft from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities

bull Establishing a rail industry lsquoinnovation

grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2

awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2

Underpinning our approach is an understanding that the nature of work will continue to change rapidly as a result of new technology and that the requirements and aspirations of the future workforce are likely to be diferent to our own

Place

Great place-making will be key to realising the opportunities that HS2 connectivity will create Our proposals are ambitious but build upon our existing market strengths and add value to the attractive mix of urban and rural environments that already characterises the East Midlands We have also sought to refect the needs and aspirations of future generations in the scale and form of proposed development and by incorporating sustainable transport choices

Within a strategic context set by Midlands Engine and Midlands Connect initiatives we have identifed two lsquoGrowth Zonesrsquo which relate directly to the benefts of HS2 connectivity and complement existing assets across the East Midlands

The East Midlands Hub Growth Zone is related to the area around the Hub Station at Toton itself Here we are proposing the development

6

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Executive Summary

Executive Summary

of a new high quality lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo with the potential to create up to 10000 new jobs community facilities and a range of new housing choices It will be an inspiring 21st Century Gateway to the East Midlands and a destination in its own right The lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo will sit at the heart of a thriving network of lsquogarden villagersquo developments that will include the nearby Stanton and Chetwynd Barracks sites

Chesterfeld and Staveley will be at the heart of the North Derbyshire Growth Zone but activity will focus on the wider Derbyshire growth story We will use HS2 to complement existing rail services and transform links between Chesterfeld Station and the town centre opening up regeneration opportunities and creating an attractive gateway to the Peak District National Park ndash one the regionrsquos unique destination ofers The Staveley depot will be the heart of a mixed use housing and employment zone within the wider growth corridor and in the short term could also provide a construction base for HS2

Connectivity

The Hub Station at Toton will already be the most connected on the high speed network outside of London Whilst the development adjacent to the Hub Station will be crucial our early work confrmed that much of the wider economic potential of HS2 will be dependent on the extent to which we can connect economic opportunities across the East Midlands into the high speed network In particular the city centres of Derby Leicester and Nottingham East Midlands Airport and sites that exist in the towns and villages surrounding both the Hub Station and Chesterfeld

Our analysis has demonstrated which modes of transport will serve diferent markets most efectively ndash national regional sub-regional and local Based on this we have set out a comprehensive step by step approach to connectivity which will maximise transport choice for future generations as well as tackling congestion issues that exist today

Key to this will be safeguarding the ability to extend public transport accessibility in the scope of the Governmentrsquos Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and

planning now for a phased approach to delivery of highway improvements starting in Road Investment Strategy period 2 (RIS2)

Whilst we are confdent that the measures we have identifed can deliver positive outcomes more detailed design work will be required to secure the capital funding necessary for delivery Further work on the design and phasing of key interventions will therefore be undertaken with transport modelling developed in partnership with Midlands Connect the outcome of which will also help to scope the necessary provisions of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

7

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Executive Summary

Executive Summary

Delivery

We have undertaken a number of technical studies to understand the costs and benefts of various scales and rates of development to inform the development of an initial outline business case for our proposals consistent with Treasury requirements which is set out in a separate document This work will evolve and become more granular as our growth proposition matures

We have set out the key moves necessary to deliver our proposals for people place and connectivity and highlighted the immediate issues that we need Government support to progress In particular

bull Provision within the scope of the Phase

2b Hybrid Bill and Environmental Impact Statement to accommodate our vision for the Hub Station including a classic compatible link a northern station concourse and public transport overbridge local road access and enhancements to Trent Junctions

bull Financial and technical support from

Highways England and HS2 Ltd to take forward Phase 1 of the East Midlands Gateway Connectivity Plan

bull Provision within RIS2 for the development of a major scheme to address existing and future challenges on the A52 between Derby and Nottingham

bull Financial and technical support from

DCLG and the Homes amp Communities Agency (HCA) to develop the concept of a lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo at the heart of a network of thriving lsquogarden villagesrsquo including land assembly

bull Financial and technical support from

Network Rail HS2 Ltd and HS2 Growth Partnership to work collaboratively on the relocation of rail sidings and depot adjacent to the Hub Station

bull Designation of the Staveley Infrastructure

Maintenance Depot (IMD) site as a construction base for the construction of Phase 2b of HS2

bull Financial support for the delivery of the

early phases of the Chesterfeld amp Staveley Regeneration Route and Station Link Road

bull Provision for both Sheffield HS2 and classic

compatible services to stop at Chesterfeld Station and

bull Financial and technical support for the

establishment of a lsquoshadow delivery bodyrsquo to take forward the Growth Strategy

8

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

Section 1 | People Summary

People are at the heart of our Growth Strategy For local people across the East Midlands HS2 will mean more job and training opportunities the chance to earn higher wages and more housing choice But these benefts will not be delivered without continuing local leadership strong governance and collective action

We have set out a coherent economic strategy consistent with the Midlands Engine Vision for Growth and the Governmentrsquos Industrial Strategy that builds on our existing strengths in manufacturing technology and high value services ndash and which will help to shift our long term economic growth rate to above the UK average

We have developed a comprehensive skills amp supply chain strategy and action plan based around fve key themes inspiring our young people building further education capacity harnessing the power of our universities supporting individuals and ensuring our businesses are lsquoHS2 readyrsquo Our three immediate priorities are

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to business support that will help local SMEs benefit from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities

bull Establishing a rail industry lsquoinnovation grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2 awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2

Underpinning our approach is an understanding that the nature of work will continue to change rapidly as a result of new technology and that the requirements and aspirations of the future workforce are likely to be diferent to our own

9

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

11 The Economic Prize HS2 will provide major opportunities for businesses in the East Midlands to expand their horizons and to trade and compete in wider markets Similarly high speed rail will connect the people of the East Midlands to new work learning and leisure opportunities whilst opening up the region to new visitors

Independent research commissioned from KPMG by HS2 Ltd suggested that an East Midlands Hub Station could have the greatest economic uplift of any of the proposed HS2 stations Our own work has confrmed this assessment This potential refects the ability of HS2 to radically improve connectivity between the local economies of the East Midlands with those across the UK but also our own inherent and enduring economic strengths

We have undertaken a comprehensive lsquoEconomic Opportunities Assessmentrsquo underpinned by independent analysis from Cambridge Econometrics to determine the best approach for maximising local growth opportunities - focussing on the D2N2 and Leicester amp Leicestershire LEP areas This combined area already comprises 315 million people over 100000 businesses and pound65 billion of GVA

We have gone back to frst principles and looked at the drivers that are likely to shape economic growth over the coming decades From this we have set out a strategy for how we can use HS2 to deliver a more productive and resilient economy

Our analysis suggests that by targeting some of our key sectors that can beneft from HS2 connectivity in particular manufacturing technology and high value services we can boost employment growth from just below to above the

projected UK trend - equivalent to an additional 74000 jobs and almost pound4 billion of GVA by 2043 ndash helping to close the gaps in our economy post Brexit

Our approach is consistent with the emerging Midlands Engine Vision for Growth and will help to deliver key aspects of the Governmentrsquos Industrial Strategy ndash in

particular by helping to re-balance the economy increasing productivity promote innovation and support export growth

For more information about the analysis underpinning our economic strategy please visit httpwwwemcouncilsgovukHS2

Economic Growth Baseline Matching UK Trend

Our Economic Vision

Net Employment Growth (FTE) 172000 184000 246000

GVA Uplift above Baseline - pound038 billion pound399 billion

Key Drivers

Manufacturing Engine

Technology High Value Services

The UKrsquos most competitive location for high value engineering and manufacturing

A fertile innovation eco-system attracting global talent in research strengths

Delivering a step change in high value services

Enablers

Smart Growth A Dynamic Entrepreneurial

Economy

Galvanised visitor economy and distinctive

gateway

A transformed and expanded visitor economy bringing a new generation of visitors to established and new attractions

Creating the conditions to compete for investment talent and knowledge nationally and internationally including excellence in logistics and distribution capacity

One of the best places to start and grow a business in the UK high quality business space reinforced by world class business support and access to funding and investment

10

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

12 The Changing Nature of Work We understand that we are planning for HS2 over a 25 year time horizon and that the nature of work is changing fast Looking back over the last 25 years we can see how information technology and the rise of the internet has radically changed many peoplersquos working lives This pace of technological change will continue and even accelerate over the coming decades ndash and it will impact on all aspects of the economy not just the service sector

Whilst we cannot anticipate all the changes that may happen our plans for making the most of HS2 must be forward looking and fexible and try not to use the solutions of the past to meet the challenges of the future

Crucial to success is understanding who we are planning for ndash and how they are likely to want to live their lives

The core workforce we are planning for are children now at school ndash the so called lsquoGeneration Zrsquo This is the frst generation of lsquodigital nativesrsquo - people who have grown up with digital technology and are comfortable using it for all manner of everyday tasks Research suggests Generation Z will have a very diferent experience of work to their parents - with up to 5 diferent careers 15 homes and 17 jobs over a working lifetime They are likely to be more entrepreneurial and collaborative than previous generations and less interested in owning a car or a house

This perspective has underpinned our thinking about how we can use HS2 to drive future prosperity across the East Midlands and in particular how we should plan for places future generations will want to live work and play It has also infuenced our comprehensive plans to ensure our young people have the work skills necessary to make the most of the opportunities that lie ahead

Baby Boomers Baby Boomers

Generation X Generation X

Born 1946-1964

Age in 2043 79-97

Born 1964-1980

Age in 2043 63-78

Millennials Millennials

Generation Z Generation Z

Born 1980-2000

Age in 2043 43-63

Born 2000+

Age in 2043 26-43

11

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

13 Our Skills amp Supply Chain Strategy The delivery of HS2 will be transformational for the East Midlands economy Through the build phase and once operational it will bring new opportunities for those that live and work across the D2N2 and Leicester amp Leicestershire LEP areas

These opportunities will be about more than just the construction of a new railway The enhanced connectivity it brings will transform the geography of competition and agglomeration amongst businesses will open up new marketplaces and catchment areas and will attract inward investment to the region from across the UK and overseas

Opportunities will vary over time and will be both direct and indirect They begin now as contracts are awarded for the construction of Phase 1 from London to Birmingham and they stretch to beyond the projected 2033 completion date The establishment of the National College for High Speed Rail presents a major opportunity particularly for the development of the Staveley Infrastructure Maintenance Depot and its potential role as a construction base for HS2 Phase 2

To ensure local people and companies can beneft from HS2 investment and the growth it will bring we have worked with businesses trade bodies and training providers to develop a comprehensive skills and supply chain strategy built around fve key elements

Within each of these elements we have set out a clear action plan which is summarised below Key to this will be to avoid adding further complexity to existing provision for skills and business support Instead the approach will be

wherever possible to refocus existing support and funding on activities that will help deliver the Growth Strategy ndash rather than create new structures or programmes and complement the strategically driven approach to skills envisaged by the Midlands Engine

Inspiring YoungPeople

Building Further Education Capacity

HarnessingUniversities

Supporting Individuals

HS2 ReadyBusinesses

12

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

Inspiring Young People

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

Programme of engagement covering the entirety of a young personrsquos education

D2N2 LLEP Councils HS2 Ltd Private Sector Refocussing existing resources Short-medium

Ensure teachers amp careers advisors are provided with information about relevant career opportunities

Schools Private Sector Some additional administrative costs Using existing business networks

Short ndash Medium

Develop a unifed lsquoEM33rsquo HS2 businessschool engagement programme

Private Sector Careers amp Skills Company LEP Skills Boards

Refocussing existing resources Short

Harnessing Universities

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

EM Universities to develop HS2 programmes of engagement with business

Universities LEP Skills Boards Research Councils Innovate UK

Leveraging existing resources Short

Establish a Rail Industry Innovation Group through Rail Forum East Midlands (RFEM)

Universities RFEM Network Rail and industry Administrative costs only bodies

Universities East Midland HS2 Delivery Boards Refocussing existing consultancy spend

Immediate

Support Hub Station lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo and signifcant HE links at Chesterfeld Station

Immediate

Develop a university based lsquoRail Innovation Centrersquo

Universities LEPs New funding required Short

13

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

HS2 Ready Businesses

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

Develop an lsquoEM33rsquo HS2 awareness campaign aimed at businesses

LEPs Councils East Midlands Chamber New funding required Immediate

Establish dedicated HS2 supply chain support for businesses

LEPs Private Sector Midlands Engine Supply New funding required for additional 1 FTE Chain Initiative Ofcer

LEPs Private Sector ERDF underspend

Immediate

Promote SME collaboration through business support activity

Immediate

Establish web resource for businesses to identify HS2 Specifc opportunities

LEP Growth Hubs HS2 Ltd Additional support for Growth Hubs required Immediate

Supporting Individuals

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

Develop a public facing lsquoEM33rsquo awareness campaign

LEPs Councils East Midlands Chamber New funding required Immediate

Embed the lsquoEM33rsquo HS2 awareness across job centre and council employment support programmes

DWP Councils voluntary sector Refocussing employment support programmes

Medium

Establish an EM HS2 Delivery Charter to encourage recruitment from lsquohard to reachrsquo groups

Private Sector Councils DWP Administrative costs only Medium ndash Long

14

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

Building Further Education Capacity

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

Embed lsquoEM33rsquo activity into new lsquoTrsquo and relevant lsquoArsquo levels

Further Education (FE) Providers LEPs Councils

Refocussing existing resources and future Local Growth Fund

Short ndash medium

Develop strategic relationship between FE sector and National College for High Speed Rail (NCHSR)

FE Providers private training providers Using existing forums and relationships National College for High Speed Rail (NCHSR)

FE Providers Councils Funding required to recruit additional BIM expert

Immediate

Develop world leading capability for Building Information Management (BIM) linked to Staveley IMD

Short- medium

Support the development of lsquoShared Apprentice Schemesrsquo across key HS2 related job rolesdisciplines

FE Providers LEPS Councils Additional funding required Short

14 Next Steps Within our strategic approach we have identifed three immediate priorities These to be taken forward largely with existing LEP and private sector resources but will require strong local leadership to be successful

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to business support that will help local SMEs beneft from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities to be driven by D2N2 LLLEP and the private sector

bull Establishing a lsquorail industry innovation grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands to help drive innovation within our thriving SME rail engineering sector and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2 awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2 provisionally entitled lsquoEM33rsquo to be driven by East Midlands Chamber of Commerce D2N2 and LLLEP and supported by councils

Over the longer term we would expect mainstream Government funding for skills and business support activity to be refocussed around our priorities For more information about our skills and supply chain strategy please visit httpwwwemcouncilsgovukHS2

15

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Section 2 | Place Summary

Great place-making will be key to realising the opportunities that HS2 connectivity will create Our proposals are ambitious but build upon existing market strengths and add value to the attractive mix of urban and rural environments that already characterises the East Midlands We have also sought to refect the needs and aspirations of future generations in the scale and form of proposed development and by incorporating sustainable transport choices

Our Growth Strategy has been developed within in a wider spatial context that will use HS2 to enhance opportunities in towns and cities across the East Midlands and in key assets like East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange To drive this we have identifed two lsquoGrowth Zonesrsquo which relate directly to the benefts of HS2 connectivity

The East Midlands Hub Growth Zone is related to the area around the Hub Station at Toton Here we are proposing the development of a new high quality lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo with the potential to create up to 10000 new jobs community facilities and a range of new housing choices It will be an inspiring 21st Century Gateway to the East Midlands and a destination in its own right The lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo will sit at the heart of a thriving network of lsquogarden villagersquo developments that will include the nearby Stanton and Chetwynd Barracks sites

Chesterfeld and Staveley will be at the heart of the North Derbyshire Growth Zone but activity will focus on the wider Derbyshire growth story We will use HS2 to complement existing rail services and transform links between Chesterfeld Station and the town centre opening up regeneration opportunities and creating an attractive gateway to the Peak District National Park ndash one of the regionrsquos unique destination ofers The Staveley Depot will be the heart of a mixed use housing and employment zone within the wider growth corridor and in the short term could also provide a construction base for HS2

16

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

21 East Midlands Context Our Growth Strategy has been developed within in a wider spatial context that also seeks to use HS2 to enhance existing regional and national assets across the East Midlands In particular the area spanning the D2N2 and Leicester amp Leicestershire LEP areas which already comprise 315 million people over 100000 businesses and generate pound65 billion of GVA Key opportunities for growth include

bull Derby a city of world class automotive rail and aerospace technology sectors Home to Rolls Royce Bombardier and Toyota and a thriving network of highly specialised manufacturing SMEs

bull Leicester a vibrant diverse city with a strong record of SME formation and major growth potential Home to the National Space Centre and a burgeoning space technology sector

bull Nottingham a city of thriving business services biotech and leisure sectors and fagship companies like Experian and Boots underpinned by world class public transport and local energy systems

bull East Midlands Airport and Gateway the biggest freight airport outside of London and home to DHL The new East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange will generate thousands of new jobs

bull Loughborough a national centre for sport and sports science The Loughborough University Science and Enterprise Park forms part of a recently designated Enterprise Zone

bull Chesterfeld an historic and well connected rail town with a strong engineering economy and both a visitor destination and gateway

bull Peak District National Park and Derwent Valley Mills Word Heritage Site the most visited national park in England adjacent to the cradle of the industrial revolution

bull MansfeldAshfeld key regional service centres with strengths in manufacturing and logistics

There are also a range of growth and regeneration opportunities along the A52 corridor between Derby and Nottingham Castle Ward Pride Park and Raynesway on

Derby A50 Corridor

A42M42 M69

M1

M1

Chesterfeld

Mansfeld Ashfeld

Staveley

HS2

Nottingham

Loughborough

Leicester

A46 Corridor

the Derby side and the Nottingham Enterprise Zones sites Alliance Boots in Beeston Beeston Business Park and the Nottingham Science Park

Within this strategic context we have identifed two lsquoGrowth Zonesrsquo which relate directly to the benefts of HS2 connectivity which we believe will drive HS2 related growth across the wider sub area

bull East Midlands Hub Growth Zone

bull Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

M1 Corridor

3 Cities

Derby Nottingham (A52)

Trent Valley Vision

Derwent Valley Mills World

Heritage Site

Peak District National Park

HS2 Station

Classic Rail Lines

Strategic Context Diagram

17

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

East Midlands Hub Growth Zone Diagram 22 East Midlands Hub Growth Zone Our Growth Vision

The Growth Zone encompasses the Hub Station site at Toton the former ironworks site at Stanton and Chetwynd Barracks The core area encompasses Broxtowe and Erewash Borough Councils Derbyshire and Nottinghamshire County Councils

Central will be the development of a high quality lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo at the Hub Station in Toton itself with the potential to create up to 10000 new jobs and a range of new housing choices The concept of an lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo follows research undertaken looking at trends in business locations away from city centres and the need for a much more dynamic mix of uses that recognises the changing needs and desires of lsquoGeneration Zrsquo It is also consistent with the long term aspirations of the university sector within the region which has actively contributed to our thinking

Our vision includes the development of a network of mixed use lsquogarden villagesrsquo that will incorporate the very latest innovations in land remediation environmental standards together with advances in sustainable drainage localised energy and public transport Enhanced connectivity by sustainable modes of transport will ensure the development of pedestrian orientated streets and spaces which will be attractive to both local people and investors

The developments will complement the adjacent city centre ofer and help to drive major improvements to existing places such as Long Eaton and Stapleford

HS2

A52 Jct 25

A50

Jct 24

M1

Castle Donington amp EM Gateway Freight Interchange East Midlands Airport

Lougborough

East Midlands Parkway amp Ratclife

Innovation Campus amp Hub Station

Stanton Derby

Prid

e Par

k Ray

nesw

ay

Spon

don

Boots Campus

Beeston

ScienceMedi

Nottingham

A453

P

P

Potential Mass Rapid-Transit

Classic Rail Lines

Garden Village Network

Key Employment Sites

HS2 Line

Chetwynd

i Celanese

Urban Village

Infnity Garden Village

18

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Toton Area (Hub Station) Development Framework

We have worked with councils local partners and the Toton Neighbourhood Planning Forum to develop a long term non-statutory lsquodevelopment frameworkrsquo for the Hub Station Growth Area in Toton to inform the review of local plans and future investment decisions The development framework recognises a series of distinct character areas and sets out development principles for each

Station Hub The core development area is clustered to the east and west of the Hub Station Anchored by key multi modal transport infrastructure (including HS2 and Classic rail facilities NET bus interchange facilities and central car parking facilities) The primary land use in this area will be workspace development set within a high quality urban development context Hotel and residential accommodation may also be appropriate at this central location and the arearsquos public realm will be animated by cafeacutes restaurants and small scale retail outlets serving passengers employees and residents

Toton Area (Hub Station) Development

19

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

The Hub Station and surrounding area

A new public space will be created adjacent to the main station concourse This will provide a high quality east-west pedestrian connection across the HS2 lines and support interchange between a range of transport modes This development area is located on a plateau which is at a signifcantly lower level than the main development site to the east New buildings will typically be taller (up to 6-8 storeys) which will allow the development to act as a marker in the context of the rail corridor without appearing incongruous within the wider development

Toton Innovation Campus This mixed use corridor runs through the heart of the site connecting the HS2 station and areas to the west following the tram corridor towards Toton Lane NET station in the east

This dynamic space will be characterised not only by the diversity of uses but also a green boulevard and sustainable transport corridor and will include a mixture of medium density workspace including apartment based residential development

The lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo is roughly equidistant between the city centres of Nottingham and Derby and is intended to be anchored by a university based research and development centre To the south links to Leicester East Midlands Airport East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange and the Enterprise Zone sites in Loughborough will drive further opportunities

To achieve the scale of development and sense of place envisaged will require major investment in land assembly management and infrastructure Making the right moves now will provide much needed capacity to unlock and absorb growth and provide resilience in a currently stressed local network It will also require higher densities than those currently subject of an extant Outline Planning Consent for the site and this will need careful consideration by Broxtowe Borough Council as the Local Planning Authority

A52 Trackside Corridor A series of larger development sites have been identifed along the A52 and rail corridors towards the north of the site ofering the potential to accommodate larger workplace developments or research institutions This area will ofer the potential to accommodate distinctive gateway buildings acting as markers along both the A52 and HS2 corridors

Waterside Development parcels along the Erewash River Canal corridor are considered an appropriate mix of uses including residential Building heights will step down from around six storeys adjacent to the rail corridor to around three storeys in areas closer to the river canal corridor respecting the domestic scale of buildings to the west The landscaped environment of the river canal corridor will be brought into the area with a series of lsquogreen fngersrsquo leading into the development site This open space will serve a

20

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

variety of functions including recreation food mitigation and ecological habitat The orientation of buildings within this corridor should support this landscape strategy and open up views of the canal river corridor from higher ground to the east of the HS2 line

Parkside Generous green corridors are proposed as a bufer between the planned new development and existing residential communities Lower density areas broadly refecting established residential areas of Toton will front onto these spaces with a typical height of two to

three storeys open landscaped space and site topography ensuring that the amenity of existing local residents are protected New footpaths and cycleways will integrate the site with its surrounding context and enable residents of existing neighbourhoods to access facilities and transport hubs within the new development site It should be noted that new vehicular connections to these neighbourhoods are not proposed

bull Neighbourhood Centres These centres will be located at highly accessible positions within the

The Toton Innovation Campus looking towards the Hub Station

development and will allow the vast majority of the site area to be located within an easy fve minute walking catchment of local facilities

bull HS2 Hub This facility will serve HS2 passengers along with residents and workers based in the lower western section of the site It is envisaged that cafeacutes restaurants and local retail facilities will be integrated within the main station concourse and spill out onto the adjoining public plaza This area also becomes a new cross-roads within a more resilient local road network ofering better connections between SandiacreStapleford and Long Eaton This will further enhance the vitality and vibrancy of the area whilst ensuring surrounding communities can access the services on ofer by a full range of transport choices

bull Toton Innovation Campus Centre Located at the heart of the development a cluster of local retail leisure and hospitality facilities will be clustered in and around a central square Facilities such as a hotel gym business centre and resource centre may also be attracted to this central pedestrian orientated space

bull Community Hub A site to the west of the Toton Lane NET Station has been identifed for the relocation of the George Spencer Academy along with a site for a new primary school a leisure centre and health facility These new community infrastructure buildings will be developed in a green landscape setting with good pedestrian and cycle links to local neighbourhoods and public transport hubs The level of retail development (including

21

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

restaurants cafeacutes) will be controlled to a level which provides for the needs of local residents employees and passengers and avoid competition with existing local centres

The Universities of Derby Nottingham and Nottingham Trent are fully supportive of the HS2 Growth Strategy We have a long history of working together to re-balance economy and believe that this investment has the potential to be transformative

To maximise the value derived from this investment the universities are in a strong position to build on our established partnership for example by working together to shape the proposed lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo located at the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton

The active involvement of the universities at an early stage in defning the proposed lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo means that we can develop an integrated strategy for research teaching and business interaction aligned with HS2 investment

The lsquoworld-classrsquo connectivity aforded by the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton will support the difusion of these opportunities and position the East Midlands as a stronger resilient and more productive economy

bull Green Infrastructure From a place making perspective the HS2 Hub site will be designed to integrate with its surrounding natural environments In total around 16 hectares of open space are proposed within the development site

bull River Canal Corridor The Erewash river and canal corridor runs to the east of the site and provides an area of high amenity value To the north the opportunity exists to enhance the network of footpaths and cycleways leading up to the strategic Stanton Iron Works site and beyond To the south new pedestrian and cycle links will connect the site to the Attenborough Nature Reserve and the Trent Valley This will include opportunities to reinstate new routes beneath the HS2 classic rail line to the south of the station and also to reduce the risk of fooding associated with this section of the river More generally the opportunity to enhance the character of the river and canal corridor would provide further amenity and ecological benefts This may include enhancements to the Sandiacre Locks Conservation Area and measures to introduce more variety diverse habitats and interest to the river lsquochannelrsquo

bull Toton Horseshoe A landscaped corridor is proposed to wrap around the existing Toton residential area This will provide a bufer between planned new development and the local residential areas encompass existing areas of maturing woodland and create a new connection through to the redeveloped Chetwynd Barracks to the east

bull Green Boulevard A new green spine is planned to run through the heart of the new development This route will connect the eastern and western sections of the site via a new pedestrian link across the HS2 corridor and a new plaza at the station entrance The boulevard a wide green space integrating a small existing watercourse will run

through the heart of the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo connecting to the area of protected Green Belt land to the north east

bull Local Amenity Open Space In addition to the strategic green infrastructure highlighted above a network of local amenity spaces will be integrated across the new development These will include both formal and informal recreation areas and play space for the enjoyment of residents employees and visitors alike

Associated lsquoGarden Villagersquo Developments

Chetwynd Barracks The MoD site at Chetwynd will become available for development from 2020 and will be designed and developed as an integral part of the Hub Station Growth area The development will provide a predominantly residential area that will be linked directly to the lsquoCommunity Hubrsquo north of the existing Toton Lane Like the main Hub Station lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo and Community Hub Chetwynd will be subject to the policies of the emerging Broxtowe Local Plan and of Nottinghamshire County Council as the Local HighwayTransport Authority and Local Education Authority

Stanton The Hub Station Growth Zone also includes the former iron works at Stanton where additional employment opportunities will be realised alongside up to 2000 homes which will serve to complement the proposals for the Hub Station and Innovation Campus This site falls within Erewash Borough Council and Derbyshire County Councilrsquos administrative areas This site is subject of a separate Supplementary Planning Document published by Erewash Borough Council and the proposals outlined in the Growth Strategy are consistent with this

22

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Ratclife Power Station Site Within the wider area there may also be further growth opportunities to be explored as part of the HS2 Growth Strategy including Ratclife Power Station Whilst this is not anticipated to be decommissioned before 2025 its location adjacent to the existing East Midlands Parkway station and an existing railhead means that the site has potential to create a transport orientated mixed use development around the station and a possible location for rail related development This site falls within Rushclife Borough Council and Nottinghamshire County Councilrsquos administrative areas

Derby There are already proposals to develop up to 2000 new homes as part of the lsquoInfnity Garden Villagersquo development which spans the boundary between the city of Derby and South Derbyshire District Council In addition there is potential for major mixed use development on the former Courtaulds site at Spondon on the east side of Derby

Leicestershire There are emerging proposals for major housing development in North West Leicestershire linked to employment growth at East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange

23 Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone Our Growth Vision

The Growth Zone is focussed on the Borough of Chesterfeld within the county of Derbyshire and includes the areas around the existing railway station and the proposed Infrastructure Maintenance Depot (IMD) at Staveley east of the town centre also proposed as a construction base for HS2

Our ambitions for Chesterfeld and Staveley are set in the context of a wide growth story for the wider northern Derbyshire area that builds on existing strengths in tourism construction and engineering higher and further education and professional services Key complementary investments include the lsquoPeak Resortrsquo development that

will combine a unique combination of tourism and HEFE education and training

HS2 will bring Chesterfeld within 108 minutes from London and serve a catchment area of over 1 million people Plans for Chesterfeld will transform the relationship between

Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

23

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

the rail station the town centre and major regeneration opportunities and enable the station to become an attractive gateway to the town itself the surrounding Peak District National Park and other key heritage assets - particularly for international visitors Proposals include a scalable housing and commercial investment proposition that will be accelerated to welcome HS2 through investment in enabling infrastructure

The proposed IMD is set within a wider masterplan for the Staveley corridor that will deliver signifcant levels of housing and job growth and provide a focus for the local rail engineering sector including the development of a rail industry lsquocentre of excellencersquo linked to the High Speed Rail College In the shorter term there is an ambition for the Staveley site to be used for a base for the construction of the majority of Phase 2b of HS2

Construction of early phases of the Chesterfeld amp Staveley Regeneration Route will enable key brownfeld regeneration sites to be developed and wider benefts to the A61 Corridor and the extended Markham Vale Enterprise Zone

Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

Underpinning the vision will be a strong focus on inclusive growth linked to our wider skills and supply chain strategy making sure that local communities and local businesses can beneft from the investment that HS2 will bring

Chesterfeld amp Staveley Development Framework

We will enable this growth in the number and quality of jobs by re-shaping and transforming our places through infrastructure-led development Those places will be allowed to fourish and cater for our changing communities as well as providing for new communities and retaining those such as graduates who will have much wider lifestyle choices as a result

Chesterfeld Station

Chesterfeld Station will have an enhanced role as both a destination and a gateway to surrounding localities Over 1 million people already live within 30 minutes of the station HS2 will bring Birmingham and Leeds within 50 minutes We will bring forward development and infrastructure in tandem to provide a high quality experience for those using the

Platform 4

Chesterfeld Station

Chesterfeld Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo

24

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

station lsquoPlatform 4rsquo will provide a modern and attractive route across the A61 with well-designed public realm that will bring the station into the town centre as well as allowing far greater accessibility to public transport Unused and under-used land around the station will be developed and linked to the adjacent Waterside development to provide a mixed-use lsquourban villagersquo ft for future generations to live work and play

Remodelled links between Chesterfeld Station and the town

The infrastructure provided to improve access to the station for HS2 services will also allow us to accelerate our ambition for the wider town centre By taking trafc out of the historic core of the town we can enhance the visitor experience and bring forward new opportunities for residential development with a wide and fexible mix of tenures This will ensure far greater vibrancy within the town which will expand to include the station area and support the wider ambitions for growth in our key sectors

Staveley

The proposed Infrastructure Maintenance Depot (IMD) at Staveley provides a signifcant opportunity to bring forward a much wider strategic development on this 150 hectare brownfeld site Through investing in infrastructure in particular local road access we can open up not just the depot site but a whole new sustainable community of around 1500 homes and many hundreds of new jobs

By phasing the development we will also be able to ofer a well located construction base for HS2 bringing investment and jobs to the area well in advance of the maintenance depot Over the longer term we believe there is the potential to develop the area around the Infrastructure

The wider Chesterfeld Station Area Masterplan wide

Residential building

OfficeCommercial building

Officeresidential building

Hotel building

Station building

MSCP building

Green Space

Public realm

Potential development areas subject to consultation with existing land owners

Retained Listed station building

Ground foor community facility land use

Potential pedestriancycle link to the east

Maintenance Depot as a rail industry lsquocentre of excellencersquo linked to the High Speed Rail College and the NewRail centre at Barrow Hill Roundhouse

Strategic outline masterplan for the Staveley Corridor

Characterising development at all these sites will be an approach to place-making for the future This is led by consideration of how our communities of the future will want to live and work rather than being based on historic development models

We will use the investment in infrastructure to develop places and homes that anticipate our changing population putting in place fexible models in order to meet future demand This will include providing a far better choice for older people with homes that meet current and future care needs We will make the most of the expanding higher education ofer to enable quality student accommodation and develop places in which our graduates want to stay live earn and spend

25

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Strategic outline masterplan for the Staveley corridor 24 Next Steps Our proposals for the Hub Station and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zones are long term and ambitious Whilst the proposed development will lead to an uplift in land values and economic and social benefts it will also require investment in local and strategic infrastructure and land remediation and assembly

We have undertaken technical work to understand likely infrastructure and land costs and development trajectories that could be delivered to inform an initial outline business case assessment consistent with the Treasuryrsquos lsquoGreen Bookrsquo This work will continue to develop as our plans mature

Further detail on delivery is contained in Section 4

Key

SWA1 Redline Boundary

Existing Features

Culvert

River

Canal

Crossing Point

Road

Railway Line

Right of Way

Building

Listed Building

Non Designated Heritage Asset

Existing Trees

Proposed Features

Marina

CS Regeneration Route

Road

FootCycle Path

Pedestrian Zone

Avenue Planting

Public Open Space

Key Building

Railway Line

Canal

Proposed Usage

Residential

Mixed use - Community Retail Residential

Mixed Use - Employment Local Skills and crafts

Workshops Studios Residential

Mixed Use - Community Canal related

Residential

Safeguarded School Site

Leisure - Hotel Pub Restaurant

B1 - Office and Light Industry

B2 - General Industry

B8 - Warehousing and Distribution

HS2 Maintenance Depot

26

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Section 3 | Connectivity Summary

The Hub Station at Toton will already be the most connected on the high speed network outside of London and will serve a catchment of over 2 million people Whilst the development adjacent to the Hub Station will be crucial our early work confrmed that much of the wider economic potential of HS2 will be dependent on the extent to which we can connect economic opportunities across the East Midlands into the high speed network In particular the city centres of Derby Leicester and Nottingham East Midlands Airport and sites that exist in the towns and villages surrounding both the Hub Station and Chesterfeld

Our analysis has demonstrated which modes of transport will serve diferent markets most efectively ndash national regional sub-regional and local Based on this we have set out a comprehensive step by step approach to connectivity which will maximise transport choice for future generations as well as tackling congestion issues that exist today

Key to this will be safeguarding the ability to extend public transport accessibility in the scope of the Governmentrsquos Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and planning now for a phased approach to delivery of highway improvements starting in RIS2

Whilst we are confdent that the measures we have identifed can deliver positive outcomes more detailed design work will be required to secure the capital funding necessary for delivery Further work on the design and phasing of key interventions will therefore be undertaken with transport modelling developed in partnership with Midlands Connect the outcome of which will also help to scope the necessary provisions of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

27

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

SCOTLAND

YORK amp NEWCASTLE

LEEDS

EAST MIDLANDS

HUB

SOUTH YORKSHIRE

SHEFFIELD HS2

CHESTERFIELD

CREWE HS2 HUB

BIRMINGHAM

STOKE DERBY

LEICESTER

LOUGHBOROUGH

LONDON EUROPE

BEESTON

NOTTINGHAM LINCOLN

MANSFIELD

WORKSOP

31 National Context HS2 will help to transform the position of our towns and cities within the UK and Midlands making our local economies more competitive

HS2 CURRENT

68 104 NOTTINGHAM TO LONDON

HHS2S2 CU

142 LEICESTER TO NEWCASTLE

HHS2S2 CURRENT

50 77 DERBY TO LEEDS

HHS2S2 CURRENT

73 145 LEICESTER TO LEEDS

HHS2S2 CURRENT

36 73 NOTTINGHAM TO BIRMINGHAM

HS2 CURRENT

71 143 CHESTERFIELD TO LONDON

RRENT

205

28

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Midlands Connect

The Midlands Connect Strategy described how the HS2 stations at Birmingham Curzon Street UK Central and East Midlands will form the lsquohubrsquo of the UKrsquos high speed rail network Together with classic compatible connectivity at Chesterfeld Crewe and Stoke stations this will unlock economic growth across the Midlands - provided we get the local connectivity right

Through Midlands Connect we are taking forward a body of technical work to defne and develop the local strategic connections that will maximise economic growth opportunities Through the wider Midlands Engine initiative we are promoting the transformational benefts of HS2 to national and international investors

For more information about Midlands Connect and the Midlands Engine please visit httpswwwmidlandsconnectuk

HS2 East

Our work through the HS2 East partnership has demonstrated that the Eastern Leg of HS2 between Birmingham to Leeds via the East Midlands Hub Station has the best business case of any part of the proposed network - with a beneft to cost ratio of over 5 to 1

However the economic impact of the Eastern Leg extends further than Leeds The proposed lsquoclassic compatiblersquo link to the East Coast Main Line will enable high speed rail services to serve the North East of England and Scotland ndash linking

six of the UKrsquos top ten cities and 20 of national GVA This will result in lsquoagglomerationrsquo impacts of over pound700 million GVA and some major journey time savings

bull Leeds to Glasgow reduction of 90 minutes

bull Sheffield to Edinburgh reduction of 90 minutes

bull Newcastle to Birmingham reduction of 85 minutes

Together the Eastern Leg of HS2 and an enhanced East Coast Main Line provide the obvious route for reducing journey times from Scotland to London towards the three hour mark ndash the point at which rail becomes competitive with air travel

For further information about HS2 East please visit httpwwwhs2eastcouk

32 Our strategic approach Connecting key centres of population and development opportunities across the East Midlands to the high speed network will be key to realising the wider economic potential that HS2 connectivity brings

Our analysis has demonstrated which modes of transport will serve diferent markets most efectively Only by developing a comprehensive lsquomulti-modalrsquo approach to connectivity can we deliver the transport choice required by future generations and start to tackle some of the congestion issues that exist today

We also acknowledge that not everything can or indeed should happen at once We have therefore set out a phased approach to improving connectivity at least some of which can be delivered before HS2 becomes fully operational

Heavy Rail Pimary Market

Mass Transit Strategy Regional

Bus Connectivity Sub-Regional amp Local

Taxi Connectivity Sub-Regional amp Local

Walking and Cycling Local and Very Local

Park and Ride Sub-Regional amp Local

Highway Sub-Regional amp Local

Our strategic approach to connectivity

33 Rail Rail will be the most efective mode for accessing the Hub Station from surrounding city and town centres It will also link the East Midlands with the major city-regions across the rest of the UK ndash not least by the HS2 network itself

HS2 Services

The latest service specifcation published by HS2 Ltd indicates that the East Midlands Hub Station will be the best connected on the high speed network outside of London with seven HS2 services per hour in both directions

Impressive though this level of connectivity is we believe there is scope for further improvements

29

Through our work on the HS2 East Partnership we believe there is a strong economic case for the Eastern Leg of HS2 and the East Coast Main Line forming the primary route for serving Scotland not least because it would link the fnancial centres of Leeds and Edinburgh and the conurbations of the North East ndash also a key objective of Transport for the North

The scale of growth proposed in Chesterfeld as described in Section Two makes a compelling case for both Shefeld trains stopping at Chesterfeld Station rather than just one per hour

Classic Compatible Services

It is clear that although the Eastern Leg of HS2 will be designed to accommodate up to 18 trains per hour (in line with the rest of the network) the current service pattern only currently envisages nine There is therefore scope to run additional services on at least part of the Eastern Leg Working with both Midlands Connect and Transport for the North we believe there is a business case for two additional lsquoclassic compatiblersquo trains per hour linking Leicester and LeedsManchester which would transform rail connectivity between the East Midlands and the Northern Powerhouse

For this to be deliverable there would need to be a lsquoclassic compatiblersquo connection between HS2 and an electrifed Midland Main Line at or around the Hub Station HS2 Ltd have developed an indicative design for how this could be delivered Although further work will be required we believe we have sufcient economic evidence now for the Secretary of State to make at least lsquopassive provisionrsquo for such a link in the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

Newcastle

Durham

Dalington

York

Leeds

Shefeld Midland

Chesterfeld

Toton

Church Street

Birmingam Interchange

Old Oak Common Euston

bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

Trains from London 6tph

Trains from Birmrsquoham 3tph

Proposed HS2 Service Pattern for the Eastern Leg

NEWCASTLE

YORK

LEEDS

LONDON BIRMINGHAM

29 36

106

19

EAST MIDLANDS

HUB

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Classic Services

In addition to the two lsquoclassic compatiblersquo services working through Midlands Connect we have identifed an additional 11 lsquoclassic servicesrsquo that could serve the Hub Station These would be a mixture of lsquoshuttle servicesrsquo fast and semi-fast services and stopping services In total this would mean the Hub Station would be served by 20 trains per hour in both directions ndash an outstanding level of connectivity

HS2 Hub Station Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS)

The service specifcation for the Hub Station is consistent with the wider Midlands Connect ITSS which supports the Midlands Connect Strategy published in March 2017

The Maid Marian Line

In addition we believe there is the potential to develop a new service linking the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton with Mansfeld Ashfeld via the adaption on an existing freight line known as the Maid Marian Line This direct link would facilitate greater connectivity for residents and businesses to HS2 services supporting economic regeneration in the towns and contributing to the wider Nottinghamshire growth story We are working with Network Rail to understand any implications for the wider Midlands Connect ITSS

Capacity at Trent Junctions

A key constraint to the delivery of the Midlands Connect ITSS is the capacity of Trent Junctions south of Nottingham We understand that HS2 Ltd will need to make some improvements to Trent Junctions to accommodate the HS2 Core proposition - although these on their own will

30

51

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

HS2 Services

London - Leeds Birmingham - Leeds

London - Leeds Birmingham - Newcastle

London - Chesterfeld - Shefeld - Leeds

Birmingham - Leeds London - Shefeld - York

34 Mass Transit Extensions Classic Compatible Services

Shuttle Services

Nottingham - EM Hub Derby - EM Hub

Fast and Semi-fast Services

Leicester - Crewe Crewe - EM Hub

London - Manchester Crewe - EM Hub

Stopping Services

Leicester - Leeds Leicester - Manchester The success of the Nottingham Express Transit (NET) has demonstrated the potential of mass transit to reduce

Leicester - Lincoln Nottingham - Leeds

Leicester - Nottingham Leicester - Derby

Norwich - Liverpool Newark Castle - Matlock

HS2 Hub Station Indicative Train Service Specifcation

not be sufcient to accommodate the Midlands Connect ITSS There is a clear operational case for avoiding multiple engineering works on this congested section of railway infrastructure ndash with a single enhancement scheme being the clearly favoured option Based on our initial work with Network Rail we believe there is a sufcient economic case now for the Secretary of State to make at least lsquopassive provisionrsquo for an enhanced scheme in the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

congestion increase transport choice and connect people to jobs and services It will therefore be a key element of the connectivity strategy for maximising the economic benefts of the HS2 Hub Station Given the technical challenges and the scale of investment required we recognise the importance of taking a phased approach to delivery

Extending NET to the Hub Station

The frst phase would be to extend the tram from the park and ride site at Toton Lane to the Hub Station ndash a distance of around one mile This will connect the Hub Station to key locations such as the Queens Medical Centre the University campus and the Enterprise Zone and complement the heavy rail service to Nottingham City Centre This link will need to be in place when the Hub Station becomes operational to serve the Nottingham Enterprise Zone sites and to establish the principle tram access in the publicrsquos mind

Extending Connectivity over the Hub Station

Our work has highlighted a number of options for extending connectivity to the west of the Hub Station towards Derby and East Midlands Airport which would have signifcant economic benefts These could be delivered by bus rapid transit (BRT) tram-train as well as by NET extensions Further work will be required to determine the optimum routes and modes These options would require a link over the Hub Station (similar to the arrangement at Nottingham Station) which would be costly to retro-ft We have therefore included a public transport overbridge into our proposals for the Hub Station At this stage it is unlikely that this on its own will require provision for further land take in the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill however it may impact on the required Environmental Impact Statement

Options to Derby

There are two main options for connecting Derby The frst would follow the route of the A52 This would be fast ndash but not as fast as the classic rail service from Derby Station It would be direct but serve a limited population catchment The relatively high cost of developing this as a tram route would appear to make it unviable - although it could have potential as a route for a lower cost form of BRT

The second option would run to the south of the A52 and link the Hub Station with Long Eaton and then on to Breaston Borrowash Spondon Pride Park and Derby Station It would be slower but serve a much larger population catchment It would be cheaper to develop as a tram route but could impact on the proposed canal

31

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Red Arrow Skylink

Zoom 15

i4 18

Indigo 510

Y5 Toton Sidings

NET

Options for bus services serving the Hub Station

35

Revised existing route

New Fast Track to EMA via M1

Arnold via QMC City Hospital

Mansfeld via M1 Kirkby Sutton

Alfreton via M1 Heanor Ripley

restoration project It could be developed in phases the frst comprising a NET extension to a park and ride site west of the M1

Options to East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Rail Freight Interchange

There are a number of potential routes to the airport Following the rail corridor south from the Hub Station before heading west is likely to be the quickest and would limit environmental impacts on Long Eaton town centre It also has potential for a tram-train solution should this become a viable technology in the UK The scale of employment growth proposed at East Midlands Gateway the potential for a lsquoFree Trade Zonersquo around the airport as well as the projected growth in air passenger numbers means such a link could have signifcant economic benefts

Bus amp Taxi Bus travel will continue to be the backbone of the local public transport for many people There is already a comprehensive network of bus routes and services across the sub-region which could be developed to serve the Hub Station from a wide range of locations

The key challenge for operators from a commercial perspective will be to ensure that the Hub Station does not become a lsquoterminusrsquo destination Buses (and taxis) must therefore be able to pass through the Hub Station to also serve surrounding communities across the wider sub-region Our proposed confguration of local road links between the Hub Station and Long Eaton Stapleford

32

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Sandiacre and Toton as well as access from the A52 would enable a commercially viable network of bus services to be established

For Chesterfeld a new road link into the south of the station complex for buses and taxis will provide a through route that will integrate the existing station into local public transport networks more efectively

36 Cycling amp Walking Every rail passenger is a pedestrian at the point of boarding a train Making the Hub Station and the immediate surrounding environment pedestrian friendly will make travel by train more attractive and help to drive patronage

It is also important that local people in surrounding communities have safe and attractive routes for walking and cycling ndash not just to the Hub Station but also to and within the proposed Innovation Campus Cycling and walking are likely to become more attractive options to future generations as public attitudes to travel continue to change This trend has been refected in the core design principles we have established that will underpin future development on the Hub Station site

For Chesterfeld we have set out proposals known as lsquoPlatform 4rsquo for enhancing pedestrian and public transport accessibility between the Station and the town centre over the A61 dual carriageway

37 Park amp Ride A well-coordinated and managed park amp ride strategy can help to reduce the impacts of congestion and provide viable transport choices for local communities

There are opportunities to develop park and ride facilities serving the Hub Station in tandem with a phased roll out of an extended mass transit system The existing park amp

Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site

ride site at Toton Lane (1300 spaces) linked to the tram will be retained albeit in modifed form In addition to a multi-storey car park at the Hub Station itself (1300 spaces proposed) there is an opportunity to develop an additional parking facility of a similar size west of M1 Junction 25 linked to a frst phase extension of the tram over the Hub Station

33

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

This would give a third car park option and the ability to manage travel demand to the Hub Station site in a more fexible manner - as well as an ability to reduce pressure on M1 Junction 25

On the Derby side of the A52 there are options for park and ride sites on the east side of Derby as part of a mass transit system linking Pride Park and Derby Station to the City Centre which could ultimately connect to the Hub Station

38 Strategic amp Local Road Access Despite the focus on public transport cycling and walking access by private car will still be important and a 1300 space multi-storey car park is proposed at the Hub Station However this will require a highway solution that must also address a number of existing challenges

Access from the A52 and M1

Access from the strategic road network into the Hub Station Site will be critical Our technical work has suggested that a single access from the A52 into the site for all movements is unlikely to be deliverable Whilst an engineering solution could be developed it would be very expensive environmentally damaging and take up valuable land that could be better used for economic development purposes

As a result a phased approach is proposed comprising the following key moves

1 A new lsquoat gradersquo junction on the A52 east of the Bardills Roundabout linked to a new Toton Lane which would provide access from Nottingham to the east of the Hub Station site and support the early phases of development of the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

2 A new lsquoof setrsquo junction on the A52 to the west of the use of the construction access required by HS2 Ltd M1 which would remove local movements from M1 to build the Hub Station Junction 25 and provide a more direct route under

Our technical work suggests there is scope to deliver key the motorway into Long Eaton

moves 1) and 2) in advance of the Hub Station opening 3 A new lsquograde separatedrsquo junction on the A52 to the The scale of existing problems and likely future trafc

north of the Hub Station to provide access from growth on the A52 corridor suggests that there is already a Derby and the M1 ndash which has the potential to make strong case for Highways England working with Midlands

Provide local road access to StaplefordSandiacre

Relieve congestion at Bardills and Toton Lane

Provide access from A52

Separate local amp strategic movements at J25

Provide for E-W movements

Provide for local road access for Long Eaton

Strategic amp Local Road Access Challenges

34

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Access from A52 and M1

Connect and local partners to make a proposal for major scheme funding in RIS 2 ndash which would also contribute to a comprehensive connectivity strategy for the Hub Station

A direct link to the Hub Station from the north through 3) will be linked to the construction of the station itself by HS2 Ltd and may be able to make use of any temporary construction access required by HS2 Ltd

Stanton Sandiacre

Derby

Stapleford

Long Eaton

Primary HS2

access

New eastern access

Re-modelled Bardills junction

New eastern access link

Toton Lane

Local access link

Local local link

New ofset A52 Junction

New local link

Remodelled M1 Junction 25

link

1a

1b

3 2

M1

A52

HS2

Local access Nottingham

junction

39

Finally there is the potential to establish a Park amp Ride site west of the M1 linked to a tram extension and the proposed lsquoof-setrsquo junction on the A52 This would provide a further car parking option for the Hub Station and help to manage movements through M1 Junction 25

Local Road Access

As described above local road access to the Hub Station from Long Eaton Stapleford Sandiacre and Toton will be important to secure commercially viable bus and coach services and taxis ndash as well as safe cycle routes We have developed a proposal for local access that can be integrated into the design of the Hub Station and which will complement the proposed strategic links Key to this will be the development of a local road link running under the HS2 and classic rail tracks to the south of the Hub Station

Next Steps We are clear that whilst all the individual elements of our connectivity strategy will have positive outcomes the real benefts will only be achieved by taking an integrated approach to scheme development and delivery

We will therefore develop our proposals further through a project joint funded by Midlands Connect East Midlands partners HS2 Ltd and Highways England known as the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan Phase 1 will use transport modelling to optimise the package of interventions and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment Phase 2 will examine connectivity issues over a wider strategic area including the long term future of the M1

Further detail on delivery is contained in Section 4

35

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Local Road Access Diagram

1

2

3

4

5

6

New A52 access Pedestrian NET link Bus Interchange amp Station Car Park

Remodelled Bardills roundabout

7

8

9

10

11

Local link to Long Eaton

New Bardills roundabout Local link to Sandiacre

New Toton Lane NET extension amp option to extend to EMA Derby

HS2 underpass Station Concourse

HS2 overpass

36

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Section 4 | Delivery Summary

We have undertaken a number of technical studies to understand the costs and benefts of various scales and rates of development to inform the development of an initial outlines business case for our proposals consistent with Treasury requirements which is set out in a separate document This work will evolve and become more granular as our growth proposition matures

There is potential for signifcant employment and housing development across the East Midlands Hub and Derbyshire Growth Zones This will make a signifcant contribution to the Governmentrsquos rebalancing agenda and provide an impetus for growth across the wider East Midlands where there is potential to deliver an additional 74000 jobs and pound4 billion of GVA above trend

We have set out the key moves necessary to deliver our proposals for people place and connectivity and highlighted the immediate measures necessary to safeguard future opportunities Detailed proposals are set out in Appendix 1

We are keen to work with Government to develop propositions for powerful locally led development bodies that can deliver our ambitions for the Hub Station and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zones and contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2

37

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

41 Developing an Investible Proposition Realising our vision for growth will require a combination of strong leadership and clear decision making To inform this we have undertaken a comprehensive programme of technical work to inform our thinking and provide the evidence base for this Growth Strategy including

bull Comprehensive non-statutory development frameworks covering the East Midlands Hub and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

bull A number of concept studies to assess the options for key infrastructure moves including relocation of the existing rail depots at Toton strategic highway access and mass transit extensions

bull A Development Infrastructure Funding (DIF) Study to understand the costs and benefts of diferent scales and rates of development and a funding and delivery mechanisms study to identify options for forward funding of key infrastructure and delivery vehicles

This information has been used to construct an initial outline lsquobusiness casersquo document for our proposals consistent with the Treasuryrsquos lsquoGreen Bookrsquo guidance and will provide the basis for an ongoing dialogue with Government and HS2 Ltd This work will evolve and become more granular over time as our growth proposition matures

Some of the major infrastructure investments will be subject to a separate business case through other established Government programmes such as the Roads Investment Strategy (RIS) This still requires a high-level

case to be made through the Growth Strategy as well as efective co-ordination of planning funding and delivery with other Growth Strategy interventions

42 Key Moves The work we have undertaken to date has identifed a series of key moves that will be required to implement the Growth Strategy including a number of immediate actions which will be necessary to safeguard future opportunities Further detail on these and the necessary enabling measures by Government and its delivery bodies is set out in Appendix 1

People

Our immediate priorities can be delivered largely within existing resources with strong local leadership from the LEPs and the East Midlands Chamber of Commerce and comprise

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to business support that will help local SMEs beneft from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities

bull Establishing a lsquorail industry innovation grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2 awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2

Over the longer term we would expect mainstream Government funding for skills and business support activity to be refocussed around our priorities and complement the strategic approach to skills envisaged by the Midlands Engine

Place

For the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone there are a number of planning land assembly remediation and infrastructure issues that will need to be addressed to enable our vision to be delivered in full In the immediate short term it will be vital to ensure that existing planning consent for the Lime Rise development close to the Hub Station can contribute positively to the delivery of our growth vision

In addition there is a need for further work with the relevant organisations on options for relocating the rail siding and depot activity and the electricity sub-station to locations outside of the Hub Station site and on the expansion and relocation of existing school provision to a better location within the site

Elsewhere we are keen to take forward further work with the Ministry of Defence and the Homes and Communities Agency to ensure that the re-development of the Chetwynd Barracks can actively contribute to a lsquonetwork of garden villagesrsquo

In the Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone the key priority in Chesterfeld will be the delivery of proposals to transform pedestrian and public transport connectivity between the rail station and the town For Staveley the early priorities will be to confrm the depot site as a construction base for HS2 and to secure the frst phases of the Chesterfeld and Staveley Regeneration Route including the provision of improved public transport and pedestrian links necessary to deliver the wider Staveley masterplan

38

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Connectivity

Our immediate priority is to safeguard the potential to secure a classic compatible link at the Hub Station and for enhanced capacity at Trent Junctions capable of delivering the Midlands Connect ITSS These will require the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill which is due to be considered by Ministers in the autumn of 2017 to include provision for the necessary land take

The public transport overbridge and local road connections proposed for the Hub Station will impact on the Hybrid Bill and the associated Environmental Impact Statement and will need to be incorporated into the emerging Hub Station design commissioned by HS2 Ltd

We will need to confrm support from Highways England and HS2 Ltd to take forward the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan with Midlands Connect This work will optimise the package of interventions proposed to serve the Hub Station and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment However we believe we have a sufcient case now for Highways England to identify funding in RIS2 to develop a major scheme on the A52M1 J25 that address existing congestion issues and contributes to the wider solution for accessing the Hub Station

43 Proposals for Delivery Bodies The geographic and political context for the area around the Hub Station is complex spanning a number of local planning authorities local transport authorities and local enterprise partnerships Our work to date has highlighted a range of potential delivery and funding mechanisms that would help to enable development in particular options for Tax Increment Financing (TIf ) But these will require a strategic approach to investment over a number of administrative areas to be efective

There is a local appetite to establish a powerful delivery body that could work at a scale to drive forward our growth vision There are a range of options including the potential for the kind of lsquolocally-led development corporationrsquo envisaged by the Neighbourhood Planning Act 2017

We would like to work with Government over the coming months to develop a proposition for a delivery body for the Hub Station Growth Zone that could begin to operate in lsquoshadow formrsquo with initial seed-corn funding from 2018 onwards

For Chesterfeld and Staveley the geography is less complex with the key moves all within the administrative area of Chesterfeld Borough Council Here a local development company solution may be more appropriate which can also contribute to the delivery of the wider Derbyshire growth story

It will be important to ensure that development in both Growth Zones continues to contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2 under the auspices of the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Mitigation

Whilst HS2 has the potential to bring great benefts to the 44 East Midlands the scale of the new infrastructure involved will also result in some negative impacts ndash particularly in the short term Although the line of route has been designed to minimise impact on environmental assets challenges remain in a number of locations in Derbyshire Leicestershire and Nottinghamshire

Similarly where the line passes through urban areas for example Long Eaton some existing businesses will have to re-locate to alternative premises Whilst the Government has put in place a compensation scheme to assist those directly afected councils are keen to ensure the jobs and investment are retained in the local area wherever possible

The East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board has established a lsquomitigation sub-grouprsquo to work with DfT and HS2 Ltd to help develop detailed designs for key structures that will minimise and mitigate the environmental impacts of the line and look to ensure that existing businesses can continue to thrive As work starts on the development of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill it will be important to ensure that councils are able to inform the detail of the Governmentrsquos proposals on both an individual and collective basis

39

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

45 Phasing of Delivery This Growth Strategy demonstrated the scale complexity and interdependencies between programmes involving a range of partner agencies Many of these programmes involve major schemes that take many years to develop and deliver Although HS2 Phase 2b is not due to become fully operational until 2033 the lead in times are such that key decisions on what might be included within the Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environment Statement will actually be taken during the coming months With appropriate funding and collaboration a number of key moves can be implemented in the short term

Although the development may reach maturity in 2043 by the time HS2 opens there will in fact already be a new place (the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo) emerging around the station to welcome the frst passengers For this to be achieved the delivery partners will need to build momentum over the next 12 months and it is recognised this will require dedicated resource and governance

The evidence base underpinning the growth strategy provides a clear indication of the growth potential and promotes a range of key infrastructure concepts and moves However in order to take these forward and in particular promote some of them for possible inclusion in the Hybrid Bill the partners are clear that more detailed studies and analysis will be required and these will need to be developed in tandem with the work being undertaken for the railway

This highlights the need to establish a dedicated team and for further resources to commission and manage the work programme for the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Phases of Delivery

2017-2022 Hybrid bill development business case development (RS2CP6) land strategy and delivery body early phases of development

2022-2027 Early infrastructure development and key moves (eg depot relocation) next phases of development

2027-2033 HS2 Construction amp completiontesting

2033 HS2 becomes fully operational - local economic development builds momentum

2033-43 Development to maturity

46 First Phase Priorities The focus up to 2022 will be on ensuring the provisions of the Phase 2 Hybrid Bill enable our vision for the Hub Station and priorities for local and strategic connectivity to be implemented Delivery of improvements to the A52 at Bardills and Toton Lane will enable the early phases of the Toton Innovation Campus to commence helping to build investor confdence Completion for the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity plan will progress the wider mix of strategic and local interventions to detailed design stage To be successful all this activity will need to be underpinned by the establishment of a properly resourced and empowered local delivery bodyThe early completion of frst stages of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Station Link Road will help to kick start development in the North Derbyshire Growth Zone

40

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

1 High level Ministerial endorsement of the East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy including through

bull Funding the establishment of a lsquoshadow delivery bodyrsquo to start implementing the Growth Strategy locally and to establish a viable mechanism for capturing a proportion of development value necessary for infrastructure delivery and

bull Promotion by Government and its delivery bodies of key development opportunities set out in the Growth Strategy to national and international investors consistent with the Midlands Engine Vision for Growth

2 Support from DCLG for our vision for the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone by

bull Empowering the HCA to establish a strategic land strategy that will facilitate enabling infrastructure and subsequently to bring forward early phases of development and

bull Using other funding including the current Housing Infrastructure Fund (HIF) to help bring forward early phase infrastructure

3 Support from DfT and its delivery bodies for the implementation of early connectivity priorities related to the Hub Station through

bull Ensuring Highways England and HS2 Ltd contribute gap funding towards the East Midlands Gateway Connectivity Plan Phase 1 Study

bull Funding the delivery phases 1ab of the A52 Access Strategy to enable the initial phases of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo to commence before 2022 and

bull Identifying funding in the next Road Investment Strategy (RIS2) to develop a major scheme to address capacity at M1 Junction 25 and access the Hub Station from the A52 (phases 2 amp3 of the A52 Access Strategy) ndash also making the necessary provisions within the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill amp Environmental Statement

4 DfTHS2 Ltd to ensure that the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make provision at and around the Hub Station for

bull Capacity improvements to classic rail connectivity to the south and north of Toton HS2 station including Trent Junctions optimising the integration of classic and High Speed Rail services and including a lsquoclassic compatible linkrsquo to transform connectivity between Leicester and the north of England

bull An integrated station design including moving the station concourse north to better connect with tram and Public Transport Interchange with an integrated deck connecting eastwest over the HS2 track to

better integrate the Toton station into the heart of the new place ndash the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo This would include provision of a second transfer deck to the south of the main concourse to provide improve capacity and interchange between services

bull Fully integrated public transport interchange and walking routes connecting surrounding communities to promote sustainable travel reduce the need for car parking and thereby make best use of land and local assets including the tram as a means of linking Park amp Ride facilities with the station

bull North South connectivity through the site to connect Long Eaton and Stapleford and to enable local communities to access the station by all modes

bull A clear car parking strategy with a decked car park at the station (premium) complemented by NET based Park and Ride

bull Provision for three bridges as follows

- Integrated with concourse deck to create east west route for tram and sustainable transport links between east and west development areas and to Long Eaton airport and Derby

- Multi-modal bridge south of the A52 to enable resilience in the local network connections to the western development area and

41

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

- Pedestrian bridge at mid-point between the above to connect new communities

bull Provision for an underpass under the Network Rail and HS2 lines to the south of the concourse to enable links between Stapleford Long Eaton and the station by various modes and in particular public transport but as a secondary primary access connecting east and west development areas within the Innovation Campus

5 Separately to ensure the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make specifc provision to deliver the NET tram extension from the existing Toton Park amp Ride to the HS2 Station consistent with the provisions set our above

6 DfTHS2 Ltd to designate Staveley as a major construction hubrailhead for the construction of Phase 2b in addition to the establishment of the Infrastructure Maintenance Depot

7 Government to make a contribution towards the delivery of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Chesterfeld Station Link Road to unlock early development and growth in the corridor

8 Further fnancial and technical support from Network Rail HS2 Ltd and HS2 Growth Partnership to work collaboratively on the relocation of the DBS Depot and Network Rail Sidings to enable development growth and transport connections through the Hub Station area

9 DfTHS2 Ltd to amend the HS2 Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS) to ensure that both Shefeld HS2 classic compatible services stop at Chesterfeld

10 Commitment from DfTHS2 Ltd to at least partially open the Hub Station at Toton by 2030 rather than 2033 to generate additional passenger revenue and accelerate the delivery of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

42

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy World Class - Locally Driven

For more information please contact East Midlands Councils Tel 01664 502620 Email infoemcouncilsgovuk

  • Structure Bookmarks
    • Born 1946-1964
    • Born 1964-1980
    • Born 1980-2000
    • Born 2000+
    • The Hub Station and surrounding area
    • Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone
    • Chesterfield Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo
    • Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site
Page 3: East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy - Broxtowe€¦ · 3.7 Park & Ride 3.8 4.3 East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Contents Contents Foreword 3 3.6 Cycling & Walking 33 Executive Summary

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Contents

Contents

Foreword 3 36 Cycling amp Walking 33

Executive Summary 6 37 Park amp Ride 33

38 Strategic amp Local Road Access 34

People 9 39 Next Steps 35

11 The Economic Prize 10

12 The Changing Nature of Work 11 Delivery 37

13 Our Skills and Supply Chain Strategy 12 41 Developing an Investible Proposition 38

14 Next Steps 15 42 Key Moves 38

43 Proposals for Delivery Bodies 39

Place 16 44 Mitigation 39

21 East Midlands Context 17 45 Phases of Delivery 40

22 East Midlands Hub Growth Zone 18 46 First Phase Priorities 40

23 Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone 23

24 Next Steps 26 Appendix 41

Connectivity 27

31 National Context 28

32 Our Strategic Approach 29

33 Rail 29

34 Mass Transit Extensions 31

35 Buses amp Taxis 32

2

Foreword

Cllr Jon Collins Leader of Nottingham City Council Chair of East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Michelle Craven-Faulkner Vice Chair of Rail Forum East Midlands

Cllr Kay Cutts MBE Leader of Nottinghamshire County Council Member of HS2 Strategic Board

Cllr Simon Spencer Deputy Leader of Derbyshire County Council Vice Chair of East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Peter Richardson Chair of D2N2 LEP

Nick Pulley Chair of Leicester and Leicestershire LEP

Cllr Nicholas Rushton Cllr Ranjit Banwait Leader of Leader of Derby City Council Leicestershire County Council Member of HS2 Strategic Board Member of East Midlands Councils Executive Board

Scott Knowles Chief Executive East Midlands Chamber (Derbyshire Nottinghamshire Leicestershire)

3

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Foreword

Foreword

In September 2016 we published our Emerging Growth Strategy which described our initial ideas for using HS2 connectivity to drive our long term economic growth rate to above the UK average equivalent to an additional 74000 jobs and pound4 billion of GVA by 2043

This document takes our work several steps further and sets out clear and deliverable plans for how we can work with Government and local communities to deliver this economic prize ndash consistent with the Midlands Engine Vision for Growth and the Governmentrsquos emerging Industrial Strategy

For local people and businesses across the East Midlands HS2 will mean

bull More job and training opportunities - and

the chance to earn higher wages

bull More trade and investment

bull More housing opportunities

bull More trains less over-crowding and much

quicker journey times to key destinations and

bull Better local transport connections for both work and leisure

Our Growth Strategy has been developed within a wider spatial context that will use HS2 to enhance towns and cities across the East Midlands and maximise the potential of key assets like East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange

The HS2 Hub Station at Toton in Nottinghamshire will be the most connected station on the high speed network outside of London To capitalise on this super-connectivity we have exciting proposals for a high quality lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo

linked to our university sector capable of delivering up to 10000 high quality jobs new community facilities and a range of new housing opportunities It will be an inspiring 21st Century Gateway to the East Midlands and a destination in its own right The lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo will sit at the heart of a thriving network of lsquogarden villagersquo developments that will include the nearby Stanton and Chetwynd Barracks sites

We have developed a pragmatic step by step approach to integrating the Hub Station into national regional and local transport networks This will relieve existing congestion and spread the benefts of HS2 to surrounding cities towns and villages as well as a link to East Midlands Airport and key strategic development sites

4

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Foreword

Foreword

The Infrastructure Maintenance Depot at Staveley and the ability to serve Chesterfeld with high speed trains will have a transformational impact on the Derbyshire economy We have set out a comprehensive approach to integrating Chesterfeld station and associated development areas into the town enhancing its role as a gateway to the Peak District National Park and accelerating the regeneration of the Staveley corridor and key surrounding sites

Informing all our work is a clear recognition of the needs of people ndash current and future generations Key to this in the early stages will be implementing our comprehensive skills and supply chain strategy making sure that our young people and businesses can beneft from the economic opportunities that lie ahead

We have set out a clear and well evidenced approach to delivery We recognise that not everything can happen at once and that some hard choices will have to be made We have commissioned independent assessments of the costs of key interventions and the value of the resulting development that has informed a business case for investment which is set out in a separate document We are keen to establish powerful locally led development vehicles that can realise the potential we have identifed

In conclusion we have set out a bold yet pragmatic vision for using HS2 to boost economic growth across the East Midlands We now need a commitment from Government to work in partnership with us to make our vision a reality

5

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Executive Summary

Executive Summary

Our Growth Strategy is structured around the three themes of People Place and Connectivity with a clear focus on Delivery

People

People are at the heart of our Growth Strategy For local people across the East Midlands HS2 will mean more jobs and training opportunities the chance to earn higher wages and more housing choice But these benefts will not be delivered without continuing local leadership strong governance and collective action

We have set out a coherent economic strategy consistent with the Midlands Engine Vision for Growth and the Governmentrsquos Industrial Strategy that builds on our existing strengths in manufacturing technology and high value services and which will help to shift our long term economic growth rate to above the UK average

We have developed a comprehensive skills amp supply chain strategy and action plan based around fve key themes inspiring our young people building further education capacity harnessing the power of our universities

supporting individuals and ensuring our businesses are lsquoHS2 readyrsquo Our three immediate priorities are

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to

business support that will help local SMEs beneft from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities

bull Establishing a rail industry lsquoinnovation

grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2

awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2

Underpinning our approach is an understanding that the nature of work will continue to change rapidly as a result of new technology and that the requirements and aspirations of the future workforce are likely to be diferent to our own

Place

Great place-making will be key to realising the opportunities that HS2 connectivity will create Our proposals are ambitious but build upon our existing market strengths and add value to the attractive mix of urban and rural environments that already characterises the East Midlands We have also sought to refect the needs and aspirations of future generations in the scale and form of proposed development and by incorporating sustainable transport choices

Within a strategic context set by Midlands Engine and Midlands Connect initiatives we have identifed two lsquoGrowth Zonesrsquo which relate directly to the benefts of HS2 connectivity and complement existing assets across the East Midlands

The East Midlands Hub Growth Zone is related to the area around the Hub Station at Toton itself Here we are proposing the development

6

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Executive Summary

Executive Summary

of a new high quality lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo with the potential to create up to 10000 new jobs community facilities and a range of new housing choices It will be an inspiring 21st Century Gateway to the East Midlands and a destination in its own right The lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo will sit at the heart of a thriving network of lsquogarden villagersquo developments that will include the nearby Stanton and Chetwynd Barracks sites

Chesterfeld and Staveley will be at the heart of the North Derbyshire Growth Zone but activity will focus on the wider Derbyshire growth story We will use HS2 to complement existing rail services and transform links between Chesterfeld Station and the town centre opening up regeneration opportunities and creating an attractive gateway to the Peak District National Park ndash one the regionrsquos unique destination ofers The Staveley depot will be the heart of a mixed use housing and employment zone within the wider growth corridor and in the short term could also provide a construction base for HS2

Connectivity

The Hub Station at Toton will already be the most connected on the high speed network outside of London Whilst the development adjacent to the Hub Station will be crucial our early work confrmed that much of the wider economic potential of HS2 will be dependent on the extent to which we can connect economic opportunities across the East Midlands into the high speed network In particular the city centres of Derby Leicester and Nottingham East Midlands Airport and sites that exist in the towns and villages surrounding both the Hub Station and Chesterfeld

Our analysis has demonstrated which modes of transport will serve diferent markets most efectively ndash national regional sub-regional and local Based on this we have set out a comprehensive step by step approach to connectivity which will maximise transport choice for future generations as well as tackling congestion issues that exist today

Key to this will be safeguarding the ability to extend public transport accessibility in the scope of the Governmentrsquos Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and

planning now for a phased approach to delivery of highway improvements starting in Road Investment Strategy period 2 (RIS2)

Whilst we are confdent that the measures we have identifed can deliver positive outcomes more detailed design work will be required to secure the capital funding necessary for delivery Further work on the design and phasing of key interventions will therefore be undertaken with transport modelling developed in partnership with Midlands Connect the outcome of which will also help to scope the necessary provisions of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

7

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Executive Summary

Executive Summary

Delivery

We have undertaken a number of technical studies to understand the costs and benefts of various scales and rates of development to inform the development of an initial outline business case for our proposals consistent with Treasury requirements which is set out in a separate document This work will evolve and become more granular as our growth proposition matures

We have set out the key moves necessary to deliver our proposals for people place and connectivity and highlighted the immediate issues that we need Government support to progress In particular

bull Provision within the scope of the Phase

2b Hybrid Bill and Environmental Impact Statement to accommodate our vision for the Hub Station including a classic compatible link a northern station concourse and public transport overbridge local road access and enhancements to Trent Junctions

bull Financial and technical support from

Highways England and HS2 Ltd to take forward Phase 1 of the East Midlands Gateway Connectivity Plan

bull Provision within RIS2 for the development of a major scheme to address existing and future challenges on the A52 between Derby and Nottingham

bull Financial and technical support from

DCLG and the Homes amp Communities Agency (HCA) to develop the concept of a lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo at the heart of a network of thriving lsquogarden villagesrsquo including land assembly

bull Financial and technical support from

Network Rail HS2 Ltd and HS2 Growth Partnership to work collaboratively on the relocation of rail sidings and depot adjacent to the Hub Station

bull Designation of the Staveley Infrastructure

Maintenance Depot (IMD) site as a construction base for the construction of Phase 2b of HS2

bull Financial support for the delivery of the

early phases of the Chesterfeld amp Staveley Regeneration Route and Station Link Road

bull Provision for both Sheffield HS2 and classic

compatible services to stop at Chesterfeld Station and

bull Financial and technical support for the

establishment of a lsquoshadow delivery bodyrsquo to take forward the Growth Strategy

8

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

Section 1 | People Summary

People are at the heart of our Growth Strategy For local people across the East Midlands HS2 will mean more job and training opportunities the chance to earn higher wages and more housing choice But these benefts will not be delivered without continuing local leadership strong governance and collective action

We have set out a coherent economic strategy consistent with the Midlands Engine Vision for Growth and the Governmentrsquos Industrial Strategy that builds on our existing strengths in manufacturing technology and high value services ndash and which will help to shift our long term economic growth rate to above the UK average

We have developed a comprehensive skills amp supply chain strategy and action plan based around fve key themes inspiring our young people building further education capacity harnessing the power of our universities supporting individuals and ensuring our businesses are lsquoHS2 readyrsquo Our three immediate priorities are

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to business support that will help local SMEs benefit from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities

bull Establishing a rail industry lsquoinnovation grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2 awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2

Underpinning our approach is an understanding that the nature of work will continue to change rapidly as a result of new technology and that the requirements and aspirations of the future workforce are likely to be diferent to our own

9

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

11 The Economic Prize HS2 will provide major opportunities for businesses in the East Midlands to expand their horizons and to trade and compete in wider markets Similarly high speed rail will connect the people of the East Midlands to new work learning and leisure opportunities whilst opening up the region to new visitors

Independent research commissioned from KPMG by HS2 Ltd suggested that an East Midlands Hub Station could have the greatest economic uplift of any of the proposed HS2 stations Our own work has confrmed this assessment This potential refects the ability of HS2 to radically improve connectivity between the local economies of the East Midlands with those across the UK but also our own inherent and enduring economic strengths

We have undertaken a comprehensive lsquoEconomic Opportunities Assessmentrsquo underpinned by independent analysis from Cambridge Econometrics to determine the best approach for maximising local growth opportunities - focussing on the D2N2 and Leicester amp Leicestershire LEP areas This combined area already comprises 315 million people over 100000 businesses and pound65 billion of GVA

We have gone back to frst principles and looked at the drivers that are likely to shape economic growth over the coming decades From this we have set out a strategy for how we can use HS2 to deliver a more productive and resilient economy

Our analysis suggests that by targeting some of our key sectors that can beneft from HS2 connectivity in particular manufacturing technology and high value services we can boost employment growth from just below to above the

projected UK trend - equivalent to an additional 74000 jobs and almost pound4 billion of GVA by 2043 ndash helping to close the gaps in our economy post Brexit

Our approach is consistent with the emerging Midlands Engine Vision for Growth and will help to deliver key aspects of the Governmentrsquos Industrial Strategy ndash in

particular by helping to re-balance the economy increasing productivity promote innovation and support export growth

For more information about the analysis underpinning our economic strategy please visit httpwwwemcouncilsgovukHS2

Economic Growth Baseline Matching UK Trend

Our Economic Vision

Net Employment Growth (FTE) 172000 184000 246000

GVA Uplift above Baseline - pound038 billion pound399 billion

Key Drivers

Manufacturing Engine

Technology High Value Services

The UKrsquos most competitive location for high value engineering and manufacturing

A fertile innovation eco-system attracting global talent in research strengths

Delivering a step change in high value services

Enablers

Smart Growth A Dynamic Entrepreneurial

Economy

Galvanised visitor economy and distinctive

gateway

A transformed and expanded visitor economy bringing a new generation of visitors to established and new attractions

Creating the conditions to compete for investment talent and knowledge nationally and internationally including excellence in logistics and distribution capacity

One of the best places to start and grow a business in the UK high quality business space reinforced by world class business support and access to funding and investment

10

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

12 The Changing Nature of Work We understand that we are planning for HS2 over a 25 year time horizon and that the nature of work is changing fast Looking back over the last 25 years we can see how information technology and the rise of the internet has radically changed many peoplersquos working lives This pace of technological change will continue and even accelerate over the coming decades ndash and it will impact on all aspects of the economy not just the service sector

Whilst we cannot anticipate all the changes that may happen our plans for making the most of HS2 must be forward looking and fexible and try not to use the solutions of the past to meet the challenges of the future

Crucial to success is understanding who we are planning for ndash and how they are likely to want to live their lives

The core workforce we are planning for are children now at school ndash the so called lsquoGeneration Zrsquo This is the frst generation of lsquodigital nativesrsquo - people who have grown up with digital technology and are comfortable using it for all manner of everyday tasks Research suggests Generation Z will have a very diferent experience of work to their parents - with up to 5 diferent careers 15 homes and 17 jobs over a working lifetime They are likely to be more entrepreneurial and collaborative than previous generations and less interested in owning a car or a house

This perspective has underpinned our thinking about how we can use HS2 to drive future prosperity across the East Midlands and in particular how we should plan for places future generations will want to live work and play It has also infuenced our comprehensive plans to ensure our young people have the work skills necessary to make the most of the opportunities that lie ahead

Baby Boomers Baby Boomers

Generation X Generation X

Born 1946-1964

Age in 2043 79-97

Born 1964-1980

Age in 2043 63-78

Millennials Millennials

Generation Z Generation Z

Born 1980-2000

Age in 2043 43-63

Born 2000+

Age in 2043 26-43

11

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

13 Our Skills amp Supply Chain Strategy The delivery of HS2 will be transformational for the East Midlands economy Through the build phase and once operational it will bring new opportunities for those that live and work across the D2N2 and Leicester amp Leicestershire LEP areas

These opportunities will be about more than just the construction of a new railway The enhanced connectivity it brings will transform the geography of competition and agglomeration amongst businesses will open up new marketplaces and catchment areas and will attract inward investment to the region from across the UK and overseas

Opportunities will vary over time and will be both direct and indirect They begin now as contracts are awarded for the construction of Phase 1 from London to Birmingham and they stretch to beyond the projected 2033 completion date The establishment of the National College for High Speed Rail presents a major opportunity particularly for the development of the Staveley Infrastructure Maintenance Depot and its potential role as a construction base for HS2 Phase 2

To ensure local people and companies can beneft from HS2 investment and the growth it will bring we have worked with businesses trade bodies and training providers to develop a comprehensive skills and supply chain strategy built around fve key elements

Within each of these elements we have set out a clear action plan which is summarised below Key to this will be to avoid adding further complexity to existing provision for skills and business support Instead the approach will be

wherever possible to refocus existing support and funding on activities that will help deliver the Growth Strategy ndash rather than create new structures or programmes and complement the strategically driven approach to skills envisaged by the Midlands Engine

Inspiring YoungPeople

Building Further Education Capacity

HarnessingUniversities

Supporting Individuals

HS2 ReadyBusinesses

12

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

Inspiring Young People

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

Programme of engagement covering the entirety of a young personrsquos education

D2N2 LLEP Councils HS2 Ltd Private Sector Refocussing existing resources Short-medium

Ensure teachers amp careers advisors are provided with information about relevant career opportunities

Schools Private Sector Some additional administrative costs Using existing business networks

Short ndash Medium

Develop a unifed lsquoEM33rsquo HS2 businessschool engagement programme

Private Sector Careers amp Skills Company LEP Skills Boards

Refocussing existing resources Short

Harnessing Universities

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

EM Universities to develop HS2 programmes of engagement with business

Universities LEP Skills Boards Research Councils Innovate UK

Leveraging existing resources Short

Establish a Rail Industry Innovation Group through Rail Forum East Midlands (RFEM)

Universities RFEM Network Rail and industry Administrative costs only bodies

Universities East Midland HS2 Delivery Boards Refocussing existing consultancy spend

Immediate

Support Hub Station lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo and signifcant HE links at Chesterfeld Station

Immediate

Develop a university based lsquoRail Innovation Centrersquo

Universities LEPs New funding required Short

13

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

HS2 Ready Businesses

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

Develop an lsquoEM33rsquo HS2 awareness campaign aimed at businesses

LEPs Councils East Midlands Chamber New funding required Immediate

Establish dedicated HS2 supply chain support for businesses

LEPs Private Sector Midlands Engine Supply New funding required for additional 1 FTE Chain Initiative Ofcer

LEPs Private Sector ERDF underspend

Immediate

Promote SME collaboration through business support activity

Immediate

Establish web resource for businesses to identify HS2 Specifc opportunities

LEP Growth Hubs HS2 Ltd Additional support for Growth Hubs required Immediate

Supporting Individuals

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

Develop a public facing lsquoEM33rsquo awareness campaign

LEPs Councils East Midlands Chamber New funding required Immediate

Embed the lsquoEM33rsquo HS2 awareness across job centre and council employment support programmes

DWP Councils voluntary sector Refocussing employment support programmes

Medium

Establish an EM HS2 Delivery Charter to encourage recruitment from lsquohard to reachrsquo groups

Private Sector Councils DWP Administrative costs only Medium ndash Long

14

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

Building Further Education Capacity

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

Embed lsquoEM33rsquo activity into new lsquoTrsquo and relevant lsquoArsquo levels

Further Education (FE) Providers LEPs Councils

Refocussing existing resources and future Local Growth Fund

Short ndash medium

Develop strategic relationship between FE sector and National College for High Speed Rail (NCHSR)

FE Providers private training providers Using existing forums and relationships National College for High Speed Rail (NCHSR)

FE Providers Councils Funding required to recruit additional BIM expert

Immediate

Develop world leading capability for Building Information Management (BIM) linked to Staveley IMD

Short- medium

Support the development of lsquoShared Apprentice Schemesrsquo across key HS2 related job rolesdisciplines

FE Providers LEPS Councils Additional funding required Short

14 Next Steps Within our strategic approach we have identifed three immediate priorities These to be taken forward largely with existing LEP and private sector resources but will require strong local leadership to be successful

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to business support that will help local SMEs beneft from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities to be driven by D2N2 LLLEP and the private sector

bull Establishing a lsquorail industry innovation grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands to help drive innovation within our thriving SME rail engineering sector and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2 awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2 provisionally entitled lsquoEM33rsquo to be driven by East Midlands Chamber of Commerce D2N2 and LLLEP and supported by councils

Over the longer term we would expect mainstream Government funding for skills and business support activity to be refocussed around our priorities For more information about our skills and supply chain strategy please visit httpwwwemcouncilsgovukHS2

15

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Section 2 | Place Summary

Great place-making will be key to realising the opportunities that HS2 connectivity will create Our proposals are ambitious but build upon existing market strengths and add value to the attractive mix of urban and rural environments that already characterises the East Midlands We have also sought to refect the needs and aspirations of future generations in the scale and form of proposed development and by incorporating sustainable transport choices

Our Growth Strategy has been developed within in a wider spatial context that will use HS2 to enhance opportunities in towns and cities across the East Midlands and in key assets like East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange To drive this we have identifed two lsquoGrowth Zonesrsquo which relate directly to the benefts of HS2 connectivity

The East Midlands Hub Growth Zone is related to the area around the Hub Station at Toton Here we are proposing the development of a new high quality lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo with the potential to create up to 10000 new jobs community facilities and a range of new housing choices It will be an inspiring 21st Century Gateway to the East Midlands and a destination in its own right The lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo will sit at the heart of a thriving network of lsquogarden villagersquo developments that will include the nearby Stanton and Chetwynd Barracks sites

Chesterfeld and Staveley will be at the heart of the North Derbyshire Growth Zone but activity will focus on the wider Derbyshire growth story We will use HS2 to complement existing rail services and transform links between Chesterfeld Station and the town centre opening up regeneration opportunities and creating an attractive gateway to the Peak District National Park ndash one of the regionrsquos unique destination ofers The Staveley Depot will be the heart of a mixed use housing and employment zone within the wider growth corridor and in the short term could also provide a construction base for HS2

16

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

21 East Midlands Context Our Growth Strategy has been developed within in a wider spatial context that also seeks to use HS2 to enhance existing regional and national assets across the East Midlands In particular the area spanning the D2N2 and Leicester amp Leicestershire LEP areas which already comprise 315 million people over 100000 businesses and generate pound65 billion of GVA Key opportunities for growth include

bull Derby a city of world class automotive rail and aerospace technology sectors Home to Rolls Royce Bombardier and Toyota and a thriving network of highly specialised manufacturing SMEs

bull Leicester a vibrant diverse city with a strong record of SME formation and major growth potential Home to the National Space Centre and a burgeoning space technology sector

bull Nottingham a city of thriving business services biotech and leisure sectors and fagship companies like Experian and Boots underpinned by world class public transport and local energy systems

bull East Midlands Airport and Gateway the biggest freight airport outside of London and home to DHL The new East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange will generate thousands of new jobs

bull Loughborough a national centre for sport and sports science The Loughborough University Science and Enterprise Park forms part of a recently designated Enterprise Zone

bull Chesterfeld an historic and well connected rail town with a strong engineering economy and both a visitor destination and gateway

bull Peak District National Park and Derwent Valley Mills Word Heritage Site the most visited national park in England adjacent to the cradle of the industrial revolution

bull MansfeldAshfeld key regional service centres with strengths in manufacturing and logistics

There are also a range of growth and regeneration opportunities along the A52 corridor between Derby and Nottingham Castle Ward Pride Park and Raynesway on

Derby A50 Corridor

A42M42 M69

M1

M1

Chesterfeld

Mansfeld Ashfeld

Staveley

HS2

Nottingham

Loughborough

Leicester

A46 Corridor

the Derby side and the Nottingham Enterprise Zones sites Alliance Boots in Beeston Beeston Business Park and the Nottingham Science Park

Within this strategic context we have identifed two lsquoGrowth Zonesrsquo which relate directly to the benefts of HS2 connectivity which we believe will drive HS2 related growth across the wider sub area

bull East Midlands Hub Growth Zone

bull Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

M1 Corridor

3 Cities

Derby Nottingham (A52)

Trent Valley Vision

Derwent Valley Mills World

Heritage Site

Peak District National Park

HS2 Station

Classic Rail Lines

Strategic Context Diagram

17

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

East Midlands Hub Growth Zone Diagram 22 East Midlands Hub Growth Zone Our Growth Vision

The Growth Zone encompasses the Hub Station site at Toton the former ironworks site at Stanton and Chetwynd Barracks The core area encompasses Broxtowe and Erewash Borough Councils Derbyshire and Nottinghamshire County Councils

Central will be the development of a high quality lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo at the Hub Station in Toton itself with the potential to create up to 10000 new jobs and a range of new housing choices The concept of an lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo follows research undertaken looking at trends in business locations away from city centres and the need for a much more dynamic mix of uses that recognises the changing needs and desires of lsquoGeneration Zrsquo It is also consistent with the long term aspirations of the university sector within the region which has actively contributed to our thinking

Our vision includes the development of a network of mixed use lsquogarden villagesrsquo that will incorporate the very latest innovations in land remediation environmental standards together with advances in sustainable drainage localised energy and public transport Enhanced connectivity by sustainable modes of transport will ensure the development of pedestrian orientated streets and spaces which will be attractive to both local people and investors

The developments will complement the adjacent city centre ofer and help to drive major improvements to existing places such as Long Eaton and Stapleford

HS2

A52 Jct 25

A50

Jct 24

M1

Castle Donington amp EM Gateway Freight Interchange East Midlands Airport

Lougborough

East Midlands Parkway amp Ratclife

Innovation Campus amp Hub Station

Stanton Derby

Prid

e Par

k Ray

nesw

ay

Spon

don

Boots Campus

Beeston

ScienceMedi

Nottingham

A453

P

P

Potential Mass Rapid-Transit

Classic Rail Lines

Garden Village Network

Key Employment Sites

HS2 Line

Chetwynd

i Celanese

Urban Village

Infnity Garden Village

18

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Toton Area (Hub Station) Development Framework

We have worked with councils local partners and the Toton Neighbourhood Planning Forum to develop a long term non-statutory lsquodevelopment frameworkrsquo for the Hub Station Growth Area in Toton to inform the review of local plans and future investment decisions The development framework recognises a series of distinct character areas and sets out development principles for each

Station Hub The core development area is clustered to the east and west of the Hub Station Anchored by key multi modal transport infrastructure (including HS2 and Classic rail facilities NET bus interchange facilities and central car parking facilities) The primary land use in this area will be workspace development set within a high quality urban development context Hotel and residential accommodation may also be appropriate at this central location and the arearsquos public realm will be animated by cafeacutes restaurants and small scale retail outlets serving passengers employees and residents

Toton Area (Hub Station) Development

19

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

The Hub Station and surrounding area

A new public space will be created adjacent to the main station concourse This will provide a high quality east-west pedestrian connection across the HS2 lines and support interchange between a range of transport modes This development area is located on a plateau which is at a signifcantly lower level than the main development site to the east New buildings will typically be taller (up to 6-8 storeys) which will allow the development to act as a marker in the context of the rail corridor without appearing incongruous within the wider development

Toton Innovation Campus This mixed use corridor runs through the heart of the site connecting the HS2 station and areas to the west following the tram corridor towards Toton Lane NET station in the east

This dynamic space will be characterised not only by the diversity of uses but also a green boulevard and sustainable transport corridor and will include a mixture of medium density workspace including apartment based residential development

The lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo is roughly equidistant between the city centres of Nottingham and Derby and is intended to be anchored by a university based research and development centre To the south links to Leicester East Midlands Airport East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange and the Enterprise Zone sites in Loughborough will drive further opportunities

To achieve the scale of development and sense of place envisaged will require major investment in land assembly management and infrastructure Making the right moves now will provide much needed capacity to unlock and absorb growth and provide resilience in a currently stressed local network It will also require higher densities than those currently subject of an extant Outline Planning Consent for the site and this will need careful consideration by Broxtowe Borough Council as the Local Planning Authority

A52 Trackside Corridor A series of larger development sites have been identifed along the A52 and rail corridors towards the north of the site ofering the potential to accommodate larger workplace developments or research institutions This area will ofer the potential to accommodate distinctive gateway buildings acting as markers along both the A52 and HS2 corridors

Waterside Development parcels along the Erewash River Canal corridor are considered an appropriate mix of uses including residential Building heights will step down from around six storeys adjacent to the rail corridor to around three storeys in areas closer to the river canal corridor respecting the domestic scale of buildings to the west The landscaped environment of the river canal corridor will be brought into the area with a series of lsquogreen fngersrsquo leading into the development site This open space will serve a

20

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

variety of functions including recreation food mitigation and ecological habitat The orientation of buildings within this corridor should support this landscape strategy and open up views of the canal river corridor from higher ground to the east of the HS2 line

Parkside Generous green corridors are proposed as a bufer between the planned new development and existing residential communities Lower density areas broadly refecting established residential areas of Toton will front onto these spaces with a typical height of two to

three storeys open landscaped space and site topography ensuring that the amenity of existing local residents are protected New footpaths and cycleways will integrate the site with its surrounding context and enable residents of existing neighbourhoods to access facilities and transport hubs within the new development site It should be noted that new vehicular connections to these neighbourhoods are not proposed

bull Neighbourhood Centres These centres will be located at highly accessible positions within the

The Toton Innovation Campus looking towards the Hub Station

development and will allow the vast majority of the site area to be located within an easy fve minute walking catchment of local facilities

bull HS2 Hub This facility will serve HS2 passengers along with residents and workers based in the lower western section of the site It is envisaged that cafeacutes restaurants and local retail facilities will be integrated within the main station concourse and spill out onto the adjoining public plaza This area also becomes a new cross-roads within a more resilient local road network ofering better connections between SandiacreStapleford and Long Eaton This will further enhance the vitality and vibrancy of the area whilst ensuring surrounding communities can access the services on ofer by a full range of transport choices

bull Toton Innovation Campus Centre Located at the heart of the development a cluster of local retail leisure and hospitality facilities will be clustered in and around a central square Facilities such as a hotel gym business centre and resource centre may also be attracted to this central pedestrian orientated space

bull Community Hub A site to the west of the Toton Lane NET Station has been identifed for the relocation of the George Spencer Academy along with a site for a new primary school a leisure centre and health facility These new community infrastructure buildings will be developed in a green landscape setting with good pedestrian and cycle links to local neighbourhoods and public transport hubs The level of retail development (including

21

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

restaurants cafeacutes) will be controlled to a level which provides for the needs of local residents employees and passengers and avoid competition with existing local centres

The Universities of Derby Nottingham and Nottingham Trent are fully supportive of the HS2 Growth Strategy We have a long history of working together to re-balance economy and believe that this investment has the potential to be transformative

To maximise the value derived from this investment the universities are in a strong position to build on our established partnership for example by working together to shape the proposed lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo located at the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton

The active involvement of the universities at an early stage in defning the proposed lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo means that we can develop an integrated strategy for research teaching and business interaction aligned with HS2 investment

The lsquoworld-classrsquo connectivity aforded by the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton will support the difusion of these opportunities and position the East Midlands as a stronger resilient and more productive economy

bull Green Infrastructure From a place making perspective the HS2 Hub site will be designed to integrate with its surrounding natural environments In total around 16 hectares of open space are proposed within the development site

bull River Canal Corridor The Erewash river and canal corridor runs to the east of the site and provides an area of high amenity value To the north the opportunity exists to enhance the network of footpaths and cycleways leading up to the strategic Stanton Iron Works site and beyond To the south new pedestrian and cycle links will connect the site to the Attenborough Nature Reserve and the Trent Valley This will include opportunities to reinstate new routes beneath the HS2 classic rail line to the south of the station and also to reduce the risk of fooding associated with this section of the river More generally the opportunity to enhance the character of the river and canal corridor would provide further amenity and ecological benefts This may include enhancements to the Sandiacre Locks Conservation Area and measures to introduce more variety diverse habitats and interest to the river lsquochannelrsquo

bull Toton Horseshoe A landscaped corridor is proposed to wrap around the existing Toton residential area This will provide a bufer between planned new development and the local residential areas encompass existing areas of maturing woodland and create a new connection through to the redeveloped Chetwynd Barracks to the east

bull Green Boulevard A new green spine is planned to run through the heart of the new development This route will connect the eastern and western sections of the site via a new pedestrian link across the HS2 corridor and a new plaza at the station entrance The boulevard a wide green space integrating a small existing watercourse will run

through the heart of the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo connecting to the area of protected Green Belt land to the north east

bull Local Amenity Open Space In addition to the strategic green infrastructure highlighted above a network of local amenity spaces will be integrated across the new development These will include both formal and informal recreation areas and play space for the enjoyment of residents employees and visitors alike

Associated lsquoGarden Villagersquo Developments

Chetwynd Barracks The MoD site at Chetwynd will become available for development from 2020 and will be designed and developed as an integral part of the Hub Station Growth area The development will provide a predominantly residential area that will be linked directly to the lsquoCommunity Hubrsquo north of the existing Toton Lane Like the main Hub Station lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo and Community Hub Chetwynd will be subject to the policies of the emerging Broxtowe Local Plan and of Nottinghamshire County Council as the Local HighwayTransport Authority and Local Education Authority

Stanton The Hub Station Growth Zone also includes the former iron works at Stanton where additional employment opportunities will be realised alongside up to 2000 homes which will serve to complement the proposals for the Hub Station and Innovation Campus This site falls within Erewash Borough Council and Derbyshire County Councilrsquos administrative areas This site is subject of a separate Supplementary Planning Document published by Erewash Borough Council and the proposals outlined in the Growth Strategy are consistent with this

22

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Ratclife Power Station Site Within the wider area there may also be further growth opportunities to be explored as part of the HS2 Growth Strategy including Ratclife Power Station Whilst this is not anticipated to be decommissioned before 2025 its location adjacent to the existing East Midlands Parkway station and an existing railhead means that the site has potential to create a transport orientated mixed use development around the station and a possible location for rail related development This site falls within Rushclife Borough Council and Nottinghamshire County Councilrsquos administrative areas

Derby There are already proposals to develop up to 2000 new homes as part of the lsquoInfnity Garden Villagersquo development which spans the boundary between the city of Derby and South Derbyshire District Council In addition there is potential for major mixed use development on the former Courtaulds site at Spondon on the east side of Derby

Leicestershire There are emerging proposals for major housing development in North West Leicestershire linked to employment growth at East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange

23 Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone Our Growth Vision

The Growth Zone is focussed on the Borough of Chesterfeld within the county of Derbyshire and includes the areas around the existing railway station and the proposed Infrastructure Maintenance Depot (IMD) at Staveley east of the town centre also proposed as a construction base for HS2

Our ambitions for Chesterfeld and Staveley are set in the context of a wide growth story for the wider northern Derbyshire area that builds on existing strengths in tourism construction and engineering higher and further education and professional services Key complementary investments include the lsquoPeak Resortrsquo development that

will combine a unique combination of tourism and HEFE education and training

HS2 will bring Chesterfeld within 108 minutes from London and serve a catchment area of over 1 million people Plans for Chesterfeld will transform the relationship between

Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

23

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

the rail station the town centre and major regeneration opportunities and enable the station to become an attractive gateway to the town itself the surrounding Peak District National Park and other key heritage assets - particularly for international visitors Proposals include a scalable housing and commercial investment proposition that will be accelerated to welcome HS2 through investment in enabling infrastructure

The proposed IMD is set within a wider masterplan for the Staveley corridor that will deliver signifcant levels of housing and job growth and provide a focus for the local rail engineering sector including the development of a rail industry lsquocentre of excellencersquo linked to the High Speed Rail College In the shorter term there is an ambition for the Staveley site to be used for a base for the construction of the majority of Phase 2b of HS2

Construction of early phases of the Chesterfeld amp Staveley Regeneration Route will enable key brownfeld regeneration sites to be developed and wider benefts to the A61 Corridor and the extended Markham Vale Enterprise Zone

Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

Underpinning the vision will be a strong focus on inclusive growth linked to our wider skills and supply chain strategy making sure that local communities and local businesses can beneft from the investment that HS2 will bring

Chesterfeld amp Staveley Development Framework

We will enable this growth in the number and quality of jobs by re-shaping and transforming our places through infrastructure-led development Those places will be allowed to fourish and cater for our changing communities as well as providing for new communities and retaining those such as graduates who will have much wider lifestyle choices as a result

Chesterfeld Station

Chesterfeld Station will have an enhanced role as both a destination and a gateway to surrounding localities Over 1 million people already live within 30 minutes of the station HS2 will bring Birmingham and Leeds within 50 minutes We will bring forward development and infrastructure in tandem to provide a high quality experience for those using the

Platform 4

Chesterfeld Station

Chesterfeld Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo

24

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

station lsquoPlatform 4rsquo will provide a modern and attractive route across the A61 with well-designed public realm that will bring the station into the town centre as well as allowing far greater accessibility to public transport Unused and under-used land around the station will be developed and linked to the adjacent Waterside development to provide a mixed-use lsquourban villagersquo ft for future generations to live work and play

Remodelled links between Chesterfeld Station and the town

The infrastructure provided to improve access to the station for HS2 services will also allow us to accelerate our ambition for the wider town centre By taking trafc out of the historic core of the town we can enhance the visitor experience and bring forward new opportunities for residential development with a wide and fexible mix of tenures This will ensure far greater vibrancy within the town which will expand to include the station area and support the wider ambitions for growth in our key sectors

Staveley

The proposed Infrastructure Maintenance Depot (IMD) at Staveley provides a signifcant opportunity to bring forward a much wider strategic development on this 150 hectare brownfeld site Through investing in infrastructure in particular local road access we can open up not just the depot site but a whole new sustainable community of around 1500 homes and many hundreds of new jobs

By phasing the development we will also be able to ofer a well located construction base for HS2 bringing investment and jobs to the area well in advance of the maintenance depot Over the longer term we believe there is the potential to develop the area around the Infrastructure

The wider Chesterfeld Station Area Masterplan wide

Residential building

OfficeCommercial building

Officeresidential building

Hotel building

Station building

MSCP building

Green Space

Public realm

Potential development areas subject to consultation with existing land owners

Retained Listed station building

Ground foor community facility land use

Potential pedestriancycle link to the east

Maintenance Depot as a rail industry lsquocentre of excellencersquo linked to the High Speed Rail College and the NewRail centre at Barrow Hill Roundhouse

Strategic outline masterplan for the Staveley Corridor

Characterising development at all these sites will be an approach to place-making for the future This is led by consideration of how our communities of the future will want to live and work rather than being based on historic development models

We will use the investment in infrastructure to develop places and homes that anticipate our changing population putting in place fexible models in order to meet future demand This will include providing a far better choice for older people with homes that meet current and future care needs We will make the most of the expanding higher education ofer to enable quality student accommodation and develop places in which our graduates want to stay live earn and spend

25

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Strategic outline masterplan for the Staveley corridor 24 Next Steps Our proposals for the Hub Station and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zones are long term and ambitious Whilst the proposed development will lead to an uplift in land values and economic and social benefts it will also require investment in local and strategic infrastructure and land remediation and assembly

We have undertaken technical work to understand likely infrastructure and land costs and development trajectories that could be delivered to inform an initial outline business case assessment consistent with the Treasuryrsquos lsquoGreen Bookrsquo This work will continue to develop as our plans mature

Further detail on delivery is contained in Section 4

Key

SWA1 Redline Boundary

Existing Features

Culvert

River

Canal

Crossing Point

Road

Railway Line

Right of Way

Building

Listed Building

Non Designated Heritage Asset

Existing Trees

Proposed Features

Marina

CS Regeneration Route

Road

FootCycle Path

Pedestrian Zone

Avenue Planting

Public Open Space

Key Building

Railway Line

Canal

Proposed Usage

Residential

Mixed use - Community Retail Residential

Mixed Use - Employment Local Skills and crafts

Workshops Studios Residential

Mixed Use - Community Canal related

Residential

Safeguarded School Site

Leisure - Hotel Pub Restaurant

B1 - Office and Light Industry

B2 - General Industry

B8 - Warehousing and Distribution

HS2 Maintenance Depot

26

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Section 3 | Connectivity Summary

The Hub Station at Toton will already be the most connected on the high speed network outside of London and will serve a catchment of over 2 million people Whilst the development adjacent to the Hub Station will be crucial our early work confrmed that much of the wider economic potential of HS2 will be dependent on the extent to which we can connect economic opportunities across the East Midlands into the high speed network In particular the city centres of Derby Leicester and Nottingham East Midlands Airport and sites that exist in the towns and villages surrounding both the Hub Station and Chesterfeld

Our analysis has demonstrated which modes of transport will serve diferent markets most efectively ndash national regional sub-regional and local Based on this we have set out a comprehensive step by step approach to connectivity which will maximise transport choice for future generations as well as tackling congestion issues that exist today

Key to this will be safeguarding the ability to extend public transport accessibility in the scope of the Governmentrsquos Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and planning now for a phased approach to delivery of highway improvements starting in RIS2

Whilst we are confdent that the measures we have identifed can deliver positive outcomes more detailed design work will be required to secure the capital funding necessary for delivery Further work on the design and phasing of key interventions will therefore be undertaken with transport modelling developed in partnership with Midlands Connect the outcome of which will also help to scope the necessary provisions of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

27

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

SCOTLAND

YORK amp NEWCASTLE

LEEDS

EAST MIDLANDS

HUB

SOUTH YORKSHIRE

SHEFFIELD HS2

CHESTERFIELD

CREWE HS2 HUB

BIRMINGHAM

STOKE DERBY

LEICESTER

LOUGHBOROUGH

LONDON EUROPE

BEESTON

NOTTINGHAM LINCOLN

MANSFIELD

WORKSOP

31 National Context HS2 will help to transform the position of our towns and cities within the UK and Midlands making our local economies more competitive

HS2 CURRENT

68 104 NOTTINGHAM TO LONDON

HHS2S2 CU

142 LEICESTER TO NEWCASTLE

HHS2S2 CURRENT

50 77 DERBY TO LEEDS

HHS2S2 CURRENT

73 145 LEICESTER TO LEEDS

HHS2S2 CURRENT

36 73 NOTTINGHAM TO BIRMINGHAM

HS2 CURRENT

71 143 CHESTERFIELD TO LONDON

RRENT

205

28

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Midlands Connect

The Midlands Connect Strategy described how the HS2 stations at Birmingham Curzon Street UK Central and East Midlands will form the lsquohubrsquo of the UKrsquos high speed rail network Together with classic compatible connectivity at Chesterfeld Crewe and Stoke stations this will unlock economic growth across the Midlands - provided we get the local connectivity right

Through Midlands Connect we are taking forward a body of technical work to defne and develop the local strategic connections that will maximise economic growth opportunities Through the wider Midlands Engine initiative we are promoting the transformational benefts of HS2 to national and international investors

For more information about Midlands Connect and the Midlands Engine please visit httpswwwmidlandsconnectuk

HS2 East

Our work through the HS2 East partnership has demonstrated that the Eastern Leg of HS2 between Birmingham to Leeds via the East Midlands Hub Station has the best business case of any part of the proposed network - with a beneft to cost ratio of over 5 to 1

However the economic impact of the Eastern Leg extends further than Leeds The proposed lsquoclassic compatiblersquo link to the East Coast Main Line will enable high speed rail services to serve the North East of England and Scotland ndash linking

six of the UKrsquos top ten cities and 20 of national GVA This will result in lsquoagglomerationrsquo impacts of over pound700 million GVA and some major journey time savings

bull Leeds to Glasgow reduction of 90 minutes

bull Sheffield to Edinburgh reduction of 90 minutes

bull Newcastle to Birmingham reduction of 85 minutes

Together the Eastern Leg of HS2 and an enhanced East Coast Main Line provide the obvious route for reducing journey times from Scotland to London towards the three hour mark ndash the point at which rail becomes competitive with air travel

For further information about HS2 East please visit httpwwwhs2eastcouk

32 Our strategic approach Connecting key centres of population and development opportunities across the East Midlands to the high speed network will be key to realising the wider economic potential that HS2 connectivity brings

Our analysis has demonstrated which modes of transport will serve diferent markets most efectively Only by developing a comprehensive lsquomulti-modalrsquo approach to connectivity can we deliver the transport choice required by future generations and start to tackle some of the congestion issues that exist today

We also acknowledge that not everything can or indeed should happen at once We have therefore set out a phased approach to improving connectivity at least some of which can be delivered before HS2 becomes fully operational

Heavy Rail Pimary Market

Mass Transit Strategy Regional

Bus Connectivity Sub-Regional amp Local

Taxi Connectivity Sub-Regional amp Local

Walking and Cycling Local and Very Local

Park and Ride Sub-Regional amp Local

Highway Sub-Regional amp Local

Our strategic approach to connectivity

33 Rail Rail will be the most efective mode for accessing the Hub Station from surrounding city and town centres It will also link the East Midlands with the major city-regions across the rest of the UK ndash not least by the HS2 network itself

HS2 Services

The latest service specifcation published by HS2 Ltd indicates that the East Midlands Hub Station will be the best connected on the high speed network outside of London with seven HS2 services per hour in both directions

Impressive though this level of connectivity is we believe there is scope for further improvements

29

Through our work on the HS2 East Partnership we believe there is a strong economic case for the Eastern Leg of HS2 and the East Coast Main Line forming the primary route for serving Scotland not least because it would link the fnancial centres of Leeds and Edinburgh and the conurbations of the North East ndash also a key objective of Transport for the North

The scale of growth proposed in Chesterfeld as described in Section Two makes a compelling case for both Shefeld trains stopping at Chesterfeld Station rather than just one per hour

Classic Compatible Services

It is clear that although the Eastern Leg of HS2 will be designed to accommodate up to 18 trains per hour (in line with the rest of the network) the current service pattern only currently envisages nine There is therefore scope to run additional services on at least part of the Eastern Leg Working with both Midlands Connect and Transport for the North we believe there is a business case for two additional lsquoclassic compatiblersquo trains per hour linking Leicester and LeedsManchester which would transform rail connectivity between the East Midlands and the Northern Powerhouse

For this to be deliverable there would need to be a lsquoclassic compatiblersquo connection between HS2 and an electrifed Midland Main Line at or around the Hub Station HS2 Ltd have developed an indicative design for how this could be delivered Although further work will be required we believe we have sufcient economic evidence now for the Secretary of State to make at least lsquopassive provisionrsquo for such a link in the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

Newcastle

Durham

Dalington

York

Leeds

Shefeld Midland

Chesterfeld

Toton

Church Street

Birmingam Interchange

Old Oak Common Euston

bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

Trains from London 6tph

Trains from Birmrsquoham 3tph

Proposed HS2 Service Pattern for the Eastern Leg

NEWCASTLE

YORK

LEEDS

LONDON BIRMINGHAM

29 36

106

19

EAST MIDLANDS

HUB

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Classic Services

In addition to the two lsquoclassic compatiblersquo services working through Midlands Connect we have identifed an additional 11 lsquoclassic servicesrsquo that could serve the Hub Station These would be a mixture of lsquoshuttle servicesrsquo fast and semi-fast services and stopping services In total this would mean the Hub Station would be served by 20 trains per hour in both directions ndash an outstanding level of connectivity

HS2 Hub Station Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS)

The service specifcation for the Hub Station is consistent with the wider Midlands Connect ITSS which supports the Midlands Connect Strategy published in March 2017

The Maid Marian Line

In addition we believe there is the potential to develop a new service linking the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton with Mansfeld Ashfeld via the adaption on an existing freight line known as the Maid Marian Line This direct link would facilitate greater connectivity for residents and businesses to HS2 services supporting economic regeneration in the towns and contributing to the wider Nottinghamshire growth story We are working with Network Rail to understand any implications for the wider Midlands Connect ITSS

Capacity at Trent Junctions

A key constraint to the delivery of the Midlands Connect ITSS is the capacity of Trent Junctions south of Nottingham We understand that HS2 Ltd will need to make some improvements to Trent Junctions to accommodate the HS2 Core proposition - although these on their own will

30

51

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

HS2 Services

London - Leeds Birmingham - Leeds

London - Leeds Birmingham - Newcastle

London - Chesterfeld - Shefeld - Leeds

Birmingham - Leeds London - Shefeld - York

34 Mass Transit Extensions Classic Compatible Services

Shuttle Services

Nottingham - EM Hub Derby - EM Hub

Fast and Semi-fast Services

Leicester - Crewe Crewe - EM Hub

London - Manchester Crewe - EM Hub

Stopping Services

Leicester - Leeds Leicester - Manchester The success of the Nottingham Express Transit (NET) has demonstrated the potential of mass transit to reduce

Leicester - Lincoln Nottingham - Leeds

Leicester - Nottingham Leicester - Derby

Norwich - Liverpool Newark Castle - Matlock

HS2 Hub Station Indicative Train Service Specifcation

not be sufcient to accommodate the Midlands Connect ITSS There is a clear operational case for avoiding multiple engineering works on this congested section of railway infrastructure ndash with a single enhancement scheme being the clearly favoured option Based on our initial work with Network Rail we believe there is a sufcient economic case now for the Secretary of State to make at least lsquopassive provisionrsquo for an enhanced scheme in the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

congestion increase transport choice and connect people to jobs and services It will therefore be a key element of the connectivity strategy for maximising the economic benefts of the HS2 Hub Station Given the technical challenges and the scale of investment required we recognise the importance of taking a phased approach to delivery

Extending NET to the Hub Station

The frst phase would be to extend the tram from the park and ride site at Toton Lane to the Hub Station ndash a distance of around one mile This will connect the Hub Station to key locations such as the Queens Medical Centre the University campus and the Enterprise Zone and complement the heavy rail service to Nottingham City Centre This link will need to be in place when the Hub Station becomes operational to serve the Nottingham Enterprise Zone sites and to establish the principle tram access in the publicrsquos mind

Extending Connectivity over the Hub Station

Our work has highlighted a number of options for extending connectivity to the west of the Hub Station towards Derby and East Midlands Airport which would have signifcant economic benefts These could be delivered by bus rapid transit (BRT) tram-train as well as by NET extensions Further work will be required to determine the optimum routes and modes These options would require a link over the Hub Station (similar to the arrangement at Nottingham Station) which would be costly to retro-ft We have therefore included a public transport overbridge into our proposals for the Hub Station At this stage it is unlikely that this on its own will require provision for further land take in the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill however it may impact on the required Environmental Impact Statement

Options to Derby

There are two main options for connecting Derby The frst would follow the route of the A52 This would be fast ndash but not as fast as the classic rail service from Derby Station It would be direct but serve a limited population catchment The relatively high cost of developing this as a tram route would appear to make it unviable - although it could have potential as a route for a lower cost form of BRT

The second option would run to the south of the A52 and link the Hub Station with Long Eaton and then on to Breaston Borrowash Spondon Pride Park and Derby Station It would be slower but serve a much larger population catchment It would be cheaper to develop as a tram route but could impact on the proposed canal

31

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Red Arrow Skylink

Zoom 15

i4 18

Indigo 510

Y5 Toton Sidings

NET

Options for bus services serving the Hub Station

35

Revised existing route

New Fast Track to EMA via M1

Arnold via QMC City Hospital

Mansfeld via M1 Kirkby Sutton

Alfreton via M1 Heanor Ripley

restoration project It could be developed in phases the frst comprising a NET extension to a park and ride site west of the M1

Options to East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Rail Freight Interchange

There are a number of potential routes to the airport Following the rail corridor south from the Hub Station before heading west is likely to be the quickest and would limit environmental impacts on Long Eaton town centre It also has potential for a tram-train solution should this become a viable technology in the UK The scale of employment growth proposed at East Midlands Gateway the potential for a lsquoFree Trade Zonersquo around the airport as well as the projected growth in air passenger numbers means such a link could have signifcant economic benefts

Bus amp Taxi Bus travel will continue to be the backbone of the local public transport for many people There is already a comprehensive network of bus routes and services across the sub-region which could be developed to serve the Hub Station from a wide range of locations

The key challenge for operators from a commercial perspective will be to ensure that the Hub Station does not become a lsquoterminusrsquo destination Buses (and taxis) must therefore be able to pass through the Hub Station to also serve surrounding communities across the wider sub-region Our proposed confguration of local road links between the Hub Station and Long Eaton Stapleford

32

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Sandiacre and Toton as well as access from the A52 would enable a commercially viable network of bus services to be established

For Chesterfeld a new road link into the south of the station complex for buses and taxis will provide a through route that will integrate the existing station into local public transport networks more efectively

36 Cycling amp Walking Every rail passenger is a pedestrian at the point of boarding a train Making the Hub Station and the immediate surrounding environment pedestrian friendly will make travel by train more attractive and help to drive patronage

It is also important that local people in surrounding communities have safe and attractive routes for walking and cycling ndash not just to the Hub Station but also to and within the proposed Innovation Campus Cycling and walking are likely to become more attractive options to future generations as public attitudes to travel continue to change This trend has been refected in the core design principles we have established that will underpin future development on the Hub Station site

For Chesterfeld we have set out proposals known as lsquoPlatform 4rsquo for enhancing pedestrian and public transport accessibility between the Station and the town centre over the A61 dual carriageway

37 Park amp Ride A well-coordinated and managed park amp ride strategy can help to reduce the impacts of congestion and provide viable transport choices for local communities

There are opportunities to develop park and ride facilities serving the Hub Station in tandem with a phased roll out of an extended mass transit system The existing park amp

Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site

ride site at Toton Lane (1300 spaces) linked to the tram will be retained albeit in modifed form In addition to a multi-storey car park at the Hub Station itself (1300 spaces proposed) there is an opportunity to develop an additional parking facility of a similar size west of M1 Junction 25 linked to a frst phase extension of the tram over the Hub Station

33

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

This would give a third car park option and the ability to manage travel demand to the Hub Station site in a more fexible manner - as well as an ability to reduce pressure on M1 Junction 25

On the Derby side of the A52 there are options for park and ride sites on the east side of Derby as part of a mass transit system linking Pride Park and Derby Station to the City Centre which could ultimately connect to the Hub Station

38 Strategic amp Local Road Access Despite the focus on public transport cycling and walking access by private car will still be important and a 1300 space multi-storey car park is proposed at the Hub Station However this will require a highway solution that must also address a number of existing challenges

Access from the A52 and M1

Access from the strategic road network into the Hub Station Site will be critical Our technical work has suggested that a single access from the A52 into the site for all movements is unlikely to be deliverable Whilst an engineering solution could be developed it would be very expensive environmentally damaging and take up valuable land that could be better used for economic development purposes

As a result a phased approach is proposed comprising the following key moves

1 A new lsquoat gradersquo junction on the A52 east of the Bardills Roundabout linked to a new Toton Lane which would provide access from Nottingham to the east of the Hub Station site and support the early phases of development of the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

2 A new lsquoof setrsquo junction on the A52 to the west of the use of the construction access required by HS2 Ltd M1 which would remove local movements from M1 to build the Hub Station Junction 25 and provide a more direct route under

Our technical work suggests there is scope to deliver key the motorway into Long Eaton

moves 1) and 2) in advance of the Hub Station opening 3 A new lsquograde separatedrsquo junction on the A52 to the The scale of existing problems and likely future trafc

north of the Hub Station to provide access from growth on the A52 corridor suggests that there is already a Derby and the M1 ndash which has the potential to make strong case for Highways England working with Midlands

Provide local road access to StaplefordSandiacre

Relieve congestion at Bardills and Toton Lane

Provide access from A52

Separate local amp strategic movements at J25

Provide for E-W movements

Provide for local road access for Long Eaton

Strategic amp Local Road Access Challenges

34

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Access from A52 and M1

Connect and local partners to make a proposal for major scheme funding in RIS 2 ndash which would also contribute to a comprehensive connectivity strategy for the Hub Station

A direct link to the Hub Station from the north through 3) will be linked to the construction of the station itself by HS2 Ltd and may be able to make use of any temporary construction access required by HS2 Ltd

Stanton Sandiacre

Derby

Stapleford

Long Eaton

Primary HS2

access

New eastern access

Re-modelled Bardills junction

New eastern access link

Toton Lane

Local access link

Local local link

New ofset A52 Junction

New local link

Remodelled M1 Junction 25

link

1a

1b

3 2

M1

A52

HS2

Local access Nottingham

junction

39

Finally there is the potential to establish a Park amp Ride site west of the M1 linked to a tram extension and the proposed lsquoof-setrsquo junction on the A52 This would provide a further car parking option for the Hub Station and help to manage movements through M1 Junction 25

Local Road Access

As described above local road access to the Hub Station from Long Eaton Stapleford Sandiacre and Toton will be important to secure commercially viable bus and coach services and taxis ndash as well as safe cycle routes We have developed a proposal for local access that can be integrated into the design of the Hub Station and which will complement the proposed strategic links Key to this will be the development of a local road link running under the HS2 and classic rail tracks to the south of the Hub Station

Next Steps We are clear that whilst all the individual elements of our connectivity strategy will have positive outcomes the real benefts will only be achieved by taking an integrated approach to scheme development and delivery

We will therefore develop our proposals further through a project joint funded by Midlands Connect East Midlands partners HS2 Ltd and Highways England known as the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan Phase 1 will use transport modelling to optimise the package of interventions and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment Phase 2 will examine connectivity issues over a wider strategic area including the long term future of the M1

Further detail on delivery is contained in Section 4

35

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Local Road Access Diagram

1

2

3

4

5

6

New A52 access Pedestrian NET link Bus Interchange amp Station Car Park

Remodelled Bardills roundabout

7

8

9

10

11

Local link to Long Eaton

New Bardills roundabout Local link to Sandiacre

New Toton Lane NET extension amp option to extend to EMA Derby

HS2 underpass Station Concourse

HS2 overpass

36

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Section 4 | Delivery Summary

We have undertaken a number of technical studies to understand the costs and benefts of various scales and rates of development to inform the development of an initial outlines business case for our proposals consistent with Treasury requirements which is set out in a separate document This work will evolve and become more granular as our growth proposition matures

There is potential for signifcant employment and housing development across the East Midlands Hub and Derbyshire Growth Zones This will make a signifcant contribution to the Governmentrsquos rebalancing agenda and provide an impetus for growth across the wider East Midlands where there is potential to deliver an additional 74000 jobs and pound4 billion of GVA above trend

We have set out the key moves necessary to deliver our proposals for people place and connectivity and highlighted the immediate measures necessary to safeguard future opportunities Detailed proposals are set out in Appendix 1

We are keen to work with Government to develop propositions for powerful locally led development bodies that can deliver our ambitions for the Hub Station and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zones and contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2

37

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

41 Developing an Investible Proposition Realising our vision for growth will require a combination of strong leadership and clear decision making To inform this we have undertaken a comprehensive programme of technical work to inform our thinking and provide the evidence base for this Growth Strategy including

bull Comprehensive non-statutory development frameworks covering the East Midlands Hub and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

bull A number of concept studies to assess the options for key infrastructure moves including relocation of the existing rail depots at Toton strategic highway access and mass transit extensions

bull A Development Infrastructure Funding (DIF) Study to understand the costs and benefts of diferent scales and rates of development and a funding and delivery mechanisms study to identify options for forward funding of key infrastructure and delivery vehicles

This information has been used to construct an initial outline lsquobusiness casersquo document for our proposals consistent with the Treasuryrsquos lsquoGreen Bookrsquo guidance and will provide the basis for an ongoing dialogue with Government and HS2 Ltd This work will evolve and become more granular over time as our growth proposition matures

Some of the major infrastructure investments will be subject to a separate business case through other established Government programmes such as the Roads Investment Strategy (RIS) This still requires a high-level

case to be made through the Growth Strategy as well as efective co-ordination of planning funding and delivery with other Growth Strategy interventions

42 Key Moves The work we have undertaken to date has identifed a series of key moves that will be required to implement the Growth Strategy including a number of immediate actions which will be necessary to safeguard future opportunities Further detail on these and the necessary enabling measures by Government and its delivery bodies is set out in Appendix 1

People

Our immediate priorities can be delivered largely within existing resources with strong local leadership from the LEPs and the East Midlands Chamber of Commerce and comprise

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to business support that will help local SMEs beneft from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities

bull Establishing a lsquorail industry innovation grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2 awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2

Over the longer term we would expect mainstream Government funding for skills and business support activity to be refocussed around our priorities and complement the strategic approach to skills envisaged by the Midlands Engine

Place

For the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone there are a number of planning land assembly remediation and infrastructure issues that will need to be addressed to enable our vision to be delivered in full In the immediate short term it will be vital to ensure that existing planning consent for the Lime Rise development close to the Hub Station can contribute positively to the delivery of our growth vision

In addition there is a need for further work with the relevant organisations on options for relocating the rail siding and depot activity and the electricity sub-station to locations outside of the Hub Station site and on the expansion and relocation of existing school provision to a better location within the site

Elsewhere we are keen to take forward further work with the Ministry of Defence and the Homes and Communities Agency to ensure that the re-development of the Chetwynd Barracks can actively contribute to a lsquonetwork of garden villagesrsquo

In the Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone the key priority in Chesterfeld will be the delivery of proposals to transform pedestrian and public transport connectivity between the rail station and the town For Staveley the early priorities will be to confrm the depot site as a construction base for HS2 and to secure the frst phases of the Chesterfeld and Staveley Regeneration Route including the provision of improved public transport and pedestrian links necessary to deliver the wider Staveley masterplan

38

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Connectivity

Our immediate priority is to safeguard the potential to secure a classic compatible link at the Hub Station and for enhanced capacity at Trent Junctions capable of delivering the Midlands Connect ITSS These will require the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill which is due to be considered by Ministers in the autumn of 2017 to include provision for the necessary land take

The public transport overbridge and local road connections proposed for the Hub Station will impact on the Hybrid Bill and the associated Environmental Impact Statement and will need to be incorporated into the emerging Hub Station design commissioned by HS2 Ltd

We will need to confrm support from Highways England and HS2 Ltd to take forward the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan with Midlands Connect This work will optimise the package of interventions proposed to serve the Hub Station and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment However we believe we have a sufcient case now for Highways England to identify funding in RIS2 to develop a major scheme on the A52M1 J25 that address existing congestion issues and contributes to the wider solution for accessing the Hub Station

43 Proposals for Delivery Bodies The geographic and political context for the area around the Hub Station is complex spanning a number of local planning authorities local transport authorities and local enterprise partnerships Our work to date has highlighted a range of potential delivery and funding mechanisms that would help to enable development in particular options for Tax Increment Financing (TIf ) But these will require a strategic approach to investment over a number of administrative areas to be efective

There is a local appetite to establish a powerful delivery body that could work at a scale to drive forward our growth vision There are a range of options including the potential for the kind of lsquolocally-led development corporationrsquo envisaged by the Neighbourhood Planning Act 2017

We would like to work with Government over the coming months to develop a proposition for a delivery body for the Hub Station Growth Zone that could begin to operate in lsquoshadow formrsquo with initial seed-corn funding from 2018 onwards

For Chesterfeld and Staveley the geography is less complex with the key moves all within the administrative area of Chesterfeld Borough Council Here a local development company solution may be more appropriate which can also contribute to the delivery of the wider Derbyshire growth story

It will be important to ensure that development in both Growth Zones continues to contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2 under the auspices of the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Mitigation

Whilst HS2 has the potential to bring great benefts to the 44 East Midlands the scale of the new infrastructure involved will also result in some negative impacts ndash particularly in the short term Although the line of route has been designed to minimise impact on environmental assets challenges remain in a number of locations in Derbyshire Leicestershire and Nottinghamshire

Similarly where the line passes through urban areas for example Long Eaton some existing businesses will have to re-locate to alternative premises Whilst the Government has put in place a compensation scheme to assist those directly afected councils are keen to ensure the jobs and investment are retained in the local area wherever possible

The East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board has established a lsquomitigation sub-grouprsquo to work with DfT and HS2 Ltd to help develop detailed designs for key structures that will minimise and mitigate the environmental impacts of the line and look to ensure that existing businesses can continue to thrive As work starts on the development of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill it will be important to ensure that councils are able to inform the detail of the Governmentrsquos proposals on both an individual and collective basis

39

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

45 Phasing of Delivery This Growth Strategy demonstrated the scale complexity and interdependencies between programmes involving a range of partner agencies Many of these programmes involve major schemes that take many years to develop and deliver Although HS2 Phase 2b is not due to become fully operational until 2033 the lead in times are such that key decisions on what might be included within the Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environment Statement will actually be taken during the coming months With appropriate funding and collaboration a number of key moves can be implemented in the short term

Although the development may reach maturity in 2043 by the time HS2 opens there will in fact already be a new place (the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo) emerging around the station to welcome the frst passengers For this to be achieved the delivery partners will need to build momentum over the next 12 months and it is recognised this will require dedicated resource and governance

The evidence base underpinning the growth strategy provides a clear indication of the growth potential and promotes a range of key infrastructure concepts and moves However in order to take these forward and in particular promote some of them for possible inclusion in the Hybrid Bill the partners are clear that more detailed studies and analysis will be required and these will need to be developed in tandem with the work being undertaken for the railway

This highlights the need to establish a dedicated team and for further resources to commission and manage the work programme for the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Phases of Delivery

2017-2022 Hybrid bill development business case development (RS2CP6) land strategy and delivery body early phases of development

2022-2027 Early infrastructure development and key moves (eg depot relocation) next phases of development

2027-2033 HS2 Construction amp completiontesting

2033 HS2 becomes fully operational - local economic development builds momentum

2033-43 Development to maturity

46 First Phase Priorities The focus up to 2022 will be on ensuring the provisions of the Phase 2 Hybrid Bill enable our vision for the Hub Station and priorities for local and strategic connectivity to be implemented Delivery of improvements to the A52 at Bardills and Toton Lane will enable the early phases of the Toton Innovation Campus to commence helping to build investor confdence Completion for the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity plan will progress the wider mix of strategic and local interventions to detailed design stage To be successful all this activity will need to be underpinned by the establishment of a properly resourced and empowered local delivery bodyThe early completion of frst stages of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Station Link Road will help to kick start development in the North Derbyshire Growth Zone

40

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

1 High level Ministerial endorsement of the East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy including through

bull Funding the establishment of a lsquoshadow delivery bodyrsquo to start implementing the Growth Strategy locally and to establish a viable mechanism for capturing a proportion of development value necessary for infrastructure delivery and

bull Promotion by Government and its delivery bodies of key development opportunities set out in the Growth Strategy to national and international investors consistent with the Midlands Engine Vision for Growth

2 Support from DCLG for our vision for the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone by

bull Empowering the HCA to establish a strategic land strategy that will facilitate enabling infrastructure and subsequently to bring forward early phases of development and

bull Using other funding including the current Housing Infrastructure Fund (HIF) to help bring forward early phase infrastructure

3 Support from DfT and its delivery bodies for the implementation of early connectivity priorities related to the Hub Station through

bull Ensuring Highways England and HS2 Ltd contribute gap funding towards the East Midlands Gateway Connectivity Plan Phase 1 Study

bull Funding the delivery phases 1ab of the A52 Access Strategy to enable the initial phases of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo to commence before 2022 and

bull Identifying funding in the next Road Investment Strategy (RIS2) to develop a major scheme to address capacity at M1 Junction 25 and access the Hub Station from the A52 (phases 2 amp3 of the A52 Access Strategy) ndash also making the necessary provisions within the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill amp Environmental Statement

4 DfTHS2 Ltd to ensure that the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make provision at and around the Hub Station for

bull Capacity improvements to classic rail connectivity to the south and north of Toton HS2 station including Trent Junctions optimising the integration of classic and High Speed Rail services and including a lsquoclassic compatible linkrsquo to transform connectivity between Leicester and the north of England

bull An integrated station design including moving the station concourse north to better connect with tram and Public Transport Interchange with an integrated deck connecting eastwest over the HS2 track to

better integrate the Toton station into the heart of the new place ndash the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo This would include provision of a second transfer deck to the south of the main concourse to provide improve capacity and interchange between services

bull Fully integrated public transport interchange and walking routes connecting surrounding communities to promote sustainable travel reduce the need for car parking and thereby make best use of land and local assets including the tram as a means of linking Park amp Ride facilities with the station

bull North South connectivity through the site to connect Long Eaton and Stapleford and to enable local communities to access the station by all modes

bull A clear car parking strategy with a decked car park at the station (premium) complemented by NET based Park and Ride

bull Provision for three bridges as follows

- Integrated with concourse deck to create east west route for tram and sustainable transport links between east and west development areas and to Long Eaton airport and Derby

- Multi-modal bridge south of the A52 to enable resilience in the local network connections to the western development area and

41

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

- Pedestrian bridge at mid-point between the above to connect new communities

bull Provision for an underpass under the Network Rail and HS2 lines to the south of the concourse to enable links between Stapleford Long Eaton and the station by various modes and in particular public transport but as a secondary primary access connecting east and west development areas within the Innovation Campus

5 Separately to ensure the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make specifc provision to deliver the NET tram extension from the existing Toton Park amp Ride to the HS2 Station consistent with the provisions set our above

6 DfTHS2 Ltd to designate Staveley as a major construction hubrailhead for the construction of Phase 2b in addition to the establishment of the Infrastructure Maintenance Depot

7 Government to make a contribution towards the delivery of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Chesterfeld Station Link Road to unlock early development and growth in the corridor

8 Further fnancial and technical support from Network Rail HS2 Ltd and HS2 Growth Partnership to work collaboratively on the relocation of the DBS Depot and Network Rail Sidings to enable development growth and transport connections through the Hub Station area

9 DfTHS2 Ltd to amend the HS2 Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS) to ensure that both Shefeld HS2 classic compatible services stop at Chesterfeld

10 Commitment from DfTHS2 Ltd to at least partially open the Hub Station at Toton by 2030 rather than 2033 to generate additional passenger revenue and accelerate the delivery of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

42

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy World Class - Locally Driven

For more information please contact East Midlands Councils Tel 01664 502620 Email infoemcouncilsgovuk

  • Structure Bookmarks
    • Born 1946-1964
    • Born 1964-1980
    • Born 1980-2000
    • Born 2000+
    • The Hub Station and surrounding area
    • Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone
    • Chesterfield Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo
    • Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site
Page 4: East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy - Broxtowe€¦ · 3.7 Park & Ride 3.8 4.3 East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Contents Contents Foreword 3 3.6 Cycling & Walking 33 Executive Summary

Foreword

Cllr Jon Collins Leader of Nottingham City Council Chair of East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Michelle Craven-Faulkner Vice Chair of Rail Forum East Midlands

Cllr Kay Cutts MBE Leader of Nottinghamshire County Council Member of HS2 Strategic Board

Cllr Simon Spencer Deputy Leader of Derbyshire County Council Vice Chair of East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Peter Richardson Chair of D2N2 LEP

Nick Pulley Chair of Leicester and Leicestershire LEP

Cllr Nicholas Rushton Cllr Ranjit Banwait Leader of Leader of Derby City Council Leicestershire County Council Member of HS2 Strategic Board Member of East Midlands Councils Executive Board

Scott Knowles Chief Executive East Midlands Chamber (Derbyshire Nottinghamshire Leicestershire)

3

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Foreword

Foreword

In September 2016 we published our Emerging Growth Strategy which described our initial ideas for using HS2 connectivity to drive our long term economic growth rate to above the UK average equivalent to an additional 74000 jobs and pound4 billion of GVA by 2043

This document takes our work several steps further and sets out clear and deliverable plans for how we can work with Government and local communities to deliver this economic prize ndash consistent with the Midlands Engine Vision for Growth and the Governmentrsquos emerging Industrial Strategy

For local people and businesses across the East Midlands HS2 will mean

bull More job and training opportunities - and

the chance to earn higher wages

bull More trade and investment

bull More housing opportunities

bull More trains less over-crowding and much

quicker journey times to key destinations and

bull Better local transport connections for both work and leisure

Our Growth Strategy has been developed within a wider spatial context that will use HS2 to enhance towns and cities across the East Midlands and maximise the potential of key assets like East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange

The HS2 Hub Station at Toton in Nottinghamshire will be the most connected station on the high speed network outside of London To capitalise on this super-connectivity we have exciting proposals for a high quality lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo

linked to our university sector capable of delivering up to 10000 high quality jobs new community facilities and a range of new housing opportunities It will be an inspiring 21st Century Gateway to the East Midlands and a destination in its own right The lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo will sit at the heart of a thriving network of lsquogarden villagersquo developments that will include the nearby Stanton and Chetwynd Barracks sites

We have developed a pragmatic step by step approach to integrating the Hub Station into national regional and local transport networks This will relieve existing congestion and spread the benefts of HS2 to surrounding cities towns and villages as well as a link to East Midlands Airport and key strategic development sites

4

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Foreword

Foreword

The Infrastructure Maintenance Depot at Staveley and the ability to serve Chesterfeld with high speed trains will have a transformational impact on the Derbyshire economy We have set out a comprehensive approach to integrating Chesterfeld station and associated development areas into the town enhancing its role as a gateway to the Peak District National Park and accelerating the regeneration of the Staveley corridor and key surrounding sites

Informing all our work is a clear recognition of the needs of people ndash current and future generations Key to this in the early stages will be implementing our comprehensive skills and supply chain strategy making sure that our young people and businesses can beneft from the economic opportunities that lie ahead

We have set out a clear and well evidenced approach to delivery We recognise that not everything can happen at once and that some hard choices will have to be made We have commissioned independent assessments of the costs of key interventions and the value of the resulting development that has informed a business case for investment which is set out in a separate document We are keen to establish powerful locally led development vehicles that can realise the potential we have identifed

In conclusion we have set out a bold yet pragmatic vision for using HS2 to boost economic growth across the East Midlands We now need a commitment from Government to work in partnership with us to make our vision a reality

5

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Executive Summary

Executive Summary

Our Growth Strategy is structured around the three themes of People Place and Connectivity with a clear focus on Delivery

People

People are at the heart of our Growth Strategy For local people across the East Midlands HS2 will mean more jobs and training opportunities the chance to earn higher wages and more housing choice But these benefts will not be delivered without continuing local leadership strong governance and collective action

We have set out a coherent economic strategy consistent with the Midlands Engine Vision for Growth and the Governmentrsquos Industrial Strategy that builds on our existing strengths in manufacturing technology and high value services and which will help to shift our long term economic growth rate to above the UK average

We have developed a comprehensive skills amp supply chain strategy and action plan based around fve key themes inspiring our young people building further education capacity harnessing the power of our universities

supporting individuals and ensuring our businesses are lsquoHS2 readyrsquo Our three immediate priorities are

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to

business support that will help local SMEs beneft from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities

bull Establishing a rail industry lsquoinnovation

grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2

awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2

Underpinning our approach is an understanding that the nature of work will continue to change rapidly as a result of new technology and that the requirements and aspirations of the future workforce are likely to be diferent to our own

Place

Great place-making will be key to realising the opportunities that HS2 connectivity will create Our proposals are ambitious but build upon our existing market strengths and add value to the attractive mix of urban and rural environments that already characterises the East Midlands We have also sought to refect the needs and aspirations of future generations in the scale and form of proposed development and by incorporating sustainable transport choices

Within a strategic context set by Midlands Engine and Midlands Connect initiatives we have identifed two lsquoGrowth Zonesrsquo which relate directly to the benefts of HS2 connectivity and complement existing assets across the East Midlands

The East Midlands Hub Growth Zone is related to the area around the Hub Station at Toton itself Here we are proposing the development

6

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Executive Summary

Executive Summary

of a new high quality lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo with the potential to create up to 10000 new jobs community facilities and a range of new housing choices It will be an inspiring 21st Century Gateway to the East Midlands and a destination in its own right The lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo will sit at the heart of a thriving network of lsquogarden villagersquo developments that will include the nearby Stanton and Chetwynd Barracks sites

Chesterfeld and Staveley will be at the heart of the North Derbyshire Growth Zone but activity will focus on the wider Derbyshire growth story We will use HS2 to complement existing rail services and transform links between Chesterfeld Station and the town centre opening up regeneration opportunities and creating an attractive gateway to the Peak District National Park ndash one the regionrsquos unique destination ofers The Staveley depot will be the heart of a mixed use housing and employment zone within the wider growth corridor and in the short term could also provide a construction base for HS2

Connectivity

The Hub Station at Toton will already be the most connected on the high speed network outside of London Whilst the development adjacent to the Hub Station will be crucial our early work confrmed that much of the wider economic potential of HS2 will be dependent on the extent to which we can connect economic opportunities across the East Midlands into the high speed network In particular the city centres of Derby Leicester and Nottingham East Midlands Airport and sites that exist in the towns and villages surrounding both the Hub Station and Chesterfeld

Our analysis has demonstrated which modes of transport will serve diferent markets most efectively ndash national regional sub-regional and local Based on this we have set out a comprehensive step by step approach to connectivity which will maximise transport choice for future generations as well as tackling congestion issues that exist today

Key to this will be safeguarding the ability to extend public transport accessibility in the scope of the Governmentrsquos Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and

planning now for a phased approach to delivery of highway improvements starting in Road Investment Strategy period 2 (RIS2)

Whilst we are confdent that the measures we have identifed can deliver positive outcomes more detailed design work will be required to secure the capital funding necessary for delivery Further work on the design and phasing of key interventions will therefore be undertaken with transport modelling developed in partnership with Midlands Connect the outcome of which will also help to scope the necessary provisions of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

7

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Executive Summary

Executive Summary

Delivery

We have undertaken a number of technical studies to understand the costs and benefts of various scales and rates of development to inform the development of an initial outline business case for our proposals consistent with Treasury requirements which is set out in a separate document This work will evolve and become more granular as our growth proposition matures

We have set out the key moves necessary to deliver our proposals for people place and connectivity and highlighted the immediate issues that we need Government support to progress In particular

bull Provision within the scope of the Phase

2b Hybrid Bill and Environmental Impact Statement to accommodate our vision for the Hub Station including a classic compatible link a northern station concourse and public transport overbridge local road access and enhancements to Trent Junctions

bull Financial and technical support from

Highways England and HS2 Ltd to take forward Phase 1 of the East Midlands Gateway Connectivity Plan

bull Provision within RIS2 for the development of a major scheme to address existing and future challenges on the A52 between Derby and Nottingham

bull Financial and technical support from

DCLG and the Homes amp Communities Agency (HCA) to develop the concept of a lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo at the heart of a network of thriving lsquogarden villagesrsquo including land assembly

bull Financial and technical support from

Network Rail HS2 Ltd and HS2 Growth Partnership to work collaboratively on the relocation of rail sidings and depot adjacent to the Hub Station

bull Designation of the Staveley Infrastructure

Maintenance Depot (IMD) site as a construction base for the construction of Phase 2b of HS2

bull Financial support for the delivery of the

early phases of the Chesterfeld amp Staveley Regeneration Route and Station Link Road

bull Provision for both Sheffield HS2 and classic

compatible services to stop at Chesterfeld Station and

bull Financial and technical support for the

establishment of a lsquoshadow delivery bodyrsquo to take forward the Growth Strategy

8

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

Section 1 | People Summary

People are at the heart of our Growth Strategy For local people across the East Midlands HS2 will mean more job and training opportunities the chance to earn higher wages and more housing choice But these benefts will not be delivered without continuing local leadership strong governance and collective action

We have set out a coherent economic strategy consistent with the Midlands Engine Vision for Growth and the Governmentrsquos Industrial Strategy that builds on our existing strengths in manufacturing technology and high value services ndash and which will help to shift our long term economic growth rate to above the UK average

We have developed a comprehensive skills amp supply chain strategy and action plan based around fve key themes inspiring our young people building further education capacity harnessing the power of our universities supporting individuals and ensuring our businesses are lsquoHS2 readyrsquo Our three immediate priorities are

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to business support that will help local SMEs benefit from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities

bull Establishing a rail industry lsquoinnovation grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2 awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2

Underpinning our approach is an understanding that the nature of work will continue to change rapidly as a result of new technology and that the requirements and aspirations of the future workforce are likely to be diferent to our own

9

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

11 The Economic Prize HS2 will provide major opportunities for businesses in the East Midlands to expand their horizons and to trade and compete in wider markets Similarly high speed rail will connect the people of the East Midlands to new work learning and leisure opportunities whilst opening up the region to new visitors

Independent research commissioned from KPMG by HS2 Ltd suggested that an East Midlands Hub Station could have the greatest economic uplift of any of the proposed HS2 stations Our own work has confrmed this assessment This potential refects the ability of HS2 to radically improve connectivity between the local economies of the East Midlands with those across the UK but also our own inherent and enduring economic strengths

We have undertaken a comprehensive lsquoEconomic Opportunities Assessmentrsquo underpinned by independent analysis from Cambridge Econometrics to determine the best approach for maximising local growth opportunities - focussing on the D2N2 and Leicester amp Leicestershire LEP areas This combined area already comprises 315 million people over 100000 businesses and pound65 billion of GVA

We have gone back to frst principles and looked at the drivers that are likely to shape economic growth over the coming decades From this we have set out a strategy for how we can use HS2 to deliver a more productive and resilient economy

Our analysis suggests that by targeting some of our key sectors that can beneft from HS2 connectivity in particular manufacturing technology and high value services we can boost employment growth from just below to above the

projected UK trend - equivalent to an additional 74000 jobs and almost pound4 billion of GVA by 2043 ndash helping to close the gaps in our economy post Brexit

Our approach is consistent with the emerging Midlands Engine Vision for Growth and will help to deliver key aspects of the Governmentrsquos Industrial Strategy ndash in

particular by helping to re-balance the economy increasing productivity promote innovation and support export growth

For more information about the analysis underpinning our economic strategy please visit httpwwwemcouncilsgovukHS2

Economic Growth Baseline Matching UK Trend

Our Economic Vision

Net Employment Growth (FTE) 172000 184000 246000

GVA Uplift above Baseline - pound038 billion pound399 billion

Key Drivers

Manufacturing Engine

Technology High Value Services

The UKrsquos most competitive location for high value engineering and manufacturing

A fertile innovation eco-system attracting global talent in research strengths

Delivering a step change in high value services

Enablers

Smart Growth A Dynamic Entrepreneurial

Economy

Galvanised visitor economy and distinctive

gateway

A transformed and expanded visitor economy bringing a new generation of visitors to established and new attractions

Creating the conditions to compete for investment talent and knowledge nationally and internationally including excellence in logistics and distribution capacity

One of the best places to start and grow a business in the UK high quality business space reinforced by world class business support and access to funding and investment

10

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

12 The Changing Nature of Work We understand that we are planning for HS2 over a 25 year time horizon and that the nature of work is changing fast Looking back over the last 25 years we can see how information technology and the rise of the internet has radically changed many peoplersquos working lives This pace of technological change will continue and even accelerate over the coming decades ndash and it will impact on all aspects of the economy not just the service sector

Whilst we cannot anticipate all the changes that may happen our plans for making the most of HS2 must be forward looking and fexible and try not to use the solutions of the past to meet the challenges of the future

Crucial to success is understanding who we are planning for ndash and how they are likely to want to live their lives

The core workforce we are planning for are children now at school ndash the so called lsquoGeneration Zrsquo This is the frst generation of lsquodigital nativesrsquo - people who have grown up with digital technology and are comfortable using it for all manner of everyday tasks Research suggests Generation Z will have a very diferent experience of work to their parents - with up to 5 diferent careers 15 homes and 17 jobs over a working lifetime They are likely to be more entrepreneurial and collaborative than previous generations and less interested in owning a car or a house

This perspective has underpinned our thinking about how we can use HS2 to drive future prosperity across the East Midlands and in particular how we should plan for places future generations will want to live work and play It has also infuenced our comprehensive plans to ensure our young people have the work skills necessary to make the most of the opportunities that lie ahead

Baby Boomers Baby Boomers

Generation X Generation X

Born 1946-1964

Age in 2043 79-97

Born 1964-1980

Age in 2043 63-78

Millennials Millennials

Generation Z Generation Z

Born 1980-2000

Age in 2043 43-63

Born 2000+

Age in 2043 26-43

11

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

13 Our Skills amp Supply Chain Strategy The delivery of HS2 will be transformational for the East Midlands economy Through the build phase and once operational it will bring new opportunities for those that live and work across the D2N2 and Leicester amp Leicestershire LEP areas

These opportunities will be about more than just the construction of a new railway The enhanced connectivity it brings will transform the geography of competition and agglomeration amongst businesses will open up new marketplaces and catchment areas and will attract inward investment to the region from across the UK and overseas

Opportunities will vary over time and will be both direct and indirect They begin now as contracts are awarded for the construction of Phase 1 from London to Birmingham and they stretch to beyond the projected 2033 completion date The establishment of the National College for High Speed Rail presents a major opportunity particularly for the development of the Staveley Infrastructure Maintenance Depot and its potential role as a construction base for HS2 Phase 2

To ensure local people and companies can beneft from HS2 investment and the growth it will bring we have worked with businesses trade bodies and training providers to develop a comprehensive skills and supply chain strategy built around fve key elements

Within each of these elements we have set out a clear action plan which is summarised below Key to this will be to avoid adding further complexity to existing provision for skills and business support Instead the approach will be

wherever possible to refocus existing support and funding on activities that will help deliver the Growth Strategy ndash rather than create new structures or programmes and complement the strategically driven approach to skills envisaged by the Midlands Engine

Inspiring YoungPeople

Building Further Education Capacity

HarnessingUniversities

Supporting Individuals

HS2 ReadyBusinesses

12

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

Inspiring Young People

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

Programme of engagement covering the entirety of a young personrsquos education

D2N2 LLEP Councils HS2 Ltd Private Sector Refocussing existing resources Short-medium

Ensure teachers amp careers advisors are provided with information about relevant career opportunities

Schools Private Sector Some additional administrative costs Using existing business networks

Short ndash Medium

Develop a unifed lsquoEM33rsquo HS2 businessschool engagement programme

Private Sector Careers amp Skills Company LEP Skills Boards

Refocussing existing resources Short

Harnessing Universities

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

EM Universities to develop HS2 programmes of engagement with business

Universities LEP Skills Boards Research Councils Innovate UK

Leveraging existing resources Short

Establish a Rail Industry Innovation Group through Rail Forum East Midlands (RFEM)

Universities RFEM Network Rail and industry Administrative costs only bodies

Universities East Midland HS2 Delivery Boards Refocussing existing consultancy spend

Immediate

Support Hub Station lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo and signifcant HE links at Chesterfeld Station

Immediate

Develop a university based lsquoRail Innovation Centrersquo

Universities LEPs New funding required Short

13

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

HS2 Ready Businesses

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

Develop an lsquoEM33rsquo HS2 awareness campaign aimed at businesses

LEPs Councils East Midlands Chamber New funding required Immediate

Establish dedicated HS2 supply chain support for businesses

LEPs Private Sector Midlands Engine Supply New funding required for additional 1 FTE Chain Initiative Ofcer

LEPs Private Sector ERDF underspend

Immediate

Promote SME collaboration through business support activity

Immediate

Establish web resource for businesses to identify HS2 Specifc opportunities

LEP Growth Hubs HS2 Ltd Additional support for Growth Hubs required Immediate

Supporting Individuals

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

Develop a public facing lsquoEM33rsquo awareness campaign

LEPs Councils East Midlands Chamber New funding required Immediate

Embed the lsquoEM33rsquo HS2 awareness across job centre and council employment support programmes

DWP Councils voluntary sector Refocussing employment support programmes

Medium

Establish an EM HS2 Delivery Charter to encourage recruitment from lsquohard to reachrsquo groups

Private Sector Councils DWP Administrative costs only Medium ndash Long

14

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

Building Further Education Capacity

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

Embed lsquoEM33rsquo activity into new lsquoTrsquo and relevant lsquoArsquo levels

Further Education (FE) Providers LEPs Councils

Refocussing existing resources and future Local Growth Fund

Short ndash medium

Develop strategic relationship between FE sector and National College for High Speed Rail (NCHSR)

FE Providers private training providers Using existing forums and relationships National College for High Speed Rail (NCHSR)

FE Providers Councils Funding required to recruit additional BIM expert

Immediate

Develop world leading capability for Building Information Management (BIM) linked to Staveley IMD

Short- medium

Support the development of lsquoShared Apprentice Schemesrsquo across key HS2 related job rolesdisciplines

FE Providers LEPS Councils Additional funding required Short

14 Next Steps Within our strategic approach we have identifed three immediate priorities These to be taken forward largely with existing LEP and private sector resources but will require strong local leadership to be successful

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to business support that will help local SMEs beneft from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities to be driven by D2N2 LLLEP and the private sector

bull Establishing a lsquorail industry innovation grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands to help drive innovation within our thriving SME rail engineering sector and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2 awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2 provisionally entitled lsquoEM33rsquo to be driven by East Midlands Chamber of Commerce D2N2 and LLLEP and supported by councils

Over the longer term we would expect mainstream Government funding for skills and business support activity to be refocussed around our priorities For more information about our skills and supply chain strategy please visit httpwwwemcouncilsgovukHS2

15

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Section 2 | Place Summary

Great place-making will be key to realising the opportunities that HS2 connectivity will create Our proposals are ambitious but build upon existing market strengths and add value to the attractive mix of urban and rural environments that already characterises the East Midlands We have also sought to refect the needs and aspirations of future generations in the scale and form of proposed development and by incorporating sustainable transport choices

Our Growth Strategy has been developed within in a wider spatial context that will use HS2 to enhance opportunities in towns and cities across the East Midlands and in key assets like East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange To drive this we have identifed two lsquoGrowth Zonesrsquo which relate directly to the benefts of HS2 connectivity

The East Midlands Hub Growth Zone is related to the area around the Hub Station at Toton Here we are proposing the development of a new high quality lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo with the potential to create up to 10000 new jobs community facilities and a range of new housing choices It will be an inspiring 21st Century Gateway to the East Midlands and a destination in its own right The lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo will sit at the heart of a thriving network of lsquogarden villagersquo developments that will include the nearby Stanton and Chetwynd Barracks sites

Chesterfeld and Staveley will be at the heart of the North Derbyshire Growth Zone but activity will focus on the wider Derbyshire growth story We will use HS2 to complement existing rail services and transform links between Chesterfeld Station and the town centre opening up regeneration opportunities and creating an attractive gateway to the Peak District National Park ndash one of the regionrsquos unique destination ofers The Staveley Depot will be the heart of a mixed use housing and employment zone within the wider growth corridor and in the short term could also provide a construction base for HS2

16

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

21 East Midlands Context Our Growth Strategy has been developed within in a wider spatial context that also seeks to use HS2 to enhance existing regional and national assets across the East Midlands In particular the area spanning the D2N2 and Leicester amp Leicestershire LEP areas which already comprise 315 million people over 100000 businesses and generate pound65 billion of GVA Key opportunities for growth include

bull Derby a city of world class automotive rail and aerospace technology sectors Home to Rolls Royce Bombardier and Toyota and a thriving network of highly specialised manufacturing SMEs

bull Leicester a vibrant diverse city with a strong record of SME formation and major growth potential Home to the National Space Centre and a burgeoning space technology sector

bull Nottingham a city of thriving business services biotech and leisure sectors and fagship companies like Experian and Boots underpinned by world class public transport and local energy systems

bull East Midlands Airport and Gateway the biggest freight airport outside of London and home to DHL The new East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange will generate thousands of new jobs

bull Loughborough a national centre for sport and sports science The Loughborough University Science and Enterprise Park forms part of a recently designated Enterprise Zone

bull Chesterfeld an historic and well connected rail town with a strong engineering economy and both a visitor destination and gateway

bull Peak District National Park and Derwent Valley Mills Word Heritage Site the most visited national park in England adjacent to the cradle of the industrial revolution

bull MansfeldAshfeld key regional service centres with strengths in manufacturing and logistics

There are also a range of growth and regeneration opportunities along the A52 corridor between Derby and Nottingham Castle Ward Pride Park and Raynesway on

Derby A50 Corridor

A42M42 M69

M1

M1

Chesterfeld

Mansfeld Ashfeld

Staveley

HS2

Nottingham

Loughborough

Leicester

A46 Corridor

the Derby side and the Nottingham Enterprise Zones sites Alliance Boots in Beeston Beeston Business Park and the Nottingham Science Park

Within this strategic context we have identifed two lsquoGrowth Zonesrsquo which relate directly to the benefts of HS2 connectivity which we believe will drive HS2 related growth across the wider sub area

bull East Midlands Hub Growth Zone

bull Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

M1 Corridor

3 Cities

Derby Nottingham (A52)

Trent Valley Vision

Derwent Valley Mills World

Heritage Site

Peak District National Park

HS2 Station

Classic Rail Lines

Strategic Context Diagram

17

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

East Midlands Hub Growth Zone Diagram 22 East Midlands Hub Growth Zone Our Growth Vision

The Growth Zone encompasses the Hub Station site at Toton the former ironworks site at Stanton and Chetwynd Barracks The core area encompasses Broxtowe and Erewash Borough Councils Derbyshire and Nottinghamshire County Councils

Central will be the development of a high quality lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo at the Hub Station in Toton itself with the potential to create up to 10000 new jobs and a range of new housing choices The concept of an lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo follows research undertaken looking at trends in business locations away from city centres and the need for a much more dynamic mix of uses that recognises the changing needs and desires of lsquoGeneration Zrsquo It is also consistent with the long term aspirations of the university sector within the region which has actively contributed to our thinking

Our vision includes the development of a network of mixed use lsquogarden villagesrsquo that will incorporate the very latest innovations in land remediation environmental standards together with advances in sustainable drainage localised energy and public transport Enhanced connectivity by sustainable modes of transport will ensure the development of pedestrian orientated streets and spaces which will be attractive to both local people and investors

The developments will complement the adjacent city centre ofer and help to drive major improvements to existing places such as Long Eaton and Stapleford

HS2

A52 Jct 25

A50

Jct 24

M1

Castle Donington amp EM Gateway Freight Interchange East Midlands Airport

Lougborough

East Midlands Parkway amp Ratclife

Innovation Campus amp Hub Station

Stanton Derby

Prid

e Par

k Ray

nesw

ay

Spon

don

Boots Campus

Beeston

ScienceMedi

Nottingham

A453

P

P

Potential Mass Rapid-Transit

Classic Rail Lines

Garden Village Network

Key Employment Sites

HS2 Line

Chetwynd

i Celanese

Urban Village

Infnity Garden Village

18

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Toton Area (Hub Station) Development Framework

We have worked with councils local partners and the Toton Neighbourhood Planning Forum to develop a long term non-statutory lsquodevelopment frameworkrsquo for the Hub Station Growth Area in Toton to inform the review of local plans and future investment decisions The development framework recognises a series of distinct character areas and sets out development principles for each

Station Hub The core development area is clustered to the east and west of the Hub Station Anchored by key multi modal transport infrastructure (including HS2 and Classic rail facilities NET bus interchange facilities and central car parking facilities) The primary land use in this area will be workspace development set within a high quality urban development context Hotel and residential accommodation may also be appropriate at this central location and the arearsquos public realm will be animated by cafeacutes restaurants and small scale retail outlets serving passengers employees and residents

Toton Area (Hub Station) Development

19

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

The Hub Station and surrounding area

A new public space will be created adjacent to the main station concourse This will provide a high quality east-west pedestrian connection across the HS2 lines and support interchange between a range of transport modes This development area is located on a plateau which is at a signifcantly lower level than the main development site to the east New buildings will typically be taller (up to 6-8 storeys) which will allow the development to act as a marker in the context of the rail corridor without appearing incongruous within the wider development

Toton Innovation Campus This mixed use corridor runs through the heart of the site connecting the HS2 station and areas to the west following the tram corridor towards Toton Lane NET station in the east

This dynamic space will be characterised not only by the diversity of uses but also a green boulevard and sustainable transport corridor and will include a mixture of medium density workspace including apartment based residential development

The lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo is roughly equidistant between the city centres of Nottingham and Derby and is intended to be anchored by a university based research and development centre To the south links to Leicester East Midlands Airport East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange and the Enterprise Zone sites in Loughborough will drive further opportunities

To achieve the scale of development and sense of place envisaged will require major investment in land assembly management and infrastructure Making the right moves now will provide much needed capacity to unlock and absorb growth and provide resilience in a currently stressed local network It will also require higher densities than those currently subject of an extant Outline Planning Consent for the site and this will need careful consideration by Broxtowe Borough Council as the Local Planning Authority

A52 Trackside Corridor A series of larger development sites have been identifed along the A52 and rail corridors towards the north of the site ofering the potential to accommodate larger workplace developments or research institutions This area will ofer the potential to accommodate distinctive gateway buildings acting as markers along both the A52 and HS2 corridors

Waterside Development parcels along the Erewash River Canal corridor are considered an appropriate mix of uses including residential Building heights will step down from around six storeys adjacent to the rail corridor to around three storeys in areas closer to the river canal corridor respecting the domestic scale of buildings to the west The landscaped environment of the river canal corridor will be brought into the area with a series of lsquogreen fngersrsquo leading into the development site This open space will serve a

20

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

variety of functions including recreation food mitigation and ecological habitat The orientation of buildings within this corridor should support this landscape strategy and open up views of the canal river corridor from higher ground to the east of the HS2 line

Parkside Generous green corridors are proposed as a bufer between the planned new development and existing residential communities Lower density areas broadly refecting established residential areas of Toton will front onto these spaces with a typical height of two to

three storeys open landscaped space and site topography ensuring that the amenity of existing local residents are protected New footpaths and cycleways will integrate the site with its surrounding context and enable residents of existing neighbourhoods to access facilities and transport hubs within the new development site It should be noted that new vehicular connections to these neighbourhoods are not proposed

bull Neighbourhood Centres These centres will be located at highly accessible positions within the

The Toton Innovation Campus looking towards the Hub Station

development and will allow the vast majority of the site area to be located within an easy fve minute walking catchment of local facilities

bull HS2 Hub This facility will serve HS2 passengers along with residents and workers based in the lower western section of the site It is envisaged that cafeacutes restaurants and local retail facilities will be integrated within the main station concourse and spill out onto the adjoining public plaza This area also becomes a new cross-roads within a more resilient local road network ofering better connections between SandiacreStapleford and Long Eaton This will further enhance the vitality and vibrancy of the area whilst ensuring surrounding communities can access the services on ofer by a full range of transport choices

bull Toton Innovation Campus Centre Located at the heart of the development a cluster of local retail leisure and hospitality facilities will be clustered in and around a central square Facilities such as a hotel gym business centre and resource centre may also be attracted to this central pedestrian orientated space

bull Community Hub A site to the west of the Toton Lane NET Station has been identifed for the relocation of the George Spencer Academy along with a site for a new primary school a leisure centre and health facility These new community infrastructure buildings will be developed in a green landscape setting with good pedestrian and cycle links to local neighbourhoods and public transport hubs The level of retail development (including

21

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

restaurants cafeacutes) will be controlled to a level which provides for the needs of local residents employees and passengers and avoid competition with existing local centres

The Universities of Derby Nottingham and Nottingham Trent are fully supportive of the HS2 Growth Strategy We have a long history of working together to re-balance economy and believe that this investment has the potential to be transformative

To maximise the value derived from this investment the universities are in a strong position to build on our established partnership for example by working together to shape the proposed lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo located at the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton

The active involvement of the universities at an early stage in defning the proposed lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo means that we can develop an integrated strategy for research teaching and business interaction aligned with HS2 investment

The lsquoworld-classrsquo connectivity aforded by the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton will support the difusion of these opportunities and position the East Midlands as a stronger resilient and more productive economy

bull Green Infrastructure From a place making perspective the HS2 Hub site will be designed to integrate with its surrounding natural environments In total around 16 hectares of open space are proposed within the development site

bull River Canal Corridor The Erewash river and canal corridor runs to the east of the site and provides an area of high amenity value To the north the opportunity exists to enhance the network of footpaths and cycleways leading up to the strategic Stanton Iron Works site and beyond To the south new pedestrian and cycle links will connect the site to the Attenborough Nature Reserve and the Trent Valley This will include opportunities to reinstate new routes beneath the HS2 classic rail line to the south of the station and also to reduce the risk of fooding associated with this section of the river More generally the opportunity to enhance the character of the river and canal corridor would provide further amenity and ecological benefts This may include enhancements to the Sandiacre Locks Conservation Area and measures to introduce more variety diverse habitats and interest to the river lsquochannelrsquo

bull Toton Horseshoe A landscaped corridor is proposed to wrap around the existing Toton residential area This will provide a bufer between planned new development and the local residential areas encompass existing areas of maturing woodland and create a new connection through to the redeveloped Chetwynd Barracks to the east

bull Green Boulevard A new green spine is planned to run through the heart of the new development This route will connect the eastern and western sections of the site via a new pedestrian link across the HS2 corridor and a new plaza at the station entrance The boulevard a wide green space integrating a small existing watercourse will run

through the heart of the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo connecting to the area of protected Green Belt land to the north east

bull Local Amenity Open Space In addition to the strategic green infrastructure highlighted above a network of local amenity spaces will be integrated across the new development These will include both formal and informal recreation areas and play space for the enjoyment of residents employees and visitors alike

Associated lsquoGarden Villagersquo Developments

Chetwynd Barracks The MoD site at Chetwynd will become available for development from 2020 and will be designed and developed as an integral part of the Hub Station Growth area The development will provide a predominantly residential area that will be linked directly to the lsquoCommunity Hubrsquo north of the existing Toton Lane Like the main Hub Station lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo and Community Hub Chetwynd will be subject to the policies of the emerging Broxtowe Local Plan and of Nottinghamshire County Council as the Local HighwayTransport Authority and Local Education Authority

Stanton The Hub Station Growth Zone also includes the former iron works at Stanton where additional employment opportunities will be realised alongside up to 2000 homes which will serve to complement the proposals for the Hub Station and Innovation Campus This site falls within Erewash Borough Council and Derbyshire County Councilrsquos administrative areas This site is subject of a separate Supplementary Planning Document published by Erewash Borough Council and the proposals outlined in the Growth Strategy are consistent with this

22

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Ratclife Power Station Site Within the wider area there may also be further growth opportunities to be explored as part of the HS2 Growth Strategy including Ratclife Power Station Whilst this is not anticipated to be decommissioned before 2025 its location adjacent to the existing East Midlands Parkway station and an existing railhead means that the site has potential to create a transport orientated mixed use development around the station and a possible location for rail related development This site falls within Rushclife Borough Council and Nottinghamshire County Councilrsquos administrative areas

Derby There are already proposals to develop up to 2000 new homes as part of the lsquoInfnity Garden Villagersquo development which spans the boundary between the city of Derby and South Derbyshire District Council In addition there is potential for major mixed use development on the former Courtaulds site at Spondon on the east side of Derby

Leicestershire There are emerging proposals for major housing development in North West Leicestershire linked to employment growth at East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange

23 Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone Our Growth Vision

The Growth Zone is focussed on the Borough of Chesterfeld within the county of Derbyshire and includes the areas around the existing railway station and the proposed Infrastructure Maintenance Depot (IMD) at Staveley east of the town centre also proposed as a construction base for HS2

Our ambitions for Chesterfeld and Staveley are set in the context of a wide growth story for the wider northern Derbyshire area that builds on existing strengths in tourism construction and engineering higher and further education and professional services Key complementary investments include the lsquoPeak Resortrsquo development that

will combine a unique combination of tourism and HEFE education and training

HS2 will bring Chesterfeld within 108 minutes from London and serve a catchment area of over 1 million people Plans for Chesterfeld will transform the relationship between

Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

23

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

the rail station the town centre and major regeneration opportunities and enable the station to become an attractive gateway to the town itself the surrounding Peak District National Park and other key heritage assets - particularly for international visitors Proposals include a scalable housing and commercial investment proposition that will be accelerated to welcome HS2 through investment in enabling infrastructure

The proposed IMD is set within a wider masterplan for the Staveley corridor that will deliver signifcant levels of housing and job growth and provide a focus for the local rail engineering sector including the development of a rail industry lsquocentre of excellencersquo linked to the High Speed Rail College In the shorter term there is an ambition for the Staveley site to be used for a base for the construction of the majority of Phase 2b of HS2

Construction of early phases of the Chesterfeld amp Staveley Regeneration Route will enable key brownfeld regeneration sites to be developed and wider benefts to the A61 Corridor and the extended Markham Vale Enterprise Zone

Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

Underpinning the vision will be a strong focus on inclusive growth linked to our wider skills and supply chain strategy making sure that local communities and local businesses can beneft from the investment that HS2 will bring

Chesterfeld amp Staveley Development Framework

We will enable this growth in the number and quality of jobs by re-shaping and transforming our places through infrastructure-led development Those places will be allowed to fourish and cater for our changing communities as well as providing for new communities and retaining those such as graduates who will have much wider lifestyle choices as a result

Chesterfeld Station

Chesterfeld Station will have an enhanced role as both a destination and a gateway to surrounding localities Over 1 million people already live within 30 minutes of the station HS2 will bring Birmingham and Leeds within 50 minutes We will bring forward development and infrastructure in tandem to provide a high quality experience for those using the

Platform 4

Chesterfeld Station

Chesterfeld Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo

24

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

station lsquoPlatform 4rsquo will provide a modern and attractive route across the A61 with well-designed public realm that will bring the station into the town centre as well as allowing far greater accessibility to public transport Unused and under-used land around the station will be developed and linked to the adjacent Waterside development to provide a mixed-use lsquourban villagersquo ft for future generations to live work and play

Remodelled links between Chesterfeld Station and the town

The infrastructure provided to improve access to the station for HS2 services will also allow us to accelerate our ambition for the wider town centre By taking trafc out of the historic core of the town we can enhance the visitor experience and bring forward new opportunities for residential development with a wide and fexible mix of tenures This will ensure far greater vibrancy within the town which will expand to include the station area and support the wider ambitions for growth in our key sectors

Staveley

The proposed Infrastructure Maintenance Depot (IMD) at Staveley provides a signifcant opportunity to bring forward a much wider strategic development on this 150 hectare brownfeld site Through investing in infrastructure in particular local road access we can open up not just the depot site but a whole new sustainable community of around 1500 homes and many hundreds of new jobs

By phasing the development we will also be able to ofer a well located construction base for HS2 bringing investment and jobs to the area well in advance of the maintenance depot Over the longer term we believe there is the potential to develop the area around the Infrastructure

The wider Chesterfeld Station Area Masterplan wide

Residential building

OfficeCommercial building

Officeresidential building

Hotel building

Station building

MSCP building

Green Space

Public realm

Potential development areas subject to consultation with existing land owners

Retained Listed station building

Ground foor community facility land use

Potential pedestriancycle link to the east

Maintenance Depot as a rail industry lsquocentre of excellencersquo linked to the High Speed Rail College and the NewRail centre at Barrow Hill Roundhouse

Strategic outline masterplan for the Staveley Corridor

Characterising development at all these sites will be an approach to place-making for the future This is led by consideration of how our communities of the future will want to live and work rather than being based on historic development models

We will use the investment in infrastructure to develop places and homes that anticipate our changing population putting in place fexible models in order to meet future demand This will include providing a far better choice for older people with homes that meet current and future care needs We will make the most of the expanding higher education ofer to enable quality student accommodation and develop places in which our graduates want to stay live earn and spend

25

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Strategic outline masterplan for the Staveley corridor 24 Next Steps Our proposals for the Hub Station and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zones are long term and ambitious Whilst the proposed development will lead to an uplift in land values and economic and social benefts it will also require investment in local and strategic infrastructure and land remediation and assembly

We have undertaken technical work to understand likely infrastructure and land costs and development trajectories that could be delivered to inform an initial outline business case assessment consistent with the Treasuryrsquos lsquoGreen Bookrsquo This work will continue to develop as our plans mature

Further detail on delivery is contained in Section 4

Key

SWA1 Redline Boundary

Existing Features

Culvert

River

Canal

Crossing Point

Road

Railway Line

Right of Way

Building

Listed Building

Non Designated Heritage Asset

Existing Trees

Proposed Features

Marina

CS Regeneration Route

Road

FootCycle Path

Pedestrian Zone

Avenue Planting

Public Open Space

Key Building

Railway Line

Canal

Proposed Usage

Residential

Mixed use - Community Retail Residential

Mixed Use - Employment Local Skills and crafts

Workshops Studios Residential

Mixed Use - Community Canal related

Residential

Safeguarded School Site

Leisure - Hotel Pub Restaurant

B1 - Office and Light Industry

B2 - General Industry

B8 - Warehousing and Distribution

HS2 Maintenance Depot

26

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Section 3 | Connectivity Summary

The Hub Station at Toton will already be the most connected on the high speed network outside of London and will serve a catchment of over 2 million people Whilst the development adjacent to the Hub Station will be crucial our early work confrmed that much of the wider economic potential of HS2 will be dependent on the extent to which we can connect economic opportunities across the East Midlands into the high speed network In particular the city centres of Derby Leicester and Nottingham East Midlands Airport and sites that exist in the towns and villages surrounding both the Hub Station and Chesterfeld

Our analysis has demonstrated which modes of transport will serve diferent markets most efectively ndash national regional sub-regional and local Based on this we have set out a comprehensive step by step approach to connectivity which will maximise transport choice for future generations as well as tackling congestion issues that exist today

Key to this will be safeguarding the ability to extend public transport accessibility in the scope of the Governmentrsquos Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and planning now for a phased approach to delivery of highway improvements starting in RIS2

Whilst we are confdent that the measures we have identifed can deliver positive outcomes more detailed design work will be required to secure the capital funding necessary for delivery Further work on the design and phasing of key interventions will therefore be undertaken with transport modelling developed in partnership with Midlands Connect the outcome of which will also help to scope the necessary provisions of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

27

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

SCOTLAND

YORK amp NEWCASTLE

LEEDS

EAST MIDLANDS

HUB

SOUTH YORKSHIRE

SHEFFIELD HS2

CHESTERFIELD

CREWE HS2 HUB

BIRMINGHAM

STOKE DERBY

LEICESTER

LOUGHBOROUGH

LONDON EUROPE

BEESTON

NOTTINGHAM LINCOLN

MANSFIELD

WORKSOP

31 National Context HS2 will help to transform the position of our towns and cities within the UK and Midlands making our local economies more competitive

HS2 CURRENT

68 104 NOTTINGHAM TO LONDON

HHS2S2 CU

142 LEICESTER TO NEWCASTLE

HHS2S2 CURRENT

50 77 DERBY TO LEEDS

HHS2S2 CURRENT

73 145 LEICESTER TO LEEDS

HHS2S2 CURRENT

36 73 NOTTINGHAM TO BIRMINGHAM

HS2 CURRENT

71 143 CHESTERFIELD TO LONDON

RRENT

205

28

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Midlands Connect

The Midlands Connect Strategy described how the HS2 stations at Birmingham Curzon Street UK Central and East Midlands will form the lsquohubrsquo of the UKrsquos high speed rail network Together with classic compatible connectivity at Chesterfeld Crewe and Stoke stations this will unlock economic growth across the Midlands - provided we get the local connectivity right

Through Midlands Connect we are taking forward a body of technical work to defne and develop the local strategic connections that will maximise economic growth opportunities Through the wider Midlands Engine initiative we are promoting the transformational benefts of HS2 to national and international investors

For more information about Midlands Connect and the Midlands Engine please visit httpswwwmidlandsconnectuk

HS2 East

Our work through the HS2 East partnership has demonstrated that the Eastern Leg of HS2 between Birmingham to Leeds via the East Midlands Hub Station has the best business case of any part of the proposed network - with a beneft to cost ratio of over 5 to 1

However the economic impact of the Eastern Leg extends further than Leeds The proposed lsquoclassic compatiblersquo link to the East Coast Main Line will enable high speed rail services to serve the North East of England and Scotland ndash linking

six of the UKrsquos top ten cities and 20 of national GVA This will result in lsquoagglomerationrsquo impacts of over pound700 million GVA and some major journey time savings

bull Leeds to Glasgow reduction of 90 minutes

bull Sheffield to Edinburgh reduction of 90 minutes

bull Newcastle to Birmingham reduction of 85 minutes

Together the Eastern Leg of HS2 and an enhanced East Coast Main Line provide the obvious route for reducing journey times from Scotland to London towards the three hour mark ndash the point at which rail becomes competitive with air travel

For further information about HS2 East please visit httpwwwhs2eastcouk

32 Our strategic approach Connecting key centres of population and development opportunities across the East Midlands to the high speed network will be key to realising the wider economic potential that HS2 connectivity brings

Our analysis has demonstrated which modes of transport will serve diferent markets most efectively Only by developing a comprehensive lsquomulti-modalrsquo approach to connectivity can we deliver the transport choice required by future generations and start to tackle some of the congestion issues that exist today

We also acknowledge that not everything can or indeed should happen at once We have therefore set out a phased approach to improving connectivity at least some of which can be delivered before HS2 becomes fully operational

Heavy Rail Pimary Market

Mass Transit Strategy Regional

Bus Connectivity Sub-Regional amp Local

Taxi Connectivity Sub-Regional amp Local

Walking and Cycling Local and Very Local

Park and Ride Sub-Regional amp Local

Highway Sub-Regional amp Local

Our strategic approach to connectivity

33 Rail Rail will be the most efective mode for accessing the Hub Station from surrounding city and town centres It will also link the East Midlands with the major city-regions across the rest of the UK ndash not least by the HS2 network itself

HS2 Services

The latest service specifcation published by HS2 Ltd indicates that the East Midlands Hub Station will be the best connected on the high speed network outside of London with seven HS2 services per hour in both directions

Impressive though this level of connectivity is we believe there is scope for further improvements

29

Through our work on the HS2 East Partnership we believe there is a strong economic case for the Eastern Leg of HS2 and the East Coast Main Line forming the primary route for serving Scotland not least because it would link the fnancial centres of Leeds and Edinburgh and the conurbations of the North East ndash also a key objective of Transport for the North

The scale of growth proposed in Chesterfeld as described in Section Two makes a compelling case for both Shefeld trains stopping at Chesterfeld Station rather than just one per hour

Classic Compatible Services

It is clear that although the Eastern Leg of HS2 will be designed to accommodate up to 18 trains per hour (in line with the rest of the network) the current service pattern only currently envisages nine There is therefore scope to run additional services on at least part of the Eastern Leg Working with both Midlands Connect and Transport for the North we believe there is a business case for two additional lsquoclassic compatiblersquo trains per hour linking Leicester and LeedsManchester which would transform rail connectivity between the East Midlands and the Northern Powerhouse

For this to be deliverable there would need to be a lsquoclassic compatiblersquo connection between HS2 and an electrifed Midland Main Line at or around the Hub Station HS2 Ltd have developed an indicative design for how this could be delivered Although further work will be required we believe we have sufcient economic evidence now for the Secretary of State to make at least lsquopassive provisionrsquo for such a link in the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

Newcastle

Durham

Dalington

York

Leeds

Shefeld Midland

Chesterfeld

Toton

Church Street

Birmingam Interchange

Old Oak Common Euston

bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

Trains from London 6tph

Trains from Birmrsquoham 3tph

Proposed HS2 Service Pattern for the Eastern Leg

NEWCASTLE

YORK

LEEDS

LONDON BIRMINGHAM

29 36

106

19

EAST MIDLANDS

HUB

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Classic Services

In addition to the two lsquoclassic compatiblersquo services working through Midlands Connect we have identifed an additional 11 lsquoclassic servicesrsquo that could serve the Hub Station These would be a mixture of lsquoshuttle servicesrsquo fast and semi-fast services and stopping services In total this would mean the Hub Station would be served by 20 trains per hour in both directions ndash an outstanding level of connectivity

HS2 Hub Station Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS)

The service specifcation for the Hub Station is consistent with the wider Midlands Connect ITSS which supports the Midlands Connect Strategy published in March 2017

The Maid Marian Line

In addition we believe there is the potential to develop a new service linking the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton with Mansfeld Ashfeld via the adaption on an existing freight line known as the Maid Marian Line This direct link would facilitate greater connectivity for residents and businesses to HS2 services supporting economic regeneration in the towns and contributing to the wider Nottinghamshire growth story We are working with Network Rail to understand any implications for the wider Midlands Connect ITSS

Capacity at Trent Junctions

A key constraint to the delivery of the Midlands Connect ITSS is the capacity of Trent Junctions south of Nottingham We understand that HS2 Ltd will need to make some improvements to Trent Junctions to accommodate the HS2 Core proposition - although these on their own will

30

51

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

HS2 Services

London - Leeds Birmingham - Leeds

London - Leeds Birmingham - Newcastle

London - Chesterfeld - Shefeld - Leeds

Birmingham - Leeds London - Shefeld - York

34 Mass Transit Extensions Classic Compatible Services

Shuttle Services

Nottingham - EM Hub Derby - EM Hub

Fast and Semi-fast Services

Leicester - Crewe Crewe - EM Hub

London - Manchester Crewe - EM Hub

Stopping Services

Leicester - Leeds Leicester - Manchester The success of the Nottingham Express Transit (NET) has demonstrated the potential of mass transit to reduce

Leicester - Lincoln Nottingham - Leeds

Leicester - Nottingham Leicester - Derby

Norwich - Liverpool Newark Castle - Matlock

HS2 Hub Station Indicative Train Service Specifcation

not be sufcient to accommodate the Midlands Connect ITSS There is a clear operational case for avoiding multiple engineering works on this congested section of railway infrastructure ndash with a single enhancement scheme being the clearly favoured option Based on our initial work with Network Rail we believe there is a sufcient economic case now for the Secretary of State to make at least lsquopassive provisionrsquo for an enhanced scheme in the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

congestion increase transport choice and connect people to jobs and services It will therefore be a key element of the connectivity strategy for maximising the economic benefts of the HS2 Hub Station Given the technical challenges and the scale of investment required we recognise the importance of taking a phased approach to delivery

Extending NET to the Hub Station

The frst phase would be to extend the tram from the park and ride site at Toton Lane to the Hub Station ndash a distance of around one mile This will connect the Hub Station to key locations such as the Queens Medical Centre the University campus and the Enterprise Zone and complement the heavy rail service to Nottingham City Centre This link will need to be in place when the Hub Station becomes operational to serve the Nottingham Enterprise Zone sites and to establish the principle tram access in the publicrsquos mind

Extending Connectivity over the Hub Station

Our work has highlighted a number of options for extending connectivity to the west of the Hub Station towards Derby and East Midlands Airport which would have signifcant economic benefts These could be delivered by bus rapid transit (BRT) tram-train as well as by NET extensions Further work will be required to determine the optimum routes and modes These options would require a link over the Hub Station (similar to the arrangement at Nottingham Station) which would be costly to retro-ft We have therefore included a public transport overbridge into our proposals for the Hub Station At this stage it is unlikely that this on its own will require provision for further land take in the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill however it may impact on the required Environmental Impact Statement

Options to Derby

There are two main options for connecting Derby The frst would follow the route of the A52 This would be fast ndash but not as fast as the classic rail service from Derby Station It would be direct but serve a limited population catchment The relatively high cost of developing this as a tram route would appear to make it unviable - although it could have potential as a route for a lower cost form of BRT

The second option would run to the south of the A52 and link the Hub Station with Long Eaton and then on to Breaston Borrowash Spondon Pride Park and Derby Station It would be slower but serve a much larger population catchment It would be cheaper to develop as a tram route but could impact on the proposed canal

31

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Red Arrow Skylink

Zoom 15

i4 18

Indigo 510

Y5 Toton Sidings

NET

Options for bus services serving the Hub Station

35

Revised existing route

New Fast Track to EMA via M1

Arnold via QMC City Hospital

Mansfeld via M1 Kirkby Sutton

Alfreton via M1 Heanor Ripley

restoration project It could be developed in phases the frst comprising a NET extension to a park and ride site west of the M1

Options to East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Rail Freight Interchange

There are a number of potential routes to the airport Following the rail corridor south from the Hub Station before heading west is likely to be the quickest and would limit environmental impacts on Long Eaton town centre It also has potential for a tram-train solution should this become a viable technology in the UK The scale of employment growth proposed at East Midlands Gateway the potential for a lsquoFree Trade Zonersquo around the airport as well as the projected growth in air passenger numbers means such a link could have signifcant economic benefts

Bus amp Taxi Bus travel will continue to be the backbone of the local public transport for many people There is already a comprehensive network of bus routes and services across the sub-region which could be developed to serve the Hub Station from a wide range of locations

The key challenge for operators from a commercial perspective will be to ensure that the Hub Station does not become a lsquoterminusrsquo destination Buses (and taxis) must therefore be able to pass through the Hub Station to also serve surrounding communities across the wider sub-region Our proposed confguration of local road links between the Hub Station and Long Eaton Stapleford

32

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Sandiacre and Toton as well as access from the A52 would enable a commercially viable network of bus services to be established

For Chesterfeld a new road link into the south of the station complex for buses and taxis will provide a through route that will integrate the existing station into local public transport networks more efectively

36 Cycling amp Walking Every rail passenger is a pedestrian at the point of boarding a train Making the Hub Station and the immediate surrounding environment pedestrian friendly will make travel by train more attractive and help to drive patronage

It is also important that local people in surrounding communities have safe and attractive routes for walking and cycling ndash not just to the Hub Station but also to and within the proposed Innovation Campus Cycling and walking are likely to become more attractive options to future generations as public attitudes to travel continue to change This trend has been refected in the core design principles we have established that will underpin future development on the Hub Station site

For Chesterfeld we have set out proposals known as lsquoPlatform 4rsquo for enhancing pedestrian and public transport accessibility between the Station and the town centre over the A61 dual carriageway

37 Park amp Ride A well-coordinated and managed park amp ride strategy can help to reduce the impacts of congestion and provide viable transport choices for local communities

There are opportunities to develop park and ride facilities serving the Hub Station in tandem with a phased roll out of an extended mass transit system The existing park amp

Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site

ride site at Toton Lane (1300 spaces) linked to the tram will be retained albeit in modifed form In addition to a multi-storey car park at the Hub Station itself (1300 spaces proposed) there is an opportunity to develop an additional parking facility of a similar size west of M1 Junction 25 linked to a frst phase extension of the tram over the Hub Station

33

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

This would give a third car park option and the ability to manage travel demand to the Hub Station site in a more fexible manner - as well as an ability to reduce pressure on M1 Junction 25

On the Derby side of the A52 there are options for park and ride sites on the east side of Derby as part of a mass transit system linking Pride Park and Derby Station to the City Centre which could ultimately connect to the Hub Station

38 Strategic amp Local Road Access Despite the focus on public transport cycling and walking access by private car will still be important and a 1300 space multi-storey car park is proposed at the Hub Station However this will require a highway solution that must also address a number of existing challenges

Access from the A52 and M1

Access from the strategic road network into the Hub Station Site will be critical Our technical work has suggested that a single access from the A52 into the site for all movements is unlikely to be deliverable Whilst an engineering solution could be developed it would be very expensive environmentally damaging and take up valuable land that could be better used for economic development purposes

As a result a phased approach is proposed comprising the following key moves

1 A new lsquoat gradersquo junction on the A52 east of the Bardills Roundabout linked to a new Toton Lane which would provide access from Nottingham to the east of the Hub Station site and support the early phases of development of the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

2 A new lsquoof setrsquo junction on the A52 to the west of the use of the construction access required by HS2 Ltd M1 which would remove local movements from M1 to build the Hub Station Junction 25 and provide a more direct route under

Our technical work suggests there is scope to deliver key the motorway into Long Eaton

moves 1) and 2) in advance of the Hub Station opening 3 A new lsquograde separatedrsquo junction on the A52 to the The scale of existing problems and likely future trafc

north of the Hub Station to provide access from growth on the A52 corridor suggests that there is already a Derby and the M1 ndash which has the potential to make strong case for Highways England working with Midlands

Provide local road access to StaplefordSandiacre

Relieve congestion at Bardills and Toton Lane

Provide access from A52

Separate local amp strategic movements at J25

Provide for E-W movements

Provide for local road access for Long Eaton

Strategic amp Local Road Access Challenges

34

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Access from A52 and M1

Connect and local partners to make a proposal for major scheme funding in RIS 2 ndash which would also contribute to a comprehensive connectivity strategy for the Hub Station

A direct link to the Hub Station from the north through 3) will be linked to the construction of the station itself by HS2 Ltd and may be able to make use of any temporary construction access required by HS2 Ltd

Stanton Sandiacre

Derby

Stapleford

Long Eaton

Primary HS2

access

New eastern access

Re-modelled Bardills junction

New eastern access link

Toton Lane

Local access link

Local local link

New ofset A52 Junction

New local link

Remodelled M1 Junction 25

link

1a

1b

3 2

M1

A52

HS2

Local access Nottingham

junction

39

Finally there is the potential to establish a Park amp Ride site west of the M1 linked to a tram extension and the proposed lsquoof-setrsquo junction on the A52 This would provide a further car parking option for the Hub Station and help to manage movements through M1 Junction 25

Local Road Access

As described above local road access to the Hub Station from Long Eaton Stapleford Sandiacre and Toton will be important to secure commercially viable bus and coach services and taxis ndash as well as safe cycle routes We have developed a proposal for local access that can be integrated into the design of the Hub Station and which will complement the proposed strategic links Key to this will be the development of a local road link running under the HS2 and classic rail tracks to the south of the Hub Station

Next Steps We are clear that whilst all the individual elements of our connectivity strategy will have positive outcomes the real benefts will only be achieved by taking an integrated approach to scheme development and delivery

We will therefore develop our proposals further through a project joint funded by Midlands Connect East Midlands partners HS2 Ltd and Highways England known as the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan Phase 1 will use transport modelling to optimise the package of interventions and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment Phase 2 will examine connectivity issues over a wider strategic area including the long term future of the M1

Further detail on delivery is contained in Section 4

35

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Local Road Access Diagram

1

2

3

4

5

6

New A52 access Pedestrian NET link Bus Interchange amp Station Car Park

Remodelled Bardills roundabout

7

8

9

10

11

Local link to Long Eaton

New Bardills roundabout Local link to Sandiacre

New Toton Lane NET extension amp option to extend to EMA Derby

HS2 underpass Station Concourse

HS2 overpass

36

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Section 4 | Delivery Summary

We have undertaken a number of technical studies to understand the costs and benefts of various scales and rates of development to inform the development of an initial outlines business case for our proposals consistent with Treasury requirements which is set out in a separate document This work will evolve and become more granular as our growth proposition matures

There is potential for signifcant employment and housing development across the East Midlands Hub and Derbyshire Growth Zones This will make a signifcant contribution to the Governmentrsquos rebalancing agenda and provide an impetus for growth across the wider East Midlands where there is potential to deliver an additional 74000 jobs and pound4 billion of GVA above trend

We have set out the key moves necessary to deliver our proposals for people place and connectivity and highlighted the immediate measures necessary to safeguard future opportunities Detailed proposals are set out in Appendix 1

We are keen to work with Government to develop propositions for powerful locally led development bodies that can deliver our ambitions for the Hub Station and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zones and contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2

37

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

41 Developing an Investible Proposition Realising our vision for growth will require a combination of strong leadership and clear decision making To inform this we have undertaken a comprehensive programme of technical work to inform our thinking and provide the evidence base for this Growth Strategy including

bull Comprehensive non-statutory development frameworks covering the East Midlands Hub and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

bull A number of concept studies to assess the options for key infrastructure moves including relocation of the existing rail depots at Toton strategic highway access and mass transit extensions

bull A Development Infrastructure Funding (DIF) Study to understand the costs and benefts of diferent scales and rates of development and a funding and delivery mechanisms study to identify options for forward funding of key infrastructure and delivery vehicles

This information has been used to construct an initial outline lsquobusiness casersquo document for our proposals consistent with the Treasuryrsquos lsquoGreen Bookrsquo guidance and will provide the basis for an ongoing dialogue with Government and HS2 Ltd This work will evolve and become more granular over time as our growth proposition matures

Some of the major infrastructure investments will be subject to a separate business case through other established Government programmes such as the Roads Investment Strategy (RIS) This still requires a high-level

case to be made through the Growth Strategy as well as efective co-ordination of planning funding and delivery with other Growth Strategy interventions

42 Key Moves The work we have undertaken to date has identifed a series of key moves that will be required to implement the Growth Strategy including a number of immediate actions which will be necessary to safeguard future opportunities Further detail on these and the necessary enabling measures by Government and its delivery bodies is set out in Appendix 1

People

Our immediate priorities can be delivered largely within existing resources with strong local leadership from the LEPs and the East Midlands Chamber of Commerce and comprise

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to business support that will help local SMEs beneft from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities

bull Establishing a lsquorail industry innovation grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2 awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2

Over the longer term we would expect mainstream Government funding for skills and business support activity to be refocussed around our priorities and complement the strategic approach to skills envisaged by the Midlands Engine

Place

For the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone there are a number of planning land assembly remediation and infrastructure issues that will need to be addressed to enable our vision to be delivered in full In the immediate short term it will be vital to ensure that existing planning consent for the Lime Rise development close to the Hub Station can contribute positively to the delivery of our growth vision

In addition there is a need for further work with the relevant organisations on options for relocating the rail siding and depot activity and the electricity sub-station to locations outside of the Hub Station site and on the expansion and relocation of existing school provision to a better location within the site

Elsewhere we are keen to take forward further work with the Ministry of Defence and the Homes and Communities Agency to ensure that the re-development of the Chetwynd Barracks can actively contribute to a lsquonetwork of garden villagesrsquo

In the Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone the key priority in Chesterfeld will be the delivery of proposals to transform pedestrian and public transport connectivity between the rail station and the town For Staveley the early priorities will be to confrm the depot site as a construction base for HS2 and to secure the frst phases of the Chesterfeld and Staveley Regeneration Route including the provision of improved public transport and pedestrian links necessary to deliver the wider Staveley masterplan

38

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Connectivity

Our immediate priority is to safeguard the potential to secure a classic compatible link at the Hub Station and for enhanced capacity at Trent Junctions capable of delivering the Midlands Connect ITSS These will require the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill which is due to be considered by Ministers in the autumn of 2017 to include provision for the necessary land take

The public transport overbridge and local road connections proposed for the Hub Station will impact on the Hybrid Bill and the associated Environmental Impact Statement and will need to be incorporated into the emerging Hub Station design commissioned by HS2 Ltd

We will need to confrm support from Highways England and HS2 Ltd to take forward the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan with Midlands Connect This work will optimise the package of interventions proposed to serve the Hub Station and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment However we believe we have a sufcient case now for Highways England to identify funding in RIS2 to develop a major scheme on the A52M1 J25 that address existing congestion issues and contributes to the wider solution for accessing the Hub Station

43 Proposals for Delivery Bodies The geographic and political context for the area around the Hub Station is complex spanning a number of local planning authorities local transport authorities and local enterprise partnerships Our work to date has highlighted a range of potential delivery and funding mechanisms that would help to enable development in particular options for Tax Increment Financing (TIf ) But these will require a strategic approach to investment over a number of administrative areas to be efective

There is a local appetite to establish a powerful delivery body that could work at a scale to drive forward our growth vision There are a range of options including the potential for the kind of lsquolocally-led development corporationrsquo envisaged by the Neighbourhood Planning Act 2017

We would like to work with Government over the coming months to develop a proposition for a delivery body for the Hub Station Growth Zone that could begin to operate in lsquoshadow formrsquo with initial seed-corn funding from 2018 onwards

For Chesterfeld and Staveley the geography is less complex with the key moves all within the administrative area of Chesterfeld Borough Council Here a local development company solution may be more appropriate which can also contribute to the delivery of the wider Derbyshire growth story

It will be important to ensure that development in both Growth Zones continues to contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2 under the auspices of the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Mitigation

Whilst HS2 has the potential to bring great benefts to the 44 East Midlands the scale of the new infrastructure involved will also result in some negative impacts ndash particularly in the short term Although the line of route has been designed to minimise impact on environmental assets challenges remain in a number of locations in Derbyshire Leicestershire and Nottinghamshire

Similarly where the line passes through urban areas for example Long Eaton some existing businesses will have to re-locate to alternative premises Whilst the Government has put in place a compensation scheme to assist those directly afected councils are keen to ensure the jobs and investment are retained in the local area wherever possible

The East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board has established a lsquomitigation sub-grouprsquo to work with DfT and HS2 Ltd to help develop detailed designs for key structures that will minimise and mitigate the environmental impacts of the line and look to ensure that existing businesses can continue to thrive As work starts on the development of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill it will be important to ensure that councils are able to inform the detail of the Governmentrsquos proposals on both an individual and collective basis

39

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

45 Phasing of Delivery This Growth Strategy demonstrated the scale complexity and interdependencies between programmes involving a range of partner agencies Many of these programmes involve major schemes that take many years to develop and deliver Although HS2 Phase 2b is not due to become fully operational until 2033 the lead in times are such that key decisions on what might be included within the Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environment Statement will actually be taken during the coming months With appropriate funding and collaboration a number of key moves can be implemented in the short term

Although the development may reach maturity in 2043 by the time HS2 opens there will in fact already be a new place (the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo) emerging around the station to welcome the frst passengers For this to be achieved the delivery partners will need to build momentum over the next 12 months and it is recognised this will require dedicated resource and governance

The evidence base underpinning the growth strategy provides a clear indication of the growth potential and promotes a range of key infrastructure concepts and moves However in order to take these forward and in particular promote some of them for possible inclusion in the Hybrid Bill the partners are clear that more detailed studies and analysis will be required and these will need to be developed in tandem with the work being undertaken for the railway

This highlights the need to establish a dedicated team and for further resources to commission and manage the work programme for the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Phases of Delivery

2017-2022 Hybrid bill development business case development (RS2CP6) land strategy and delivery body early phases of development

2022-2027 Early infrastructure development and key moves (eg depot relocation) next phases of development

2027-2033 HS2 Construction amp completiontesting

2033 HS2 becomes fully operational - local economic development builds momentum

2033-43 Development to maturity

46 First Phase Priorities The focus up to 2022 will be on ensuring the provisions of the Phase 2 Hybrid Bill enable our vision for the Hub Station and priorities for local and strategic connectivity to be implemented Delivery of improvements to the A52 at Bardills and Toton Lane will enable the early phases of the Toton Innovation Campus to commence helping to build investor confdence Completion for the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity plan will progress the wider mix of strategic and local interventions to detailed design stage To be successful all this activity will need to be underpinned by the establishment of a properly resourced and empowered local delivery bodyThe early completion of frst stages of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Station Link Road will help to kick start development in the North Derbyshire Growth Zone

40

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

1 High level Ministerial endorsement of the East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy including through

bull Funding the establishment of a lsquoshadow delivery bodyrsquo to start implementing the Growth Strategy locally and to establish a viable mechanism for capturing a proportion of development value necessary for infrastructure delivery and

bull Promotion by Government and its delivery bodies of key development opportunities set out in the Growth Strategy to national and international investors consistent with the Midlands Engine Vision for Growth

2 Support from DCLG for our vision for the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone by

bull Empowering the HCA to establish a strategic land strategy that will facilitate enabling infrastructure and subsequently to bring forward early phases of development and

bull Using other funding including the current Housing Infrastructure Fund (HIF) to help bring forward early phase infrastructure

3 Support from DfT and its delivery bodies for the implementation of early connectivity priorities related to the Hub Station through

bull Ensuring Highways England and HS2 Ltd contribute gap funding towards the East Midlands Gateway Connectivity Plan Phase 1 Study

bull Funding the delivery phases 1ab of the A52 Access Strategy to enable the initial phases of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo to commence before 2022 and

bull Identifying funding in the next Road Investment Strategy (RIS2) to develop a major scheme to address capacity at M1 Junction 25 and access the Hub Station from the A52 (phases 2 amp3 of the A52 Access Strategy) ndash also making the necessary provisions within the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill amp Environmental Statement

4 DfTHS2 Ltd to ensure that the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make provision at and around the Hub Station for

bull Capacity improvements to classic rail connectivity to the south and north of Toton HS2 station including Trent Junctions optimising the integration of classic and High Speed Rail services and including a lsquoclassic compatible linkrsquo to transform connectivity between Leicester and the north of England

bull An integrated station design including moving the station concourse north to better connect with tram and Public Transport Interchange with an integrated deck connecting eastwest over the HS2 track to

better integrate the Toton station into the heart of the new place ndash the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo This would include provision of a second transfer deck to the south of the main concourse to provide improve capacity and interchange between services

bull Fully integrated public transport interchange and walking routes connecting surrounding communities to promote sustainable travel reduce the need for car parking and thereby make best use of land and local assets including the tram as a means of linking Park amp Ride facilities with the station

bull North South connectivity through the site to connect Long Eaton and Stapleford and to enable local communities to access the station by all modes

bull A clear car parking strategy with a decked car park at the station (premium) complemented by NET based Park and Ride

bull Provision for three bridges as follows

- Integrated with concourse deck to create east west route for tram and sustainable transport links between east and west development areas and to Long Eaton airport and Derby

- Multi-modal bridge south of the A52 to enable resilience in the local network connections to the western development area and

41

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

- Pedestrian bridge at mid-point between the above to connect new communities

bull Provision for an underpass under the Network Rail and HS2 lines to the south of the concourse to enable links between Stapleford Long Eaton and the station by various modes and in particular public transport but as a secondary primary access connecting east and west development areas within the Innovation Campus

5 Separately to ensure the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make specifc provision to deliver the NET tram extension from the existing Toton Park amp Ride to the HS2 Station consistent with the provisions set our above

6 DfTHS2 Ltd to designate Staveley as a major construction hubrailhead for the construction of Phase 2b in addition to the establishment of the Infrastructure Maintenance Depot

7 Government to make a contribution towards the delivery of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Chesterfeld Station Link Road to unlock early development and growth in the corridor

8 Further fnancial and technical support from Network Rail HS2 Ltd and HS2 Growth Partnership to work collaboratively on the relocation of the DBS Depot and Network Rail Sidings to enable development growth and transport connections through the Hub Station area

9 DfTHS2 Ltd to amend the HS2 Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS) to ensure that both Shefeld HS2 classic compatible services stop at Chesterfeld

10 Commitment from DfTHS2 Ltd to at least partially open the Hub Station at Toton by 2030 rather than 2033 to generate additional passenger revenue and accelerate the delivery of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

42

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy World Class - Locally Driven

For more information please contact East Midlands Councils Tel 01664 502620 Email infoemcouncilsgovuk

  • Structure Bookmarks
    • Born 1946-1964
    • Born 1964-1980
    • Born 1980-2000
    • Born 2000+
    • The Hub Station and surrounding area
    • Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone
    • Chesterfield Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo
    • Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site
Page 5: East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy - Broxtowe€¦ · 3.7 Park & Ride 3.8 4.3 East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Contents Contents Foreword 3 3.6 Cycling & Walking 33 Executive Summary

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Foreword

Foreword

In September 2016 we published our Emerging Growth Strategy which described our initial ideas for using HS2 connectivity to drive our long term economic growth rate to above the UK average equivalent to an additional 74000 jobs and pound4 billion of GVA by 2043

This document takes our work several steps further and sets out clear and deliverable plans for how we can work with Government and local communities to deliver this economic prize ndash consistent with the Midlands Engine Vision for Growth and the Governmentrsquos emerging Industrial Strategy

For local people and businesses across the East Midlands HS2 will mean

bull More job and training opportunities - and

the chance to earn higher wages

bull More trade and investment

bull More housing opportunities

bull More trains less over-crowding and much

quicker journey times to key destinations and

bull Better local transport connections for both work and leisure

Our Growth Strategy has been developed within a wider spatial context that will use HS2 to enhance towns and cities across the East Midlands and maximise the potential of key assets like East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange

The HS2 Hub Station at Toton in Nottinghamshire will be the most connected station on the high speed network outside of London To capitalise on this super-connectivity we have exciting proposals for a high quality lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo

linked to our university sector capable of delivering up to 10000 high quality jobs new community facilities and a range of new housing opportunities It will be an inspiring 21st Century Gateway to the East Midlands and a destination in its own right The lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo will sit at the heart of a thriving network of lsquogarden villagersquo developments that will include the nearby Stanton and Chetwynd Barracks sites

We have developed a pragmatic step by step approach to integrating the Hub Station into national regional and local transport networks This will relieve existing congestion and spread the benefts of HS2 to surrounding cities towns and villages as well as a link to East Midlands Airport and key strategic development sites

4

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Foreword

Foreword

The Infrastructure Maintenance Depot at Staveley and the ability to serve Chesterfeld with high speed trains will have a transformational impact on the Derbyshire economy We have set out a comprehensive approach to integrating Chesterfeld station and associated development areas into the town enhancing its role as a gateway to the Peak District National Park and accelerating the regeneration of the Staveley corridor and key surrounding sites

Informing all our work is a clear recognition of the needs of people ndash current and future generations Key to this in the early stages will be implementing our comprehensive skills and supply chain strategy making sure that our young people and businesses can beneft from the economic opportunities that lie ahead

We have set out a clear and well evidenced approach to delivery We recognise that not everything can happen at once and that some hard choices will have to be made We have commissioned independent assessments of the costs of key interventions and the value of the resulting development that has informed a business case for investment which is set out in a separate document We are keen to establish powerful locally led development vehicles that can realise the potential we have identifed

In conclusion we have set out a bold yet pragmatic vision for using HS2 to boost economic growth across the East Midlands We now need a commitment from Government to work in partnership with us to make our vision a reality

5

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Executive Summary

Executive Summary

Our Growth Strategy is structured around the three themes of People Place and Connectivity with a clear focus on Delivery

People

People are at the heart of our Growth Strategy For local people across the East Midlands HS2 will mean more jobs and training opportunities the chance to earn higher wages and more housing choice But these benefts will not be delivered without continuing local leadership strong governance and collective action

We have set out a coherent economic strategy consistent with the Midlands Engine Vision for Growth and the Governmentrsquos Industrial Strategy that builds on our existing strengths in manufacturing technology and high value services and which will help to shift our long term economic growth rate to above the UK average

We have developed a comprehensive skills amp supply chain strategy and action plan based around fve key themes inspiring our young people building further education capacity harnessing the power of our universities

supporting individuals and ensuring our businesses are lsquoHS2 readyrsquo Our three immediate priorities are

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to

business support that will help local SMEs beneft from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities

bull Establishing a rail industry lsquoinnovation

grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2

awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2

Underpinning our approach is an understanding that the nature of work will continue to change rapidly as a result of new technology and that the requirements and aspirations of the future workforce are likely to be diferent to our own

Place

Great place-making will be key to realising the opportunities that HS2 connectivity will create Our proposals are ambitious but build upon our existing market strengths and add value to the attractive mix of urban and rural environments that already characterises the East Midlands We have also sought to refect the needs and aspirations of future generations in the scale and form of proposed development and by incorporating sustainable transport choices

Within a strategic context set by Midlands Engine and Midlands Connect initiatives we have identifed two lsquoGrowth Zonesrsquo which relate directly to the benefts of HS2 connectivity and complement existing assets across the East Midlands

The East Midlands Hub Growth Zone is related to the area around the Hub Station at Toton itself Here we are proposing the development

6

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Executive Summary

Executive Summary

of a new high quality lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo with the potential to create up to 10000 new jobs community facilities and a range of new housing choices It will be an inspiring 21st Century Gateway to the East Midlands and a destination in its own right The lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo will sit at the heart of a thriving network of lsquogarden villagersquo developments that will include the nearby Stanton and Chetwynd Barracks sites

Chesterfeld and Staveley will be at the heart of the North Derbyshire Growth Zone but activity will focus on the wider Derbyshire growth story We will use HS2 to complement existing rail services and transform links between Chesterfeld Station and the town centre opening up regeneration opportunities and creating an attractive gateway to the Peak District National Park ndash one the regionrsquos unique destination ofers The Staveley depot will be the heart of a mixed use housing and employment zone within the wider growth corridor and in the short term could also provide a construction base for HS2

Connectivity

The Hub Station at Toton will already be the most connected on the high speed network outside of London Whilst the development adjacent to the Hub Station will be crucial our early work confrmed that much of the wider economic potential of HS2 will be dependent on the extent to which we can connect economic opportunities across the East Midlands into the high speed network In particular the city centres of Derby Leicester and Nottingham East Midlands Airport and sites that exist in the towns and villages surrounding both the Hub Station and Chesterfeld

Our analysis has demonstrated which modes of transport will serve diferent markets most efectively ndash national regional sub-regional and local Based on this we have set out a comprehensive step by step approach to connectivity which will maximise transport choice for future generations as well as tackling congestion issues that exist today

Key to this will be safeguarding the ability to extend public transport accessibility in the scope of the Governmentrsquos Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and

planning now for a phased approach to delivery of highway improvements starting in Road Investment Strategy period 2 (RIS2)

Whilst we are confdent that the measures we have identifed can deliver positive outcomes more detailed design work will be required to secure the capital funding necessary for delivery Further work on the design and phasing of key interventions will therefore be undertaken with transport modelling developed in partnership with Midlands Connect the outcome of which will also help to scope the necessary provisions of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

7

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Executive Summary

Executive Summary

Delivery

We have undertaken a number of technical studies to understand the costs and benefts of various scales and rates of development to inform the development of an initial outline business case for our proposals consistent with Treasury requirements which is set out in a separate document This work will evolve and become more granular as our growth proposition matures

We have set out the key moves necessary to deliver our proposals for people place and connectivity and highlighted the immediate issues that we need Government support to progress In particular

bull Provision within the scope of the Phase

2b Hybrid Bill and Environmental Impact Statement to accommodate our vision for the Hub Station including a classic compatible link a northern station concourse and public transport overbridge local road access and enhancements to Trent Junctions

bull Financial and technical support from

Highways England and HS2 Ltd to take forward Phase 1 of the East Midlands Gateway Connectivity Plan

bull Provision within RIS2 for the development of a major scheme to address existing and future challenges on the A52 between Derby and Nottingham

bull Financial and technical support from

DCLG and the Homes amp Communities Agency (HCA) to develop the concept of a lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo at the heart of a network of thriving lsquogarden villagesrsquo including land assembly

bull Financial and technical support from

Network Rail HS2 Ltd and HS2 Growth Partnership to work collaboratively on the relocation of rail sidings and depot adjacent to the Hub Station

bull Designation of the Staveley Infrastructure

Maintenance Depot (IMD) site as a construction base for the construction of Phase 2b of HS2

bull Financial support for the delivery of the

early phases of the Chesterfeld amp Staveley Regeneration Route and Station Link Road

bull Provision for both Sheffield HS2 and classic

compatible services to stop at Chesterfeld Station and

bull Financial and technical support for the

establishment of a lsquoshadow delivery bodyrsquo to take forward the Growth Strategy

8

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

Section 1 | People Summary

People are at the heart of our Growth Strategy For local people across the East Midlands HS2 will mean more job and training opportunities the chance to earn higher wages and more housing choice But these benefts will not be delivered without continuing local leadership strong governance and collective action

We have set out a coherent economic strategy consistent with the Midlands Engine Vision for Growth and the Governmentrsquos Industrial Strategy that builds on our existing strengths in manufacturing technology and high value services ndash and which will help to shift our long term economic growth rate to above the UK average

We have developed a comprehensive skills amp supply chain strategy and action plan based around fve key themes inspiring our young people building further education capacity harnessing the power of our universities supporting individuals and ensuring our businesses are lsquoHS2 readyrsquo Our three immediate priorities are

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to business support that will help local SMEs benefit from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities

bull Establishing a rail industry lsquoinnovation grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2 awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2

Underpinning our approach is an understanding that the nature of work will continue to change rapidly as a result of new technology and that the requirements and aspirations of the future workforce are likely to be diferent to our own

9

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

11 The Economic Prize HS2 will provide major opportunities for businesses in the East Midlands to expand their horizons and to trade and compete in wider markets Similarly high speed rail will connect the people of the East Midlands to new work learning and leisure opportunities whilst opening up the region to new visitors

Independent research commissioned from KPMG by HS2 Ltd suggested that an East Midlands Hub Station could have the greatest economic uplift of any of the proposed HS2 stations Our own work has confrmed this assessment This potential refects the ability of HS2 to radically improve connectivity between the local economies of the East Midlands with those across the UK but also our own inherent and enduring economic strengths

We have undertaken a comprehensive lsquoEconomic Opportunities Assessmentrsquo underpinned by independent analysis from Cambridge Econometrics to determine the best approach for maximising local growth opportunities - focussing on the D2N2 and Leicester amp Leicestershire LEP areas This combined area already comprises 315 million people over 100000 businesses and pound65 billion of GVA

We have gone back to frst principles and looked at the drivers that are likely to shape economic growth over the coming decades From this we have set out a strategy for how we can use HS2 to deliver a more productive and resilient economy

Our analysis suggests that by targeting some of our key sectors that can beneft from HS2 connectivity in particular manufacturing technology and high value services we can boost employment growth from just below to above the

projected UK trend - equivalent to an additional 74000 jobs and almost pound4 billion of GVA by 2043 ndash helping to close the gaps in our economy post Brexit

Our approach is consistent with the emerging Midlands Engine Vision for Growth and will help to deliver key aspects of the Governmentrsquos Industrial Strategy ndash in

particular by helping to re-balance the economy increasing productivity promote innovation and support export growth

For more information about the analysis underpinning our economic strategy please visit httpwwwemcouncilsgovukHS2

Economic Growth Baseline Matching UK Trend

Our Economic Vision

Net Employment Growth (FTE) 172000 184000 246000

GVA Uplift above Baseline - pound038 billion pound399 billion

Key Drivers

Manufacturing Engine

Technology High Value Services

The UKrsquos most competitive location for high value engineering and manufacturing

A fertile innovation eco-system attracting global talent in research strengths

Delivering a step change in high value services

Enablers

Smart Growth A Dynamic Entrepreneurial

Economy

Galvanised visitor economy and distinctive

gateway

A transformed and expanded visitor economy bringing a new generation of visitors to established and new attractions

Creating the conditions to compete for investment talent and knowledge nationally and internationally including excellence in logistics and distribution capacity

One of the best places to start and grow a business in the UK high quality business space reinforced by world class business support and access to funding and investment

10

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

12 The Changing Nature of Work We understand that we are planning for HS2 over a 25 year time horizon and that the nature of work is changing fast Looking back over the last 25 years we can see how information technology and the rise of the internet has radically changed many peoplersquos working lives This pace of technological change will continue and even accelerate over the coming decades ndash and it will impact on all aspects of the economy not just the service sector

Whilst we cannot anticipate all the changes that may happen our plans for making the most of HS2 must be forward looking and fexible and try not to use the solutions of the past to meet the challenges of the future

Crucial to success is understanding who we are planning for ndash and how they are likely to want to live their lives

The core workforce we are planning for are children now at school ndash the so called lsquoGeneration Zrsquo This is the frst generation of lsquodigital nativesrsquo - people who have grown up with digital technology and are comfortable using it for all manner of everyday tasks Research suggests Generation Z will have a very diferent experience of work to their parents - with up to 5 diferent careers 15 homes and 17 jobs over a working lifetime They are likely to be more entrepreneurial and collaborative than previous generations and less interested in owning a car or a house

This perspective has underpinned our thinking about how we can use HS2 to drive future prosperity across the East Midlands and in particular how we should plan for places future generations will want to live work and play It has also infuenced our comprehensive plans to ensure our young people have the work skills necessary to make the most of the opportunities that lie ahead

Baby Boomers Baby Boomers

Generation X Generation X

Born 1946-1964

Age in 2043 79-97

Born 1964-1980

Age in 2043 63-78

Millennials Millennials

Generation Z Generation Z

Born 1980-2000

Age in 2043 43-63

Born 2000+

Age in 2043 26-43

11

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

13 Our Skills amp Supply Chain Strategy The delivery of HS2 will be transformational for the East Midlands economy Through the build phase and once operational it will bring new opportunities for those that live and work across the D2N2 and Leicester amp Leicestershire LEP areas

These opportunities will be about more than just the construction of a new railway The enhanced connectivity it brings will transform the geography of competition and agglomeration amongst businesses will open up new marketplaces and catchment areas and will attract inward investment to the region from across the UK and overseas

Opportunities will vary over time and will be both direct and indirect They begin now as contracts are awarded for the construction of Phase 1 from London to Birmingham and they stretch to beyond the projected 2033 completion date The establishment of the National College for High Speed Rail presents a major opportunity particularly for the development of the Staveley Infrastructure Maintenance Depot and its potential role as a construction base for HS2 Phase 2

To ensure local people and companies can beneft from HS2 investment and the growth it will bring we have worked with businesses trade bodies and training providers to develop a comprehensive skills and supply chain strategy built around fve key elements

Within each of these elements we have set out a clear action plan which is summarised below Key to this will be to avoid adding further complexity to existing provision for skills and business support Instead the approach will be

wherever possible to refocus existing support and funding on activities that will help deliver the Growth Strategy ndash rather than create new structures or programmes and complement the strategically driven approach to skills envisaged by the Midlands Engine

Inspiring YoungPeople

Building Further Education Capacity

HarnessingUniversities

Supporting Individuals

HS2 ReadyBusinesses

12

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

Inspiring Young People

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

Programme of engagement covering the entirety of a young personrsquos education

D2N2 LLEP Councils HS2 Ltd Private Sector Refocussing existing resources Short-medium

Ensure teachers amp careers advisors are provided with information about relevant career opportunities

Schools Private Sector Some additional administrative costs Using existing business networks

Short ndash Medium

Develop a unifed lsquoEM33rsquo HS2 businessschool engagement programme

Private Sector Careers amp Skills Company LEP Skills Boards

Refocussing existing resources Short

Harnessing Universities

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

EM Universities to develop HS2 programmes of engagement with business

Universities LEP Skills Boards Research Councils Innovate UK

Leveraging existing resources Short

Establish a Rail Industry Innovation Group through Rail Forum East Midlands (RFEM)

Universities RFEM Network Rail and industry Administrative costs only bodies

Universities East Midland HS2 Delivery Boards Refocussing existing consultancy spend

Immediate

Support Hub Station lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo and signifcant HE links at Chesterfeld Station

Immediate

Develop a university based lsquoRail Innovation Centrersquo

Universities LEPs New funding required Short

13

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

HS2 Ready Businesses

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

Develop an lsquoEM33rsquo HS2 awareness campaign aimed at businesses

LEPs Councils East Midlands Chamber New funding required Immediate

Establish dedicated HS2 supply chain support for businesses

LEPs Private Sector Midlands Engine Supply New funding required for additional 1 FTE Chain Initiative Ofcer

LEPs Private Sector ERDF underspend

Immediate

Promote SME collaboration through business support activity

Immediate

Establish web resource for businesses to identify HS2 Specifc opportunities

LEP Growth Hubs HS2 Ltd Additional support for Growth Hubs required Immediate

Supporting Individuals

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

Develop a public facing lsquoEM33rsquo awareness campaign

LEPs Councils East Midlands Chamber New funding required Immediate

Embed the lsquoEM33rsquo HS2 awareness across job centre and council employment support programmes

DWP Councils voluntary sector Refocussing employment support programmes

Medium

Establish an EM HS2 Delivery Charter to encourage recruitment from lsquohard to reachrsquo groups

Private Sector Councils DWP Administrative costs only Medium ndash Long

14

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

Building Further Education Capacity

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

Embed lsquoEM33rsquo activity into new lsquoTrsquo and relevant lsquoArsquo levels

Further Education (FE) Providers LEPs Councils

Refocussing existing resources and future Local Growth Fund

Short ndash medium

Develop strategic relationship between FE sector and National College for High Speed Rail (NCHSR)

FE Providers private training providers Using existing forums and relationships National College for High Speed Rail (NCHSR)

FE Providers Councils Funding required to recruit additional BIM expert

Immediate

Develop world leading capability for Building Information Management (BIM) linked to Staveley IMD

Short- medium

Support the development of lsquoShared Apprentice Schemesrsquo across key HS2 related job rolesdisciplines

FE Providers LEPS Councils Additional funding required Short

14 Next Steps Within our strategic approach we have identifed three immediate priorities These to be taken forward largely with existing LEP and private sector resources but will require strong local leadership to be successful

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to business support that will help local SMEs beneft from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities to be driven by D2N2 LLLEP and the private sector

bull Establishing a lsquorail industry innovation grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands to help drive innovation within our thriving SME rail engineering sector and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2 awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2 provisionally entitled lsquoEM33rsquo to be driven by East Midlands Chamber of Commerce D2N2 and LLLEP and supported by councils

Over the longer term we would expect mainstream Government funding for skills and business support activity to be refocussed around our priorities For more information about our skills and supply chain strategy please visit httpwwwemcouncilsgovukHS2

15

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Section 2 | Place Summary

Great place-making will be key to realising the opportunities that HS2 connectivity will create Our proposals are ambitious but build upon existing market strengths and add value to the attractive mix of urban and rural environments that already characterises the East Midlands We have also sought to refect the needs and aspirations of future generations in the scale and form of proposed development and by incorporating sustainable transport choices

Our Growth Strategy has been developed within in a wider spatial context that will use HS2 to enhance opportunities in towns and cities across the East Midlands and in key assets like East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange To drive this we have identifed two lsquoGrowth Zonesrsquo which relate directly to the benefts of HS2 connectivity

The East Midlands Hub Growth Zone is related to the area around the Hub Station at Toton Here we are proposing the development of a new high quality lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo with the potential to create up to 10000 new jobs community facilities and a range of new housing choices It will be an inspiring 21st Century Gateway to the East Midlands and a destination in its own right The lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo will sit at the heart of a thriving network of lsquogarden villagersquo developments that will include the nearby Stanton and Chetwynd Barracks sites

Chesterfeld and Staveley will be at the heart of the North Derbyshire Growth Zone but activity will focus on the wider Derbyshire growth story We will use HS2 to complement existing rail services and transform links between Chesterfeld Station and the town centre opening up regeneration opportunities and creating an attractive gateway to the Peak District National Park ndash one of the regionrsquos unique destination ofers The Staveley Depot will be the heart of a mixed use housing and employment zone within the wider growth corridor and in the short term could also provide a construction base for HS2

16

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

21 East Midlands Context Our Growth Strategy has been developed within in a wider spatial context that also seeks to use HS2 to enhance existing regional and national assets across the East Midlands In particular the area spanning the D2N2 and Leicester amp Leicestershire LEP areas which already comprise 315 million people over 100000 businesses and generate pound65 billion of GVA Key opportunities for growth include

bull Derby a city of world class automotive rail and aerospace technology sectors Home to Rolls Royce Bombardier and Toyota and a thriving network of highly specialised manufacturing SMEs

bull Leicester a vibrant diverse city with a strong record of SME formation and major growth potential Home to the National Space Centre and a burgeoning space technology sector

bull Nottingham a city of thriving business services biotech and leisure sectors and fagship companies like Experian and Boots underpinned by world class public transport and local energy systems

bull East Midlands Airport and Gateway the biggest freight airport outside of London and home to DHL The new East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange will generate thousands of new jobs

bull Loughborough a national centre for sport and sports science The Loughborough University Science and Enterprise Park forms part of a recently designated Enterprise Zone

bull Chesterfeld an historic and well connected rail town with a strong engineering economy and both a visitor destination and gateway

bull Peak District National Park and Derwent Valley Mills Word Heritage Site the most visited national park in England adjacent to the cradle of the industrial revolution

bull MansfeldAshfeld key regional service centres with strengths in manufacturing and logistics

There are also a range of growth and regeneration opportunities along the A52 corridor between Derby and Nottingham Castle Ward Pride Park and Raynesway on

Derby A50 Corridor

A42M42 M69

M1

M1

Chesterfeld

Mansfeld Ashfeld

Staveley

HS2

Nottingham

Loughborough

Leicester

A46 Corridor

the Derby side and the Nottingham Enterprise Zones sites Alliance Boots in Beeston Beeston Business Park and the Nottingham Science Park

Within this strategic context we have identifed two lsquoGrowth Zonesrsquo which relate directly to the benefts of HS2 connectivity which we believe will drive HS2 related growth across the wider sub area

bull East Midlands Hub Growth Zone

bull Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

M1 Corridor

3 Cities

Derby Nottingham (A52)

Trent Valley Vision

Derwent Valley Mills World

Heritage Site

Peak District National Park

HS2 Station

Classic Rail Lines

Strategic Context Diagram

17

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

East Midlands Hub Growth Zone Diagram 22 East Midlands Hub Growth Zone Our Growth Vision

The Growth Zone encompasses the Hub Station site at Toton the former ironworks site at Stanton and Chetwynd Barracks The core area encompasses Broxtowe and Erewash Borough Councils Derbyshire and Nottinghamshire County Councils

Central will be the development of a high quality lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo at the Hub Station in Toton itself with the potential to create up to 10000 new jobs and a range of new housing choices The concept of an lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo follows research undertaken looking at trends in business locations away from city centres and the need for a much more dynamic mix of uses that recognises the changing needs and desires of lsquoGeneration Zrsquo It is also consistent with the long term aspirations of the university sector within the region which has actively contributed to our thinking

Our vision includes the development of a network of mixed use lsquogarden villagesrsquo that will incorporate the very latest innovations in land remediation environmental standards together with advances in sustainable drainage localised energy and public transport Enhanced connectivity by sustainable modes of transport will ensure the development of pedestrian orientated streets and spaces which will be attractive to both local people and investors

The developments will complement the adjacent city centre ofer and help to drive major improvements to existing places such as Long Eaton and Stapleford

HS2

A52 Jct 25

A50

Jct 24

M1

Castle Donington amp EM Gateway Freight Interchange East Midlands Airport

Lougborough

East Midlands Parkway amp Ratclife

Innovation Campus amp Hub Station

Stanton Derby

Prid

e Par

k Ray

nesw

ay

Spon

don

Boots Campus

Beeston

ScienceMedi

Nottingham

A453

P

P

Potential Mass Rapid-Transit

Classic Rail Lines

Garden Village Network

Key Employment Sites

HS2 Line

Chetwynd

i Celanese

Urban Village

Infnity Garden Village

18

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Toton Area (Hub Station) Development Framework

We have worked with councils local partners and the Toton Neighbourhood Planning Forum to develop a long term non-statutory lsquodevelopment frameworkrsquo for the Hub Station Growth Area in Toton to inform the review of local plans and future investment decisions The development framework recognises a series of distinct character areas and sets out development principles for each

Station Hub The core development area is clustered to the east and west of the Hub Station Anchored by key multi modal transport infrastructure (including HS2 and Classic rail facilities NET bus interchange facilities and central car parking facilities) The primary land use in this area will be workspace development set within a high quality urban development context Hotel and residential accommodation may also be appropriate at this central location and the arearsquos public realm will be animated by cafeacutes restaurants and small scale retail outlets serving passengers employees and residents

Toton Area (Hub Station) Development

19

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

The Hub Station and surrounding area

A new public space will be created adjacent to the main station concourse This will provide a high quality east-west pedestrian connection across the HS2 lines and support interchange between a range of transport modes This development area is located on a plateau which is at a signifcantly lower level than the main development site to the east New buildings will typically be taller (up to 6-8 storeys) which will allow the development to act as a marker in the context of the rail corridor without appearing incongruous within the wider development

Toton Innovation Campus This mixed use corridor runs through the heart of the site connecting the HS2 station and areas to the west following the tram corridor towards Toton Lane NET station in the east

This dynamic space will be characterised not only by the diversity of uses but also a green boulevard and sustainable transport corridor and will include a mixture of medium density workspace including apartment based residential development

The lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo is roughly equidistant between the city centres of Nottingham and Derby and is intended to be anchored by a university based research and development centre To the south links to Leicester East Midlands Airport East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange and the Enterprise Zone sites in Loughborough will drive further opportunities

To achieve the scale of development and sense of place envisaged will require major investment in land assembly management and infrastructure Making the right moves now will provide much needed capacity to unlock and absorb growth and provide resilience in a currently stressed local network It will also require higher densities than those currently subject of an extant Outline Planning Consent for the site and this will need careful consideration by Broxtowe Borough Council as the Local Planning Authority

A52 Trackside Corridor A series of larger development sites have been identifed along the A52 and rail corridors towards the north of the site ofering the potential to accommodate larger workplace developments or research institutions This area will ofer the potential to accommodate distinctive gateway buildings acting as markers along both the A52 and HS2 corridors

Waterside Development parcels along the Erewash River Canal corridor are considered an appropriate mix of uses including residential Building heights will step down from around six storeys adjacent to the rail corridor to around three storeys in areas closer to the river canal corridor respecting the domestic scale of buildings to the west The landscaped environment of the river canal corridor will be brought into the area with a series of lsquogreen fngersrsquo leading into the development site This open space will serve a

20

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

variety of functions including recreation food mitigation and ecological habitat The orientation of buildings within this corridor should support this landscape strategy and open up views of the canal river corridor from higher ground to the east of the HS2 line

Parkside Generous green corridors are proposed as a bufer between the planned new development and existing residential communities Lower density areas broadly refecting established residential areas of Toton will front onto these spaces with a typical height of two to

three storeys open landscaped space and site topography ensuring that the amenity of existing local residents are protected New footpaths and cycleways will integrate the site with its surrounding context and enable residents of existing neighbourhoods to access facilities and transport hubs within the new development site It should be noted that new vehicular connections to these neighbourhoods are not proposed

bull Neighbourhood Centres These centres will be located at highly accessible positions within the

The Toton Innovation Campus looking towards the Hub Station

development and will allow the vast majority of the site area to be located within an easy fve minute walking catchment of local facilities

bull HS2 Hub This facility will serve HS2 passengers along with residents and workers based in the lower western section of the site It is envisaged that cafeacutes restaurants and local retail facilities will be integrated within the main station concourse and spill out onto the adjoining public plaza This area also becomes a new cross-roads within a more resilient local road network ofering better connections between SandiacreStapleford and Long Eaton This will further enhance the vitality and vibrancy of the area whilst ensuring surrounding communities can access the services on ofer by a full range of transport choices

bull Toton Innovation Campus Centre Located at the heart of the development a cluster of local retail leisure and hospitality facilities will be clustered in and around a central square Facilities such as a hotel gym business centre and resource centre may also be attracted to this central pedestrian orientated space

bull Community Hub A site to the west of the Toton Lane NET Station has been identifed for the relocation of the George Spencer Academy along with a site for a new primary school a leisure centre and health facility These new community infrastructure buildings will be developed in a green landscape setting with good pedestrian and cycle links to local neighbourhoods and public transport hubs The level of retail development (including

21

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

restaurants cafeacutes) will be controlled to a level which provides for the needs of local residents employees and passengers and avoid competition with existing local centres

The Universities of Derby Nottingham and Nottingham Trent are fully supportive of the HS2 Growth Strategy We have a long history of working together to re-balance economy and believe that this investment has the potential to be transformative

To maximise the value derived from this investment the universities are in a strong position to build on our established partnership for example by working together to shape the proposed lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo located at the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton

The active involvement of the universities at an early stage in defning the proposed lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo means that we can develop an integrated strategy for research teaching and business interaction aligned with HS2 investment

The lsquoworld-classrsquo connectivity aforded by the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton will support the difusion of these opportunities and position the East Midlands as a stronger resilient and more productive economy

bull Green Infrastructure From a place making perspective the HS2 Hub site will be designed to integrate with its surrounding natural environments In total around 16 hectares of open space are proposed within the development site

bull River Canal Corridor The Erewash river and canal corridor runs to the east of the site and provides an area of high amenity value To the north the opportunity exists to enhance the network of footpaths and cycleways leading up to the strategic Stanton Iron Works site and beyond To the south new pedestrian and cycle links will connect the site to the Attenborough Nature Reserve and the Trent Valley This will include opportunities to reinstate new routes beneath the HS2 classic rail line to the south of the station and also to reduce the risk of fooding associated with this section of the river More generally the opportunity to enhance the character of the river and canal corridor would provide further amenity and ecological benefts This may include enhancements to the Sandiacre Locks Conservation Area and measures to introduce more variety diverse habitats and interest to the river lsquochannelrsquo

bull Toton Horseshoe A landscaped corridor is proposed to wrap around the existing Toton residential area This will provide a bufer between planned new development and the local residential areas encompass existing areas of maturing woodland and create a new connection through to the redeveloped Chetwynd Barracks to the east

bull Green Boulevard A new green spine is planned to run through the heart of the new development This route will connect the eastern and western sections of the site via a new pedestrian link across the HS2 corridor and a new plaza at the station entrance The boulevard a wide green space integrating a small existing watercourse will run

through the heart of the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo connecting to the area of protected Green Belt land to the north east

bull Local Amenity Open Space In addition to the strategic green infrastructure highlighted above a network of local amenity spaces will be integrated across the new development These will include both formal and informal recreation areas and play space for the enjoyment of residents employees and visitors alike

Associated lsquoGarden Villagersquo Developments

Chetwynd Barracks The MoD site at Chetwynd will become available for development from 2020 and will be designed and developed as an integral part of the Hub Station Growth area The development will provide a predominantly residential area that will be linked directly to the lsquoCommunity Hubrsquo north of the existing Toton Lane Like the main Hub Station lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo and Community Hub Chetwynd will be subject to the policies of the emerging Broxtowe Local Plan and of Nottinghamshire County Council as the Local HighwayTransport Authority and Local Education Authority

Stanton The Hub Station Growth Zone also includes the former iron works at Stanton where additional employment opportunities will be realised alongside up to 2000 homes which will serve to complement the proposals for the Hub Station and Innovation Campus This site falls within Erewash Borough Council and Derbyshire County Councilrsquos administrative areas This site is subject of a separate Supplementary Planning Document published by Erewash Borough Council and the proposals outlined in the Growth Strategy are consistent with this

22

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Ratclife Power Station Site Within the wider area there may also be further growth opportunities to be explored as part of the HS2 Growth Strategy including Ratclife Power Station Whilst this is not anticipated to be decommissioned before 2025 its location adjacent to the existing East Midlands Parkway station and an existing railhead means that the site has potential to create a transport orientated mixed use development around the station and a possible location for rail related development This site falls within Rushclife Borough Council and Nottinghamshire County Councilrsquos administrative areas

Derby There are already proposals to develop up to 2000 new homes as part of the lsquoInfnity Garden Villagersquo development which spans the boundary between the city of Derby and South Derbyshire District Council In addition there is potential for major mixed use development on the former Courtaulds site at Spondon on the east side of Derby

Leicestershire There are emerging proposals for major housing development in North West Leicestershire linked to employment growth at East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange

23 Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone Our Growth Vision

The Growth Zone is focussed on the Borough of Chesterfeld within the county of Derbyshire and includes the areas around the existing railway station and the proposed Infrastructure Maintenance Depot (IMD) at Staveley east of the town centre also proposed as a construction base for HS2

Our ambitions for Chesterfeld and Staveley are set in the context of a wide growth story for the wider northern Derbyshire area that builds on existing strengths in tourism construction and engineering higher and further education and professional services Key complementary investments include the lsquoPeak Resortrsquo development that

will combine a unique combination of tourism and HEFE education and training

HS2 will bring Chesterfeld within 108 minutes from London and serve a catchment area of over 1 million people Plans for Chesterfeld will transform the relationship between

Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

23

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

the rail station the town centre and major regeneration opportunities and enable the station to become an attractive gateway to the town itself the surrounding Peak District National Park and other key heritage assets - particularly for international visitors Proposals include a scalable housing and commercial investment proposition that will be accelerated to welcome HS2 through investment in enabling infrastructure

The proposed IMD is set within a wider masterplan for the Staveley corridor that will deliver signifcant levels of housing and job growth and provide a focus for the local rail engineering sector including the development of a rail industry lsquocentre of excellencersquo linked to the High Speed Rail College In the shorter term there is an ambition for the Staveley site to be used for a base for the construction of the majority of Phase 2b of HS2

Construction of early phases of the Chesterfeld amp Staveley Regeneration Route will enable key brownfeld regeneration sites to be developed and wider benefts to the A61 Corridor and the extended Markham Vale Enterprise Zone

Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

Underpinning the vision will be a strong focus on inclusive growth linked to our wider skills and supply chain strategy making sure that local communities and local businesses can beneft from the investment that HS2 will bring

Chesterfeld amp Staveley Development Framework

We will enable this growth in the number and quality of jobs by re-shaping and transforming our places through infrastructure-led development Those places will be allowed to fourish and cater for our changing communities as well as providing for new communities and retaining those such as graduates who will have much wider lifestyle choices as a result

Chesterfeld Station

Chesterfeld Station will have an enhanced role as both a destination and a gateway to surrounding localities Over 1 million people already live within 30 minutes of the station HS2 will bring Birmingham and Leeds within 50 minutes We will bring forward development and infrastructure in tandem to provide a high quality experience for those using the

Platform 4

Chesterfeld Station

Chesterfeld Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo

24

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

station lsquoPlatform 4rsquo will provide a modern and attractive route across the A61 with well-designed public realm that will bring the station into the town centre as well as allowing far greater accessibility to public transport Unused and under-used land around the station will be developed and linked to the adjacent Waterside development to provide a mixed-use lsquourban villagersquo ft for future generations to live work and play

Remodelled links between Chesterfeld Station and the town

The infrastructure provided to improve access to the station for HS2 services will also allow us to accelerate our ambition for the wider town centre By taking trafc out of the historic core of the town we can enhance the visitor experience and bring forward new opportunities for residential development with a wide and fexible mix of tenures This will ensure far greater vibrancy within the town which will expand to include the station area and support the wider ambitions for growth in our key sectors

Staveley

The proposed Infrastructure Maintenance Depot (IMD) at Staveley provides a signifcant opportunity to bring forward a much wider strategic development on this 150 hectare brownfeld site Through investing in infrastructure in particular local road access we can open up not just the depot site but a whole new sustainable community of around 1500 homes and many hundreds of new jobs

By phasing the development we will also be able to ofer a well located construction base for HS2 bringing investment and jobs to the area well in advance of the maintenance depot Over the longer term we believe there is the potential to develop the area around the Infrastructure

The wider Chesterfeld Station Area Masterplan wide

Residential building

OfficeCommercial building

Officeresidential building

Hotel building

Station building

MSCP building

Green Space

Public realm

Potential development areas subject to consultation with existing land owners

Retained Listed station building

Ground foor community facility land use

Potential pedestriancycle link to the east

Maintenance Depot as a rail industry lsquocentre of excellencersquo linked to the High Speed Rail College and the NewRail centre at Barrow Hill Roundhouse

Strategic outline masterplan for the Staveley Corridor

Characterising development at all these sites will be an approach to place-making for the future This is led by consideration of how our communities of the future will want to live and work rather than being based on historic development models

We will use the investment in infrastructure to develop places and homes that anticipate our changing population putting in place fexible models in order to meet future demand This will include providing a far better choice for older people with homes that meet current and future care needs We will make the most of the expanding higher education ofer to enable quality student accommodation and develop places in which our graduates want to stay live earn and spend

25

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Strategic outline masterplan for the Staveley corridor 24 Next Steps Our proposals for the Hub Station and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zones are long term and ambitious Whilst the proposed development will lead to an uplift in land values and economic and social benefts it will also require investment in local and strategic infrastructure and land remediation and assembly

We have undertaken technical work to understand likely infrastructure and land costs and development trajectories that could be delivered to inform an initial outline business case assessment consistent with the Treasuryrsquos lsquoGreen Bookrsquo This work will continue to develop as our plans mature

Further detail on delivery is contained in Section 4

Key

SWA1 Redline Boundary

Existing Features

Culvert

River

Canal

Crossing Point

Road

Railway Line

Right of Way

Building

Listed Building

Non Designated Heritage Asset

Existing Trees

Proposed Features

Marina

CS Regeneration Route

Road

FootCycle Path

Pedestrian Zone

Avenue Planting

Public Open Space

Key Building

Railway Line

Canal

Proposed Usage

Residential

Mixed use - Community Retail Residential

Mixed Use - Employment Local Skills and crafts

Workshops Studios Residential

Mixed Use - Community Canal related

Residential

Safeguarded School Site

Leisure - Hotel Pub Restaurant

B1 - Office and Light Industry

B2 - General Industry

B8 - Warehousing and Distribution

HS2 Maintenance Depot

26

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Section 3 | Connectivity Summary

The Hub Station at Toton will already be the most connected on the high speed network outside of London and will serve a catchment of over 2 million people Whilst the development adjacent to the Hub Station will be crucial our early work confrmed that much of the wider economic potential of HS2 will be dependent on the extent to which we can connect economic opportunities across the East Midlands into the high speed network In particular the city centres of Derby Leicester and Nottingham East Midlands Airport and sites that exist in the towns and villages surrounding both the Hub Station and Chesterfeld

Our analysis has demonstrated which modes of transport will serve diferent markets most efectively ndash national regional sub-regional and local Based on this we have set out a comprehensive step by step approach to connectivity which will maximise transport choice for future generations as well as tackling congestion issues that exist today

Key to this will be safeguarding the ability to extend public transport accessibility in the scope of the Governmentrsquos Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and planning now for a phased approach to delivery of highway improvements starting in RIS2

Whilst we are confdent that the measures we have identifed can deliver positive outcomes more detailed design work will be required to secure the capital funding necessary for delivery Further work on the design and phasing of key interventions will therefore be undertaken with transport modelling developed in partnership with Midlands Connect the outcome of which will also help to scope the necessary provisions of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

27

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

SCOTLAND

YORK amp NEWCASTLE

LEEDS

EAST MIDLANDS

HUB

SOUTH YORKSHIRE

SHEFFIELD HS2

CHESTERFIELD

CREWE HS2 HUB

BIRMINGHAM

STOKE DERBY

LEICESTER

LOUGHBOROUGH

LONDON EUROPE

BEESTON

NOTTINGHAM LINCOLN

MANSFIELD

WORKSOP

31 National Context HS2 will help to transform the position of our towns and cities within the UK and Midlands making our local economies more competitive

HS2 CURRENT

68 104 NOTTINGHAM TO LONDON

HHS2S2 CU

142 LEICESTER TO NEWCASTLE

HHS2S2 CURRENT

50 77 DERBY TO LEEDS

HHS2S2 CURRENT

73 145 LEICESTER TO LEEDS

HHS2S2 CURRENT

36 73 NOTTINGHAM TO BIRMINGHAM

HS2 CURRENT

71 143 CHESTERFIELD TO LONDON

RRENT

205

28

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Midlands Connect

The Midlands Connect Strategy described how the HS2 stations at Birmingham Curzon Street UK Central and East Midlands will form the lsquohubrsquo of the UKrsquos high speed rail network Together with classic compatible connectivity at Chesterfeld Crewe and Stoke stations this will unlock economic growth across the Midlands - provided we get the local connectivity right

Through Midlands Connect we are taking forward a body of technical work to defne and develop the local strategic connections that will maximise economic growth opportunities Through the wider Midlands Engine initiative we are promoting the transformational benefts of HS2 to national and international investors

For more information about Midlands Connect and the Midlands Engine please visit httpswwwmidlandsconnectuk

HS2 East

Our work through the HS2 East partnership has demonstrated that the Eastern Leg of HS2 between Birmingham to Leeds via the East Midlands Hub Station has the best business case of any part of the proposed network - with a beneft to cost ratio of over 5 to 1

However the economic impact of the Eastern Leg extends further than Leeds The proposed lsquoclassic compatiblersquo link to the East Coast Main Line will enable high speed rail services to serve the North East of England and Scotland ndash linking

six of the UKrsquos top ten cities and 20 of national GVA This will result in lsquoagglomerationrsquo impacts of over pound700 million GVA and some major journey time savings

bull Leeds to Glasgow reduction of 90 minutes

bull Sheffield to Edinburgh reduction of 90 minutes

bull Newcastle to Birmingham reduction of 85 minutes

Together the Eastern Leg of HS2 and an enhanced East Coast Main Line provide the obvious route for reducing journey times from Scotland to London towards the three hour mark ndash the point at which rail becomes competitive with air travel

For further information about HS2 East please visit httpwwwhs2eastcouk

32 Our strategic approach Connecting key centres of population and development opportunities across the East Midlands to the high speed network will be key to realising the wider economic potential that HS2 connectivity brings

Our analysis has demonstrated which modes of transport will serve diferent markets most efectively Only by developing a comprehensive lsquomulti-modalrsquo approach to connectivity can we deliver the transport choice required by future generations and start to tackle some of the congestion issues that exist today

We also acknowledge that not everything can or indeed should happen at once We have therefore set out a phased approach to improving connectivity at least some of which can be delivered before HS2 becomes fully operational

Heavy Rail Pimary Market

Mass Transit Strategy Regional

Bus Connectivity Sub-Regional amp Local

Taxi Connectivity Sub-Regional amp Local

Walking and Cycling Local and Very Local

Park and Ride Sub-Regional amp Local

Highway Sub-Regional amp Local

Our strategic approach to connectivity

33 Rail Rail will be the most efective mode for accessing the Hub Station from surrounding city and town centres It will also link the East Midlands with the major city-regions across the rest of the UK ndash not least by the HS2 network itself

HS2 Services

The latest service specifcation published by HS2 Ltd indicates that the East Midlands Hub Station will be the best connected on the high speed network outside of London with seven HS2 services per hour in both directions

Impressive though this level of connectivity is we believe there is scope for further improvements

29

Through our work on the HS2 East Partnership we believe there is a strong economic case for the Eastern Leg of HS2 and the East Coast Main Line forming the primary route for serving Scotland not least because it would link the fnancial centres of Leeds and Edinburgh and the conurbations of the North East ndash also a key objective of Transport for the North

The scale of growth proposed in Chesterfeld as described in Section Two makes a compelling case for both Shefeld trains stopping at Chesterfeld Station rather than just one per hour

Classic Compatible Services

It is clear that although the Eastern Leg of HS2 will be designed to accommodate up to 18 trains per hour (in line with the rest of the network) the current service pattern only currently envisages nine There is therefore scope to run additional services on at least part of the Eastern Leg Working with both Midlands Connect and Transport for the North we believe there is a business case for two additional lsquoclassic compatiblersquo trains per hour linking Leicester and LeedsManchester which would transform rail connectivity between the East Midlands and the Northern Powerhouse

For this to be deliverable there would need to be a lsquoclassic compatiblersquo connection between HS2 and an electrifed Midland Main Line at or around the Hub Station HS2 Ltd have developed an indicative design for how this could be delivered Although further work will be required we believe we have sufcient economic evidence now for the Secretary of State to make at least lsquopassive provisionrsquo for such a link in the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

Newcastle

Durham

Dalington

York

Leeds

Shefeld Midland

Chesterfeld

Toton

Church Street

Birmingam Interchange

Old Oak Common Euston

bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

Trains from London 6tph

Trains from Birmrsquoham 3tph

Proposed HS2 Service Pattern for the Eastern Leg

NEWCASTLE

YORK

LEEDS

LONDON BIRMINGHAM

29 36

106

19

EAST MIDLANDS

HUB

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Classic Services

In addition to the two lsquoclassic compatiblersquo services working through Midlands Connect we have identifed an additional 11 lsquoclassic servicesrsquo that could serve the Hub Station These would be a mixture of lsquoshuttle servicesrsquo fast and semi-fast services and stopping services In total this would mean the Hub Station would be served by 20 trains per hour in both directions ndash an outstanding level of connectivity

HS2 Hub Station Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS)

The service specifcation for the Hub Station is consistent with the wider Midlands Connect ITSS which supports the Midlands Connect Strategy published in March 2017

The Maid Marian Line

In addition we believe there is the potential to develop a new service linking the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton with Mansfeld Ashfeld via the adaption on an existing freight line known as the Maid Marian Line This direct link would facilitate greater connectivity for residents and businesses to HS2 services supporting economic regeneration in the towns and contributing to the wider Nottinghamshire growth story We are working with Network Rail to understand any implications for the wider Midlands Connect ITSS

Capacity at Trent Junctions

A key constraint to the delivery of the Midlands Connect ITSS is the capacity of Trent Junctions south of Nottingham We understand that HS2 Ltd will need to make some improvements to Trent Junctions to accommodate the HS2 Core proposition - although these on their own will

30

51

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

HS2 Services

London - Leeds Birmingham - Leeds

London - Leeds Birmingham - Newcastle

London - Chesterfeld - Shefeld - Leeds

Birmingham - Leeds London - Shefeld - York

34 Mass Transit Extensions Classic Compatible Services

Shuttle Services

Nottingham - EM Hub Derby - EM Hub

Fast and Semi-fast Services

Leicester - Crewe Crewe - EM Hub

London - Manchester Crewe - EM Hub

Stopping Services

Leicester - Leeds Leicester - Manchester The success of the Nottingham Express Transit (NET) has demonstrated the potential of mass transit to reduce

Leicester - Lincoln Nottingham - Leeds

Leicester - Nottingham Leicester - Derby

Norwich - Liverpool Newark Castle - Matlock

HS2 Hub Station Indicative Train Service Specifcation

not be sufcient to accommodate the Midlands Connect ITSS There is a clear operational case for avoiding multiple engineering works on this congested section of railway infrastructure ndash with a single enhancement scheme being the clearly favoured option Based on our initial work with Network Rail we believe there is a sufcient economic case now for the Secretary of State to make at least lsquopassive provisionrsquo for an enhanced scheme in the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

congestion increase transport choice and connect people to jobs and services It will therefore be a key element of the connectivity strategy for maximising the economic benefts of the HS2 Hub Station Given the technical challenges and the scale of investment required we recognise the importance of taking a phased approach to delivery

Extending NET to the Hub Station

The frst phase would be to extend the tram from the park and ride site at Toton Lane to the Hub Station ndash a distance of around one mile This will connect the Hub Station to key locations such as the Queens Medical Centre the University campus and the Enterprise Zone and complement the heavy rail service to Nottingham City Centre This link will need to be in place when the Hub Station becomes operational to serve the Nottingham Enterprise Zone sites and to establish the principle tram access in the publicrsquos mind

Extending Connectivity over the Hub Station

Our work has highlighted a number of options for extending connectivity to the west of the Hub Station towards Derby and East Midlands Airport which would have signifcant economic benefts These could be delivered by bus rapid transit (BRT) tram-train as well as by NET extensions Further work will be required to determine the optimum routes and modes These options would require a link over the Hub Station (similar to the arrangement at Nottingham Station) which would be costly to retro-ft We have therefore included a public transport overbridge into our proposals for the Hub Station At this stage it is unlikely that this on its own will require provision for further land take in the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill however it may impact on the required Environmental Impact Statement

Options to Derby

There are two main options for connecting Derby The frst would follow the route of the A52 This would be fast ndash but not as fast as the classic rail service from Derby Station It would be direct but serve a limited population catchment The relatively high cost of developing this as a tram route would appear to make it unviable - although it could have potential as a route for a lower cost form of BRT

The second option would run to the south of the A52 and link the Hub Station with Long Eaton and then on to Breaston Borrowash Spondon Pride Park and Derby Station It would be slower but serve a much larger population catchment It would be cheaper to develop as a tram route but could impact on the proposed canal

31

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Red Arrow Skylink

Zoom 15

i4 18

Indigo 510

Y5 Toton Sidings

NET

Options for bus services serving the Hub Station

35

Revised existing route

New Fast Track to EMA via M1

Arnold via QMC City Hospital

Mansfeld via M1 Kirkby Sutton

Alfreton via M1 Heanor Ripley

restoration project It could be developed in phases the frst comprising a NET extension to a park and ride site west of the M1

Options to East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Rail Freight Interchange

There are a number of potential routes to the airport Following the rail corridor south from the Hub Station before heading west is likely to be the quickest and would limit environmental impacts on Long Eaton town centre It also has potential for a tram-train solution should this become a viable technology in the UK The scale of employment growth proposed at East Midlands Gateway the potential for a lsquoFree Trade Zonersquo around the airport as well as the projected growth in air passenger numbers means such a link could have signifcant economic benefts

Bus amp Taxi Bus travel will continue to be the backbone of the local public transport for many people There is already a comprehensive network of bus routes and services across the sub-region which could be developed to serve the Hub Station from a wide range of locations

The key challenge for operators from a commercial perspective will be to ensure that the Hub Station does not become a lsquoterminusrsquo destination Buses (and taxis) must therefore be able to pass through the Hub Station to also serve surrounding communities across the wider sub-region Our proposed confguration of local road links between the Hub Station and Long Eaton Stapleford

32

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Sandiacre and Toton as well as access from the A52 would enable a commercially viable network of bus services to be established

For Chesterfeld a new road link into the south of the station complex for buses and taxis will provide a through route that will integrate the existing station into local public transport networks more efectively

36 Cycling amp Walking Every rail passenger is a pedestrian at the point of boarding a train Making the Hub Station and the immediate surrounding environment pedestrian friendly will make travel by train more attractive and help to drive patronage

It is also important that local people in surrounding communities have safe and attractive routes for walking and cycling ndash not just to the Hub Station but also to and within the proposed Innovation Campus Cycling and walking are likely to become more attractive options to future generations as public attitudes to travel continue to change This trend has been refected in the core design principles we have established that will underpin future development on the Hub Station site

For Chesterfeld we have set out proposals known as lsquoPlatform 4rsquo for enhancing pedestrian and public transport accessibility between the Station and the town centre over the A61 dual carriageway

37 Park amp Ride A well-coordinated and managed park amp ride strategy can help to reduce the impacts of congestion and provide viable transport choices for local communities

There are opportunities to develop park and ride facilities serving the Hub Station in tandem with a phased roll out of an extended mass transit system The existing park amp

Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site

ride site at Toton Lane (1300 spaces) linked to the tram will be retained albeit in modifed form In addition to a multi-storey car park at the Hub Station itself (1300 spaces proposed) there is an opportunity to develop an additional parking facility of a similar size west of M1 Junction 25 linked to a frst phase extension of the tram over the Hub Station

33

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

This would give a third car park option and the ability to manage travel demand to the Hub Station site in a more fexible manner - as well as an ability to reduce pressure on M1 Junction 25

On the Derby side of the A52 there are options for park and ride sites on the east side of Derby as part of a mass transit system linking Pride Park and Derby Station to the City Centre which could ultimately connect to the Hub Station

38 Strategic amp Local Road Access Despite the focus on public transport cycling and walking access by private car will still be important and a 1300 space multi-storey car park is proposed at the Hub Station However this will require a highway solution that must also address a number of existing challenges

Access from the A52 and M1

Access from the strategic road network into the Hub Station Site will be critical Our technical work has suggested that a single access from the A52 into the site for all movements is unlikely to be deliverable Whilst an engineering solution could be developed it would be very expensive environmentally damaging and take up valuable land that could be better used for economic development purposes

As a result a phased approach is proposed comprising the following key moves

1 A new lsquoat gradersquo junction on the A52 east of the Bardills Roundabout linked to a new Toton Lane which would provide access from Nottingham to the east of the Hub Station site and support the early phases of development of the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

2 A new lsquoof setrsquo junction on the A52 to the west of the use of the construction access required by HS2 Ltd M1 which would remove local movements from M1 to build the Hub Station Junction 25 and provide a more direct route under

Our technical work suggests there is scope to deliver key the motorway into Long Eaton

moves 1) and 2) in advance of the Hub Station opening 3 A new lsquograde separatedrsquo junction on the A52 to the The scale of existing problems and likely future trafc

north of the Hub Station to provide access from growth on the A52 corridor suggests that there is already a Derby and the M1 ndash which has the potential to make strong case for Highways England working with Midlands

Provide local road access to StaplefordSandiacre

Relieve congestion at Bardills and Toton Lane

Provide access from A52

Separate local amp strategic movements at J25

Provide for E-W movements

Provide for local road access for Long Eaton

Strategic amp Local Road Access Challenges

34

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Access from A52 and M1

Connect and local partners to make a proposal for major scheme funding in RIS 2 ndash which would also contribute to a comprehensive connectivity strategy for the Hub Station

A direct link to the Hub Station from the north through 3) will be linked to the construction of the station itself by HS2 Ltd and may be able to make use of any temporary construction access required by HS2 Ltd

Stanton Sandiacre

Derby

Stapleford

Long Eaton

Primary HS2

access

New eastern access

Re-modelled Bardills junction

New eastern access link

Toton Lane

Local access link

Local local link

New ofset A52 Junction

New local link

Remodelled M1 Junction 25

link

1a

1b

3 2

M1

A52

HS2

Local access Nottingham

junction

39

Finally there is the potential to establish a Park amp Ride site west of the M1 linked to a tram extension and the proposed lsquoof-setrsquo junction on the A52 This would provide a further car parking option for the Hub Station and help to manage movements through M1 Junction 25

Local Road Access

As described above local road access to the Hub Station from Long Eaton Stapleford Sandiacre and Toton will be important to secure commercially viable bus and coach services and taxis ndash as well as safe cycle routes We have developed a proposal for local access that can be integrated into the design of the Hub Station and which will complement the proposed strategic links Key to this will be the development of a local road link running under the HS2 and classic rail tracks to the south of the Hub Station

Next Steps We are clear that whilst all the individual elements of our connectivity strategy will have positive outcomes the real benefts will only be achieved by taking an integrated approach to scheme development and delivery

We will therefore develop our proposals further through a project joint funded by Midlands Connect East Midlands partners HS2 Ltd and Highways England known as the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan Phase 1 will use transport modelling to optimise the package of interventions and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment Phase 2 will examine connectivity issues over a wider strategic area including the long term future of the M1

Further detail on delivery is contained in Section 4

35

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Local Road Access Diagram

1

2

3

4

5

6

New A52 access Pedestrian NET link Bus Interchange amp Station Car Park

Remodelled Bardills roundabout

7

8

9

10

11

Local link to Long Eaton

New Bardills roundabout Local link to Sandiacre

New Toton Lane NET extension amp option to extend to EMA Derby

HS2 underpass Station Concourse

HS2 overpass

36

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Section 4 | Delivery Summary

We have undertaken a number of technical studies to understand the costs and benefts of various scales and rates of development to inform the development of an initial outlines business case for our proposals consistent with Treasury requirements which is set out in a separate document This work will evolve and become more granular as our growth proposition matures

There is potential for signifcant employment and housing development across the East Midlands Hub and Derbyshire Growth Zones This will make a signifcant contribution to the Governmentrsquos rebalancing agenda and provide an impetus for growth across the wider East Midlands where there is potential to deliver an additional 74000 jobs and pound4 billion of GVA above trend

We have set out the key moves necessary to deliver our proposals for people place and connectivity and highlighted the immediate measures necessary to safeguard future opportunities Detailed proposals are set out in Appendix 1

We are keen to work with Government to develop propositions for powerful locally led development bodies that can deliver our ambitions for the Hub Station and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zones and contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2

37

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

41 Developing an Investible Proposition Realising our vision for growth will require a combination of strong leadership and clear decision making To inform this we have undertaken a comprehensive programme of technical work to inform our thinking and provide the evidence base for this Growth Strategy including

bull Comprehensive non-statutory development frameworks covering the East Midlands Hub and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

bull A number of concept studies to assess the options for key infrastructure moves including relocation of the existing rail depots at Toton strategic highway access and mass transit extensions

bull A Development Infrastructure Funding (DIF) Study to understand the costs and benefts of diferent scales and rates of development and a funding and delivery mechanisms study to identify options for forward funding of key infrastructure and delivery vehicles

This information has been used to construct an initial outline lsquobusiness casersquo document for our proposals consistent with the Treasuryrsquos lsquoGreen Bookrsquo guidance and will provide the basis for an ongoing dialogue with Government and HS2 Ltd This work will evolve and become more granular over time as our growth proposition matures

Some of the major infrastructure investments will be subject to a separate business case through other established Government programmes such as the Roads Investment Strategy (RIS) This still requires a high-level

case to be made through the Growth Strategy as well as efective co-ordination of planning funding and delivery with other Growth Strategy interventions

42 Key Moves The work we have undertaken to date has identifed a series of key moves that will be required to implement the Growth Strategy including a number of immediate actions which will be necessary to safeguard future opportunities Further detail on these and the necessary enabling measures by Government and its delivery bodies is set out in Appendix 1

People

Our immediate priorities can be delivered largely within existing resources with strong local leadership from the LEPs and the East Midlands Chamber of Commerce and comprise

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to business support that will help local SMEs beneft from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities

bull Establishing a lsquorail industry innovation grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2 awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2

Over the longer term we would expect mainstream Government funding for skills and business support activity to be refocussed around our priorities and complement the strategic approach to skills envisaged by the Midlands Engine

Place

For the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone there are a number of planning land assembly remediation and infrastructure issues that will need to be addressed to enable our vision to be delivered in full In the immediate short term it will be vital to ensure that existing planning consent for the Lime Rise development close to the Hub Station can contribute positively to the delivery of our growth vision

In addition there is a need for further work with the relevant organisations on options for relocating the rail siding and depot activity and the electricity sub-station to locations outside of the Hub Station site and on the expansion and relocation of existing school provision to a better location within the site

Elsewhere we are keen to take forward further work with the Ministry of Defence and the Homes and Communities Agency to ensure that the re-development of the Chetwynd Barracks can actively contribute to a lsquonetwork of garden villagesrsquo

In the Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone the key priority in Chesterfeld will be the delivery of proposals to transform pedestrian and public transport connectivity between the rail station and the town For Staveley the early priorities will be to confrm the depot site as a construction base for HS2 and to secure the frst phases of the Chesterfeld and Staveley Regeneration Route including the provision of improved public transport and pedestrian links necessary to deliver the wider Staveley masterplan

38

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Connectivity

Our immediate priority is to safeguard the potential to secure a classic compatible link at the Hub Station and for enhanced capacity at Trent Junctions capable of delivering the Midlands Connect ITSS These will require the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill which is due to be considered by Ministers in the autumn of 2017 to include provision for the necessary land take

The public transport overbridge and local road connections proposed for the Hub Station will impact on the Hybrid Bill and the associated Environmental Impact Statement and will need to be incorporated into the emerging Hub Station design commissioned by HS2 Ltd

We will need to confrm support from Highways England and HS2 Ltd to take forward the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan with Midlands Connect This work will optimise the package of interventions proposed to serve the Hub Station and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment However we believe we have a sufcient case now for Highways England to identify funding in RIS2 to develop a major scheme on the A52M1 J25 that address existing congestion issues and contributes to the wider solution for accessing the Hub Station

43 Proposals for Delivery Bodies The geographic and political context for the area around the Hub Station is complex spanning a number of local planning authorities local transport authorities and local enterprise partnerships Our work to date has highlighted a range of potential delivery and funding mechanisms that would help to enable development in particular options for Tax Increment Financing (TIf ) But these will require a strategic approach to investment over a number of administrative areas to be efective

There is a local appetite to establish a powerful delivery body that could work at a scale to drive forward our growth vision There are a range of options including the potential for the kind of lsquolocally-led development corporationrsquo envisaged by the Neighbourhood Planning Act 2017

We would like to work with Government over the coming months to develop a proposition for a delivery body for the Hub Station Growth Zone that could begin to operate in lsquoshadow formrsquo with initial seed-corn funding from 2018 onwards

For Chesterfeld and Staveley the geography is less complex with the key moves all within the administrative area of Chesterfeld Borough Council Here a local development company solution may be more appropriate which can also contribute to the delivery of the wider Derbyshire growth story

It will be important to ensure that development in both Growth Zones continues to contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2 under the auspices of the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Mitigation

Whilst HS2 has the potential to bring great benefts to the 44 East Midlands the scale of the new infrastructure involved will also result in some negative impacts ndash particularly in the short term Although the line of route has been designed to minimise impact on environmental assets challenges remain in a number of locations in Derbyshire Leicestershire and Nottinghamshire

Similarly where the line passes through urban areas for example Long Eaton some existing businesses will have to re-locate to alternative premises Whilst the Government has put in place a compensation scheme to assist those directly afected councils are keen to ensure the jobs and investment are retained in the local area wherever possible

The East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board has established a lsquomitigation sub-grouprsquo to work with DfT and HS2 Ltd to help develop detailed designs for key structures that will minimise and mitigate the environmental impacts of the line and look to ensure that existing businesses can continue to thrive As work starts on the development of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill it will be important to ensure that councils are able to inform the detail of the Governmentrsquos proposals on both an individual and collective basis

39

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

45 Phasing of Delivery This Growth Strategy demonstrated the scale complexity and interdependencies between programmes involving a range of partner agencies Many of these programmes involve major schemes that take many years to develop and deliver Although HS2 Phase 2b is not due to become fully operational until 2033 the lead in times are such that key decisions on what might be included within the Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environment Statement will actually be taken during the coming months With appropriate funding and collaboration a number of key moves can be implemented in the short term

Although the development may reach maturity in 2043 by the time HS2 opens there will in fact already be a new place (the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo) emerging around the station to welcome the frst passengers For this to be achieved the delivery partners will need to build momentum over the next 12 months and it is recognised this will require dedicated resource and governance

The evidence base underpinning the growth strategy provides a clear indication of the growth potential and promotes a range of key infrastructure concepts and moves However in order to take these forward and in particular promote some of them for possible inclusion in the Hybrid Bill the partners are clear that more detailed studies and analysis will be required and these will need to be developed in tandem with the work being undertaken for the railway

This highlights the need to establish a dedicated team and for further resources to commission and manage the work programme for the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Phases of Delivery

2017-2022 Hybrid bill development business case development (RS2CP6) land strategy and delivery body early phases of development

2022-2027 Early infrastructure development and key moves (eg depot relocation) next phases of development

2027-2033 HS2 Construction amp completiontesting

2033 HS2 becomes fully operational - local economic development builds momentum

2033-43 Development to maturity

46 First Phase Priorities The focus up to 2022 will be on ensuring the provisions of the Phase 2 Hybrid Bill enable our vision for the Hub Station and priorities for local and strategic connectivity to be implemented Delivery of improvements to the A52 at Bardills and Toton Lane will enable the early phases of the Toton Innovation Campus to commence helping to build investor confdence Completion for the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity plan will progress the wider mix of strategic and local interventions to detailed design stage To be successful all this activity will need to be underpinned by the establishment of a properly resourced and empowered local delivery bodyThe early completion of frst stages of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Station Link Road will help to kick start development in the North Derbyshire Growth Zone

40

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

1 High level Ministerial endorsement of the East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy including through

bull Funding the establishment of a lsquoshadow delivery bodyrsquo to start implementing the Growth Strategy locally and to establish a viable mechanism for capturing a proportion of development value necessary for infrastructure delivery and

bull Promotion by Government and its delivery bodies of key development opportunities set out in the Growth Strategy to national and international investors consistent with the Midlands Engine Vision for Growth

2 Support from DCLG for our vision for the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone by

bull Empowering the HCA to establish a strategic land strategy that will facilitate enabling infrastructure and subsequently to bring forward early phases of development and

bull Using other funding including the current Housing Infrastructure Fund (HIF) to help bring forward early phase infrastructure

3 Support from DfT and its delivery bodies for the implementation of early connectivity priorities related to the Hub Station through

bull Ensuring Highways England and HS2 Ltd contribute gap funding towards the East Midlands Gateway Connectivity Plan Phase 1 Study

bull Funding the delivery phases 1ab of the A52 Access Strategy to enable the initial phases of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo to commence before 2022 and

bull Identifying funding in the next Road Investment Strategy (RIS2) to develop a major scheme to address capacity at M1 Junction 25 and access the Hub Station from the A52 (phases 2 amp3 of the A52 Access Strategy) ndash also making the necessary provisions within the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill amp Environmental Statement

4 DfTHS2 Ltd to ensure that the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make provision at and around the Hub Station for

bull Capacity improvements to classic rail connectivity to the south and north of Toton HS2 station including Trent Junctions optimising the integration of classic and High Speed Rail services and including a lsquoclassic compatible linkrsquo to transform connectivity between Leicester and the north of England

bull An integrated station design including moving the station concourse north to better connect with tram and Public Transport Interchange with an integrated deck connecting eastwest over the HS2 track to

better integrate the Toton station into the heart of the new place ndash the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo This would include provision of a second transfer deck to the south of the main concourse to provide improve capacity and interchange between services

bull Fully integrated public transport interchange and walking routes connecting surrounding communities to promote sustainable travel reduce the need for car parking and thereby make best use of land and local assets including the tram as a means of linking Park amp Ride facilities with the station

bull North South connectivity through the site to connect Long Eaton and Stapleford and to enable local communities to access the station by all modes

bull A clear car parking strategy with a decked car park at the station (premium) complemented by NET based Park and Ride

bull Provision for three bridges as follows

- Integrated with concourse deck to create east west route for tram and sustainable transport links between east and west development areas and to Long Eaton airport and Derby

- Multi-modal bridge south of the A52 to enable resilience in the local network connections to the western development area and

41

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

- Pedestrian bridge at mid-point between the above to connect new communities

bull Provision for an underpass under the Network Rail and HS2 lines to the south of the concourse to enable links between Stapleford Long Eaton and the station by various modes and in particular public transport but as a secondary primary access connecting east and west development areas within the Innovation Campus

5 Separately to ensure the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make specifc provision to deliver the NET tram extension from the existing Toton Park amp Ride to the HS2 Station consistent with the provisions set our above

6 DfTHS2 Ltd to designate Staveley as a major construction hubrailhead for the construction of Phase 2b in addition to the establishment of the Infrastructure Maintenance Depot

7 Government to make a contribution towards the delivery of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Chesterfeld Station Link Road to unlock early development and growth in the corridor

8 Further fnancial and technical support from Network Rail HS2 Ltd and HS2 Growth Partnership to work collaboratively on the relocation of the DBS Depot and Network Rail Sidings to enable development growth and transport connections through the Hub Station area

9 DfTHS2 Ltd to amend the HS2 Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS) to ensure that both Shefeld HS2 classic compatible services stop at Chesterfeld

10 Commitment from DfTHS2 Ltd to at least partially open the Hub Station at Toton by 2030 rather than 2033 to generate additional passenger revenue and accelerate the delivery of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

42

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy World Class - Locally Driven

For more information please contact East Midlands Councils Tel 01664 502620 Email infoemcouncilsgovuk

  • Structure Bookmarks
    • Born 1946-1964
    • Born 1964-1980
    • Born 1980-2000
    • Born 2000+
    • The Hub Station and surrounding area
    • Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone
    • Chesterfield Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo
    • Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site
Page 6: East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy - Broxtowe€¦ · 3.7 Park & Ride 3.8 4.3 East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Contents Contents Foreword 3 3.6 Cycling & Walking 33 Executive Summary

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Foreword

Foreword

The Infrastructure Maintenance Depot at Staveley and the ability to serve Chesterfeld with high speed trains will have a transformational impact on the Derbyshire economy We have set out a comprehensive approach to integrating Chesterfeld station and associated development areas into the town enhancing its role as a gateway to the Peak District National Park and accelerating the regeneration of the Staveley corridor and key surrounding sites

Informing all our work is a clear recognition of the needs of people ndash current and future generations Key to this in the early stages will be implementing our comprehensive skills and supply chain strategy making sure that our young people and businesses can beneft from the economic opportunities that lie ahead

We have set out a clear and well evidenced approach to delivery We recognise that not everything can happen at once and that some hard choices will have to be made We have commissioned independent assessments of the costs of key interventions and the value of the resulting development that has informed a business case for investment which is set out in a separate document We are keen to establish powerful locally led development vehicles that can realise the potential we have identifed

In conclusion we have set out a bold yet pragmatic vision for using HS2 to boost economic growth across the East Midlands We now need a commitment from Government to work in partnership with us to make our vision a reality

5

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Executive Summary

Executive Summary

Our Growth Strategy is structured around the three themes of People Place and Connectivity with a clear focus on Delivery

People

People are at the heart of our Growth Strategy For local people across the East Midlands HS2 will mean more jobs and training opportunities the chance to earn higher wages and more housing choice But these benefts will not be delivered without continuing local leadership strong governance and collective action

We have set out a coherent economic strategy consistent with the Midlands Engine Vision for Growth and the Governmentrsquos Industrial Strategy that builds on our existing strengths in manufacturing technology and high value services and which will help to shift our long term economic growth rate to above the UK average

We have developed a comprehensive skills amp supply chain strategy and action plan based around fve key themes inspiring our young people building further education capacity harnessing the power of our universities

supporting individuals and ensuring our businesses are lsquoHS2 readyrsquo Our three immediate priorities are

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to

business support that will help local SMEs beneft from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities

bull Establishing a rail industry lsquoinnovation

grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2

awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2

Underpinning our approach is an understanding that the nature of work will continue to change rapidly as a result of new technology and that the requirements and aspirations of the future workforce are likely to be diferent to our own

Place

Great place-making will be key to realising the opportunities that HS2 connectivity will create Our proposals are ambitious but build upon our existing market strengths and add value to the attractive mix of urban and rural environments that already characterises the East Midlands We have also sought to refect the needs and aspirations of future generations in the scale and form of proposed development and by incorporating sustainable transport choices

Within a strategic context set by Midlands Engine and Midlands Connect initiatives we have identifed two lsquoGrowth Zonesrsquo which relate directly to the benefts of HS2 connectivity and complement existing assets across the East Midlands

The East Midlands Hub Growth Zone is related to the area around the Hub Station at Toton itself Here we are proposing the development

6

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Executive Summary

Executive Summary

of a new high quality lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo with the potential to create up to 10000 new jobs community facilities and a range of new housing choices It will be an inspiring 21st Century Gateway to the East Midlands and a destination in its own right The lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo will sit at the heart of a thriving network of lsquogarden villagersquo developments that will include the nearby Stanton and Chetwynd Barracks sites

Chesterfeld and Staveley will be at the heart of the North Derbyshire Growth Zone but activity will focus on the wider Derbyshire growth story We will use HS2 to complement existing rail services and transform links between Chesterfeld Station and the town centre opening up regeneration opportunities and creating an attractive gateway to the Peak District National Park ndash one the regionrsquos unique destination ofers The Staveley depot will be the heart of a mixed use housing and employment zone within the wider growth corridor and in the short term could also provide a construction base for HS2

Connectivity

The Hub Station at Toton will already be the most connected on the high speed network outside of London Whilst the development adjacent to the Hub Station will be crucial our early work confrmed that much of the wider economic potential of HS2 will be dependent on the extent to which we can connect economic opportunities across the East Midlands into the high speed network In particular the city centres of Derby Leicester and Nottingham East Midlands Airport and sites that exist in the towns and villages surrounding both the Hub Station and Chesterfeld

Our analysis has demonstrated which modes of transport will serve diferent markets most efectively ndash national regional sub-regional and local Based on this we have set out a comprehensive step by step approach to connectivity which will maximise transport choice for future generations as well as tackling congestion issues that exist today

Key to this will be safeguarding the ability to extend public transport accessibility in the scope of the Governmentrsquos Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and

planning now for a phased approach to delivery of highway improvements starting in Road Investment Strategy period 2 (RIS2)

Whilst we are confdent that the measures we have identifed can deliver positive outcomes more detailed design work will be required to secure the capital funding necessary for delivery Further work on the design and phasing of key interventions will therefore be undertaken with transport modelling developed in partnership with Midlands Connect the outcome of which will also help to scope the necessary provisions of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

7

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Executive Summary

Executive Summary

Delivery

We have undertaken a number of technical studies to understand the costs and benefts of various scales and rates of development to inform the development of an initial outline business case for our proposals consistent with Treasury requirements which is set out in a separate document This work will evolve and become more granular as our growth proposition matures

We have set out the key moves necessary to deliver our proposals for people place and connectivity and highlighted the immediate issues that we need Government support to progress In particular

bull Provision within the scope of the Phase

2b Hybrid Bill and Environmental Impact Statement to accommodate our vision for the Hub Station including a classic compatible link a northern station concourse and public transport overbridge local road access and enhancements to Trent Junctions

bull Financial and technical support from

Highways England and HS2 Ltd to take forward Phase 1 of the East Midlands Gateway Connectivity Plan

bull Provision within RIS2 for the development of a major scheme to address existing and future challenges on the A52 between Derby and Nottingham

bull Financial and technical support from

DCLG and the Homes amp Communities Agency (HCA) to develop the concept of a lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo at the heart of a network of thriving lsquogarden villagesrsquo including land assembly

bull Financial and technical support from

Network Rail HS2 Ltd and HS2 Growth Partnership to work collaboratively on the relocation of rail sidings and depot adjacent to the Hub Station

bull Designation of the Staveley Infrastructure

Maintenance Depot (IMD) site as a construction base for the construction of Phase 2b of HS2

bull Financial support for the delivery of the

early phases of the Chesterfeld amp Staveley Regeneration Route and Station Link Road

bull Provision for both Sheffield HS2 and classic

compatible services to stop at Chesterfeld Station and

bull Financial and technical support for the

establishment of a lsquoshadow delivery bodyrsquo to take forward the Growth Strategy

8

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

Section 1 | People Summary

People are at the heart of our Growth Strategy For local people across the East Midlands HS2 will mean more job and training opportunities the chance to earn higher wages and more housing choice But these benefts will not be delivered without continuing local leadership strong governance and collective action

We have set out a coherent economic strategy consistent with the Midlands Engine Vision for Growth and the Governmentrsquos Industrial Strategy that builds on our existing strengths in manufacturing technology and high value services ndash and which will help to shift our long term economic growth rate to above the UK average

We have developed a comprehensive skills amp supply chain strategy and action plan based around fve key themes inspiring our young people building further education capacity harnessing the power of our universities supporting individuals and ensuring our businesses are lsquoHS2 readyrsquo Our three immediate priorities are

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to business support that will help local SMEs benefit from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities

bull Establishing a rail industry lsquoinnovation grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2 awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2

Underpinning our approach is an understanding that the nature of work will continue to change rapidly as a result of new technology and that the requirements and aspirations of the future workforce are likely to be diferent to our own

9

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

11 The Economic Prize HS2 will provide major opportunities for businesses in the East Midlands to expand their horizons and to trade and compete in wider markets Similarly high speed rail will connect the people of the East Midlands to new work learning and leisure opportunities whilst opening up the region to new visitors

Independent research commissioned from KPMG by HS2 Ltd suggested that an East Midlands Hub Station could have the greatest economic uplift of any of the proposed HS2 stations Our own work has confrmed this assessment This potential refects the ability of HS2 to radically improve connectivity between the local economies of the East Midlands with those across the UK but also our own inherent and enduring economic strengths

We have undertaken a comprehensive lsquoEconomic Opportunities Assessmentrsquo underpinned by independent analysis from Cambridge Econometrics to determine the best approach for maximising local growth opportunities - focussing on the D2N2 and Leicester amp Leicestershire LEP areas This combined area already comprises 315 million people over 100000 businesses and pound65 billion of GVA

We have gone back to frst principles and looked at the drivers that are likely to shape economic growth over the coming decades From this we have set out a strategy for how we can use HS2 to deliver a more productive and resilient economy

Our analysis suggests that by targeting some of our key sectors that can beneft from HS2 connectivity in particular manufacturing technology and high value services we can boost employment growth from just below to above the

projected UK trend - equivalent to an additional 74000 jobs and almost pound4 billion of GVA by 2043 ndash helping to close the gaps in our economy post Brexit

Our approach is consistent with the emerging Midlands Engine Vision for Growth and will help to deliver key aspects of the Governmentrsquos Industrial Strategy ndash in

particular by helping to re-balance the economy increasing productivity promote innovation and support export growth

For more information about the analysis underpinning our economic strategy please visit httpwwwemcouncilsgovukHS2

Economic Growth Baseline Matching UK Trend

Our Economic Vision

Net Employment Growth (FTE) 172000 184000 246000

GVA Uplift above Baseline - pound038 billion pound399 billion

Key Drivers

Manufacturing Engine

Technology High Value Services

The UKrsquos most competitive location for high value engineering and manufacturing

A fertile innovation eco-system attracting global talent in research strengths

Delivering a step change in high value services

Enablers

Smart Growth A Dynamic Entrepreneurial

Economy

Galvanised visitor economy and distinctive

gateway

A transformed and expanded visitor economy bringing a new generation of visitors to established and new attractions

Creating the conditions to compete for investment talent and knowledge nationally and internationally including excellence in logistics and distribution capacity

One of the best places to start and grow a business in the UK high quality business space reinforced by world class business support and access to funding and investment

10

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

12 The Changing Nature of Work We understand that we are planning for HS2 over a 25 year time horizon and that the nature of work is changing fast Looking back over the last 25 years we can see how information technology and the rise of the internet has radically changed many peoplersquos working lives This pace of technological change will continue and even accelerate over the coming decades ndash and it will impact on all aspects of the economy not just the service sector

Whilst we cannot anticipate all the changes that may happen our plans for making the most of HS2 must be forward looking and fexible and try not to use the solutions of the past to meet the challenges of the future

Crucial to success is understanding who we are planning for ndash and how they are likely to want to live their lives

The core workforce we are planning for are children now at school ndash the so called lsquoGeneration Zrsquo This is the frst generation of lsquodigital nativesrsquo - people who have grown up with digital technology and are comfortable using it for all manner of everyday tasks Research suggests Generation Z will have a very diferent experience of work to their parents - with up to 5 diferent careers 15 homes and 17 jobs over a working lifetime They are likely to be more entrepreneurial and collaborative than previous generations and less interested in owning a car or a house

This perspective has underpinned our thinking about how we can use HS2 to drive future prosperity across the East Midlands and in particular how we should plan for places future generations will want to live work and play It has also infuenced our comprehensive plans to ensure our young people have the work skills necessary to make the most of the opportunities that lie ahead

Baby Boomers Baby Boomers

Generation X Generation X

Born 1946-1964

Age in 2043 79-97

Born 1964-1980

Age in 2043 63-78

Millennials Millennials

Generation Z Generation Z

Born 1980-2000

Age in 2043 43-63

Born 2000+

Age in 2043 26-43

11

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

13 Our Skills amp Supply Chain Strategy The delivery of HS2 will be transformational for the East Midlands economy Through the build phase and once operational it will bring new opportunities for those that live and work across the D2N2 and Leicester amp Leicestershire LEP areas

These opportunities will be about more than just the construction of a new railway The enhanced connectivity it brings will transform the geography of competition and agglomeration amongst businesses will open up new marketplaces and catchment areas and will attract inward investment to the region from across the UK and overseas

Opportunities will vary over time and will be both direct and indirect They begin now as contracts are awarded for the construction of Phase 1 from London to Birmingham and they stretch to beyond the projected 2033 completion date The establishment of the National College for High Speed Rail presents a major opportunity particularly for the development of the Staveley Infrastructure Maintenance Depot and its potential role as a construction base for HS2 Phase 2

To ensure local people and companies can beneft from HS2 investment and the growth it will bring we have worked with businesses trade bodies and training providers to develop a comprehensive skills and supply chain strategy built around fve key elements

Within each of these elements we have set out a clear action plan which is summarised below Key to this will be to avoid adding further complexity to existing provision for skills and business support Instead the approach will be

wherever possible to refocus existing support and funding on activities that will help deliver the Growth Strategy ndash rather than create new structures or programmes and complement the strategically driven approach to skills envisaged by the Midlands Engine

Inspiring YoungPeople

Building Further Education Capacity

HarnessingUniversities

Supporting Individuals

HS2 ReadyBusinesses

12

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

Inspiring Young People

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

Programme of engagement covering the entirety of a young personrsquos education

D2N2 LLEP Councils HS2 Ltd Private Sector Refocussing existing resources Short-medium

Ensure teachers amp careers advisors are provided with information about relevant career opportunities

Schools Private Sector Some additional administrative costs Using existing business networks

Short ndash Medium

Develop a unifed lsquoEM33rsquo HS2 businessschool engagement programme

Private Sector Careers amp Skills Company LEP Skills Boards

Refocussing existing resources Short

Harnessing Universities

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

EM Universities to develop HS2 programmes of engagement with business

Universities LEP Skills Boards Research Councils Innovate UK

Leveraging existing resources Short

Establish a Rail Industry Innovation Group through Rail Forum East Midlands (RFEM)

Universities RFEM Network Rail and industry Administrative costs only bodies

Universities East Midland HS2 Delivery Boards Refocussing existing consultancy spend

Immediate

Support Hub Station lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo and signifcant HE links at Chesterfeld Station

Immediate

Develop a university based lsquoRail Innovation Centrersquo

Universities LEPs New funding required Short

13

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

HS2 Ready Businesses

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

Develop an lsquoEM33rsquo HS2 awareness campaign aimed at businesses

LEPs Councils East Midlands Chamber New funding required Immediate

Establish dedicated HS2 supply chain support for businesses

LEPs Private Sector Midlands Engine Supply New funding required for additional 1 FTE Chain Initiative Ofcer

LEPs Private Sector ERDF underspend

Immediate

Promote SME collaboration through business support activity

Immediate

Establish web resource for businesses to identify HS2 Specifc opportunities

LEP Growth Hubs HS2 Ltd Additional support for Growth Hubs required Immediate

Supporting Individuals

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

Develop a public facing lsquoEM33rsquo awareness campaign

LEPs Councils East Midlands Chamber New funding required Immediate

Embed the lsquoEM33rsquo HS2 awareness across job centre and council employment support programmes

DWP Councils voluntary sector Refocussing employment support programmes

Medium

Establish an EM HS2 Delivery Charter to encourage recruitment from lsquohard to reachrsquo groups

Private Sector Councils DWP Administrative costs only Medium ndash Long

14

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

Building Further Education Capacity

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

Embed lsquoEM33rsquo activity into new lsquoTrsquo and relevant lsquoArsquo levels

Further Education (FE) Providers LEPs Councils

Refocussing existing resources and future Local Growth Fund

Short ndash medium

Develop strategic relationship between FE sector and National College for High Speed Rail (NCHSR)

FE Providers private training providers Using existing forums and relationships National College for High Speed Rail (NCHSR)

FE Providers Councils Funding required to recruit additional BIM expert

Immediate

Develop world leading capability for Building Information Management (BIM) linked to Staveley IMD

Short- medium

Support the development of lsquoShared Apprentice Schemesrsquo across key HS2 related job rolesdisciplines

FE Providers LEPS Councils Additional funding required Short

14 Next Steps Within our strategic approach we have identifed three immediate priorities These to be taken forward largely with existing LEP and private sector resources but will require strong local leadership to be successful

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to business support that will help local SMEs beneft from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities to be driven by D2N2 LLLEP and the private sector

bull Establishing a lsquorail industry innovation grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands to help drive innovation within our thriving SME rail engineering sector and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2 awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2 provisionally entitled lsquoEM33rsquo to be driven by East Midlands Chamber of Commerce D2N2 and LLLEP and supported by councils

Over the longer term we would expect mainstream Government funding for skills and business support activity to be refocussed around our priorities For more information about our skills and supply chain strategy please visit httpwwwemcouncilsgovukHS2

15

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Section 2 | Place Summary

Great place-making will be key to realising the opportunities that HS2 connectivity will create Our proposals are ambitious but build upon existing market strengths and add value to the attractive mix of urban and rural environments that already characterises the East Midlands We have also sought to refect the needs and aspirations of future generations in the scale and form of proposed development and by incorporating sustainable transport choices

Our Growth Strategy has been developed within in a wider spatial context that will use HS2 to enhance opportunities in towns and cities across the East Midlands and in key assets like East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange To drive this we have identifed two lsquoGrowth Zonesrsquo which relate directly to the benefts of HS2 connectivity

The East Midlands Hub Growth Zone is related to the area around the Hub Station at Toton Here we are proposing the development of a new high quality lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo with the potential to create up to 10000 new jobs community facilities and a range of new housing choices It will be an inspiring 21st Century Gateway to the East Midlands and a destination in its own right The lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo will sit at the heart of a thriving network of lsquogarden villagersquo developments that will include the nearby Stanton and Chetwynd Barracks sites

Chesterfeld and Staveley will be at the heart of the North Derbyshire Growth Zone but activity will focus on the wider Derbyshire growth story We will use HS2 to complement existing rail services and transform links between Chesterfeld Station and the town centre opening up regeneration opportunities and creating an attractive gateway to the Peak District National Park ndash one of the regionrsquos unique destination ofers The Staveley Depot will be the heart of a mixed use housing and employment zone within the wider growth corridor and in the short term could also provide a construction base for HS2

16

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

21 East Midlands Context Our Growth Strategy has been developed within in a wider spatial context that also seeks to use HS2 to enhance existing regional and national assets across the East Midlands In particular the area spanning the D2N2 and Leicester amp Leicestershire LEP areas which already comprise 315 million people over 100000 businesses and generate pound65 billion of GVA Key opportunities for growth include

bull Derby a city of world class automotive rail and aerospace technology sectors Home to Rolls Royce Bombardier and Toyota and a thriving network of highly specialised manufacturing SMEs

bull Leicester a vibrant diverse city with a strong record of SME formation and major growth potential Home to the National Space Centre and a burgeoning space technology sector

bull Nottingham a city of thriving business services biotech and leisure sectors and fagship companies like Experian and Boots underpinned by world class public transport and local energy systems

bull East Midlands Airport and Gateway the biggest freight airport outside of London and home to DHL The new East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange will generate thousands of new jobs

bull Loughborough a national centre for sport and sports science The Loughborough University Science and Enterprise Park forms part of a recently designated Enterprise Zone

bull Chesterfeld an historic and well connected rail town with a strong engineering economy and both a visitor destination and gateway

bull Peak District National Park and Derwent Valley Mills Word Heritage Site the most visited national park in England adjacent to the cradle of the industrial revolution

bull MansfeldAshfeld key regional service centres with strengths in manufacturing and logistics

There are also a range of growth and regeneration opportunities along the A52 corridor between Derby and Nottingham Castle Ward Pride Park and Raynesway on

Derby A50 Corridor

A42M42 M69

M1

M1

Chesterfeld

Mansfeld Ashfeld

Staveley

HS2

Nottingham

Loughborough

Leicester

A46 Corridor

the Derby side and the Nottingham Enterprise Zones sites Alliance Boots in Beeston Beeston Business Park and the Nottingham Science Park

Within this strategic context we have identifed two lsquoGrowth Zonesrsquo which relate directly to the benefts of HS2 connectivity which we believe will drive HS2 related growth across the wider sub area

bull East Midlands Hub Growth Zone

bull Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

M1 Corridor

3 Cities

Derby Nottingham (A52)

Trent Valley Vision

Derwent Valley Mills World

Heritage Site

Peak District National Park

HS2 Station

Classic Rail Lines

Strategic Context Diagram

17

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

East Midlands Hub Growth Zone Diagram 22 East Midlands Hub Growth Zone Our Growth Vision

The Growth Zone encompasses the Hub Station site at Toton the former ironworks site at Stanton and Chetwynd Barracks The core area encompasses Broxtowe and Erewash Borough Councils Derbyshire and Nottinghamshire County Councils

Central will be the development of a high quality lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo at the Hub Station in Toton itself with the potential to create up to 10000 new jobs and a range of new housing choices The concept of an lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo follows research undertaken looking at trends in business locations away from city centres and the need for a much more dynamic mix of uses that recognises the changing needs and desires of lsquoGeneration Zrsquo It is also consistent with the long term aspirations of the university sector within the region which has actively contributed to our thinking

Our vision includes the development of a network of mixed use lsquogarden villagesrsquo that will incorporate the very latest innovations in land remediation environmental standards together with advances in sustainable drainage localised energy and public transport Enhanced connectivity by sustainable modes of transport will ensure the development of pedestrian orientated streets and spaces which will be attractive to both local people and investors

The developments will complement the adjacent city centre ofer and help to drive major improvements to existing places such as Long Eaton and Stapleford

HS2

A52 Jct 25

A50

Jct 24

M1

Castle Donington amp EM Gateway Freight Interchange East Midlands Airport

Lougborough

East Midlands Parkway amp Ratclife

Innovation Campus amp Hub Station

Stanton Derby

Prid

e Par

k Ray

nesw

ay

Spon

don

Boots Campus

Beeston

ScienceMedi

Nottingham

A453

P

P

Potential Mass Rapid-Transit

Classic Rail Lines

Garden Village Network

Key Employment Sites

HS2 Line

Chetwynd

i Celanese

Urban Village

Infnity Garden Village

18

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Toton Area (Hub Station) Development Framework

We have worked with councils local partners and the Toton Neighbourhood Planning Forum to develop a long term non-statutory lsquodevelopment frameworkrsquo for the Hub Station Growth Area in Toton to inform the review of local plans and future investment decisions The development framework recognises a series of distinct character areas and sets out development principles for each

Station Hub The core development area is clustered to the east and west of the Hub Station Anchored by key multi modal transport infrastructure (including HS2 and Classic rail facilities NET bus interchange facilities and central car parking facilities) The primary land use in this area will be workspace development set within a high quality urban development context Hotel and residential accommodation may also be appropriate at this central location and the arearsquos public realm will be animated by cafeacutes restaurants and small scale retail outlets serving passengers employees and residents

Toton Area (Hub Station) Development

19

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

The Hub Station and surrounding area

A new public space will be created adjacent to the main station concourse This will provide a high quality east-west pedestrian connection across the HS2 lines and support interchange between a range of transport modes This development area is located on a plateau which is at a signifcantly lower level than the main development site to the east New buildings will typically be taller (up to 6-8 storeys) which will allow the development to act as a marker in the context of the rail corridor without appearing incongruous within the wider development

Toton Innovation Campus This mixed use corridor runs through the heart of the site connecting the HS2 station and areas to the west following the tram corridor towards Toton Lane NET station in the east

This dynamic space will be characterised not only by the diversity of uses but also a green boulevard and sustainable transport corridor and will include a mixture of medium density workspace including apartment based residential development

The lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo is roughly equidistant between the city centres of Nottingham and Derby and is intended to be anchored by a university based research and development centre To the south links to Leicester East Midlands Airport East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange and the Enterprise Zone sites in Loughborough will drive further opportunities

To achieve the scale of development and sense of place envisaged will require major investment in land assembly management and infrastructure Making the right moves now will provide much needed capacity to unlock and absorb growth and provide resilience in a currently stressed local network It will also require higher densities than those currently subject of an extant Outline Planning Consent for the site and this will need careful consideration by Broxtowe Borough Council as the Local Planning Authority

A52 Trackside Corridor A series of larger development sites have been identifed along the A52 and rail corridors towards the north of the site ofering the potential to accommodate larger workplace developments or research institutions This area will ofer the potential to accommodate distinctive gateway buildings acting as markers along both the A52 and HS2 corridors

Waterside Development parcels along the Erewash River Canal corridor are considered an appropriate mix of uses including residential Building heights will step down from around six storeys adjacent to the rail corridor to around three storeys in areas closer to the river canal corridor respecting the domestic scale of buildings to the west The landscaped environment of the river canal corridor will be brought into the area with a series of lsquogreen fngersrsquo leading into the development site This open space will serve a

20

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

variety of functions including recreation food mitigation and ecological habitat The orientation of buildings within this corridor should support this landscape strategy and open up views of the canal river corridor from higher ground to the east of the HS2 line

Parkside Generous green corridors are proposed as a bufer between the planned new development and existing residential communities Lower density areas broadly refecting established residential areas of Toton will front onto these spaces with a typical height of two to

three storeys open landscaped space and site topography ensuring that the amenity of existing local residents are protected New footpaths and cycleways will integrate the site with its surrounding context and enable residents of existing neighbourhoods to access facilities and transport hubs within the new development site It should be noted that new vehicular connections to these neighbourhoods are not proposed

bull Neighbourhood Centres These centres will be located at highly accessible positions within the

The Toton Innovation Campus looking towards the Hub Station

development and will allow the vast majority of the site area to be located within an easy fve minute walking catchment of local facilities

bull HS2 Hub This facility will serve HS2 passengers along with residents and workers based in the lower western section of the site It is envisaged that cafeacutes restaurants and local retail facilities will be integrated within the main station concourse and spill out onto the adjoining public plaza This area also becomes a new cross-roads within a more resilient local road network ofering better connections between SandiacreStapleford and Long Eaton This will further enhance the vitality and vibrancy of the area whilst ensuring surrounding communities can access the services on ofer by a full range of transport choices

bull Toton Innovation Campus Centre Located at the heart of the development a cluster of local retail leisure and hospitality facilities will be clustered in and around a central square Facilities such as a hotel gym business centre and resource centre may also be attracted to this central pedestrian orientated space

bull Community Hub A site to the west of the Toton Lane NET Station has been identifed for the relocation of the George Spencer Academy along with a site for a new primary school a leisure centre and health facility These new community infrastructure buildings will be developed in a green landscape setting with good pedestrian and cycle links to local neighbourhoods and public transport hubs The level of retail development (including

21

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

restaurants cafeacutes) will be controlled to a level which provides for the needs of local residents employees and passengers and avoid competition with existing local centres

The Universities of Derby Nottingham and Nottingham Trent are fully supportive of the HS2 Growth Strategy We have a long history of working together to re-balance economy and believe that this investment has the potential to be transformative

To maximise the value derived from this investment the universities are in a strong position to build on our established partnership for example by working together to shape the proposed lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo located at the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton

The active involvement of the universities at an early stage in defning the proposed lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo means that we can develop an integrated strategy for research teaching and business interaction aligned with HS2 investment

The lsquoworld-classrsquo connectivity aforded by the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton will support the difusion of these opportunities and position the East Midlands as a stronger resilient and more productive economy

bull Green Infrastructure From a place making perspective the HS2 Hub site will be designed to integrate with its surrounding natural environments In total around 16 hectares of open space are proposed within the development site

bull River Canal Corridor The Erewash river and canal corridor runs to the east of the site and provides an area of high amenity value To the north the opportunity exists to enhance the network of footpaths and cycleways leading up to the strategic Stanton Iron Works site and beyond To the south new pedestrian and cycle links will connect the site to the Attenborough Nature Reserve and the Trent Valley This will include opportunities to reinstate new routes beneath the HS2 classic rail line to the south of the station and also to reduce the risk of fooding associated with this section of the river More generally the opportunity to enhance the character of the river and canal corridor would provide further amenity and ecological benefts This may include enhancements to the Sandiacre Locks Conservation Area and measures to introduce more variety diverse habitats and interest to the river lsquochannelrsquo

bull Toton Horseshoe A landscaped corridor is proposed to wrap around the existing Toton residential area This will provide a bufer between planned new development and the local residential areas encompass existing areas of maturing woodland and create a new connection through to the redeveloped Chetwynd Barracks to the east

bull Green Boulevard A new green spine is planned to run through the heart of the new development This route will connect the eastern and western sections of the site via a new pedestrian link across the HS2 corridor and a new plaza at the station entrance The boulevard a wide green space integrating a small existing watercourse will run

through the heart of the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo connecting to the area of protected Green Belt land to the north east

bull Local Amenity Open Space In addition to the strategic green infrastructure highlighted above a network of local amenity spaces will be integrated across the new development These will include both formal and informal recreation areas and play space for the enjoyment of residents employees and visitors alike

Associated lsquoGarden Villagersquo Developments

Chetwynd Barracks The MoD site at Chetwynd will become available for development from 2020 and will be designed and developed as an integral part of the Hub Station Growth area The development will provide a predominantly residential area that will be linked directly to the lsquoCommunity Hubrsquo north of the existing Toton Lane Like the main Hub Station lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo and Community Hub Chetwynd will be subject to the policies of the emerging Broxtowe Local Plan and of Nottinghamshire County Council as the Local HighwayTransport Authority and Local Education Authority

Stanton The Hub Station Growth Zone also includes the former iron works at Stanton where additional employment opportunities will be realised alongside up to 2000 homes which will serve to complement the proposals for the Hub Station and Innovation Campus This site falls within Erewash Borough Council and Derbyshire County Councilrsquos administrative areas This site is subject of a separate Supplementary Planning Document published by Erewash Borough Council and the proposals outlined in the Growth Strategy are consistent with this

22

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Ratclife Power Station Site Within the wider area there may also be further growth opportunities to be explored as part of the HS2 Growth Strategy including Ratclife Power Station Whilst this is not anticipated to be decommissioned before 2025 its location adjacent to the existing East Midlands Parkway station and an existing railhead means that the site has potential to create a transport orientated mixed use development around the station and a possible location for rail related development This site falls within Rushclife Borough Council and Nottinghamshire County Councilrsquos administrative areas

Derby There are already proposals to develop up to 2000 new homes as part of the lsquoInfnity Garden Villagersquo development which spans the boundary between the city of Derby and South Derbyshire District Council In addition there is potential for major mixed use development on the former Courtaulds site at Spondon on the east side of Derby

Leicestershire There are emerging proposals for major housing development in North West Leicestershire linked to employment growth at East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange

23 Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone Our Growth Vision

The Growth Zone is focussed on the Borough of Chesterfeld within the county of Derbyshire and includes the areas around the existing railway station and the proposed Infrastructure Maintenance Depot (IMD) at Staveley east of the town centre also proposed as a construction base for HS2

Our ambitions for Chesterfeld and Staveley are set in the context of a wide growth story for the wider northern Derbyshire area that builds on existing strengths in tourism construction and engineering higher and further education and professional services Key complementary investments include the lsquoPeak Resortrsquo development that

will combine a unique combination of tourism and HEFE education and training

HS2 will bring Chesterfeld within 108 minutes from London and serve a catchment area of over 1 million people Plans for Chesterfeld will transform the relationship between

Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

23

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

the rail station the town centre and major regeneration opportunities and enable the station to become an attractive gateway to the town itself the surrounding Peak District National Park and other key heritage assets - particularly for international visitors Proposals include a scalable housing and commercial investment proposition that will be accelerated to welcome HS2 through investment in enabling infrastructure

The proposed IMD is set within a wider masterplan for the Staveley corridor that will deliver signifcant levels of housing and job growth and provide a focus for the local rail engineering sector including the development of a rail industry lsquocentre of excellencersquo linked to the High Speed Rail College In the shorter term there is an ambition for the Staveley site to be used for a base for the construction of the majority of Phase 2b of HS2

Construction of early phases of the Chesterfeld amp Staveley Regeneration Route will enable key brownfeld regeneration sites to be developed and wider benefts to the A61 Corridor and the extended Markham Vale Enterprise Zone

Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

Underpinning the vision will be a strong focus on inclusive growth linked to our wider skills and supply chain strategy making sure that local communities and local businesses can beneft from the investment that HS2 will bring

Chesterfeld amp Staveley Development Framework

We will enable this growth in the number and quality of jobs by re-shaping and transforming our places through infrastructure-led development Those places will be allowed to fourish and cater for our changing communities as well as providing for new communities and retaining those such as graduates who will have much wider lifestyle choices as a result

Chesterfeld Station

Chesterfeld Station will have an enhanced role as both a destination and a gateway to surrounding localities Over 1 million people already live within 30 minutes of the station HS2 will bring Birmingham and Leeds within 50 minutes We will bring forward development and infrastructure in tandem to provide a high quality experience for those using the

Platform 4

Chesterfeld Station

Chesterfeld Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo

24

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

station lsquoPlatform 4rsquo will provide a modern and attractive route across the A61 with well-designed public realm that will bring the station into the town centre as well as allowing far greater accessibility to public transport Unused and under-used land around the station will be developed and linked to the adjacent Waterside development to provide a mixed-use lsquourban villagersquo ft for future generations to live work and play

Remodelled links between Chesterfeld Station and the town

The infrastructure provided to improve access to the station for HS2 services will also allow us to accelerate our ambition for the wider town centre By taking trafc out of the historic core of the town we can enhance the visitor experience and bring forward new opportunities for residential development with a wide and fexible mix of tenures This will ensure far greater vibrancy within the town which will expand to include the station area and support the wider ambitions for growth in our key sectors

Staveley

The proposed Infrastructure Maintenance Depot (IMD) at Staveley provides a signifcant opportunity to bring forward a much wider strategic development on this 150 hectare brownfeld site Through investing in infrastructure in particular local road access we can open up not just the depot site but a whole new sustainable community of around 1500 homes and many hundreds of new jobs

By phasing the development we will also be able to ofer a well located construction base for HS2 bringing investment and jobs to the area well in advance of the maintenance depot Over the longer term we believe there is the potential to develop the area around the Infrastructure

The wider Chesterfeld Station Area Masterplan wide

Residential building

OfficeCommercial building

Officeresidential building

Hotel building

Station building

MSCP building

Green Space

Public realm

Potential development areas subject to consultation with existing land owners

Retained Listed station building

Ground foor community facility land use

Potential pedestriancycle link to the east

Maintenance Depot as a rail industry lsquocentre of excellencersquo linked to the High Speed Rail College and the NewRail centre at Barrow Hill Roundhouse

Strategic outline masterplan for the Staveley Corridor

Characterising development at all these sites will be an approach to place-making for the future This is led by consideration of how our communities of the future will want to live and work rather than being based on historic development models

We will use the investment in infrastructure to develop places and homes that anticipate our changing population putting in place fexible models in order to meet future demand This will include providing a far better choice for older people with homes that meet current and future care needs We will make the most of the expanding higher education ofer to enable quality student accommodation and develop places in which our graduates want to stay live earn and spend

25

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Strategic outline masterplan for the Staveley corridor 24 Next Steps Our proposals for the Hub Station and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zones are long term and ambitious Whilst the proposed development will lead to an uplift in land values and economic and social benefts it will also require investment in local and strategic infrastructure and land remediation and assembly

We have undertaken technical work to understand likely infrastructure and land costs and development trajectories that could be delivered to inform an initial outline business case assessment consistent with the Treasuryrsquos lsquoGreen Bookrsquo This work will continue to develop as our plans mature

Further detail on delivery is contained in Section 4

Key

SWA1 Redline Boundary

Existing Features

Culvert

River

Canal

Crossing Point

Road

Railway Line

Right of Way

Building

Listed Building

Non Designated Heritage Asset

Existing Trees

Proposed Features

Marina

CS Regeneration Route

Road

FootCycle Path

Pedestrian Zone

Avenue Planting

Public Open Space

Key Building

Railway Line

Canal

Proposed Usage

Residential

Mixed use - Community Retail Residential

Mixed Use - Employment Local Skills and crafts

Workshops Studios Residential

Mixed Use - Community Canal related

Residential

Safeguarded School Site

Leisure - Hotel Pub Restaurant

B1 - Office and Light Industry

B2 - General Industry

B8 - Warehousing and Distribution

HS2 Maintenance Depot

26

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Section 3 | Connectivity Summary

The Hub Station at Toton will already be the most connected on the high speed network outside of London and will serve a catchment of over 2 million people Whilst the development adjacent to the Hub Station will be crucial our early work confrmed that much of the wider economic potential of HS2 will be dependent on the extent to which we can connect economic opportunities across the East Midlands into the high speed network In particular the city centres of Derby Leicester and Nottingham East Midlands Airport and sites that exist in the towns and villages surrounding both the Hub Station and Chesterfeld

Our analysis has demonstrated which modes of transport will serve diferent markets most efectively ndash national regional sub-regional and local Based on this we have set out a comprehensive step by step approach to connectivity which will maximise transport choice for future generations as well as tackling congestion issues that exist today

Key to this will be safeguarding the ability to extend public transport accessibility in the scope of the Governmentrsquos Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and planning now for a phased approach to delivery of highway improvements starting in RIS2

Whilst we are confdent that the measures we have identifed can deliver positive outcomes more detailed design work will be required to secure the capital funding necessary for delivery Further work on the design and phasing of key interventions will therefore be undertaken with transport modelling developed in partnership with Midlands Connect the outcome of which will also help to scope the necessary provisions of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

27

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

SCOTLAND

YORK amp NEWCASTLE

LEEDS

EAST MIDLANDS

HUB

SOUTH YORKSHIRE

SHEFFIELD HS2

CHESTERFIELD

CREWE HS2 HUB

BIRMINGHAM

STOKE DERBY

LEICESTER

LOUGHBOROUGH

LONDON EUROPE

BEESTON

NOTTINGHAM LINCOLN

MANSFIELD

WORKSOP

31 National Context HS2 will help to transform the position of our towns and cities within the UK and Midlands making our local economies more competitive

HS2 CURRENT

68 104 NOTTINGHAM TO LONDON

HHS2S2 CU

142 LEICESTER TO NEWCASTLE

HHS2S2 CURRENT

50 77 DERBY TO LEEDS

HHS2S2 CURRENT

73 145 LEICESTER TO LEEDS

HHS2S2 CURRENT

36 73 NOTTINGHAM TO BIRMINGHAM

HS2 CURRENT

71 143 CHESTERFIELD TO LONDON

RRENT

205

28

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Midlands Connect

The Midlands Connect Strategy described how the HS2 stations at Birmingham Curzon Street UK Central and East Midlands will form the lsquohubrsquo of the UKrsquos high speed rail network Together with classic compatible connectivity at Chesterfeld Crewe and Stoke stations this will unlock economic growth across the Midlands - provided we get the local connectivity right

Through Midlands Connect we are taking forward a body of technical work to defne and develop the local strategic connections that will maximise economic growth opportunities Through the wider Midlands Engine initiative we are promoting the transformational benefts of HS2 to national and international investors

For more information about Midlands Connect and the Midlands Engine please visit httpswwwmidlandsconnectuk

HS2 East

Our work through the HS2 East partnership has demonstrated that the Eastern Leg of HS2 between Birmingham to Leeds via the East Midlands Hub Station has the best business case of any part of the proposed network - with a beneft to cost ratio of over 5 to 1

However the economic impact of the Eastern Leg extends further than Leeds The proposed lsquoclassic compatiblersquo link to the East Coast Main Line will enable high speed rail services to serve the North East of England and Scotland ndash linking

six of the UKrsquos top ten cities and 20 of national GVA This will result in lsquoagglomerationrsquo impacts of over pound700 million GVA and some major journey time savings

bull Leeds to Glasgow reduction of 90 minutes

bull Sheffield to Edinburgh reduction of 90 minutes

bull Newcastle to Birmingham reduction of 85 minutes

Together the Eastern Leg of HS2 and an enhanced East Coast Main Line provide the obvious route for reducing journey times from Scotland to London towards the three hour mark ndash the point at which rail becomes competitive with air travel

For further information about HS2 East please visit httpwwwhs2eastcouk

32 Our strategic approach Connecting key centres of population and development opportunities across the East Midlands to the high speed network will be key to realising the wider economic potential that HS2 connectivity brings

Our analysis has demonstrated which modes of transport will serve diferent markets most efectively Only by developing a comprehensive lsquomulti-modalrsquo approach to connectivity can we deliver the transport choice required by future generations and start to tackle some of the congestion issues that exist today

We also acknowledge that not everything can or indeed should happen at once We have therefore set out a phased approach to improving connectivity at least some of which can be delivered before HS2 becomes fully operational

Heavy Rail Pimary Market

Mass Transit Strategy Regional

Bus Connectivity Sub-Regional amp Local

Taxi Connectivity Sub-Regional amp Local

Walking and Cycling Local and Very Local

Park and Ride Sub-Regional amp Local

Highway Sub-Regional amp Local

Our strategic approach to connectivity

33 Rail Rail will be the most efective mode for accessing the Hub Station from surrounding city and town centres It will also link the East Midlands with the major city-regions across the rest of the UK ndash not least by the HS2 network itself

HS2 Services

The latest service specifcation published by HS2 Ltd indicates that the East Midlands Hub Station will be the best connected on the high speed network outside of London with seven HS2 services per hour in both directions

Impressive though this level of connectivity is we believe there is scope for further improvements

29

Through our work on the HS2 East Partnership we believe there is a strong economic case for the Eastern Leg of HS2 and the East Coast Main Line forming the primary route for serving Scotland not least because it would link the fnancial centres of Leeds and Edinburgh and the conurbations of the North East ndash also a key objective of Transport for the North

The scale of growth proposed in Chesterfeld as described in Section Two makes a compelling case for both Shefeld trains stopping at Chesterfeld Station rather than just one per hour

Classic Compatible Services

It is clear that although the Eastern Leg of HS2 will be designed to accommodate up to 18 trains per hour (in line with the rest of the network) the current service pattern only currently envisages nine There is therefore scope to run additional services on at least part of the Eastern Leg Working with both Midlands Connect and Transport for the North we believe there is a business case for two additional lsquoclassic compatiblersquo trains per hour linking Leicester and LeedsManchester which would transform rail connectivity between the East Midlands and the Northern Powerhouse

For this to be deliverable there would need to be a lsquoclassic compatiblersquo connection between HS2 and an electrifed Midland Main Line at or around the Hub Station HS2 Ltd have developed an indicative design for how this could be delivered Although further work will be required we believe we have sufcient economic evidence now for the Secretary of State to make at least lsquopassive provisionrsquo for such a link in the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

Newcastle

Durham

Dalington

York

Leeds

Shefeld Midland

Chesterfeld

Toton

Church Street

Birmingam Interchange

Old Oak Common Euston

bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

Trains from London 6tph

Trains from Birmrsquoham 3tph

Proposed HS2 Service Pattern for the Eastern Leg

NEWCASTLE

YORK

LEEDS

LONDON BIRMINGHAM

29 36

106

19

EAST MIDLANDS

HUB

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Classic Services

In addition to the two lsquoclassic compatiblersquo services working through Midlands Connect we have identifed an additional 11 lsquoclassic servicesrsquo that could serve the Hub Station These would be a mixture of lsquoshuttle servicesrsquo fast and semi-fast services and stopping services In total this would mean the Hub Station would be served by 20 trains per hour in both directions ndash an outstanding level of connectivity

HS2 Hub Station Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS)

The service specifcation for the Hub Station is consistent with the wider Midlands Connect ITSS which supports the Midlands Connect Strategy published in March 2017

The Maid Marian Line

In addition we believe there is the potential to develop a new service linking the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton with Mansfeld Ashfeld via the adaption on an existing freight line known as the Maid Marian Line This direct link would facilitate greater connectivity for residents and businesses to HS2 services supporting economic regeneration in the towns and contributing to the wider Nottinghamshire growth story We are working with Network Rail to understand any implications for the wider Midlands Connect ITSS

Capacity at Trent Junctions

A key constraint to the delivery of the Midlands Connect ITSS is the capacity of Trent Junctions south of Nottingham We understand that HS2 Ltd will need to make some improvements to Trent Junctions to accommodate the HS2 Core proposition - although these on their own will

30

51

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

HS2 Services

London - Leeds Birmingham - Leeds

London - Leeds Birmingham - Newcastle

London - Chesterfeld - Shefeld - Leeds

Birmingham - Leeds London - Shefeld - York

34 Mass Transit Extensions Classic Compatible Services

Shuttle Services

Nottingham - EM Hub Derby - EM Hub

Fast and Semi-fast Services

Leicester - Crewe Crewe - EM Hub

London - Manchester Crewe - EM Hub

Stopping Services

Leicester - Leeds Leicester - Manchester The success of the Nottingham Express Transit (NET) has demonstrated the potential of mass transit to reduce

Leicester - Lincoln Nottingham - Leeds

Leicester - Nottingham Leicester - Derby

Norwich - Liverpool Newark Castle - Matlock

HS2 Hub Station Indicative Train Service Specifcation

not be sufcient to accommodate the Midlands Connect ITSS There is a clear operational case for avoiding multiple engineering works on this congested section of railway infrastructure ndash with a single enhancement scheme being the clearly favoured option Based on our initial work with Network Rail we believe there is a sufcient economic case now for the Secretary of State to make at least lsquopassive provisionrsquo for an enhanced scheme in the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

congestion increase transport choice and connect people to jobs and services It will therefore be a key element of the connectivity strategy for maximising the economic benefts of the HS2 Hub Station Given the technical challenges and the scale of investment required we recognise the importance of taking a phased approach to delivery

Extending NET to the Hub Station

The frst phase would be to extend the tram from the park and ride site at Toton Lane to the Hub Station ndash a distance of around one mile This will connect the Hub Station to key locations such as the Queens Medical Centre the University campus and the Enterprise Zone and complement the heavy rail service to Nottingham City Centre This link will need to be in place when the Hub Station becomes operational to serve the Nottingham Enterprise Zone sites and to establish the principle tram access in the publicrsquos mind

Extending Connectivity over the Hub Station

Our work has highlighted a number of options for extending connectivity to the west of the Hub Station towards Derby and East Midlands Airport which would have signifcant economic benefts These could be delivered by bus rapid transit (BRT) tram-train as well as by NET extensions Further work will be required to determine the optimum routes and modes These options would require a link over the Hub Station (similar to the arrangement at Nottingham Station) which would be costly to retro-ft We have therefore included a public transport overbridge into our proposals for the Hub Station At this stage it is unlikely that this on its own will require provision for further land take in the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill however it may impact on the required Environmental Impact Statement

Options to Derby

There are two main options for connecting Derby The frst would follow the route of the A52 This would be fast ndash but not as fast as the classic rail service from Derby Station It would be direct but serve a limited population catchment The relatively high cost of developing this as a tram route would appear to make it unviable - although it could have potential as a route for a lower cost form of BRT

The second option would run to the south of the A52 and link the Hub Station with Long Eaton and then on to Breaston Borrowash Spondon Pride Park and Derby Station It would be slower but serve a much larger population catchment It would be cheaper to develop as a tram route but could impact on the proposed canal

31

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Red Arrow Skylink

Zoom 15

i4 18

Indigo 510

Y5 Toton Sidings

NET

Options for bus services serving the Hub Station

35

Revised existing route

New Fast Track to EMA via M1

Arnold via QMC City Hospital

Mansfeld via M1 Kirkby Sutton

Alfreton via M1 Heanor Ripley

restoration project It could be developed in phases the frst comprising a NET extension to a park and ride site west of the M1

Options to East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Rail Freight Interchange

There are a number of potential routes to the airport Following the rail corridor south from the Hub Station before heading west is likely to be the quickest and would limit environmental impacts on Long Eaton town centre It also has potential for a tram-train solution should this become a viable technology in the UK The scale of employment growth proposed at East Midlands Gateway the potential for a lsquoFree Trade Zonersquo around the airport as well as the projected growth in air passenger numbers means such a link could have signifcant economic benefts

Bus amp Taxi Bus travel will continue to be the backbone of the local public transport for many people There is already a comprehensive network of bus routes and services across the sub-region which could be developed to serve the Hub Station from a wide range of locations

The key challenge for operators from a commercial perspective will be to ensure that the Hub Station does not become a lsquoterminusrsquo destination Buses (and taxis) must therefore be able to pass through the Hub Station to also serve surrounding communities across the wider sub-region Our proposed confguration of local road links between the Hub Station and Long Eaton Stapleford

32

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Sandiacre and Toton as well as access from the A52 would enable a commercially viable network of bus services to be established

For Chesterfeld a new road link into the south of the station complex for buses and taxis will provide a through route that will integrate the existing station into local public transport networks more efectively

36 Cycling amp Walking Every rail passenger is a pedestrian at the point of boarding a train Making the Hub Station and the immediate surrounding environment pedestrian friendly will make travel by train more attractive and help to drive patronage

It is also important that local people in surrounding communities have safe and attractive routes for walking and cycling ndash not just to the Hub Station but also to and within the proposed Innovation Campus Cycling and walking are likely to become more attractive options to future generations as public attitudes to travel continue to change This trend has been refected in the core design principles we have established that will underpin future development on the Hub Station site

For Chesterfeld we have set out proposals known as lsquoPlatform 4rsquo for enhancing pedestrian and public transport accessibility between the Station and the town centre over the A61 dual carriageway

37 Park amp Ride A well-coordinated and managed park amp ride strategy can help to reduce the impacts of congestion and provide viable transport choices for local communities

There are opportunities to develop park and ride facilities serving the Hub Station in tandem with a phased roll out of an extended mass transit system The existing park amp

Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site

ride site at Toton Lane (1300 spaces) linked to the tram will be retained albeit in modifed form In addition to a multi-storey car park at the Hub Station itself (1300 spaces proposed) there is an opportunity to develop an additional parking facility of a similar size west of M1 Junction 25 linked to a frst phase extension of the tram over the Hub Station

33

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

This would give a third car park option and the ability to manage travel demand to the Hub Station site in a more fexible manner - as well as an ability to reduce pressure on M1 Junction 25

On the Derby side of the A52 there are options for park and ride sites on the east side of Derby as part of a mass transit system linking Pride Park and Derby Station to the City Centre which could ultimately connect to the Hub Station

38 Strategic amp Local Road Access Despite the focus on public transport cycling and walking access by private car will still be important and a 1300 space multi-storey car park is proposed at the Hub Station However this will require a highway solution that must also address a number of existing challenges

Access from the A52 and M1

Access from the strategic road network into the Hub Station Site will be critical Our technical work has suggested that a single access from the A52 into the site for all movements is unlikely to be deliverable Whilst an engineering solution could be developed it would be very expensive environmentally damaging and take up valuable land that could be better used for economic development purposes

As a result a phased approach is proposed comprising the following key moves

1 A new lsquoat gradersquo junction on the A52 east of the Bardills Roundabout linked to a new Toton Lane which would provide access from Nottingham to the east of the Hub Station site and support the early phases of development of the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

2 A new lsquoof setrsquo junction on the A52 to the west of the use of the construction access required by HS2 Ltd M1 which would remove local movements from M1 to build the Hub Station Junction 25 and provide a more direct route under

Our technical work suggests there is scope to deliver key the motorway into Long Eaton

moves 1) and 2) in advance of the Hub Station opening 3 A new lsquograde separatedrsquo junction on the A52 to the The scale of existing problems and likely future trafc

north of the Hub Station to provide access from growth on the A52 corridor suggests that there is already a Derby and the M1 ndash which has the potential to make strong case for Highways England working with Midlands

Provide local road access to StaplefordSandiacre

Relieve congestion at Bardills and Toton Lane

Provide access from A52

Separate local amp strategic movements at J25

Provide for E-W movements

Provide for local road access for Long Eaton

Strategic amp Local Road Access Challenges

34

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Access from A52 and M1

Connect and local partners to make a proposal for major scheme funding in RIS 2 ndash which would also contribute to a comprehensive connectivity strategy for the Hub Station

A direct link to the Hub Station from the north through 3) will be linked to the construction of the station itself by HS2 Ltd and may be able to make use of any temporary construction access required by HS2 Ltd

Stanton Sandiacre

Derby

Stapleford

Long Eaton

Primary HS2

access

New eastern access

Re-modelled Bardills junction

New eastern access link

Toton Lane

Local access link

Local local link

New ofset A52 Junction

New local link

Remodelled M1 Junction 25

link

1a

1b

3 2

M1

A52

HS2

Local access Nottingham

junction

39

Finally there is the potential to establish a Park amp Ride site west of the M1 linked to a tram extension and the proposed lsquoof-setrsquo junction on the A52 This would provide a further car parking option for the Hub Station and help to manage movements through M1 Junction 25

Local Road Access

As described above local road access to the Hub Station from Long Eaton Stapleford Sandiacre and Toton will be important to secure commercially viable bus and coach services and taxis ndash as well as safe cycle routes We have developed a proposal for local access that can be integrated into the design of the Hub Station and which will complement the proposed strategic links Key to this will be the development of a local road link running under the HS2 and classic rail tracks to the south of the Hub Station

Next Steps We are clear that whilst all the individual elements of our connectivity strategy will have positive outcomes the real benefts will only be achieved by taking an integrated approach to scheme development and delivery

We will therefore develop our proposals further through a project joint funded by Midlands Connect East Midlands partners HS2 Ltd and Highways England known as the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan Phase 1 will use transport modelling to optimise the package of interventions and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment Phase 2 will examine connectivity issues over a wider strategic area including the long term future of the M1

Further detail on delivery is contained in Section 4

35

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Local Road Access Diagram

1

2

3

4

5

6

New A52 access Pedestrian NET link Bus Interchange amp Station Car Park

Remodelled Bardills roundabout

7

8

9

10

11

Local link to Long Eaton

New Bardills roundabout Local link to Sandiacre

New Toton Lane NET extension amp option to extend to EMA Derby

HS2 underpass Station Concourse

HS2 overpass

36

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Section 4 | Delivery Summary

We have undertaken a number of technical studies to understand the costs and benefts of various scales and rates of development to inform the development of an initial outlines business case for our proposals consistent with Treasury requirements which is set out in a separate document This work will evolve and become more granular as our growth proposition matures

There is potential for signifcant employment and housing development across the East Midlands Hub and Derbyshire Growth Zones This will make a signifcant contribution to the Governmentrsquos rebalancing agenda and provide an impetus for growth across the wider East Midlands where there is potential to deliver an additional 74000 jobs and pound4 billion of GVA above trend

We have set out the key moves necessary to deliver our proposals for people place and connectivity and highlighted the immediate measures necessary to safeguard future opportunities Detailed proposals are set out in Appendix 1

We are keen to work with Government to develop propositions for powerful locally led development bodies that can deliver our ambitions for the Hub Station and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zones and contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2

37

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

41 Developing an Investible Proposition Realising our vision for growth will require a combination of strong leadership and clear decision making To inform this we have undertaken a comprehensive programme of technical work to inform our thinking and provide the evidence base for this Growth Strategy including

bull Comprehensive non-statutory development frameworks covering the East Midlands Hub and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

bull A number of concept studies to assess the options for key infrastructure moves including relocation of the existing rail depots at Toton strategic highway access and mass transit extensions

bull A Development Infrastructure Funding (DIF) Study to understand the costs and benefts of diferent scales and rates of development and a funding and delivery mechanisms study to identify options for forward funding of key infrastructure and delivery vehicles

This information has been used to construct an initial outline lsquobusiness casersquo document for our proposals consistent with the Treasuryrsquos lsquoGreen Bookrsquo guidance and will provide the basis for an ongoing dialogue with Government and HS2 Ltd This work will evolve and become more granular over time as our growth proposition matures

Some of the major infrastructure investments will be subject to a separate business case through other established Government programmes such as the Roads Investment Strategy (RIS) This still requires a high-level

case to be made through the Growth Strategy as well as efective co-ordination of planning funding and delivery with other Growth Strategy interventions

42 Key Moves The work we have undertaken to date has identifed a series of key moves that will be required to implement the Growth Strategy including a number of immediate actions which will be necessary to safeguard future opportunities Further detail on these and the necessary enabling measures by Government and its delivery bodies is set out in Appendix 1

People

Our immediate priorities can be delivered largely within existing resources with strong local leadership from the LEPs and the East Midlands Chamber of Commerce and comprise

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to business support that will help local SMEs beneft from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities

bull Establishing a lsquorail industry innovation grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2 awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2

Over the longer term we would expect mainstream Government funding for skills and business support activity to be refocussed around our priorities and complement the strategic approach to skills envisaged by the Midlands Engine

Place

For the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone there are a number of planning land assembly remediation and infrastructure issues that will need to be addressed to enable our vision to be delivered in full In the immediate short term it will be vital to ensure that existing planning consent for the Lime Rise development close to the Hub Station can contribute positively to the delivery of our growth vision

In addition there is a need for further work with the relevant organisations on options for relocating the rail siding and depot activity and the electricity sub-station to locations outside of the Hub Station site and on the expansion and relocation of existing school provision to a better location within the site

Elsewhere we are keen to take forward further work with the Ministry of Defence and the Homes and Communities Agency to ensure that the re-development of the Chetwynd Barracks can actively contribute to a lsquonetwork of garden villagesrsquo

In the Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone the key priority in Chesterfeld will be the delivery of proposals to transform pedestrian and public transport connectivity between the rail station and the town For Staveley the early priorities will be to confrm the depot site as a construction base for HS2 and to secure the frst phases of the Chesterfeld and Staveley Regeneration Route including the provision of improved public transport and pedestrian links necessary to deliver the wider Staveley masterplan

38

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Connectivity

Our immediate priority is to safeguard the potential to secure a classic compatible link at the Hub Station and for enhanced capacity at Trent Junctions capable of delivering the Midlands Connect ITSS These will require the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill which is due to be considered by Ministers in the autumn of 2017 to include provision for the necessary land take

The public transport overbridge and local road connections proposed for the Hub Station will impact on the Hybrid Bill and the associated Environmental Impact Statement and will need to be incorporated into the emerging Hub Station design commissioned by HS2 Ltd

We will need to confrm support from Highways England and HS2 Ltd to take forward the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan with Midlands Connect This work will optimise the package of interventions proposed to serve the Hub Station and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment However we believe we have a sufcient case now for Highways England to identify funding in RIS2 to develop a major scheme on the A52M1 J25 that address existing congestion issues and contributes to the wider solution for accessing the Hub Station

43 Proposals for Delivery Bodies The geographic and political context for the area around the Hub Station is complex spanning a number of local planning authorities local transport authorities and local enterprise partnerships Our work to date has highlighted a range of potential delivery and funding mechanisms that would help to enable development in particular options for Tax Increment Financing (TIf ) But these will require a strategic approach to investment over a number of administrative areas to be efective

There is a local appetite to establish a powerful delivery body that could work at a scale to drive forward our growth vision There are a range of options including the potential for the kind of lsquolocally-led development corporationrsquo envisaged by the Neighbourhood Planning Act 2017

We would like to work with Government over the coming months to develop a proposition for a delivery body for the Hub Station Growth Zone that could begin to operate in lsquoshadow formrsquo with initial seed-corn funding from 2018 onwards

For Chesterfeld and Staveley the geography is less complex with the key moves all within the administrative area of Chesterfeld Borough Council Here a local development company solution may be more appropriate which can also contribute to the delivery of the wider Derbyshire growth story

It will be important to ensure that development in both Growth Zones continues to contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2 under the auspices of the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Mitigation

Whilst HS2 has the potential to bring great benefts to the 44 East Midlands the scale of the new infrastructure involved will also result in some negative impacts ndash particularly in the short term Although the line of route has been designed to minimise impact on environmental assets challenges remain in a number of locations in Derbyshire Leicestershire and Nottinghamshire

Similarly where the line passes through urban areas for example Long Eaton some existing businesses will have to re-locate to alternative premises Whilst the Government has put in place a compensation scheme to assist those directly afected councils are keen to ensure the jobs and investment are retained in the local area wherever possible

The East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board has established a lsquomitigation sub-grouprsquo to work with DfT and HS2 Ltd to help develop detailed designs for key structures that will minimise and mitigate the environmental impacts of the line and look to ensure that existing businesses can continue to thrive As work starts on the development of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill it will be important to ensure that councils are able to inform the detail of the Governmentrsquos proposals on both an individual and collective basis

39

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

45 Phasing of Delivery This Growth Strategy demonstrated the scale complexity and interdependencies between programmes involving a range of partner agencies Many of these programmes involve major schemes that take many years to develop and deliver Although HS2 Phase 2b is not due to become fully operational until 2033 the lead in times are such that key decisions on what might be included within the Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environment Statement will actually be taken during the coming months With appropriate funding and collaboration a number of key moves can be implemented in the short term

Although the development may reach maturity in 2043 by the time HS2 opens there will in fact already be a new place (the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo) emerging around the station to welcome the frst passengers For this to be achieved the delivery partners will need to build momentum over the next 12 months and it is recognised this will require dedicated resource and governance

The evidence base underpinning the growth strategy provides a clear indication of the growth potential and promotes a range of key infrastructure concepts and moves However in order to take these forward and in particular promote some of them for possible inclusion in the Hybrid Bill the partners are clear that more detailed studies and analysis will be required and these will need to be developed in tandem with the work being undertaken for the railway

This highlights the need to establish a dedicated team and for further resources to commission and manage the work programme for the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Phases of Delivery

2017-2022 Hybrid bill development business case development (RS2CP6) land strategy and delivery body early phases of development

2022-2027 Early infrastructure development and key moves (eg depot relocation) next phases of development

2027-2033 HS2 Construction amp completiontesting

2033 HS2 becomes fully operational - local economic development builds momentum

2033-43 Development to maturity

46 First Phase Priorities The focus up to 2022 will be on ensuring the provisions of the Phase 2 Hybrid Bill enable our vision for the Hub Station and priorities for local and strategic connectivity to be implemented Delivery of improvements to the A52 at Bardills and Toton Lane will enable the early phases of the Toton Innovation Campus to commence helping to build investor confdence Completion for the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity plan will progress the wider mix of strategic and local interventions to detailed design stage To be successful all this activity will need to be underpinned by the establishment of a properly resourced and empowered local delivery bodyThe early completion of frst stages of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Station Link Road will help to kick start development in the North Derbyshire Growth Zone

40

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

1 High level Ministerial endorsement of the East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy including through

bull Funding the establishment of a lsquoshadow delivery bodyrsquo to start implementing the Growth Strategy locally and to establish a viable mechanism for capturing a proportion of development value necessary for infrastructure delivery and

bull Promotion by Government and its delivery bodies of key development opportunities set out in the Growth Strategy to national and international investors consistent with the Midlands Engine Vision for Growth

2 Support from DCLG for our vision for the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone by

bull Empowering the HCA to establish a strategic land strategy that will facilitate enabling infrastructure and subsequently to bring forward early phases of development and

bull Using other funding including the current Housing Infrastructure Fund (HIF) to help bring forward early phase infrastructure

3 Support from DfT and its delivery bodies for the implementation of early connectivity priorities related to the Hub Station through

bull Ensuring Highways England and HS2 Ltd contribute gap funding towards the East Midlands Gateway Connectivity Plan Phase 1 Study

bull Funding the delivery phases 1ab of the A52 Access Strategy to enable the initial phases of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo to commence before 2022 and

bull Identifying funding in the next Road Investment Strategy (RIS2) to develop a major scheme to address capacity at M1 Junction 25 and access the Hub Station from the A52 (phases 2 amp3 of the A52 Access Strategy) ndash also making the necessary provisions within the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill amp Environmental Statement

4 DfTHS2 Ltd to ensure that the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make provision at and around the Hub Station for

bull Capacity improvements to classic rail connectivity to the south and north of Toton HS2 station including Trent Junctions optimising the integration of classic and High Speed Rail services and including a lsquoclassic compatible linkrsquo to transform connectivity between Leicester and the north of England

bull An integrated station design including moving the station concourse north to better connect with tram and Public Transport Interchange with an integrated deck connecting eastwest over the HS2 track to

better integrate the Toton station into the heart of the new place ndash the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo This would include provision of a second transfer deck to the south of the main concourse to provide improve capacity and interchange between services

bull Fully integrated public transport interchange and walking routes connecting surrounding communities to promote sustainable travel reduce the need for car parking and thereby make best use of land and local assets including the tram as a means of linking Park amp Ride facilities with the station

bull North South connectivity through the site to connect Long Eaton and Stapleford and to enable local communities to access the station by all modes

bull A clear car parking strategy with a decked car park at the station (premium) complemented by NET based Park and Ride

bull Provision for three bridges as follows

- Integrated with concourse deck to create east west route for tram and sustainable transport links between east and west development areas and to Long Eaton airport and Derby

- Multi-modal bridge south of the A52 to enable resilience in the local network connections to the western development area and

41

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

- Pedestrian bridge at mid-point between the above to connect new communities

bull Provision for an underpass under the Network Rail and HS2 lines to the south of the concourse to enable links between Stapleford Long Eaton and the station by various modes and in particular public transport but as a secondary primary access connecting east and west development areas within the Innovation Campus

5 Separately to ensure the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make specifc provision to deliver the NET tram extension from the existing Toton Park amp Ride to the HS2 Station consistent with the provisions set our above

6 DfTHS2 Ltd to designate Staveley as a major construction hubrailhead for the construction of Phase 2b in addition to the establishment of the Infrastructure Maintenance Depot

7 Government to make a contribution towards the delivery of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Chesterfeld Station Link Road to unlock early development and growth in the corridor

8 Further fnancial and technical support from Network Rail HS2 Ltd and HS2 Growth Partnership to work collaboratively on the relocation of the DBS Depot and Network Rail Sidings to enable development growth and transport connections through the Hub Station area

9 DfTHS2 Ltd to amend the HS2 Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS) to ensure that both Shefeld HS2 classic compatible services stop at Chesterfeld

10 Commitment from DfTHS2 Ltd to at least partially open the Hub Station at Toton by 2030 rather than 2033 to generate additional passenger revenue and accelerate the delivery of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

42

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy World Class - Locally Driven

For more information please contact East Midlands Councils Tel 01664 502620 Email infoemcouncilsgovuk

  • Structure Bookmarks
    • Born 1946-1964
    • Born 1964-1980
    • Born 1980-2000
    • Born 2000+
    • The Hub Station and surrounding area
    • Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone
    • Chesterfield Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo
    • Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site
Page 7: East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy - Broxtowe€¦ · 3.7 Park & Ride 3.8 4.3 East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Contents Contents Foreword 3 3.6 Cycling & Walking 33 Executive Summary

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Executive Summary

Executive Summary

Our Growth Strategy is structured around the three themes of People Place and Connectivity with a clear focus on Delivery

People

People are at the heart of our Growth Strategy For local people across the East Midlands HS2 will mean more jobs and training opportunities the chance to earn higher wages and more housing choice But these benefts will not be delivered without continuing local leadership strong governance and collective action

We have set out a coherent economic strategy consistent with the Midlands Engine Vision for Growth and the Governmentrsquos Industrial Strategy that builds on our existing strengths in manufacturing technology and high value services and which will help to shift our long term economic growth rate to above the UK average

We have developed a comprehensive skills amp supply chain strategy and action plan based around fve key themes inspiring our young people building further education capacity harnessing the power of our universities

supporting individuals and ensuring our businesses are lsquoHS2 readyrsquo Our three immediate priorities are

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to

business support that will help local SMEs beneft from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities

bull Establishing a rail industry lsquoinnovation

grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2

awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2

Underpinning our approach is an understanding that the nature of work will continue to change rapidly as a result of new technology and that the requirements and aspirations of the future workforce are likely to be diferent to our own

Place

Great place-making will be key to realising the opportunities that HS2 connectivity will create Our proposals are ambitious but build upon our existing market strengths and add value to the attractive mix of urban and rural environments that already characterises the East Midlands We have also sought to refect the needs and aspirations of future generations in the scale and form of proposed development and by incorporating sustainable transport choices

Within a strategic context set by Midlands Engine and Midlands Connect initiatives we have identifed two lsquoGrowth Zonesrsquo which relate directly to the benefts of HS2 connectivity and complement existing assets across the East Midlands

The East Midlands Hub Growth Zone is related to the area around the Hub Station at Toton itself Here we are proposing the development

6

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Executive Summary

Executive Summary

of a new high quality lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo with the potential to create up to 10000 new jobs community facilities and a range of new housing choices It will be an inspiring 21st Century Gateway to the East Midlands and a destination in its own right The lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo will sit at the heart of a thriving network of lsquogarden villagersquo developments that will include the nearby Stanton and Chetwynd Barracks sites

Chesterfeld and Staveley will be at the heart of the North Derbyshire Growth Zone but activity will focus on the wider Derbyshire growth story We will use HS2 to complement existing rail services and transform links between Chesterfeld Station and the town centre opening up regeneration opportunities and creating an attractive gateway to the Peak District National Park ndash one the regionrsquos unique destination ofers The Staveley depot will be the heart of a mixed use housing and employment zone within the wider growth corridor and in the short term could also provide a construction base for HS2

Connectivity

The Hub Station at Toton will already be the most connected on the high speed network outside of London Whilst the development adjacent to the Hub Station will be crucial our early work confrmed that much of the wider economic potential of HS2 will be dependent on the extent to which we can connect economic opportunities across the East Midlands into the high speed network In particular the city centres of Derby Leicester and Nottingham East Midlands Airport and sites that exist in the towns and villages surrounding both the Hub Station and Chesterfeld

Our analysis has demonstrated which modes of transport will serve diferent markets most efectively ndash national regional sub-regional and local Based on this we have set out a comprehensive step by step approach to connectivity which will maximise transport choice for future generations as well as tackling congestion issues that exist today

Key to this will be safeguarding the ability to extend public transport accessibility in the scope of the Governmentrsquos Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and

planning now for a phased approach to delivery of highway improvements starting in Road Investment Strategy period 2 (RIS2)

Whilst we are confdent that the measures we have identifed can deliver positive outcomes more detailed design work will be required to secure the capital funding necessary for delivery Further work on the design and phasing of key interventions will therefore be undertaken with transport modelling developed in partnership with Midlands Connect the outcome of which will also help to scope the necessary provisions of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

7

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Executive Summary

Executive Summary

Delivery

We have undertaken a number of technical studies to understand the costs and benefts of various scales and rates of development to inform the development of an initial outline business case for our proposals consistent with Treasury requirements which is set out in a separate document This work will evolve and become more granular as our growth proposition matures

We have set out the key moves necessary to deliver our proposals for people place and connectivity and highlighted the immediate issues that we need Government support to progress In particular

bull Provision within the scope of the Phase

2b Hybrid Bill and Environmental Impact Statement to accommodate our vision for the Hub Station including a classic compatible link a northern station concourse and public transport overbridge local road access and enhancements to Trent Junctions

bull Financial and technical support from

Highways England and HS2 Ltd to take forward Phase 1 of the East Midlands Gateway Connectivity Plan

bull Provision within RIS2 for the development of a major scheme to address existing and future challenges on the A52 between Derby and Nottingham

bull Financial and technical support from

DCLG and the Homes amp Communities Agency (HCA) to develop the concept of a lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo at the heart of a network of thriving lsquogarden villagesrsquo including land assembly

bull Financial and technical support from

Network Rail HS2 Ltd and HS2 Growth Partnership to work collaboratively on the relocation of rail sidings and depot adjacent to the Hub Station

bull Designation of the Staveley Infrastructure

Maintenance Depot (IMD) site as a construction base for the construction of Phase 2b of HS2

bull Financial support for the delivery of the

early phases of the Chesterfeld amp Staveley Regeneration Route and Station Link Road

bull Provision for both Sheffield HS2 and classic

compatible services to stop at Chesterfeld Station and

bull Financial and technical support for the

establishment of a lsquoshadow delivery bodyrsquo to take forward the Growth Strategy

8

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

Section 1 | People Summary

People are at the heart of our Growth Strategy For local people across the East Midlands HS2 will mean more job and training opportunities the chance to earn higher wages and more housing choice But these benefts will not be delivered without continuing local leadership strong governance and collective action

We have set out a coherent economic strategy consistent with the Midlands Engine Vision for Growth and the Governmentrsquos Industrial Strategy that builds on our existing strengths in manufacturing technology and high value services ndash and which will help to shift our long term economic growth rate to above the UK average

We have developed a comprehensive skills amp supply chain strategy and action plan based around fve key themes inspiring our young people building further education capacity harnessing the power of our universities supporting individuals and ensuring our businesses are lsquoHS2 readyrsquo Our three immediate priorities are

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to business support that will help local SMEs benefit from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities

bull Establishing a rail industry lsquoinnovation grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2 awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2

Underpinning our approach is an understanding that the nature of work will continue to change rapidly as a result of new technology and that the requirements and aspirations of the future workforce are likely to be diferent to our own

9

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

11 The Economic Prize HS2 will provide major opportunities for businesses in the East Midlands to expand their horizons and to trade and compete in wider markets Similarly high speed rail will connect the people of the East Midlands to new work learning and leisure opportunities whilst opening up the region to new visitors

Independent research commissioned from KPMG by HS2 Ltd suggested that an East Midlands Hub Station could have the greatest economic uplift of any of the proposed HS2 stations Our own work has confrmed this assessment This potential refects the ability of HS2 to radically improve connectivity between the local economies of the East Midlands with those across the UK but also our own inherent and enduring economic strengths

We have undertaken a comprehensive lsquoEconomic Opportunities Assessmentrsquo underpinned by independent analysis from Cambridge Econometrics to determine the best approach for maximising local growth opportunities - focussing on the D2N2 and Leicester amp Leicestershire LEP areas This combined area already comprises 315 million people over 100000 businesses and pound65 billion of GVA

We have gone back to frst principles and looked at the drivers that are likely to shape economic growth over the coming decades From this we have set out a strategy for how we can use HS2 to deliver a more productive and resilient economy

Our analysis suggests that by targeting some of our key sectors that can beneft from HS2 connectivity in particular manufacturing technology and high value services we can boost employment growth from just below to above the

projected UK trend - equivalent to an additional 74000 jobs and almost pound4 billion of GVA by 2043 ndash helping to close the gaps in our economy post Brexit

Our approach is consistent with the emerging Midlands Engine Vision for Growth and will help to deliver key aspects of the Governmentrsquos Industrial Strategy ndash in

particular by helping to re-balance the economy increasing productivity promote innovation and support export growth

For more information about the analysis underpinning our economic strategy please visit httpwwwemcouncilsgovukHS2

Economic Growth Baseline Matching UK Trend

Our Economic Vision

Net Employment Growth (FTE) 172000 184000 246000

GVA Uplift above Baseline - pound038 billion pound399 billion

Key Drivers

Manufacturing Engine

Technology High Value Services

The UKrsquos most competitive location for high value engineering and manufacturing

A fertile innovation eco-system attracting global talent in research strengths

Delivering a step change in high value services

Enablers

Smart Growth A Dynamic Entrepreneurial

Economy

Galvanised visitor economy and distinctive

gateway

A transformed and expanded visitor economy bringing a new generation of visitors to established and new attractions

Creating the conditions to compete for investment talent and knowledge nationally and internationally including excellence in logistics and distribution capacity

One of the best places to start and grow a business in the UK high quality business space reinforced by world class business support and access to funding and investment

10

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

12 The Changing Nature of Work We understand that we are planning for HS2 over a 25 year time horizon and that the nature of work is changing fast Looking back over the last 25 years we can see how information technology and the rise of the internet has radically changed many peoplersquos working lives This pace of technological change will continue and even accelerate over the coming decades ndash and it will impact on all aspects of the economy not just the service sector

Whilst we cannot anticipate all the changes that may happen our plans for making the most of HS2 must be forward looking and fexible and try not to use the solutions of the past to meet the challenges of the future

Crucial to success is understanding who we are planning for ndash and how they are likely to want to live their lives

The core workforce we are planning for are children now at school ndash the so called lsquoGeneration Zrsquo This is the frst generation of lsquodigital nativesrsquo - people who have grown up with digital technology and are comfortable using it for all manner of everyday tasks Research suggests Generation Z will have a very diferent experience of work to their parents - with up to 5 diferent careers 15 homes and 17 jobs over a working lifetime They are likely to be more entrepreneurial and collaborative than previous generations and less interested in owning a car or a house

This perspective has underpinned our thinking about how we can use HS2 to drive future prosperity across the East Midlands and in particular how we should plan for places future generations will want to live work and play It has also infuenced our comprehensive plans to ensure our young people have the work skills necessary to make the most of the opportunities that lie ahead

Baby Boomers Baby Boomers

Generation X Generation X

Born 1946-1964

Age in 2043 79-97

Born 1964-1980

Age in 2043 63-78

Millennials Millennials

Generation Z Generation Z

Born 1980-2000

Age in 2043 43-63

Born 2000+

Age in 2043 26-43

11

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

13 Our Skills amp Supply Chain Strategy The delivery of HS2 will be transformational for the East Midlands economy Through the build phase and once operational it will bring new opportunities for those that live and work across the D2N2 and Leicester amp Leicestershire LEP areas

These opportunities will be about more than just the construction of a new railway The enhanced connectivity it brings will transform the geography of competition and agglomeration amongst businesses will open up new marketplaces and catchment areas and will attract inward investment to the region from across the UK and overseas

Opportunities will vary over time and will be both direct and indirect They begin now as contracts are awarded for the construction of Phase 1 from London to Birmingham and they stretch to beyond the projected 2033 completion date The establishment of the National College for High Speed Rail presents a major opportunity particularly for the development of the Staveley Infrastructure Maintenance Depot and its potential role as a construction base for HS2 Phase 2

To ensure local people and companies can beneft from HS2 investment and the growth it will bring we have worked with businesses trade bodies and training providers to develop a comprehensive skills and supply chain strategy built around fve key elements

Within each of these elements we have set out a clear action plan which is summarised below Key to this will be to avoid adding further complexity to existing provision for skills and business support Instead the approach will be

wherever possible to refocus existing support and funding on activities that will help deliver the Growth Strategy ndash rather than create new structures or programmes and complement the strategically driven approach to skills envisaged by the Midlands Engine

Inspiring YoungPeople

Building Further Education Capacity

HarnessingUniversities

Supporting Individuals

HS2 ReadyBusinesses

12

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

Inspiring Young People

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

Programme of engagement covering the entirety of a young personrsquos education

D2N2 LLEP Councils HS2 Ltd Private Sector Refocussing existing resources Short-medium

Ensure teachers amp careers advisors are provided with information about relevant career opportunities

Schools Private Sector Some additional administrative costs Using existing business networks

Short ndash Medium

Develop a unifed lsquoEM33rsquo HS2 businessschool engagement programme

Private Sector Careers amp Skills Company LEP Skills Boards

Refocussing existing resources Short

Harnessing Universities

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

EM Universities to develop HS2 programmes of engagement with business

Universities LEP Skills Boards Research Councils Innovate UK

Leveraging existing resources Short

Establish a Rail Industry Innovation Group through Rail Forum East Midlands (RFEM)

Universities RFEM Network Rail and industry Administrative costs only bodies

Universities East Midland HS2 Delivery Boards Refocussing existing consultancy spend

Immediate

Support Hub Station lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo and signifcant HE links at Chesterfeld Station

Immediate

Develop a university based lsquoRail Innovation Centrersquo

Universities LEPs New funding required Short

13

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

HS2 Ready Businesses

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

Develop an lsquoEM33rsquo HS2 awareness campaign aimed at businesses

LEPs Councils East Midlands Chamber New funding required Immediate

Establish dedicated HS2 supply chain support for businesses

LEPs Private Sector Midlands Engine Supply New funding required for additional 1 FTE Chain Initiative Ofcer

LEPs Private Sector ERDF underspend

Immediate

Promote SME collaboration through business support activity

Immediate

Establish web resource for businesses to identify HS2 Specifc opportunities

LEP Growth Hubs HS2 Ltd Additional support for Growth Hubs required Immediate

Supporting Individuals

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

Develop a public facing lsquoEM33rsquo awareness campaign

LEPs Councils East Midlands Chamber New funding required Immediate

Embed the lsquoEM33rsquo HS2 awareness across job centre and council employment support programmes

DWP Councils voluntary sector Refocussing employment support programmes

Medium

Establish an EM HS2 Delivery Charter to encourage recruitment from lsquohard to reachrsquo groups

Private Sector Councils DWP Administrative costs only Medium ndash Long

14

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

Building Further Education Capacity

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

Embed lsquoEM33rsquo activity into new lsquoTrsquo and relevant lsquoArsquo levels

Further Education (FE) Providers LEPs Councils

Refocussing existing resources and future Local Growth Fund

Short ndash medium

Develop strategic relationship between FE sector and National College for High Speed Rail (NCHSR)

FE Providers private training providers Using existing forums and relationships National College for High Speed Rail (NCHSR)

FE Providers Councils Funding required to recruit additional BIM expert

Immediate

Develop world leading capability for Building Information Management (BIM) linked to Staveley IMD

Short- medium

Support the development of lsquoShared Apprentice Schemesrsquo across key HS2 related job rolesdisciplines

FE Providers LEPS Councils Additional funding required Short

14 Next Steps Within our strategic approach we have identifed three immediate priorities These to be taken forward largely with existing LEP and private sector resources but will require strong local leadership to be successful

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to business support that will help local SMEs beneft from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities to be driven by D2N2 LLLEP and the private sector

bull Establishing a lsquorail industry innovation grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands to help drive innovation within our thriving SME rail engineering sector and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2 awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2 provisionally entitled lsquoEM33rsquo to be driven by East Midlands Chamber of Commerce D2N2 and LLLEP and supported by councils

Over the longer term we would expect mainstream Government funding for skills and business support activity to be refocussed around our priorities For more information about our skills and supply chain strategy please visit httpwwwemcouncilsgovukHS2

15

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Section 2 | Place Summary

Great place-making will be key to realising the opportunities that HS2 connectivity will create Our proposals are ambitious but build upon existing market strengths and add value to the attractive mix of urban and rural environments that already characterises the East Midlands We have also sought to refect the needs and aspirations of future generations in the scale and form of proposed development and by incorporating sustainable transport choices

Our Growth Strategy has been developed within in a wider spatial context that will use HS2 to enhance opportunities in towns and cities across the East Midlands and in key assets like East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange To drive this we have identifed two lsquoGrowth Zonesrsquo which relate directly to the benefts of HS2 connectivity

The East Midlands Hub Growth Zone is related to the area around the Hub Station at Toton Here we are proposing the development of a new high quality lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo with the potential to create up to 10000 new jobs community facilities and a range of new housing choices It will be an inspiring 21st Century Gateway to the East Midlands and a destination in its own right The lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo will sit at the heart of a thriving network of lsquogarden villagersquo developments that will include the nearby Stanton and Chetwynd Barracks sites

Chesterfeld and Staveley will be at the heart of the North Derbyshire Growth Zone but activity will focus on the wider Derbyshire growth story We will use HS2 to complement existing rail services and transform links between Chesterfeld Station and the town centre opening up regeneration opportunities and creating an attractive gateway to the Peak District National Park ndash one of the regionrsquos unique destination ofers The Staveley Depot will be the heart of a mixed use housing and employment zone within the wider growth corridor and in the short term could also provide a construction base for HS2

16

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

21 East Midlands Context Our Growth Strategy has been developed within in a wider spatial context that also seeks to use HS2 to enhance existing regional and national assets across the East Midlands In particular the area spanning the D2N2 and Leicester amp Leicestershire LEP areas which already comprise 315 million people over 100000 businesses and generate pound65 billion of GVA Key opportunities for growth include

bull Derby a city of world class automotive rail and aerospace technology sectors Home to Rolls Royce Bombardier and Toyota and a thriving network of highly specialised manufacturing SMEs

bull Leicester a vibrant diverse city with a strong record of SME formation and major growth potential Home to the National Space Centre and a burgeoning space technology sector

bull Nottingham a city of thriving business services biotech and leisure sectors and fagship companies like Experian and Boots underpinned by world class public transport and local energy systems

bull East Midlands Airport and Gateway the biggest freight airport outside of London and home to DHL The new East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange will generate thousands of new jobs

bull Loughborough a national centre for sport and sports science The Loughborough University Science and Enterprise Park forms part of a recently designated Enterprise Zone

bull Chesterfeld an historic and well connected rail town with a strong engineering economy and both a visitor destination and gateway

bull Peak District National Park and Derwent Valley Mills Word Heritage Site the most visited national park in England adjacent to the cradle of the industrial revolution

bull MansfeldAshfeld key regional service centres with strengths in manufacturing and logistics

There are also a range of growth and regeneration opportunities along the A52 corridor between Derby and Nottingham Castle Ward Pride Park and Raynesway on

Derby A50 Corridor

A42M42 M69

M1

M1

Chesterfeld

Mansfeld Ashfeld

Staveley

HS2

Nottingham

Loughborough

Leicester

A46 Corridor

the Derby side and the Nottingham Enterprise Zones sites Alliance Boots in Beeston Beeston Business Park and the Nottingham Science Park

Within this strategic context we have identifed two lsquoGrowth Zonesrsquo which relate directly to the benefts of HS2 connectivity which we believe will drive HS2 related growth across the wider sub area

bull East Midlands Hub Growth Zone

bull Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

M1 Corridor

3 Cities

Derby Nottingham (A52)

Trent Valley Vision

Derwent Valley Mills World

Heritage Site

Peak District National Park

HS2 Station

Classic Rail Lines

Strategic Context Diagram

17

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

East Midlands Hub Growth Zone Diagram 22 East Midlands Hub Growth Zone Our Growth Vision

The Growth Zone encompasses the Hub Station site at Toton the former ironworks site at Stanton and Chetwynd Barracks The core area encompasses Broxtowe and Erewash Borough Councils Derbyshire and Nottinghamshire County Councils

Central will be the development of a high quality lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo at the Hub Station in Toton itself with the potential to create up to 10000 new jobs and a range of new housing choices The concept of an lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo follows research undertaken looking at trends in business locations away from city centres and the need for a much more dynamic mix of uses that recognises the changing needs and desires of lsquoGeneration Zrsquo It is also consistent with the long term aspirations of the university sector within the region which has actively contributed to our thinking

Our vision includes the development of a network of mixed use lsquogarden villagesrsquo that will incorporate the very latest innovations in land remediation environmental standards together with advances in sustainable drainage localised energy and public transport Enhanced connectivity by sustainable modes of transport will ensure the development of pedestrian orientated streets and spaces which will be attractive to both local people and investors

The developments will complement the adjacent city centre ofer and help to drive major improvements to existing places such as Long Eaton and Stapleford

HS2

A52 Jct 25

A50

Jct 24

M1

Castle Donington amp EM Gateway Freight Interchange East Midlands Airport

Lougborough

East Midlands Parkway amp Ratclife

Innovation Campus amp Hub Station

Stanton Derby

Prid

e Par

k Ray

nesw

ay

Spon

don

Boots Campus

Beeston

ScienceMedi

Nottingham

A453

P

P

Potential Mass Rapid-Transit

Classic Rail Lines

Garden Village Network

Key Employment Sites

HS2 Line

Chetwynd

i Celanese

Urban Village

Infnity Garden Village

18

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Toton Area (Hub Station) Development Framework

We have worked with councils local partners and the Toton Neighbourhood Planning Forum to develop a long term non-statutory lsquodevelopment frameworkrsquo for the Hub Station Growth Area in Toton to inform the review of local plans and future investment decisions The development framework recognises a series of distinct character areas and sets out development principles for each

Station Hub The core development area is clustered to the east and west of the Hub Station Anchored by key multi modal transport infrastructure (including HS2 and Classic rail facilities NET bus interchange facilities and central car parking facilities) The primary land use in this area will be workspace development set within a high quality urban development context Hotel and residential accommodation may also be appropriate at this central location and the arearsquos public realm will be animated by cafeacutes restaurants and small scale retail outlets serving passengers employees and residents

Toton Area (Hub Station) Development

19

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

The Hub Station and surrounding area

A new public space will be created adjacent to the main station concourse This will provide a high quality east-west pedestrian connection across the HS2 lines and support interchange between a range of transport modes This development area is located on a plateau which is at a signifcantly lower level than the main development site to the east New buildings will typically be taller (up to 6-8 storeys) which will allow the development to act as a marker in the context of the rail corridor without appearing incongruous within the wider development

Toton Innovation Campus This mixed use corridor runs through the heart of the site connecting the HS2 station and areas to the west following the tram corridor towards Toton Lane NET station in the east

This dynamic space will be characterised not only by the diversity of uses but also a green boulevard and sustainable transport corridor and will include a mixture of medium density workspace including apartment based residential development

The lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo is roughly equidistant between the city centres of Nottingham and Derby and is intended to be anchored by a university based research and development centre To the south links to Leicester East Midlands Airport East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange and the Enterprise Zone sites in Loughborough will drive further opportunities

To achieve the scale of development and sense of place envisaged will require major investment in land assembly management and infrastructure Making the right moves now will provide much needed capacity to unlock and absorb growth and provide resilience in a currently stressed local network It will also require higher densities than those currently subject of an extant Outline Planning Consent for the site and this will need careful consideration by Broxtowe Borough Council as the Local Planning Authority

A52 Trackside Corridor A series of larger development sites have been identifed along the A52 and rail corridors towards the north of the site ofering the potential to accommodate larger workplace developments or research institutions This area will ofer the potential to accommodate distinctive gateway buildings acting as markers along both the A52 and HS2 corridors

Waterside Development parcels along the Erewash River Canal corridor are considered an appropriate mix of uses including residential Building heights will step down from around six storeys adjacent to the rail corridor to around three storeys in areas closer to the river canal corridor respecting the domestic scale of buildings to the west The landscaped environment of the river canal corridor will be brought into the area with a series of lsquogreen fngersrsquo leading into the development site This open space will serve a

20

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

variety of functions including recreation food mitigation and ecological habitat The orientation of buildings within this corridor should support this landscape strategy and open up views of the canal river corridor from higher ground to the east of the HS2 line

Parkside Generous green corridors are proposed as a bufer between the planned new development and existing residential communities Lower density areas broadly refecting established residential areas of Toton will front onto these spaces with a typical height of two to

three storeys open landscaped space and site topography ensuring that the amenity of existing local residents are protected New footpaths and cycleways will integrate the site with its surrounding context and enable residents of existing neighbourhoods to access facilities and transport hubs within the new development site It should be noted that new vehicular connections to these neighbourhoods are not proposed

bull Neighbourhood Centres These centres will be located at highly accessible positions within the

The Toton Innovation Campus looking towards the Hub Station

development and will allow the vast majority of the site area to be located within an easy fve minute walking catchment of local facilities

bull HS2 Hub This facility will serve HS2 passengers along with residents and workers based in the lower western section of the site It is envisaged that cafeacutes restaurants and local retail facilities will be integrated within the main station concourse and spill out onto the adjoining public plaza This area also becomes a new cross-roads within a more resilient local road network ofering better connections between SandiacreStapleford and Long Eaton This will further enhance the vitality and vibrancy of the area whilst ensuring surrounding communities can access the services on ofer by a full range of transport choices

bull Toton Innovation Campus Centre Located at the heart of the development a cluster of local retail leisure and hospitality facilities will be clustered in and around a central square Facilities such as a hotel gym business centre and resource centre may also be attracted to this central pedestrian orientated space

bull Community Hub A site to the west of the Toton Lane NET Station has been identifed for the relocation of the George Spencer Academy along with a site for a new primary school a leisure centre and health facility These new community infrastructure buildings will be developed in a green landscape setting with good pedestrian and cycle links to local neighbourhoods and public transport hubs The level of retail development (including

21

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

restaurants cafeacutes) will be controlled to a level which provides for the needs of local residents employees and passengers and avoid competition with existing local centres

The Universities of Derby Nottingham and Nottingham Trent are fully supportive of the HS2 Growth Strategy We have a long history of working together to re-balance economy and believe that this investment has the potential to be transformative

To maximise the value derived from this investment the universities are in a strong position to build on our established partnership for example by working together to shape the proposed lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo located at the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton

The active involvement of the universities at an early stage in defning the proposed lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo means that we can develop an integrated strategy for research teaching and business interaction aligned with HS2 investment

The lsquoworld-classrsquo connectivity aforded by the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton will support the difusion of these opportunities and position the East Midlands as a stronger resilient and more productive economy

bull Green Infrastructure From a place making perspective the HS2 Hub site will be designed to integrate with its surrounding natural environments In total around 16 hectares of open space are proposed within the development site

bull River Canal Corridor The Erewash river and canal corridor runs to the east of the site and provides an area of high amenity value To the north the opportunity exists to enhance the network of footpaths and cycleways leading up to the strategic Stanton Iron Works site and beyond To the south new pedestrian and cycle links will connect the site to the Attenborough Nature Reserve and the Trent Valley This will include opportunities to reinstate new routes beneath the HS2 classic rail line to the south of the station and also to reduce the risk of fooding associated with this section of the river More generally the opportunity to enhance the character of the river and canal corridor would provide further amenity and ecological benefts This may include enhancements to the Sandiacre Locks Conservation Area and measures to introduce more variety diverse habitats and interest to the river lsquochannelrsquo

bull Toton Horseshoe A landscaped corridor is proposed to wrap around the existing Toton residential area This will provide a bufer between planned new development and the local residential areas encompass existing areas of maturing woodland and create a new connection through to the redeveloped Chetwynd Barracks to the east

bull Green Boulevard A new green spine is planned to run through the heart of the new development This route will connect the eastern and western sections of the site via a new pedestrian link across the HS2 corridor and a new plaza at the station entrance The boulevard a wide green space integrating a small existing watercourse will run

through the heart of the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo connecting to the area of protected Green Belt land to the north east

bull Local Amenity Open Space In addition to the strategic green infrastructure highlighted above a network of local amenity spaces will be integrated across the new development These will include both formal and informal recreation areas and play space for the enjoyment of residents employees and visitors alike

Associated lsquoGarden Villagersquo Developments

Chetwynd Barracks The MoD site at Chetwynd will become available for development from 2020 and will be designed and developed as an integral part of the Hub Station Growth area The development will provide a predominantly residential area that will be linked directly to the lsquoCommunity Hubrsquo north of the existing Toton Lane Like the main Hub Station lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo and Community Hub Chetwynd will be subject to the policies of the emerging Broxtowe Local Plan and of Nottinghamshire County Council as the Local HighwayTransport Authority and Local Education Authority

Stanton The Hub Station Growth Zone also includes the former iron works at Stanton where additional employment opportunities will be realised alongside up to 2000 homes which will serve to complement the proposals for the Hub Station and Innovation Campus This site falls within Erewash Borough Council and Derbyshire County Councilrsquos administrative areas This site is subject of a separate Supplementary Planning Document published by Erewash Borough Council and the proposals outlined in the Growth Strategy are consistent with this

22

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Ratclife Power Station Site Within the wider area there may also be further growth opportunities to be explored as part of the HS2 Growth Strategy including Ratclife Power Station Whilst this is not anticipated to be decommissioned before 2025 its location adjacent to the existing East Midlands Parkway station and an existing railhead means that the site has potential to create a transport orientated mixed use development around the station and a possible location for rail related development This site falls within Rushclife Borough Council and Nottinghamshire County Councilrsquos administrative areas

Derby There are already proposals to develop up to 2000 new homes as part of the lsquoInfnity Garden Villagersquo development which spans the boundary between the city of Derby and South Derbyshire District Council In addition there is potential for major mixed use development on the former Courtaulds site at Spondon on the east side of Derby

Leicestershire There are emerging proposals for major housing development in North West Leicestershire linked to employment growth at East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange

23 Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone Our Growth Vision

The Growth Zone is focussed on the Borough of Chesterfeld within the county of Derbyshire and includes the areas around the existing railway station and the proposed Infrastructure Maintenance Depot (IMD) at Staveley east of the town centre also proposed as a construction base for HS2

Our ambitions for Chesterfeld and Staveley are set in the context of a wide growth story for the wider northern Derbyshire area that builds on existing strengths in tourism construction and engineering higher and further education and professional services Key complementary investments include the lsquoPeak Resortrsquo development that

will combine a unique combination of tourism and HEFE education and training

HS2 will bring Chesterfeld within 108 minutes from London and serve a catchment area of over 1 million people Plans for Chesterfeld will transform the relationship between

Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

23

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

the rail station the town centre and major regeneration opportunities and enable the station to become an attractive gateway to the town itself the surrounding Peak District National Park and other key heritage assets - particularly for international visitors Proposals include a scalable housing and commercial investment proposition that will be accelerated to welcome HS2 through investment in enabling infrastructure

The proposed IMD is set within a wider masterplan for the Staveley corridor that will deliver signifcant levels of housing and job growth and provide a focus for the local rail engineering sector including the development of a rail industry lsquocentre of excellencersquo linked to the High Speed Rail College In the shorter term there is an ambition for the Staveley site to be used for a base for the construction of the majority of Phase 2b of HS2

Construction of early phases of the Chesterfeld amp Staveley Regeneration Route will enable key brownfeld regeneration sites to be developed and wider benefts to the A61 Corridor and the extended Markham Vale Enterprise Zone

Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

Underpinning the vision will be a strong focus on inclusive growth linked to our wider skills and supply chain strategy making sure that local communities and local businesses can beneft from the investment that HS2 will bring

Chesterfeld amp Staveley Development Framework

We will enable this growth in the number and quality of jobs by re-shaping and transforming our places through infrastructure-led development Those places will be allowed to fourish and cater for our changing communities as well as providing for new communities and retaining those such as graduates who will have much wider lifestyle choices as a result

Chesterfeld Station

Chesterfeld Station will have an enhanced role as both a destination and a gateway to surrounding localities Over 1 million people already live within 30 minutes of the station HS2 will bring Birmingham and Leeds within 50 minutes We will bring forward development and infrastructure in tandem to provide a high quality experience for those using the

Platform 4

Chesterfeld Station

Chesterfeld Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo

24

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

station lsquoPlatform 4rsquo will provide a modern and attractive route across the A61 with well-designed public realm that will bring the station into the town centre as well as allowing far greater accessibility to public transport Unused and under-used land around the station will be developed and linked to the adjacent Waterside development to provide a mixed-use lsquourban villagersquo ft for future generations to live work and play

Remodelled links between Chesterfeld Station and the town

The infrastructure provided to improve access to the station for HS2 services will also allow us to accelerate our ambition for the wider town centre By taking trafc out of the historic core of the town we can enhance the visitor experience and bring forward new opportunities for residential development with a wide and fexible mix of tenures This will ensure far greater vibrancy within the town which will expand to include the station area and support the wider ambitions for growth in our key sectors

Staveley

The proposed Infrastructure Maintenance Depot (IMD) at Staveley provides a signifcant opportunity to bring forward a much wider strategic development on this 150 hectare brownfeld site Through investing in infrastructure in particular local road access we can open up not just the depot site but a whole new sustainable community of around 1500 homes and many hundreds of new jobs

By phasing the development we will also be able to ofer a well located construction base for HS2 bringing investment and jobs to the area well in advance of the maintenance depot Over the longer term we believe there is the potential to develop the area around the Infrastructure

The wider Chesterfeld Station Area Masterplan wide

Residential building

OfficeCommercial building

Officeresidential building

Hotel building

Station building

MSCP building

Green Space

Public realm

Potential development areas subject to consultation with existing land owners

Retained Listed station building

Ground foor community facility land use

Potential pedestriancycle link to the east

Maintenance Depot as a rail industry lsquocentre of excellencersquo linked to the High Speed Rail College and the NewRail centre at Barrow Hill Roundhouse

Strategic outline masterplan for the Staveley Corridor

Characterising development at all these sites will be an approach to place-making for the future This is led by consideration of how our communities of the future will want to live and work rather than being based on historic development models

We will use the investment in infrastructure to develop places and homes that anticipate our changing population putting in place fexible models in order to meet future demand This will include providing a far better choice for older people with homes that meet current and future care needs We will make the most of the expanding higher education ofer to enable quality student accommodation and develop places in which our graduates want to stay live earn and spend

25

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Strategic outline masterplan for the Staveley corridor 24 Next Steps Our proposals for the Hub Station and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zones are long term and ambitious Whilst the proposed development will lead to an uplift in land values and economic and social benefts it will also require investment in local and strategic infrastructure and land remediation and assembly

We have undertaken technical work to understand likely infrastructure and land costs and development trajectories that could be delivered to inform an initial outline business case assessment consistent with the Treasuryrsquos lsquoGreen Bookrsquo This work will continue to develop as our plans mature

Further detail on delivery is contained in Section 4

Key

SWA1 Redline Boundary

Existing Features

Culvert

River

Canal

Crossing Point

Road

Railway Line

Right of Way

Building

Listed Building

Non Designated Heritage Asset

Existing Trees

Proposed Features

Marina

CS Regeneration Route

Road

FootCycle Path

Pedestrian Zone

Avenue Planting

Public Open Space

Key Building

Railway Line

Canal

Proposed Usage

Residential

Mixed use - Community Retail Residential

Mixed Use - Employment Local Skills and crafts

Workshops Studios Residential

Mixed Use - Community Canal related

Residential

Safeguarded School Site

Leisure - Hotel Pub Restaurant

B1 - Office and Light Industry

B2 - General Industry

B8 - Warehousing and Distribution

HS2 Maintenance Depot

26

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Section 3 | Connectivity Summary

The Hub Station at Toton will already be the most connected on the high speed network outside of London and will serve a catchment of over 2 million people Whilst the development adjacent to the Hub Station will be crucial our early work confrmed that much of the wider economic potential of HS2 will be dependent on the extent to which we can connect economic opportunities across the East Midlands into the high speed network In particular the city centres of Derby Leicester and Nottingham East Midlands Airport and sites that exist in the towns and villages surrounding both the Hub Station and Chesterfeld

Our analysis has demonstrated which modes of transport will serve diferent markets most efectively ndash national regional sub-regional and local Based on this we have set out a comprehensive step by step approach to connectivity which will maximise transport choice for future generations as well as tackling congestion issues that exist today

Key to this will be safeguarding the ability to extend public transport accessibility in the scope of the Governmentrsquos Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and planning now for a phased approach to delivery of highway improvements starting in RIS2

Whilst we are confdent that the measures we have identifed can deliver positive outcomes more detailed design work will be required to secure the capital funding necessary for delivery Further work on the design and phasing of key interventions will therefore be undertaken with transport modelling developed in partnership with Midlands Connect the outcome of which will also help to scope the necessary provisions of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

27

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

SCOTLAND

YORK amp NEWCASTLE

LEEDS

EAST MIDLANDS

HUB

SOUTH YORKSHIRE

SHEFFIELD HS2

CHESTERFIELD

CREWE HS2 HUB

BIRMINGHAM

STOKE DERBY

LEICESTER

LOUGHBOROUGH

LONDON EUROPE

BEESTON

NOTTINGHAM LINCOLN

MANSFIELD

WORKSOP

31 National Context HS2 will help to transform the position of our towns and cities within the UK and Midlands making our local economies more competitive

HS2 CURRENT

68 104 NOTTINGHAM TO LONDON

HHS2S2 CU

142 LEICESTER TO NEWCASTLE

HHS2S2 CURRENT

50 77 DERBY TO LEEDS

HHS2S2 CURRENT

73 145 LEICESTER TO LEEDS

HHS2S2 CURRENT

36 73 NOTTINGHAM TO BIRMINGHAM

HS2 CURRENT

71 143 CHESTERFIELD TO LONDON

RRENT

205

28

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Midlands Connect

The Midlands Connect Strategy described how the HS2 stations at Birmingham Curzon Street UK Central and East Midlands will form the lsquohubrsquo of the UKrsquos high speed rail network Together with classic compatible connectivity at Chesterfeld Crewe and Stoke stations this will unlock economic growth across the Midlands - provided we get the local connectivity right

Through Midlands Connect we are taking forward a body of technical work to defne and develop the local strategic connections that will maximise economic growth opportunities Through the wider Midlands Engine initiative we are promoting the transformational benefts of HS2 to national and international investors

For more information about Midlands Connect and the Midlands Engine please visit httpswwwmidlandsconnectuk

HS2 East

Our work through the HS2 East partnership has demonstrated that the Eastern Leg of HS2 between Birmingham to Leeds via the East Midlands Hub Station has the best business case of any part of the proposed network - with a beneft to cost ratio of over 5 to 1

However the economic impact of the Eastern Leg extends further than Leeds The proposed lsquoclassic compatiblersquo link to the East Coast Main Line will enable high speed rail services to serve the North East of England and Scotland ndash linking

six of the UKrsquos top ten cities and 20 of national GVA This will result in lsquoagglomerationrsquo impacts of over pound700 million GVA and some major journey time savings

bull Leeds to Glasgow reduction of 90 minutes

bull Sheffield to Edinburgh reduction of 90 minutes

bull Newcastle to Birmingham reduction of 85 minutes

Together the Eastern Leg of HS2 and an enhanced East Coast Main Line provide the obvious route for reducing journey times from Scotland to London towards the three hour mark ndash the point at which rail becomes competitive with air travel

For further information about HS2 East please visit httpwwwhs2eastcouk

32 Our strategic approach Connecting key centres of population and development opportunities across the East Midlands to the high speed network will be key to realising the wider economic potential that HS2 connectivity brings

Our analysis has demonstrated which modes of transport will serve diferent markets most efectively Only by developing a comprehensive lsquomulti-modalrsquo approach to connectivity can we deliver the transport choice required by future generations and start to tackle some of the congestion issues that exist today

We also acknowledge that not everything can or indeed should happen at once We have therefore set out a phased approach to improving connectivity at least some of which can be delivered before HS2 becomes fully operational

Heavy Rail Pimary Market

Mass Transit Strategy Regional

Bus Connectivity Sub-Regional amp Local

Taxi Connectivity Sub-Regional amp Local

Walking and Cycling Local and Very Local

Park and Ride Sub-Regional amp Local

Highway Sub-Regional amp Local

Our strategic approach to connectivity

33 Rail Rail will be the most efective mode for accessing the Hub Station from surrounding city and town centres It will also link the East Midlands with the major city-regions across the rest of the UK ndash not least by the HS2 network itself

HS2 Services

The latest service specifcation published by HS2 Ltd indicates that the East Midlands Hub Station will be the best connected on the high speed network outside of London with seven HS2 services per hour in both directions

Impressive though this level of connectivity is we believe there is scope for further improvements

29

Through our work on the HS2 East Partnership we believe there is a strong economic case for the Eastern Leg of HS2 and the East Coast Main Line forming the primary route for serving Scotland not least because it would link the fnancial centres of Leeds and Edinburgh and the conurbations of the North East ndash also a key objective of Transport for the North

The scale of growth proposed in Chesterfeld as described in Section Two makes a compelling case for both Shefeld trains stopping at Chesterfeld Station rather than just one per hour

Classic Compatible Services

It is clear that although the Eastern Leg of HS2 will be designed to accommodate up to 18 trains per hour (in line with the rest of the network) the current service pattern only currently envisages nine There is therefore scope to run additional services on at least part of the Eastern Leg Working with both Midlands Connect and Transport for the North we believe there is a business case for two additional lsquoclassic compatiblersquo trains per hour linking Leicester and LeedsManchester which would transform rail connectivity between the East Midlands and the Northern Powerhouse

For this to be deliverable there would need to be a lsquoclassic compatiblersquo connection between HS2 and an electrifed Midland Main Line at or around the Hub Station HS2 Ltd have developed an indicative design for how this could be delivered Although further work will be required we believe we have sufcient economic evidence now for the Secretary of State to make at least lsquopassive provisionrsquo for such a link in the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

Newcastle

Durham

Dalington

York

Leeds

Shefeld Midland

Chesterfeld

Toton

Church Street

Birmingam Interchange

Old Oak Common Euston

bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

Trains from London 6tph

Trains from Birmrsquoham 3tph

Proposed HS2 Service Pattern for the Eastern Leg

NEWCASTLE

YORK

LEEDS

LONDON BIRMINGHAM

29 36

106

19

EAST MIDLANDS

HUB

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Classic Services

In addition to the two lsquoclassic compatiblersquo services working through Midlands Connect we have identifed an additional 11 lsquoclassic servicesrsquo that could serve the Hub Station These would be a mixture of lsquoshuttle servicesrsquo fast and semi-fast services and stopping services In total this would mean the Hub Station would be served by 20 trains per hour in both directions ndash an outstanding level of connectivity

HS2 Hub Station Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS)

The service specifcation for the Hub Station is consistent with the wider Midlands Connect ITSS which supports the Midlands Connect Strategy published in March 2017

The Maid Marian Line

In addition we believe there is the potential to develop a new service linking the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton with Mansfeld Ashfeld via the adaption on an existing freight line known as the Maid Marian Line This direct link would facilitate greater connectivity for residents and businesses to HS2 services supporting economic regeneration in the towns and contributing to the wider Nottinghamshire growth story We are working with Network Rail to understand any implications for the wider Midlands Connect ITSS

Capacity at Trent Junctions

A key constraint to the delivery of the Midlands Connect ITSS is the capacity of Trent Junctions south of Nottingham We understand that HS2 Ltd will need to make some improvements to Trent Junctions to accommodate the HS2 Core proposition - although these on their own will

30

51

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

HS2 Services

London - Leeds Birmingham - Leeds

London - Leeds Birmingham - Newcastle

London - Chesterfeld - Shefeld - Leeds

Birmingham - Leeds London - Shefeld - York

34 Mass Transit Extensions Classic Compatible Services

Shuttle Services

Nottingham - EM Hub Derby - EM Hub

Fast and Semi-fast Services

Leicester - Crewe Crewe - EM Hub

London - Manchester Crewe - EM Hub

Stopping Services

Leicester - Leeds Leicester - Manchester The success of the Nottingham Express Transit (NET) has demonstrated the potential of mass transit to reduce

Leicester - Lincoln Nottingham - Leeds

Leicester - Nottingham Leicester - Derby

Norwich - Liverpool Newark Castle - Matlock

HS2 Hub Station Indicative Train Service Specifcation

not be sufcient to accommodate the Midlands Connect ITSS There is a clear operational case for avoiding multiple engineering works on this congested section of railway infrastructure ndash with a single enhancement scheme being the clearly favoured option Based on our initial work with Network Rail we believe there is a sufcient economic case now for the Secretary of State to make at least lsquopassive provisionrsquo for an enhanced scheme in the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

congestion increase transport choice and connect people to jobs and services It will therefore be a key element of the connectivity strategy for maximising the economic benefts of the HS2 Hub Station Given the technical challenges and the scale of investment required we recognise the importance of taking a phased approach to delivery

Extending NET to the Hub Station

The frst phase would be to extend the tram from the park and ride site at Toton Lane to the Hub Station ndash a distance of around one mile This will connect the Hub Station to key locations such as the Queens Medical Centre the University campus and the Enterprise Zone and complement the heavy rail service to Nottingham City Centre This link will need to be in place when the Hub Station becomes operational to serve the Nottingham Enterprise Zone sites and to establish the principle tram access in the publicrsquos mind

Extending Connectivity over the Hub Station

Our work has highlighted a number of options for extending connectivity to the west of the Hub Station towards Derby and East Midlands Airport which would have signifcant economic benefts These could be delivered by bus rapid transit (BRT) tram-train as well as by NET extensions Further work will be required to determine the optimum routes and modes These options would require a link over the Hub Station (similar to the arrangement at Nottingham Station) which would be costly to retro-ft We have therefore included a public transport overbridge into our proposals for the Hub Station At this stage it is unlikely that this on its own will require provision for further land take in the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill however it may impact on the required Environmental Impact Statement

Options to Derby

There are two main options for connecting Derby The frst would follow the route of the A52 This would be fast ndash but not as fast as the classic rail service from Derby Station It would be direct but serve a limited population catchment The relatively high cost of developing this as a tram route would appear to make it unviable - although it could have potential as a route for a lower cost form of BRT

The second option would run to the south of the A52 and link the Hub Station with Long Eaton and then on to Breaston Borrowash Spondon Pride Park and Derby Station It would be slower but serve a much larger population catchment It would be cheaper to develop as a tram route but could impact on the proposed canal

31

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Red Arrow Skylink

Zoom 15

i4 18

Indigo 510

Y5 Toton Sidings

NET

Options for bus services serving the Hub Station

35

Revised existing route

New Fast Track to EMA via M1

Arnold via QMC City Hospital

Mansfeld via M1 Kirkby Sutton

Alfreton via M1 Heanor Ripley

restoration project It could be developed in phases the frst comprising a NET extension to a park and ride site west of the M1

Options to East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Rail Freight Interchange

There are a number of potential routes to the airport Following the rail corridor south from the Hub Station before heading west is likely to be the quickest and would limit environmental impacts on Long Eaton town centre It also has potential for a tram-train solution should this become a viable technology in the UK The scale of employment growth proposed at East Midlands Gateway the potential for a lsquoFree Trade Zonersquo around the airport as well as the projected growth in air passenger numbers means such a link could have signifcant economic benefts

Bus amp Taxi Bus travel will continue to be the backbone of the local public transport for many people There is already a comprehensive network of bus routes and services across the sub-region which could be developed to serve the Hub Station from a wide range of locations

The key challenge for operators from a commercial perspective will be to ensure that the Hub Station does not become a lsquoterminusrsquo destination Buses (and taxis) must therefore be able to pass through the Hub Station to also serve surrounding communities across the wider sub-region Our proposed confguration of local road links between the Hub Station and Long Eaton Stapleford

32

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Sandiacre and Toton as well as access from the A52 would enable a commercially viable network of bus services to be established

For Chesterfeld a new road link into the south of the station complex for buses and taxis will provide a through route that will integrate the existing station into local public transport networks more efectively

36 Cycling amp Walking Every rail passenger is a pedestrian at the point of boarding a train Making the Hub Station and the immediate surrounding environment pedestrian friendly will make travel by train more attractive and help to drive patronage

It is also important that local people in surrounding communities have safe and attractive routes for walking and cycling ndash not just to the Hub Station but also to and within the proposed Innovation Campus Cycling and walking are likely to become more attractive options to future generations as public attitudes to travel continue to change This trend has been refected in the core design principles we have established that will underpin future development on the Hub Station site

For Chesterfeld we have set out proposals known as lsquoPlatform 4rsquo for enhancing pedestrian and public transport accessibility between the Station and the town centre over the A61 dual carriageway

37 Park amp Ride A well-coordinated and managed park amp ride strategy can help to reduce the impacts of congestion and provide viable transport choices for local communities

There are opportunities to develop park and ride facilities serving the Hub Station in tandem with a phased roll out of an extended mass transit system The existing park amp

Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site

ride site at Toton Lane (1300 spaces) linked to the tram will be retained albeit in modifed form In addition to a multi-storey car park at the Hub Station itself (1300 spaces proposed) there is an opportunity to develop an additional parking facility of a similar size west of M1 Junction 25 linked to a frst phase extension of the tram over the Hub Station

33

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

This would give a third car park option and the ability to manage travel demand to the Hub Station site in a more fexible manner - as well as an ability to reduce pressure on M1 Junction 25

On the Derby side of the A52 there are options for park and ride sites on the east side of Derby as part of a mass transit system linking Pride Park and Derby Station to the City Centre which could ultimately connect to the Hub Station

38 Strategic amp Local Road Access Despite the focus on public transport cycling and walking access by private car will still be important and a 1300 space multi-storey car park is proposed at the Hub Station However this will require a highway solution that must also address a number of existing challenges

Access from the A52 and M1

Access from the strategic road network into the Hub Station Site will be critical Our technical work has suggested that a single access from the A52 into the site for all movements is unlikely to be deliverable Whilst an engineering solution could be developed it would be very expensive environmentally damaging and take up valuable land that could be better used for economic development purposes

As a result a phased approach is proposed comprising the following key moves

1 A new lsquoat gradersquo junction on the A52 east of the Bardills Roundabout linked to a new Toton Lane which would provide access from Nottingham to the east of the Hub Station site and support the early phases of development of the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

2 A new lsquoof setrsquo junction on the A52 to the west of the use of the construction access required by HS2 Ltd M1 which would remove local movements from M1 to build the Hub Station Junction 25 and provide a more direct route under

Our technical work suggests there is scope to deliver key the motorway into Long Eaton

moves 1) and 2) in advance of the Hub Station opening 3 A new lsquograde separatedrsquo junction on the A52 to the The scale of existing problems and likely future trafc

north of the Hub Station to provide access from growth on the A52 corridor suggests that there is already a Derby and the M1 ndash which has the potential to make strong case for Highways England working with Midlands

Provide local road access to StaplefordSandiacre

Relieve congestion at Bardills and Toton Lane

Provide access from A52

Separate local amp strategic movements at J25

Provide for E-W movements

Provide for local road access for Long Eaton

Strategic amp Local Road Access Challenges

34

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Access from A52 and M1

Connect and local partners to make a proposal for major scheme funding in RIS 2 ndash which would also contribute to a comprehensive connectivity strategy for the Hub Station

A direct link to the Hub Station from the north through 3) will be linked to the construction of the station itself by HS2 Ltd and may be able to make use of any temporary construction access required by HS2 Ltd

Stanton Sandiacre

Derby

Stapleford

Long Eaton

Primary HS2

access

New eastern access

Re-modelled Bardills junction

New eastern access link

Toton Lane

Local access link

Local local link

New ofset A52 Junction

New local link

Remodelled M1 Junction 25

link

1a

1b

3 2

M1

A52

HS2

Local access Nottingham

junction

39

Finally there is the potential to establish a Park amp Ride site west of the M1 linked to a tram extension and the proposed lsquoof-setrsquo junction on the A52 This would provide a further car parking option for the Hub Station and help to manage movements through M1 Junction 25

Local Road Access

As described above local road access to the Hub Station from Long Eaton Stapleford Sandiacre and Toton will be important to secure commercially viable bus and coach services and taxis ndash as well as safe cycle routes We have developed a proposal for local access that can be integrated into the design of the Hub Station and which will complement the proposed strategic links Key to this will be the development of a local road link running under the HS2 and classic rail tracks to the south of the Hub Station

Next Steps We are clear that whilst all the individual elements of our connectivity strategy will have positive outcomes the real benefts will only be achieved by taking an integrated approach to scheme development and delivery

We will therefore develop our proposals further through a project joint funded by Midlands Connect East Midlands partners HS2 Ltd and Highways England known as the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan Phase 1 will use transport modelling to optimise the package of interventions and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment Phase 2 will examine connectivity issues over a wider strategic area including the long term future of the M1

Further detail on delivery is contained in Section 4

35

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Local Road Access Diagram

1

2

3

4

5

6

New A52 access Pedestrian NET link Bus Interchange amp Station Car Park

Remodelled Bardills roundabout

7

8

9

10

11

Local link to Long Eaton

New Bardills roundabout Local link to Sandiacre

New Toton Lane NET extension amp option to extend to EMA Derby

HS2 underpass Station Concourse

HS2 overpass

36

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Section 4 | Delivery Summary

We have undertaken a number of technical studies to understand the costs and benefts of various scales and rates of development to inform the development of an initial outlines business case for our proposals consistent with Treasury requirements which is set out in a separate document This work will evolve and become more granular as our growth proposition matures

There is potential for signifcant employment and housing development across the East Midlands Hub and Derbyshire Growth Zones This will make a signifcant contribution to the Governmentrsquos rebalancing agenda and provide an impetus for growth across the wider East Midlands where there is potential to deliver an additional 74000 jobs and pound4 billion of GVA above trend

We have set out the key moves necessary to deliver our proposals for people place and connectivity and highlighted the immediate measures necessary to safeguard future opportunities Detailed proposals are set out in Appendix 1

We are keen to work with Government to develop propositions for powerful locally led development bodies that can deliver our ambitions for the Hub Station and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zones and contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2

37

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

41 Developing an Investible Proposition Realising our vision for growth will require a combination of strong leadership and clear decision making To inform this we have undertaken a comprehensive programme of technical work to inform our thinking and provide the evidence base for this Growth Strategy including

bull Comprehensive non-statutory development frameworks covering the East Midlands Hub and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

bull A number of concept studies to assess the options for key infrastructure moves including relocation of the existing rail depots at Toton strategic highway access and mass transit extensions

bull A Development Infrastructure Funding (DIF) Study to understand the costs and benefts of diferent scales and rates of development and a funding and delivery mechanisms study to identify options for forward funding of key infrastructure and delivery vehicles

This information has been used to construct an initial outline lsquobusiness casersquo document for our proposals consistent with the Treasuryrsquos lsquoGreen Bookrsquo guidance and will provide the basis for an ongoing dialogue with Government and HS2 Ltd This work will evolve and become more granular over time as our growth proposition matures

Some of the major infrastructure investments will be subject to a separate business case through other established Government programmes such as the Roads Investment Strategy (RIS) This still requires a high-level

case to be made through the Growth Strategy as well as efective co-ordination of planning funding and delivery with other Growth Strategy interventions

42 Key Moves The work we have undertaken to date has identifed a series of key moves that will be required to implement the Growth Strategy including a number of immediate actions which will be necessary to safeguard future opportunities Further detail on these and the necessary enabling measures by Government and its delivery bodies is set out in Appendix 1

People

Our immediate priorities can be delivered largely within existing resources with strong local leadership from the LEPs and the East Midlands Chamber of Commerce and comprise

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to business support that will help local SMEs beneft from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities

bull Establishing a lsquorail industry innovation grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2 awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2

Over the longer term we would expect mainstream Government funding for skills and business support activity to be refocussed around our priorities and complement the strategic approach to skills envisaged by the Midlands Engine

Place

For the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone there are a number of planning land assembly remediation and infrastructure issues that will need to be addressed to enable our vision to be delivered in full In the immediate short term it will be vital to ensure that existing planning consent for the Lime Rise development close to the Hub Station can contribute positively to the delivery of our growth vision

In addition there is a need for further work with the relevant organisations on options for relocating the rail siding and depot activity and the electricity sub-station to locations outside of the Hub Station site and on the expansion and relocation of existing school provision to a better location within the site

Elsewhere we are keen to take forward further work with the Ministry of Defence and the Homes and Communities Agency to ensure that the re-development of the Chetwynd Barracks can actively contribute to a lsquonetwork of garden villagesrsquo

In the Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone the key priority in Chesterfeld will be the delivery of proposals to transform pedestrian and public transport connectivity between the rail station and the town For Staveley the early priorities will be to confrm the depot site as a construction base for HS2 and to secure the frst phases of the Chesterfeld and Staveley Regeneration Route including the provision of improved public transport and pedestrian links necessary to deliver the wider Staveley masterplan

38

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Connectivity

Our immediate priority is to safeguard the potential to secure a classic compatible link at the Hub Station and for enhanced capacity at Trent Junctions capable of delivering the Midlands Connect ITSS These will require the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill which is due to be considered by Ministers in the autumn of 2017 to include provision for the necessary land take

The public transport overbridge and local road connections proposed for the Hub Station will impact on the Hybrid Bill and the associated Environmental Impact Statement and will need to be incorporated into the emerging Hub Station design commissioned by HS2 Ltd

We will need to confrm support from Highways England and HS2 Ltd to take forward the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan with Midlands Connect This work will optimise the package of interventions proposed to serve the Hub Station and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment However we believe we have a sufcient case now for Highways England to identify funding in RIS2 to develop a major scheme on the A52M1 J25 that address existing congestion issues and contributes to the wider solution for accessing the Hub Station

43 Proposals for Delivery Bodies The geographic and political context for the area around the Hub Station is complex spanning a number of local planning authorities local transport authorities and local enterprise partnerships Our work to date has highlighted a range of potential delivery and funding mechanisms that would help to enable development in particular options for Tax Increment Financing (TIf ) But these will require a strategic approach to investment over a number of administrative areas to be efective

There is a local appetite to establish a powerful delivery body that could work at a scale to drive forward our growth vision There are a range of options including the potential for the kind of lsquolocally-led development corporationrsquo envisaged by the Neighbourhood Planning Act 2017

We would like to work with Government over the coming months to develop a proposition for a delivery body for the Hub Station Growth Zone that could begin to operate in lsquoshadow formrsquo with initial seed-corn funding from 2018 onwards

For Chesterfeld and Staveley the geography is less complex with the key moves all within the administrative area of Chesterfeld Borough Council Here a local development company solution may be more appropriate which can also contribute to the delivery of the wider Derbyshire growth story

It will be important to ensure that development in both Growth Zones continues to contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2 under the auspices of the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Mitigation

Whilst HS2 has the potential to bring great benefts to the 44 East Midlands the scale of the new infrastructure involved will also result in some negative impacts ndash particularly in the short term Although the line of route has been designed to minimise impact on environmental assets challenges remain in a number of locations in Derbyshire Leicestershire and Nottinghamshire

Similarly where the line passes through urban areas for example Long Eaton some existing businesses will have to re-locate to alternative premises Whilst the Government has put in place a compensation scheme to assist those directly afected councils are keen to ensure the jobs and investment are retained in the local area wherever possible

The East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board has established a lsquomitigation sub-grouprsquo to work with DfT and HS2 Ltd to help develop detailed designs for key structures that will minimise and mitigate the environmental impacts of the line and look to ensure that existing businesses can continue to thrive As work starts on the development of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill it will be important to ensure that councils are able to inform the detail of the Governmentrsquos proposals on both an individual and collective basis

39

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

45 Phasing of Delivery This Growth Strategy demonstrated the scale complexity and interdependencies between programmes involving a range of partner agencies Many of these programmes involve major schemes that take many years to develop and deliver Although HS2 Phase 2b is not due to become fully operational until 2033 the lead in times are such that key decisions on what might be included within the Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environment Statement will actually be taken during the coming months With appropriate funding and collaboration a number of key moves can be implemented in the short term

Although the development may reach maturity in 2043 by the time HS2 opens there will in fact already be a new place (the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo) emerging around the station to welcome the frst passengers For this to be achieved the delivery partners will need to build momentum over the next 12 months and it is recognised this will require dedicated resource and governance

The evidence base underpinning the growth strategy provides a clear indication of the growth potential and promotes a range of key infrastructure concepts and moves However in order to take these forward and in particular promote some of them for possible inclusion in the Hybrid Bill the partners are clear that more detailed studies and analysis will be required and these will need to be developed in tandem with the work being undertaken for the railway

This highlights the need to establish a dedicated team and for further resources to commission and manage the work programme for the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Phases of Delivery

2017-2022 Hybrid bill development business case development (RS2CP6) land strategy and delivery body early phases of development

2022-2027 Early infrastructure development and key moves (eg depot relocation) next phases of development

2027-2033 HS2 Construction amp completiontesting

2033 HS2 becomes fully operational - local economic development builds momentum

2033-43 Development to maturity

46 First Phase Priorities The focus up to 2022 will be on ensuring the provisions of the Phase 2 Hybrid Bill enable our vision for the Hub Station and priorities for local and strategic connectivity to be implemented Delivery of improvements to the A52 at Bardills and Toton Lane will enable the early phases of the Toton Innovation Campus to commence helping to build investor confdence Completion for the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity plan will progress the wider mix of strategic and local interventions to detailed design stage To be successful all this activity will need to be underpinned by the establishment of a properly resourced and empowered local delivery bodyThe early completion of frst stages of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Station Link Road will help to kick start development in the North Derbyshire Growth Zone

40

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

1 High level Ministerial endorsement of the East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy including through

bull Funding the establishment of a lsquoshadow delivery bodyrsquo to start implementing the Growth Strategy locally and to establish a viable mechanism for capturing a proportion of development value necessary for infrastructure delivery and

bull Promotion by Government and its delivery bodies of key development opportunities set out in the Growth Strategy to national and international investors consistent with the Midlands Engine Vision for Growth

2 Support from DCLG for our vision for the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone by

bull Empowering the HCA to establish a strategic land strategy that will facilitate enabling infrastructure and subsequently to bring forward early phases of development and

bull Using other funding including the current Housing Infrastructure Fund (HIF) to help bring forward early phase infrastructure

3 Support from DfT and its delivery bodies for the implementation of early connectivity priorities related to the Hub Station through

bull Ensuring Highways England and HS2 Ltd contribute gap funding towards the East Midlands Gateway Connectivity Plan Phase 1 Study

bull Funding the delivery phases 1ab of the A52 Access Strategy to enable the initial phases of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo to commence before 2022 and

bull Identifying funding in the next Road Investment Strategy (RIS2) to develop a major scheme to address capacity at M1 Junction 25 and access the Hub Station from the A52 (phases 2 amp3 of the A52 Access Strategy) ndash also making the necessary provisions within the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill amp Environmental Statement

4 DfTHS2 Ltd to ensure that the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make provision at and around the Hub Station for

bull Capacity improvements to classic rail connectivity to the south and north of Toton HS2 station including Trent Junctions optimising the integration of classic and High Speed Rail services and including a lsquoclassic compatible linkrsquo to transform connectivity between Leicester and the north of England

bull An integrated station design including moving the station concourse north to better connect with tram and Public Transport Interchange with an integrated deck connecting eastwest over the HS2 track to

better integrate the Toton station into the heart of the new place ndash the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo This would include provision of a second transfer deck to the south of the main concourse to provide improve capacity and interchange between services

bull Fully integrated public transport interchange and walking routes connecting surrounding communities to promote sustainable travel reduce the need for car parking and thereby make best use of land and local assets including the tram as a means of linking Park amp Ride facilities with the station

bull North South connectivity through the site to connect Long Eaton and Stapleford and to enable local communities to access the station by all modes

bull A clear car parking strategy with a decked car park at the station (premium) complemented by NET based Park and Ride

bull Provision for three bridges as follows

- Integrated with concourse deck to create east west route for tram and sustainable transport links between east and west development areas and to Long Eaton airport and Derby

- Multi-modal bridge south of the A52 to enable resilience in the local network connections to the western development area and

41

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

- Pedestrian bridge at mid-point between the above to connect new communities

bull Provision for an underpass under the Network Rail and HS2 lines to the south of the concourse to enable links between Stapleford Long Eaton and the station by various modes and in particular public transport but as a secondary primary access connecting east and west development areas within the Innovation Campus

5 Separately to ensure the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make specifc provision to deliver the NET tram extension from the existing Toton Park amp Ride to the HS2 Station consistent with the provisions set our above

6 DfTHS2 Ltd to designate Staveley as a major construction hubrailhead for the construction of Phase 2b in addition to the establishment of the Infrastructure Maintenance Depot

7 Government to make a contribution towards the delivery of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Chesterfeld Station Link Road to unlock early development and growth in the corridor

8 Further fnancial and technical support from Network Rail HS2 Ltd and HS2 Growth Partnership to work collaboratively on the relocation of the DBS Depot and Network Rail Sidings to enable development growth and transport connections through the Hub Station area

9 DfTHS2 Ltd to amend the HS2 Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS) to ensure that both Shefeld HS2 classic compatible services stop at Chesterfeld

10 Commitment from DfTHS2 Ltd to at least partially open the Hub Station at Toton by 2030 rather than 2033 to generate additional passenger revenue and accelerate the delivery of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

42

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy World Class - Locally Driven

For more information please contact East Midlands Councils Tel 01664 502620 Email infoemcouncilsgovuk

  • Structure Bookmarks
    • Born 1946-1964
    • Born 1964-1980
    • Born 1980-2000
    • Born 2000+
    • The Hub Station and surrounding area
    • Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone
    • Chesterfield Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo
    • Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site
Page 8: East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy - Broxtowe€¦ · 3.7 Park & Ride 3.8 4.3 East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Contents Contents Foreword 3 3.6 Cycling & Walking 33 Executive Summary

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Executive Summary

Executive Summary

of a new high quality lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo with the potential to create up to 10000 new jobs community facilities and a range of new housing choices It will be an inspiring 21st Century Gateway to the East Midlands and a destination in its own right The lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo will sit at the heart of a thriving network of lsquogarden villagersquo developments that will include the nearby Stanton and Chetwynd Barracks sites

Chesterfeld and Staveley will be at the heart of the North Derbyshire Growth Zone but activity will focus on the wider Derbyshire growth story We will use HS2 to complement existing rail services and transform links between Chesterfeld Station and the town centre opening up regeneration opportunities and creating an attractive gateway to the Peak District National Park ndash one the regionrsquos unique destination ofers The Staveley depot will be the heart of a mixed use housing and employment zone within the wider growth corridor and in the short term could also provide a construction base for HS2

Connectivity

The Hub Station at Toton will already be the most connected on the high speed network outside of London Whilst the development adjacent to the Hub Station will be crucial our early work confrmed that much of the wider economic potential of HS2 will be dependent on the extent to which we can connect economic opportunities across the East Midlands into the high speed network In particular the city centres of Derby Leicester and Nottingham East Midlands Airport and sites that exist in the towns and villages surrounding both the Hub Station and Chesterfeld

Our analysis has demonstrated which modes of transport will serve diferent markets most efectively ndash national regional sub-regional and local Based on this we have set out a comprehensive step by step approach to connectivity which will maximise transport choice for future generations as well as tackling congestion issues that exist today

Key to this will be safeguarding the ability to extend public transport accessibility in the scope of the Governmentrsquos Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and

planning now for a phased approach to delivery of highway improvements starting in Road Investment Strategy period 2 (RIS2)

Whilst we are confdent that the measures we have identifed can deliver positive outcomes more detailed design work will be required to secure the capital funding necessary for delivery Further work on the design and phasing of key interventions will therefore be undertaken with transport modelling developed in partnership with Midlands Connect the outcome of which will also help to scope the necessary provisions of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

7

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Executive Summary

Executive Summary

Delivery

We have undertaken a number of technical studies to understand the costs and benefts of various scales and rates of development to inform the development of an initial outline business case for our proposals consistent with Treasury requirements which is set out in a separate document This work will evolve and become more granular as our growth proposition matures

We have set out the key moves necessary to deliver our proposals for people place and connectivity and highlighted the immediate issues that we need Government support to progress In particular

bull Provision within the scope of the Phase

2b Hybrid Bill and Environmental Impact Statement to accommodate our vision for the Hub Station including a classic compatible link a northern station concourse and public transport overbridge local road access and enhancements to Trent Junctions

bull Financial and technical support from

Highways England and HS2 Ltd to take forward Phase 1 of the East Midlands Gateway Connectivity Plan

bull Provision within RIS2 for the development of a major scheme to address existing and future challenges on the A52 between Derby and Nottingham

bull Financial and technical support from

DCLG and the Homes amp Communities Agency (HCA) to develop the concept of a lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo at the heart of a network of thriving lsquogarden villagesrsquo including land assembly

bull Financial and technical support from

Network Rail HS2 Ltd and HS2 Growth Partnership to work collaboratively on the relocation of rail sidings and depot adjacent to the Hub Station

bull Designation of the Staveley Infrastructure

Maintenance Depot (IMD) site as a construction base for the construction of Phase 2b of HS2

bull Financial support for the delivery of the

early phases of the Chesterfeld amp Staveley Regeneration Route and Station Link Road

bull Provision for both Sheffield HS2 and classic

compatible services to stop at Chesterfeld Station and

bull Financial and technical support for the

establishment of a lsquoshadow delivery bodyrsquo to take forward the Growth Strategy

8

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

Section 1 | People Summary

People are at the heart of our Growth Strategy For local people across the East Midlands HS2 will mean more job and training opportunities the chance to earn higher wages and more housing choice But these benefts will not be delivered without continuing local leadership strong governance and collective action

We have set out a coherent economic strategy consistent with the Midlands Engine Vision for Growth and the Governmentrsquos Industrial Strategy that builds on our existing strengths in manufacturing technology and high value services ndash and which will help to shift our long term economic growth rate to above the UK average

We have developed a comprehensive skills amp supply chain strategy and action plan based around fve key themes inspiring our young people building further education capacity harnessing the power of our universities supporting individuals and ensuring our businesses are lsquoHS2 readyrsquo Our three immediate priorities are

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to business support that will help local SMEs benefit from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities

bull Establishing a rail industry lsquoinnovation grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2 awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2

Underpinning our approach is an understanding that the nature of work will continue to change rapidly as a result of new technology and that the requirements and aspirations of the future workforce are likely to be diferent to our own

9

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

11 The Economic Prize HS2 will provide major opportunities for businesses in the East Midlands to expand their horizons and to trade and compete in wider markets Similarly high speed rail will connect the people of the East Midlands to new work learning and leisure opportunities whilst opening up the region to new visitors

Independent research commissioned from KPMG by HS2 Ltd suggested that an East Midlands Hub Station could have the greatest economic uplift of any of the proposed HS2 stations Our own work has confrmed this assessment This potential refects the ability of HS2 to radically improve connectivity between the local economies of the East Midlands with those across the UK but also our own inherent and enduring economic strengths

We have undertaken a comprehensive lsquoEconomic Opportunities Assessmentrsquo underpinned by independent analysis from Cambridge Econometrics to determine the best approach for maximising local growth opportunities - focussing on the D2N2 and Leicester amp Leicestershire LEP areas This combined area already comprises 315 million people over 100000 businesses and pound65 billion of GVA

We have gone back to frst principles and looked at the drivers that are likely to shape economic growth over the coming decades From this we have set out a strategy for how we can use HS2 to deliver a more productive and resilient economy

Our analysis suggests that by targeting some of our key sectors that can beneft from HS2 connectivity in particular manufacturing technology and high value services we can boost employment growth from just below to above the

projected UK trend - equivalent to an additional 74000 jobs and almost pound4 billion of GVA by 2043 ndash helping to close the gaps in our economy post Brexit

Our approach is consistent with the emerging Midlands Engine Vision for Growth and will help to deliver key aspects of the Governmentrsquos Industrial Strategy ndash in

particular by helping to re-balance the economy increasing productivity promote innovation and support export growth

For more information about the analysis underpinning our economic strategy please visit httpwwwemcouncilsgovukHS2

Economic Growth Baseline Matching UK Trend

Our Economic Vision

Net Employment Growth (FTE) 172000 184000 246000

GVA Uplift above Baseline - pound038 billion pound399 billion

Key Drivers

Manufacturing Engine

Technology High Value Services

The UKrsquos most competitive location for high value engineering and manufacturing

A fertile innovation eco-system attracting global talent in research strengths

Delivering a step change in high value services

Enablers

Smart Growth A Dynamic Entrepreneurial

Economy

Galvanised visitor economy and distinctive

gateway

A transformed and expanded visitor economy bringing a new generation of visitors to established and new attractions

Creating the conditions to compete for investment talent and knowledge nationally and internationally including excellence in logistics and distribution capacity

One of the best places to start and grow a business in the UK high quality business space reinforced by world class business support and access to funding and investment

10

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

12 The Changing Nature of Work We understand that we are planning for HS2 over a 25 year time horizon and that the nature of work is changing fast Looking back over the last 25 years we can see how information technology and the rise of the internet has radically changed many peoplersquos working lives This pace of technological change will continue and even accelerate over the coming decades ndash and it will impact on all aspects of the economy not just the service sector

Whilst we cannot anticipate all the changes that may happen our plans for making the most of HS2 must be forward looking and fexible and try not to use the solutions of the past to meet the challenges of the future

Crucial to success is understanding who we are planning for ndash and how they are likely to want to live their lives

The core workforce we are planning for are children now at school ndash the so called lsquoGeneration Zrsquo This is the frst generation of lsquodigital nativesrsquo - people who have grown up with digital technology and are comfortable using it for all manner of everyday tasks Research suggests Generation Z will have a very diferent experience of work to their parents - with up to 5 diferent careers 15 homes and 17 jobs over a working lifetime They are likely to be more entrepreneurial and collaborative than previous generations and less interested in owning a car or a house

This perspective has underpinned our thinking about how we can use HS2 to drive future prosperity across the East Midlands and in particular how we should plan for places future generations will want to live work and play It has also infuenced our comprehensive plans to ensure our young people have the work skills necessary to make the most of the opportunities that lie ahead

Baby Boomers Baby Boomers

Generation X Generation X

Born 1946-1964

Age in 2043 79-97

Born 1964-1980

Age in 2043 63-78

Millennials Millennials

Generation Z Generation Z

Born 1980-2000

Age in 2043 43-63

Born 2000+

Age in 2043 26-43

11

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

13 Our Skills amp Supply Chain Strategy The delivery of HS2 will be transformational for the East Midlands economy Through the build phase and once operational it will bring new opportunities for those that live and work across the D2N2 and Leicester amp Leicestershire LEP areas

These opportunities will be about more than just the construction of a new railway The enhanced connectivity it brings will transform the geography of competition and agglomeration amongst businesses will open up new marketplaces and catchment areas and will attract inward investment to the region from across the UK and overseas

Opportunities will vary over time and will be both direct and indirect They begin now as contracts are awarded for the construction of Phase 1 from London to Birmingham and they stretch to beyond the projected 2033 completion date The establishment of the National College for High Speed Rail presents a major opportunity particularly for the development of the Staveley Infrastructure Maintenance Depot and its potential role as a construction base for HS2 Phase 2

To ensure local people and companies can beneft from HS2 investment and the growth it will bring we have worked with businesses trade bodies and training providers to develop a comprehensive skills and supply chain strategy built around fve key elements

Within each of these elements we have set out a clear action plan which is summarised below Key to this will be to avoid adding further complexity to existing provision for skills and business support Instead the approach will be

wherever possible to refocus existing support and funding on activities that will help deliver the Growth Strategy ndash rather than create new structures or programmes and complement the strategically driven approach to skills envisaged by the Midlands Engine

Inspiring YoungPeople

Building Further Education Capacity

HarnessingUniversities

Supporting Individuals

HS2 ReadyBusinesses

12

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

Inspiring Young People

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

Programme of engagement covering the entirety of a young personrsquos education

D2N2 LLEP Councils HS2 Ltd Private Sector Refocussing existing resources Short-medium

Ensure teachers amp careers advisors are provided with information about relevant career opportunities

Schools Private Sector Some additional administrative costs Using existing business networks

Short ndash Medium

Develop a unifed lsquoEM33rsquo HS2 businessschool engagement programme

Private Sector Careers amp Skills Company LEP Skills Boards

Refocussing existing resources Short

Harnessing Universities

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

EM Universities to develop HS2 programmes of engagement with business

Universities LEP Skills Boards Research Councils Innovate UK

Leveraging existing resources Short

Establish a Rail Industry Innovation Group through Rail Forum East Midlands (RFEM)

Universities RFEM Network Rail and industry Administrative costs only bodies

Universities East Midland HS2 Delivery Boards Refocussing existing consultancy spend

Immediate

Support Hub Station lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo and signifcant HE links at Chesterfeld Station

Immediate

Develop a university based lsquoRail Innovation Centrersquo

Universities LEPs New funding required Short

13

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

HS2 Ready Businesses

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

Develop an lsquoEM33rsquo HS2 awareness campaign aimed at businesses

LEPs Councils East Midlands Chamber New funding required Immediate

Establish dedicated HS2 supply chain support for businesses

LEPs Private Sector Midlands Engine Supply New funding required for additional 1 FTE Chain Initiative Ofcer

LEPs Private Sector ERDF underspend

Immediate

Promote SME collaboration through business support activity

Immediate

Establish web resource for businesses to identify HS2 Specifc opportunities

LEP Growth Hubs HS2 Ltd Additional support for Growth Hubs required Immediate

Supporting Individuals

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

Develop a public facing lsquoEM33rsquo awareness campaign

LEPs Councils East Midlands Chamber New funding required Immediate

Embed the lsquoEM33rsquo HS2 awareness across job centre and council employment support programmes

DWP Councils voluntary sector Refocussing employment support programmes

Medium

Establish an EM HS2 Delivery Charter to encourage recruitment from lsquohard to reachrsquo groups

Private Sector Councils DWP Administrative costs only Medium ndash Long

14

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

Building Further Education Capacity

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

Embed lsquoEM33rsquo activity into new lsquoTrsquo and relevant lsquoArsquo levels

Further Education (FE) Providers LEPs Councils

Refocussing existing resources and future Local Growth Fund

Short ndash medium

Develop strategic relationship between FE sector and National College for High Speed Rail (NCHSR)

FE Providers private training providers Using existing forums and relationships National College for High Speed Rail (NCHSR)

FE Providers Councils Funding required to recruit additional BIM expert

Immediate

Develop world leading capability for Building Information Management (BIM) linked to Staveley IMD

Short- medium

Support the development of lsquoShared Apprentice Schemesrsquo across key HS2 related job rolesdisciplines

FE Providers LEPS Councils Additional funding required Short

14 Next Steps Within our strategic approach we have identifed three immediate priorities These to be taken forward largely with existing LEP and private sector resources but will require strong local leadership to be successful

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to business support that will help local SMEs beneft from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities to be driven by D2N2 LLLEP and the private sector

bull Establishing a lsquorail industry innovation grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands to help drive innovation within our thriving SME rail engineering sector and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2 awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2 provisionally entitled lsquoEM33rsquo to be driven by East Midlands Chamber of Commerce D2N2 and LLLEP and supported by councils

Over the longer term we would expect mainstream Government funding for skills and business support activity to be refocussed around our priorities For more information about our skills and supply chain strategy please visit httpwwwemcouncilsgovukHS2

15

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Section 2 | Place Summary

Great place-making will be key to realising the opportunities that HS2 connectivity will create Our proposals are ambitious but build upon existing market strengths and add value to the attractive mix of urban and rural environments that already characterises the East Midlands We have also sought to refect the needs and aspirations of future generations in the scale and form of proposed development and by incorporating sustainable transport choices

Our Growth Strategy has been developed within in a wider spatial context that will use HS2 to enhance opportunities in towns and cities across the East Midlands and in key assets like East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange To drive this we have identifed two lsquoGrowth Zonesrsquo which relate directly to the benefts of HS2 connectivity

The East Midlands Hub Growth Zone is related to the area around the Hub Station at Toton Here we are proposing the development of a new high quality lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo with the potential to create up to 10000 new jobs community facilities and a range of new housing choices It will be an inspiring 21st Century Gateway to the East Midlands and a destination in its own right The lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo will sit at the heart of a thriving network of lsquogarden villagersquo developments that will include the nearby Stanton and Chetwynd Barracks sites

Chesterfeld and Staveley will be at the heart of the North Derbyshire Growth Zone but activity will focus on the wider Derbyshire growth story We will use HS2 to complement existing rail services and transform links between Chesterfeld Station and the town centre opening up regeneration opportunities and creating an attractive gateway to the Peak District National Park ndash one of the regionrsquos unique destination ofers The Staveley Depot will be the heart of a mixed use housing and employment zone within the wider growth corridor and in the short term could also provide a construction base for HS2

16

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

21 East Midlands Context Our Growth Strategy has been developed within in a wider spatial context that also seeks to use HS2 to enhance existing regional and national assets across the East Midlands In particular the area spanning the D2N2 and Leicester amp Leicestershire LEP areas which already comprise 315 million people over 100000 businesses and generate pound65 billion of GVA Key opportunities for growth include

bull Derby a city of world class automotive rail and aerospace technology sectors Home to Rolls Royce Bombardier and Toyota and a thriving network of highly specialised manufacturing SMEs

bull Leicester a vibrant diverse city with a strong record of SME formation and major growth potential Home to the National Space Centre and a burgeoning space technology sector

bull Nottingham a city of thriving business services biotech and leisure sectors and fagship companies like Experian and Boots underpinned by world class public transport and local energy systems

bull East Midlands Airport and Gateway the biggest freight airport outside of London and home to DHL The new East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange will generate thousands of new jobs

bull Loughborough a national centre for sport and sports science The Loughborough University Science and Enterprise Park forms part of a recently designated Enterprise Zone

bull Chesterfeld an historic and well connected rail town with a strong engineering economy and both a visitor destination and gateway

bull Peak District National Park and Derwent Valley Mills Word Heritage Site the most visited national park in England adjacent to the cradle of the industrial revolution

bull MansfeldAshfeld key regional service centres with strengths in manufacturing and logistics

There are also a range of growth and regeneration opportunities along the A52 corridor between Derby and Nottingham Castle Ward Pride Park and Raynesway on

Derby A50 Corridor

A42M42 M69

M1

M1

Chesterfeld

Mansfeld Ashfeld

Staveley

HS2

Nottingham

Loughborough

Leicester

A46 Corridor

the Derby side and the Nottingham Enterprise Zones sites Alliance Boots in Beeston Beeston Business Park and the Nottingham Science Park

Within this strategic context we have identifed two lsquoGrowth Zonesrsquo which relate directly to the benefts of HS2 connectivity which we believe will drive HS2 related growth across the wider sub area

bull East Midlands Hub Growth Zone

bull Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

M1 Corridor

3 Cities

Derby Nottingham (A52)

Trent Valley Vision

Derwent Valley Mills World

Heritage Site

Peak District National Park

HS2 Station

Classic Rail Lines

Strategic Context Diagram

17

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

East Midlands Hub Growth Zone Diagram 22 East Midlands Hub Growth Zone Our Growth Vision

The Growth Zone encompasses the Hub Station site at Toton the former ironworks site at Stanton and Chetwynd Barracks The core area encompasses Broxtowe and Erewash Borough Councils Derbyshire and Nottinghamshire County Councils

Central will be the development of a high quality lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo at the Hub Station in Toton itself with the potential to create up to 10000 new jobs and a range of new housing choices The concept of an lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo follows research undertaken looking at trends in business locations away from city centres and the need for a much more dynamic mix of uses that recognises the changing needs and desires of lsquoGeneration Zrsquo It is also consistent with the long term aspirations of the university sector within the region which has actively contributed to our thinking

Our vision includes the development of a network of mixed use lsquogarden villagesrsquo that will incorporate the very latest innovations in land remediation environmental standards together with advances in sustainable drainage localised energy and public transport Enhanced connectivity by sustainable modes of transport will ensure the development of pedestrian orientated streets and spaces which will be attractive to both local people and investors

The developments will complement the adjacent city centre ofer and help to drive major improvements to existing places such as Long Eaton and Stapleford

HS2

A52 Jct 25

A50

Jct 24

M1

Castle Donington amp EM Gateway Freight Interchange East Midlands Airport

Lougborough

East Midlands Parkway amp Ratclife

Innovation Campus amp Hub Station

Stanton Derby

Prid

e Par

k Ray

nesw

ay

Spon

don

Boots Campus

Beeston

ScienceMedi

Nottingham

A453

P

P

Potential Mass Rapid-Transit

Classic Rail Lines

Garden Village Network

Key Employment Sites

HS2 Line

Chetwynd

i Celanese

Urban Village

Infnity Garden Village

18

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Toton Area (Hub Station) Development Framework

We have worked with councils local partners and the Toton Neighbourhood Planning Forum to develop a long term non-statutory lsquodevelopment frameworkrsquo for the Hub Station Growth Area in Toton to inform the review of local plans and future investment decisions The development framework recognises a series of distinct character areas and sets out development principles for each

Station Hub The core development area is clustered to the east and west of the Hub Station Anchored by key multi modal transport infrastructure (including HS2 and Classic rail facilities NET bus interchange facilities and central car parking facilities) The primary land use in this area will be workspace development set within a high quality urban development context Hotel and residential accommodation may also be appropriate at this central location and the arearsquos public realm will be animated by cafeacutes restaurants and small scale retail outlets serving passengers employees and residents

Toton Area (Hub Station) Development

19

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

The Hub Station and surrounding area

A new public space will be created adjacent to the main station concourse This will provide a high quality east-west pedestrian connection across the HS2 lines and support interchange between a range of transport modes This development area is located on a plateau which is at a signifcantly lower level than the main development site to the east New buildings will typically be taller (up to 6-8 storeys) which will allow the development to act as a marker in the context of the rail corridor without appearing incongruous within the wider development

Toton Innovation Campus This mixed use corridor runs through the heart of the site connecting the HS2 station and areas to the west following the tram corridor towards Toton Lane NET station in the east

This dynamic space will be characterised not only by the diversity of uses but also a green boulevard and sustainable transport corridor and will include a mixture of medium density workspace including apartment based residential development

The lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo is roughly equidistant between the city centres of Nottingham and Derby and is intended to be anchored by a university based research and development centre To the south links to Leicester East Midlands Airport East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange and the Enterprise Zone sites in Loughborough will drive further opportunities

To achieve the scale of development and sense of place envisaged will require major investment in land assembly management and infrastructure Making the right moves now will provide much needed capacity to unlock and absorb growth and provide resilience in a currently stressed local network It will also require higher densities than those currently subject of an extant Outline Planning Consent for the site and this will need careful consideration by Broxtowe Borough Council as the Local Planning Authority

A52 Trackside Corridor A series of larger development sites have been identifed along the A52 and rail corridors towards the north of the site ofering the potential to accommodate larger workplace developments or research institutions This area will ofer the potential to accommodate distinctive gateway buildings acting as markers along both the A52 and HS2 corridors

Waterside Development parcels along the Erewash River Canal corridor are considered an appropriate mix of uses including residential Building heights will step down from around six storeys adjacent to the rail corridor to around three storeys in areas closer to the river canal corridor respecting the domestic scale of buildings to the west The landscaped environment of the river canal corridor will be brought into the area with a series of lsquogreen fngersrsquo leading into the development site This open space will serve a

20

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

variety of functions including recreation food mitigation and ecological habitat The orientation of buildings within this corridor should support this landscape strategy and open up views of the canal river corridor from higher ground to the east of the HS2 line

Parkside Generous green corridors are proposed as a bufer between the planned new development and existing residential communities Lower density areas broadly refecting established residential areas of Toton will front onto these spaces with a typical height of two to

three storeys open landscaped space and site topography ensuring that the amenity of existing local residents are protected New footpaths and cycleways will integrate the site with its surrounding context and enable residents of existing neighbourhoods to access facilities and transport hubs within the new development site It should be noted that new vehicular connections to these neighbourhoods are not proposed

bull Neighbourhood Centres These centres will be located at highly accessible positions within the

The Toton Innovation Campus looking towards the Hub Station

development and will allow the vast majority of the site area to be located within an easy fve minute walking catchment of local facilities

bull HS2 Hub This facility will serve HS2 passengers along with residents and workers based in the lower western section of the site It is envisaged that cafeacutes restaurants and local retail facilities will be integrated within the main station concourse and spill out onto the adjoining public plaza This area also becomes a new cross-roads within a more resilient local road network ofering better connections between SandiacreStapleford and Long Eaton This will further enhance the vitality and vibrancy of the area whilst ensuring surrounding communities can access the services on ofer by a full range of transport choices

bull Toton Innovation Campus Centre Located at the heart of the development a cluster of local retail leisure and hospitality facilities will be clustered in and around a central square Facilities such as a hotel gym business centre and resource centre may also be attracted to this central pedestrian orientated space

bull Community Hub A site to the west of the Toton Lane NET Station has been identifed for the relocation of the George Spencer Academy along with a site for a new primary school a leisure centre and health facility These new community infrastructure buildings will be developed in a green landscape setting with good pedestrian and cycle links to local neighbourhoods and public transport hubs The level of retail development (including

21

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

restaurants cafeacutes) will be controlled to a level which provides for the needs of local residents employees and passengers and avoid competition with existing local centres

The Universities of Derby Nottingham and Nottingham Trent are fully supportive of the HS2 Growth Strategy We have a long history of working together to re-balance economy and believe that this investment has the potential to be transformative

To maximise the value derived from this investment the universities are in a strong position to build on our established partnership for example by working together to shape the proposed lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo located at the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton

The active involvement of the universities at an early stage in defning the proposed lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo means that we can develop an integrated strategy for research teaching and business interaction aligned with HS2 investment

The lsquoworld-classrsquo connectivity aforded by the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton will support the difusion of these opportunities and position the East Midlands as a stronger resilient and more productive economy

bull Green Infrastructure From a place making perspective the HS2 Hub site will be designed to integrate with its surrounding natural environments In total around 16 hectares of open space are proposed within the development site

bull River Canal Corridor The Erewash river and canal corridor runs to the east of the site and provides an area of high amenity value To the north the opportunity exists to enhance the network of footpaths and cycleways leading up to the strategic Stanton Iron Works site and beyond To the south new pedestrian and cycle links will connect the site to the Attenborough Nature Reserve and the Trent Valley This will include opportunities to reinstate new routes beneath the HS2 classic rail line to the south of the station and also to reduce the risk of fooding associated with this section of the river More generally the opportunity to enhance the character of the river and canal corridor would provide further amenity and ecological benefts This may include enhancements to the Sandiacre Locks Conservation Area and measures to introduce more variety diverse habitats and interest to the river lsquochannelrsquo

bull Toton Horseshoe A landscaped corridor is proposed to wrap around the existing Toton residential area This will provide a bufer between planned new development and the local residential areas encompass existing areas of maturing woodland and create a new connection through to the redeveloped Chetwynd Barracks to the east

bull Green Boulevard A new green spine is planned to run through the heart of the new development This route will connect the eastern and western sections of the site via a new pedestrian link across the HS2 corridor and a new plaza at the station entrance The boulevard a wide green space integrating a small existing watercourse will run

through the heart of the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo connecting to the area of protected Green Belt land to the north east

bull Local Amenity Open Space In addition to the strategic green infrastructure highlighted above a network of local amenity spaces will be integrated across the new development These will include both formal and informal recreation areas and play space for the enjoyment of residents employees and visitors alike

Associated lsquoGarden Villagersquo Developments

Chetwynd Barracks The MoD site at Chetwynd will become available for development from 2020 and will be designed and developed as an integral part of the Hub Station Growth area The development will provide a predominantly residential area that will be linked directly to the lsquoCommunity Hubrsquo north of the existing Toton Lane Like the main Hub Station lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo and Community Hub Chetwynd will be subject to the policies of the emerging Broxtowe Local Plan and of Nottinghamshire County Council as the Local HighwayTransport Authority and Local Education Authority

Stanton The Hub Station Growth Zone also includes the former iron works at Stanton where additional employment opportunities will be realised alongside up to 2000 homes which will serve to complement the proposals for the Hub Station and Innovation Campus This site falls within Erewash Borough Council and Derbyshire County Councilrsquos administrative areas This site is subject of a separate Supplementary Planning Document published by Erewash Borough Council and the proposals outlined in the Growth Strategy are consistent with this

22

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Ratclife Power Station Site Within the wider area there may also be further growth opportunities to be explored as part of the HS2 Growth Strategy including Ratclife Power Station Whilst this is not anticipated to be decommissioned before 2025 its location adjacent to the existing East Midlands Parkway station and an existing railhead means that the site has potential to create a transport orientated mixed use development around the station and a possible location for rail related development This site falls within Rushclife Borough Council and Nottinghamshire County Councilrsquos administrative areas

Derby There are already proposals to develop up to 2000 new homes as part of the lsquoInfnity Garden Villagersquo development which spans the boundary between the city of Derby and South Derbyshire District Council In addition there is potential for major mixed use development on the former Courtaulds site at Spondon on the east side of Derby

Leicestershire There are emerging proposals for major housing development in North West Leicestershire linked to employment growth at East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange

23 Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone Our Growth Vision

The Growth Zone is focussed on the Borough of Chesterfeld within the county of Derbyshire and includes the areas around the existing railway station and the proposed Infrastructure Maintenance Depot (IMD) at Staveley east of the town centre also proposed as a construction base for HS2

Our ambitions for Chesterfeld and Staveley are set in the context of a wide growth story for the wider northern Derbyshire area that builds on existing strengths in tourism construction and engineering higher and further education and professional services Key complementary investments include the lsquoPeak Resortrsquo development that

will combine a unique combination of tourism and HEFE education and training

HS2 will bring Chesterfeld within 108 minutes from London and serve a catchment area of over 1 million people Plans for Chesterfeld will transform the relationship between

Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

23

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

the rail station the town centre and major regeneration opportunities and enable the station to become an attractive gateway to the town itself the surrounding Peak District National Park and other key heritage assets - particularly for international visitors Proposals include a scalable housing and commercial investment proposition that will be accelerated to welcome HS2 through investment in enabling infrastructure

The proposed IMD is set within a wider masterplan for the Staveley corridor that will deliver signifcant levels of housing and job growth and provide a focus for the local rail engineering sector including the development of a rail industry lsquocentre of excellencersquo linked to the High Speed Rail College In the shorter term there is an ambition for the Staveley site to be used for a base for the construction of the majority of Phase 2b of HS2

Construction of early phases of the Chesterfeld amp Staveley Regeneration Route will enable key brownfeld regeneration sites to be developed and wider benefts to the A61 Corridor and the extended Markham Vale Enterprise Zone

Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

Underpinning the vision will be a strong focus on inclusive growth linked to our wider skills and supply chain strategy making sure that local communities and local businesses can beneft from the investment that HS2 will bring

Chesterfeld amp Staveley Development Framework

We will enable this growth in the number and quality of jobs by re-shaping and transforming our places through infrastructure-led development Those places will be allowed to fourish and cater for our changing communities as well as providing for new communities and retaining those such as graduates who will have much wider lifestyle choices as a result

Chesterfeld Station

Chesterfeld Station will have an enhanced role as both a destination and a gateway to surrounding localities Over 1 million people already live within 30 minutes of the station HS2 will bring Birmingham and Leeds within 50 minutes We will bring forward development and infrastructure in tandem to provide a high quality experience for those using the

Platform 4

Chesterfeld Station

Chesterfeld Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo

24

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

station lsquoPlatform 4rsquo will provide a modern and attractive route across the A61 with well-designed public realm that will bring the station into the town centre as well as allowing far greater accessibility to public transport Unused and under-used land around the station will be developed and linked to the adjacent Waterside development to provide a mixed-use lsquourban villagersquo ft for future generations to live work and play

Remodelled links between Chesterfeld Station and the town

The infrastructure provided to improve access to the station for HS2 services will also allow us to accelerate our ambition for the wider town centre By taking trafc out of the historic core of the town we can enhance the visitor experience and bring forward new opportunities for residential development with a wide and fexible mix of tenures This will ensure far greater vibrancy within the town which will expand to include the station area and support the wider ambitions for growth in our key sectors

Staveley

The proposed Infrastructure Maintenance Depot (IMD) at Staveley provides a signifcant opportunity to bring forward a much wider strategic development on this 150 hectare brownfeld site Through investing in infrastructure in particular local road access we can open up not just the depot site but a whole new sustainable community of around 1500 homes and many hundreds of new jobs

By phasing the development we will also be able to ofer a well located construction base for HS2 bringing investment and jobs to the area well in advance of the maintenance depot Over the longer term we believe there is the potential to develop the area around the Infrastructure

The wider Chesterfeld Station Area Masterplan wide

Residential building

OfficeCommercial building

Officeresidential building

Hotel building

Station building

MSCP building

Green Space

Public realm

Potential development areas subject to consultation with existing land owners

Retained Listed station building

Ground foor community facility land use

Potential pedestriancycle link to the east

Maintenance Depot as a rail industry lsquocentre of excellencersquo linked to the High Speed Rail College and the NewRail centre at Barrow Hill Roundhouse

Strategic outline masterplan for the Staveley Corridor

Characterising development at all these sites will be an approach to place-making for the future This is led by consideration of how our communities of the future will want to live and work rather than being based on historic development models

We will use the investment in infrastructure to develop places and homes that anticipate our changing population putting in place fexible models in order to meet future demand This will include providing a far better choice for older people with homes that meet current and future care needs We will make the most of the expanding higher education ofer to enable quality student accommodation and develop places in which our graduates want to stay live earn and spend

25

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Strategic outline masterplan for the Staveley corridor 24 Next Steps Our proposals for the Hub Station and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zones are long term and ambitious Whilst the proposed development will lead to an uplift in land values and economic and social benefts it will also require investment in local and strategic infrastructure and land remediation and assembly

We have undertaken technical work to understand likely infrastructure and land costs and development trajectories that could be delivered to inform an initial outline business case assessment consistent with the Treasuryrsquos lsquoGreen Bookrsquo This work will continue to develop as our plans mature

Further detail on delivery is contained in Section 4

Key

SWA1 Redline Boundary

Existing Features

Culvert

River

Canal

Crossing Point

Road

Railway Line

Right of Way

Building

Listed Building

Non Designated Heritage Asset

Existing Trees

Proposed Features

Marina

CS Regeneration Route

Road

FootCycle Path

Pedestrian Zone

Avenue Planting

Public Open Space

Key Building

Railway Line

Canal

Proposed Usage

Residential

Mixed use - Community Retail Residential

Mixed Use - Employment Local Skills and crafts

Workshops Studios Residential

Mixed Use - Community Canal related

Residential

Safeguarded School Site

Leisure - Hotel Pub Restaurant

B1 - Office and Light Industry

B2 - General Industry

B8 - Warehousing and Distribution

HS2 Maintenance Depot

26

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Section 3 | Connectivity Summary

The Hub Station at Toton will already be the most connected on the high speed network outside of London and will serve a catchment of over 2 million people Whilst the development adjacent to the Hub Station will be crucial our early work confrmed that much of the wider economic potential of HS2 will be dependent on the extent to which we can connect economic opportunities across the East Midlands into the high speed network In particular the city centres of Derby Leicester and Nottingham East Midlands Airport and sites that exist in the towns and villages surrounding both the Hub Station and Chesterfeld

Our analysis has demonstrated which modes of transport will serve diferent markets most efectively ndash national regional sub-regional and local Based on this we have set out a comprehensive step by step approach to connectivity which will maximise transport choice for future generations as well as tackling congestion issues that exist today

Key to this will be safeguarding the ability to extend public transport accessibility in the scope of the Governmentrsquos Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and planning now for a phased approach to delivery of highway improvements starting in RIS2

Whilst we are confdent that the measures we have identifed can deliver positive outcomes more detailed design work will be required to secure the capital funding necessary for delivery Further work on the design and phasing of key interventions will therefore be undertaken with transport modelling developed in partnership with Midlands Connect the outcome of which will also help to scope the necessary provisions of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

27

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

SCOTLAND

YORK amp NEWCASTLE

LEEDS

EAST MIDLANDS

HUB

SOUTH YORKSHIRE

SHEFFIELD HS2

CHESTERFIELD

CREWE HS2 HUB

BIRMINGHAM

STOKE DERBY

LEICESTER

LOUGHBOROUGH

LONDON EUROPE

BEESTON

NOTTINGHAM LINCOLN

MANSFIELD

WORKSOP

31 National Context HS2 will help to transform the position of our towns and cities within the UK and Midlands making our local economies more competitive

HS2 CURRENT

68 104 NOTTINGHAM TO LONDON

HHS2S2 CU

142 LEICESTER TO NEWCASTLE

HHS2S2 CURRENT

50 77 DERBY TO LEEDS

HHS2S2 CURRENT

73 145 LEICESTER TO LEEDS

HHS2S2 CURRENT

36 73 NOTTINGHAM TO BIRMINGHAM

HS2 CURRENT

71 143 CHESTERFIELD TO LONDON

RRENT

205

28

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Midlands Connect

The Midlands Connect Strategy described how the HS2 stations at Birmingham Curzon Street UK Central and East Midlands will form the lsquohubrsquo of the UKrsquos high speed rail network Together with classic compatible connectivity at Chesterfeld Crewe and Stoke stations this will unlock economic growth across the Midlands - provided we get the local connectivity right

Through Midlands Connect we are taking forward a body of technical work to defne and develop the local strategic connections that will maximise economic growth opportunities Through the wider Midlands Engine initiative we are promoting the transformational benefts of HS2 to national and international investors

For more information about Midlands Connect and the Midlands Engine please visit httpswwwmidlandsconnectuk

HS2 East

Our work through the HS2 East partnership has demonstrated that the Eastern Leg of HS2 between Birmingham to Leeds via the East Midlands Hub Station has the best business case of any part of the proposed network - with a beneft to cost ratio of over 5 to 1

However the economic impact of the Eastern Leg extends further than Leeds The proposed lsquoclassic compatiblersquo link to the East Coast Main Line will enable high speed rail services to serve the North East of England and Scotland ndash linking

six of the UKrsquos top ten cities and 20 of national GVA This will result in lsquoagglomerationrsquo impacts of over pound700 million GVA and some major journey time savings

bull Leeds to Glasgow reduction of 90 minutes

bull Sheffield to Edinburgh reduction of 90 minutes

bull Newcastle to Birmingham reduction of 85 minutes

Together the Eastern Leg of HS2 and an enhanced East Coast Main Line provide the obvious route for reducing journey times from Scotland to London towards the three hour mark ndash the point at which rail becomes competitive with air travel

For further information about HS2 East please visit httpwwwhs2eastcouk

32 Our strategic approach Connecting key centres of population and development opportunities across the East Midlands to the high speed network will be key to realising the wider economic potential that HS2 connectivity brings

Our analysis has demonstrated which modes of transport will serve diferent markets most efectively Only by developing a comprehensive lsquomulti-modalrsquo approach to connectivity can we deliver the transport choice required by future generations and start to tackle some of the congestion issues that exist today

We also acknowledge that not everything can or indeed should happen at once We have therefore set out a phased approach to improving connectivity at least some of which can be delivered before HS2 becomes fully operational

Heavy Rail Pimary Market

Mass Transit Strategy Regional

Bus Connectivity Sub-Regional amp Local

Taxi Connectivity Sub-Regional amp Local

Walking and Cycling Local and Very Local

Park and Ride Sub-Regional amp Local

Highway Sub-Regional amp Local

Our strategic approach to connectivity

33 Rail Rail will be the most efective mode for accessing the Hub Station from surrounding city and town centres It will also link the East Midlands with the major city-regions across the rest of the UK ndash not least by the HS2 network itself

HS2 Services

The latest service specifcation published by HS2 Ltd indicates that the East Midlands Hub Station will be the best connected on the high speed network outside of London with seven HS2 services per hour in both directions

Impressive though this level of connectivity is we believe there is scope for further improvements

29

Through our work on the HS2 East Partnership we believe there is a strong economic case for the Eastern Leg of HS2 and the East Coast Main Line forming the primary route for serving Scotland not least because it would link the fnancial centres of Leeds and Edinburgh and the conurbations of the North East ndash also a key objective of Transport for the North

The scale of growth proposed in Chesterfeld as described in Section Two makes a compelling case for both Shefeld trains stopping at Chesterfeld Station rather than just one per hour

Classic Compatible Services

It is clear that although the Eastern Leg of HS2 will be designed to accommodate up to 18 trains per hour (in line with the rest of the network) the current service pattern only currently envisages nine There is therefore scope to run additional services on at least part of the Eastern Leg Working with both Midlands Connect and Transport for the North we believe there is a business case for two additional lsquoclassic compatiblersquo trains per hour linking Leicester and LeedsManchester which would transform rail connectivity between the East Midlands and the Northern Powerhouse

For this to be deliverable there would need to be a lsquoclassic compatiblersquo connection between HS2 and an electrifed Midland Main Line at or around the Hub Station HS2 Ltd have developed an indicative design for how this could be delivered Although further work will be required we believe we have sufcient economic evidence now for the Secretary of State to make at least lsquopassive provisionrsquo for such a link in the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

Newcastle

Durham

Dalington

York

Leeds

Shefeld Midland

Chesterfeld

Toton

Church Street

Birmingam Interchange

Old Oak Common Euston

bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

Trains from London 6tph

Trains from Birmrsquoham 3tph

Proposed HS2 Service Pattern for the Eastern Leg

NEWCASTLE

YORK

LEEDS

LONDON BIRMINGHAM

29 36

106

19

EAST MIDLANDS

HUB

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Classic Services

In addition to the two lsquoclassic compatiblersquo services working through Midlands Connect we have identifed an additional 11 lsquoclassic servicesrsquo that could serve the Hub Station These would be a mixture of lsquoshuttle servicesrsquo fast and semi-fast services and stopping services In total this would mean the Hub Station would be served by 20 trains per hour in both directions ndash an outstanding level of connectivity

HS2 Hub Station Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS)

The service specifcation for the Hub Station is consistent with the wider Midlands Connect ITSS which supports the Midlands Connect Strategy published in March 2017

The Maid Marian Line

In addition we believe there is the potential to develop a new service linking the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton with Mansfeld Ashfeld via the adaption on an existing freight line known as the Maid Marian Line This direct link would facilitate greater connectivity for residents and businesses to HS2 services supporting economic regeneration in the towns and contributing to the wider Nottinghamshire growth story We are working with Network Rail to understand any implications for the wider Midlands Connect ITSS

Capacity at Trent Junctions

A key constraint to the delivery of the Midlands Connect ITSS is the capacity of Trent Junctions south of Nottingham We understand that HS2 Ltd will need to make some improvements to Trent Junctions to accommodate the HS2 Core proposition - although these on their own will

30

51

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

HS2 Services

London - Leeds Birmingham - Leeds

London - Leeds Birmingham - Newcastle

London - Chesterfeld - Shefeld - Leeds

Birmingham - Leeds London - Shefeld - York

34 Mass Transit Extensions Classic Compatible Services

Shuttle Services

Nottingham - EM Hub Derby - EM Hub

Fast and Semi-fast Services

Leicester - Crewe Crewe - EM Hub

London - Manchester Crewe - EM Hub

Stopping Services

Leicester - Leeds Leicester - Manchester The success of the Nottingham Express Transit (NET) has demonstrated the potential of mass transit to reduce

Leicester - Lincoln Nottingham - Leeds

Leicester - Nottingham Leicester - Derby

Norwich - Liverpool Newark Castle - Matlock

HS2 Hub Station Indicative Train Service Specifcation

not be sufcient to accommodate the Midlands Connect ITSS There is a clear operational case for avoiding multiple engineering works on this congested section of railway infrastructure ndash with a single enhancement scheme being the clearly favoured option Based on our initial work with Network Rail we believe there is a sufcient economic case now for the Secretary of State to make at least lsquopassive provisionrsquo for an enhanced scheme in the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

congestion increase transport choice and connect people to jobs and services It will therefore be a key element of the connectivity strategy for maximising the economic benefts of the HS2 Hub Station Given the technical challenges and the scale of investment required we recognise the importance of taking a phased approach to delivery

Extending NET to the Hub Station

The frst phase would be to extend the tram from the park and ride site at Toton Lane to the Hub Station ndash a distance of around one mile This will connect the Hub Station to key locations such as the Queens Medical Centre the University campus and the Enterprise Zone and complement the heavy rail service to Nottingham City Centre This link will need to be in place when the Hub Station becomes operational to serve the Nottingham Enterprise Zone sites and to establish the principle tram access in the publicrsquos mind

Extending Connectivity over the Hub Station

Our work has highlighted a number of options for extending connectivity to the west of the Hub Station towards Derby and East Midlands Airport which would have signifcant economic benefts These could be delivered by bus rapid transit (BRT) tram-train as well as by NET extensions Further work will be required to determine the optimum routes and modes These options would require a link over the Hub Station (similar to the arrangement at Nottingham Station) which would be costly to retro-ft We have therefore included a public transport overbridge into our proposals for the Hub Station At this stage it is unlikely that this on its own will require provision for further land take in the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill however it may impact on the required Environmental Impact Statement

Options to Derby

There are two main options for connecting Derby The frst would follow the route of the A52 This would be fast ndash but not as fast as the classic rail service from Derby Station It would be direct but serve a limited population catchment The relatively high cost of developing this as a tram route would appear to make it unviable - although it could have potential as a route for a lower cost form of BRT

The second option would run to the south of the A52 and link the Hub Station with Long Eaton and then on to Breaston Borrowash Spondon Pride Park and Derby Station It would be slower but serve a much larger population catchment It would be cheaper to develop as a tram route but could impact on the proposed canal

31

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Red Arrow Skylink

Zoom 15

i4 18

Indigo 510

Y5 Toton Sidings

NET

Options for bus services serving the Hub Station

35

Revised existing route

New Fast Track to EMA via M1

Arnold via QMC City Hospital

Mansfeld via M1 Kirkby Sutton

Alfreton via M1 Heanor Ripley

restoration project It could be developed in phases the frst comprising a NET extension to a park and ride site west of the M1

Options to East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Rail Freight Interchange

There are a number of potential routes to the airport Following the rail corridor south from the Hub Station before heading west is likely to be the quickest and would limit environmental impacts on Long Eaton town centre It also has potential for a tram-train solution should this become a viable technology in the UK The scale of employment growth proposed at East Midlands Gateway the potential for a lsquoFree Trade Zonersquo around the airport as well as the projected growth in air passenger numbers means such a link could have signifcant economic benefts

Bus amp Taxi Bus travel will continue to be the backbone of the local public transport for many people There is already a comprehensive network of bus routes and services across the sub-region which could be developed to serve the Hub Station from a wide range of locations

The key challenge for operators from a commercial perspective will be to ensure that the Hub Station does not become a lsquoterminusrsquo destination Buses (and taxis) must therefore be able to pass through the Hub Station to also serve surrounding communities across the wider sub-region Our proposed confguration of local road links between the Hub Station and Long Eaton Stapleford

32

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Sandiacre and Toton as well as access from the A52 would enable a commercially viable network of bus services to be established

For Chesterfeld a new road link into the south of the station complex for buses and taxis will provide a through route that will integrate the existing station into local public transport networks more efectively

36 Cycling amp Walking Every rail passenger is a pedestrian at the point of boarding a train Making the Hub Station and the immediate surrounding environment pedestrian friendly will make travel by train more attractive and help to drive patronage

It is also important that local people in surrounding communities have safe and attractive routes for walking and cycling ndash not just to the Hub Station but also to and within the proposed Innovation Campus Cycling and walking are likely to become more attractive options to future generations as public attitudes to travel continue to change This trend has been refected in the core design principles we have established that will underpin future development on the Hub Station site

For Chesterfeld we have set out proposals known as lsquoPlatform 4rsquo for enhancing pedestrian and public transport accessibility between the Station and the town centre over the A61 dual carriageway

37 Park amp Ride A well-coordinated and managed park amp ride strategy can help to reduce the impacts of congestion and provide viable transport choices for local communities

There are opportunities to develop park and ride facilities serving the Hub Station in tandem with a phased roll out of an extended mass transit system The existing park amp

Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site

ride site at Toton Lane (1300 spaces) linked to the tram will be retained albeit in modifed form In addition to a multi-storey car park at the Hub Station itself (1300 spaces proposed) there is an opportunity to develop an additional parking facility of a similar size west of M1 Junction 25 linked to a frst phase extension of the tram over the Hub Station

33

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

This would give a third car park option and the ability to manage travel demand to the Hub Station site in a more fexible manner - as well as an ability to reduce pressure on M1 Junction 25

On the Derby side of the A52 there are options for park and ride sites on the east side of Derby as part of a mass transit system linking Pride Park and Derby Station to the City Centre which could ultimately connect to the Hub Station

38 Strategic amp Local Road Access Despite the focus on public transport cycling and walking access by private car will still be important and a 1300 space multi-storey car park is proposed at the Hub Station However this will require a highway solution that must also address a number of existing challenges

Access from the A52 and M1

Access from the strategic road network into the Hub Station Site will be critical Our technical work has suggested that a single access from the A52 into the site for all movements is unlikely to be deliverable Whilst an engineering solution could be developed it would be very expensive environmentally damaging and take up valuable land that could be better used for economic development purposes

As a result a phased approach is proposed comprising the following key moves

1 A new lsquoat gradersquo junction on the A52 east of the Bardills Roundabout linked to a new Toton Lane which would provide access from Nottingham to the east of the Hub Station site and support the early phases of development of the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

2 A new lsquoof setrsquo junction on the A52 to the west of the use of the construction access required by HS2 Ltd M1 which would remove local movements from M1 to build the Hub Station Junction 25 and provide a more direct route under

Our technical work suggests there is scope to deliver key the motorway into Long Eaton

moves 1) and 2) in advance of the Hub Station opening 3 A new lsquograde separatedrsquo junction on the A52 to the The scale of existing problems and likely future trafc

north of the Hub Station to provide access from growth on the A52 corridor suggests that there is already a Derby and the M1 ndash which has the potential to make strong case for Highways England working with Midlands

Provide local road access to StaplefordSandiacre

Relieve congestion at Bardills and Toton Lane

Provide access from A52

Separate local amp strategic movements at J25

Provide for E-W movements

Provide for local road access for Long Eaton

Strategic amp Local Road Access Challenges

34

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Access from A52 and M1

Connect and local partners to make a proposal for major scheme funding in RIS 2 ndash which would also contribute to a comprehensive connectivity strategy for the Hub Station

A direct link to the Hub Station from the north through 3) will be linked to the construction of the station itself by HS2 Ltd and may be able to make use of any temporary construction access required by HS2 Ltd

Stanton Sandiacre

Derby

Stapleford

Long Eaton

Primary HS2

access

New eastern access

Re-modelled Bardills junction

New eastern access link

Toton Lane

Local access link

Local local link

New ofset A52 Junction

New local link

Remodelled M1 Junction 25

link

1a

1b

3 2

M1

A52

HS2

Local access Nottingham

junction

39

Finally there is the potential to establish a Park amp Ride site west of the M1 linked to a tram extension and the proposed lsquoof-setrsquo junction on the A52 This would provide a further car parking option for the Hub Station and help to manage movements through M1 Junction 25

Local Road Access

As described above local road access to the Hub Station from Long Eaton Stapleford Sandiacre and Toton will be important to secure commercially viable bus and coach services and taxis ndash as well as safe cycle routes We have developed a proposal for local access that can be integrated into the design of the Hub Station and which will complement the proposed strategic links Key to this will be the development of a local road link running under the HS2 and classic rail tracks to the south of the Hub Station

Next Steps We are clear that whilst all the individual elements of our connectivity strategy will have positive outcomes the real benefts will only be achieved by taking an integrated approach to scheme development and delivery

We will therefore develop our proposals further through a project joint funded by Midlands Connect East Midlands partners HS2 Ltd and Highways England known as the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan Phase 1 will use transport modelling to optimise the package of interventions and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment Phase 2 will examine connectivity issues over a wider strategic area including the long term future of the M1

Further detail on delivery is contained in Section 4

35

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Local Road Access Diagram

1

2

3

4

5

6

New A52 access Pedestrian NET link Bus Interchange amp Station Car Park

Remodelled Bardills roundabout

7

8

9

10

11

Local link to Long Eaton

New Bardills roundabout Local link to Sandiacre

New Toton Lane NET extension amp option to extend to EMA Derby

HS2 underpass Station Concourse

HS2 overpass

36

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Section 4 | Delivery Summary

We have undertaken a number of technical studies to understand the costs and benefts of various scales and rates of development to inform the development of an initial outlines business case for our proposals consistent with Treasury requirements which is set out in a separate document This work will evolve and become more granular as our growth proposition matures

There is potential for signifcant employment and housing development across the East Midlands Hub and Derbyshire Growth Zones This will make a signifcant contribution to the Governmentrsquos rebalancing agenda and provide an impetus for growth across the wider East Midlands where there is potential to deliver an additional 74000 jobs and pound4 billion of GVA above trend

We have set out the key moves necessary to deliver our proposals for people place and connectivity and highlighted the immediate measures necessary to safeguard future opportunities Detailed proposals are set out in Appendix 1

We are keen to work with Government to develop propositions for powerful locally led development bodies that can deliver our ambitions for the Hub Station and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zones and contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2

37

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

41 Developing an Investible Proposition Realising our vision for growth will require a combination of strong leadership and clear decision making To inform this we have undertaken a comprehensive programme of technical work to inform our thinking and provide the evidence base for this Growth Strategy including

bull Comprehensive non-statutory development frameworks covering the East Midlands Hub and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

bull A number of concept studies to assess the options for key infrastructure moves including relocation of the existing rail depots at Toton strategic highway access and mass transit extensions

bull A Development Infrastructure Funding (DIF) Study to understand the costs and benefts of diferent scales and rates of development and a funding and delivery mechanisms study to identify options for forward funding of key infrastructure and delivery vehicles

This information has been used to construct an initial outline lsquobusiness casersquo document for our proposals consistent with the Treasuryrsquos lsquoGreen Bookrsquo guidance and will provide the basis for an ongoing dialogue with Government and HS2 Ltd This work will evolve and become more granular over time as our growth proposition matures

Some of the major infrastructure investments will be subject to a separate business case through other established Government programmes such as the Roads Investment Strategy (RIS) This still requires a high-level

case to be made through the Growth Strategy as well as efective co-ordination of planning funding and delivery with other Growth Strategy interventions

42 Key Moves The work we have undertaken to date has identifed a series of key moves that will be required to implement the Growth Strategy including a number of immediate actions which will be necessary to safeguard future opportunities Further detail on these and the necessary enabling measures by Government and its delivery bodies is set out in Appendix 1

People

Our immediate priorities can be delivered largely within existing resources with strong local leadership from the LEPs and the East Midlands Chamber of Commerce and comprise

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to business support that will help local SMEs beneft from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities

bull Establishing a lsquorail industry innovation grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2 awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2

Over the longer term we would expect mainstream Government funding for skills and business support activity to be refocussed around our priorities and complement the strategic approach to skills envisaged by the Midlands Engine

Place

For the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone there are a number of planning land assembly remediation and infrastructure issues that will need to be addressed to enable our vision to be delivered in full In the immediate short term it will be vital to ensure that existing planning consent for the Lime Rise development close to the Hub Station can contribute positively to the delivery of our growth vision

In addition there is a need for further work with the relevant organisations on options for relocating the rail siding and depot activity and the electricity sub-station to locations outside of the Hub Station site and on the expansion and relocation of existing school provision to a better location within the site

Elsewhere we are keen to take forward further work with the Ministry of Defence and the Homes and Communities Agency to ensure that the re-development of the Chetwynd Barracks can actively contribute to a lsquonetwork of garden villagesrsquo

In the Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone the key priority in Chesterfeld will be the delivery of proposals to transform pedestrian and public transport connectivity between the rail station and the town For Staveley the early priorities will be to confrm the depot site as a construction base for HS2 and to secure the frst phases of the Chesterfeld and Staveley Regeneration Route including the provision of improved public transport and pedestrian links necessary to deliver the wider Staveley masterplan

38

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Connectivity

Our immediate priority is to safeguard the potential to secure a classic compatible link at the Hub Station and for enhanced capacity at Trent Junctions capable of delivering the Midlands Connect ITSS These will require the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill which is due to be considered by Ministers in the autumn of 2017 to include provision for the necessary land take

The public transport overbridge and local road connections proposed for the Hub Station will impact on the Hybrid Bill and the associated Environmental Impact Statement and will need to be incorporated into the emerging Hub Station design commissioned by HS2 Ltd

We will need to confrm support from Highways England and HS2 Ltd to take forward the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan with Midlands Connect This work will optimise the package of interventions proposed to serve the Hub Station and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment However we believe we have a sufcient case now for Highways England to identify funding in RIS2 to develop a major scheme on the A52M1 J25 that address existing congestion issues and contributes to the wider solution for accessing the Hub Station

43 Proposals for Delivery Bodies The geographic and political context for the area around the Hub Station is complex spanning a number of local planning authorities local transport authorities and local enterprise partnerships Our work to date has highlighted a range of potential delivery and funding mechanisms that would help to enable development in particular options for Tax Increment Financing (TIf ) But these will require a strategic approach to investment over a number of administrative areas to be efective

There is a local appetite to establish a powerful delivery body that could work at a scale to drive forward our growth vision There are a range of options including the potential for the kind of lsquolocally-led development corporationrsquo envisaged by the Neighbourhood Planning Act 2017

We would like to work with Government over the coming months to develop a proposition for a delivery body for the Hub Station Growth Zone that could begin to operate in lsquoshadow formrsquo with initial seed-corn funding from 2018 onwards

For Chesterfeld and Staveley the geography is less complex with the key moves all within the administrative area of Chesterfeld Borough Council Here a local development company solution may be more appropriate which can also contribute to the delivery of the wider Derbyshire growth story

It will be important to ensure that development in both Growth Zones continues to contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2 under the auspices of the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Mitigation

Whilst HS2 has the potential to bring great benefts to the 44 East Midlands the scale of the new infrastructure involved will also result in some negative impacts ndash particularly in the short term Although the line of route has been designed to minimise impact on environmental assets challenges remain in a number of locations in Derbyshire Leicestershire and Nottinghamshire

Similarly where the line passes through urban areas for example Long Eaton some existing businesses will have to re-locate to alternative premises Whilst the Government has put in place a compensation scheme to assist those directly afected councils are keen to ensure the jobs and investment are retained in the local area wherever possible

The East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board has established a lsquomitigation sub-grouprsquo to work with DfT and HS2 Ltd to help develop detailed designs for key structures that will minimise and mitigate the environmental impacts of the line and look to ensure that existing businesses can continue to thrive As work starts on the development of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill it will be important to ensure that councils are able to inform the detail of the Governmentrsquos proposals on both an individual and collective basis

39

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

45 Phasing of Delivery This Growth Strategy demonstrated the scale complexity and interdependencies between programmes involving a range of partner agencies Many of these programmes involve major schemes that take many years to develop and deliver Although HS2 Phase 2b is not due to become fully operational until 2033 the lead in times are such that key decisions on what might be included within the Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environment Statement will actually be taken during the coming months With appropriate funding and collaboration a number of key moves can be implemented in the short term

Although the development may reach maturity in 2043 by the time HS2 opens there will in fact already be a new place (the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo) emerging around the station to welcome the frst passengers For this to be achieved the delivery partners will need to build momentum over the next 12 months and it is recognised this will require dedicated resource and governance

The evidence base underpinning the growth strategy provides a clear indication of the growth potential and promotes a range of key infrastructure concepts and moves However in order to take these forward and in particular promote some of them for possible inclusion in the Hybrid Bill the partners are clear that more detailed studies and analysis will be required and these will need to be developed in tandem with the work being undertaken for the railway

This highlights the need to establish a dedicated team and for further resources to commission and manage the work programme for the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Phases of Delivery

2017-2022 Hybrid bill development business case development (RS2CP6) land strategy and delivery body early phases of development

2022-2027 Early infrastructure development and key moves (eg depot relocation) next phases of development

2027-2033 HS2 Construction amp completiontesting

2033 HS2 becomes fully operational - local economic development builds momentum

2033-43 Development to maturity

46 First Phase Priorities The focus up to 2022 will be on ensuring the provisions of the Phase 2 Hybrid Bill enable our vision for the Hub Station and priorities for local and strategic connectivity to be implemented Delivery of improvements to the A52 at Bardills and Toton Lane will enable the early phases of the Toton Innovation Campus to commence helping to build investor confdence Completion for the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity plan will progress the wider mix of strategic and local interventions to detailed design stage To be successful all this activity will need to be underpinned by the establishment of a properly resourced and empowered local delivery bodyThe early completion of frst stages of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Station Link Road will help to kick start development in the North Derbyshire Growth Zone

40

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

1 High level Ministerial endorsement of the East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy including through

bull Funding the establishment of a lsquoshadow delivery bodyrsquo to start implementing the Growth Strategy locally and to establish a viable mechanism for capturing a proportion of development value necessary for infrastructure delivery and

bull Promotion by Government and its delivery bodies of key development opportunities set out in the Growth Strategy to national and international investors consistent with the Midlands Engine Vision for Growth

2 Support from DCLG for our vision for the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone by

bull Empowering the HCA to establish a strategic land strategy that will facilitate enabling infrastructure and subsequently to bring forward early phases of development and

bull Using other funding including the current Housing Infrastructure Fund (HIF) to help bring forward early phase infrastructure

3 Support from DfT and its delivery bodies for the implementation of early connectivity priorities related to the Hub Station through

bull Ensuring Highways England and HS2 Ltd contribute gap funding towards the East Midlands Gateway Connectivity Plan Phase 1 Study

bull Funding the delivery phases 1ab of the A52 Access Strategy to enable the initial phases of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo to commence before 2022 and

bull Identifying funding in the next Road Investment Strategy (RIS2) to develop a major scheme to address capacity at M1 Junction 25 and access the Hub Station from the A52 (phases 2 amp3 of the A52 Access Strategy) ndash also making the necessary provisions within the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill amp Environmental Statement

4 DfTHS2 Ltd to ensure that the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make provision at and around the Hub Station for

bull Capacity improvements to classic rail connectivity to the south and north of Toton HS2 station including Trent Junctions optimising the integration of classic and High Speed Rail services and including a lsquoclassic compatible linkrsquo to transform connectivity between Leicester and the north of England

bull An integrated station design including moving the station concourse north to better connect with tram and Public Transport Interchange with an integrated deck connecting eastwest over the HS2 track to

better integrate the Toton station into the heart of the new place ndash the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo This would include provision of a second transfer deck to the south of the main concourse to provide improve capacity and interchange between services

bull Fully integrated public transport interchange and walking routes connecting surrounding communities to promote sustainable travel reduce the need for car parking and thereby make best use of land and local assets including the tram as a means of linking Park amp Ride facilities with the station

bull North South connectivity through the site to connect Long Eaton and Stapleford and to enable local communities to access the station by all modes

bull A clear car parking strategy with a decked car park at the station (premium) complemented by NET based Park and Ride

bull Provision for three bridges as follows

- Integrated with concourse deck to create east west route for tram and sustainable transport links between east and west development areas and to Long Eaton airport and Derby

- Multi-modal bridge south of the A52 to enable resilience in the local network connections to the western development area and

41

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

- Pedestrian bridge at mid-point between the above to connect new communities

bull Provision for an underpass under the Network Rail and HS2 lines to the south of the concourse to enable links between Stapleford Long Eaton and the station by various modes and in particular public transport but as a secondary primary access connecting east and west development areas within the Innovation Campus

5 Separately to ensure the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make specifc provision to deliver the NET tram extension from the existing Toton Park amp Ride to the HS2 Station consistent with the provisions set our above

6 DfTHS2 Ltd to designate Staveley as a major construction hubrailhead for the construction of Phase 2b in addition to the establishment of the Infrastructure Maintenance Depot

7 Government to make a contribution towards the delivery of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Chesterfeld Station Link Road to unlock early development and growth in the corridor

8 Further fnancial and technical support from Network Rail HS2 Ltd and HS2 Growth Partnership to work collaboratively on the relocation of the DBS Depot and Network Rail Sidings to enable development growth and transport connections through the Hub Station area

9 DfTHS2 Ltd to amend the HS2 Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS) to ensure that both Shefeld HS2 classic compatible services stop at Chesterfeld

10 Commitment from DfTHS2 Ltd to at least partially open the Hub Station at Toton by 2030 rather than 2033 to generate additional passenger revenue and accelerate the delivery of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

42

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy World Class - Locally Driven

For more information please contact East Midlands Councils Tel 01664 502620 Email infoemcouncilsgovuk

  • Structure Bookmarks
    • Born 1946-1964
    • Born 1964-1980
    • Born 1980-2000
    • Born 2000+
    • The Hub Station and surrounding area
    • Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone
    • Chesterfield Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo
    • Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site
Page 9: East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy - Broxtowe€¦ · 3.7 Park & Ride 3.8 4.3 East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Contents Contents Foreword 3 3.6 Cycling & Walking 33 Executive Summary

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Executive Summary

Executive Summary

Delivery

We have undertaken a number of technical studies to understand the costs and benefts of various scales and rates of development to inform the development of an initial outline business case for our proposals consistent with Treasury requirements which is set out in a separate document This work will evolve and become more granular as our growth proposition matures

We have set out the key moves necessary to deliver our proposals for people place and connectivity and highlighted the immediate issues that we need Government support to progress In particular

bull Provision within the scope of the Phase

2b Hybrid Bill and Environmental Impact Statement to accommodate our vision for the Hub Station including a classic compatible link a northern station concourse and public transport overbridge local road access and enhancements to Trent Junctions

bull Financial and technical support from

Highways England and HS2 Ltd to take forward Phase 1 of the East Midlands Gateway Connectivity Plan

bull Provision within RIS2 for the development of a major scheme to address existing and future challenges on the A52 between Derby and Nottingham

bull Financial and technical support from

DCLG and the Homes amp Communities Agency (HCA) to develop the concept of a lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo at the heart of a network of thriving lsquogarden villagesrsquo including land assembly

bull Financial and technical support from

Network Rail HS2 Ltd and HS2 Growth Partnership to work collaboratively on the relocation of rail sidings and depot adjacent to the Hub Station

bull Designation of the Staveley Infrastructure

Maintenance Depot (IMD) site as a construction base for the construction of Phase 2b of HS2

bull Financial support for the delivery of the

early phases of the Chesterfeld amp Staveley Regeneration Route and Station Link Road

bull Provision for both Sheffield HS2 and classic

compatible services to stop at Chesterfeld Station and

bull Financial and technical support for the

establishment of a lsquoshadow delivery bodyrsquo to take forward the Growth Strategy

8

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

Section 1 | People Summary

People are at the heart of our Growth Strategy For local people across the East Midlands HS2 will mean more job and training opportunities the chance to earn higher wages and more housing choice But these benefts will not be delivered without continuing local leadership strong governance and collective action

We have set out a coherent economic strategy consistent with the Midlands Engine Vision for Growth and the Governmentrsquos Industrial Strategy that builds on our existing strengths in manufacturing technology and high value services ndash and which will help to shift our long term economic growth rate to above the UK average

We have developed a comprehensive skills amp supply chain strategy and action plan based around fve key themes inspiring our young people building further education capacity harnessing the power of our universities supporting individuals and ensuring our businesses are lsquoHS2 readyrsquo Our three immediate priorities are

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to business support that will help local SMEs benefit from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities

bull Establishing a rail industry lsquoinnovation grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2 awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2

Underpinning our approach is an understanding that the nature of work will continue to change rapidly as a result of new technology and that the requirements and aspirations of the future workforce are likely to be diferent to our own

9

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

11 The Economic Prize HS2 will provide major opportunities for businesses in the East Midlands to expand their horizons and to trade and compete in wider markets Similarly high speed rail will connect the people of the East Midlands to new work learning and leisure opportunities whilst opening up the region to new visitors

Independent research commissioned from KPMG by HS2 Ltd suggested that an East Midlands Hub Station could have the greatest economic uplift of any of the proposed HS2 stations Our own work has confrmed this assessment This potential refects the ability of HS2 to radically improve connectivity between the local economies of the East Midlands with those across the UK but also our own inherent and enduring economic strengths

We have undertaken a comprehensive lsquoEconomic Opportunities Assessmentrsquo underpinned by independent analysis from Cambridge Econometrics to determine the best approach for maximising local growth opportunities - focussing on the D2N2 and Leicester amp Leicestershire LEP areas This combined area already comprises 315 million people over 100000 businesses and pound65 billion of GVA

We have gone back to frst principles and looked at the drivers that are likely to shape economic growth over the coming decades From this we have set out a strategy for how we can use HS2 to deliver a more productive and resilient economy

Our analysis suggests that by targeting some of our key sectors that can beneft from HS2 connectivity in particular manufacturing technology and high value services we can boost employment growth from just below to above the

projected UK trend - equivalent to an additional 74000 jobs and almost pound4 billion of GVA by 2043 ndash helping to close the gaps in our economy post Brexit

Our approach is consistent with the emerging Midlands Engine Vision for Growth and will help to deliver key aspects of the Governmentrsquos Industrial Strategy ndash in

particular by helping to re-balance the economy increasing productivity promote innovation and support export growth

For more information about the analysis underpinning our economic strategy please visit httpwwwemcouncilsgovukHS2

Economic Growth Baseline Matching UK Trend

Our Economic Vision

Net Employment Growth (FTE) 172000 184000 246000

GVA Uplift above Baseline - pound038 billion pound399 billion

Key Drivers

Manufacturing Engine

Technology High Value Services

The UKrsquos most competitive location for high value engineering and manufacturing

A fertile innovation eco-system attracting global talent in research strengths

Delivering a step change in high value services

Enablers

Smart Growth A Dynamic Entrepreneurial

Economy

Galvanised visitor economy and distinctive

gateway

A transformed and expanded visitor economy bringing a new generation of visitors to established and new attractions

Creating the conditions to compete for investment talent and knowledge nationally and internationally including excellence in logistics and distribution capacity

One of the best places to start and grow a business in the UK high quality business space reinforced by world class business support and access to funding and investment

10

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

12 The Changing Nature of Work We understand that we are planning for HS2 over a 25 year time horizon and that the nature of work is changing fast Looking back over the last 25 years we can see how information technology and the rise of the internet has radically changed many peoplersquos working lives This pace of technological change will continue and even accelerate over the coming decades ndash and it will impact on all aspects of the economy not just the service sector

Whilst we cannot anticipate all the changes that may happen our plans for making the most of HS2 must be forward looking and fexible and try not to use the solutions of the past to meet the challenges of the future

Crucial to success is understanding who we are planning for ndash and how they are likely to want to live their lives

The core workforce we are planning for are children now at school ndash the so called lsquoGeneration Zrsquo This is the frst generation of lsquodigital nativesrsquo - people who have grown up with digital technology and are comfortable using it for all manner of everyday tasks Research suggests Generation Z will have a very diferent experience of work to their parents - with up to 5 diferent careers 15 homes and 17 jobs over a working lifetime They are likely to be more entrepreneurial and collaborative than previous generations and less interested in owning a car or a house

This perspective has underpinned our thinking about how we can use HS2 to drive future prosperity across the East Midlands and in particular how we should plan for places future generations will want to live work and play It has also infuenced our comprehensive plans to ensure our young people have the work skills necessary to make the most of the opportunities that lie ahead

Baby Boomers Baby Boomers

Generation X Generation X

Born 1946-1964

Age in 2043 79-97

Born 1964-1980

Age in 2043 63-78

Millennials Millennials

Generation Z Generation Z

Born 1980-2000

Age in 2043 43-63

Born 2000+

Age in 2043 26-43

11

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

13 Our Skills amp Supply Chain Strategy The delivery of HS2 will be transformational for the East Midlands economy Through the build phase and once operational it will bring new opportunities for those that live and work across the D2N2 and Leicester amp Leicestershire LEP areas

These opportunities will be about more than just the construction of a new railway The enhanced connectivity it brings will transform the geography of competition and agglomeration amongst businesses will open up new marketplaces and catchment areas and will attract inward investment to the region from across the UK and overseas

Opportunities will vary over time and will be both direct and indirect They begin now as contracts are awarded for the construction of Phase 1 from London to Birmingham and they stretch to beyond the projected 2033 completion date The establishment of the National College for High Speed Rail presents a major opportunity particularly for the development of the Staveley Infrastructure Maintenance Depot and its potential role as a construction base for HS2 Phase 2

To ensure local people and companies can beneft from HS2 investment and the growth it will bring we have worked with businesses trade bodies and training providers to develop a comprehensive skills and supply chain strategy built around fve key elements

Within each of these elements we have set out a clear action plan which is summarised below Key to this will be to avoid adding further complexity to existing provision for skills and business support Instead the approach will be

wherever possible to refocus existing support and funding on activities that will help deliver the Growth Strategy ndash rather than create new structures or programmes and complement the strategically driven approach to skills envisaged by the Midlands Engine

Inspiring YoungPeople

Building Further Education Capacity

HarnessingUniversities

Supporting Individuals

HS2 ReadyBusinesses

12

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

Inspiring Young People

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

Programme of engagement covering the entirety of a young personrsquos education

D2N2 LLEP Councils HS2 Ltd Private Sector Refocussing existing resources Short-medium

Ensure teachers amp careers advisors are provided with information about relevant career opportunities

Schools Private Sector Some additional administrative costs Using existing business networks

Short ndash Medium

Develop a unifed lsquoEM33rsquo HS2 businessschool engagement programme

Private Sector Careers amp Skills Company LEP Skills Boards

Refocussing existing resources Short

Harnessing Universities

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

EM Universities to develop HS2 programmes of engagement with business

Universities LEP Skills Boards Research Councils Innovate UK

Leveraging existing resources Short

Establish a Rail Industry Innovation Group through Rail Forum East Midlands (RFEM)

Universities RFEM Network Rail and industry Administrative costs only bodies

Universities East Midland HS2 Delivery Boards Refocussing existing consultancy spend

Immediate

Support Hub Station lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo and signifcant HE links at Chesterfeld Station

Immediate

Develop a university based lsquoRail Innovation Centrersquo

Universities LEPs New funding required Short

13

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

HS2 Ready Businesses

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

Develop an lsquoEM33rsquo HS2 awareness campaign aimed at businesses

LEPs Councils East Midlands Chamber New funding required Immediate

Establish dedicated HS2 supply chain support for businesses

LEPs Private Sector Midlands Engine Supply New funding required for additional 1 FTE Chain Initiative Ofcer

LEPs Private Sector ERDF underspend

Immediate

Promote SME collaboration through business support activity

Immediate

Establish web resource for businesses to identify HS2 Specifc opportunities

LEP Growth Hubs HS2 Ltd Additional support for Growth Hubs required Immediate

Supporting Individuals

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

Develop a public facing lsquoEM33rsquo awareness campaign

LEPs Councils East Midlands Chamber New funding required Immediate

Embed the lsquoEM33rsquo HS2 awareness across job centre and council employment support programmes

DWP Councils voluntary sector Refocussing employment support programmes

Medium

Establish an EM HS2 Delivery Charter to encourage recruitment from lsquohard to reachrsquo groups

Private Sector Councils DWP Administrative costs only Medium ndash Long

14

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

Building Further Education Capacity

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

Embed lsquoEM33rsquo activity into new lsquoTrsquo and relevant lsquoArsquo levels

Further Education (FE) Providers LEPs Councils

Refocussing existing resources and future Local Growth Fund

Short ndash medium

Develop strategic relationship between FE sector and National College for High Speed Rail (NCHSR)

FE Providers private training providers Using existing forums and relationships National College for High Speed Rail (NCHSR)

FE Providers Councils Funding required to recruit additional BIM expert

Immediate

Develop world leading capability for Building Information Management (BIM) linked to Staveley IMD

Short- medium

Support the development of lsquoShared Apprentice Schemesrsquo across key HS2 related job rolesdisciplines

FE Providers LEPS Councils Additional funding required Short

14 Next Steps Within our strategic approach we have identifed three immediate priorities These to be taken forward largely with existing LEP and private sector resources but will require strong local leadership to be successful

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to business support that will help local SMEs beneft from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities to be driven by D2N2 LLLEP and the private sector

bull Establishing a lsquorail industry innovation grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands to help drive innovation within our thriving SME rail engineering sector and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2 awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2 provisionally entitled lsquoEM33rsquo to be driven by East Midlands Chamber of Commerce D2N2 and LLLEP and supported by councils

Over the longer term we would expect mainstream Government funding for skills and business support activity to be refocussed around our priorities For more information about our skills and supply chain strategy please visit httpwwwemcouncilsgovukHS2

15

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Section 2 | Place Summary

Great place-making will be key to realising the opportunities that HS2 connectivity will create Our proposals are ambitious but build upon existing market strengths and add value to the attractive mix of urban and rural environments that already characterises the East Midlands We have also sought to refect the needs and aspirations of future generations in the scale and form of proposed development and by incorporating sustainable transport choices

Our Growth Strategy has been developed within in a wider spatial context that will use HS2 to enhance opportunities in towns and cities across the East Midlands and in key assets like East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange To drive this we have identifed two lsquoGrowth Zonesrsquo which relate directly to the benefts of HS2 connectivity

The East Midlands Hub Growth Zone is related to the area around the Hub Station at Toton Here we are proposing the development of a new high quality lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo with the potential to create up to 10000 new jobs community facilities and a range of new housing choices It will be an inspiring 21st Century Gateway to the East Midlands and a destination in its own right The lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo will sit at the heart of a thriving network of lsquogarden villagersquo developments that will include the nearby Stanton and Chetwynd Barracks sites

Chesterfeld and Staveley will be at the heart of the North Derbyshire Growth Zone but activity will focus on the wider Derbyshire growth story We will use HS2 to complement existing rail services and transform links between Chesterfeld Station and the town centre opening up regeneration opportunities and creating an attractive gateway to the Peak District National Park ndash one of the regionrsquos unique destination ofers The Staveley Depot will be the heart of a mixed use housing and employment zone within the wider growth corridor and in the short term could also provide a construction base for HS2

16

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

21 East Midlands Context Our Growth Strategy has been developed within in a wider spatial context that also seeks to use HS2 to enhance existing regional and national assets across the East Midlands In particular the area spanning the D2N2 and Leicester amp Leicestershire LEP areas which already comprise 315 million people over 100000 businesses and generate pound65 billion of GVA Key opportunities for growth include

bull Derby a city of world class automotive rail and aerospace technology sectors Home to Rolls Royce Bombardier and Toyota and a thriving network of highly specialised manufacturing SMEs

bull Leicester a vibrant diverse city with a strong record of SME formation and major growth potential Home to the National Space Centre and a burgeoning space technology sector

bull Nottingham a city of thriving business services biotech and leisure sectors and fagship companies like Experian and Boots underpinned by world class public transport and local energy systems

bull East Midlands Airport and Gateway the biggest freight airport outside of London and home to DHL The new East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange will generate thousands of new jobs

bull Loughborough a national centre for sport and sports science The Loughborough University Science and Enterprise Park forms part of a recently designated Enterprise Zone

bull Chesterfeld an historic and well connected rail town with a strong engineering economy and both a visitor destination and gateway

bull Peak District National Park and Derwent Valley Mills Word Heritage Site the most visited national park in England adjacent to the cradle of the industrial revolution

bull MansfeldAshfeld key regional service centres with strengths in manufacturing and logistics

There are also a range of growth and regeneration opportunities along the A52 corridor between Derby and Nottingham Castle Ward Pride Park and Raynesway on

Derby A50 Corridor

A42M42 M69

M1

M1

Chesterfeld

Mansfeld Ashfeld

Staveley

HS2

Nottingham

Loughborough

Leicester

A46 Corridor

the Derby side and the Nottingham Enterprise Zones sites Alliance Boots in Beeston Beeston Business Park and the Nottingham Science Park

Within this strategic context we have identifed two lsquoGrowth Zonesrsquo which relate directly to the benefts of HS2 connectivity which we believe will drive HS2 related growth across the wider sub area

bull East Midlands Hub Growth Zone

bull Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

M1 Corridor

3 Cities

Derby Nottingham (A52)

Trent Valley Vision

Derwent Valley Mills World

Heritage Site

Peak District National Park

HS2 Station

Classic Rail Lines

Strategic Context Diagram

17

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

East Midlands Hub Growth Zone Diagram 22 East Midlands Hub Growth Zone Our Growth Vision

The Growth Zone encompasses the Hub Station site at Toton the former ironworks site at Stanton and Chetwynd Barracks The core area encompasses Broxtowe and Erewash Borough Councils Derbyshire and Nottinghamshire County Councils

Central will be the development of a high quality lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo at the Hub Station in Toton itself with the potential to create up to 10000 new jobs and a range of new housing choices The concept of an lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo follows research undertaken looking at trends in business locations away from city centres and the need for a much more dynamic mix of uses that recognises the changing needs and desires of lsquoGeneration Zrsquo It is also consistent with the long term aspirations of the university sector within the region which has actively contributed to our thinking

Our vision includes the development of a network of mixed use lsquogarden villagesrsquo that will incorporate the very latest innovations in land remediation environmental standards together with advances in sustainable drainage localised energy and public transport Enhanced connectivity by sustainable modes of transport will ensure the development of pedestrian orientated streets and spaces which will be attractive to both local people and investors

The developments will complement the adjacent city centre ofer and help to drive major improvements to existing places such as Long Eaton and Stapleford

HS2

A52 Jct 25

A50

Jct 24

M1

Castle Donington amp EM Gateway Freight Interchange East Midlands Airport

Lougborough

East Midlands Parkway amp Ratclife

Innovation Campus amp Hub Station

Stanton Derby

Prid

e Par

k Ray

nesw

ay

Spon

don

Boots Campus

Beeston

ScienceMedi

Nottingham

A453

P

P

Potential Mass Rapid-Transit

Classic Rail Lines

Garden Village Network

Key Employment Sites

HS2 Line

Chetwynd

i Celanese

Urban Village

Infnity Garden Village

18

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Toton Area (Hub Station) Development Framework

We have worked with councils local partners and the Toton Neighbourhood Planning Forum to develop a long term non-statutory lsquodevelopment frameworkrsquo for the Hub Station Growth Area in Toton to inform the review of local plans and future investment decisions The development framework recognises a series of distinct character areas and sets out development principles for each

Station Hub The core development area is clustered to the east and west of the Hub Station Anchored by key multi modal transport infrastructure (including HS2 and Classic rail facilities NET bus interchange facilities and central car parking facilities) The primary land use in this area will be workspace development set within a high quality urban development context Hotel and residential accommodation may also be appropriate at this central location and the arearsquos public realm will be animated by cafeacutes restaurants and small scale retail outlets serving passengers employees and residents

Toton Area (Hub Station) Development

19

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

The Hub Station and surrounding area

A new public space will be created adjacent to the main station concourse This will provide a high quality east-west pedestrian connection across the HS2 lines and support interchange between a range of transport modes This development area is located on a plateau which is at a signifcantly lower level than the main development site to the east New buildings will typically be taller (up to 6-8 storeys) which will allow the development to act as a marker in the context of the rail corridor without appearing incongruous within the wider development

Toton Innovation Campus This mixed use corridor runs through the heart of the site connecting the HS2 station and areas to the west following the tram corridor towards Toton Lane NET station in the east

This dynamic space will be characterised not only by the diversity of uses but also a green boulevard and sustainable transport corridor and will include a mixture of medium density workspace including apartment based residential development

The lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo is roughly equidistant between the city centres of Nottingham and Derby and is intended to be anchored by a university based research and development centre To the south links to Leicester East Midlands Airport East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange and the Enterprise Zone sites in Loughborough will drive further opportunities

To achieve the scale of development and sense of place envisaged will require major investment in land assembly management and infrastructure Making the right moves now will provide much needed capacity to unlock and absorb growth and provide resilience in a currently stressed local network It will also require higher densities than those currently subject of an extant Outline Planning Consent for the site and this will need careful consideration by Broxtowe Borough Council as the Local Planning Authority

A52 Trackside Corridor A series of larger development sites have been identifed along the A52 and rail corridors towards the north of the site ofering the potential to accommodate larger workplace developments or research institutions This area will ofer the potential to accommodate distinctive gateway buildings acting as markers along both the A52 and HS2 corridors

Waterside Development parcels along the Erewash River Canal corridor are considered an appropriate mix of uses including residential Building heights will step down from around six storeys adjacent to the rail corridor to around three storeys in areas closer to the river canal corridor respecting the domestic scale of buildings to the west The landscaped environment of the river canal corridor will be brought into the area with a series of lsquogreen fngersrsquo leading into the development site This open space will serve a

20

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

variety of functions including recreation food mitigation and ecological habitat The orientation of buildings within this corridor should support this landscape strategy and open up views of the canal river corridor from higher ground to the east of the HS2 line

Parkside Generous green corridors are proposed as a bufer between the planned new development and existing residential communities Lower density areas broadly refecting established residential areas of Toton will front onto these spaces with a typical height of two to

three storeys open landscaped space and site topography ensuring that the amenity of existing local residents are protected New footpaths and cycleways will integrate the site with its surrounding context and enable residents of existing neighbourhoods to access facilities and transport hubs within the new development site It should be noted that new vehicular connections to these neighbourhoods are not proposed

bull Neighbourhood Centres These centres will be located at highly accessible positions within the

The Toton Innovation Campus looking towards the Hub Station

development and will allow the vast majority of the site area to be located within an easy fve minute walking catchment of local facilities

bull HS2 Hub This facility will serve HS2 passengers along with residents and workers based in the lower western section of the site It is envisaged that cafeacutes restaurants and local retail facilities will be integrated within the main station concourse and spill out onto the adjoining public plaza This area also becomes a new cross-roads within a more resilient local road network ofering better connections between SandiacreStapleford and Long Eaton This will further enhance the vitality and vibrancy of the area whilst ensuring surrounding communities can access the services on ofer by a full range of transport choices

bull Toton Innovation Campus Centre Located at the heart of the development a cluster of local retail leisure and hospitality facilities will be clustered in and around a central square Facilities such as a hotel gym business centre and resource centre may also be attracted to this central pedestrian orientated space

bull Community Hub A site to the west of the Toton Lane NET Station has been identifed for the relocation of the George Spencer Academy along with a site for a new primary school a leisure centre and health facility These new community infrastructure buildings will be developed in a green landscape setting with good pedestrian and cycle links to local neighbourhoods and public transport hubs The level of retail development (including

21

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

restaurants cafeacutes) will be controlled to a level which provides for the needs of local residents employees and passengers and avoid competition with existing local centres

The Universities of Derby Nottingham and Nottingham Trent are fully supportive of the HS2 Growth Strategy We have a long history of working together to re-balance economy and believe that this investment has the potential to be transformative

To maximise the value derived from this investment the universities are in a strong position to build on our established partnership for example by working together to shape the proposed lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo located at the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton

The active involvement of the universities at an early stage in defning the proposed lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo means that we can develop an integrated strategy for research teaching and business interaction aligned with HS2 investment

The lsquoworld-classrsquo connectivity aforded by the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton will support the difusion of these opportunities and position the East Midlands as a stronger resilient and more productive economy

bull Green Infrastructure From a place making perspective the HS2 Hub site will be designed to integrate with its surrounding natural environments In total around 16 hectares of open space are proposed within the development site

bull River Canal Corridor The Erewash river and canal corridor runs to the east of the site and provides an area of high amenity value To the north the opportunity exists to enhance the network of footpaths and cycleways leading up to the strategic Stanton Iron Works site and beyond To the south new pedestrian and cycle links will connect the site to the Attenborough Nature Reserve and the Trent Valley This will include opportunities to reinstate new routes beneath the HS2 classic rail line to the south of the station and also to reduce the risk of fooding associated with this section of the river More generally the opportunity to enhance the character of the river and canal corridor would provide further amenity and ecological benefts This may include enhancements to the Sandiacre Locks Conservation Area and measures to introduce more variety diverse habitats and interest to the river lsquochannelrsquo

bull Toton Horseshoe A landscaped corridor is proposed to wrap around the existing Toton residential area This will provide a bufer between planned new development and the local residential areas encompass existing areas of maturing woodland and create a new connection through to the redeveloped Chetwynd Barracks to the east

bull Green Boulevard A new green spine is planned to run through the heart of the new development This route will connect the eastern and western sections of the site via a new pedestrian link across the HS2 corridor and a new plaza at the station entrance The boulevard a wide green space integrating a small existing watercourse will run

through the heart of the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo connecting to the area of protected Green Belt land to the north east

bull Local Amenity Open Space In addition to the strategic green infrastructure highlighted above a network of local amenity spaces will be integrated across the new development These will include both formal and informal recreation areas and play space for the enjoyment of residents employees and visitors alike

Associated lsquoGarden Villagersquo Developments

Chetwynd Barracks The MoD site at Chetwynd will become available for development from 2020 and will be designed and developed as an integral part of the Hub Station Growth area The development will provide a predominantly residential area that will be linked directly to the lsquoCommunity Hubrsquo north of the existing Toton Lane Like the main Hub Station lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo and Community Hub Chetwynd will be subject to the policies of the emerging Broxtowe Local Plan and of Nottinghamshire County Council as the Local HighwayTransport Authority and Local Education Authority

Stanton The Hub Station Growth Zone also includes the former iron works at Stanton where additional employment opportunities will be realised alongside up to 2000 homes which will serve to complement the proposals for the Hub Station and Innovation Campus This site falls within Erewash Borough Council and Derbyshire County Councilrsquos administrative areas This site is subject of a separate Supplementary Planning Document published by Erewash Borough Council and the proposals outlined in the Growth Strategy are consistent with this

22

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Ratclife Power Station Site Within the wider area there may also be further growth opportunities to be explored as part of the HS2 Growth Strategy including Ratclife Power Station Whilst this is not anticipated to be decommissioned before 2025 its location adjacent to the existing East Midlands Parkway station and an existing railhead means that the site has potential to create a transport orientated mixed use development around the station and a possible location for rail related development This site falls within Rushclife Borough Council and Nottinghamshire County Councilrsquos administrative areas

Derby There are already proposals to develop up to 2000 new homes as part of the lsquoInfnity Garden Villagersquo development which spans the boundary between the city of Derby and South Derbyshire District Council In addition there is potential for major mixed use development on the former Courtaulds site at Spondon on the east side of Derby

Leicestershire There are emerging proposals for major housing development in North West Leicestershire linked to employment growth at East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange

23 Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone Our Growth Vision

The Growth Zone is focussed on the Borough of Chesterfeld within the county of Derbyshire and includes the areas around the existing railway station and the proposed Infrastructure Maintenance Depot (IMD) at Staveley east of the town centre also proposed as a construction base for HS2

Our ambitions for Chesterfeld and Staveley are set in the context of a wide growth story for the wider northern Derbyshire area that builds on existing strengths in tourism construction and engineering higher and further education and professional services Key complementary investments include the lsquoPeak Resortrsquo development that

will combine a unique combination of tourism and HEFE education and training

HS2 will bring Chesterfeld within 108 minutes from London and serve a catchment area of over 1 million people Plans for Chesterfeld will transform the relationship between

Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

23

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

the rail station the town centre and major regeneration opportunities and enable the station to become an attractive gateway to the town itself the surrounding Peak District National Park and other key heritage assets - particularly for international visitors Proposals include a scalable housing and commercial investment proposition that will be accelerated to welcome HS2 through investment in enabling infrastructure

The proposed IMD is set within a wider masterplan for the Staveley corridor that will deliver signifcant levels of housing and job growth and provide a focus for the local rail engineering sector including the development of a rail industry lsquocentre of excellencersquo linked to the High Speed Rail College In the shorter term there is an ambition for the Staveley site to be used for a base for the construction of the majority of Phase 2b of HS2

Construction of early phases of the Chesterfeld amp Staveley Regeneration Route will enable key brownfeld regeneration sites to be developed and wider benefts to the A61 Corridor and the extended Markham Vale Enterprise Zone

Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

Underpinning the vision will be a strong focus on inclusive growth linked to our wider skills and supply chain strategy making sure that local communities and local businesses can beneft from the investment that HS2 will bring

Chesterfeld amp Staveley Development Framework

We will enable this growth in the number and quality of jobs by re-shaping and transforming our places through infrastructure-led development Those places will be allowed to fourish and cater for our changing communities as well as providing for new communities and retaining those such as graduates who will have much wider lifestyle choices as a result

Chesterfeld Station

Chesterfeld Station will have an enhanced role as both a destination and a gateway to surrounding localities Over 1 million people already live within 30 minutes of the station HS2 will bring Birmingham and Leeds within 50 minutes We will bring forward development and infrastructure in tandem to provide a high quality experience for those using the

Platform 4

Chesterfeld Station

Chesterfeld Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo

24

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

station lsquoPlatform 4rsquo will provide a modern and attractive route across the A61 with well-designed public realm that will bring the station into the town centre as well as allowing far greater accessibility to public transport Unused and under-used land around the station will be developed and linked to the adjacent Waterside development to provide a mixed-use lsquourban villagersquo ft for future generations to live work and play

Remodelled links between Chesterfeld Station and the town

The infrastructure provided to improve access to the station for HS2 services will also allow us to accelerate our ambition for the wider town centre By taking trafc out of the historic core of the town we can enhance the visitor experience and bring forward new opportunities for residential development with a wide and fexible mix of tenures This will ensure far greater vibrancy within the town which will expand to include the station area and support the wider ambitions for growth in our key sectors

Staveley

The proposed Infrastructure Maintenance Depot (IMD) at Staveley provides a signifcant opportunity to bring forward a much wider strategic development on this 150 hectare brownfeld site Through investing in infrastructure in particular local road access we can open up not just the depot site but a whole new sustainable community of around 1500 homes and many hundreds of new jobs

By phasing the development we will also be able to ofer a well located construction base for HS2 bringing investment and jobs to the area well in advance of the maintenance depot Over the longer term we believe there is the potential to develop the area around the Infrastructure

The wider Chesterfeld Station Area Masterplan wide

Residential building

OfficeCommercial building

Officeresidential building

Hotel building

Station building

MSCP building

Green Space

Public realm

Potential development areas subject to consultation with existing land owners

Retained Listed station building

Ground foor community facility land use

Potential pedestriancycle link to the east

Maintenance Depot as a rail industry lsquocentre of excellencersquo linked to the High Speed Rail College and the NewRail centre at Barrow Hill Roundhouse

Strategic outline masterplan for the Staveley Corridor

Characterising development at all these sites will be an approach to place-making for the future This is led by consideration of how our communities of the future will want to live and work rather than being based on historic development models

We will use the investment in infrastructure to develop places and homes that anticipate our changing population putting in place fexible models in order to meet future demand This will include providing a far better choice for older people with homes that meet current and future care needs We will make the most of the expanding higher education ofer to enable quality student accommodation and develop places in which our graduates want to stay live earn and spend

25

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Strategic outline masterplan for the Staveley corridor 24 Next Steps Our proposals for the Hub Station and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zones are long term and ambitious Whilst the proposed development will lead to an uplift in land values and economic and social benefts it will also require investment in local and strategic infrastructure and land remediation and assembly

We have undertaken technical work to understand likely infrastructure and land costs and development trajectories that could be delivered to inform an initial outline business case assessment consistent with the Treasuryrsquos lsquoGreen Bookrsquo This work will continue to develop as our plans mature

Further detail on delivery is contained in Section 4

Key

SWA1 Redline Boundary

Existing Features

Culvert

River

Canal

Crossing Point

Road

Railway Line

Right of Way

Building

Listed Building

Non Designated Heritage Asset

Existing Trees

Proposed Features

Marina

CS Regeneration Route

Road

FootCycle Path

Pedestrian Zone

Avenue Planting

Public Open Space

Key Building

Railway Line

Canal

Proposed Usage

Residential

Mixed use - Community Retail Residential

Mixed Use - Employment Local Skills and crafts

Workshops Studios Residential

Mixed Use - Community Canal related

Residential

Safeguarded School Site

Leisure - Hotel Pub Restaurant

B1 - Office and Light Industry

B2 - General Industry

B8 - Warehousing and Distribution

HS2 Maintenance Depot

26

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Section 3 | Connectivity Summary

The Hub Station at Toton will already be the most connected on the high speed network outside of London and will serve a catchment of over 2 million people Whilst the development adjacent to the Hub Station will be crucial our early work confrmed that much of the wider economic potential of HS2 will be dependent on the extent to which we can connect economic opportunities across the East Midlands into the high speed network In particular the city centres of Derby Leicester and Nottingham East Midlands Airport and sites that exist in the towns and villages surrounding both the Hub Station and Chesterfeld

Our analysis has demonstrated which modes of transport will serve diferent markets most efectively ndash national regional sub-regional and local Based on this we have set out a comprehensive step by step approach to connectivity which will maximise transport choice for future generations as well as tackling congestion issues that exist today

Key to this will be safeguarding the ability to extend public transport accessibility in the scope of the Governmentrsquos Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and planning now for a phased approach to delivery of highway improvements starting in RIS2

Whilst we are confdent that the measures we have identifed can deliver positive outcomes more detailed design work will be required to secure the capital funding necessary for delivery Further work on the design and phasing of key interventions will therefore be undertaken with transport modelling developed in partnership with Midlands Connect the outcome of which will also help to scope the necessary provisions of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

27

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

SCOTLAND

YORK amp NEWCASTLE

LEEDS

EAST MIDLANDS

HUB

SOUTH YORKSHIRE

SHEFFIELD HS2

CHESTERFIELD

CREWE HS2 HUB

BIRMINGHAM

STOKE DERBY

LEICESTER

LOUGHBOROUGH

LONDON EUROPE

BEESTON

NOTTINGHAM LINCOLN

MANSFIELD

WORKSOP

31 National Context HS2 will help to transform the position of our towns and cities within the UK and Midlands making our local economies more competitive

HS2 CURRENT

68 104 NOTTINGHAM TO LONDON

HHS2S2 CU

142 LEICESTER TO NEWCASTLE

HHS2S2 CURRENT

50 77 DERBY TO LEEDS

HHS2S2 CURRENT

73 145 LEICESTER TO LEEDS

HHS2S2 CURRENT

36 73 NOTTINGHAM TO BIRMINGHAM

HS2 CURRENT

71 143 CHESTERFIELD TO LONDON

RRENT

205

28

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Midlands Connect

The Midlands Connect Strategy described how the HS2 stations at Birmingham Curzon Street UK Central and East Midlands will form the lsquohubrsquo of the UKrsquos high speed rail network Together with classic compatible connectivity at Chesterfeld Crewe and Stoke stations this will unlock economic growth across the Midlands - provided we get the local connectivity right

Through Midlands Connect we are taking forward a body of technical work to defne and develop the local strategic connections that will maximise economic growth opportunities Through the wider Midlands Engine initiative we are promoting the transformational benefts of HS2 to national and international investors

For more information about Midlands Connect and the Midlands Engine please visit httpswwwmidlandsconnectuk

HS2 East

Our work through the HS2 East partnership has demonstrated that the Eastern Leg of HS2 between Birmingham to Leeds via the East Midlands Hub Station has the best business case of any part of the proposed network - with a beneft to cost ratio of over 5 to 1

However the economic impact of the Eastern Leg extends further than Leeds The proposed lsquoclassic compatiblersquo link to the East Coast Main Line will enable high speed rail services to serve the North East of England and Scotland ndash linking

six of the UKrsquos top ten cities and 20 of national GVA This will result in lsquoagglomerationrsquo impacts of over pound700 million GVA and some major journey time savings

bull Leeds to Glasgow reduction of 90 minutes

bull Sheffield to Edinburgh reduction of 90 minutes

bull Newcastle to Birmingham reduction of 85 minutes

Together the Eastern Leg of HS2 and an enhanced East Coast Main Line provide the obvious route for reducing journey times from Scotland to London towards the three hour mark ndash the point at which rail becomes competitive with air travel

For further information about HS2 East please visit httpwwwhs2eastcouk

32 Our strategic approach Connecting key centres of population and development opportunities across the East Midlands to the high speed network will be key to realising the wider economic potential that HS2 connectivity brings

Our analysis has demonstrated which modes of transport will serve diferent markets most efectively Only by developing a comprehensive lsquomulti-modalrsquo approach to connectivity can we deliver the transport choice required by future generations and start to tackle some of the congestion issues that exist today

We also acknowledge that not everything can or indeed should happen at once We have therefore set out a phased approach to improving connectivity at least some of which can be delivered before HS2 becomes fully operational

Heavy Rail Pimary Market

Mass Transit Strategy Regional

Bus Connectivity Sub-Regional amp Local

Taxi Connectivity Sub-Regional amp Local

Walking and Cycling Local and Very Local

Park and Ride Sub-Regional amp Local

Highway Sub-Regional amp Local

Our strategic approach to connectivity

33 Rail Rail will be the most efective mode for accessing the Hub Station from surrounding city and town centres It will also link the East Midlands with the major city-regions across the rest of the UK ndash not least by the HS2 network itself

HS2 Services

The latest service specifcation published by HS2 Ltd indicates that the East Midlands Hub Station will be the best connected on the high speed network outside of London with seven HS2 services per hour in both directions

Impressive though this level of connectivity is we believe there is scope for further improvements

29

Through our work on the HS2 East Partnership we believe there is a strong economic case for the Eastern Leg of HS2 and the East Coast Main Line forming the primary route for serving Scotland not least because it would link the fnancial centres of Leeds and Edinburgh and the conurbations of the North East ndash also a key objective of Transport for the North

The scale of growth proposed in Chesterfeld as described in Section Two makes a compelling case for both Shefeld trains stopping at Chesterfeld Station rather than just one per hour

Classic Compatible Services

It is clear that although the Eastern Leg of HS2 will be designed to accommodate up to 18 trains per hour (in line with the rest of the network) the current service pattern only currently envisages nine There is therefore scope to run additional services on at least part of the Eastern Leg Working with both Midlands Connect and Transport for the North we believe there is a business case for two additional lsquoclassic compatiblersquo trains per hour linking Leicester and LeedsManchester which would transform rail connectivity between the East Midlands and the Northern Powerhouse

For this to be deliverable there would need to be a lsquoclassic compatiblersquo connection between HS2 and an electrifed Midland Main Line at or around the Hub Station HS2 Ltd have developed an indicative design for how this could be delivered Although further work will be required we believe we have sufcient economic evidence now for the Secretary of State to make at least lsquopassive provisionrsquo for such a link in the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

Newcastle

Durham

Dalington

York

Leeds

Shefeld Midland

Chesterfeld

Toton

Church Street

Birmingam Interchange

Old Oak Common Euston

bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

Trains from London 6tph

Trains from Birmrsquoham 3tph

Proposed HS2 Service Pattern for the Eastern Leg

NEWCASTLE

YORK

LEEDS

LONDON BIRMINGHAM

29 36

106

19

EAST MIDLANDS

HUB

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Classic Services

In addition to the two lsquoclassic compatiblersquo services working through Midlands Connect we have identifed an additional 11 lsquoclassic servicesrsquo that could serve the Hub Station These would be a mixture of lsquoshuttle servicesrsquo fast and semi-fast services and stopping services In total this would mean the Hub Station would be served by 20 trains per hour in both directions ndash an outstanding level of connectivity

HS2 Hub Station Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS)

The service specifcation for the Hub Station is consistent with the wider Midlands Connect ITSS which supports the Midlands Connect Strategy published in March 2017

The Maid Marian Line

In addition we believe there is the potential to develop a new service linking the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton with Mansfeld Ashfeld via the adaption on an existing freight line known as the Maid Marian Line This direct link would facilitate greater connectivity for residents and businesses to HS2 services supporting economic regeneration in the towns and contributing to the wider Nottinghamshire growth story We are working with Network Rail to understand any implications for the wider Midlands Connect ITSS

Capacity at Trent Junctions

A key constraint to the delivery of the Midlands Connect ITSS is the capacity of Trent Junctions south of Nottingham We understand that HS2 Ltd will need to make some improvements to Trent Junctions to accommodate the HS2 Core proposition - although these on their own will

30

51

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

HS2 Services

London - Leeds Birmingham - Leeds

London - Leeds Birmingham - Newcastle

London - Chesterfeld - Shefeld - Leeds

Birmingham - Leeds London - Shefeld - York

34 Mass Transit Extensions Classic Compatible Services

Shuttle Services

Nottingham - EM Hub Derby - EM Hub

Fast and Semi-fast Services

Leicester - Crewe Crewe - EM Hub

London - Manchester Crewe - EM Hub

Stopping Services

Leicester - Leeds Leicester - Manchester The success of the Nottingham Express Transit (NET) has demonstrated the potential of mass transit to reduce

Leicester - Lincoln Nottingham - Leeds

Leicester - Nottingham Leicester - Derby

Norwich - Liverpool Newark Castle - Matlock

HS2 Hub Station Indicative Train Service Specifcation

not be sufcient to accommodate the Midlands Connect ITSS There is a clear operational case for avoiding multiple engineering works on this congested section of railway infrastructure ndash with a single enhancement scheme being the clearly favoured option Based on our initial work with Network Rail we believe there is a sufcient economic case now for the Secretary of State to make at least lsquopassive provisionrsquo for an enhanced scheme in the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

congestion increase transport choice and connect people to jobs and services It will therefore be a key element of the connectivity strategy for maximising the economic benefts of the HS2 Hub Station Given the technical challenges and the scale of investment required we recognise the importance of taking a phased approach to delivery

Extending NET to the Hub Station

The frst phase would be to extend the tram from the park and ride site at Toton Lane to the Hub Station ndash a distance of around one mile This will connect the Hub Station to key locations such as the Queens Medical Centre the University campus and the Enterprise Zone and complement the heavy rail service to Nottingham City Centre This link will need to be in place when the Hub Station becomes operational to serve the Nottingham Enterprise Zone sites and to establish the principle tram access in the publicrsquos mind

Extending Connectivity over the Hub Station

Our work has highlighted a number of options for extending connectivity to the west of the Hub Station towards Derby and East Midlands Airport which would have signifcant economic benefts These could be delivered by bus rapid transit (BRT) tram-train as well as by NET extensions Further work will be required to determine the optimum routes and modes These options would require a link over the Hub Station (similar to the arrangement at Nottingham Station) which would be costly to retro-ft We have therefore included a public transport overbridge into our proposals for the Hub Station At this stage it is unlikely that this on its own will require provision for further land take in the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill however it may impact on the required Environmental Impact Statement

Options to Derby

There are two main options for connecting Derby The frst would follow the route of the A52 This would be fast ndash but not as fast as the classic rail service from Derby Station It would be direct but serve a limited population catchment The relatively high cost of developing this as a tram route would appear to make it unviable - although it could have potential as a route for a lower cost form of BRT

The second option would run to the south of the A52 and link the Hub Station with Long Eaton and then on to Breaston Borrowash Spondon Pride Park and Derby Station It would be slower but serve a much larger population catchment It would be cheaper to develop as a tram route but could impact on the proposed canal

31

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Red Arrow Skylink

Zoom 15

i4 18

Indigo 510

Y5 Toton Sidings

NET

Options for bus services serving the Hub Station

35

Revised existing route

New Fast Track to EMA via M1

Arnold via QMC City Hospital

Mansfeld via M1 Kirkby Sutton

Alfreton via M1 Heanor Ripley

restoration project It could be developed in phases the frst comprising a NET extension to a park and ride site west of the M1

Options to East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Rail Freight Interchange

There are a number of potential routes to the airport Following the rail corridor south from the Hub Station before heading west is likely to be the quickest and would limit environmental impacts on Long Eaton town centre It also has potential for a tram-train solution should this become a viable technology in the UK The scale of employment growth proposed at East Midlands Gateway the potential for a lsquoFree Trade Zonersquo around the airport as well as the projected growth in air passenger numbers means such a link could have signifcant economic benefts

Bus amp Taxi Bus travel will continue to be the backbone of the local public transport for many people There is already a comprehensive network of bus routes and services across the sub-region which could be developed to serve the Hub Station from a wide range of locations

The key challenge for operators from a commercial perspective will be to ensure that the Hub Station does not become a lsquoterminusrsquo destination Buses (and taxis) must therefore be able to pass through the Hub Station to also serve surrounding communities across the wider sub-region Our proposed confguration of local road links between the Hub Station and Long Eaton Stapleford

32

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Sandiacre and Toton as well as access from the A52 would enable a commercially viable network of bus services to be established

For Chesterfeld a new road link into the south of the station complex for buses and taxis will provide a through route that will integrate the existing station into local public transport networks more efectively

36 Cycling amp Walking Every rail passenger is a pedestrian at the point of boarding a train Making the Hub Station and the immediate surrounding environment pedestrian friendly will make travel by train more attractive and help to drive patronage

It is also important that local people in surrounding communities have safe and attractive routes for walking and cycling ndash not just to the Hub Station but also to and within the proposed Innovation Campus Cycling and walking are likely to become more attractive options to future generations as public attitudes to travel continue to change This trend has been refected in the core design principles we have established that will underpin future development on the Hub Station site

For Chesterfeld we have set out proposals known as lsquoPlatform 4rsquo for enhancing pedestrian and public transport accessibility between the Station and the town centre over the A61 dual carriageway

37 Park amp Ride A well-coordinated and managed park amp ride strategy can help to reduce the impacts of congestion and provide viable transport choices for local communities

There are opportunities to develop park and ride facilities serving the Hub Station in tandem with a phased roll out of an extended mass transit system The existing park amp

Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site

ride site at Toton Lane (1300 spaces) linked to the tram will be retained albeit in modifed form In addition to a multi-storey car park at the Hub Station itself (1300 spaces proposed) there is an opportunity to develop an additional parking facility of a similar size west of M1 Junction 25 linked to a frst phase extension of the tram over the Hub Station

33

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

This would give a third car park option and the ability to manage travel demand to the Hub Station site in a more fexible manner - as well as an ability to reduce pressure on M1 Junction 25

On the Derby side of the A52 there are options for park and ride sites on the east side of Derby as part of a mass transit system linking Pride Park and Derby Station to the City Centre which could ultimately connect to the Hub Station

38 Strategic amp Local Road Access Despite the focus on public transport cycling and walking access by private car will still be important and a 1300 space multi-storey car park is proposed at the Hub Station However this will require a highway solution that must also address a number of existing challenges

Access from the A52 and M1

Access from the strategic road network into the Hub Station Site will be critical Our technical work has suggested that a single access from the A52 into the site for all movements is unlikely to be deliverable Whilst an engineering solution could be developed it would be very expensive environmentally damaging and take up valuable land that could be better used for economic development purposes

As a result a phased approach is proposed comprising the following key moves

1 A new lsquoat gradersquo junction on the A52 east of the Bardills Roundabout linked to a new Toton Lane which would provide access from Nottingham to the east of the Hub Station site and support the early phases of development of the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

2 A new lsquoof setrsquo junction on the A52 to the west of the use of the construction access required by HS2 Ltd M1 which would remove local movements from M1 to build the Hub Station Junction 25 and provide a more direct route under

Our technical work suggests there is scope to deliver key the motorway into Long Eaton

moves 1) and 2) in advance of the Hub Station opening 3 A new lsquograde separatedrsquo junction on the A52 to the The scale of existing problems and likely future trafc

north of the Hub Station to provide access from growth on the A52 corridor suggests that there is already a Derby and the M1 ndash which has the potential to make strong case for Highways England working with Midlands

Provide local road access to StaplefordSandiacre

Relieve congestion at Bardills and Toton Lane

Provide access from A52

Separate local amp strategic movements at J25

Provide for E-W movements

Provide for local road access for Long Eaton

Strategic amp Local Road Access Challenges

34

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Access from A52 and M1

Connect and local partners to make a proposal for major scheme funding in RIS 2 ndash which would also contribute to a comprehensive connectivity strategy for the Hub Station

A direct link to the Hub Station from the north through 3) will be linked to the construction of the station itself by HS2 Ltd and may be able to make use of any temporary construction access required by HS2 Ltd

Stanton Sandiacre

Derby

Stapleford

Long Eaton

Primary HS2

access

New eastern access

Re-modelled Bardills junction

New eastern access link

Toton Lane

Local access link

Local local link

New ofset A52 Junction

New local link

Remodelled M1 Junction 25

link

1a

1b

3 2

M1

A52

HS2

Local access Nottingham

junction

39

Finally there is the potential to establish a Park amp Ride site west of the M1 linked to a tram extension and the proposed lsquoof-setrsquo junction on the A52 This would provide a further car parking option for the Hub Station and help to manage movements through M1 Junction 25

Local Road Access

As described above local road access to the Hub Station from Long Eaton Stapleford Sandiacre and Toton will be important to secure commercially viable bus and coach services and taxis ndash as well as safe cycle routes We have developed a proposal for local access that can be integrated into the design of the Hub Station and which will complement the proposed strategic links Key to this will be the development of a local road link running under the HS2 and classic rail tracks to the south of the Hub Station

Next Steps We are clear that whilst all the individual elements of our connectivity strategy will have positive outcomes the real benefts will only be achieved by taking an integrated approach to scheme development and delivery

We will therefore develop our proposals further through a project joint funded by Midlands Connect East Midlands partners HS2 Ltd and Highways England known as the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan Phase 1 will use transport modelling to optimise the package of interventions and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment Phase 2 will examine connectivity issues over a wider strategic area including the long term future of the M1

Further detail on delivery is contained in Section 4

35

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Local Road Access Diagram

1

2

3

4

5

6

New A52 access Pedestrian NET link Bus Interchange amp Station Car Park

Remodelled Bardills roundabout

7

8

9

10

11

Local link to Long Eaton

New Bardills roundabout Local link to Sandiacre

New Toton Lane NET extension amp option to extend to EMA Derby

HS2 underpass Station Concourse

HS2 overpass

36

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Section 4 | Delivery Summary

We have undertaken a number of technical studies to understand the costs and benefts of various scales and rates of development to inform the development of an initial outlines business case for our proposals consistent with Treasury requirements which is set out in a separate document This work will evolve and become more granular as our growth proposition matures

There is potential for signifcant employment and housing development across the East Midlands Hub and Derbyshire Growth Zones This will make a signifcant contribution to the Governmentrsquos rebalancing agenda and provide an impetus for growth across the wider East Midlands where there is potential to deliver an additional 74000 jobs and pound4 billion of GVA above trend

We have set out the key moves necessary to deliver our proposals for people place and connectivity and highlighted the immediate measures necessary to safeguard future opportunities Detailed proposals are set out in Appendix 1

We are keen to work with Government to develop propositions for powerful locally led development bodies that can deliver our ambitions for the Hub Station and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zones and contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2

37

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

41 Developing an Investible Proposition Realising our vision for growth will require a combination of strong leadership and clear decision making To inform this we have undertaken a comprehensive programme of technical work to inform our thinking and provide the evidence base for this Growth Strategy including

bull Comprehensive non-statutory development frameworks covering the East Midlands Hub and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

bull A number of concept studies to assess the options for key infrastructure moves including relocation of the existing rail depots at Toton strategic highway access and mass transit extensions

bull A Development Infrastructure Funding (DIF) Study to understand the costs and benefts of diferent scales and rates of development and a funding and delivery mechanisms study to identify options for forward funding of key infrastructure and delivery vehicles

This information has been used to construct an initial outline lsquobusiness casersquo document for our proposals consistent with the Treasuryrsquos lsquoGreen Bookrsquo guidance and will provide the basis for an ongoing dialogue with Government and HS2 Ltd This work will evolve and become more granular over time as our growth proposition matures

Some of the major infrastructure investments will be subject to a separate business case through other established Government programmes such as the Roads Investment Strategy (RIS) This still requires a high-level

case to be made through the Growth Strategy as well as efective co-ordination of planning funding and delivery with other Growth Strategy interventions

42 Key Moves The work we have undertaken to date has identifed a series of key moves that will be required to implement the Growth Strategy including a number of immediate actions which will be necessary to safeguard future opportunities Further detail on these and the necessary enabling measures by Government and its delivery bodies is set out in Appendix 1

People

Our immediate priorities can be delivered largely within existing resources with strong local leadership from the LEPs and the East Midlands Chamber of Commerce and comprise

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to business support that will help local SMEs beneft from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities

bull Establishing a lsquorail industry innovation grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2 awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2

Over the longer term we would expect mainstream Government funding for skills and business support activity to be refocussed around our priorities and complement the strategic approach to skills envisaged by the Midlands Engine

Place

For the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone there are a number of planning land assembly remediation and infrastructure issues that will need to be addressed to enable our vision to be delivered in full In the immediate short term it will be vital to ensure that existing planning consent for the Lime Rise development close to the Hub Station can contribute positively to the delivery of our growth vision

In addition there is a need for further work with the relevant organisations on options for relocating the rail siding and depot activity and the electricity sub-station to locations outside of the Hub Station site and on the expansion and relocation of existing school provision to a better location within the site

Elsewhere we are keen to take forward further work with the Ministry of Defence and the Homes and Communities Agency to ensure that the re-development of the Chetwynd Barracks can actively contribute to a lsquonetwork of garden villagesrsquo

In the Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone the key priority in Chesterfeld will be the delivery of proposals to transform pedestrian and public transport connectivity between the rail station and the town For Staveley the early priorities will be to confrm the depot site as a construction base for HS2 and to secure the frst phases of the Chesterfeld and Staveley Regeneration Route including the provision of improved public transport and pedestrian links necessary to deliver the wider Staveley masterplan

38

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Connectivity

Our immediate priority is to safeguard the potential to secure a classic compatible link at the Hub Station and for enhanced capacity at Trent Junctions capable of delivering the Midlands Connect ITSS These will require the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill which is due to be considered by Ministers in the autumn of 2017 to include provision for the necessary land take

The public transport overbridge and local road connections proposed for the Hub Station will impact on the Hybrid Bill and the associated Environmental Impact Statement and will need to be incorporated into the emerging Hub Station design commissioned by HS2 Ltd

We will need to confrm support from Highways England and HS2 Ltd to take forward the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan with Midlands Connect This work will optimise the package of interventions proposed to serve the Hub Station and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment However we believe we have a sufcient case now for Highways England to identify funding in RIS2 to develop a major scheme on the A52M1 J25 that address existing congestion issues and contributes to the wider solution for accessing the Hub Station

43 Proposals for Delivery Bodies The geographic and political context for the area around the Hub Station is complex spanning a number of local planning authorities local transport authorities and local enterprise partnerships Our work to date has highlighted a range of potential delivery and funding mechanisms that would help to enable development in particular options for Tax Increment Financing (TIf ) But these will require a strategic approach to investment over a number of administrative areas to be efective

There is a local appetite to establish a powerful delivery body that could work at a scale to drive forward our growth vision There are a range of options including the potential for the kind of lsquolocally-led development corporationrsquo envisaged by the Neighbourhood Planning Act 2017

We would like to work with Government over the coming months to develop a proposition for a delivery body for the Hub Station Growth Zone that could begin to operate in lsquoshadow formrsquo with initial seed-corn funding from 2018 onwards

For Chesterfeld and Staveley the geography is less complex with the key moves all within the administrative area of Chesterfeld Borough Council Here a local development company solution may be more appropriate which can also contribute to the delivery of the wider Derbyshire growth story

It will be important to ensure that development in both Growth Zones continues to contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2 under the auspices of the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Mitigation

Whilst HS2 has the potential to bring great benefts to the 44 East Midlands the scale of the new infrastructure involved will also result in some negative impacts ndash particularly in the short term Although the line of route has been designed to minimise impact on environmental assets challenges remain in a number of locations in Derbyshire Leicestershire and Nottinghamshire

Similarly where the line passes through urban areas for example Long Eaton some existing businesses will have to re-locate to alternative premises Whilst the Government has put in place a compensation scheme to assist those directly afected councils are keen to ensure the jobs and investment are retained in the local area wherever possible

The East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board has established a lsquomitigation sub-grouprsquo to work with DfT and HS2 Ltd to help develop detailed designs for key structures that will minimise and mitigate the environmental impacts of the line and look to ensure that existing businesses can continue to thrive As work starts on the development of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill it will be important to ensure that councils are able to inform the detail of the Governmentrsquos proposals on both an individual and collective basis

39

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

45 Phasing of Delivery This Growth Strategy demonstrated the scale complexity and interdependencies between programmes involving a range of partner agencies Many of these programmes involve major schemes that take many years to develop and deliver Although HS2 Phase 2b is not due to become fully operational until 2033 the lead in times are such that key decisions on what might be included within the Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environment Statement will actually be taken during the coming months With appropriate funding and collaboration a number of key moves can be implemented in the short term

Although the development may reach maturity in 2043 by the time HS2 opens there will in fact already be a new place (the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo) emerging around the station to welcome the frst passengers For this to be achieved the delivery partners will need to build momentum over the next 12 months and it is recognised this will require dedicated resource and governance

The evidence base underpinning the growth strategy provides a clear indication of the growth potential and promotes a range of key infrastructure concepts and moves However in order to take these forward and in particular promote some of them for possible inclusion in the Hybrid Bill the partners are clear that more detailed studies and analysis will be required and these will need to be developed in tandem with the work being undertaken for the railway

This highlights the need to establish a dedicated team and for further resources to commission and manage the work programme for the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Phases of Delivery

2017-2022 Hybrid bill development business case development (RS2CP6) land strategy and delivery body early phases of development

2022-2027 Early infrastructure development and key moves (eg depot relocation) next phases of development

2027-2033 HS2 Construction amp completiontesting

2033 HS2 becomes fully operational - local economic development builds momentum

2033-43 Development to maturity

46 First Phase Priorities The focus up to 2022 will be on ensuring the provisions of the Phase 2 Hybrid Bill enable our vision for the Hub Station and priorities for local and strategic connectivity to be implemented Delivery of improvements to the A52 at Bardills and Toton Lane will enable the early phases of the Toton Innovation Campus to commence helping to build investor confdence Completion for the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity plan will progress the wider mix of strategic and local interventions to detailed design stage To be successful all this activity will need to be underpinned by the establishment of a properly resourced and empowered local delivery bodyThe early completion of frst stages of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Station Link Road will help to kick start development in the North Derbyshire Growth Zone

40

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

1 High level Ministerial endorsement of the East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy including through

bull Funding the establishment of a lsquoshadow delivery bodyrsquo to start implementing the Growth Strategy locally and to establish a viable mechanism for capturing a proportion of development value necessary for infrastructure delivery and

bull Promotion by Government and its delivery bodies of key development opportunities set out in the Growth Strategy to national and international investors consistent with the Midlands Engine Vision for Growth

2 Support from DCLG for our vision for the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone by

bull Empowering the HCA to establish a strategic land strategy that will facilitate enabling infrastructure and subsequently to bring forward early phases of development and

bull Using other funding including the current Housing Infrastructure Fund (HIF) to help bring forward early phase infrastructure

3 Support from DfT and its delivery bodies for the implementation of early connectivity priorities related to the Hub Station through

bull Ensuring Highways England and HS2 Ltd contribute gap funding towards the East Midlands Gateway Connectivity Plan Phase 1 Study

bull Funding the delivery phases 1ab of the A52 Access Strategy to enable the initial phases of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo to commence before 2022 and

bull Identifying funding in the next Road Investment Strategy (RIS2) to develop a major scheme to address capacity at M1 Junction 25 and access the Hub Station from the A52 (phases 2 amp3 of the A52 Access Strategy) ndash also making the necessary provisions within the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill amp Environmental Statement

4 DfTHS2 Ltd to ensure that the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make provision at and around the Hub Station for

bull Capacity improvements to classic rail connectivity to the south and north of Toton HS2 station including Trent Junctions optimising the integration of classic and High Speed Rail services and including a lsquoclassic compatible linkrsquo to transform connectivity between Leicester and the north of England

bull An integrated station design including moving the station concourse north to better connect with tram and Public Transport Interchange with an integrated deck connecting eastwest over the HS2 track to

better integrate the Toton station into the heart of the new place ndash the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo This would include provision of a second transfer deck to the south of the main concourse to provide improve capacity and interchange between services

bull Fully integrated public transport interchange and walking routes connecting surrounding communities to promote sustainable travel reduce the need for car parking and thereby make best use of land and local assets including the tram as a means of linking Park amp Ride facilities with the station

bull North South connectivity through the site to connect Long Eaton and Stapleford and to enable local communities to access the station by all modes

bull A clear car parking strategy with a decked car park at the station (premium) complemented by NET based Park and Ride

bull Provision for three bridges as follows

- Integrated with concourse deck to create east west route for tram and sustainable transport links between east and west development areas and to Long Eaton airport and Derby

- Multi-modal bridge south of the A52 to enable resilience in the local network connections to the western development area and

41

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

- Pedestrian bridge at mid-point between the above to connect new communities

bull Provision for an underpass under the Network Rail and HS2 lines to the south of the concourse to enable links between Stapleford Long Eaton and the station by various modes and in particular public transport but as a secondary primary access connecting east and west development areas within the Innovation Campus

5 Separately to ensure the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make specifc provision to deliver the NET tram extension from the existing Toton Park amp Ride to the HS2 Station consistent with the provisions set our above

6 DfTHS2 Ltd to designate Staveley as a major construction hubrailhead for the construction of Phase 2b in addition to the establishment of the Infrastructure Maintenance Depot

7 Government to make a contribution towards the delivery of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Chesterfeld Station Link Road to unlock early development and growth in the corridor

8 Further fnancial and technical support from Network Rail HS2 Ltd and HS2 Growth Partnership to work collaboratively on the relocation of the DBS Depot and Network Rail Sidings to enable development growth and transport connections through the Hub Station area

9 DfTHS2 Ltd to amend the HS2 Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS) to ensure that both Shefeld HS2 classic compatible services stop at Chesterfeld

10 Commitment from DfTHS2 Ltd to at least partially open the Hub Station at Toton by 2030 rather than 2033 to generate additional passenger revenue and accelerate the delivery of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

42

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy World Class - Locally Driven

For more information please contact East Midlands Councils Tel 01664 502620 Email infoemcouncilsgovuk

  • Structure Bookmarks
    • Born 1946-1964
    • Born 1964-1980
    • Born 1980-2000
    • Born 2000+
    • The Hub Station and surrounding area
    • Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone
    • Chesterfield Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo
    • Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site
Page 10: East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy - Broxtowe€¦ · 3.7 Park & Ride 3.8 4.3 East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Contents Contents Foreword 3 3.6 Cycling & Walking 33 Executive Summary

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

Section 1 | People Summary

People are at the heart of our Growth Strategy For local people across the East Midlands HS2 will mean more job and training opportunities the chance to earn higher wages and more housing choice But these benefts will not be delivered without continuing local leadership strong governance and collective action

We have set out a coherent economic strategy consistent with the Midlands Engine Vision for Growth and the Governmentrsquos Industrial Strategy that builds on our existing strengths in manufacturing technology and high value services ndash and which will help to shift our long term economic growth rate to above the UK average

We have developed a comprehensive skills amp supply chain strategy and action plan based around fve key themes inspiring our young people building further education capacity harnessing the power of our universities supporting individuals and ensuring our businesses are lsquoHS2 readyrsquo Our three immediate priorities are

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to business support that will help local SMEs benefit from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities

bull Establishing a rail industry lsquoinnovation grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2 awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2

Underpinning our approach is an understanding that the nature of work will continue to change rapidly as a result of new technology and that the requirements and aspirations of the future workforce are likely to be diferent to our own

9

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

11 The Economic Prize HS2 will provide major opportunities for businesses in the East Midlands to expand their horizons and to trade and compete in wider markets Similarly high speed rail will connect the people of the East Midlands to new work learning and leisure opportunities whilst opening up the region to new visitors

Independent research commissioned from KPMG by HS2 Ltd suggested that an East Midlands Hub Station could have the greatest economic uplift of any of the proposed HS2 stations Our own work has confrmed this assessment This potential refects the ability of HS2 to radically improve connectivity between the local economies of the East Midlands with those across the UK but also our own inherent and enduring economic strengths

We have undertaken a comprehensive lsquoEconomic Opportunities Assessmentrsquo underpinned by independent analysis from Cambridge Econometrics to determine the best approach for maximising local growth opportunities - focussing on the D2N2 and Leicester amp Leicestershire LEP areas This combined area already comprises 315 million people over 100000 businesses and pound65 billion of GVA

We have gone back to frst principles and looked at the drivers that are likely to shape economic growth over the coming decades From this we have set out a strategy for how we can use HS2 to deliver a more productive and resilient economy

Our analysis suggests that by targeting some of our key sectors that can beneft from HS2 connectivity in particular manufacturing technology and high value services we can boost employment growth from just below to above the

projected UK trend - equivalent to an additional 74000 jobs and almost pound4 billion of GVA by 2043 ndash helping to close the gaps in our economy post Brexit

Our approach is consistent with the emerging Midlands Engine Vision for Growth and will help to deliver key aspects of the Governmentrsquos Industrial Strategy ndash in

particular by helping to re-balance the economy increasing productivity promote innovation and support export growth

For more information about the analysis underpinning our economic strategy please visit httpwwwemcouncilsgovukHS2

Economic Growth Baseline Matching UK Trend

Our Economic Vision

Net Employment Growth (FTE) 172000 184000 246000

GVA Uplift above Baseline - pound038 billion pound399 billion

Key Drivers

Manufacturing Engine

Technology High Value Services

The UKrsquos most competitive location for high value engineering and manufacturing

A fertile innovation eco-system attracting global talent in research strengths

Delivering a step change in high value services

Enablers

Smart Growth A Dynamic Entrepreneurial

Economy

Galvanised visitor economy and distinctive

gateway

A transformed and expanded visitor economy bringing a new generation of visitors to established and new attractions

Creating the conditions to compete for investment talent and knowledge nationally and internationally including excellence in logistics and distribution capacity

One of the best places to start and grow a business in the UK high quality business space reinforced by world class business support and access to funding and investment

10

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

12 The Changing Nature of Work We understand that we are planning for HS2 over a 25 year time horizon and that the nature of work is changing fast Looking back over the last 25 years we can see how information technology and the rise of the internet has radically changed many peoplersquos working lives This pace of technological change will continue and even accelerate over the coming decades ndash and it will impact on all aspects of the economy not just the service sector

Whilst we cannot anticipate all the changes that may happen our plans for making the most of HS2 must be forward looking and fexible and try not to use the solutions of the past to meet the challenges of the future

Crucial to success is understanding who we are planning for ndash and how they are likely to want to live their lives

The core workforce we are planning for are children now at school ndash the so called lsquoGeneration Zrsquo This is the frst generation of lsquodigital nativesrsquo - people who have grown up with digital technology and are comfortable using it for all manner of everyday tasks Research suggests Generation Z will have a very diferent experience of work to their parents - with up to 5 diferent careers 15 homes and 17 jobs over a working lifetime They are likely to be more entrepreneurial and collaborative than previous generations and less interested in owning a car or a house

This perspective has underpinned our thinking about how we can use HS2 to drive future prosperity across the East Midlands and in particular how we should plan for places future generations will want to live work and play It has also infuenced our comprehensive plans to ensure our young people have the work skills necessary to make the most of the opportunities that lie ahead

Baby Boomers Baby Boomers

Generation X Generation X

Born 1946-1964

Age in 2043 79-97

Born 1964-1980

Age in 2043 63-78

Millennials Millennials

Generation Z Generation Z

Born 1980-2000

Age in 2043 43-63

Born 2000+

Age in 2043 26-43

11

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

13 Our Skills amp Supply Chain Strategy The delivery of HS2 will be transformational for the East Midlands economy Through the build phase and once operational it will bring new opportunities for those that live and work across the D2N2 and Leicester amp Leicestershire LEP areas

These opportunities will be about more than just the construction of a new railway The enhanced connectivity it brings will transform the geography of competition and agglomeration amongst businesses will open up new marketplaces and catchment areas and will attract inward investment to the region from across the UK and overseas

Opportunities will vary over time and will be both direct and indirect They begin now as contracts are awarded for the construction of Phase 1 from London to Birmingham and they stretch to beyond the projected 2033 completion date The establishment of the National College for High Speed Rail presents a major opportunity particularly for the development of the Staveley Infrastructure Maintenance Depot and its potential role as a construction base for HS2 Phase 2

To ensure local people and companies can beneft from HS2 investment and the growth it will bring we have worked with businesses trade bodies and training providers to develop a comprehensive skills and supply chain strategy built around fve key elements

Within each of these elements we have set out a clear action plan which is summarised below Key to this will be to avoid adding further complexity to existing provision for skills and business support Instead the approach will be

wherever possible to refocus existing support and funding on activities that will help deliver the Growth Strategy ndash rather than create new structures or programmes and complement the strategically driven approach to skills envisaged by the Midlands Engine

Inspiring YoungPeople

Building Further Education Capacity

HarnessingUniversities

Supporting Individuals

HS2 ReadyBusinesses

12

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

Inspiring Young People

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

Programme of engagement covering the entirety of a young personrsquos education

D2N2 LLEP Councils HS2 Ltd Private Sector Refocussing existing resources Short-medium

Ensure teachers amp careers advisors are provided with information about relevant career opportunities

Schools Private Sector Some additional administrative costs Using existing business networks

Short ndash Medium

Develop a unifed lsquoEM33rsquo HS2 businessschool engagement programme

Private Sector Careers amp Skills Company LEP Skills Boards

Refocussing existing resources Short

Harnessing Universities

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

EM Universities to develop HS2 programmes of engagement with business

Universities LEP Skills Boards Research Councils Innovate UK

Leveraging existing resources Short

Establish a Rail Industry Innovation Group through Rail Forum East Midlands (RFEM)

Universities RFEM Network Rail and industry Administrative costs only bodies

Universities East Midland HS2 Delivery Boards Refocussing existing consultancy spend

Immediate

Support Hub Station lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo and signifcant HE links at Chesterfeld Station

Immediate

Develop a university based lsquoRail Innovation Centrersquo

Universities LEPs New funding required Short

13

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

HS2 Ready Businesses

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

Develop an lsquoEM33rsquo HS2 awareness campaign aimed at businesses

LEPs Councils East Midlands Chamber New funding required Immediate

Establish dedicated HS2 supply chain support for businesses

LEPs Private Sector Midlands Engine Supply New funding required for additional 1 FTE Chain Initiative Ofcer

LEPs Private Sector ERDF underspend

Immediate

Promote SME collaboration through business support activity

Immediate

Establish web resource for businesses to identify HS2 Specifc opportunities

LEP Growth Hubs HS2 Ltd Additional support for Growth Hubs required Immediate

Supporting Individuals

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

Develop a public facing lsquoEM33rsquo awareness campaign

LEPs Councils East Midlands Chamber New funding required Immediate

Embed the lsquoEM33rsquo HS2 awareness across job centre and council employment support programmes

DWP Councils voluntary sector Refocussing employment support programmes

Medium

Establish an EM HS2 Delivery Charter to encourage recruitment from lsquohard to reachrsquo groups

Private Sector Councils DWP Administrative costs only Medium ndash Long

14

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

Building Further Education Capacity

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

Embed lsquoEM33rsquo activity into new lsquoTrsquo and relevant lsquoArsquo levels

Further Education (FE) Providers LEPs Councils

Refocussing existing resources and future Local Growth Fund

Short ndash medium

Develop strategic relationship between FE sector and National College for High Speed Rail (NCHSR)

FE Providers private training providers Using existing forums and relationships National College for High Speed Rail (NCHSR)

FE Providers Councils Funding required to recruit additional BIM expert

Immediate

Develop world leading capability for Building Information Management (BIM) linked to Staveley IMD

Short- medium

Support the development of lsquoShared Apprentice Schemesrsquo across key HS2 related job rolesdisciplines

FE Providers LEPS Councils Additional funding required Short

14 Next Steps Within our strategic approach we have identifed three immediate priorities These to be taken forward largely with existing LEP and private sector resources but will require strong local leadership to be successful

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to business support that will help local SMEs beneft from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities to be driven by D2N2 LLLEP and the private sector

bull Establishing a lsquorail industry innovation grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands to help drive innovation within our thriving SME rail engineering sector and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2 awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2 provisionally entitled lsquoEM33rsquo to be driven by East Midlands Chamber of Commerce D2N2 and LLLEP and supported by councils

Over the longer term we would expect mainstream Government funding for skills and business support activity to be refocussed around our priorities For more information about our skills and supply chain strategy please visit httpwwwemcouncilsgovukHS2

15

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Section 2 | Place Summary

Great place-making will be key to realising the opportunities that HS2 connectivity will create Our proposals are ambitious but build upon existing market strengths and add value to the attractive mix of urban and rural environments that already characterises the East Midlands We have also sought to refect the needs and aspirations of future generations in the scale and form of proposed development and by incorporating sustainable transport choices

Our Growth Strategy has been developed within in a wider spatial context that will use HS2 to enhance opportunities in towns and cities across the East Midlands and in key assets like East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange To drive this we have identifed two lsquoGrowth Zonesrsquo which relate directly to the benefts of HS2 connectivity

The East Midlands Hub Growth Zone is related to the area around the Hub Station at Toton Here we are proposing the development of a new high quality lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo with the potential to create up to 10000 new jobs community facilities and a range of new housing choices It will be an inspiring 21st Century Gateway to the East Midlands and a destination in its own right The lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo will sit at the heart of a thriving network of lsquogarden villagersquo developments that will include the nearby Stanton and Chetwynd Barracks sites

Chesterfeld and Staveley will be at the heart of the North Derbyshire Growth Zone but activity will focus on the wider Derbyshire growth story We will use HS2 to complement existing rail services and transform links between Chesterfeld Station and the town centre opening up regeneration opportunities and creating an attractive gateway to the Peak District National Park ndash one of the regionrsquos unique destination ofers The Staveley Depot will be the heart of a mixed use housing and employment zone within the wider growth corridor and in the short term could also provide a construction base for HS2

16

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

21 East Midlands Context Our Growth Strategy has been developed within in a wider spatial context that also seeks to use HS2 to enhance existing regional and national assets across the East Midlands In particular the area spanning the D2N2 and Leicester amp Leicestershire LEP areas which already comprise 315 million people over 100000 businesses and generate pound65 billion of GVA Key opportunities for growth include

bull Derby a city of world class automotive rail and aerospace technology sectors Home to Rolls Royce Bombardier and Toyota and a thriving network of highly specialised manufacturing SMEs

bull Leicester a vibrant diverse city with a strong record of SME formation and major growth potential Home to the National Space Centre and a burgeoning space technology sector

bull Nottingham a city of thriving business services biotech and leisure sectors and fagship companies like Experian and Boots underpinned by world class public transport and local energy systems

bull East Midlands Airport and Gateway the biggest freight airport outside of London and home to DHL The new East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange will generate thousands of new jobs

bull Loughborough a national centre for sport and sports science The Loughborough University Science and Enterprise Park forms part of a recently designated Enterprise Zone

bull Chesterfeld an historic and well connected rail town with a strong engineering economy and both a visitor destination and gateway

bull Peak District National Park and Derwent Valley Mills Word Heritage Site the most visited national park in England adjacent to the cradle of the industrial revolution

bull MansfeldAshfeld key regional service centres with strengths in manufacturing and logistics

There are also a range of growth and regeneration opportunities along the A52 corridor between Derby and Nottingham Castle Ward Pride Park and Raynesway on

Derby A50 Corridor

A42M42 M69

M1

M1

Chesterfeld

Mansfeld Ashfeld

Staveley

HS2

Nottingham

Loughborough

Leicester

A46 Corridor

the Derby side and the Nottingham Enterprise Zones sites Alliance Boots in Beeston Beeston Business Park and the Nottingham Science Park

Within this strategic context we have identifed two lsquoGrowth Zonesrsquo which relate directly to the benefts of HS2 connectivity which we believe will drive HS2 related growth across the wider sub area

bull East Midlands Hub Growth Zone

bull Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

M1 Corridor

3 Cities

Derby Nottingham (A52)

Trent Valley Vision

Derwent Valley Mills World

Heritage Site

Peak District National Park

HS2 Station

Classic Rail Lines

Strategic Context Diagram

17

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

East Midlands Hub Growth Zone Diagram 22 East Midlands Hub Growth Zone Our Growth Vision

The Growth Zone encompasses the Hub Station site at Toton the former ironworks site at Stanton and Chetwynd Barracks The core area encompasses Broxtowe and Erewash Borough Councils Derbyshire and Nottinghamshire County Councils

Central will be the development of a high quality lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo at the Hub Station in Toton itself with the potential to create up to 10000 new jobs and a range of new housing choices The concept of an lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo follows research undertaken looking at trends in business locations away from city centres and the need for a much more dynamic mix of uses that recognises the changing needs and desires of lsquoGeneration Zrsquo It is also consistent with the long term aspirations of the university sector within the region which has actively contributed to our thinking

Our vision includes the development of a network of mixed use lsquogarden villagesrsquo that will incorporate the very latest innovations in land remediation environmental standards together with advances in sustainable drainage localised energy and public transport Enhanced connectivity by sustainable modes of transport will ensure the development of pedestrian orientated streets and spaces which will be attractive to both local people and investors

The developments will complement the adjacent city centre ofer and help to drive major improvements to existing places such as Long Eaton and Stapleford

HS2

A52 Jct 25

A50

Jct 24

M1

Castle Donington amp EM Gateway Freight Interchange East Midlands Airport

Lougborough

East Midlands Parkway amp Ratclife

Innovation Campus amp Hub Station

Stanton Derby

Prid

e Par

k Ray

nesw

ay

Spon

don

Boots Campus

Beeston

ScienceMedi

Nottingham

A453

P

P

Potential Mass Rapid-Transit

Classic Rail Lines

Garden Village Network

Key Employment Sites

HS2 Line

Chetwynd

i Celanese

Urban Village

Infnity Garden Village

18

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Toton Area (Hub Station) Development Framework

We have worked with councils local partners and the Toton Neighbourhood Planning Forum to develop a long term non-statutory lsquodevelopment frameworkrsquo for the Hub Station Growth Area in Toton to inform the review of local plans and future investment decisions The development framework recognises a series of distinct character areas and sets out development principles for each

Station Hub The core development area is clustered to the east and west of the Hub Station Anchored by key multi modal transport infrastructure (including HS2 and Classic rail facilities NET bus interchange facilities and central car parking facilities) The primary land use in this area will be workspace development set within a high quality urban development context Hotel and residential accommodation may also be appropriate at this central location and the arearsquos public realm will be animated by cafeacutes restaurants and small scale retail outlets serving passengers employees and residents

Toton Area (Hub Station) Development

19

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

The Hub Station and surrounding area

A new public space will be created adjacent to the main station concourse This will provide a high quality east-west pedestrian connection across the HS2 lines and support interchange between a range of transport modes This development area is located on a plateau which is at a signifcantly lower level than the main development site to the east New buildings will typically be taller (up to 6-8 storeys) which will allow the development to act as a marker in the context of the rail corridor without appearing incongruous within the wider development

Toton Innovation Campus This mixed use corridor runs through the heart of the site connecting the HS2 station and areas to the west following the tram corridor towards Toton Lane NET station in the east

This dynamic space will be characterised not only by the diversity of uses but also a green boulevard and sustainable transport corridor and will include a mixture of medium density workspace including apartment based residential development

The lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo is roughly equidistant between the city centres of Nottingham and Derby and is intended to be anchored by a university based research and development centre To the south links to Leicester East Midlands Airport East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange and the Enterprise Zone sites in Loughborough will drive further opportunities

To achieve the scale of development and sense of place envisaged will require major investment in land assembly management and infrastructure Making the right moves now will provide much needed capacity to unlock and absorb growth and provide resilience in a currently stressed local network It will also require higher densities than those currently subject of an extant Outline Planning Consent for the site and this will need careful consideration by Broxtowe Borough Council as the Local Planning Authority

A52 Trackside Corridor A series of larger development sites have been identifed along the A52 and rail corridors towards the north of the site ofering the potential to accommodate larger workplace developments or research institutions This area will ofer the potential to accommodate distinctive gateway buildings acting as markers along both the A52 and HS2 corridors

Waterside Development parcels along the Erewash River Canal corridor are considered an appropriate mix of uses including residential Building heights will step down from around six storeys adjacent to the rail corridor to around three storeys in areas closer to the river canal corridor respecting the domestic scale of buildings to the west The landscaped environment of the river canal corridor will be brought into the area with a series of lsquogreen fngersrsquo leading into the development site This open space will serve a

20

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

variety of functions including recreation food mitigation and ecological habitat The orientation of buildings within this corridor should support this landscape strategy and open up views of the canal river corridor from higher ground to the east of the HS2 line

Parkside Generous green corridors are proposed as a bufer between the planned new development and existing residential communities Lower density areas broadly refecting established residential areas of Toton will front onto these spaces with a typical height of two to

three storeys open landscaped space and site topography ensuring that the amenity of existing local residents are protected New footpaths and cycleways will integrate the site with its surrounding context and enable residents of existing neighbourhoods to access facilities and transport hubs within the new development site It should be noted that new vehicular connections to these neighbourhoods are not proposed

bull Neighbourhood Centres These centres will be located at highly accessible positions within the

The Toton Innovation Campus looking towards the Hub Station

development and will allow the vast majority of the site area to be located within an easy fve minute walking catchment of local facilities

bull HS2 Hub This facility will serve HS2 passengers along with residents and workers based in the lower western section of the site It is envisaged that cafeacutes restaurants and local retail facilities will be integrated within the main station concourse and spill out onto the adjoining public plaza This area also becomes a new cross-roads within a more resilient local road network ofering better connections between SandiacreStapleford and Long Eaton This will further enhance the vitality and vibrancy of the area whilst ensuring surrounding communities can access the services on ofer by a full range of transport choices

bull Toton Innovation Campus Centre Located at the heart of the development a cluster of local retail leisure and hospitality facilities will be clustered in and around a central square Facilities such as a hotel gym business centre and resource centre may also be attracted to this central pedestrian orientated space

bull Community Hub A site to the west of the Toton Lane NET Station has been identifed for the relocation of the George Spencer Academy along with a site for a new primary school a leisure centre and health facility These new community infrastructure buildings will be developed in a green landscape setting with good pedestrian and cycle links to local neighbourhoods and public transport hubs The level of retail development (including

21

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

restaurants cafeacutes) will be controlled to a level which provides for the needs of local residents employees and passengers and avoid competition with existing local centres

The Universities of Derby Nottingham and Nottingham Trent are fully supportive of the HS2 Growth Strategy We have a long history of working together to re-balance economy and believe that this investment has the potential to be transformative

To maximise the value derived from this investment the universities are in a strong position to build on our established partnership for example by working together to shape the proposed lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo located at the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton

The active involvement of the universities at an early stage in defning the proposed lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo means that we can develop an integrated strategy for research teaching and business interaction aligned with HS2 investment

The lsquoworld-classrsquo connectivity aforded by the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton will support the difusion of these opportunities and position the East Midlands as a stronger resilient and more productive economy

bull Green Infrastructure From a place making perspective the HS2 Hub site will be designed to integrate with its surrounding natural environments In total around 16 hectares of open space are proposed within the development site

bull River Canal Corridor The Erewash river and canal corridor runs to the east of the site and provides an area of high amenity value To the north the opportunity exists to enhance the network of footpaths and cycleways leading up to the strategic Stanton Iron Works site and beyond To the south new pedestrian and cycle links will connect the site to the Attenborough Nature Reserve and the Trent Valley This will include opportunities to reinstate new routes beneath the HS2 classic rail line to the south of the station and also to reduce the risk of fooding associated with this section of the river More generally the opportunity to enhance the character of the river and canal corridor would provide further amenity and ecological benefts This may include enhancements to the Sandiacre Locks Conservation Area and measures to introduce more variety diverse habitats and interest to the river lsquochannelrsquo

bull Toton Horseshoe A landscaped corridor is proposed to wrap around the existing Toton residential area This will provide a bufer between planned new development and the local residential areas encompass existing areas of maturing woodland and create a new connection through to the redeveloped Chetwynd Barracks to the east

bull Green Boulevard A new green spine is planned to run through the heart of the new development This route will connect the eastern and western sections of the site via a new pedestrian link across the HS2 corridor and a new plaza at the station entrance The boulevard a wide green space integrating a small existing watercourse will run

through the heart of the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo connecting to the area of protected Green Belt land to the north east

bull Local Amenity Open Space In addition to the strategic green infrastructure highlighted above a network of local amenity spaces will be integrated across the new development These will include both formal and informal recreation areas and play space for the enjoyment of residents employees and visitors alike

Associated lsquoGarden Villagersquo Developments

Chetwynd Barracks The MoD site at Chetwynd will become available for development from 2020 and will be designed and developed as an integral part of the Hub Station Growth area The development will provide a predominantly residential area that will be linked directly to the lsquoCommunity Hubrsquo north of the existing Toton Lane Like the main Hub Station lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo and Community Hub Chetwynd will be subject to the policies of the emerging Broxtowe Local Plan and of Nottinghamshire County Council as the Local HighwayTransport Authority and Local Education Authority

Stanton The Hub Station Growth Zone also includes the former iron works at Stanton where additional employment opportunities will be realised alongside up to 2000 homes which will serve to complement the proposals for the Hub Station and Innovation Campus This site falls within Erewash Borough Council and Derbyshire County Councilrsquos administrative areas This site is subject of a separate Supplementary Planning Document published by Erewash Borough Council and the proposals outlined in the Growth Strategy are consistent with this

22

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Ratclife Power Station Site Within the wider area there may also be further growth opportunities to be explored as part of the HS2 Growth Strategy including Ratclife Power Station Whilst this is not anticipated to be decommissioned before 2025 its location adjacent to the existing East Midlands Parkway station and an existing railhead means that the site has potential to create a transport orientated mixed use development around the station and a possible location for rail related development This site falls within Rushclife Borough Council and Nottinghamshire County Councilrsquos administrative areas

Derby There are already proposals to develop up to 2000 new homes as part of the lsquoInfnity Garden Villagersquo development which spans the boundary between the city of Derby and South Derbyshire District Council In addition there is potential for major mixed use development on the former Courtaulds site at Spondon on the east side of Derby

Leicestershire There are emerging proposals for major housing development in North West Leicestershire linked to employment growth at East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange

23 Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone Our Growth Vision

The Growth Zone is focussed on the Borough of Chesterfeld within the county of Derbyshire and includes the areas around the existing railway station and the proposed Infrastructure Maintenance Depot (IMD) at Staveley east of the town centre also proposed as a construction base for HS2

Our ambitions for Chesterfeld and Staveley are set in the context of a wide growth story for the wider northern Derbyshire area that builds on existing strengths in tourism construction and engineering higher and further education and professional services Key complementary investments include the lsquoPeak Resortrsquo development that

will combine a unique combination of tourism and HEFE education and training

HS2 will bring Chesterfeld within 108 minutes from London and serve a catchment area of over 1 million people Plans for Chesterfeld will transform the relationship between

Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

23

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

the rail station the town centre and major regeneration opportunities and enable the station to become an attractive gateway to the town itself the surrounding Peak District National Park and other key heritage assets - particularly for international visitors Proposals include a scalable housing and commercial investment proposition that will be accelerated to welcome HS2 through investment in enabling infrastructure

The proposed IMD is set within a wider masterplan for the Staveley corridor that will deliver signifcant levels of housing and job growth and provide a focus for the local rail engineering sector including the development of a rail industry lsquocentre of excellencersquo linked to the High Speed Rail College In the shorter term there is an ambition for the Staveley site to be used for a base for the construction of the majority of Phase 2b of HS2

Construction of early phases of the Chesterfeld amp Staveley Regeneration Route will enable key brownfeld regeneration sites to be developed and wider benefts to the A61 Corridor and the extended Markham Vale Enterprise Zone

Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

Underpinning the vision will be a strong focus on inclusive growth linked to our wider skills and supply chain strategy making sure that local communities and local businesses can beneft from the investment that HS2 will bring

Chesterfeld amp Staveley Development Framework

We will enable this growth in the number and quality of jobs by re-shaping and transforming our places through infrastructure-led development Those places will be allowed to fourish and cater for our changing communities as well as providing for new communities and retaining those such as graduates who will have much wider lifestyle choices as a result

Chesterfeld Station

Chesterfeld Station will have an enhanced role as both a destination and a gateway to surrounding localities Over 1 million people already live within 30 minutes of the station HS2 will bring Birmingham and Leeds within 50 minutes We will bring forward development and infrastructure in tandem to provide a high quality experience for those using the

Platform 4

Chesterfeld Station

Chesterfeld Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo

24

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

station lsquoPlatform 4rsquo will provide a modern and attractive route across the A61 with well-designed public realm that will bring the station into the town centre as well as allowing far greater accessibility to public transport Unused and under-used land around the station will be developed and linked to the adjacent Waterside development to provide a mixed-use lsquourban villagersquo ft for future generations to live work and play

Remodelled links between Chesterfeld Station and the town

The infrastructure provided to improve access to the station for HS2 services will also allow us to accelerate our ambition for the wider town centre By taking trafc out of the historic core of the town we can enhance the visitor experience and bring forward new opportunities for residential development with a wide and fexible mix of tenures This will ensure far greater vibrancy within the town which will expand to include the station area and support the wider ambitions for growth in our key sectors

Staveley

The proposed Infrastructure Maintenance Depot (IMD) at Staveley provides a signifcant opportunity to bring forward a much wider strategic development on this 150 hectare brownfeld site Through investing in infrastructure in particular local road access we can open up not just the depot site but a whole new sustainable community of around 1500 homes and many hundreds of new jobs

By phasing the development we will also be able to ofer a well located construction base for HS2 bringing investment and jobs to the area well in advance of the maintenance depot Over the longer term we believe there is the potential to develop the area around the Infrastructure

The wider Chesterfeld Station Area Masterplan wide

Residential building

OfficeCommercial building

Officeresidential building

Hotel building

Station building

MSCP building

Green Space

Public realm

Potential development areas subject to consultation with existing land owners

Retained Listed station building

Ground foor community facility land use

Potential pedestriancycle link to the east

Maintenance Depot as a rail industry lsquocentre of excellencersquo linked to the High Speed Rail College and the NewRail centre at Barrow Hill Roundhouse

Strategic outline masterplan for the Staveley Corridor

Characterising development at all these sites will be an approach to place-making for the future This is led by consideration of how our communities of the future will want to live and work rather than being based on historic development models

We will use the investment in infrastructure to develop places and homes that anticipate our changing population putting in place fexible models in order to meet future demand This will include providing a far better choice for older people with homes that meet current and future care needs We will make the most of the expanding higher education ofer to enable quality student accommodation and develop places in which our graduates want to stay live earn and spend

25

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Strategic outline masterplan for the Staveley corridor 24 Next Steps Our proposals for the Hub Station and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zones are long term and ambitious Whilst the proposed development will lead to an uplift in land values and economic and social benefts it will also require investment in local and strategic infrastructure and land remediation and assembly

We have undertaken technical work to understand likely infrastructure and land costs and development trajectories that could be delivered to inform an initial outline business case assessment consistent with the Treasuryrsquos lsquoGreen Bookrsquo This work will continue to develop as our plans mature

Further detail on delivery is contained in Section 4

Key

SWA1 Redline Boundary

Existing Features

Culvert

River

Canal

Crossing Point

Road

Railway Line

Right of Way

Building

Listed Building

Non Designated Heritage Asset

Existing Trees

Proposed Features

Marina

CS Regeneration Route

Road

FootCycle Path

Pedestrian Zone

Avenue Planting

Public Open Space

Key Building

Railway Line

Canal

Proposed Usage

Residential

Mixed use - Community Retail Residential

Mixed Use - Employment Local Skills and crafts

Workshops Studios Residential

Mixed Use - Community Canal related

Residential

Safeguarded School Site

Leisure - Hotel Pub Restaurant

B1 - Office and Light Industry

B2 - General Industry

B8 - Warehousing and Distribution

HS2 Maintenance Depot

26

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Section 3 | Connectivity Summary

The Hub Station at Toton will already be the most connected on the high speed network outside of London and will serve a catchment of over 2 million people Whilst the development adjacent to the Hub Station will be crucial our early work confrmed that much of the wider economic potential of HS2 will be dependent on the extent to which we can connect economic opportunities across the East Midlands into the high speed network In particular the city centres of Derby Leicester and Nottingham East Midlands Airport and sites that exist in the towns and villages surrounding both the Hub Station and Chesterfeld

Our analysis has demonstrated which modes of transport will serve diferent markets most efectively ndash national regional sub-regional and local Based on this we have set out a comprehensive step by step approach to connectivity which will maximise transport choice for future generations as well as tackling congestion issues that exist today

Key to this will be safeguarding the ability to extend public transport accessibility in the scope of the Governmentrsquos Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and planning now for a phased approach to delivery of highway improvements starting in RIS2

Whilst we are confdent that the measures we have identifed can deliver positive outcomes more detailed design work will be required to secure the capital funding necessary for delivery Further work on the design and phasing of key interventions will therefore be undertaken with transport modelling developed in partnership with Midlands Connect the outcome of which will also help to scope the necessary provisions of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

27

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

SCOTLAND

YORK amp NEWCASTLE

LEEDS

EAST MIDLANDS

HUB

SOUTH YORKSHIRE

SHEFFIELD HS2

CHESTERFIELD

CREWE HS2 HUB

BIRMINGHAM

STOKE DERBY

LEICESTER

LOUGHBOROUGH

LONDON EUROPE

BEESTON

NOTTINGHAM LINCOLN

MANSFIELD

WORKSOP

31 National Context HS2 will help to transform the position of our towns and cities within the UK and Midlands making our local economies more competitive

HS2 CURRENT

68 104 NOTTINGHAM TO LONDON

HHS2S2 CU

142 LEICESTER TO NEWCASTLE

HHS2S2 CURRENT

50 77 DERBY TO LEEDS

HHS2S2 CURRENT

73 145 LEICESTER TO LEEDS

HHS2S2 CURRENT

36 73 NOTTINGHAM TO BIRMINGHAM

HS2 CURRENT

71 143 CHESTERFIELD TO LONDON

RRENT

205

28

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Midlands Connect

The Midlands Connect Strategy described how the HS2 stations at Birmingham Curzon Street UK Central and East Midlands will form the lsquohubrsquo of the UKrsquos high speed rail network Together with classic compatible connectivity at Chesterfeld Crewe and Stoke stations this will unlock economic growth across the Midlands - provided we get the local connectivity right

Through Midlands Connect we are taking forward a body of technical work to defne and develop the local strategic connections that will maximise economic growth opportunities Through the wider Midlands Engine initiative we are promoting the transformational benefts of HS2 to national and international investors

For more information about Midlands Connect and the Midlands Engine please visit httpswwwmidlandsconnectuk

HS2 East

Our work through the HS2 East partnership has demonstrated that the Eastern Leg of HS2 between Birmingham to Leeds via the East Midlands Hub Station has the best business case of any part of the proposed network - with a beneft to cost ratio of over 5 to 1

However the economic impact of the Eastern Leg extends further than Leeds The proposed lsquoclassic compatiblersquo link to the East Coast Main Line will enable high speed rail services to serve the North East of England and Scotland ndash linking

six of the UKrsquos top ten cities and 20 of national GVA This will result in lsquoagglomerationrsquo impacts of over pound700 million GVA and some major journey time savings

bull Leeds to Glasgow reduction of 90 minutes

bull Sheffield to Edinburgh reduction of 90 minutes

bull Newcastle to Birmingham reduction of 85 minutes

Together the Eastern Leg of HS2 and an enhanced East Coast Main Line provide the obvious route for reducing journey times from Scotland to London towards the three hour mark ndash the point at which rail becomes competitive with air travel

For further information about HS2 East please visit httpwwwhs2eastcouk

32 Our strategic approach Connecting key centres of population and development opportunities across the East Midlands to the high speed network will be key to realising the wider economic potential that HS2 connectivity brings

Our analysis has demonstrated which modes of transport will serve diferent markets most efectively Only by developing a comprehensive lsquomulti-modalrsquo approach to connectivity can we deliver the transport choice required by future generations and start to tackle some of the congestion issues that exist today

We also acknowledge that not everything can or indeed should happen at once We have therefore set out a phased approach to improving connectivity at least some of which can be delivered before HS2 becomes fully operational

Heavy Rail Pimary Market

Mass Transit Strategy Regional

Bus Connectivity Sub-Regional amp Local

Taxi Connectivity Sub-Regional amp Local

Walking and Cycling Local and Very Local

Park and Ride Sub-Regional amp Local

Highway Sub-Regional amp Local

Our strategic approach to connectivity

33 Rail Rail will be the most efective mode for accessing the Hub Station from surrounding city and town centres It will also link the East Midlands with the major city-regions across the rest of the UK ndash not least by the HS2 network itself

HS2 Services

The latest service specifcation published by HS2 Ltd indicates that the East Midlands Hub Station will be the best connected on the high speed network outside of London with seven HS2 services per hour in both directions

Impressive though this level of connectivity is we believe there is scope for further improvements

29

Through our work on the HS2 East Partnership we believe there is a strong economic case for the Eastern Leg of HS2 and the East Coast Main Line forming the primary route for serving Scotland not least because it would link the fnancial centres of Leeds and Edinburgh and the conurbations of the North East ndash also a key objective of Transport for the North

The scale of growth proposed in Chesterfeld as described in Section Two makes a compelling case for both Shefeld trains stopping at Chesterfeld Station rather than just one per hour

Classic Compatible Services

It is clear that although the Eastern Leg of HS2 will be designed to accommodate up to 18 trains per hour (in line with the rest of the network) the current service pattern only currently envisages nine There is therefore scope to run additional services on at least part of the Eastern Leg Working with both Midlands Connect and Transport for the North we believe there is a business case for two additional lsquoclassic compatiblersquo trains per hour linking Leicester and LeedsManchester which would transform rail connectivity between the East Midlands and the Northern Powerhouse

For this to be deliverable there would need to be a lsquoclassic compatiblersquo connection between HS2 and an electrifed Midland Main Line at or around the Hub Station HS2 Ltd have developed an indicative design for how this could be delivered Although further work will be required we believe we have sufcient economic evidence now for the Secretary of State to make at least lsquopassive provisionrsquo for such a link in the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

Newcastle

Durham

Dalington

York

Leeds

Shefeld Midland

Chesterfeld

Toton

Church Street

Birmingam Interchange

Old Oak Common Euston

bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

Trains from London 6tph

Trains from Birmrsquoham 3tph

Proposed HS2 Service Pattern for the Eastern Leg

NEWCASTLE

YORK

LEEDS

LONDON BIRMINGHAM

29 36

106

19

EAST MIDLANDS

HUB

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Classic Services

In addition to the two lsquoclassic compatiblersquo services working through Midlands Connect we have identifed an additional 11 lsquoclassic servicesrsquo that could serve the Hub Station These would be a mixture of lsquoshuttle servicesrsquo fast and semi-fast services and stopping services In total this would mean the Hub Station would be served by 20 trains per hour in both directions ndash an outstanding level of connectivity

HS2 Hub Station Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS)

The service specifcation for the Hub Station is consistent with the wider Midlands Connect ITSS which supports the Midlands Connect Strategy published in March 2017

The Maid Marian Line

In addition we believe there is the potential to develop a new service linking the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton with Mansfeld Ashfeld via the adaption on an existing freight line known as the Maid Marian Line This direct link would facilitate greater connectivity for residents and businesses to HS2 services supporting economic regeneration in the towns and contributing to the wider Nottinghamshire growth story We are working with Network Rail to understand any implications for the wider Midlands Connect ITSS

Capacity at Trent Junctions

A key constraint to the delivery of the Midlands Connect ITSS is the capacity of Trent Junctions south of Nottingham We understand that HS2 Ltd will need to make some improvements to Trent Junctions to accommodate the HS2 Core proposition - although these on their own will

30

51

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

HS2 Services

London - Leeds Birmingham - Leeds

London - Leeds Birmingham - Newcastle

London - Chesterfeld - Shefeld - Leeds

Birmingham - Leeds London - Shefeld - York

34 Mass Transit Extensions Classic Compatible Services

Shuttle Services

Nottingham - EM Hub Derby - EM Hub

Fast and Semi-fast Services

Leicester - Crewe Crewe - EM Hub

London - Manchester Crewe - EM Hub

Stopping Services

Leicester - Leeds Leicester - Manchester The success of the Nottingham Express Transit (NET) has demonstrated the potential of mass transit to reduce

Leicester - Lincoln Nottingham - Leeds

Leicester - Nottingham Leicester - Derby

Norwich - Liverpool Newark Castle - Matlock

HS2 Hub Station Indicative Train Service Specifcation

not be sufcient to accommodate the Midlands Connect ITSS There is a clear operational case for avoiding multiple engineering works on this congested section of railway infrastructure ndash with a single enhancement scheme being the clearly favoured option Based on our initial work with Network Rail we believe there is a sufcient economic case now for the Secretary of State to make at least lsquopassive provisionrsquo for an enhanced scheme in the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

congestion increase transport choice and connect people to jobs and services It will therefore be a key element of the connectivity strategy for maximising the economic benefts of the HS2 Hub Station Given the technical challenges and the scale of investment required we recognise the importance of taking a phased approach to delivery

Extending NET to the Hub Station

The frst phase would be to extend the tram from the park and ride site at Toton Lane to the Hub Station ndash a distance of around one mile This will connect the Hub Station to key locations such as the Queens Medical Centre the University campus and the Enterprise Zone and complement the heavy rail service to Nottingham City Centre This link will need to be in place when the Hub Station becomes operational to serve the Nottingham Enterprise Zone sites and to establish the principle tram access in the publicrsquos mind

Extending Connectivity over the Hub Station

Our work has highlighted a number of options for extending connectivity to the west of the Hub Station towards Derby and East Midlands Airport which would have signifcant economic benefts These could be delivered by bus rapid transit (BRT) tram-train as well as by NET extensions Further work will be required to determine the optimum routes and modes These options would require a link over the Hub Station (similar to the arrangement at Nottingham Station) which would be costly to retro-ft We have therefore included a public transport overbridge into our proposals for the Hub Station At this stage it is unlikely that this on its own will require provision for further land take in the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill however it may impact on the required Environmental Impact Statement

Options to Derby

There are two main options for connecting Derby The frst would follow the route of the A52 This would be fast ndash but not as fast as the classic rail service from Derby Station It would be direct but serve a limited population catchment The relatively high cost of developing this as a tram route would appear to make it unviable - although it could have potential as a route for a lower cost form of BRT

The second option would run to the south of the A52 and link the Hub Station with Long Eaton and then on to Breaston Borrowash Spondon Pride Park and Derby Station It would be slower but serve a much larger population catchment It would be cheaper to develop as a tram route but could impact on the proposed canal

31

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Red Arrow Skylink

Zoom 15

i4 18

Indigo 510

Y5 Toton Sidings

NET

Options for bus services serving the Hub Station

35

Revised existing route

New Fast Track to EMA via M1

Arnold via QMC City Hospital

Mansfeld via M1 Kirkby Sutton

Alfreton via M1 Heanor Ripley

restoration project It could be developed in phases the frst comprising a NET extension to a park and ride site west of the M1

Options to East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Rail Freight Interchange

There are a number of potential routes to the airport Following the rail corridor south from the Hub Station before heading west is likely to be the quickest and would limit environmental impacts on Long Eaton town centre It also has potential for a tram-train solution should this become a viable technology in the UK The scale of employment growth proposed at East Midlands Gateway the potential for a lsquoFree Trade Zonersquo around the airport as well as the projected growth in air passenger numbers means such a link could have signifcant economic benefts

Bus amp Taxi Bus travel will continue to be the backbone of the local public transport for many people There is already a comprehensive network of bus routes and services across the sub-region which could be developed to serve the Hub Station from a wide range of locations

The key challenge for operators from a commercial perspective will be to ensure that the Hub Station does not become a lsquoterminusrsquo destination Buses (and taxis) must therefore be able to pass through the Hub Station to also serve surrounding communities across the wider sub-region Our proposed confguration of local road links between the Hub Station and Long Eaton Stapleford

32

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Sandiacre and Toton as well as access from the A52 would enable a commercially viable network of bus services to be established

For Chesterfeld a new road link into the south of the station complex for buses and taxis will provide a through route that will integrate the existing station into local public transport networks more efectively

36 Cycling amp Walking Every rail passenger is a pedestrian at the point of boarding a train Making the Hub Station and the immediate surrounding environment pedestrian friendly will make travel by train more attractive and help to drive patronage

It is also important that local people in surrounding communities have safe and attractive routes for walking and cycling ndash not just to the Hub Station but also to and within the proposed Innovation Campus Cycling and walking are likely to become more attractive options to future generations as public attitudes to travel continue to change This trend has been refected in the core design principles we have established that will underpin future development on the Hub Station site

For Chesterfeld we have set out proposals known as lsquoPlatform 4rsquo for enhancing pedestrian and public transport accessibility between the Station and the town centre over the A61 dual carriageway

37 Park amp Ride A well-coordinated and managed park amp ride strategy can help to reduce the impacts of congestion and provide viable transport choices for local communities

There are opportunities to develop park and ride facilities serving the Hub Station in tandem with a phased roll out of an extended mass transit system The existing park amp

Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site

ride site at Toton Lane (1300 spaces) linked to the tram will be retained albeit in modifed form In addition to a multi-storey car park at the Hub Station itself (1300 spaces proposed) there is an opportunity to develop an additional parking facility of a similar size west of M1 Junction 25 linked to a frst phase extension of the tram over the Hub Station

33

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

This would give a third car park option and the ability to manage travel demand to the Hub Station site in a more fexible manner - as well as an ability to reduce pressure on M1 Junction 25

On the Derby side of the A52 there are options for park and ride sites on the east side of Derby as part of a mass transit system linking Pride Park and Derby Station to the City Centre which could ultimately connect to the Hub Station

38 Strategic amp Local Road Access Despite the focus on public transport cycling and walking access by private car will still be important and a 1300 space multi-storey car park is proposed at the Hub Station However this will require a highway solution that must also address a number of existing challenges

Access from the A52 and M1

Access from the strategic road network into the Hub Station Site will be critical Our technical work has suggested that a single access from the A52 into the site for all movements is unlikely to be deliverable Whilst an engineering solution could be developed it would be very expensive environmentally damaging and take up valuable land that could be better used for economic development purposes

As a result a phased approach is proposed comprising the following key moves

1 A new lsquoat gradersquo junction on the A52 east of the Bardills Roundabout linked to a new Toton Lane which would provide access from Nottingham to the east of the Hub Station site and support the early phases of development of the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

2 A new lsquoof setrsquo junction on the A52 to the west of the use of the construction access required by HS2 Ltd M1 which would remove local movements from M1 to build the Hub Station Junction 25 and provide a more direct route under

Our technical work suggests there is scope to deliver key the motorway into Long Eaton

moves 1) and 2) in advance of the Hub Station opening 3 A new lsquograde separatedrsquo junction on the A52 to the The scale of existing problems and likely future trafc

north of the Hub Station to provide access from growth on the A52 corridor suggests that there is already a Derby and the M1 ndash which has the potential to make strong case for Highways England working with Midlands

Provide local road access to StaplefordSandiacre

Relieve congestion at Bardills and Toton Lane

Provide access from A52

Separate local amp strategic movements at J25

Provide for E-W movements

Provide for local road access for Long Eaton

Strategic amp Local Road Access Challenges

34

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Access from A52 and M1

Connect and local partners to make a proposal for major scheme funding in RIS 2 ndash which would also contribute to a comprehensive connectivity strategy for the Hub Station

A direct link to the Hub Station from the north through 3) will be linked to the construction of the station itself by HS2 Ltd and may be able to make use of any temporary construction access required by HS2 Ltd

Stanton Sandiacre

Derby

Stapleford

Long Eaton

Primary HS2

access

New eastern access

Re-modelled Bardills junction

New eastern access link

Toton Lane

Local access link

Local local link

New ofset A52 Junction

New local link

Remodelled M1 Junction 25

link

1a

1b

3 2

M1

A52

HS2

Local access Nottingham

junction

39

Finally there is the potential to establish a Park amp Ride site west of the M1 linked to a tram extension and the proposed lsquoof-setrsquo junction on the A52 This would provide a further car parking option for the Hub Station and help to manage movements through M1 Junction 25

Local Road Access

As described above local road access to the Hub Station from Long Eaton Stapleford Sandiacre and Toton will be important to secure commercially viable bus and coach services and taxis ndash as well as safe cycle routes We have developed a proposal for local access that can be integrated into the design of the Hub Station and which will complement the proposed strategic links Key to this will be the development of a local road link running under the HS2 and classic rail tracks to the south of the Hub Station

Next Steps We are clear that whilst all the individual elements of our connectivity strategy will have positive outcomes the real benefts will only be achieved by taking an integrated approach to scheme development and delivery

We will therefore develop our proposals further through a project joint funded by Midlands Connect East Midlands partners HS2 Ltd and Highways England known as the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan Phase 1 will use transport modelling to optimise the package of interventions and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment Phase 2 will examine connectivity issues over a wider strategic area including the long term future of the M1

Further detail on delivery is contained in Section 4

35

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Local Road Access Diagram

1

2

3

4

5

6

New A52 access Pedestrian NET link Bus Interchange amp Station Car Park

Remodelled Bardills roundabout

7

8

9

10

11

Local link to Long Eaton

New Bardills roundabout Local link to Sandiacre

New Toton Lane NET extension amp option to extend to EMA Derby

HS2 underpass Station Concourse

HS2 overpass

36

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Section 4 | Delivery Summary

We have undertaken a number of technical studies to understand the costs and benefts of various scales and rates of development to inform the development of an initial outlines business case for our proposals consistent with Treasury requirements which is set out in a separate document This work will evolve and become more granular as our growth proposition matures

There is potential for signifcant employment and housing development across the East Midlands Hub and Derbyshire Growth Zones This will make a signifcant contribution to the Governmentrsquos rebalancing agenda and provide an impetus for growth across the wider East Midlands where there is potential to deliver an additional 74000 jobs and pound4 billion of GVA above trend

We have set out the key moves necessary to deliver our proposals for people place and connectivity and highlighted the immediate measures necessary to safeguard future opportunities Detailed proposals are set out in Appendix 1

We are keen to work with Government to develop propositions for powerful locally led development bodies that can deliver our ambitions for the Hub Station and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zones and contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2

37

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

41 Developing an Investible Proposition Realising our vision for growth will require a combination of strong leadership and clear decision making To inform this we have undertaken a comprehensive programme of technical work to inform our thinking and provide the evidence base for this Growth Strategy including

bull Comprehensive non-statutory development frameworks covering the East Midlands Hub and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

bull A number of concept studies to assess the options for key infrastructure moves including relocation of the existing rail depots at Toton strategic highway access and mass transit extensions

bull A Development Infrastructure Funding (DIF) Study to understand the costs and benefts of diferent scales and rates of development and a funding and delivery mechanisms study to identify options for forward funding of key infrastructure and delivery vehicles

This information has been used to construct an initial outline lsquobusiness casersquo document for our proposals consistent with the Treasuryrsquos lsquoGreen Bookrsquo guidance and will provide the basis for an ongoing dialogue with Government and HS2 Ltd This work will evolve and become more granular over time as our growth proposition matures

Some of the major infrastructure investments will be subject to a separate business case through other established Government programmes such as the Roads Investment Strategy (RIS) This still requires a high-level

case to be made through the Growth Strategy as well as efective co-ordination of planning funding and delivery with other Growth Strategy interventions

42 Key Moves The work we have undertaken to date has identifed a series of key moves that will be required to implement the Growth Strategy including a number of immediate actions which will be necessary to safeguard future opportunities Further detail on these and the necessary enabling measures by Government and its delivery bodies is set out in Appendix 1

People

Our immediate priorities can be delivered largely within existing resources with strong local leadership from the LEPs and the East Midlands Chamber of Commerce and comprise

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to business support that will help local SMEs beneft from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities

bull Establishing a lsquorail industry innovation grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2 awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2

Over the longer term we would expect mainstream Government funding for skills and business support activity to be refocussed around our priorities and complement the strategic approach to skills envisaged by the Midlands Engine

Place

For the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone there are a number of planning land assembly remediation and infrastructure issues that will need to be addressed to enable our vision to be delivered in full In the immediate short term it will be vital to ensure that existing planning consent for the Lime Rise development close to the Hub Station can contribute positively to the delivery of our growth vision

In addition there is a need for further work with the relevant organisations on options for relocating the rail siding and depot activity and the electricity sub-station to locations outside of the Hub Station site and on the expansion and relocation of existing school provision to a better location within the site

Elsewhere we are keen to take forward further work with the Ministry of Defence and the Homes and Communities Agency to ensure that the re-development of the Chetwynd Barracks can actively contribute to a lsquonetwork of garden villagesrsquo

In the Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone the key priority in Chesterfeld will be the delivery of proposals to transform pedestrian and public transport connectivity between the rail station and the town For Staveley the early priorities will be to confrm the depot site as a construction base for HS2 and to secure the frst phases of the Chesterfeld and Staveley Regeneration Route including the provision of improved public transport and pedestrian links necessary to deliver the wider Staveley masterplan

38

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Connectivity

Our immediate priority is to safeguard the potential to secure a classic compatible link at the Hub Station and for enhanced capacity at Trent Junctions capable of delivering the Midlands Connect ITSS These will require the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill which is due to be considered by Ministers in the autumn of 2017 to include provision for the necessary land take

The public transport overbridge and local road connections proposed for the Hub Station will impact on the Hybrid Bill and the associated Environmental Impact Statement and will need to be incorporated into the emerging Hub Station design commissioned by HS2 Ltd

We will need to confrm support from Highways England and HS2 Ltd to take forward the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan with Midlands Connect This work will optimise the package of interventions proposed to serve the Hub Station and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment However we believe we have a sufcient case now for Highways England to identify funding in RIS2 to develop a major scheme on the A52M1 J25 that address existing congestion issues and contributes to the wider solution for accessing the Hub Station

43 Proposals for Delivery Bodies The geographic and political context for the area around the Hub Station is complex spanning a number of local planning authorities local transport authorities and local enterprise partnerships Our work to date has highlighted a range of potential delivery and funding mechanisms that would help to enable development in particular options for Tax Increment Financing (TIf ) But these will require a strategic approach to investment over a number of administrative areas to be efective

There is a local appetite to establish a powerful delivery body that could work at a scale to drive forward our growth vision There are a range of options including the potential for the kind of lsquolocally-led development corporationrsquo envisaged by the Neighbourhood Planning Act 2017

We would like to work with Government over the coming months to develop a proposition for a delivery body for the Hub Station Growth Zone that could begin to operate in lsquoshadow formrsquo with initial seed-corn funding from 2018 onwards

For Chesterfeld and Staveley the geography is less complex with the key moves all within the administrative area of Chesterfeld Borough Council Here a local development company solution may be more appropriate which can also contribute to the delivery of the wider Derbyshire growth story

It will be important to ensure that development in both Growth Zones continues to contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2 under the auspices of the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Mitigation

Whilst HS2 has the potential to bring great benefts to the 44 East Midlands the scale of the new infrastructure involved will also result in some negative impacts ndash particularly in the short term Although the line of route has been designed to minimise impact on environmental assets challenges remain in a number of locations in Derbyshire Leicestershire and Nottinghamshire

Similarly where the line passes through urban areas for example Long Eaton some existing businesses will have to re-locate to alternative premises Whilst the Government has put in place a compensation scheme to assist those directly afected councils are keen to ensure the jobs and investment are retained in the local area wherever possible

The East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board has established a lsquomitigation sub-grouprsquo to work with DfT and HS2 Ltd to help develop detailed designs for key structures that will minimise and mitigate the environmental impacts of the line and look to ensure that existing businesses can continue to thrive As work starts on the development of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill it will be important to ensure that councils are able to inform the detail of the Governmentrsquos proposals on both an individual and collective basis

39

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

45 Phasing of Delivery This Growth Strategy demonstrated the scale complexity and interdependencies between programmes involving a range of partner agencies Many of these programmes involve major schemes that take many years to develop and deliver Although HS2 Phase 2b is not due to become fully operational until 2033 the lead in times are such that key decisions on what might be included within the Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environment Statement will actually be taken during the coming months With appropriate funding and collaboration a number of key moves can be implemented in the short term

Although the development may reach maturity in 2043 by the time HS2 opens there will in fact already be a new place (the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo) emerging around the station to welcome the frst passengers For this to be achieved the delivery partners will need to build momentum over the next 12 months and it is recognised this will require dedicated resource and governance

The evidence base underpinning the growth strategy provides a clear indication of the growth potential and promotes a range of key infrastructure concepts and moves However in order to take these forward and in particular promote some of them for possible inclusion in the Hybrid Bill the partners are clear that more detailed studies and analysis will be required and these will need to be developed in tandem with the work being undertaken for the railway

This highlights the need to establish a dedicated team and for further resources to commission and manage the work programme for the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Phases of Delivery

2017-2022 Hybrid bill development business case development (RS2CP6) land strategy and delivery body early phases of development

2022-2027 Early infrastructure development and key moves (eg depot relocation) next phases of development

2027-2033 HS2 Construction amp completiontesting

2033 HS2 becomes fully operational - local economic development builds momentum

2033-43 Development to maturity

46 First Phase Priorities The focus up to 2022 will be on ensuring the provisions of the Phase 2 Hybrid Bill enable our vision for the Hub Station and priorities for local and strategic connectivity to be implemented Delivery of improvements to the A52 at Bardills and Toton Lane will enable the early phases of the Toton Innovation Campus to commence helping to build investor confdence Completion for the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity plan will progress the wider mix of strategic and local interventions to detailed design stage To be successful all this activity will need to be underpinned by the establishment of a properly resourced and empowered local delivery bodyThe early completion of frst stages of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Station Link Road will help to kick start development in the North Derbyshire Growth Zone

40

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

1 High level Ministerial endorsement of the East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy including through

bull Funding the establishment of a lsquoshadow delivery bodyrsquo to start implementing the Growth Strategy locally and to establish a viable mechanism for capturing a proportion of development value necessary for infrastructure delivery and

bull Promotion by Government and its delivery bodies of key development opportunities set out in the Growth Strategy to national and international investors consistent with the Midlands Engine Vision for Growth

2 Support from DCLG for our vision for the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone by

bull Empowering the HCA to establish a strategic land strategy that will facilitate enabling infrastructure and subsequently to bring forward early phases of development and

bull Using other funding including the current Housing Infrastructure Fund (HIF) to help bring forward early phase infrastructure

3 Support from DfT and its delivery bodies for the implementation of early connectivity priorities related to the Hub Station through

bull Ensuring Highways England and HS2 Ltd contribute gap funding towards the East Midlands Gateway Connectivity Plan Phase 1 Study

bull Funding the delivery phases 1ab of the A52 Access Strategy to enable the initial phases of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo to commence before 2022 and

bull Identifying funding in the next Road Investment Strategy (RIS2) to develop a major scheme to address capacity at M1 Junction 25 and access the Hub Station from the A52 (phases 2 amp3 of the A52 Access Strategy) ndash also making the necessary provisions within the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill amp Environmental Statement

4 DfTHS2 Ltd to ensure that the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make provision at and around the Hub Station for

bull Capacity improvements to classic rail connectivity to the south and north of Toton HS2 station including Trent Junctions optimising the integration of classic and High Speed Rail services and including a lsquoclassic compatible linkrsquo to transform connectivity between Leicester and the north of England

bull An integrated station design including moving the station concourse north to better connect with tram and Public Transport Interchange with an integrated deck connecting eastwest over the HS2 track to

better integrate the Toton station into the heart of the new place ndash the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo This would include provision of a second transfer deck to the south of the main concourse to provide improve capacity and interchange between services

bull Fully integrated public transport interchange and walking routes connecting surrounding communities to promote sustainable travel reduce the need for car parking and thereby make best use of land and local assets including the tram as a means of linking Park amp Ride facilities with the station

bull North South connectivity through the site to connect Long Eaton and Stapleford and to enable local communities to access the station by all modes

bull A clear car parking strategy with a decked car park at the station (premium) complemented by NET based Park and Ride

bull Provision for three bridges as follows

- Integrated with concourse deck to create east west route for tram and sustainable transport links between east and west development areas and to Long Eaton airport and Derby

- Multi-modal bridge south of the A52 to enable resilience in the local network connections to the western development area and

41

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

- Pedestrian bridge at mid-point between the above to connect new communities

bull Provision for an underpass under the Network Rail and HS2 lines to the south of the concourse to enable links between Stapleford Long Eaton and the station by various modes and in particular public transport but as a secondary primary access connecting east and west development areas within the Innovation Campus

5 Separately to ensure the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make specifc provision to deliver the NET tram extension from the existing Toton Park amp Ride to the HS2 Station consistent with the provisions set our above

6 DfTHS2 Ltd to designate Staveley as a major construction hubrailhead for the construction of Phase 2b in addition to the establishment of the Infrastructure Maintenance Depot

7 Government to make a contribution towards the delivery of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Chesterfeld Station Link Road to unlock early development and growth in the corridor

8 Further fnancial and technical support from Network Rail HS2 Ltd and HS2 Growth Partnership to work collaboratively on the relocation of the DBS Depot and Network Rail Sidings to enable development growth and transport connections through the Hub Station area

9 DfTHS2 Ltd to amend the HS2 Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS) to ensure that both Shefeld HS2 classic compatible services stop at Chesterfeld

10 Commitment from DfTHS2 Ltd to at least partially open the Hub Station at Toton by 2030 rather than 2033 to generate additional passenger revenue and accelerate the delivery of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

42

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy World Class - Locally Driven

For more information please contact East Midlands Councils Tel 01664 502620 Email infoemcouncilsgovuk

  • Structure Bookmarks
    • Born 1946-1964
    • Born 1964-1980
    • Born 1980-2000
    • Born 2000+
    • The Hub Station and surrounding area
    • Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone
    • Chesterfield Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo
    • Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site
Page 11: East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy - Broxtowe€¦ · 3.7 Park & Ride 3.8 4.3 East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Contents Contents Foreword 3 3.6 Cycling & Walking 33 Executive Summary

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

11 The Economic Prize HS2 will provide major opportunities for businesses in the East Midlands to expand their horizons and to trade and compete in wider markets Similarly high speed rail will connect the people of the East Midlands to new work learning and leisure opportunities whilst opening up the region to new visitors

Independent research commissioned from KPMG by HS2 Ltd suggested that an East Midlands Hub Station could have the greatest economic uplift of any of the proposed HS2 stations Our own work has confrmed this assessment This potential refects the ability of HS2 to radically improve connectivity between the local economies of the East Midlands with those across the UK but also our own inherent and enduring economic strengths

We have undertaken a comprehensive lsquoEconomic Opportunities Assessmentrsquo underpinned by independent analysis from Cambridge Econometrics to determine the best approach for maximising local growth opportunities - focussing on the D2N2 and Leicester amp Leicestershire LEP areas This combined area already comprises 315 million people over 100000 businesses and pound65 billion of GVA

We have gone back to frst principles and looked at the drivers that are likely to shape economic growth over the coming decades From this we have set out a strategy for how we can use HS2 to deliver a more productive and resilient economy

Our analysis suggests that by targeting some of our key sectors that can beneft from HS2 connectivity in particular manufacturing technology and high value services we can boost employment growth from just below to above the

projected UK trend - equivalent to an additional 74000 jobs and almost pound4 billion of GVA by 2043 ndash helping to close the gaps in our economy post Brexit

Our approach is consistent with the emerging Midlands Engine Vision for Growth and will help to deliver key aspects of the Governmentrsquos Industrial Strategy ndash in

particular by helping to re-balance the economy increasing productivity promote innovation and support export growth

For more information about the analysis underpinning our economic strategy please visit httpwwwemcouncilsgovukHS2

Economic Growth Baseline Matching UK Trend

Our Economic Vision

Net Employment Growth (FTE) 172000 184000 246000

GVA Uplift above Baseline - pound038 billion pound399 billion

Key Drivers

Manufacturing Engine

Technology High Value Services

The UKrsquos most competitive location for high value engineering and manufacturing

A fertile innovation eco-system attracting global talent in research strengths

Delivering a step change in high value services

Enablers

Smart Growth A Dynamic Entrepreneurial

Economy

Galvanised visitor economy and distinctive

gateway

A transformed and expanded visitor economy bringing a new generation of visitors to established and new attractions

Creating the conditions to compete for investment talent and knowledge nationally and internationally including excellence in logistics and distribution capacity

One of the best places to start and grow a business in the UK high quality business space reinforced by world class business support and access to funding and investment

10

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

12 The Changing Nature of Work We understand that we are planning for HS2 over a 25 year time horizon and that the nature of work is changing fast Looking back over the last 25 years we can see how information technology and the rise of the internet has radically changed many peoplersquos working lives This pace of technological change will continue and even accelerate over the coming decades ndash and it will impact on all aspects of the economy not just the service sector

Whilst we cannot anticipate all the changes that may happen our plans for making the most of HS2 must be forward looking and fexible and try not to use the solutions of the past to meet the challenges of the future

Crucial to success is understanding who we are planning for ndash and how they are likely to want to live their lives

The core workforce we are planning for are children now at school ndash the so called lsquoGeneration Zrsquo This is the frst generation of lsquodigital nativesrsquo - people who have grown up with digital technology and are comfortable using it for all manner of everyday tasks Research suggests Generation Z will have a very diferent experience of work to their parents - with up to 5 diferent careers 15 homes and 17 jobs over a working lifetime They are likely to be more entrepreneurial and collaborative than previous generations and less interested in owning a car or a house

This perspective has underpinned our thinking about how we can use HS2 to drive future prosperity across the East Midlands and in particular how we should plan for places future generations will want to live work and play It has also infuenced our comprehensive plans to ensure our young people have the work skills necessary to make the most of the opportunities that lie ahead

Baby Boomers Baby Boomers

Generation X Generation X

Born 1946-1964

Age in 2043 79-97

Born 1964-1980

Age in 2043 63-78

Millennials Millennials

Generation Z Generation Z

Born 1980-2000

Age in 2043 43-63

Born 2000+

Age in 2043 26-43

11

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

13 Our Skills amp Supply Chain Strategy The delivery of HS2 will be transformational for the East Midlands economy Through the build phase and once operational it will bring new opportunities for those that live and work across the D2N2 and Leicester amp Leicestershire LEP areas

These opportunities will be about more than just the construction of a new railway The enhanced connectivity it brings will transform the geography of competition and agglomeration amongst businesses will open up new marketplaces and catchment areas and will attract inward investment to the region from across the UK and overseas

Opportunities will vary over time and will be both direct and indirect They begin now as contracts are awarded for the construction of Phase 1 from London to Birmingham and they stretch to beyond the projected 2033 completion date The establishment of the National College for High Speed Rail presents a major opportunity particularly for the development of the Staveley Infrastructure Maintenance Depot and its potential role as a construction base for HS2 Phase 2

To ensure local people and companies can beneft from HS2 investment and the growth it will bring we have worked with businesses trade bodies and training providers to develop a comprehensive skills and supply chain strategy built around fve key elements

Within each of these elements we have set out a clear action plan which is summarised below Key to this will be to avoid adding further complexity to existing provision for skills and business support Instead the approach will be

wherever possible to refocus existing support and funding on activities that will help deliver the Growth Strategy ndash rather than create new structures or programmes and complement the strategically driven approach to skills envisaged by the Midlands Engine

Inspiring YoungPeople

Building Further Education Capacity

HarnessingUniversities

Supporting Individuals

HS2 ReadyBusinesses

12

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

Inspiring Young People

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

Programme of engagement covering the entirety of a young personrsquos education

D2N2 LLEP Councils HS2 Ltd Private Sector Refocussing existing resources Short-medium

Ensure teachers amp careers advisors are provided with information about relevant career opportunities

Schools Private Sector Some additional administrative costs Using existing business networks

Short ndash Medium

Develop a unifed lsquoEM33rsquo HS2 businessschool engagement programme

Private Sector Careers amp Skills Company LEP Skills Boards

Refocussing existing resources Short

Harnessing Universities

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

EM Universities to develop HS2 programmes of engagement with business

Universities LEP Skills Boards Research Councils Innovate UK

Leveraging existing resources Short

Establish a Rail Industry Innovation Group through Rail Forum East Midlands (RFEM)

Universities RFEM Network Rail and industry Administrative costs only bodies

Universities East Midland HS2 Delivery Boards Refocussing existing consultancy spend

Immediate

Support Hub Station lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo and signifcant HE links at Chesterfeld Station

Immediate

Develop a university based lsquoRail Innovation Centrersquo

Universities LEPs New funding required Short

13

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

HS2 Ready Businesses

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

Develop an lsquoEM33rsquo HS2 awareness campaign aimed at businesses

LEPs Councils East Midlands Chamber New funding required Immediate

Establish dedicated HS2 supply chain support for businesses

LEPs Private Sector Midlands Engine Supply New funding required for additional 1 FTE Chain Initiative Ofcer

LEPs Private Sector ERDF underspend

Immediate

Promote SME collaboration through business support activity

Immediate

Establish web resource for businesses to identify HS2 Specifc opportunities

LEP Growth Hubs HS2 Ltd Additional support for Growth Hubs required Immediate

Supporting Individuals

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

Develop a public facing lsquoEM33rsquo awareness campaign

LEPs Councils East Midlands Chamber New funding required Immediate

Embed the lsquoEM33rsquo HS2 awareness across job centre and council employment support programmes

DWP Councils voluntary sector Refocussing employment support programmes

Medium

Establish an EM HS2 Delivery Charter to encourage recruitment from lsquohard to reachrsquo groups

Private Sector Councils DWP Administrative costs only Medium ndash Long

14

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

Building Further Education Capacity

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

Embed lsquoEM33rsquo activity into new lsquoTrsquo and relevant lsquoArsquo levels

Further Education (FE) Providers LEPs Councils

Refocussing existing resources and future Local Growth Fund

Short ndash medium

Develop strategic relationship between FE sector and National College for High Speed Rail (NCHSR)

FE Providers private training providers Using existing forums and relationships National College for High Speed Rail (NCHSR)

FE Providers Councils Funding required to recruit additional BIM expert

Immediate

Develop world leading capability for Building Information Management (BIM) linked to Staveley IMD

Short- medium

Support the development of lsquoShared Apprentice Schemesrsquo across key HS2 related job rolesdisciplines

FE Providers LEPS Councils Additional funding required Short

14 Next Steps Within our strategic approach we have identifed three immediate priorities These to be taken forward largely with existing LEP and private sector resources but will require strong local leadership to be successful

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to business support that will help local SMEs beneft from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities to be driven by D2N2 LLLEP and the private sector

bull Establishing a lsquorail industry innovation grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands to help drive innovation within our thriving SME rail engineering sector and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2 awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2 provisionally entitled lsquoEM33rsquo to be driven by East Midlands Chamber of Commerce D2N2 and LLLEP and supported by councils

Over the longer term we would expect mainstream Government funding for skills and business support activity to be refocussed around our priorities For more information about our skills and supply chain strategy please visit httpwwwemcouncilsgovukHS2

15

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Section 2 | Place Summary

Great place-making will be key to realising the opportunities that HS2 connectivity will create Our proposals are ambitious but build upon existing market strengths and add value to the attractive mix of urban and rural environments that already characterises the East Midlands We have also sought to refect the needs and aspirations of future generations in the scale and form of proposed development and by incorporating sustainable transport choices

Our Growth Strategy has been developed within in a wider spatial context that will use HS2 to enhance opportunities in towns and cities across the East Midlands and in key assets like East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange To drive this we have identifed two lsquoGrowth Zonesrsquo which relate directly to the benefts of HS2 connectivity

The East Midlands Hub Growth Zone is related to the area around the Hub Station at Toton Here we are proposing the development of a new high quality lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo with the potential to create up to 10000 new jobs community facilities and a range of new housing choices It will be an inspiring 21st Century Gateway to the East Midlands and a destination in its own right The lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo will sit at the heart of a thriving network of lsquogarden villagersquo developments that will include the nearby Stanton and Chetwynd Barracks sites

Chesterfeld and Staveley will be at the heart of the North Derbyshire Growth Zone but activity will focus on the wider Derbyshire growth story We will use HS2 to complement existing rail services and transform links between Chesterfeld Station and the town centre opening up regeneration opportunities and creating an attractive gateway to the Peak District National Park ndash one of the regionrsquos unique destination ofers The Staveley Depot will be the heart of a mixed use housing and employment zone within the wider growth corridor and in the short term could also provide a construction base for HS2

16

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

21 East Midlands Context Our Growth Strategy has been developed within in a wider spatial context that also seeks to use HS2 to enhance existing regional and national assets across the East Midlands In particular the area spanning the D2N2 and Leicester amp Leicestershire LEP areas which already comprise 315 million people over 100000 businesses and generate pound65 billion of GVA Key opportunities for growth include

bull Derby a city of world class automotive rail and aerospace technology sectors Home to Rolls Royce Bombardier and Toyota and a thriving network of highly specialised manufacturing SMEs

bull Leicester a vibrant diverse city with a strong record of SME formation and major growth potential Home to the National Space Centre and a burgeoning space technology sector

bull Nottingham a city of thriving business services biotech and leisure sectors and fagship companies like Experian and Boots underpinned by world class public transport and local energy systems

bull East Midlands Airport and Gateway the biggest freight airport outside of London and home to DHL The new East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange will generate thousands of new jobs

bull Loughborough a national centre for sport and sports science The Loughborough University Science and Enterprise Park forms part of a recently designated Enterprise Zone

bull Chesterfeld an historic and well connected rail town with a strong engineering economy and both a visitor destination and gateway

bull Peak District National Park and Derwent Valley Mills Word Heritage Site the most visited national park in England adjacent to the cradle of the industrial revolution

bull MansfeldAshfeld key regional service centres with strengths in manufacturing and logistics

There are also a range of growth and regeneration opportunities along the A52 corridor between Derby and Nottingham Castle Ward Pride Park and Raynesway on

Derby A50 Corridor

A42M42 M69

M1

M1

Chesterfeld

Mansfeld Ashfeld

Staveley

HS2

Nottingham

Loughborough

Leicester

A46 Corridor

the Derby side and the Nottingham Enterprise Zones sites Alliance Boots in Beeston Beeston Business Park and the Nottingham Science Park

Within this strategic context we have identifed two lsquoGrowth Zonesrsquo which relate directly to the benefts of HS2 connectivity which we believe will drive HS2 related growth across the wider sub area

bull East Midlands Hub Growth Zone

bull Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

M1 Corridor

3 Cities

Derby Nottingham (A52)

Trent Valley Vision

Derwent Valley Mills World

Heritage Site

Peak District National Park

HS2 Station

Classic Rail Lines

Strategic Context Diagram

17

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

East Midlands Hub Growth Zone Diagram 22 East Midlands Hub Growth Zone Our Growth Vision

The Growth Zone encompasses the Hub Station site at Toton the former ironworks site at Stanton and Chetwynd Barracks The core area encompasses Broxtowe and Erewash Borough Councils Derbyshire and Nottinghamshire County Councils

Central will be the development of a high quality lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo at the Hub Station in Toton itself with the potential to create up to 10000 new jobs and a range of new housing choices The concept of an lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo follows research undertaken looking at trends in business locations away from city centres and the need for a much more dynamic mix of uses that recognises the changing needs and desires of lsquoGeneration Zrsquo It is also consistent with the long term aspirations of the university sector within the region which has actively contributed to our thinking

Our vision includes the development of a network of mixed use lsquogarden villagesrsquo that will incorporate the very latest innovations in land remediation environmental standards together with advances in sustainable drainage localised energy and public transport Enhanced connectivity by sustainable modes of transport will ensure the development of pedestrian orientated streets and spaces which will be attractive to both local people and investors

The developments will complement the adjacent city centre ofer and help to drive major improvements to existing places such as Long Eaton and Stapleford

HS2

A52 Jct 25

A50

Jct 24

M1

Castle Donington amp EM Gateway Freight Interchange East Midlands Airport

Lougborough

East Midlands Parkway amp Ratclife

Innovation Campus amp Hub Station

Stanton Derby

Prid

e Par

k Ray

nesw

ay

Spon

don

Boots Campus

Beeston

ScienceMedi

Nottingham

A453

P

P

Potential Mass Rapid-Transit

Classic Rail Lines

Garden Village Network

Key Employment Sites

HS2 Line

Chetwynd

i Celanese

Urban Village

Infnity Garden Village

18

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Toton Area (Hub Station) Development Framework

We have worked with councils local partners and the Toton Neighbourhood Planning Forum to develop a long term non-statutory lsquodevelopment frameworkrsquo for the Hub Station Growth Area in Toton to inform the review of local plans and future investment decisions The development framework recognises a series of distinct character areas and sets out development principles for each

Station Hub The core development area is clustered to the east and west of the Hub Station Anchored by key multi modal transport infrastructure (including HS2 and Classic rail facilities NET bus interchange facilities and central car parking facilities) The primary land use in this area will be workspace development set within a high quality urban development context Hotel and residential accommodation may also be appropriate at this central location and the arearsquos public realm will be animated by cafeacutes restaurants and small scale retail outlets serving passengers employees and residents

Toton Area (Hub Station) Development

19

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

The Hub Station and surrounding area

A new public space will be created adjacent to the main station concourse This will provide a high quality east-west pedestrian connection across the HS2 lines and support interchange between a range of transport modes This development area is located on a plateau which is at a signifcantly lower level than the main development site to the east New buildings will typically be taller (up to 6-8 storeys) which will allow the development to act as a marker in the context of the rail corridor without appearing incongruous within the wider development

Toton Innovation Campus This mixed use corridor runs through the heart of the site connecting the HS2 station and areas to the west following the tram corridor towards Toton Lane NET station in the east

This dynamic space will be characterised not only by the diversity of uses but also a green boulevard and sustainable transport corridor and will include a mixture of medium density workspace including apartment based residential development

The lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo is roughly equidistant between the city centres of Nottingham and Derby and is intended to be anchored by a university based research and development centre To the south links to Leicester East Midlands Airport East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange and the Enterprise Zone sites in Loughborough will drive further opportunities

To achieve the scale of development and sense of place envisaged will require major investment in land assembly management and infrastructure Making the right moves now will provide much needed capacity to unlock and absorb growth and provide resilience in a currently stressed local network It will also require higher densities than those currently subject of an extant Outline Planning Consent for the site and this will need careful consideration by Broxtowe Borough Council as the Local Planning Authority

A52 Trackside Corridor A series of larger development sites have been identifed along the A52 and rail corridors towards the north of the site ofering the potential to accommodate larger workplace developments or research institutions This area will ofer the potential to accommodate distinctive gateway buildings acting as markers along both the A52 and HS2 corridors

Waterside Development parcels along the Erewash River Canal corridor are considered an appropriate mix of uses including residential Building heights will step down from around six storeys adjacent to the rail corridor to around three storeys in areas closer to the river canal corridor respecting the domestic scale of buildings to the west The landscaped environment of the river canal corridor will be brought into the area with a series of lsquogreen fngersrsquo leading into the development site This open space will serve a

20

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

variety of functions including recreation food mitigation and ecological habitat The orientation of buildings within this corridor should support this landscape strategy and open up views of the canal river corridor from higher ground to the east of the HS2 line

Parkside Generous green corridors are proposed as a bufer between the planned new development and existing residential communities Lower density areas broadly refecting established residential areas of Toton will front onto these spaces with a typical height of two to

three storeys open landscaped space and site topography ensuring that the amenity of existing local residents are protected New footpaths and cycleways will integrate the site with its surrounding context and enable residents of existing neighbourhoods to access facilities and transport hubs within the new development site It should be noted that new vehicular connections to these neighbourhoods are not proposed

bull Neighbourhood Centres These centres will be located at highly accessible positions within the

The Toton Innovation Campus looking towards the Hub Station

development and will allow the vast majority of the site area to be located within an easy fve minute walking catchment of local facilities

bull HS2 Hub This facility will serve HS2 passengers along with residents and workers based in the lower western section of the site It is envisaged that cafeacutes restaurants and local retail facilities will be integrated within the main station concourse and spill out onto the adjoining public plaza This area also becomes a new cross-roads within a more resilient local road network ofering better connections between SandiacreStapleford and Long Eaton This will further enhance the vitality and vibrancy of the area whilst ensuring surrounding communities can access the services on ofer by a full range of transport choices

bull Toton Innovation Campus Centre Located at the heart of the development a cluster of local retail leisure and hospitality facilities will be clustered in and around a central square Facilities such as a hotel gym business centre and resource centre may also be attracted to this central pedestrian orientated space

bull Community Hub A site to the west of the Toton Lane NET Station has been identifed for the relocation of the George Spencer Academy along with a site for a new primary school a leisure centre and health facility These new community infrastructure buildings will be developed in a green landscape setting with good pedestrian and cycle links to local neighbourhoods and public transport hubs The level of retail development (including

21

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

restaurants cafeacutes) will be controlled to a level which provides for the needs of local residents employees and passengers and avoid competition with existing local centres

The Universities of Derby Nottingham and Nottingham Trent are fully supportive of the HS2 Growth Strategy We have a long history of working together to re-balance economy and believe that this investment has the potential to be transformative

To maximise the value derived from this investment the universities are in a strong position to build on our established partnership for example by working together to shape the proposed lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo located at the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton

The active involvement of the universities at an early stage in defning the proposed lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo means that we can develop an integrated strategy for research teaching and business interaction aligned with HS2 investment

The lsquoworld-classrsquo connectivity aforded by the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton will support the difusion of these opportunities and position the East Midlands as a stronger resilient and more productive economy

bull Green Infrastructure From a place making perspective the HS2 Hub site will be designed to integrate with its surrounding natural environments In total around 16 hectares of open space are proposed within the development site

bull River Canal Corridor The Erewash river and canal corridor runs to the east of the site and provides an area of high amenity value To the north the opportunity exists to enhance the network of footpaths and cycleways leading up to the strategic Stanton Iron Works site and beyond To the south new pedestrian and cycle links will connect the site to the Attenborough Nature Reserve and the Trent Valley This will include opportunities to reinstate new routes beneath the HS2 classic rail line to the south of the station and also to reduce the risk of fooding associated with this section of the river More generally the opportunity to enhance the character of the river and canal corridor would provide further amenity and ecological benefts This may include enhancements to the Sandiacre Locks Conservation Area and measures to introduce more variety diverse habitats and interest to the river lsquochannelrsquo

bull Toton Horseshoe A landscaped corridor is proposed to wrap around the existing Toton residential area This will provide a bufer between planned new development and the local residential areas encompass existing areas of maturing woodland and create a new connection through to the redeveloped Chetwynd Barracks to the east

bull Green Boulevard A new green spine is planned to run through the heart of the new development This route will connect the eastern and western sections of the site via a new pedestrian link across the HS2 corridor and a new plaza at the station entrance The boulevard a wide green space integrating a small existing watercourse will run

through the heart of the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo connecting to the area of protected Green Belt land to the north east

bull Local Amenity Open Space In addition to the strategic green infrastructure highlighted above a network of local amenity spaces will be integrated across the new development These will include both formal and informal recreation areas and play space for the enjoyment of residents employees and visitors alike

Associated lsquoGarden Villagersquo Developments

Chetwynd Barracks The MoD site at Chetwynd will become available for development from 2020 and will be designed and developed as an integral part of the Hub Station Growth area The development will provide a predominantly residential area that will be linked directly to the lsquoCommunity Hubrsquo north of the existing Toton Lane Like the main Hub Station lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo and Community Hub Chetwynd will be subject to the policies of the emerging Broxtowe Local Plan and of Nottinghamshire County Council as the Local HighwayTransport Authority and Local Education Authority

Stanton The Hub Station Growth Zone also includes the former iron works at Stanton where additional employment opportunities will be realised alongside up to 2000 homes which will serve to complement the proposals for the Hub Station and Innovation Campus This site falls within Erewash Borough Council and Derbyshire County Councilrsquos administrative areas This site is subject of a separate Supplementary Planning Document published by Erewash Borough Council and the proposals outlined in the Growth Strategy are consistent with this

22

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Ratclife Power Station Site Within the wider area there may also be further growth opportunities to be explored as part of the HS2 Growth Strategy including Ratclife Power Station Whilst this is not anticipated to be decommissioned before 2025 its location adjacent to the existing East Midlands Parkway station and an existing railhead means that the site has potential to create a transport orientated mixed use development around the station and a possible location for rail related development This site falls within Rushclife Borough Council and Nottinghamshire County Councilrsquos administrative areas

Derby There are already proposals to develop up to 2000 new homes as part of the lsquoInfnity Garden Villagersquo development which spans the boundary between the city of Derby and South Derbyshire District Council In addition there is potential for major mixed use development on the former Courtaulds site at Spondon on the east side of Derby

Leicestershire There are emerging proposals for major housing development in North West Leicestershire linked to employment growth at East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange

23 Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone Our Growth Vision

The Growth Zone is focussed on the Borough of Chesterfeld within the county of Derbyshire and includes the areas around the existing railway station and the proposed Infrastructure Maintenance Depot (IMD) at Staveley east of the town centre also proposed as a construction base for HS2

Our ambitions for Chesterfeld and Staveley are set in the context of a wide growth story for the wider northern Derbyshire area that builds on existing strengths in tourism construction and engineering higher and further education and professional services Key complementary investments include the lsquoPeak Resortrsquo development that

will combine a unique combination of tourism and HEFE education and training

HS2 will bring Chesterfeld within 108 minutes from London and serve a catchment area of over 1 million people Plans for Chesterfeld will transform the relationship between

Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

23

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

the rail station the town centre and major regeneration opportunities and enable the station to become an attractive gateway to the town itself the surrounding Peak District National Park and other key heritage assets - particularly for international visitors Proposals include a scalable housing and commercial investment proposition that will be accelerated to welcome HS2 through investment in enabling infrastructure

The proposed IMD is set within a wider masterplan for the Staveley corridor that will deliver signifcant levels of housing and job growth and provide a focus for the local rail engineering sector including the development of a rail industry lsquocentre of excellencersquo linked to the High Speed Rail College In the shorter term there is an ambition for the Staveley site to be used for a base for the construction of the majority of Phase 2b of HS2

Construction of early phases of the Chesterfeld amp Staveley Regeneration Route will enable key brownfeld regeneration sites to be developed and wider benefts to the A61 Corridor and the extended Markham Vale Enterprise Zone

Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

Underpinning the vision will be a strong focus on inclusive growth linked to our wider skills and supply chain strategy making sure that local communities and local businesses can beneft from the investment that HS2 will bring

Chesterfeld amp Staveley Development Framework

We will enable this growth in the number and quality of jobs by re-shaping and transforming our places through infrastructure-led development Those places will be allowed to fourish and cater for our changing communities as well as providing for new communities and retaining those such as graduates who will have much wider lifestyle choices as a result

Chesterfeld Station

Chesterfeld Station will have an enhanced role as both a destination and a gateway to surrounding localities Over 1 million people already live within 30 minutes of the station HS2 will bring Birmingham and Leeds within 50 minutes We will bring forward development and infrastructure in tandem to provide a high quality experience for those using the

Platform 4

Chesterfeld Station

Chesterfeld Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo

24

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

station lsquoPlatform 4rsquo will provide a modern and attractive route across the A61 with well-designed public realm that will bring the station into the town centre as well as allowing far greater accessibility to public transport Unused and under-used land around the station will be developed and linked to the adjacent Waterside development to provide a mixed-use lsquourban villagersquo ft for future generations to live work and play

Remodelled links between Chesterfeld Station and the town

The infrastructure provided to improve access to the station for HS2 services will also allow us to accelerate our ambition for the wider town centre By taking trafc out of the historic core of the town we can enhance the visitor experience and bring forward new opportunities for residential development with a wide and fexible mix of tenures This will ensure far greater vibrancy within the town which will expand to include the station area and support the wider ambitions for growth in our key sectors

Staveley

The proposed Infrastructure Maintenance Depot (IMD) at Staveley provides a signifcant opportunity to bring forward a much wider strategic development on this 150 hectare brownfeld site Through investing in infrastructure in particular local road access we can open up not just the depot site but a whole new sustainable community of around 1500 homes and many hundreds of new jobs

By phasing the development we will also be able to ofer a well located construction base for HS2 bringing investment and jobs to the area well in advance of the maintenance depot Over the longer term we believe there is the potential to develop the area around the Infrastructure

The wider Chesterfeld Station Area Masterplan wide

Residential building

OfficeCommercial building

Officeresidential building

Hotel building

Station building

MSCP building

Green Space

Public realm

Potential development areas subject to consultation with existing land owners

Retained Listed station building

Ground foor community facility land use

Potential pedestriancycle link to the east

Maintenance Depot as a rail industry lsquocentre of excellencersquo linked to the High Speed Rail College and the NewRail centre at Barrow Hill Roundhouse

Strategic outline masterplan for the Staveley Corridor

Characterising development at all these sites will be an approach to place-making for the future This is led by consideration of how our communities of the future will want to live and work rather than being based on historic development models

We will use the investment in infrastructure to develop places and homes that anticipate our changing population putting in place fexible models in order to meet future demand This will include providing a far better choice for older people with homes that meet current and future care needs We will make the most of the expanding higher education ofer to enable quality student accommodation and develop places in which our graduates want to stay live earn and spend

25

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Strategic outline masterplan for the Staveley corridor 24 Next Steps Our proposals for the Hub Station and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zones are long term and ambitious Whilst the proposed development will lead to an uplift in land values and economic and social benefts it will also require investment in local and strategic infrastructure and land remediation and assembly

We have undertaken technical work to understand likely infrastructure and land costs and development trajectories that could be delivered to inform an initial outline business case assessment consistent with the Treasuryrsquos lsquoGreen Bookrsquo This work will continue to develop as our plans mature

Further detail on delivery is contained in Section 4

Key

SWA1 Redline Boundary

Existing Features

Culvert

River

Canal

Crossing Point

Road

Railway Line

Right of Way

Building

Listed Building

Non Designated Heritage Asset

Existing Trees

Proposed Features

Marina

CS Regeneration Route

Road

FootCycle Path

Pedestrian Zone

Avenue Planting

Public Open Space

Key Building

Railway Line

Canal

Proposed Usage

Residential

Mixed use - Community Retail Residential

Mixed Use - Employment Local Skills and crafts

Workshops Studios Residential

Mixed Use - Community Canal related

Residential

Safeguarded School Site

Leisure - Hotel Pub Restaurant

B1 - Office and Light Industry

B2 - General Industry

B8 - Warehousing and Distribution

HS2 Maintenance Depot

26

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Section 3 | Connectivity Summary

The Hub Station at Toton will already be the most connected on the high speed network outside of London and will serve a catchment of over 2 million people Whilst the development adjacent to the Hub Station will be crucial our early work confrmed that much of the wider economic potential of HS2 will be dependent on the extent to which we can connect economic opportunities across the East Midlands into the high speed network In particular the city centres of Derby Leicester and Nottingham East Midlands Airport and sites that exist in the towns and villages surrounding both the Hub Station and Chesterfeld

Our analysis has demonstrated which modes of transport will serve diferent markets most efectively ndash national regional sub-regional and local Based on this we have set out a comprehensive step by step approach to connectivity which will maximise transport choice for future generations as well as tackling congestion issues that exist today

Key to this will be safeguarding the ability to extend public transport accessibility in the scope of the Governmentrsquos Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and planning now for a phased approach to delivery of highway improvements starting in RIS2

Whilst we are confdent that the measures we have identifed can deliver positive outcomes more detailed design work will be required to secure the capital funding necessary for delivery Further work on the design and phasing of key interventions will therefore be undertaken with transport modelling developed in partnership with Midlands Connect the outcome of which will also help to scope the necessary provisions of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

27

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

SCOTLAND

YORK amp NEWCASTLE

LEEDS

EAST MIDLANDS

HUB

SOUTH YORKSHIRE

SHEFFIELD HS2

CHESTERFIELD

CREWE HS2 HUB

BIRMINGHAM

STOKE DERBY

LEICESTER

LOUGHBOROUGH

LONDON EUROPE

BEESTON

NOTTINGHAM LINCOLN

MANSFIELD

WORKSOP

31 National Context HS2 will help to transform the position of our towns and cities within the UK and Midlands making our local economies more competitive

HS2 CURRENT

68 104 NOTTINGHAM TO LONDON

HHS2S2 CU

142 LEICESTER TO NEWCASTLE

HHS2S2 CURRENT

50 77 DERBY TO LEEDS

HHS2S2 CURRENT

73 145 LEICESTER TO LEEDS

HHS2S2 CURRENT

36 73 NOTTINGHAM TO BIRMINGHAM

HS2 CURRENT

71 143 CHESTERFIELD TO LONDON

RRENT

205

28

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Midlands Connect

The Midlands Connect Strategy described how the HS2 stations at Birmingham Curzon Street UK Central and East Midlands will form the lsquohubrsquo of the UKrsquos high speed rail network Together with classic compatible connectivity at Chesterfeld Crewe and Stoke stations this will unlock economic growth across the Midlands - provided we get the local connectivity right

Through Midlands Connect we are taking forward a body of technical work to defne and develop the local strategic connections that will maximise economic growth opportunities Through the wider Midlands Engine initiative we are promoting the transformational benefts of HS2 to national and international investors

For more information about Midlands Connect and the Midlands Engine please visit httpswwwmidlandsconnectuk

HS2 East

Our work through the HS2 East partnership has demonstrated that the Eastern Leg of HS2 between Birmingham to Leeds via the East Midlands Hub Station has the best business case of any part of the proposed network - with a beneft to cost ratio of over 5 to 1

However the economic impact of the Eastern Leg extends further than Leeds The proposed lsquoclassic compatiblersquo link to the East Coast Main Line will enable high speed rail services to serve the North East of England and Scotland ndash linking

six of the UKrsquos top ten cities and 20 of national GVA This will result in lsquoagglomerationrsquo impacts of over pound700 million GVA and some major journey time savings

bull Leeds to Glasgow reduction of 90 minutes

bull Sheffield to Edinburgh reduction of 90 minutes

bull Newcastle to Birmingham reduction of 85 minutes

Together the Eastern Leg of HS2 and an enhanced East Coast Main Line provide the obvious route for reducing journey times from Scotland to London towards the three hour mark ndash the point at which rail becomes competitive with air travel

For further information about HS2 East please visit httpwwwhs2eastcouk

32 Our strategic approach Connecting key centres of population and development opportunities across the East Midlands to the high speed network will be key to realising the wider economic potential that HS2 connectivity brings

Our analysis has demonstrated which modes of transport will serve diferent markets most efectively Only by developing a comprehensive lsquomulti-modalrsquo approach to connectivity can we deliver the transport choice required by future generations and start to tackle some of the congestion issues that exist today

We also acknowledge that not everything can or indeed should happen at once We have therefore set out a phased approach to improving connectivity at least some of which can be delivered before HS2 becomes fully operational

Heavy Rail Pimary Market

Mass Transit Strategy Regional

Bus Connectivity Sub-Regional amp Local

Taxi Connectivity Sub-Regional amp Local

Walking and Cycling Local and Very Local

Park and Ride Sub-Regional amp Local

Highway Sub-Regional amp Local

Our strategic approach to connectivity

33 Rail Rail will be the most efective mode for accessing the Hub Station from surrounding city and town centres It will also link the East Midlands with the major city-regions across the rest of the UK ndash not least by the HS2 network itself

HS2 Services

The latest service specifcation published by HS2 Ltd indicates that the East Midlands Hub Station will be the best connected on the high speed network outside of London with seven HS2 services per hour in both directions

Impressive though this level of connectivity is we believe there is scope for further improvements

29

Through our work on the HS2 East Partnership we believe there is a strong economic case for the Eastern Leg of HS2 and the East Coast Main Line forming the primary route for serving Scotland not least because it would link the fnancial centres of Leeds and Edinburgh and the conurbations of the North East ndash also a key objective of Transport for the North

The scale of growth proposed in Chesterfeld as described in Section Two makes a compelling case for both Shefeld trains stopping at Chesterfeld Station rather than just one per hour

Classic Compatible Services

It is clear that although the Eastern Leg of HS2 will be designed to accommodate up to 18 trains per hour (in line with the rest of the network) the current service pattern only currently envisages nine There is therefore scope to run additional services on at least part of the Eastern Leg Working with both Midlands Connect and Transport for the North we believe there is a business case for two additional lsquoclassic compatiblersquo trains per hour linking Leicester and LeedsManchester which would transform rail connectivity between the East Midlands and the Northern Powerhouse

For this to be deliverable there would need to be a lsquoclassic compatiblersquo connection between HS2 and an electrifed Midland Main Line at or around the Hub Station HS2 Ltd have developed an indicative design for how this could be delivered Although further work will be required we believe we have sufcient economic evidence now for the Secretary of State to make at least lsquopassive provisionrsquo for such a link in the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

Newcastle

Durham

Dalington

York

Leeds

Shefeld Midland

Chesterfeld

Toton

Church Street

Birmingam Interchange

Old Oak Common Euston

bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

Trains from London 6tph

Trains from Birmrsquoham 3tph

Proposed HS2 Service Pattern for the Eastern Leg

NEWCASTLE

YORK

LEEDS

LONDON BIRMINGHAM

29 36

106

19

EAST MIDLANDS

HUB

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Classic Services

In addition to the two lsquoclassic compatiblersquo services working through Midlands Connect we have identifed an additional 11 lsquoclassic servicesrsquo that could serve the Hub Station These would be a mixture of lsquoshuttle servicesrsquo fast and semi-fast services and stopping services In total this would mean the Hub Station would be served by 20 trains per hour in both directions ndash an outstanding level of connectivity

HS2 Hub Station Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS)

The service specifcation for the Hub Station is consistent with the wider Midlands Connect ITSS which supports the Midlands Connect Strategy published in March 2017

The Maid Marian Line

In addition we believe there is the potential to develop a new service linking the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton with Mansfeld Ashfeld via the adaption on an existing freight line known as the Maid Marian Line This direct link would facilitate greater connectivity for residents and businesses to HS2 services supporting economic regeneration in the towns and contributing to the wider Nottinghamshire growth story We are working with Network Rail to understand any implications for the wider Midlands Connect ITSS

Capacity at Trent Junctions

A key constraint to the delivery of the Midlands Connect ITSS is the capacity of Trent Junctions south of Nottingham We understand that HS2 Ltd will need to make some improvements to Trent Junctions to accommodate the HS2 Core proposition - although these on their own will

30

51

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

HS2 Services

London - Leeds Birmingham - Leeds

London - Leeds Birmingham - Newcastle

London - Chesterfeld - Shefeld - Leeds

Birmingham - Leeds London - Shefeld - York

34 Mass Transit Extensions Classic Compatible Services

Shuttle Services

Nottingham - EM Hub Derby - EM Hub

Fast and Semi-fast Services

Leicester - Crewe Crewe - EM Hub

London - Manchester Crewe - EM Hub

Stopping Services

Leicester - Leeds Leicester - Manchester The success of the Nottingham Express Transit (NET) has demonstrated the potential of mass transit to reduce

Leicester - Lincoln Nottingham - Leeds

Leicester - Nottingham Leicester - Derby

Norwich - Liverpool Newark Castle - Matlock

HS2 Hub Station Indicative Train Service Specifcation

not be sufcient to accommodate the Midlands Connect ITSS There is a clear operational case for avoiding multiple engineering works on this congested section of railway infrastructure ndash with a single enhancement scheme being the clearly favoured option Based on our initial work with Network Rail we believe there is a sufcient economic case now for the Secretary of State to make at least lsquopassive provisionrsquo for an enhanced scheme in the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

congestion increase transport choice and connect people to jobs and services It will therefore be a key element of the connectivity strategy for maximising the economic benefts of the HS2 Hub Station Given the technical challenges and the scale of investment required we recognise the importance of taking a phased approach to delivery

Extending NET to the Hub Station

The frst phase would be to extend the tram from the park and ride site at Toton Lane to the Hub Station ndash a distance of around one mile This will connect the Hub Station to key locations such as the Queens Medical Centre the University campus and the Enterprise Zone and complement the heavy rail service to Nottingham City Centre This link will need to be in place when the Hub Station becomes operational to serve the Nottingham Enterprise Zone sites and to establish the principle tram access in the publicrsquos mind

Extending Connectivity over the Hub Station

Our work has highlighted a number of options for extending connectivity to the west of the Hub Station towards Derby and East Midlands Airport which would have signifcant economic benefts These could be delivered by bus rapid transit (BRT) tram-train as well as by NET extensions Further work will be required to determine the optimum routes and modes These options would require a link over the Hub Station (similar to the arrangement at Nottingham Station) which would be costly to retro-ft We have therefore included a public transport overbridge into our proposals for the Hub Station At this stage it is unlikely that this on its own will require provision for further land take in the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill however it may impact on the required Environmental Impact Statement

Options to Derby

There are two main options for connecting Derby The frst would follow the route of the A52 This would be fast ndash but not as fast as the classic rail service from Derby Station It would be direct but serve a limited population catchment The relatively high cost of developing this as a tram route would appear to make it unviable - although it could have potential as a route for a lower cost form of BRT

The second option would run to the south of the A52 and link the Hub Station with Long Eaton and then on to Breaston Borrowash Spondon Pride Park and Derby Station It would be slower but serve a much larger population catchment It would be cheaper to develop as a tram route but could impact on the proposed canal

31

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Red Arrow Skylink

Zoom 15

i4 18

Indigo 510

Y5 Toton Sidings

NET

Options for bus services serving the Hub Station

35

Revised existing route

New Fast Track to EMA via M1

Arnold via QMC City Hospital

Mansfeld via M1 Kirkby Sutton

Alfreton via M1 Heanor Ripley

restoration project It could be developed in phases the frst comprising a NET extension to a park and ride site west of the M1

Options to East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Rail Freight Interchange

There are a number of potential routes to the airport Following the rail corridor south from the Hub Station before heading west is likely to be the quickest and would limit environmental impacts on Long Eaton town centre It also has potential for a tram-train solution should this become a viable technology in the UK The scale of employment growth proposed at East Midlands Gateway the potential for a lsquoFree Trade Zonersquo around the airport as well as the projected growth in air passenger numbers means such a link could have signifcant economic benefts

Bus amp Taxi Bus travel will continue to be the backbone of the local public transport for many people There is already a comprehensive network of bus routes and services across the sub-region which could be developed to serve the Hub Station from a wide range of locations

The key challenge for operators from a commercial perspective will be to ensure that the Hub Station does not become a lsquoterminusrsquo destination Buses (and taxis) must therefore be able to pass through the Hub Station to also serve surrounding communities across the wider sub-region Our proposed confguration of local road links between the Hub Station and Long Eaton Stapleford

32

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Sandiacre and Toton as well as access from the A52 would enable a commercially viable network of bus services to be established

For Chesterfeld a new road link into the south of the station complex for buses and taxis will provide a through route that will integrate the existing station into local public transport networks more efectively

36 Cycling amp Walking Every rail passenger is a pedestrian at the point of boarding a train Making the Hub Station and the immediate surrounding environment pedestrian friendly will make travel by train more attractive and help to drive patronage

It is also important that local people in surrounding communities have safe and attractive routes for walking and cycling ndash not just to the Hub Station but also to and within the proposed Innovation Campus Cycling and walking are likely to become more attractive options to future generations as public attitudes to travel continue to change This trend has been refected in the core design principles we have established that will underpin future development on the Hub Station site

For Chesterfeld we have set out proposals known as lsquoPlatform 4rsquo for enhancing pedestrian and public transport accessibility between the Station and the town centre over the A61 dual carriageway

37 Park amp Ride A well-coordinated and managed park amp ride strategy can help to reduce the impacts of congestion and provide viable transport choices for local communities

There are opportunities to develop park and ride facilities serving the Hub Station in tandem with a phased roll out of an extended mass transit system The existing park amp

Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site

ride site at Toton Lane (1300 spaces) linked to the tram will be retained albeit in modifed form In addition to a multi-storey car park at the Hub Station itself (1300 spaces proposed) there is an opportunity to develop an additional parking facility of a similar size west of M1 Junction 25 linked to a frst phase extension of the tram over the Hub Station

33

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

This would give a third car park option and the ability to manage travel demand to the Hub Station site in a more fexible manner - as well as an ability to reduce pressure on M1 Junction 25

On the Derby side of the A52 there are options for park and ride sites on the east side of Derby as part of a mass transit system linking Pride Park and Derby Station to the City Centre which could ultimately connect to the Hub Station

38 Strategic amp Local Road Access Despite the focus on public transport cycling and walking access by private car will still be important and a 1300 space multi-storey car park is proposed at the Hub Station However this will require a highway solution that must also address a number of existing challenges

Access from the A52 and M1

Access from the strategic road network into the Hub Station Site will be critical Our technical work has suggested that a single access from the A52 into the site for all movements is unlikely to be deliverable Whilst an engineering solution could be developed it would be very expensive environmentally damaging and take up valuable land that could be better used for economic development purposes

As a result a phased approach is proposed comprising the following key moves

1 A new lsquoat gradersquo junction on the A52 east of the Bardills Roundabout linked to a new Toton Lane which would provide access from Nottingham to the east of the Hub Station site and support the early phases of development of the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

2 A new lsquoof setrsquo junction on the A52 to the west of the use of the construction access required by HS2 Ltd M1 which would remove local movements from M1 to build the Hub Station Junction 25 and provide a more direct route under

Our technical work suggests there is scope to deliver key the motorway into Long Eaton

moves 1) and 2) in advance of the Hub Station opening 3 A new lsquograde separatedrsquo junction on the A52 to the The scale of existing problems and likely future trafc

north of the Hub Station to provide access from growth on the A52 corridor suggests that there is already a Derby and the M1 ndash which has the potential to make strong case for Highways England working with Midlands

Provide local road access to StaplefordSandiacre

Relieve congestion at Bardills and Toton Lane

Provide access from A52

Separate local amp strategic movements at J25

Provide for E-W movements

Provide for local road access for Long Eaton

Strategic amp Local Road Access Challenges

34

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Access from A52 and M1

Connect and local partners to make a proposal for major scheme funding in RIS 2 ndash which would also contribute to a comprehensive connectivity strategy for the Hub Station

A direct link to the Hub Station from the north through 3) will be linked to the construction of the station itself by HS2 Ltd and may be able to make use of any temporary construction access required by HS2 Ltd

Stanton Sandiacre

Derby

Stapleford

Long Eaton

Primary HS2

access

New eastern access

Re-modelled Bardills junction

New eastern access link

Toton Lane

Local access link

Local local link

New ofset A52 Junction

New local link

Remodelled M1 Junction 25

link

1a

1b

3 2

M1

A52

HS2

Local access Nottingham

junction

39

Finally there is the potential to establish a Park amp Ride site west of the M1 linked to a tram extension and the proposed lsquoof-setrsquo junction on the A52 This would provide a further car parking option for the Hub Station and help to manage movements through M1 Junction 25

Local Road Access

As described above local road access to the Hub Station from Long Eaton Stapleford Sandiacre and Toton will be important to secure commercially viable bus and coach services and taxis ndash as well as safe cycle routes We have developed a proposal for local access that can be integrated into the design of the Hub Station and which will complement the proposed strategic links Key to this will be the development of a local road link running under the HS2 and classic rail tracks to the south of the Hub Station

Next Steps We are clear that whilst all the individual elements of our connectivity strategy will have positive outcomes the real benefts will only be achieved by taking an integrated approach to scheme development and delivery

We will therefore develop our proposals further through a project joint funded by Midlands Connect East Midlands partners HS2 Ltd and Highways England known as the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan Phase 1 will use transport modelling to optimise the package of interventions and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment Phase 2 will examine connectivity issues over a wider strategic area including the long term future of the M1

Further detail on delivery is contained in Section 4

35

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Local Road Access Diagram

1

2

3

4

5

6

New A52 access Pedestrian NET link Bus Interchange amp Station Car Park

Remodelled Bardills roundabout

7

8

9

10

11

Local link to Long Eaton

New Bardills roundabout Local link to Sandiacre

New Toton Lane NET extension amp option to extend to EMA Derby

HS2 underpass Station Concourse

HS2 overpass

36

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Section 4 | Delivery Summary

We have undertaken a number of technical studies to understand the costs and benefts of various scales and rates of development to inform the development of an initial outlines business case for our proposals consistent with Treasury requirements which is set out in a separate document This work will evolve and become more granular as our growth proposition matures

There is potential for signifcant employment and housing development across the East Midlands Hub and Derbyshire Growth Zones This will make a signifcant contribution to the Governmentrsquos rebalancing agenda and provide an impetus for growth across the wider East Midlands where there is potential to deliver an additional 74000 jobs and pound4 billion of GVA above trend

We have set out the key moves necessary to deliver our proposals for people place and connectivity and highlighted the immediate measures necessary to safeguard future opportunities Detailed proposals are set out in Appendix 1

We are keen to work with Government to develop propositions for powerful locally led development bodies that can deliver our ambitions for the Hub Station and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zones and contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2

37

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

41 Developing an Investible Proposition Realising our vision for growth will require a combination of strong leadership and clear decision making To inform this we have undertaken a comprehensive programme of technical work to inform our thinking and provide the evidence base for this Growth Strategy including

bull Comprehensive non-statutory development frameworks covering the East Midlands Hub and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

bull A number of concept studies to assess the options for key infrastructure moves including relocation of the existing rail depots at Toton strategic highway access and mass transit extensions

bull A Development Infrastructure Funding (DIF) Study to understand the costs and benefts of diferent scales and rates of development and a funding and delivery mechanisms study to identify options for forward funding of key infrastructure and delivery vehicles

This information has been used to construct an initial outline lsquobusiness casersquo document for our proposals consistent with the Treasuryrsquos lsquoGreen Bookrsquo guidance and will provide the basis for an ongoing dialogue with Government and HS2 Ltd This work will evolve and become more granular over time as our growth proposition matures

Some of the major infrastructure investments will be subject to a separate business case through other established Government programmes such as the Roads Investment Strategy (RIS) This still requires a high-level

case to be made through the Growth Strategy as well as efective co-ordination of planning funding and delivery with other Growth Strategy interventions

42 Key Moves The work we have undertaken to date has identifed a series of key moves that will be required to implement the Growth Strategy including a number of immediate actions which will be necessary to safeguard future opportunities Further detail on these and the necessary enabling measures by Government and its delivery bodies is set out in Appendix 1

People

Our immediate priorities can be delivered largely within existing resources with strong local leadership from the LEPs and the East Midlands Chamber of Commerce and comprise

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to business support that will help local SMEs beneft from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities

bull Establishing a lsquorail industry innovation grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2 awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2

Over the longer term we would expect mainstream Government funding for skills and business support activity to be refocussed around our priorities and complement the strategic approach to skills envisaged by the Midlands Engine

Place

For the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone there are a number of planning land assembly remediation and infrastructure issues that will need to be addressed to enable our vision to be delivered in full In the immediate short term it will be vital to ensure that existing planning consent for the Lime Rise development close to the Hub Station can contribute positively to the delivery of our growth vision

In addition there is a need for further work with the relevant organisations on options for relocating the rail siding and depot activity and the electricity sub-station to locations outside of the Hub Station site and on the expansion and relocation of existing school provision to a better location within the site

Elsewhere we are keen to take forward further work with the Ministry of Defence and the Homes and Communities Agency to ensure that the re-development of the Chetwynd Barracks can actively contribute to a lsquonetwork of garden villagesrsquo

In the Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone the key priority in Chesterfeld will be the delivery of proposals to transform pedestrian and public transport connectivity between the rail station and the town For Staveley the early priorities will be to confrm the depot site as a construction base for HS2 and to secure the frst phases of the Chesterfeld and Staveley Regeneration Route including the provision of improved public transport and pedestrian links necessary to deliver the wider Staveley masterplan

38

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Connectivity

Our immediate priority is to safeguard the potential to secure a classic compatible link at the Hub Station and for enhanced capacity at Trent Junctions capable of delivering the Midlands Connect ITSS These will require the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill which is due to be considered by Ministers in the autumn of 2017 to include provision for the necessary land take

The public transport overbridge and local road connections proposed for the Hub Station will impact on the Hybrid Bill and the associated Environmental Impact Statement and will need to be incorporated into the emerging Hub Station design commissioned by HS2 Ltd

We will need to confrm support from Highways England and HS2 Ltd to take forward the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan with Midlands Connect This work will optimise the package of interventions proposed to serve the Hub Station and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment However we believe we have a sufcient case now for Highways England to identify funding in RIS2 to develop a major scheme on the A52M1 J25 that address existing congestion issues and contributes to the wider solution for accessing the Hub Station

43 Proposals for Delivery Bodies The geographic and political context for the area around the Hub Station is complex spanning a number of local planning authorities local transport authorities and local enterprise partnerships Our work to date has highlighted a range of potential delivery and funding mechanisms that would help to enable development in particular options for Tax Increment Financing (TIf ) But these will require a strategic approach to investment over a number of administrative areas to be efective

There is a local appetite to establish a powerful delivery body that could work at a scale to drive forward our growth vision There are a range of options including the potential for the kind of lsquolocally-led development corporationrsquo envisaged by the Neighbourhood Planning Act 2017

We would like to work with Government over the coming months to develop a proposition for a delivery body for the Hub Station Growth Zone that could begin to operate in lsquoshadow formrsquo with initial seed-corn funding from 2018 onwards

For Chesterfeld and Staveley the geography is less complex with the key moves all within the administrative area of Chesterfeld Borough Council Here a local development company solution may be more appropriate which can also contribute to the delivery of the wider Derbyshire growth story

It will be important to ensure that development in both Growth Zones continues to contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2 under the auspices of the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Mitigation

Whilst HS2 has the potential to bring great benefts to the 44 East Midlands the scale of the new infrastructure involved will also result in some negative impacts ndash particularly in the short term Although the line of route has been designed to minimise impact on environmental assets challenges remain in a number of locations in Derbyshire Leicestershire and Nottinghamshire

Similarly where the line passes through urban areas for example Long Eaton some existing businesses will have to re-locate to alternative premises Whilst the Government has put in place a compensation scheme to assist those directly afected councils are keen to ensure the jobs and investment are retained in the local area wherever possible

The East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board has established a lsquomitigation sub-grouprsquo to work with DfT and HS2 Ltd to help develop detailed designs for key structures that will minimise and mitigate the environmental impacts of the line and look to ensure that existing businesses can continue to thrive As work starts on the development of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill it will be important to ensure that councils are able to inform the detail of the Governmentrsquos proposals on both an individual and collective basis

39

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

45 Phasing of Delivery This Growth Strategy demonstrated the scale complexity and interdependencies between programmes involving a range of partner agencies Many of these programmes involve major schemes that take many years to develop and deliver Although HS2 Phase 2b is not due to become fully operational until 2033 the lead in times are such that key decisions on what might be included within the Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environment Statement will actually be taken during the coming months With appropriate funding and collaboration a number of key moves can be implemented in the short term

Although the development may reach maturity in 2043 by the time HS2 opens there will in fact already be a new place (the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo) emerging around the station to welcome the frst passengers For this to be achieved the delivery partners will need to build momentum over the next 12 months and it is recognised this will require dedicated resource and governance

The evidence base underpinning the growth strategy provides a clear indication of the growth potential and promotes a range of key infrastructure concepts and moves However in order to take these forward and in particular promote some of them for possible inclusion in the Hybrid Bill the partners are clear that more detailed studies and analysis will be required and these will need to be developed in tandem with the work being undertaken for the railway

This highlights the need to establish a dedicated team and for further resources to commission and manage the work programme for the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Phases of Delivery

2017-2022 Hybrid bill development business case development (RS2CP6) land strategy and delivery body early phases of development

2022-2027 Early infrastructure development and key moves (eg depot relocation) next phases of development

2027-2033 HS2 Construction amp completiontesting

2033 HS2 becomes fully operational - local economic development builds momentum

2033-43 Development to maturity

46 First Phase Priorities The focus up to 2022 will be on ensuring the provisions of the Phase 2 Hybrid Bill enable our vision for the Hub Station and priorities for local and strategic connectivity to be implemented Delivery of improvements to the A52 at Bardills and Toton Lane will enable the early phases of the Toton Innovation Campus to commence helping to build investor confdence Completion for the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity plan will progress the wider mix of strategic and local interventions to detailed design stage To be successful all this activity will need to be underpinned by the establishment of a properly resourced and empowered local delivery bodyThe early completion of frst stages of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Station Link Road will help to kick start development in the North Derbyshire Growth Zone

40

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

1 High level Ministerial endorsement of the East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy including through

bull Funding the establishment of a lsquoshadow delivery bodyrsquo to start implementing the Growth Strategy locally and to establish a viable mechanism for capturing a proportion of development value necessary for infrastructure delivery and

bull Promotion by Government and its delivery bodies of key development opportunities set out in the Growth Strategy to national and international investors consistent with the Midlands Engine Vision for Growth

2 Support from DCLG for our vision for the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone by

bull Empowering the HCA to establish a strategic land strategy that will facilitate enabling infrastructure and subsequently to bring forward early phases of development and

bull Using other funding including the current Housing Infrastructure Fund (HIF) to help bring forward early phase infrastructure

3 Support from DfT and its delivery bodies for the implementation of early connectivity priorities related to the Hub Station through

bull Ensuring Highways England and HS2 Ltd contribute gap funding towards the East Midlands Gateway Connectivity Plan Phase 1 Study

bull Funding the delivery phases 1ab of the A52 Access Strategy to enable the initial phases of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo to commence before 2022 and

bull Identifying funding in the next Road Investment Strategy (RIS2) to develop a major scheme to address capacity at M1 Junction 25 and access the Hub Station from the A52 (phases 2 amp3 of the A52 Access Strategy) ndash also making the necessary provisions within the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill amp Environmental Statement

4 DfTHS2 Ltd to ensure that the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make provision at and around the Hub Station for

bull Capacity improvements to classic rail connectivity to the south and north of Toton HS2 station including Trent Junctions optimising the integration of classic and High Speed Rail services and including a lsquoclassic compatible linkrsquo to transform connectivity between Leicester and the north of England

bull An integrated station design including moving the station concourse north to better connect with tram and Public Transport Interchange with an integrated deck connecting eastwest over the HS2 track to

better integrate the Toton station into the heart of the new place ndash the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo This would include provision of a second transfer deck to the south of the main concourse to provide improve capacity and interchange between services

bull Fully integrated public transport interchange and walking routes connecting surrounding communities to promote sustainable travel reduce the need for car parking and thereby make best use of land and local assets including the tram as a means of linking Park amp Ride facilities with the station

bull North South connectivity through the site to connect Long Eaton and Stapleford and to enable local communities to access the station by all modes

bull A clear car parking strategy with a decked car park at the station (premium) complemented by NET based Park and Ride

bull Provision for three bridges as follows

- Integrated with concourse deck to create east west route for tram and sustainable transport links between east and west development areas and to Long Eaton airport and Derby

- Multi-modal bridge south of the A52 to enable resilience in the local network connections to the western development area and

41

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

- Pedestrian bridge at mid-point between the above to connect new communities

bull Provision for an underpass under the Network Rail and HS2 lines to the south of the concourse to enable links between Stapleford Long Eaton and the station by various modes and in particular public transport but as a secondary primary access connecting east and west development areas within the Innovation Campus

5 Separately to ensure the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make specifc provision to deliver the NET tram extension from the existing Toton Park amp Ride to the HS2 Station consistent with the provisions set our above

6 DfTHS2 Ltd to designate Staveley as a major construction hubrailhead for the construction of Phase 2b in addition to the establishment of the Infrastructure Maintenance Depot

7 Government to make a contribution towards the delivery of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Chesterfeld Station Link Road to unlock early development and growth in the corridor

8 Further fnancial and technical support from Network Rail HS2 Ltd and HS2 Growth Partnership to work collaboratively on the relocation of the DBS Depot and Network Rail Sidings to enable development growth and transport connections through the Hub Station area

9 DfTHS2 Ltd to amend the HS2 Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS) to ensure that both Shefeld HS2 classic compatible services stop at Chesterfeld

10 Commitment from DfTHS2 Ltd to at least partially open the Hub Station at Toton by 2030 rather than 2033 to generate additional passenger revenue and accelerate the delivery of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

42

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy World Class - Locally Driven

For more information please contact East Midlands Councils Tel 01664 502620 Email infoemcouncilsgovuk

  • Structure Bookmarks
    • Born 1946-1964
    • Born 1964-1980
    • Born 1980-2000
    • Born 2000+
    • The Hub Station and surrounding area
    • Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone
    • Chesterfield Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo
    • Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site
Page 12: East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy - Broxtowe€¦ · 3.7 Park & Ride 3.8 4.3 East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Contents Contents Foreword 3 3.6 Cycling & Walking 33 Executive Summary

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

12 The Changing Nature of Work We understand that we are planning for HS2 over a 25 year time horizon and that the nature of work is changing fast Looking back over the last 25 years we can see how information technology and the rise of the internet has radically changed many peoplersquos working lives This pace of technological change will continue and even accelerate over the coming decades ndash and it will impact on all aspects of the economy not just the service sector

Whilst we cannot anticipate all the changes that may happen our plans for making the most of HS2 must be forward looking and fexible and try not to use the solutions of the past to meet the challenges of the future

Crucial to success is understanding who we are planning for ndash and how they are likely to want to live their lives

The core workforce we are planning for are children now at school ndash the so called lsquoGeneration Zrsquo This is the frst generation of lsquodigital nativesrsquo - people who have grown up with digital technology and are comfortable using it for all manner of everyday tasks Research suggests Generation Z will have a very diferent experience of work to their parents - with up to 5 diferent careers 15 homes and 17 jobs over a working lifetime They are likely to be more entrepreneurial and collaborative than previous generations and less interested in owning a car or a house

This perspective has underpinned our thinking about how we can use HS2 to drive future prosperity across the East Midlands and in particular how we should plan for places future generations will want to live work and play It has also infuenced our comprehensive plans to ensure our young people have the work skills necessary to make the most of the opportunities that lie ahead

Baby Boomers Baby Boomers

Generation X Generation X

Born 1946-1964

Age in 2043 79-97

Born 1964-1980

Age in 2043 63-78

Millennials Millennials

Generation Z Generation Z

Born 1980-2000

Age in 2043 43-63

Born 2000+

Age in 2043 26-43

11

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

13 Our Skills amp Supply Chain Strategy The delivery of HS2 will be transformational for the East Midlands economy Through the build phase and once operational it will bring new opportunities for those that live and work across the D2N2 and Leicester amp Leicestershire LEP areas

These opportunities will be about more than just the construction of a new railway The enhanced connectivity it brings will transform the geography of competition and agglomeration amongst businesses will open up new marketplaces and catchment areas and will attract inward investment to the region from across the UK and overseas

Opportunities will vary over time and will be both direct and indirect They begin now as contracts are awarded for the construction of Phase 1 from London to Birmingham and they stretch to beyond the projected 2033 completion date The establishment of the National College for High Speed Rail presents a major opportunity particularly for the development of the Staveley Infrastructure Maintenance Depot and its potential role as a construction base for HS2 Phase 2

To ensure local people and companies can beneft from HS2 investment and the growth it will bring we have worked with businesses trade bodies and training providers to develop a comprehensive skills and supply chain strategy built around fve key elements

Within each of these elements we have set out a clear action plan which is summarised below Key to this will be to avoid adding further complexity to existing provision for skills and business support Instead the approach will be

wherever possible to refocus existing support and funding on activities that will help deliver the Growth Strategy ndash rather than create new structures or programmes and complement the strategically driven approach to skills envisaged by the Midlands Engine

Inspiring YoungPeople

Building Further Education Capacity

HarnessingUniversities

Supporting Individuals

HS2 ReadyBusinesses

12

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

Inspiring Young People

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

Programme of engagement covering the entirety of a young personrsquos education

D2N2 LLEP Councils HS2 Ltd Private Sector Refocussing existing resources Short-medium

Ensure teachers amp careers advisors are provided with information about relevant career opportunities

Schools Private Sector Some additional administrative costs Using existing business networks

Short ndash Medium

Develop a unifed lsquoEM33rsquo HS2 businessschool engagement programme

Private Sector Careers amp Skills Company LEP Skills Boards

Refocussing existing resources Short

Harnessing Universities

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

EM Universities to develop HS2 programmes of engagement with business

Universities LEP Skills Boards Research Councils Innovate UK

Leveraging existing resources Short

Establish a Rail Industry Innovation Group through Rail Forum East Midlands (RFEM)

Universities RFEM Network Rail and industry Administrative costs only bodies

Universities East Midland HS2 Delivery Boards Refocussing existing consultancy spend

Immediate

Support Hub Station lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo and signifcant HE links at Chesterfeld Station

Immediate

Develop a university based lsquoRail Innovation Centrersquo

Universities LEPs New funding required Short

13

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

HS2 Ready Businesses

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

Develop an lsquoEM33rsquo HS2 awareness campaign aimed at businesses

LEPs Councils East Midlands Chamber New funding required Immediate

Establish dedicated HS2 supply chain support for businesses

LEPs Private Sector Midlands Engine Supply New funding required for additional 1 FTE Chain Initiative Ofcer

LEPs Private Sector ERDF underspend

Immediate

Promote SME collaboration through business support activity

Immediate

Establish web resource for businesses to identify HS2 Specifc opportunities

LEP Growth Hubs HS2 Ltd Additional support for Growth Hubs required Immediate

Supporting Individuals

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

Develop a public facing lsquoEM33rsquo awareness campaign

LEPs Councils East Midlands Chamber New funding required Immediate

Embed the lsquoEM33rsquo HS2 awareness across job centre and council employment support programmes

DWP Councils voluntary sector Refocussing employment support programmes

Medium

Establish an EM HS2 Delivery Charter to encourage recruitment from lsquohard to reachrsquo groups

Private Sector Councils DWP Administrative costs only Medium ndash Long

14

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

Building Further Education Capacity

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

Embed lsquoEM33rsquo activity into new lsquoTrsquo and relevant lsquoArsquo levels

Further Education (FE) Providers LEPs Councils

Refocussing existing resources and future Local Growth Fund

Short ndash medium

Develop strategic relationship between FE sector and National College for High Speed Rail (NCHSR)

FE Providers private training providers Using existing forums and relationships National College for High Speed Rail (NCHSR)

FE Providers Councils Funding required to recruit additional BIM expert

Immediate

Develop world leading capability for Building Information Management (BIM) linked to Staveley IMD

Short- medium

Support the development of lsquoShared Apprentice Schemesrsquo across key HS2 related job rolesdisciplines

FE Providers LEPS Councils Additional funding required Short

14 Next Steps Within our strategic approach we have identifed three immediate priorities These to be taken forward largely with existing LEP and private sector resources but will require strong local leadership to be successful

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to business support that will help local SMEs beneft from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities to be driven by D2N2 LLLEP and the private sector

bull Establishing a lsquorail industry innovation grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands to help drive innovation within our thriving SME rail engineering sector and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2 awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2 provisionally entitled lsquoEM33rsquo to be driven by East Midlands Chamber of Commerce D2N2 and LLLEP and supported by councils

Over the longer term we would expect mainstream Government funding for skills and business support activity to be refocussed around our priorities For more information about our skills and supply chain strategy please visit httpwwwemcouncilsgovukHS2

15

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Section 2 | Place Summary

Great place-making will be key to realising the opportunities that HS2 connectivity will create Our proposals are ambitious but build upon existing market strengths and add value to the attractive mix of urban and rural environments that already characterises the East Midlands We have also sought to refect the needs and aspirations of future generations in the scale and form of proposed development and by incorporating sustainable transport choices

Our Growth Strategy has been developed within in a wider spatial context that will use HS2 to enhance opportunities in towns and cities across the East Midlands and in key assets like East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange To drive this we have identifed two lsquoGrowth Zonesrsquo which relate directly to the benefts of HS2 connectivity

The East Midlands Hub Growth Zone is related to the area around the Hub Station at Toton Here we are proposing the development of a new high quality lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo with the potential to create up to 10000 new jobs community facilities and a range of new housing choices It will be an inspiring 21st Century Gateway to the East Midlands and a destination in its own right The lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo will sit at the heart of a thriving network of lsquogarden villagersquo developments that will include the nearby Stanton and Chetwynd Barracks sites

Chesterfeld and Staveley will be at the heart of the North Derbyshire Growth Zone but activity will focus on the wider Derbyshire growth story We will use HS2 to complement existing rail services and transform links between Chesterfeld Station and the town centre opening up regeneration opportunities and creating an attractive gateway to the Peak District National Park ndash one of the regionrsquos unique destination ofers The Staveley Depot will be the heart of a mixed use housing and employment zone within the wider growth corridor and in the short term could also provide a construction base for HS2

16

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

21 East Midlands Context Our Growth Strategy has been developed within in a wider spatial context that also seeks to use HS2 to enhance existing regional and national assets across the East Midlands In particular the area spanning the D2N2 and Leicester amp Leicestershire LEP areas which already comprise 315 million people over 100000 businesses and generate pound65 billion of GVA Key opportunities for growth include

bull Derby a city of world class automotive rail and aerospace technology sectors Home to Rolls Royce Bombardier and Toyota and a thriving network of highly specialised manufacturing SMEs

bull Leicester a vibrant diverse city with a strong record of SME formation and major growth potential Home to the National Space Centre and a burgeoning space technology sector

bull Nottingham a city of thriving business services biotech and leisure sectors and fagship companies like Experian and Boots underpinned by world class public transport and local energy systems

bull East Midlands Airport and Gateway the biggest freight airport outside of London and home to DHL The new East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange will generate thousands of new jobs

bull Loughborough a national centre for sport and sports science The Loughborough University Science and Enterprise Park forms part of a recently designated Enterprise Zone

bull Chesterfeld an historic and well connected rail town with a strong engineering economy and both a visitor destination and gateway

bull Peak District National Park and Derwent Valley Mills Word Heritage Site the most visited national park in England adjacent to the cradle of the industrial revolution

bull MansfeldAshfeld key regional service centres with strengths in manufacturing and logistics

There are also a range of growth and regeneration opportunities along the A52 corridor between Derby and Nottingham Castle Ward Pride Park and Raynesway on

Derby A50 Corridor

A42M42 M69

M1

M1

Chesterfeld

Mansfeld Ashfeld

Staveley

HS2

Nottingham

Loughborough

Leicester

A46 Corridor

the Derby side and the Nottingham Enterprise Zones sites Alliance Boots in Beeston Beeston Business Park and the Nottingham Science Park

Within this strategic context we have identifed two lsquoGrowth Zonesrsquo which relate directly to the benefts of HS2 connectivity which we believe will drive HS2 related growth across the wider sub area

bull East Midlands Hub Growth Zone

bull Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

M1 Corridor

3 Cities

Derby Nottingham (A52)

Trent Valley Vision

Derwent Valley Mills World

Heritage Site

Peak District National Park

HS2 Station

Classic Rail Lines

Strategic Context Diagram

17

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

East Midlands Hub Growth Zone Diagram 22 East Midlands Hub Growth Zone Our Growth Vision

The Growth Zone encompasses the Hub Station site at Toton the former ironworks site at Stanton and Chetwynd Barracks The core area encompasses Broxtowe and Erewash Borough Councils Derbyshire and Nottinghamshire County Councils

Central will be the development of a high quality lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo at the Hub Station in Toton itself with the potential to create up to 10000 new jobs and a range of new housing choices The concept of an lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo follows research undertaken looking at trends in business locations away from city centres and the need for a much more dynamic mix of uses that recognises the changing needs and desires of lsquoGeneration Zrsquo It is also consistent with the long term aspirations of the university sector within the region which has actively contributed to our thinking

Our vision includes the development of a network of mixed use lsquogarden villagesrsquo that will incorporate the very latest innovations in land remediation environmental standards together with advances in sustainable drainage localised energy and public transport Enhanced connectivity by sustainable modes of transport will ensure the development of pedestrian orientated streets and spaces which will be attractive to both local people and investors

The developments will complement the adjacent city centre ofer and help to drive major improvements to existing places such as Long Eaton and Stapleford

HS2

A52 Jct 25

A50

Jct 24

M1

Castle Donington amp EM Gateway Freight Interchange East Midlands Airport

Lougborough

East Midlands Parkway amp Ratclife

Innovation Campus amp Hub Station

Stanton Derby

Prid

e Par

k Ray

nesw

ay

Spon

don

Boots Campus

Beeston

ScienceMedi

Nottingham

A453

P

P

Potential Mass Rapid-Transit

Classic Rail Lines

Garden Village Network

Key Employment Sites

HS2 Line

Chetwynd

i Celanese

Urban Village

Infnity Garden Village

18

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Toton Area (Hub Station) Development Framework

We have worked with councils local partners and the Toton Neighbourhood Planning Forum to develop a long term non-statutory lsquodevelopment frameworkrsquo for the Hub Station Growth Area in Toton to inform the review of local plans and future investment decisions The development framework recognises a series of distinct character areas and sets out development principles for each

Station Hub The core development area is clustered to the east and west of the Hub Station Anchored by key multi modal transport infrastructure (including HS2 and Classic rail facilities NET bus interchange facilities and central car parking facilities) The primary land use in this area will be workspace development set within a high quality urban development context Hotel and residential accommodation may also be appropriate at this central location and the arearsquos public realm will be animated by cafeacutes restaurants and small scale retail outlets serving passengers employees and residents

Toton Area (Hub Station) Development

19

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

The Hub Station and surrounding area

A new public space will be created adjacent to the main station concourse This will provide a high quality east-west pedestrian connection across the HS2 lines and support interchange between a range of transport modes This development area is located on a plateau which is at a signifcantly lower level than the main development site to the east New buildings will typically be taller (up to 6-8 storeys) which will allow the development to act as a marker in the context of the rail corridor without appearing incongruous within the wider development

Toton Innovation Campus This mixed use corridor runs through the heart of the site connecting the HS2 station and areas to the west following the tram corridor towards Toton Lane NET station in the east

This dynamic space will be characterised not only by the diversity of uses but also a green boulevard and sustainable transport corridor and will include a mixture of medium density workspace including apartment based residential development

The lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo is roughly equidistant between the city centres of Nottingham and Derby and is intended to be anchored by a university based research and development centre To the south links to Leicester East Midlands Airport East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange and the Enterprise Zone sites in Loughborough will drive further opportunities

To achieve the scale of development and sense of place envisaged will require major investment in land assembly management and infrastructure Making the right moves now will provide much needed capacity to unlock and absorb growth and provide resilience in a currently stressed local network It will also require higher densities than those currently subject of an extant Outline Planning Consent for the site and this will need careful consideration by Broxtowe Borough Council as the Local Planning Authority

A52 Trackside Corridor A series of larger development sites have been identifed along the A52 and rail corridors towards the north of the site ofering the potential to accommodate larger workplace developments or research institutions This area will ofer the potential to accommodate distinctive gateway buildings acting as markers along both the A52 and HS2 corridors

Waterside Development parcels along the Erewash River Canal corridor are considered an appropriate mix of uses including residential Building heights will step down from around six storeys adjacent to the rail corridor to around three storeys in areas closer to the river canal corridor respecting the domestic scale of buildings to the west The landscaped environment of the river canal corridor will be brought into the area with a series of lsquogreen fngersrsquo leading into the development site This open space will serve a

20

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

variety of functions including recreation food mitigation and ecological habitat The orientation of buildings within this corridor should support this landscape strategy and open up views of the canal river corridor from higher ground to the east of the HS2 line

Parkside Generous green corridors are proposed as a bufer between the planned new development and existing residential communities Lower density areas broadly refecting established residential areas of Toton will front onto these spaces with a typical height of two to

three storeys open landscaped space and site topography ensuring that the amenity of existing local residents are protected New footpaths and cycleways will integrate the site with its surrounding context and enable residents of existing neighbourhoods to access facilities and transport hubs within the new development site It should be noted that new vehicular connections to these neighbourhoods are not proposed

bull Neighbourhood Centres These centres will be located at highly accessible positions within the

The Toton Innovation Campus looking towards the Hub Station

development and will allow the vast majority of the site area to be located within an easy fve minute walking catchment of local facilities

bull HS2 Hub This facility will serve HS2 passengers along with residents and workers based in the lower western section of the site It is envisaged that cafeacutes restaurants and local retail facilities will be integrated within the main station concourse and spill out onto the adjoining public plaza This area also becomes a new cross-roads within a more resilient local road network ofering better connections between SandiacreStapleford and Long Eaton This will further enhance the vitality and vibrancy of the area whilst ensuring surrounding communities can access the services on ofer by a full range of transport choices

bull Toton Innovation Campus Centre Located at the heart of the development a cluster of local retail leisure and hospitality facilities will be clustered in and around a central square Facilities such as a hotel gym business centre and resource centre may also be attracted to this central pedestrian orientated space

bull Community Hub A site to the west of the Toton Lane NET Station has been identifed for the relocation of the George Spencer Academy along with a site for a new primary school a leisure centre and health facility These new community infrastructure buildings will be developed in a green landscape setting with good pedestrian and cycle links to local neighbourhoods and public transport hubs The level of retail development (including

21

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

restaurants cafeacutes) will be controlled to a level which provides for the needs of local residents employees and passengers and avoid competition with existing local centres

The Universities of Derby Nottingham and Nottingham Trent are fully supportive of the HS2 Growth Strategy We have a long history of working together to re-balance economy and believe that this investment has the potential to be transformative

To maximise the value derived from this investment the universities are in a strong position to build on our established partnership for example by working together to shape the proposed lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo located at the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton

The active involvement of the universities at an early stage in defning the proposed lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo means that we can develop an integrated strategy for research teaching and business interaction aligned with HS2 investment

The lsquoworld-classrsquo connectivity aforded by the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton will support the difusion of these opportunities and position the East Midlands as a stronger resilient and more productive economy

bull Green Infrastructure From a place making perspective the HS2 Hub site will be designed to integrate with its surrounding natural environments In total around 16 hectares of open space are proposed within the development site

bull River Canal Corridor The Erewash river and canal corridor runs to the east of the site and provides an area of high amenity value To the north the opportunity exists to enhance the network of footpaths and cycleways leading up to the strategic Stanton Iron Works site and beyond To the south new pedestrian and cycle links will connect the site to the Attenborough Nature Reserve and the Trent Valley This will include opportunities to reinstate new routes beneath the HS2 classic rail line to the south of the station and also to reduce the risk of fooding associated with this section of the river More generally the opportunity to enhance the character of the river and canal corridor would provide further amenity and ecological benefts This may include enhancements to the Sandiacre Locks Conservation Area and measures to introduce more variety diverse habitats and interest to the river lsquochannelrsquo

bull Toton Horseshoe A landscaped corridor is proposed to wrap around the existing Toton residential area This will provide a bufer between planned new development and the local residential areas encompass existing areas of maturing woodland and create a new connection through to the redeveloped Chetwynd Barracks to the east

bull Green Boulevard A new green spine is planned to run through the heart of the new development This route will connect the eastern and western sections of the site via a new pedestrian link across the HS2 corridor and a new plaza at the station entrance The boulevard a wide green space integrating a small existing watercourse will run

through the heart of the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo connecting to the area of protected Green Belt land to the north east

bull Local Amenity Open Space In addition to the strategic green infrastructure highlighted above a network of local amenity spaces will be integrated across the new development These will include both formal and informal recreation areas and play space for the enjoyment of residents employees and visitors alike

Associated lsquoGarden Villagersquo Developments

Chetwynd Barracks The MoD site at Chetwynd will become available for development from 2020 and will be designed and developed as an integral part of the Hub Station Growth area The development will provide a predominantly residential area that will be linked directly to the lsquoCommunity Hubrsquo north of the existing Toton Lane Like the main Hub Station lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo and Community Hub Chetwynd will be subject to the policies of the emerging Broxtowe Local Plan and of Nottinghamshire County Council as the Local HighwayTransport Authority and Local Education Authority

Stanton The Hub Station Growth Zone also includes the former iron works at Stanton where additional employment opportunities will be realised alongside up to 2000 homes which will serve to complement the proposals for the Hub Station and Innovation Campus This site falls within Erewash Borough Council and Derbyshire County Councilrsquos administrative areas This site is subject of a separate Supplementary Planning Document published by Erewash Borough Council and the proposals outlined in the Growth Strategy are consistent with this

22

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Ratclife Power Station Site Within the wider area there may also be further growth opportunities to be explored as part of the HS2 Growth Strategy including Ratclife Power Station Whilst this is not anticipated to be decommissioned before 2025 its location adjacent to the existing East Midlands Parkway station and an existing railhead means that the site has potential to create a transport orientated mixed use development around the station and a possible location for rail related development This site falls within Rushclife Borough Council and Nottinghamshire County Councilrsquos administrative areas

Derby There are already proposals to develop up to 2000 new homes as part of the lsquoInfnity Garden Villagersquo development which spans the boundary between the city of Derby and South Derbyshire District Council In addition there is potential for major mixed use development on the former Courtaulds site at Spondon on the east side of Derby

Leicestershire There are emerging proposals for major housing development in North West Leicestershire linked to employment growth at East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange

23 Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone Our Growth Vision

The Growth Zone is focussed on the Borough of Chesterfeld within the county of Derbyshire and includes the areas around the existing railway station and the proposed Infrastructure Maintenance Depot (IMD) at Staveley east of the town centre also proposed as a construction base for HS2

Our ambitions for Chesterfeld and Staveley are set in the context of a wide growth story for the wider northern Derbyshire area that builds on existing strengths in tourism construction and engineering higher and further education and professional services Key complementary investments include the lsquoPeak Resortrsquo development that

will combine a unique combination of tourism and HEFE education and training

HS2 will bring Chesterfeld within 108 minutes from London and serve a catchment area of over 1 million people Plans for Chesterfeld will transform the relationship between

Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

23

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

the rail station the town centre and major regeneration opportunities and enable the station to become an attractive gateway to the town itself the surrounding Peak District National Park and other key heritage assets - particularly for international visitors Proposals include a scalable housing and commercial investment proposition that will be accelerated to welcome HS2 through investment in enabling infrastructure

The proposed IMD is set within a wider masterplan for the Staveley corridor that will deliver signifcant levels of housing and job growth and provide a focus for the local rail engineering sector including the development of a rail industry lsquocentre of excellencersquo linked to the High Speed Rail College In the shorter term there is an ambition for the Staveley site to be used for a base for the construction of the majority of Phase 2b of HS2

Construction of early phases of the Chesterfeld amp Staveley Regeneration Route will enable key brownfeld regeneration sites to be developed and wider benefts to the A61 Corridor and the extended Markham Vale Enterprise Zone

Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

Underpinning the vision will be a strong focus on inclusive growth linked to our wider skills and supply chain strategy making sure that local communities and local businesses can beneft from the investment that HS2 will bring

Chesterfeld amp Staveley Development Framework

We will enable this growth in the number and quality of jobs by re-shaping and transforming our places through infrastructure-led development Those places will be allowed to fourish and cater for our changing communities as well as providing for new communities and retaining those such as graduates who will have much wider lifestyle choices as a result

Chesterfeld Station

Chesterfeld Station will have an enhanced role as both a destination and a gateway to surrounding localities Over 1 million people already live within 30 minutes of the station HS2 will bring Birmingham and Leeds within 50 minutes We will bring forward development and infrastructure in tandem to provide a high quality experience for those using the

Platform 4

Chesterfeld Station

Chesterfeld Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo

24

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

station lsquoPlatform 4rsquo will provide a modern and attractive route across the A61 with well-designed public realm that will bring the station into the town centre as well as allowing far greater accessibility to public transport Unused and under-used land around the station will be developed and linked to the adjacent Waterside development to provide a mixed-use lsquourban villagersquo ft for future generations to live work and play

Remodelled links between Chesterfeld Station and the town

The infrastructure provided to improve access to the station for HS2 services will also allow us to accelerate our ambition for the wider town centre By taking trafc out of the historic core of the town we can enhance the visitor experience and bring forward new opportunities for residential development with a wide and fexible mix of tenures This will ensure far greater vibrancy within the town which will expand to include the station area and support the wider ambitions for growth in our key sectors

Staveley

The proposed Infrastructure Maintenance Depot (IMD) at Staveley provides a signifcant opportunity to bring forward a much wider strategic development on this 150 hectare brownfeld site Through investing in infrastructure in particular local road access we can open up not just the depot site but a whole new sustainable community of around 1500 homes and many hundreds of new jobs

By phasing the development we will also be able to ofer a well located construction base for HS2 bringing investment and jobs to the area well in advance of the maintenance depot Over the longer term we believe there is the potential to develop the area around the Infrastructure

The wider Chesterfeld Station Area Masterplan wide

Residential building

OfficeCommercial building

Officeresidential building

Hotel building

Station building

MSCP building

Green Space

Public realm

Potential development areas subject to consultation with existing land owners

Retained Listed station building

Ground foor community facility land use

Potential pedestriancycle link to the east

Maintenance Depot as a rail industry lsquocentre of excellencersquo linked to the High Speed Rail College and the NewRail centre at Barrow Hill Roundhouse

Strategic outline masterplan for the Staveley Corridor

Characterising development at all these sites will be an approach to place-making for the future This is led by consideration of how our communities of the future will want to live and work rather than being based on historic development models

We will use the investment in infrastructure to develop places and homes that anticipate our changing population putting in place fexible models in order to meet future demand This will include providing a far better choice for older people with homes that meet current and future care needs We will make the most of the expanding higher education ofer to enable quality student accommodation and develop places in which our graduates want to stay live earn and spend

25

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Strategic outline masterplan for the Staveley corridor 24 Next Steps Our proposals for the Hub Station and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zones are long term and ambitious Whilst the proposed development will lead to an uplift in land values and economic and social benefts it will also require investment in local and strategic infrastructure and land remediation and assembly

We have undertaken technical work to understand likely infrastructure and land costs and development trajectories that could be delivered to inform an initial outline business case assessment consistent with the Treasuryrsquos lsquoGreen Bookrsquo This work will continue to develop as our plans mature

Further detail on delivery is contained in Section 4

Key

SWA1 Redline Boundary

Existing Features

Culvert

River

Canal

Crossing Point

Road

Railway Line

Right of Way

Building

Listed Building

Non Designated Heritage Asset

Existing Trees

Proposed Features

Marina

CS Regeneration Route

Road

FootCycle Path

Pedestrian Zone

Avenue Planting

Public Open Space

Key Building

Railway Line

Canal

Proposed Usage

Residential

Mixed use - Community Retail Residential

Mixed Use - Employment Local Skills and crafts

Workshops Studios Residential

Mixed Use - Community Canal related

Residential

Safeguarded School Site

Leisure - Hotel Pub Restaurant

B1 - Office and Light Industry

B2 - General Industry

B8 - Warehousing and Distribution

HS2 Maintenance Depot

26

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Section 3 | Connectivity Summary

The Hub Station at Toton will already be the most connected on the high speed network outside of London and will serve a catchment of over 2 million people Whilst the development adjacent to the Hub Station will be crucial our early work confrmed that much of the wider economic potential of HS2 will be dependent on the extent to which we can connect economic opportunities across the East Midlands into the high speed network In particular the city centres of Derby Leicester and Nottingham East Midlands Airport and sites that exist in the towns and villages surrounding both the Hub Station and Chesterfeld

Our analysis has demonstrated which modes of transport will serve diferent markets most efectively ndash national regional sub-regional and local Based on this we have set out a comprehensive step by step approach to connectivity which will maximise transport choice for future generations as well as tackling congestion issues that exist today

Key to this will be safeguarding the ability to extend public transport accessibility in the scope of the Governmentrsquos Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and planning now for a phased approach to delivery of highway improvements starting in RIS2

Whilst we are confdent that the measures we have identifed can deliver positive outcomes more detailed design work will be required to secure the capital funding necessary for delivery Further work on the design and phasing of key interventions will therefore be undertaken with transport modelling developed in partnership with Midlands Connect the outcome of which will also help to scope the necessary provisions of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

27

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

SCOTLAND

YORK amp NEWCASTLE

LEEDS

EAST MIDLANDS

HUB

SOUTH YORKSHIRE

SHEFFIELD HS2

CHESTERFIELD

CREWE HS2 HUB

BIRMINGHAM

STOKE DERBY

LEICESTER

LOUGHBOROUGH

LONDON EUROPE

BEESTON

NOTTINGHAM LINCOLN

MANSFIELD

WORKSOP

31 National Context HS2 will help to transform the position of our towns and cities within the UK and Midlands making our local economies more competitive

HS2 CURRENT

68 104 NOTTINGHAM TO LONDON

HHS2S2 CU

142 LEICESTER TO NEWCASTLE

HHS2S2 CURRENT

50 77 DERBY TO LEEDS

HHS2S2 CURRENT

73 145 LEICESTER TO LEEDS

HHS2S2 CURRENT

36 73 NOTTINGHAM TO BIRMINGHAM

HS2 CURRENT

71 143 CHESTERFIELD TO LONDON

RRENT

205

28

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Midlands Connect

The Midlands Connect Strategy described how the HS2 stations at Birmingham Curzon Street UK Central and East Midlands will form the lsquohubrsquo of the UKrsquos high speed rail network Together with classic compatible connectivity at Chesterfeld Crewe and Stoke stations this will unlock economic growth across the Midlands - provided we get the local connectivity right

Through Midlands Connect we are taking forward a body of technical work to defne and develop the local strategic connections that will maximise economic growth opportunities Through the wider Midlands Engine initiative we are promoting the transformational benefts of HS2 to national and international investors

For more information about Midlands Connect and the Midlands Engine please visit httpswwwmidlandsconnectuk

HS2 East

Our work through the HS2 East partnership has demonstrated that the Eastern Leg of HS2 between Birmingham to Leeds via the East Midlands Hub Station has the best business case of any part of the proposed network - with a beneft to cost ratio of over 5 to 1

However the economic impact of the Eastern Leg extends further than Leeds The proposed lsquoclassic compatiblersquo link to the East Coast Main Line will enable high speed rail services to serve the North East of England and Scotland ndash linking

six of the UKrsquos top ten cities and 20 of national GVA This will result in lsquoagglomerationrsquo impacts of over pound700 million GVA and some major journey time savings

bull Leeds to Glasgow reduction of 90 minutes

bull Sheffield to Edinburgh reduction of 90 minutes

bull Newcastle to Birmingham reduction of 85 minutes

Together the Eastern Leg of HS2 and an enhanced East Coast Main Line provide the obvious route for reducing journey times from Scotland to London towards the three hour mark ndash the point at which rail becomes competitive with air travel

For further information about HS2 East please visit httpwwwhs2eastcouk

32 Our strategic approach Connecting key centres of population and development opportunities across the East Midlands to the high speed network will be key to realising the wider economic potential that HS2 connectivity brings

Our analysis has demonstrated which modes of transport will serve diferent markets most efectively Only by developing a comprehensive lsquomulti-modalrsquo approach to connectivity can we deliver the transport choice required by future generations and start to tackle some of the congestion issues that exist today

We also acknowledge that not everything can or indeed should happen at once We have therefore set out a phased approach to improving connectivity at least some of which can be delivered before HS2 becomes fully operational

Heavy Rail Pimary Market

Mass Transit Strategy Regional

Bus Connectivity Sub-Regional amp Local

Taxi Connectivity Sub-Regional amp Local

Walking and Cycling Local and Very Local

Park and Ride Sub-Regional amp Local

Highway Sub-Regional amp Local

Our strategic approach to connectivity

33 Rail Rail will be the most efective mode for accessing the Hub Station from surrounding city and town centres It will also link the East Midlands with the major city-regions across the rest of the UK ndash not least by the HS2 network itself

HS2 Services

The latest service specifcation published by HS2 Ltd indicates that the East Midlands Hub Station will be the best connected on the high speed network outside of London with seven HS2 services per hour in both directions

Impressive though this level of connectivity is we believe there is scope for further improvements

29

Through our work on the HS2 East Partnership we believe there is a strong economic case for the Eastern Leg of HS2 and the East Coast Main Line forming the primary route for serving Scotland not least because it would link the fnancial centres of Leeds and Edinburgh and the conurbations of the North East ndash also a key objective of Transport for the North

The scale of growth proposed in Chesterfeld as described in Section Two makes a compelling case for both Shefeld trains stopping at Chesterfeld Station rather than just one per hour

Classic Compatible Services

It is clear that although the Eastern Leg of HS2 will be designed to accommodate up to 18 trains per hour (in line with the rest of the network) the current service pattern only currently envisages nine There is therefore scope to run additional services on at least part of the Eastern Leg Working with both Midlands Connect and Transport for the North we believe there is a business case for two additional lsquoclassic compatiblersquo trains per hour linking Leicester and LeedsManchester which would transform rail connectivity between the East Midlands and the Northern Powerhouse

For this to be deliverable there would need to be a lsquoclassic compatiblersquo connection between HS2 and an electrifed Midland Main Line at or around the Hub Station HS2 Ltd have developed an indicative design for how this could be delivered Although further work will be required we believe we have sufcient economic evidence now for the Secretary of State to make at least lsquopassive provisionrsquo for such a link in the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

Newcastle

Durham

Dalington

York

Leeds

Shefeld Midland

Chesterfeld

Toton

Church Street

Birmingam Interchange

Old Oak Common Euston

bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

Trains from London 6tph

Trains from Birmrsquoham 3tph

Proposed HS2 Service Pattern for the Eastern Leg

NEWCASTLE

YORK

LEEDS

LONDON BIRMINGHAM

29 36

106

19

EAST MIDLANDS

HUB

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Classic Services

In addition to the two lsquoclassic compatiblersquo services working through Midlands Connect we have identifed an additional 11 lsquoclassic servicesrsquo that could serve the Hub Station These would be a mixture of lsquoshuttle servicesrsquo fast and semi-fast services and stopping services In total this would mean the Hub Station would be served by 20 trains per hour in both directions ndash an outstanding level of connectivity

HS2 Hub Station Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS)

The service specifcation for the Hub Station is consistent with the wider Midlands Connect ITSS which supports the Midlands Connect Strategy published in March 2017

The Maid Marian Line

In addition we believe there is the potential to develop a new service linking the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton with Mansfeld Ashfeld via the adaption on an existing freight line known as the Maid Marian Line This direct link would facilitate greater connectivity for residents and businesses to HS2 services supporting economic regeneration in the towns and contributing to the wider Nottinghamshire growth story We are working with Network Rail to understand any implications for the wider Midlands Connect ITSS

Capacity at Trent Junctions

A key constraint to the delivery of the Midlands Connect ITSS is the capacity of Trent Junctions south of Nottingham We understand that HS2 Ltd will need to make some improvements to Trent Junctions to accommodate the HS2 Core proposition - although these on their own will

30

51

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

HS2 Services

London - Leeds Birmingham - Leeds

London - Leeds Birmingham - Newcastle

London - Chesterfeld - Shefeld - Leeds

Birmingham - Leeds London - Shefeld - York

34 Mass Transit Extensions Classic Compatible Services

Shuttle Services

Nottingham - EM Hub Derby - EM Hub

Fast and Semi-fast Services

Leicester - Crewe Crewe - EM Hub

London - Manchester Crewe - EM Hub

Stopping Services

Leicester - Leeds Leicester - Manchester The success of the Nottingham Express Transit (NET) has demonstrated the potential of mass transit to reduce

Leicester - Lincoln Nottingham - Leeds

Leicester - Nottingham Leicester - Derby

Norwich - Liverpool Newark Castle - Matlock

HS2 Hub Station Indicative Train Service Specifcation

not be sufcient to accommodate the Midlands Connect ITSS There is a clear operational case for avoiding multiple engineering works on this congested section of railway infrastructure ndash with a single enhancement scheme being the clearly favoured option Based on our initial work with Network Rail we believe there is a sufcient economic case now for the Secretary of State to make at least lsquopassive provisionrsquo for an enhanced scheme in the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

congestion increase transport choice and connect people to jobs and services It will therefore be a key element of the connectivity strategy for maximising the economic benefts of the HS2 Hub Station Given the technical challenges and the scale of investment required we recognise the importance of taking a phased approach to delivery

Extending NET to the Hub Station

The frst phase would be to extend the tram from the park and ride site at Toton Lane to the Hub Station ndash a distance of around one mile This will connect the Hub Station to key locations such as the Queens Medical Centre the University campus and the Enterprise Zone and complement the heavy rail service to Nottingham City Centre This link will need to be in place when the Hub Station becomes operational to serve the Nottingham Enterprise Zone sites and to establish the principle tram access in the publicrsquos mind

Extending Connectivity over the Hub Station

Our work has highlighted a number of options for extending connectivity to the west of the Hub Station towards Derby and East Midlands Airport which would have signifcant economic benefts These could be delivered by bus rapid transit (BRT) tram-train as well as by NET extensions Further work will be required to determine the optimum routes and modes These options would require a link over the Hub Station (similar to the arrangement at Nottingham Station) which would be costly to retro-ft We have therefore included a public transport overbridge into our proposals for the Hub Station At this stage it is unlikely that this on its own will require provision for further land take in the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill however it may impact on the required Environmental Impact Statement

Options to Derby

There are two main options for connecting Derby The frst would follow the route of the A52 This would be fast ndash but not as fast as the classic rail service from Derby Station It would be direct but serve a limited population catchment The relatively high cost of developing this as a tram route would appear to make it unviable - although it could have potential as a route for a lower cost form of BRT

The second option would run to the south of the A52 and link the Hub Station with Long Eaton and then on to Breaston Borrowash Spondon Pride Park and Derby Station It would be slower but serve a much larger population catchment It would be cheaper to develop as a tram route but could impact on the proposed canal

31

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Red Arrow Skylink

Zoom 15

i4 18

Indigo 510

Y5 Toton Sidings

NET

Options for bus services serving the Hub Station

35

Revised existing route

New Fast Track to EMA via M1

Arnold via QMC City Hospital

Mansfeld via M1 Kirkby Sutton

Alfreton via M1 Heanor Ripley

restoration project It could be developed in phases the frst comprising a NET extension to a park and ride site west of the M1

Options to East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Rail Freight Interchange

There are a number of potential routes to the airport Following the rail corridor south from the Hub Station before heading west is likely to be the quickest and would limit environmental impacts on Long Eaton town centre It also has potential for a tram-train solution should this become a viable technology in the UK The scale of employment growth proposed at East Midlands Gateway the potential for a lsquoFree Trade Zonersquo around the airport as well as the projected growth in air passenger numbers means such a link could have signifcant economic benefts

Bus amp Taxi Bus travel will continue to be the backbone of the local public transport for many people There is already a comprehensive network of bus routes and services across the sub-region which could be developed to serve the Hub Station from a wide range of locations

The key challenge for operators from a commercial perspective will be to ensure that the Hub Station does not become a lsquoterminusrsquo destination Buses (and taxis) must therefore be able to pass through the Hub Station to also serve surrounding communities across the wider sub-region Our proposed confguration of local road links between the Hub Station and Long Eaton Stapleford

32

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Sandiacre and Toton as well as access from the A52 would enable a commercially viable network of bus services to be established

For Chesterfeld a new road link into the south of the station complex for buses and taxis will provide a through route that will integrate the existing station into local public transport networks more efectively

36 Cycling amp Walking Every rail passenger is a pedestrian at the point of boarding a train Making the Hub Station and the immediate surrounding environment pedestrian friendly will make travel by train more attractive and help to drive patronage

It is also important that local people in surrounding communities have safe and attractive routes for walking and cycling ndash not just to the Hub Station but also to and within the proposed Innovation Campus Cycling and walking are likely to become more attractive options to future generations as public attitudes to travel continue to change This trend has been refected in the core design principles we have established that will underpin future development on the Hub Station site

For Chesterfeld we have set out proposals known as lsquoPlatform 4rsquo for enhancing pedestrian and public transport accessibility between the Station and the town centre over the A61 dual carriageway

37 Park amp Ride A well-coordinated and managed park amp ride strategy can help to reduce the impacts of congestion and provide viable transport choices for local communities

There are opportunities to develop park and ride facilities serving the Hub Station in tandem with a phased roll out of an extended mass transit system The existing park amp

Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site

ride site at Toton Lane (1300 spaces) linked to the tram will be retained albeit in modifed form In addition to a multi-storey car park at the Hub Station itself (1300 spaces proposed) there is an opportunity to develop an additional parking facility of a similar size west of M1 Junction 25 linked to a frst phase extension of the tram over the Hub Station

33

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

This would give a third car park option and the ability to manage travel demand to the Hub Station site in a more fexible manner - as well as an ability to reduce pressure on M1 Junction 25

On the Derby side of the A52 there are options for park and ride sites on the east side of Derby as part of a mass transit system linking Pride Park and Derby Station to the City Centre which could ultimately connect to the Hub Station

38 Strategic amp Local Road Access Despite the focus on public transport cycling and walking access by private car will still be important and a 1300 space multi-storey car park is proposed at the Hub Station However this will require a highway solution that must also address a number of existing challenges

Access from the A52 and M1

Access from the strategic road network into the Hub Station Site will be critical Our technical work has suggested that a single access from the A52 into the site for all movements is unlikely to be deliverable Whilst an engineering solution could be developed it would be very expensive environmentally damaging and take up valuable land that could be better used for economic development purposes

As a result a phased approach is proposed comprising the following key moves

1 A new lsquoat gradersquo junction on the A52 east of the Bardills Roundabout linked to a new Toton Lane which would provide access from Nottingham to the east of the Hub Station site and support the early phases of development of the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

2 A new lsquoof setrsquo junction on the A52 to the west of the use of the construction access required by HS2 Ltd M1 which would remove local movements from M1 to build the Hub Station Junction 25 and provide a more direct route under

Our technical work suggests there is scope to deliver key the motorway into Long Eaton

moves 1) and 2) in advance of the Hub Station opening 3 A new lsquograde separatedrsquo junction on the A52 to the The scale of existing problems and likely future trafc

north of the Hub Station to provide access from growth on the A52 corridor suggests that there is already a Derby and the M1 ndash which has the potential to make strong case for Highways England working with Midlands

Provide local road access to StaplefordSandiacre

Relieve congestion at Bardills and Toton Lane

Provide access from A52

Separate local amp strategic movements at J25

Provide for E-W movements

Provide for local road access for Long Eaton

Strategic amp Local Road Access Challenges

34

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Access from A52 and M1

Connect and local partners to make a proposal for major scheme funding in RIS 2 ndash which would also contribute to a comprehensive connectivity strategy for the Hub Station

A direct link to the Hub Station from the north through 3) will be linked to the construction of the station itself by HS2 Ltd and may be able to make use of any temporary construction access required by HS2 Ltd

Stanton Sandiacre

Derby

Stapleford

Long Eaton

Primary HS2

access

New eastern access

Re-modelled Bardills junction

New eastern access link

Toton Lane

Local access link

Local local link

New ofset A52 Junction

New local link

Remodelled M1 Junction 25

link

1a

1b

3 2

M1

A52

HS2

Local access Nottingham

junction

39

Finally there is the potential to establish a Park amp Ride site west of the M1 linked to a tram extension and the proposed lsquoof-setrsquo junction on the A52 This would provide a further car parking option for the Hub Station and help to manage movements through M1 Junction 25

Local Road Access

As described above local road access to the Hub Station from Long Eaton Stapleford Sandiacre and Toton will be important to secure commercially viable bus and coach services and taxis ndash as well as safe cycle routes We have developed a proposal for local access that can be integrated into the design of the Hub Station and which will complement the proposed strategic links Key to this will be the development of a local road link running under the HS2 and classic rail tracks to the south of the Hub Station

Next Steps We are clear that whilst all the individual elements of our connectivity strategy will have positive outcomes the real benefts will only be achieved by taking an integrated approach to scheme development and delivery

We will therefore develop our proposals further through a project joint funded by Midlands Connect East Midlands partners HS2 Ltd and Highways England known as the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan Phase 1 will use transport modelling to optimise the package of interventions and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment Phase 2 will examine connectivity issues over a wider strategic area including the long term future of the M1

Further detail on delivery is contained in Section 4

35

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Local Road Access Diagram

1

2

3

4

5

6

New A52 access Pedestrian NET link Bus Interchange amp Station Car Park

Remodelled Bardills roundabout

7

8

9

10

11

Local link to Long Eaton

New Bardills roundabout Local link to Sandiacre

New Toton Lane NET extension amp option to extend to EMA Derby

HS2 underpass Station Concourse

HS2 overpass

36

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Section 4 | Delivery Summary

We have undertaken a number of technical studies to understand the costs and benefts of various scales and rates of development to inform the development of an initial outlines business case for our proposals consistent with Treasury requirements which is set out in a separate document This work will evolve and become more granular as our growth proposition matures

There is potential for signifcant employment and housing development across the East Midlands Hub and Derbyshire Growth Zones This will make a signifcant contribution to the Governmentrsquos rebalancing agenda and provide an impetus for growth across the wider East Midlands where there is potential to deliver an additional 74000 jobs and pound4 billion of GVA above trend

We have set out the key moves necessary to deliver our proposals for people place and connectivity and highlighted the immediate measures necessary to safeguard future opportunities Detailed proposals are set out in Appendix 1

We are keen to work with Government to develop propositions for powerful locally led development bodies that can deliver our ambitions for the Hub Station and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zones and contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2

37

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

41 Developing an Investible Proposition Realising our vision for growth will require a combination of strong leadership and clear decision making To inform this we have undertaken a comprehensive programme of technical work to inform our thinking and provide the evidence base for this Growth Strategy including

bull Comprehensive non-statutory development frameworks covering the East Midlands Hub and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

bull A number of concept studies to assess the options for key infrastructure moves including relocation of the existing rail depots at Toton strategic highway access and mass transit extensions

bull A Development Infrastructure Funding (DIF) Study to understand the costs and benefts of diferent scales and rates of development and a funding and delivery mechanisms study to identify options for forward funding of key infrastructure and delivery vehicles

This information has been used to construct an initial outline lsquobusiness casersquo document for our proposals consistent with the Treasuryrsquos lsquoGreen Bookrsquo guidance and will provide the basis for an ongoing dialogue with Government and HS2 Ltd This work will evolve and become more granular over time as our growth proposition matures

Some of the major infrastructure investments will be subject to a separate business case through other established Government programmes such as the Roads Investment Strategy (RIS) This still requires a high-level

case to be made through the Growth Strategy as well as efective co-ordination of planning funding and delivery with other Growth Strategy interventions

42 Key Moves The work we have undertaken to date has identifed a series of key moves that will be required to implement the Growth Strategy including a number of immediate actions which will be necessary to safeguard future opportunities Further detail on these and the necessary enabling measures by Government and its delivery bodies is set out in Appendix 1

People

Our immediate priorities can be delivered largely within existing resources with strong local leadership from the LEPs and the East Midlands Chamber of Commerce and comprise

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to business support that will help local SMEs beneft from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities

bull Establishing a lsquorail industry innovation grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2 awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2

Over the longer term we would expect mainstream Government funding for skills and business support activity to be refocussed around our priorities and complement the strategic approach to skills envisaged by the Midlands Engine

Place

For the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone there are a number of planning land assembly remediation and infrastructure issues that will need to be addressed to enable our vision to be delivered in full In the immediate short term it will be vital to ensure that existing planning consent for the Lime Rise development close to the Hub Station can contribute positively to the delivery of our growth vision

In addition there is a need for further work with the relevant organisations on options for relocating the rail siding and depot activity and the electricity sub-station to locations outside of the Hub Station site and on the expansion and relocation of existing school provision to a better location within the site

Elsewhere we are keen to take forward further work with the Ministry of Defence and the Homes and Communities Agency to ensure that the re-development of the Chetwynd Barracks can actively contribute to a lsquonetwork of garden villagesrsquo

In the Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone the key priority in Chesterfeld will be the delivery of proposals to transform pedestrian and public transport connectivity between the rail station and the town For Staveley the early priorities will be to confrm the depot site as a construction base for HS2 and to secure the frst phases of the Chesterfeld and Staveley Regeneration Route including the provision of improved public transport and pedestrian links necessary to deliver the wider Staveley masterplan

38

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Connectivity

Our immediate priority is to safeguard the potential to secure a classic compatible link at the Hub Station and for enhanced capacity at Trent Junctions capable of delivering the Midlands Connect ITSS These will require the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill which is due to be considered by Ministers in the autumn of 2017 to include provision for the necessary land take

The public transport overbridge and local road connections proposed for the Hub Station will impact on the Hybrid Bill and the associated Environmental Impact Statement and will need to be incorporated into the emerging Hub Station design commissioned by HS2 Ltd

We will need to confrm support from Highways England and HS2 Ltd to take forward the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan with Midlands Connect This work will optimise the package of interventions proposed to serve the Hub Station and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment However we believe we have a sufcient case now for Highways England to identify funding in RIS2 to develop a major scheme on the A52M1 J25 that address existing congestion issues and contributes to the wider solution for accessing the Hub Station

43 Proposals for Delivery Bodies The geographic and political context for the area around the Hub Station is complex spanning a number of local planning authorities local transport authorities and local enterprise partnerships Our work to date has highlighted a range of potential delivery and funding mechanisms that would help to enable development in particular options for Tax Increment Financing (TIf ) But these will require a strategic approach to investment over a number of administrative areas to be efective

There is a local appetite to establish a powerful delivery body that could work at a scale to drive forward our growth vision There are a range of options including the potential for the kind of lsquolocally-led development corporationrsquo envisaged by the Neighbourhood Planning Act 2017

We would like to work with Government over the coming months to develop a proposition for a delivery body for the Hub Station Growth Zone that could begin to operate in lsquoshadow formrsquo with initial seed-corn funding from 2018 onwards

For Chesterfeld and Staveley the geography is less complex with the key moves all within the administrative area of Chesterfeld Borough Council Here a local development company solution may be more appropriate which can also contribute to the delivery of the wider Derbyshire growth story

It will be important to ensure that development in both Growth Zones continues to contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2 under the auspices of the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Mitigation

Whilst HS2 has the potential to bring great benefts to the 44 East Midlands the scale of the new infrastructure involved will also result in some negative impacts ndash particularly in the short term Although the line of route has been designed to minimise impact on environmental assets challenges remain in a number of locations in Derbyshire Leicestershire and Nottinghamshire

Similarly where the line passes through urban areas for example Long Eaton some existing businesses will have to re-locate to alternative premises Whilst the Government has put in place a compensation scheme to assist those directly afected councils are keen to ensure the jobs and investment are retained in the local area wherever possible

The East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board has established a lsquomitigation sub-grouprsquo to work with DfT and HS2 Ltd to help develop detailed designs for key structures that will minimise and mitigate the environmental impacts of the line and look to ensure that existing businesses can continue to thrive As work starts on the development of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill it will be important to ensure that councils are able to inform the detail of the Governmentrsquos proposals on both an individual and collective basis

39

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

45 Phasing of Delivery This Growth Strategy demonstrated the scale complexity and interdependencies between programmes involving a range of partner agencies Many of these programmes involve major schemes that take many years to develop and deliver Although HS2 Phase 2b is not due to become fully operational until 2033 the lead in times are such that key decisions on what might be included within the Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environment Statement will actually be taken during the coming months With appropriate funding and collaboration a number of key moves can be implemented in the short term

Although the development may reach maturity in 2043 by the time HS2 opens there will in fact already be a new place (the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo) emerging around the station to welcome the frst passengers For this to be achieved the delivery partners will need to build momentum over the next 12 months and it is recognised this will require dedicated resource and governance

The evidence base underpinning the growth strategy provides a clear indication of the growth potential and promotes a range of key infrastructure concepts and moves However in order to take these forward and in particular promote some of them for possible inclusion in the Hybrid Bill the partners are clear that more detailed studies and analysis will be required and these will need to be developed in tandem with the work being undertaken for the railway

This highlights the need to establish a dedicated team and for further resources to commission and manage the work programme for the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Phases of Delivery

2017-2022 Hybrid bill development business case development (RS2CP6) land strategy and delivery body early phases of development

2022-2027 Early infrastructure development and key moves (eg depot relocation) next phases of development

2027-2033 HS2 Construction amp completiontesting

2033 HS2 becomes fully operational - local economic development builds momentum

2033-43 Development to maturity

46 First Phase Priorities The focus up to 2022 will be on ensuring the provisions of the Phase 2 Hybrid Bill enable our vision for the Hub Station and priorities for local and strategic connectivity to be implemented Delivery of improvements to the A52 at Bardills and Toton Lane will enable the early phases of the Toton Innovation Campus to commence helping to build investor confdence Completion for the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity plan will progress the wider mix of strategic and local interventions to detailed design stage To be successful all this activity will need to be underpinned by the establishment of a properly resourced and empowered local delivery bodyThe early completion of frst stages of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Station Link Road will help to kick start development in the North Derbyshire Growth Zone

40

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

1 High level Ministerial endorsement of the East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy including through

bull Funding the establishment of a lsquoshadow delivery bodyrsquo to start implementing the Growth Strategy locally and to establish a viable mechanism for capturing a proportion of development value necessary for infrastructure delivery and

bull Promotion by Government and its delivery bodies of key development opportunities set out in the Growth Strategy to national and international investors consistent with the Midlands Engine Vision for Growth

2 Support from DCLG for our vision for the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone by

bull Empowering the HCA to establish a strategic land strategy that will facilitate enabling infrastructure and subsequently to bring forward early phases of development and

bull Using other funding including the current Housing Infrastructure Fund (HIF) to help bring forward early phase infrastructure

3 Support from DfT and its delivery bodies for the implementation of early connectivity priorities related to the Hub Station through

bull Ensuring Highways England and HS2 Ltd contribute gap funding towards the East Midlands Gateway Connectivity Plan Phase 1 Study

bull Funding the delivery phases 1ab of the A52 Access Strategy to enable the initial phases of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo to commence before 2022 and

bull Identifying funding in the next Road Investment Strategy (RIS2) to develop a major scheme to address capacity at M1 Junction 25 and access the Hub Station from the A52 (phases 2 amp3 of the A52 Access Strategy) ndash also making the necessary provisions within the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill amp Environmental Statement

4 DfTHS2 Ltd to ensure that the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make provision at and around the Hub Station for

bull Capacity improvements to classic rail connectivity to the south and north of Toton HS2 station including Trent Junctions optimising the integration of classic and High Speed Rail services and including a lsquoclassic compatible linkrsquo to transform connectivity between Leicester and the north of England

bull An integrated station design including moving the station concourse north to better connect with tram and Public Transport Interchange with an integrated deck connecting eastwest over the HS2 track to

better integrate the Toton station into the heart of the new place ndash the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo This would include provision of a second transfer deck to the south of the main concourse to provide improve capacity and interchange between services

bull Fully integrated public transport interchange and walking routes connecting surrounding communities to promote sustainable travel reduce the need for car parking and thereby make best use of land and local assets including the tram as a means of linking Park amp Ride facilities with the station

bull North South connectivity through the site to connect Long Eaton and Stapleford and to enable local communities to access the station by all modes

bull A clear car parking strategy with a decked car park at the station (premium) complemented by NET based Park and Ride

bull Provision for three bridges as follows

- Integrated with concourse deck to create east west route for tram and sustainable transport links between east and west development areas and to Long Eaton airport and Derby

- Multi-modal bridge south of the A52 to enable resilience in the local network connections to the western development area and

41

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

- Pedestrian bridge at mid-point between the above to connect new communities

bull Provision for an underpass under the Network Rail and HS2 lines to the south of the concourse to enable links between Stapleford Long Eaton and the station by various modes and in particular public transport but as a secondary primary access connecting east and west development areas within the Innovation Campus

5 Separately to ensure the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make specifc provision to deliver the NET tram extension from the existing Toton Park amp Ride to the HS2 Station consistent with the provisions set our above

6 DfTHS2 Ltd to designate Staveley as a major construction hubrailhead for the construction of Phase 2b in addition to the establishment of the Infrastructure Maintenance Depot

7 Government to make a contribution towards the delivery of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Chesterfeld Station Link Road to unlock early development and growth in the corridor

8 Further fnancial and technical support from Network Rail HS2 Ltd and HS2 Growth Partnership to work collaboratively on the relocation of the DBS Depot and Network Rail Sidings to enable development growth and transport connections through the Hub Station area

9 DfTHS2 Ltd to amend the HS2 Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS) to ensure that both Shefeld HS2 classic compatible services stop at Chesterfeld

10 Commitment from DfTHS2 Ltd to at least partially open the Hub Station at Toton by 2030 rather than 2033 to generate additional passenger revenue and accelerate the delivery of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

42

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy World Class - Locally Driven

For more information please contact East Midlands Councils Tel 01664 502620 Email infoemcouncilsgovuk

  • Structure Bookmarks
    • Born 1946-1964
    • Born 1964-1980
    • Born 1980-2000
    • Born 2000+
    • The Hub Station and surrounding area
    • Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone
    • Chesterfield Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo
    • Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site
Page 13: East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy - Broxtowe€¦ · 3.7 Park & Ride 3.8 4.3 East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Contents Contents Foreword 3 3.6 Cycling & Walking 33 Executive Summary

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

13 Our Skills amp Supply Chain Strategy The delivery of HS2 will be transformational for the East Midlands economy Through the build phase and once operational it will bring new opportunities for those that live and work across the D2N2 and Leicester amp Leicestershire LEP areas

These opportunities will be about more than just the construction of a new railway The enhanced connectivity it brings will transform the geography of competition and agglomeration amongst businesses will open up new marketplaces and catchment areas and will attract inward investment to the region from across the UK and overseas

Opportunities will vary over time and will be both direct and indirect They begin now as contracts are awarded for the construction of Phase 1 from London to Birmingham and they stretch to beyond the projected 2033 completion date The establishment of the National College for High Speed Rail presents a major opportunity particularly for the development of the Staveley Infrastructure Maintenance Depot and its potential role as a construction base for HS2 Phase 2

To ensure local people and companies can beneft from HS2 investment and the growth it will bring we have worked with businesses trade bodies and training providers to develop a comprehensive skills and supply chain strategy built around fve key elements

Within each of these elements we have set out a clear action plan which is summarised below Key to this will be to avoid adding further complexity to existing provision for skills and business support Instead the approach will be

wherever possible to refocus existing support and funding on activities that will help deliver the Growth Strategy ndash rather than create new structures or programmes and complement the strategically driven approach to skills envisaged by the Midlands Engine

Inspiring YoungPeople

Building Further Education Capacity

HarnessingUniversities

Supporting Individuals

HS2 ReadyBusinesses

12

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

Inspiring Young People

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

Programme of engagement covering the entirety of a young personrsquos education

D2N2 LLEP Councils HS2 Ltd Private Sector Refocussing existing resources Short-medium

Ensure teachers amp careers advisors are provided with information about relevant career opportunities

Schools Private Sector Some additional administrative costs Using existing business networks

Short ndash Medium

Develop a unifed lsquoEM33rsquo HS2 businessschool engagement programme

Private Sector Careers amp Skills Company LEP Skills Boards

Refocussing existing resources Short

Harnessing Universities

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

EM Universities to develop HS2 programmes of engagement with business

Universities LEP Skills Boards Research Councils Innovate UK

Leveraging existing resources Short

Establish a Rail Industry Innovation Group through Rail Forum East Midlands (RFEM)

Universities RFEM Network Rail and industry Administrative costs only bodies

Universities East Midland HS2 Delivery Boards Refocussing existing consultancy spend

Immediate

Support Hub Station lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo and signifcant HE links at Chesterfeld Station

Immediate

Develop a university based lsquoRail Innovation Centrersquo

Universities LEPs New funding required Short

13

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

HS2 Ready Businesses

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

Develop an lsquoEM33rsquo HS2 awareness campaign aimed at businesses

LEPs Councils East Midlands Chamber New funding required Immediate

Establish dedicated HS2 supply chain support for businesses

LEPs Private Sector Midlands Engine Supply New funding required for additional 1 FTE Chain Initiative Ofcer

LEPs Private Sector ERDF underspend

Immediate

Promote SME collaboration through business support activity

Immediate

Establish web resource for businesses to identify HS2 Specifc opportunities

LEP Growth Hubs HS2 Ltd Additional support for Growth Hubs required Immediate

Supporting Individuals

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

Develop a public facing lsquoEM33rsquo awareness campaign

LEPs Councils East Midlands Chamber New funding required Immediate

Embed the lsquoEM33rsquo HS2 awareness across job centre and council employment support programmes

DWP Councils voluntary sector Refocussing employment support programmes

Medium

Establish an EM HS2 Delivery Charter to encourage recruitment from lsquohard to reachrsquo groups

Private Sector Councils DWP Administrative costs only Medium ndash Long

14

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

Building Further Education Capacity

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

Embed lsquoEM33rsquo activity into new lsquoTrsquo and relevant lsquoArsquo levels

Further Education (FE) Providers LEPs Councils

Refocussing existing resources and future Local Growth Fund

Short ndash medium

Develop strategic relationship between FE sector and National College for High Speed Rail (NCHSR)

FE Providers private training providers Using existing forums and relationships National College for High Speed Rail (NCHSR)

FE Providers Councils Funding required to recruit additional BIM expert

Immediate

Develop world leading capability for Building Information Management (BIM) linked to Staveley IMD

Short- medium

Support the development of lsquoShared Apprentice Schemesrsquo across key HS2 related job rolesdisciplines

FE Providers LEPS Councils Additional funding required Short

14 Next Steps Within our strategic approach we have identifed three immediate priorities These to be taken forward largely with existing LEP and private sector resources but will require strong local leadership to be successful

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to business support that will help local SMEs beneft from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities to be driven by D2N2 LLLEP and the private sector

bull Establishing a lsquorail industry innovation grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands to help drive innovation within our thriving SME rail engineering sector and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2 awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2 provisionally entitled lsquoEM33rsquo to be driven by East Midlands Chamber of Commerce D2N2 and LLLEP and supported by councils

Over the longer term we would expect mainstream Government funding for skills and business support activity to be refocussed around our priorities For more information about our skills and supply chain strategy please visit httpwwwemcouncilsgovukHS2

15

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Section 2 | Place Summary

Great place-making will be key to realising the opportunities that HS2 connectivity will create Our proposals are ambitious but build upon existing market strengths and add value to the attractive mix of urban and rural environments that already characterises the East Midlands We have also sought to refect the needs and aspirations of future generations in the scale and form of proposed development and by incorporating sustainable transport choices

Our Growth Strategy has been developed within in a wider spatial context that will use HS2 to enhance opportunities in towns and cities across the East Midlands and in key assets like East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange To drive this we have identifed two lsquoGrowth Zonesrsquo which relate directly to the benefts of HS2 connectivity

The East Midlands Hub Growth Zone is related to the area around the Hub Station at Toton Here we are proposing the development of a new high quality lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo with the potential to create up to 10000 new jobs community facilities and a range of new housing choices It will be an inspiring 21st Century Gateway to the East Midlands and a destination in its own right The lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo will sit at the heart of a thriving network of lsquogarden villagersquo developments that will include the nearby Stanton and Chetwynd Barracks sites

Chesterfeld and Staveley will be at the heart of the North Derbyshire Growth Zone but activity will focus on the wider Derbyshire growth story We will use HS2 to complement existing rail services and transform links between Chesterfeld Station and the town centre opening up regeneration opportunities and creating an attractive gateway to the Peak District National Park ndash one of the regionrsquos unique destination ofers The Staveley Depot will be the heart of a mixed use housing and employment zone within the wider growth corridor and in the short term could also provide a construction base for HS2

16

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

21 East Midlands Context Our Growth Strategy has been developed within in a wider spatial context that also seeks to use HS2 to enhance existing regional and national assets across the East Midlands In particular the area spanning the D2N2 and Leicester amp Leicestershire LEP areas which already comprise 315 million people over 100000 businesses and generate pound65 billion of GVA Key opportunities for growth include

bull Derby a city of world class automotive rail and aerospace technology sectors Home to Rolls Royce Bombardier and Toyota and a thriving network of highly specialised manufacturing SMEs

bull Leicester a vibrant diverse city with a strong record of SME formation and major growth potential Home to the National Space Centre and a burgeoning space technology sector

bull Nottingham a city of thriving business services biotech and leisure sectors and fagship companies like Experian and Boots underpinned by world class public transport and local energy systems

bull East Midlands Airport and Gateway the biggest freight airport outside of London and home to DHL The new East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange will generate thousands of new jobs

bull Loughborough a national centre for sport and sports science The Loughborough University Science and Enterprise Park forms part of a recently designated Enterprise Zone

bull Chesterfeld an historic and well connected rail town with a strong engineering economy and both a visitor destination and gateway

bull Peak District National Park and Derwent Valley Mills Word Heritage Site the most visited national park in England adjacent to the cradle of the industrial revolution

bull MansfeldAshfeld key regional service centres with strengths in manufacturing and logistics

There are also a range of growth and regeneration opportunities along the A52 corridor between Derby and Nottingham Castle Ward Pride Park and Raynesway on

Derby A50 Corridor

A42M42 M69

M1

M1

Chesterfeld

Mansfeld Ashfeld

Staveley

HS2

Nottingham

Loughborough

Leicester

A46 Corridor

the Derby side and the Nottingham Enterprise Zones sites Alliance Boots in Beeston Beeston Business Park and the Nottingham Science Park

Within this strategic context we have identifed two lsquoGrowth Zonesrsquo which relate directly to the benefts of HS2 connectivity which we believe will drive HS2 related growth across the wider sub area

bull East Midlands Hub Growth Zone

bull Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

M1 Corridor

3 Cities

Derby Nottingham (A52)

Trent Valley Vision

Derwent Valley Mills World

Heritage Site

Peak District National Park

HS2 Station

Classic Rail Lines

Strategic Context Diagram

17

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

East Midlands Hub Growth Zone Diagram 22 East Midlands Hub Growth Zone Our Growth Vision

The Growth Zone encompasses the Hub Station site at Toton the former ironworks site at Stanton and Chetwynd Barracks The core area encompasses Broxtowe and Erewash Borough Councils Derbyshire and Nottinghamshire County Councils

Central will be the development of a high quality lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo at the Hub Station in Toton itself with the potential to create up to 10000 new jobs and a range of new housing choices The concept of an lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo follows research undertaken looking at trends in business locations away from city centres and the need for a much more dynamic mix of uses that recognises the changing needs and desires of lsquoGeneration Zrsquo It is also consistent with the long term aspirations of the university sector within the region which has actively contributed to our thinking

Our vision includes the development of a network of mixed use lsquogarden villagesrsquo that will incorporate the very latest innovations in land remediation environmental standards together with advances in sustainable drainage localised energy and public transport Enhanced connectivity by sustainable modes of transport will ensure the development of pedestrian orientated streets and spaces which will be attractive to both local people and investors

The developments will complement the adjacent city centre ofer and help to drive major improvements to existing places such as Long Eaton and Stapleford

HS2

A52 Jct 25

A50

Jct 24

M1

Castle Donington amp EM Gateway Freight Interchange East Midlands Airport

Lougborough

East Midlands Parkway amp Ratclife

Innovation Campus amp Hub Station

Stanton Derby

Prid

e Par

k Ray

nesw

ay

Spon

don

Boots Campus

Beeston

ScienceMedi

Nottingham

A453

P

P

Potential Mass Rapid-Transit

Classic Rail Lines

Garden Village Network

Key Employment Sites

HS2 Line

Chetwynd

i Celanese

Urban Village

Infnity Garden Village

18

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Toton Area (Hub Station) Development Framework

We have worked with councils local partners and the Toton Neighbourhood Planning Forum to develop a long term non-statutory lsquodevelopment frameworkrsquo for the Hub Station Growth Area in Toton to inform the review of local plans and future investment decisions The development framework recognises a series of distinct character areas and sets out development principles for each

Station Hub The core development area is clustered to the east and west of the Hub Station Anchored by key multi modal transport infrastructure (including HS2 and Classic rail facilities NET bus interchange facilities and central car parking facilities) The primary land use in this area will be workspace development set within a high quality urban development context Hotel and residential accommodation may also be appropriate at this central location and the arearsquos public realm will be animated by cafeacutes restaurants and small scale retail outlets serving passengers employees and residents

Toton Area (Hub Station) Development

19

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

The Hub Station and surrounding area

A new public space will be created adjacent to the main station concourse This will provide a high quality east-west pedestrian connection across the HS2 lines and support interchange between a range of transport modes This development area is located on a plateau which is at a signifcantly lower level than the main development site to the east New buildings will typically be taller (up to 6-8 storeys) which will allow the development to act as a marker in the context of the rail corridor without appearing incongruous within the wider development

Toton Innovation Campus This mixed use corridor runs through the heart of the site connecting the HS2 station and areas to the west following the tram corridor towards Toton Lane NET station in the east

This dynamic space will be characterised not only by the diversity of uses but also a green boulevard and sustainable transport corridor and will include a mixture of medium density workspace including apartment based residential development

The lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo is roughly equidistant between the city centres of Nottingham and Derby and is intended to be anchored by a university based research and development centre To the south links to Leicester East Midlands Airport East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange and the Enterprise Zone sites in Loughborough will drive further opportunities

To achieve the scale of development and sense of place envisaged will require major investment in land assembly management and infrastructure Making the right moves now will provide much needed capacity to unlock and absorb growth and provide resilience in a currently stressed local network It will also require higher densities than those currently subject of an extant Outline Planning Consent for the site and this will need careful consideration by Broxtowe Borough Council as the Local Planning Authority

A52 Trackside Corridor A series of larger development sites have been identifed along the A52 and rail corridors towards the north of the site ofering the potential to accommodate larger workplace developments or research institutions This area will ofer the potential to accommodate distinctive gateway buildings acting as markers along both the A52 and HS2 corridors

Waterside Development parcels along the Erewash River Canal corridor are considered an appropriate mix of uses including residential Building heights will step down from around six storeys adjacent to the rail corridor to around three storeys in areas closer to the river canal corridor respecting the domestic scale of buildings to the west The landscaped environment of the river canal corridor will be brought into the area with a series of lsquogreen fngersrsquo leading into the development site This open space will serve a

20

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

variety of functions including recreation food mitigation and ecological habitat The orientation of buildings within this corridor should support this landscape strategy and open up views of the canal river corridor from higher ground to the east of the HS2 line

Parkside Generous green corridors are proposed as a bufer between the planned new development and existing residential communities Lower density areas broadly refecting established residential areas of Toton will front onto these spaces with a typical height of two to

three storeys open landscaped space and site topography ensuring that the amenity of existing local residents are protected New footpaths and cycleways will integrate the site with its surrounding context and enable residents of existing neighbourhoods to access facilities and transport hubs within the new development site It should be noted that new vehicular connections to these neighbourhoods are not proposed

bull Neighbourhood Centres These centres will be located at highly accessible positions within the

The Toton Innovation Campus looking towards the Hub Station

development and will allow the vast majority of the site area to be located within an easy fve minute walking catchment of local facilities

bull HS2 Hub This facility will serve HS2 passengers along with residents and workers based in the lower western section of the site It is envisaged that cafeacutes restaurants and local retail facilities will be integrated within the main station concourse and spill out onto the adjoining public plaza This area also becomes a new cross-roads within a more resilient local road network ofering better connections between SandiacreStapleford and Long Eaton This will further enhance the vitality and vibrancy of the area whilst ensuring surrounding communities can access the services on ofer by a full range of transport choices

bull Toton Innovation Campus Centre Located at the heart of the development a cluster of local retail leisure and hospitality facilities will be clustered in and around a central square Facilities such as a hotel gym business centre and resource centre may also be attracted to this central pedestrian orientated space

bull Community Hub A site to the west of the Toton Lane NET Station has been identifed for the relocation of the George Spencer Academy along with a site for a new primary school a leisure centre and health facility These new community infrastructure buildings will be developed in a green landscape setting with good pedestrian and cycle links to local neighbourhoods and public transport hubs The level of retail development (including

21

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

restaurants cafeacutes) will be controlled to a level which provides for the needs of local residents employees and passengers and avoid competition with existing local centres

The Universities of Derby Nottingham and Nottingham Trent are fully supportive of the HS2 Growth Strategy We have a long history of working together to re-balance economy and believe that this investment has the potential to be transformative

To maximise the value derived from this investment the universities are in a strong position to build on our established partnership for example by working together to shape the proposed lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo located at the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton

The active involvement of the universities at an early stage in defning the proposed lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo means that we can develop an integrated strategy for research teaching and business interaction aligned with HS2 investment

The lsquoworld-classrsquo connectivity aforded by the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton will support the difusion of these opportunities and position the East Midlands as a stronger resilient and more productive economy

bull Green Infrastructure From a place making perspective the HS2 Hub site will be designed to integrate with its surrounding natural environments In total around 16 hectares of open space are proposed within the development site

bull River Canal Corridor The Erewash river and canal corridor runs to the east of the site and provides an area of high amenity value To the north the opportunity exists to enhance the network of footpaths and cycleways leading up to the strategic Stanton Iron Works site and beyond To the south new pedestrian and cycle links will connect the site to the Attenborough Nature Reserve and the Trent Valley This will include opportunities to reinstate new routes beneath the HS2 classic rail line to the south of the station and also to reduce the risk of fooding associated with this section of the river More generally the opportunity to enhance the character of the river and canal corridor would provide further amenity and ecological benefts This may include enhancements to the Sandiacre Locks Conservation Area and measures to introduce more variety diverse habitats and interest to the river lsquochannelrsquo

bull Toton Horseshoe A landscaped corridor is proposed to wrap around the existing Toton residential area This will provide a bufer between planned new development and the local residential areas encompass existing areas of maturing woodland and create a new connection through to the redeveloped Chetwynd Barracks to the east

bull Green Boulevard A new green spine is planned to run through the heart of the new development This route will connect the eastern and western sections of the site via a new pedestrian link across the HS2 corridor and a new plaza at the station entrance The boulevard a wide green space integrating a small existing watercourse will run

through the heart of the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo connecting to the area of protected Green Belt land to the north east

bull Local Amenity Open Space In addition to the strategic green infrastructure highlighted above a network of local amenity spaces will be integrated across the new development These will include both formal and informal recreation areas and play space for the enjoyment of residents employees and visitors alike

Associated lsquoGarden Villagersquo Developments

Chetwynd Barracks The MoD site at Chetwynd will become available for development from 2020 and will be designed and developed as an integral part of the Hub Station Growth area The development will provide a predominantly residential area that will be linked directly to the lsquoCommunity Hubrsquo north of the existing Toton Lane Like the main Hub Station lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo and Community Hub Chetwynd will be subject to the policies of the emerging Broxtowe Local Plan and of Nottinghamshire County Council as the Local HighwayTransport Authority and Local Education Authority

Stanton The Hub Station Growth Zone also includes the former iron works at Stanton where additional employment opportunities will be realised alongside up to 2000 homes which will serve to complement the proposals for the Hub Station and Innovation Campus This site falls within Erewash Borough Council and Derbyshire County Councilrsquos administrative areas This site is subject of a separate Supplementary Planning Document published by Erewash Borough Council and the proposals outlined in the Growth Strategy are consistent with this

22

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Ratclife Power Station Site Within the wider area there may also be further growth opportunities to be explored as part of the HS2 Growth Strategy including Ratclife Power Station Whilst this is not anticipated to be decommissioned before 2025 its location adjacent to the existing East Midlands Parkway station and an existing railhead means that the site has potential to create a transport orientated mixed use development around the station and a possible location for rail related development This site falls within Rushclife Borough Council and Nottinghamshire County Councilrsquos administrative areas

Derby There are already proposals to develop up to 2000 new homes as part of the lsquoInfnity Garden Villagersquo development which spans the boundary between the city of Derby and South Derbyshire District Council In addition there is potential for major mixed use development on the former Courtaulds site at Spondon on the east side of Derby

Leicestershire There are emerging proposals for major housing development in North West Leicestershire linked to employment growth at East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange

23 Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone Our Growth Vision

The Growth Zone is focussed on the Borough of Chesterfeld within the county of Derbyshire and includes the areas around the existing railway station and the proposed Infrastructure Maintenance Depot (IMD) at Staveley east of the town centre also proposed as a construction base for HS2

Our ambitions for Chesterfeld and Staveley are set in the context of a wide growth story for the wider northern Derbyshire area that builds on existing strengths in tourism construction and engineering higher and further education and professional services Key complementary investments include the lsquoPeak Resortrsquo development that

will combine a unique combination of tourism and HEFE education and training

HS2 will bring Chesterfeld within 108 minutes from London and serve a catchment area of over 1 million people Plans for Chesterfeld will transform the relationship between

Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

23

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

the rail station the town centre and major regeneration opportunities and enable the station to become an attractive gateway to the town itself the surrounding Peak District National Park and other key heritage assets - particularly for international visitors Proposals include a scalable housing and commercial investment proposition that will be accelerated to welcome HS2 through investment in enabling infrastructure

The proposed IMD is set within a wider masterplan for the Staveley corridor that will deliver signifcant levels of housing and job growth and provide a focus for the local rail engineering sector including the development of a rail industry lsquocentre of excellencersquo linked to the High Speed Rail College In the shorter term there is an ambition for the Staveley site to be used for a base for the construction of the majority of Phase 2b of HS2

Construction of early phases of the Chesterfeld amp Staveley Regeneration Route will enable key brownfeld regeneration sites to be developed and wider benefts to the A61 Corridor and the extended Markham Vale Enterprise Zone

Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

Underpinning the vision will be a strong focus on inclusive growth linked to our wider skills and supply chain strategy making sure that local communities and local businesses can beneft from the investment that HS2 will bring

Chesterfeld amp Staveley Development Framework

We will enable this growth in the number and quality of jobs by re-shaping and transforming our places through infrastructure-led development Those places will be allowed to fourish and cater for our changing communities as well as providing for new communities and retaining those such as graduates who will have much wider lifestyle choices as a result

Chesterfeld Station

Chesterfeld Station will have an enhanced role as both a destination and a gateway to surrounding localities Over 1 million people already live within 30 minutes of the station HS2 will bring Birmingham and Leeds within 50 minutes We will bring forward development and infrastructure in tandem to provide a high quality experience for those using the

Platform 4

Chesterfeld Station

Chesterfeld Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo

24

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

station lsquoPlatform 4rsquo will provide a modern and attractive route across the A61 with well-designed public realm that will bring the station into the town centre as well as allowing far greater accessibility to public transport Unused and under-used land around the station will be developed and linked to the adjacent Waterside development to provide a mixed-use lsquourban villagersquo ft for future generations to live work and play

Remodelled links between Chesterfeld Station and the town

The infrastructure provided to improve access to the station for HS2 services will also allow us to accelerate our ambition for the wider town centre By taking trafc out of the historic core of the town we can enhance the visitor experience and bring forward new opportunities for residential development with a wide and fexible mix of tenures This will ensure far greater vibrancy within the town which will expand to include the station area and support the wider ambitions for growth in our key sectors

Staveley

The proposed Infrastructure Maintenance Depot (IMD) at Staveley provides a signifcant opportunity to bring forward a much wider strategic development on this 150 hectare brownfeld site Through investing in infrastructure in particular local road access we can open up not just the depot site but a whole new sustainable community of around 1500 homes and many hundreds of new jobs

By phasing the development we will also be able to ofer a well located construction base for HS2 bringing investment and jobs to the area well in advance of the maintenance depot Over the longer term we believe there is the potential to develop the area around the Infrastructure

The wider Chesterfeld Station Area Masterplan wide

Residential building

OfficeCommercial building

Officeresidential building

Hotel building

Station building

MSCP building

Green Space

Public realm

Potential development areas subject to consultation with existing land owners

Retained Listed station building

Ground foor community facility land use

Potential pedestriancycle link to the east

Maintenance Depot as a rail industry lsquocentre of excellencersquo linked to the High Speed Rail College and the NewRail centre at Barrow Hill Roundhouse

Strategic outline masterplan for the Staveley Corridor

Characterising development at all these sites will be an approach to place-making for the future This is led by consideration of how our communities of the future will want to live and work rather than being based on historic development models

We will use the investment in infrastructure to develop places and homes that anticipate our changing population putting in place fexible models in order to meet future demand This will include providing a far better choice for older people with homes that meet current and future care needs We will make the most of the expanding higher education ofer to enable quality student accommodation and develop places in which our graduates want to stay live earn and spend

25

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Strategic outline masterplan for the Staveley corridor 24 Next Steps Our proposals for the Hub Station and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zones are long term and ambitious Whilst the proposed development will lead to an uplift in land values and economic and social benefts it will also require investment in local and strategic infrastructure and land remediation and assembly

We have undertaken technical work to understand likely infrastructure and land costs and development trajectories that could be delivered to inform an initial outline business case assessment consistent with the Treasuryrsquos lsquoGreen Bookrsquo This work will continue to develop as our plans mature

Further detail on delivery is contained in Section 4

Key

SWA1 Redline Boundary

Existing Features

Culvert

River

Canal

Crossing Point

Road

Railway Line

Right of Way

Building

Listed Building

Non Designated Heritage Asset

Existing Trees

Proposed Features

Marina

CS Regeneration Route

Road

FootCycle Path

Pedestrian Zone

Avenue Planting

Public Open Space

Key Building

Railway Line

Canal

Proposed Usage

Residential

Mixed use - Community Retail Residential

Mixed Use - Employment Local Skills and crafts

Workshops Studios Residential

Mixed Use - Community Canal related

Residential

Safeguarded School Site

Leisure - Hotel Pub Restaurant

B1 - Office and Light Industry

B2 - General Industry

B8 - Warehousing and Distribution

HS2 Maintenance Depot

26

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Section 3 | Connectivity Summary

The Hub Station at Toton will already be the most connected on the high speed network outside of London and will serve a catchment of over 2 million people Whilst the development adjacent to the Hub Station will be crucial our early work confrmed that much of the wider economic potential of HS2 will be dependent on the extent to which we can connect economic opportunities across the East Midlands into the high speed network In particular the city centres of Derby Leicester and Nottingham East Midlands Airport and sites that exist in the towns and villages surrounding both the Hub Station and Chesterfeld

Our analysis has demonstrated which modes of transport will serve diferent markets most efectively ndash national regional sub-regional and local Based on this we have set out a comprehensive step by step approach to connectivity which will maximise transport choice for future generations as well as tackling congestion issues that exist today

Key to this will be safeguarding the ability to extend public transport accessibility in the scope of the Governmentrsquos Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and planning now for a phased approach to delivery of highway improvements starting in RIS2

Whilst we are confdent that the measures we have identifed can deliver positive outcomes more detailed design work will be required to secure the capital funding necessary for delivery Further work on the design and phasing of key interventions will therefore be undertaken with transport modelling developed in partnership with Midlands Connect the outcome of which will also help to scope the necessary provisions of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

27

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

SCOTLAND

YORK amp NEWCASTLE

LEEDS

EAST MIDLANDS

HUB

SOUTH YORKSHIRE

SHEFFIELD HS2

CHESTERFIELD

CREWE HS2 HUB

BIRMINGHAM

STOKE DERBY

LEICESTER

LOUGHBOROUGH

LONDON EUROPE

BEESTON

NOTTINGHAM LINCOLN

MANSFIELD

WORKSOP

31 National Context HS2 will help to transform the position of our towns and cities within the UK and Midlands making our local economies more competitive

HS2 CURRENT

68 104 NOTTINGHAM TO LONDON

HHS2S2 CU

142 LEICESTER TO NEWCASTLE

HHS2S2 CURRENT

50 77 DERBY TO LEEDS

HHS2S2 CURRENT

73 145 LEICESTER TO LEEDS

HHS2S2 CURRENT

36 73 NOTTINGHAM TO BIRMINGHAM

HS2 CURRENT

71 143 CHESTERFIELD TO LONDON

RRENT

205

28

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Midlands Connect

The Midlands Connect Strategy described how the HS2 stations at Birmingham Curzon Street UK Central and East Midlands will form the lsquohubrsquo of the UKrsquos high speed rail network Together with classic compatible connectivity at Chesterfeld Crewe and Stoke stations this will unlock economic growth across the Midlands - provided we get the local connectivity right

Through Midlands Connect we are taking forward a body of technical work to defne and develop the local strategic connections that will maximise economic growth opportunities Through the wider Midlands Engine initiative we are promoting the transformational benefts of HS2 to national and international investors

For more information about Midlands Connect and the Midlands Engine please visit httpswwwmidlandsconnectuk

HS2 East

Our work through the HS2 East partnership has demonstrated that the Eastern Leg of HS2 between Birmingham to Leeds via the East Midlands Hub Station has the best business case of any part of the proposed network - with a beneft to cost ratio of over 5 to 1

However the economic impact of the Eastern Leg extends further than Leeds The proposed lsquoclassic compatiblersquo link to the East Coast Main Line will enable high speed rail services to serve the North East of England and Scotland ndash linking

six of the UKrsquos top ten cities and 20 of national GVA This will result in lsquoagglomerationrsquo impacts of over pound700 million GVA and some major journey time savings

bull Leeds to Glasgow reduction of 90 minutes

bull Sheffield to Edinburgh reduction of 90 minutes

bull Newcastle to Birmingham reduction of 85 minutes

Together the Eastern Leg of HS2 and an enhanced East Coast Main Line provide the obvious route for reducing journey times from Scotland to London towards the three hour mark ndash the point at which rail becomes competitive with air travel

For further information about HS2 East please visit httpwwwhs2eastcouk

32 Our strategic approach Connecting key centres of population and development opportunities across the East Midlands to the high speed network will be key to realising the wider economic potential that HS2 connectivity brings

Our analysis has demonstrated which modes of transport will serve diferent markets most efectively Only by developing a comprehensive lsquomulti-modalrsquo approach to connectivity can we deliver the transport choice required by future generations and start to tackle some of the congestion issues that exist today

We also acknowledge that not everything can or indeed should happen at once We have therefore set out a phased approach to improving connectivity at least some of which can be delivered before HS2 becomes fully operational

Heavy Rail Pimary Market

Mass Transit Strategy Regional

Bus Connectivity Sub-Regional amp Local

Taxi Connectivity Sub-Regional amp Local

Walking and Cycling Local and Very Local

Park and Ride Sub-Regional amp Local

Highway Sub-Regional amp Local

Our strategic approach to connectivity

33 Rail Rail will be the most efective mode for accessing the Hub Station from surrounding city and town centres It will also link the East Midlands with the major city-regions across the rest of the UK ndash not least by the HS2 network itself

HS2 Services

The latest service specifcation published by HS2 Ltd indicates that the East Midlands Hub Station will be the best connected on the high speed network outside of London with seven HS2 services per hour in both directions

Impressive though this level of connectivity is we believe there is scope for further improvements

29

Through our work on the HS2 East Partnership we believe there is a strong economic case for the Eastern Leg of HS2 and the East Coast Main Line forming the primary route for serving Scotland not least because it would link the fnancial centres of Leeds and Edinburgh and the conurbations of the North East ndash also a key objective of Transport for the North

The scale of growth proposed in Chesterfeld as described in Section Two makes a compelling case for both Shefeld trains stopping at Chesterfeld Station rather than just one per hour

Classic Compatible Services

It is clear that although the Eastern Leg of HS2 will be designed to accommodate up to 18 trains per hour (in line with the rest of the network) the current service pattern only currently envisages nine There is therefore scope to run additional services on at least part of the Eastern Leg Working with both Midlands Connect and Transport for the North we believe there is a business case for two additional lsquoclassic compatiblersquo trains per hour linking Leicester and LeedsManchester which would transform rail connectivity between the East Midlands and the Northern Powerhouse

For this to be deliverable there would need to be a lsquoclassic compatiblersquo connection between HS2 and an electrifed Midland Main Line at or around the Hub Station HS2 Ltd have developed an indicative design for how this could be delivered Although further work will be required we believe we have sufcient economic evidence now for the Secretary of State to make at least lsquopassive provisionrsquo for such a link in the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

Newcastle

Durham

Dalington

York

Leeds

Shefeld Midland

Chesterfeld

Toton

Church Street

Birmingam Interchange

Old Oak Common Euston

bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

Trains from London 6tph

Trains from Birmrsquoham 3tph

Proposed HS2 Service Pattern for the Eastern Leg

NEWCASTLE

YORK

LEEDS

LONDON BIRMINGHAM

29 36

106

19

EAST MIDLANDS

HUB

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Classic Services

In addition to the two lsquoclassic compatiblersquo services working through Midlands Connect we have identifed an additional 11 lsquoclassic servicesrsquo that could serve the Hub Station These would be a mixture of lsquoshuttle servicesrsquo fast and semi-fast services and stopping services In total this would mean the Hub Station would be served by 20 trains per hour in both directions ndash an outstanding level of connectivity

HS2 Hub Station Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS)

The service specifcation for the Hub Station is consistent with the wider Midlands Connect ITSS which supports the Midlands Connect Strategy published in March 2017

The Maid Marian Line

In addition we believe there is the potential to develop a new service linking the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton with Mansfeld Ashfeld via the adaption on an existing freight line known as the Maid Marian Line This direct link would facilitate greater connectivity for residents and businesses to HS2 services supporting economic regeneration in the towns and contributing to the wider Nottinghamshire growth story We are working with Network Rail to understand any implications for the wider Midlands Connect ITSS

Capacity at Trent Junctions

A key constraint to the delivery of the Midlands Connect ITSS is the capacity of Trent Junctions south of Nottingham We understand that HS2 Ltd will need to make some improvements to Trent Junctions to accommodate the HS2 Core proposition - although these on their own will

30

51

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

HS2 Services

London - Leeds Birmingham - Leeds

London - Leeds Birmingham - Newcastle

London - Chesterfeld - Shefeld - Leeds

Birmingham - Leeds London - Shefeld - York

34 Mass Transit Extensions Classic Compatible Services

Shuttle Services

Nottingham - EM Hub Derby - EM Hub

Fast and Semi-fast Services

Leicester - Crewe Crewe - EM Hub

London - Manchester Crewe - EM Hub

Stopping Services

Leicester - Leeds Leicester - Manchester The success of the Nottingham Express Transit (NET) has demonstrated the potential of mass transit to reduce

Leicester - Lincoln Nottingham - Leeds

Leicester - Nottingham Leicester - Derby

Norwich - Liverpool Newark Castle - Matlock

HS2 Hub Station Indicative Train Service Specifcation

not be sufcient to accommodate the Midlands Connect ITSS There is a clear operational case for avoiding multiple engineering works on this congested section of railway infrastructure ndash with a single enhancement scheme being the clearly favoured option Based on our initial work with Network Rail we believe there is a sufcient economic case now for the Secretary of State to make at least lsquopassive provisionrsquo for an enhanced scheme in the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

congestion increase transport choice and connect people to jobs and services It will therefore be a key element of the connectivity strategy for maximising the economic benefts of the HS2 Hub Station Given the technical challenges and the scale of investment required we recognise the importance of taking a phased approach to delivery

Extending NET to the Hub Station

The frst phase would be to extend the tram from the park and ride site at Toton Lane to the Hub Station ndash a distance of around one mile This will connect the Hub Station to key locations such as the Queens Medical Centre the University campus and the Enterprise Zone and complement the heavy rail service to Nottingham City Centre This link will need to be in place when the Hub Station becomes operational to serve the Nottingham Enterprise Zone sites and to establish the principle tram access in the publicrsquos mind

Extending Connectivity over the Hub Station

Our work has highlighted a number of options for extending connectivity to the west of the Hub Station towards Derby and East Midlands Airport which would have signifcant economic benefts These could be delivered by bus rapid transit (BRT) tram-train as well as by NET extensions Further work will be required to determine the optimum routes and modes These options would require a link over the Hub Station (similar to the arrangement at Nottingham Station) which would be costly to retro-ft We have therefore included a public transport overbridge into our proposals for the Hub Station At this stage it is unlikely that this on its own will require provision for further land take in the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill however it may impact on the required Environmental Impact Statement

Options to Derby

There are two main options for connecting Derby The frst would follow the route of the A52 This would be fast ndash but not as fast as the classic rail service from Derby Station It would be direct but serve a limited population catchment The relatively high cost of developing this as a tram route would appear to make it unviable - although it could have potential as a route for a lower cost form of BRT

The second option would run to the south of the A52 and link the Hub Station with Long Eaton and then on to Breaston Borrowash Spondon Pride Park and Derby Station It would be slower but serve a much larger population catchment It would be cheaper to develop as a tram route but could impact on the proposed canal

31

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Red Arrow Skylink

Zoom 15

i4 18

Indigo 510

Y5 Toton Sidings

NET

Options for bus services serving the Hub Station

35

Revised existing route

New Fast Track to EMA via M1

Arnold via QMC City Hospital

Mansfeld via M1 Kirkby Sutton

Alfreton via M1 Heanor Ripley

restoration project It could be developed in phases the frst comprising a NET extension to a park and ride site west of the M1

Options to East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Rail Freight Interchange

There are a number of potential routes to the airport Following the rail corridor south from the Hub Station before heading west is likely to be the quickest and would limit environmental impacts on Long Eaton town centre It also has potential for a tram-train solution should this become a viable technology in the UK The scale of employment growth proposed at East Midlands Gateway the potential for a lsquoFree Trade Zonersquo around the airport as well as the projected growth in air passenger numbers means such a link could have signifcant economic benefts

Bus amp Taxi Bus travel will continue to be the backbone of the local public transport for many people There is already a comprehensive network of bus routes and services across the sub-region which could be developed to serve the Hub Station from a wide range of locations

The key challenge for operators from a commercial perspective will be to ensure that the Hub Station does not become a lsquoterminusrsquo destination Buses (and taxis) must therefore be able to pass through the Hub Station to also serve surrounding communities across the wider sub-region Our proposed confguration of local road links between the Hub Station and Long Eaton Stapleford

32

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Sandiacre and Toton as well as access from the A52 would enable a commercially viable network of bus services to be established

For Chesterfeld a new road link into the south of the station complex for buses and taxis will provide a through route that will integrate the existing station into local public transport networks more efectively

36 Cycling amp Walking Every rail passenger is a pedestrian at the point of boarding a train Making the Hub Station and the immediate surrounding environment pedestrian friendly will make travel by train more attractive and help to drive patronage

It is also important that local people in surrounding communities have safe and attractive routes for walking and cycling ndash not just to the Hub Station but also to and within the proposed Innovation Campus Cycling and walking are likely to become more attractive options to future generations as public attitudes to travel continue to change This trend has been refected in the core design principles we have established that will underpin future development on the Hub Station site

For Chesterfeld we have set out proposals known as lsquoPlatform 4rsquo for enhancing pedestrian and public transport accessibility between the Station and the town centre over the A61 dual carriageway

37 Park amp Ride A well-coordinated and managed park amp ride strategy can help to reduce the impacts of congestion and provide viable transport choices for local communities

There are opportunities to develop park and ride facilities serving the Hub Station in tandem with a phased roll out of an extended mass transit system The existing park amp

Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site

ride site at Toton Lane (1300 spaces) linked to the tram will be retained albeit in modifed form In addition to a multi-storey car park at the Hub Station itself (1300 spaces proposed) there is an opportunity to develop an additional parking facility of a similar size west of M1 Junction 25 linked to a frst phase extension of the tram over the Hub Station

33

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

This would give a third car park option and the ability to manage travel demand to the Hub Station site in a more fexible manner - as well as an ability to reduce pressure on M1 Junction 25

On the Derby side of the A52 there are options for park and ride sites on the east side of Derby as part of a mass transit system linking Pride Park and Derby Station to the City Centre which could ultimately connect to the Hub Station

38 Strategic amp Local Road Access Despite the focus on public transport cycling and walking access by private car will still be important and a 1300 space multi-storey car park is proposed at the Hub Station However this will require a highway solution that must also address a number of existing challenges

Access from the A52 and M1

Access from the strategic road network into the Hub Station Site will be critical Our technical work has suggested that a single access from the A52 into the site for all movements is unlikely to be deliverable Whilst an engineering solution could be developed it would be very expensive environmentally damaging and take up valuable land that could be better used for economic development purposes

As a result a phased approach is proposed comprising the following key moves

1 A new lsquoat gradersquo junction on the A52 east of the Bardills Roundabout linked to a new Toton Lane which would provide access from Nottingham to the east of the Hub Station site and support the early phases of development of the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

2 A new lsquoof setrsquo junction on the A52 to the west of the use of the construction access required by HS2 Ltd M1 which would remove local movements from M1 to build the Hub Station Junction 25 and provide a more direct route under

Our technical work suggests there is scope to deliver key the motorway into Long Eaton

moves 1) and 2) in advance of the Hub Station opening 3 A new lsquograde separatedrsquo junction on the A52 to the The scale of existing problems and likely future trafc

north of the Hub Station to provide access from growth on the A52 corridor suggests that there is already a Derby and the M1 ndash which has the potential to make strong case for Highways England working with Midlands

Provide local road access to StaplefordSandiacre

Relieve congestion at Bardills and Toton Lane

Provide access from A52

Separate local amp strategic movements at J25

Provide for E-W movements

Provide for local road access for Long Eaton

Strategic amp Local Road Access Challenges

34

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Access from A52 and M1

Connect and local partners to make a proposal for major scheme funding in RIS 2 ndash which would also contribute to a comprehensive connectivity strategy for the Hub Station

A direct link to the Hub Station from the north through 3) will be linked to the construction of the station itself by HS2 Ltd and may be able to make use of any temporary construction access required by HS2 Ltd

Stanton Sandiacre

Derby

Stapleford

Long Eaton

Primary HS2

access

New eastern access

Re-modelled Bardills junction

New eastern access link

Toton Lane

Local access link

Local local link

New ofset A52 Junction

New local link

Remodelled M1 Junction 25

link

1a

1b

3 2

M1

A52

HS2

Local access Nottingham

junction

39

Finally there is the potential to establish a Park amp Ride site west of the M1 linked to a tram extension and the proposed lsquoof-setrsquo junction on the A52 This would provide a further car parking option for the Hub Station and help to manage movements through M1 Junction 25

Local Road Access

As described above local road access to the Hub Station from Long Eaton Stapleford Sandiacre and Toton will be important to secure commercially viable bus and coach services and taxis ndash as well as safe cycle routes We have developed a proposal for local access that can be integrated into the design of the Hub Station and which will complement the proposed strategic links Key to this will be the development of a local road link running under the HS2 and classic rail tracks to the south of the Hub Station

Next Steps We are clear that whilst all the individual elements of our connectivity strategy will have positive outcomes the real benefts will only be achieved by taking an integrated approach to scheme development and delivery

We will therefore develop our proposals further through a project joint funded by Midlands Connect East Midlands partners HS2 Ltd and Highways England known as the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan Phase 1 will use transport modelling to optimise the package of interventions and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment Phase 2 will examine connectivity issues over a wider strategic area including the long term future of the M1

Further detail on delivery is contained in Section 4

35

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Local Road Access Diagram

1

2

3

4

5

6

New A52 access Pedestrian NET link Bus Interchange amp Station Car Park

Remodelled Bardills roundabout

7

8

9

10

11

Local link to Long Eaton

New Bardills roundabout Local link to Sandiacre

New Toton Lane NET extension amp option to extend to EMA Derby

HS2 underpass Station Concourse

HS2 overpass

36

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Section 4 | Delivery Summary

We have undertaken a number of technical studies to understand the costs and benefts of various scales and rates of development to inform the development of an initial outlines business case for our proposals consistent with Treasury requirements which is set out in a separate document This work will evolve and become more granular as our growth proposition matures

There is potential for signifcant employment and housing development across the East Midlands Hub and Derbyshire Growth Zones This will make a signifcant contribution to the Governmentrsquos rebalancing agenda and provide an impetus for growth across the wider East Midlands where there is potential to deliver an additional 74000 jobs and pound4 billion of GVA above trend

We have set out the key moves necessary to deliver our proposals for people place and connectivity and highlighted the immediate measures necessary to safeguard future opportunities Detailed proposals are set out in Appendix 1

We are keen to work with Government to develop propositions for powerful locally led development bodies that can deliver our ambitions for the Hub Station and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zones and contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2

37

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

41 Developing an Investible Proposition Realising our vision for growth will require a combination of strong leadership and clear decision making To inform this we have undertaken a comprehensive programme of technical work to inform our thinking and provide the evidence base for this Growth Strategy including

bull Comprehensive non-statutory development frameworks covering the East Midlands Hub and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

bull A number of concept studies to assess the options for key infrastructure moves including relocation of the existing rail depots at Toton strategic highway access and mass transit extensions

bull A Development Infrastructure Funding (DIF) Study to understand the costs and benefts of diferent scales and rates of development and a funding and delivery mechanisms study to identify options for forward funding of key infrastructure and delivery vehicles

This information has been used to construct an initial outline lsquobusiness casersquo document for our proposals consistent with the Treasuryrsquos lsquoGreen Bookrsquo guidance and will provide the basis for an ongoing dialogue with Government and HS2 Ltd This work will evolve and become more granular over time as our growth proposition matures

Some of the major infrastructure investments will be subject to a separate business case through other established Government programmes such as the Roads Investment Strategy (RIS) This still requires a high-level

case to be made through the Growth Strategy as well as efective co-ordination of planning funding and delivery with other Growth Strategy interventions

42 Key Moves The work we have undertaken to date has identifed a series of key moves that will be required to implement the Growth Strategy including a number of immediate actions which will be necessary to safeguard future opportunities Further detail on these and the necessary enabling measures by Government and its delivery bodies is set out in Appendix 1

People

Our immediate priorities can be delivered largely within existing resources with strong local leadership from the LEPs and the East Midlands Chamber of Commerce and comprise

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to business support that will help local SMEs beneft from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities

bull Establishing a lsquorail industry innovation grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2 awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2

Over the longer term we would expect mainstream Government funding for skills and business support activity to be refocussed around our priorities and complement the strategic approach to skills envisaged by the Midlands Engine

Place

For the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone there are a number of planning land assembly remediation and infrastructure issues that will need to be addressed to enable our vision to be delivered in full In the immediate short term it will be vital to ensure that existing planning consent for the Lime Rise development close to the Hub Station can contribute positively to the delivery of our growth vision

In addition there is a need for further work with the relevant organisations on options for relocating the rail siding and depot activity and the electricity sub-station to locations outside of the Hub Station site and on the expansion and relocation of existing school provision to a better location within the site

Elsewhere we are keen to take forward further work with the Ministry of Defence and the Homes and Communities Agency to ensure that the re-development of the Chetwynd Barracks can actively contribute to a lsquonetwork of garden villagesrsquo

In the Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone the key priority in Chesterfeld will be the delivery of proposals to transform pedestrian and public transport connectivity between the rail station and the town For Staveley the early priorities will be to confrm the depot site as a construction base for HS2 and to secure the frst phases of the Chesterfeld and Staveley Regeneration Route including the provision of improved public transport and pedestrian links necessary to deliver the wider Staveley masterplan

38

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Connectivity

Our immediate priority is to safeguard the potential to secure a classic compatible link at the Hub Station and for enhanced capacity at Trent Junctions capable of delivering the Midlands Connect ITSS These will require the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill which is due to be considered by Ministers in the autumn of 2017 to include provision for the necessary land take

The public transport overbridge and local road connections proposed for the Hub Station will impact on the Hybrid Bill and the associated Environmental Impact Statement and will need to be incorporated into the emerging Hub Station design commissioned by HS2 Ltd

We will need to confrm support from Highways England and HS2 Ltd to take forward the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan with Midlands Connect This work will optimise the package of interventions proposed to serve the Hub Station and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment However we believe we have a sufcient case now for Highways England to identify funding in RIS2 to develop a major scheme on the A52M1 J25 that address existing congestion issues and contributes to the wider solution for accessing the Hub Station

43 Proposals for Delivery Bodies The geographic and political context for the area around the Hub Station is complex spanning a number of local planning authorities local transport authorities and local enterprise partnerships Our work to date has highlighted a range of potential delivery and funding mechanisms that would help to enable development in particular options for Tax Increment Financing (TIf ) But these will require a strategic approach to investment over a number of administrative areas to be efective

There is a local appetite to establish a powerful delivery body that could work at a scale to drive forward our growth vision There are a range of options including the potential for the kind of lsquolocally-led development corporationrsquo envisaged by the Neighbourhood Planning Act 2017

We would like to work with Government over the coming months to develop a proposition for a delivery body for the Hub Station Growth Zone that could begin to operate in lsquoshadow formrsquo with initial seed-corn funding from 2018 onwards

For Chesterfeld and Staveley the geography is less complex with the key moves all within the administrative area of Chesterfeld Borough Council Here a local development company solution may be more appropriate which can also contribute to the delivery of the wider Derbyshire growth story

It will be important to ensure that development in both Growth Zones continues to contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2 under the auspices of the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Mitigation

Whilst HS2 has the potential to bring great benefts to the 44 East Midlands the scale of the new infrastructure involved will also result in some negative impacts ndash particularly in the short term Although the line of route has been designed to minimise impact on environmental assets challenges remain in a number of locations in Derbyshire Leicestershire and Nottinghamshire

Similarly where the line passes through urban areas for example Long Eaton some existing businesses will have to re-locate to alternative premises Whilst the Government has put in place a compensation scheme to assist those directly afected councils are keen to ensure the jobs and investment are retained in the local area wherever possible

The East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board has established a lsquomitigation sub-grouprsquo to work with DfT and HS2 Ltd to help develop detailed designs for key structures that will minimise and mitigate the environmental impacts of the line and look to ensure that existing businesses can continue to thrive As work starts on the development of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill it will be important to ensure that councils are able to inform the detail of the Governmentrsquos proposals on both an individual and collective basis

39

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

45 Phasing of Delivery This Growth Strategy demonstrated the scale complexity and interdependencies between programmes involving a range of partner agencies Many of these programmes involve major schemes that take many years to develop and deliver Although HS2 Phase 2b is not due to become fully operational until 2033 the lead in times are such that key decisions on what might be included within the Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environment Statement will actually be taken during the coming months With appropriate funding and collaboration a number of key moves can be implemented in the short term

Although the development may reach maturity in 2043 by the time HS2 opens there will in fact already be a new place (the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo) emerging around the station to welcome the frst passengers For this to be achieved the delivery partners will need to build momentum over the next 12 months and it is recognised this will require dedicated resource and governance

The evidence base underpinning the growth strategy provides a clear indication of the growth potential and promotes a range of key infrastructure concepts and moves However in order to take these forward and in particular promote some of them for possible inclusion in the Hybrid Bill the partners are clear that more detailed studies and analysis will be required and these will need to be developed in tandem with the work being undertaken for the railway

This highlights the need to establish a dedicated team and for further resources to commission and manage the work programme for the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Phases of Delivery

2017-2022 Hybrid bill development business case development (RS2CP6) land strategy and delivery body early phases of development

2022-2027 Early infrastructure development and key moves (eg depot relocation) next phases of development

2027-2033 HS2 Construction amp completiontesting

2033 HS2 becomes fully operational - local economic development builds momentum

2033-43 Development to maturity

46 First Phase Priorities The focus up to 2022 will be on ensuring the provisions of the Phase 2 Hybrid Bill enable our vision for the Hub Station and priorities for local and strategic connectivity to be implemented Delivery of improvements to the A52 at Bardills and Toton Lane will enable the early phases of the Toton Innovation Campus to commence helping to build investor confdence Completion for the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity plan will progress the wider mix of strategic and local interventions to detailed design stage To be successful all this activity will need to be underpinned by the establishment of a properly resourced and empowered local delivery bodyThe early completion of frst stages of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Station Link Road will help to kick start development in the North Derbyshire Growth Zone

40

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

1 High level Ministerial endorsement of the East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy including through

bull Funding the establishment of a lsquoshadow delivery bodyrsquo to start implementing the Growth Strategy locally and to establish a viable mechanism for capturing a proportion of development value necessary for infrastructure delivery and

bull Promotion by Government and its delivery bodies of key development opportunities set out in the Growth Strategy to national and international investors consistent with the Midlands Engine Vision for Growth

2 Support from DCLG for our vision for the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone by

bull Empowering the HCA to establish a strategic land strategy that will facilitate enabling infrastructure and subsequently to bring forward early phases of development and

bull Using other funding including the current Housing Infrastructure Fund (HIF) to help bring forward early phase infrastructure

3 Support from DfT and its delivery bodies for the implementation of early connectivity priorities related to the Hub Station through

bull Ensuring Highways England and HS2 Ltd contribute gap funding towards the East Midlands Gateway Connectivity Plan Phase 1 Study

bull Funding the delivery phases 1ab of the A52 Access Strategy to enable the initial phases of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo to commence before 2022 and

bull Identifying funding in the next Road Investment Strategy (RIS2) to develop a major scheme to address capacity at M1 Junction 25 and access the Hub Station from the A52 (phases 2 amp3 of the A52 Access Strategy) ndash also making the necessary provisions within the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill amp Environmental Statement

4 DfTHS2 Ltd to ensure that the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make provision at and around the Hub Station for

bull Capacity improvements to classic rail connectivity to the south and north of Toton HS2 station including Trent Junctions optimising the integration of classic and High Speed Rail services and including a lsquoclassic compatible linkrsquo to transform connectivity between Leicester and the north of England

bull An integrated station design including moving the station concourse north to better connect with tram and Public Transport Interchange with an integrated deck connecting eastwest over the HS2 track to

better integrate the Toton station into the heart of the new place ndash the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo This would include provision of a second transfer deck to the south of the main concourse to provide improve capacity and interchange between services

bull Fully integrated public transport interchange and walking routes connecting surrounding communities to promote sustainable travel reduce the need for car parking and thereby make best use of land and local assets including the tram as a means of linking Park amp Ride facilities with the station

bull North South connectivity through the site to connect Long Eaton and Stapleford and to enable local communities to access the station by all modes

bull A clear car parking strategy with a decked car park at the station (premium) complemented by NET based Park and Ride

bull Provision for three bridges as follows

- Integrated with concourse deck to create east west route for tram and sustainable transport links between east and west development areas and to Long Eaton airport and Derby

- Multi-modal bridge south of the A52 to enable resilience in the local network connections to the western development area and

41

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

- Pedestrian bridge at mid-point between the above to connect new communities

bull Provision for an underpass under the Network Rail and HS2 lines to the south of the concourse to enable links between Stapleford Long Eaton and the station by various modes and in particular public transport but as a secondary primary access connecting east and west development areas within the Innovation Campus

5 Separately to ensure the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make specifc provision to deliver the NET tram extension from the existing Toton Park amp Ride to the HS2 Station consistent with the provisions set our above

6 DfTHS2 Ltd to designate Staveley as a major construction hubrailhead for the construction of Phase 2b in addition to the establishment of the Infrastructure Maintenance Depot

7 Government to make a contribution towards the delivery of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Chesterfeld Station Link Road to unlock early development and growth in the corridor

8 Further fnancial and technical support from Network Rail HS2 Ltd and HS2 Growth Partnership to work collaboratively on the relocation of the DBS Depot and Network Rail Sidings to enable development growth and transport connections through the Hub Station area

9 DfTHS2 Ltd to amend the HS2 Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS) to ensure that both Shefeld HS2 classic compatible services stop at Chesterfeld

10 Commitment from DfTHS2 Ltd to at least partially open the Hub Station at Toton by 2030 rather than 2033 to generate additional passenger revenue and accelerate the delivery of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

42

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy World Class - Locally Driven

For more information please contact East Midlands Councils Tel 01664 502620 Email infoemcouncilsgovuk

  • Structure Bookmarks
    • Born 1946-1964
    • Born 1964-1980
    • Born 1980-2000
    • Born 2000+
    • The Hub Station and surrounding area
    • Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone
    • Chesterfield Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo
    • Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site
Page 14: East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy - Broxtowe€¦ · 3.7 Park & Ride 3.8 4.3 East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Contents Contents Foreword 3 3.6 Cycling & Walking 33 Executive Summary

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

Inspiring Young People

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

Programme of engagement covering the entirety of a young personrsquos education

D2N2 LLEP Councils HS2 Ltd Private Sector Refocussing existing resources Short-medium

Ensure teachers amp careers advisors are provided with information about relevant career opportunities

Schools Private Sector Some additional administrative costs Using existing business networks

Short ndash Medium

Develop a unifed lsquoEM33rsquo HS2 businessschool engagement programme

Private Sector Careers amp Skills Company LEP Skills Boards

Refocussing existing resources Short

Harnessing Universities

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

EM Universities to develop HS2 programmes of engagement with business

Universities LEP Skills Boards Research Councils Innovate UK

Leveraging existing resources Short

Establish a Rail Industry Innovation Group through Rail Forum East Midlands (RFEM)

Universities RFEM Network Rail and industry Administrative costs only bodies

Universities East Midland HS2 Delivery Boards Refocussing existing consultancy spend

Immediate

Support Hub Station lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo and signifcant HE links at Chesterfeld Station

Immediate

Develop a university based lsquoRail Innovation Centrersquo

Universities LEPs New funding required Short

13

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

HS2 Ready Businesses

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

Develop an lsquoEM33rsquo HS2 awareness campaign aimed at businesses

LEPs Councils East Midlands Chamber New funding required Immediate

Establish dedicated HS2 supply chain support for businesses

LEPs Private Sector Midlands Engine Supply New funding required for additional 1 FTE Chain Initiative Ofcer

LEPs Private Sector ERDF underspend

Immediate

Promote SME collaboration through business support activity

Immediate

Establish web resource for businesses to identify HS2 Specifc opportunities

LEP Growth Hubs HS2 Ltd Additional support for Growth Hubs required Immediate

Supporting Individuals

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

Develop a public facing lsquoEM33rsquo awareness campaign

LEPs Councils East Midlands Chamber New funding required Immediate

Embed the lsquoEM33rsquo HS2 awareness across job centre and council employment support programmes

DWP Councils voluntary sector Refocussing employment support programmes

Medium

Establish an EM HS2 Delivery Charter to encourage recruitment from lsquohard to reachrsquo groups

Private Sector Councils DWP Administrative costs only Medium ndash Long

14

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

Building Further Education Capacity

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

Embed lsquoEM33rsquo activity into new lsquoTrsquo and relevant lsquoArsquo levels

Further Education (FE) Providers LEPs Councils

Refocussing existing resources and future Local Growth Fund

Short ndash medium

Develop strategic relationship between FE sector and National College for High Speed Rail (NCHSR)

FE Providers private training providers Using existing forums and relationships National College for High Speed Rail (NCHSR)

FE Providers Councils Funding required to recruit additional BIM expert

Immediate

Develop world leading capability for Building Information Management (BIM) linked to Staveley IMD

Short- medium

Support the development of lsquoShared Apprentice Schemesrsquo across key HS2 related job rolesdisciplines

FE Providers LEPS Councils Additional funding required Short

14 Next Steps Within our strategic approach we have identifed three immediate priorities These to be taken forward largely with existing LEP and private sector resources but will require strong local leadership to be successful

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to business support that will help local SMEs beneft from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities to be driven by D2N2 LLLEP and the private sector

bull Establishing a lsquorail industry innovation grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands to help drive innovation within our thriving SME rail engineering sector and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2 awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2 provisionally entitled lsquoEM33rsquo to be driven by East Midlands Chamber of Commerce D2N2 and LLLEP and supported by councils

Over the longer term we would expect mainstream Government funding for skills and business support activity to be refocussed around our priorities For more information about our skills and supply chain strategy please visit httpwwwemcouncilsgovukHS2

15

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Section 2 | Place Summary

Great place-making will be key to realising the opportunities that HS2 connectivity will create Our proposals are ambitious but build upon existing market strengths and add value to the attractive mix of urban and rural environments that already characterises the East Midlands We have also sought to refect the needs and aspirations of future generations in the scale and form of proposed development and by incorporating sustainable transport choices

Our Growth Strategy has been developed within in a wider spatial context that will use HS2 to enhance opportunities in towns and cities across the East Midlands and in key assets like East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange To drive this we have identifed two lsquoGrowth Zonesrsquo which relate directly to the benefts of HS2 connectivity

The East Midlands Hub Growth Zone is related to the area around the Hub Station at Toton Here we are proposing the development of a new high quality lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo with the potential to create up to 10000 new jobs community facilities and a range of new housing choices It will be an inspiring 21st Century Gateway to the East Midlands and a destination in its own right The lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo will sit at the heart of a thriving network of lsquogarden villagersquo developments that will include the nearby Stanton and Chetwynd Barracks sites

Chesterfeld and Staveley will be at the heart of the North Derbyshire Growth Zone but activity will focus on the wider Derbyshire growth story We will use HS2 to complement existing rail services and transform links between Chesterfeld Station and the town centre opening up regeneration opportunities and creating an attractive gateway to the Peak District National Park ndash one of the regionrsquos unique destination ofers The Staveley Depot will be the heart of a mixed use housing and employment zone within the wider growth corridor and in the short term could also provide a construction base for HS2

16

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

21 East Midlands Context Our Growth Strategy has been developed within in a wider spatial context that also seeks to use HS2 to enhance existing regional and national assets across the East Midlands In particular the area spanning the D2N2 and Leicester amp Leicestershire LEP areas which already comprise 315 million people over 100000 businesses and generate pound65 billion of GVA Key opportunities for growth include

bull Derby a city of world class automotive rail and aerospace technology sectors Home to Rolls Royce Bombardier and Toyota and a thriving network of highly specialised manufacturing SMEs

bull Leicester a vibrant diverse city with a strong record of SME formation and major growth potential Home to the National Space Centre and a burgeoning space technology sector

bull Nottingham a city of thriving business services biotech and leisure sectors and fagship companies like Experian and Boots underpinned by world class public transport and local energy systems

bull East Midlands Airport and Gateway the biggest freight airport outside of London and home to DHL The new East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange will generate thousands of new jobs

bull Loughborough a national centre for sport and sports science The Loughborough University Science and Enterprise Park forms part of a recently designated Enterprise Zone

bull Chesterfeld an historic and well connected rail town with a strong engineering economy and both a visitor destination and gateway

bull Peak District National Park and Derwent Valley Mills Word Heritage Site the most visited national park in England adjacent to the cradle of the industrial revolution

bull MansfeldAshfeld key regional service centres with strengths in manufacturing and logistics

There are also a range of growth and regeneration opportunities along the A52 corridor between Derby and Nottingham Castle Ward Pride Park and Raynesway on

Derby A50 Corridor

A42M42 M69

M1

M1

Chesterfeld

Mansfeld Ashfeld

Staveley

HS2

Nottingham

Loughborough

Leicester

A46 Corridor

the Derby side and the Nottingham Enterprise Zones sites Alliance Boots in Beeston Beeston Business Park and the Nottingham Science Park

Within this strategic context we have identifed two lsquoGrowth Zonesrsquo which relate directly to the benefts of HS2 connectivity which we believe will drive HS2 related growth across the wider sub area

bull East Midlands Hub Growth Zone

bull Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

M1 Corridor

3 Cities

Derby Nottingham (A52)

Trent Valley Vision

Derwent Valley Mills World

Heritage Site

Peak District National Park

HS2 Station

Classic Rail Lines

Strategic Context Diagram

17

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

East Midlands Hub Growth Zone Diagram 22 East Midlands Hub Growth Zone Our Growth Vision

The Growth Zone encompasses the Hub Station site at Toton the former ironworks site at Stanton and Chetwynd Barracks The core area encompasses Broxtowe and Erewash Borough Councils Derbyshire and Nottinghamshire County Councils

Central will be the development of a high quality lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo at the Hub Station in Toton itself with the potential to create up to 10000 new jobs and a range of new housing choices The concept of an lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo follows research undertaken looking at trends in business locations away from city centres and the need for a much more dynamic mix of uses that recognises the changing needs and desires of lsquoGeneration Zrsquo It is also consistent with the long term aspirations of the university sector within the region which has actively contributed to our thinking

Our vision includes the development of a network of mixed use lsquogarden villagesrsquo that will incorporate the very latest innovations in land remediation environmental standards together with advances in sustainable drainage localised energy and public transport Enhanced connectivity by sustainable modes of transport will ensure the development of pedestrian orientated streets and spaces which will be attractive to both local people and investors

The developments will complement the adjacent city centre ofer and help to drive major improvements to existing places such as Long Eaton and Stapleford

HS2

A52 Jct 25

A50

Jct 24

M1

Castle Donington amp EM Gateway Freight Interchange East Midlands Airport

Lougborough

East Midlands Parkway amp Ratclife

Innovation Campus amp Hub Station

Stanton Derby

Prid

e Par

k Ray

nesw

ay

Spon

don

Boots Campus

Beeston

ScienceMedi

Nottingham

A453

P

P

Potential Mass Rapid-Transit

Classic Rail Lines

Garden Village Network

Key Employment Sites

HS2 Line

Chetwynd

i Celanese

Urban Village

Infnity Garden Village

18

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Toton Area (Hub Station) Development Framework

We have worked with councils local partners and the Toton Neighbourhood Planning Forum to develop a long term non-statutory lsquodevelopment frameworkrsquo for the Hub Station Growth Area in Toton to inform the review of local plans and future investment decisions The development framework recognises a series of distinct character areas and sets out development principles for each

Station Hub The core development area is clustered to the east and west of the Hub Station Anchored by key multi modal transport infrastructure (including HS2 and Classic rail facilities NET bus interchange facilities and central car parking facilities) The primary land use in this area will be workspace development set within a high quality urban development context Hotel and residential accommodation may also be appropriate at this central location and the arearsquos public realm will be animated by cafeacutes restaurants and small scale retail outlets serving passengers employees and residents

Toton Area (Hub Station) Development

19

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

The Hub Station and surrounding area

A new public space will be created adjacent to the main station concourse This will provide a high quality east-west pedestrian connection across the HS2 lines and support interchange between a range of transport modes This development area is located on a plateau which is at a signifcantly lower level than the main development site to the east New buildings will typically be taller (up to 6-8 storeys) which will allow the development to act as a marker in the context of the rail corridor without appearing incongruous within the wider development

Toton Innovation Campus This mixed use corridor runs through the heart of the site connecting the HS2 station and areas to the west following the tram corridor towards Toton Lane NET station in the east

This dynamic space will be characterised not only by the diversity of uses but also a green boulevard and sustainable transport corridor and will include a mixture of medium density workspace including apartment based residential development

The lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo is roughly equidistant between the city centres of Nottingham and Derby and is intended to be anchored by a university based research and development centre To the south links to Leicester East Midlands Airport East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange and the Enterprise Zone sites in Loughborough will drive further opportunities

To achieve the scale of development and sense of place envisaged will require major investment in land assembly management and infrastructure Making the right moves now will provide much needed capacity to unlock and absorb growth and provide resilience in a currently stressed local network It will also require higher densities than those currently subject of an extant Outline Planning Consent for the site and this will need careful consideration by Broxtowe Borough Council as the Local Planning Authority

A52 Trackside Corridor A series of larger development sites have been identifed along the A52 and rail corridors towards the north of the site ofering the potential to accommodate larger workplace developments or research institutions This area will ofer the potential to accommodate distinctive gateway buildings acting as markers along both the A52 and HS2 corridors

Waterside Development parcels along the Erewash River Canal corridor are considered an appropriate mix of uses including residential Building heights will step down from around six storeys adjacent to the rail corridor to around three storeys in areas closer to the river canal corridor respecting the domestic scale of buildings to the west The landscaped environment of the river canal corridor will be brought into the area with a series of lsquogreen fngersrsquo leading into the development site This open space will serve a

20

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

variety of functions including recreation food mitigation and ecological habitat The orientation of buildings within this corridor should support this landscape strategy and open up views of the canal river corridor from higher ground to the east of the HS2 line

Parkside Generous green corridors are proposed as a bufer between the planned new development and existing residential communities Lower density areas broadly refecting established residential areas of Toton will front onto these spaces with a typical height of two to

three storeys open landscaped space and site topography ensuring that the amenity of existing local residents are protected New footpaths and cycleways will integrate the site with its surrounding context and enable residents of existing neighbourhoods to access facilities and transport hubs within the new development site It should be noted that new vehicular connections to these neighbourhoods are not proposed

bull Neighbourhood Centres These centres will be located at highly accessible positions within the

The Toton Innovation Campus looking towards the Hub Station

development and will allow the vast majority of the site area to be located within an easy fve minute walking catchment of local facilities

bull HS2 Hub This facility will serve HS2 passengers along with residents and workers based in the lower western section of the site It is envisaged that cafeacutes restaurants and local retail facilities will be integrated within the main station concourse and spill out onto the adjoining public plaza This area also becomes a new cross-roads within a more resilient local road network ofering better connections between SandiacreStapleford and Long Eaton This will further enhance the vitality and vibrancy of the area whilst ensuring surrounding communities can access the services on ofer by a full range of transport choices

bull Toton Innovation Campus Centre Located at the heart of the development a cluster of local retail leisure and hospitality facilities will be clustered in and around a central square Facilities such as a hotel gym business centre and resource centre may also be attracted to this central pedestrian orientated space

bull Community Hub A site to the west of the Toton Lane NET Station has been identifed for the relocation of the George Spencer Academy along with a site for a new primary school a leisure centre and health facility These new community infrastructure buildings will be developed in a green landscape setting with good pedestrian and cycle links to local neighbourhoods and public transport hubs The level of retail development (including

21

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

restaurants cafeacutes) will be controlled to a level which provides for the needs of local residents employees and passengers and avoid competition with existing local centres

The Universities of Derby Nottingham and Nottingham Trent are fully supportive of the HS2 Growth Strategy We have a long history of working together to re-balance economy and believe that this investment has the potential to be transformative

To maximise the value derived from this investment the universities are in a strong position to build on our established partnership for example by working together to shape the proposed lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo located at the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton

The active involvement of the universities at an early stage in defning the proposed lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo means that we can develop an integrated strategy for research teaching and business interaction aligned with HS2 investment

The lsquoworld-classrsquo connectivity aforded by the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton will support the difusion of these opportunities and position the East Midlands as a stronger resilient and more productive economy

bull Green Infrastructure From a place making perspective the HS2 Hub site will be designed to integrate with its surrounding natural environments In total around 16 hectares of open space are proposed within the development site

bull River Canal Corridor The Erewash river and canal corridor runs to the east of the site and provides an area of high amenity value To the north the opportunity exists to enhance the network of footpaths and cycleways leading up to the strategic Stanton Iron Works site and beyond To the south new pedestrian and cycle links will connect the site to the Attenborough Nature Reserve and the Trent Valley This will include opportunities to reinstate new routes beneath the HS2 classic rail line to the south of the station and also to reduce the risk of fooding associated with this section of the river More generally the opportunity to enhance the character of the river and canal corridor would provide further amenity and ecological benefts This may include enhancements to the Sandiacre Locks Conservation Area and measures to introduce more variety diverse habitats and interest to the river lsquochannelrsquo

bull Toton Horseshoe A landscaped corridor is proposed to wrap around the existing Toton residential area This will provide a bufer between planned new development and the local residential areas encompass existing areas of maturing woodland and create a new connection through to the redeveloped Chetwynd Barracks to the east

bull Green Boulevard A new green spine is planned to run through the heart of the new development This route will connect the eastern and western sections of the site via a new pedestrian link across the HS2 corridor and a new plaza at the station entrance The boulevard a wide green space integrating a small existing watercourse will run

through the heart of the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo connecting to the area of protected Green Belt land to the north east

bull Local Amenity Open Space In addition to the strategic green infrastructure highlighted above a network of local amenity spaces will be integrated across the new development These will include both formal and informal recreation areas and play space for the enjoyment of residents employees and visitors alike

Associated lsquoGarden Villagersquo Developments

Chetwynd Barracks The MoD site at Chetwynd will become available for development from 2020 and will be designed and developed as an integral part of the Hub Station Growth area The development will provide a predominantly residential area that will be linked directly to the lsquoCommunity Hubrsquo north of the existing Toton Lane Like the main Hub Station lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo and Community Hub Chetwynd will be subject to the policies of the emerging Broxtowe Local Plan and of Nottinghamshire County Council as the Local HighwayTransport Authority and Local Education Authority

Stanton The Hub Station Growth Zone also includes the former iron works at Stanton where additional employment opportunities will be realised alongside up to 2000 homes which will serve to complement the proposals for the Hub Station and Innovation Campus This site falls within Erewash Borough Council and Derbyshire County Councilrsquos administrative areas This site is subject of a separate Supplementary Planning Document published by Erewash Borough Council and the proposals outlined in the Growth Strategy are consistent with this

22

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Ratclife Power Station Site Within the wider area there may also be further growth opportunities to be explored as part of the HS2 Growth Strategy including Ratclife Power Station Whilst this is not anticipated to be decommissioned before 2025 its location adjacent to the existing East Midlands Parkway station and an existing railhead means that the site has potential to create a transport orientated mixed use development around the station and a possible location for rail related development This site falls within Rushclife Borough Council and Nottinghamshire County Councilrsquos administrative areas

Derby There are already proposals to develop up to 2000 new homes as part of the lsquoInfnity Garden Villagersquo development which spans the boundary between the city of Derby and South Derbyshire District Council In addition there is potential for major mixed use development on the former Courtaulds site at Spondon on the east side of Derby

Leicestershire There are emerging proposals for major housing development in North West Leicestershire linked to employment growth at East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange

23 Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone Our Growth Vision

The Growth Zone is focussed on the Borough of Chesterfeld within the county of Derbyshire and includes the areas around the existing railway station and the proposed Infrastructure Maintenance Depot (IMD) at Staveley east of the town centre also proposed as a construction base for HS2

Our ambitions for Chesterfeld and Staveley are set in the context of a wide growth story for the wider northern Derbyshire area that builds on existing strengths in tourism construction and engineering higher and further education and professional services Key complementary investments include the lsquoPeak Resortrsquo development that

will combine a unique combination of tourism and HEFE education and training

HS2 will bring Chesterfeld within 108 minutes from London and serve a catchment area of over 1 million people Plans for Chesterfeld will transform the relationship between

Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

23

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

the rail station the town centre and major regeneration opportunities and enable the station to become an attractive gateway to the town itself the surrounding Peak District National Park and other key heritage assets - particularly for international visitors Proposals include a scalable housing and commercial investment proposition that will be accelerated to welcome HS2 through investment in enabling infrastructure

The proposed IMD is set within a wider masterplan for the Staveley corridor that will deliver signifcant levels of housing and job growth and provide a focus for the local rail engineering sector including the development of a rail industry lsquocentre of excellencersquo linked to the High Speed Rail College In the shorter term there is an ambition for the Staveley site to be used for a base for the construction of the majority of Phase 2b of HS2

Construction of early phases of the Chesterfeld amp Staveley Regeneration Route will enable key brownfeld regeneration sites to be developed and wider benefts to the A61 Corridor and the extended Markham Vale Enterprise Zone

Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

Underpinning the vision will be a strong focus on inclusive growth linked to our wider skills and supply chain strategy making sure that local communities and local businesses can beneft from the investment that HS2 will bring

Chesterfeld amp Staveley Development Framework

We will enable this growth in the number and quality of jobs by re-shaping and transforming our places through infrastructure-led development Those places will be allowed to fourish and cater for our changing communities as well as providing for new communities and retaining those such as graduates who will have much wider lifestyle choices as a result

Chesterfeld Station

Chesterfeld Station will have an enhanced role as both a destination and a gateway to surrounding localities Over 1 million people already live within 30 minutes of the station HS2 will bring Birmingham and Leeds within 50 minutes We will bring forward development and infrastructure in tandem to provide a high quality experience for those using the

Platform 4

Chesterfeld Station

Chesterfeld Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo

24

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

station lsquoPlatform 4rsquo will provide a modern and attractive route across the A61 with well-designed public realm that will bring the station into the town centre as well as allowing far greater accessibility to public transport Unused and under-used land around the station will be developed and linked to the adjacent Waterside development to provide a mixed-use lsquourban villagersquo ft for future generations to live work and play

Remodelled links between Chesterfeld Station and the town

The infrastructure provided to improve access to the station for HS2 services will also allow us to accelerate our ambition for the wider town centre By taking trafc out of the historic core of the town we can enhance the visitor experience and bring forward new opportunities for residential development with a wide and fexible mix of tenures This will ensure far greater vibrancy within the town which will expand to include the station area and support the wider ambitions for growth in our key sectors

Staveley

The proposed Infrastructure Maintenance Depot (IMD) at Staveley provides a signifcant opportunity to bring forward a much wider strategic development on this 150 hectare brownfeld site Through investing in infrastructure in particular local road access we can open up not just the depot site but a whole new sustainable community of around 1500 homes and many hundreds of new jobs

By phasing the development we will also be able to ofer a well located construction base for HS2 bringing investment and jobs to the area well in advance of the maintenance depot Over the longer term we believe there is the potential to develop the area around the Infrastructure

The wider Chesterfeld Station Area Masterplan wide

Residential building

OfficeCommercial building

Officeresidential building

Hotel building

Station building

MSCP building

Green Space

Public realm

Potential development areas subject to consultation with existing land owners

Retained Listed station building

Ground foor community facility land use

Potential pedestriancycle link to the east

Maintenance Depot as a rail industry lsquocentre of excellencersquo linked to the High Speed Rail College and the NewRail centre at Barrow Hill Roundhouse

Strategic outline masterplan for the Staveley Corridor

Characterising development at all these sites will be an approach to place-making for the future This is led by consideration of how our communities of the future will want to live and work rather than being based on historic development models

We will use the investment in infrastructure to develop places and homes that anticipate our changing population putting in place fexible models in order to meet future demand This will include providing a far better choice for older people with homes that meet current and future care needs We will make the most of the expanding higher education ofer to enable quality student accommodation and develop places in which our graduates want to stay live earn and spend

25

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Strategic outline masterplan for the Staveley corridor 24 Next Steps Our proposals for the Hub Station and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zones are long term and ambitious Whilst the proposed development will lead to an uplift in land values and economic and social benefts it will also require investment in local and strategic infrastructure and land remediation and assembly

We have undertaken technical work to understand likely infrastructure and land costs and development trajectories that could be delivered to inform an initial outline business case assessment consistent with the Treasuryrsquos lsquoGreen Bookrsquo This work will continue to develop as our plans mature

Further detail on delivery is contained in Section 4

Key

SWA1 Redline Boundary

Existing Features

Culvert

River

Canal

Crossing Point

Road

Railway Line

Right of Way

Building

Listed Building

Non Designated Heritage Asset

Existing Trees

Proposed Features

Marina

CS Regeneration Route

Road

FootCycle Path

Pedestrian Zone

Avenue Planting

Public Open Space

Key Building

Railway Line

Canal

Proposed Usage

Residential

Mixed use - Community Retail Residential

Mixed Use - Employment Local Skills and crafts

Workshops Studios Residential

Mixed Use - Community Canal related

Residential

Safeguarded School Site

Leisure - Hotel Pub Restaurant

B1 - Office and Light Industry

B2 - General Industry

B8 - Warehousing and Distribution

HS2 Maintenance Depot

26

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Section 3 | Connectivity Summary

The Hub Station at Toton will already be the most connected on the high speed network outside of London and will serve a catchment of over 2 million people Whilst the development adjacent to the Hub Station will be crucial our early work confrmed that much of the wider economic potential of HS2 will be dependent on the extent to which we can connect economic opportunities across the East Midlands into the high speed network In particular the city centres of Derby Leicester and Nottingham East Midlands Airport and sites that exist in the towns and villages surrounding both the Hub Station and Chesterfeld

Our analysis has demonstrated which modes of transport will serve diferent markets most efectively ndash national regional sub-regional and local Based on this we have set out a comprehensive step by step approach to connectivity which will maximise transport choice for future generations as well as tackling congestion issues that exist today

Key to this will be safeguarding the ability to extend public transport accessibility in the scope of the Governmentrsquos Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and planning now for a phased approach to delivery of highway improvements starting in RIS2

Whilst we are confdent that the measures we have identifed can deliver positive outcomes more detailed design work will be required to secure the capital funding necessary for delivery Further work on the design and phasing of key interventions will therefore be undertaken with transport modelling developed in partnership with Midlands Connect the outcome of which will also help to scope the necessary provisions of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

27

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

SCOTLAND

YORK amp NEWCASTLE

LEEDS

EAST MIDLANDS

HUB

SOUTH YORKSHIRE

SHEFFIELD HS2

CHESTERFIELD

CREWE HS2 HUB

BIRMINGHAM

STOKE DERBY

LEICESTER

LOUGHBOROUGH

LONDON EUROPE

BEESTON

NOTTINGHAM LINCOLN

MANSFIELD

WORKSOP

31 National Context HS2 will help to transform the position of our towns and cities within the UK and Midlands making our local economies more competitive

HS2 CURRENT

68 104 NOTTINGHAM TO LONDON

HHS2S2 CU

142 LEICESTER TO NEWCASTLE

HHS2S2 CURRENT

50 77 DERBY TO LEEDS

HHS2S2 CURRENT

73 145 LEICESTER TO LEEDS

HHS2S2 CURRENT

36 73 NOTTINGHAM TO BIRMINGHAM

HS2 CURRENT

71 143 CHESTERFIELD TO LONDON

RRENT

205

28

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Midlands Connect

The Midlands Connect Strategy described how the HS2 stations at Birmingham Curzon Street UK Central and East Midlands will form the lsquohubrsquo of the UKrsquos high speed rail network Together with classic compatible connectivity at Chesterfeld Crewe and Stoke stations this will unlock economic growth across the Midlands - provided we get the local connectivity right

Through Midlands Connect we are taking forward a body of technical work to defne and develop the local strategic connections that will maximise economic growth opportunities Through the wider Midlands Engine initiative we are promoting the transformational benefts of HS2 to national and international investors

For more information about Midlands Connect and the Midlands Engine please visit httpswwwmidlandsconnectuk

HS2 East

Our work through the HS2 East partnership has demonstrated that the Eastern Leg of HS2 between Birmingham to Leeds via the East Midlands Hub Station has the best business case of any part of the proposed network - with a beneft to cost ratio of over 5 to 1

However the economic impact of the Eastern Leg extends further than Leeds The proposed lsquoclassic compatiblersquo link to the East Coast Main Line will enable high speed rail services to serve the North East of England and Scotland ndash linking

six of the UKrsquos top ten cities and 20 of national GVA This will result in lsquoagglomerationrsquo impacts of over pound700 million GVA and some major journey time savings

bull Leeds to Glasgow reduction of 90 minutes

bull Sheffield to Edinburgh reduction of 90 minutes

bull Newcastle to Birmingham reduction of 85 minutes

Together the Eastern Leg of HS2 and an enhanced East Coast Main Line provide the obvious route for reducing journey times from Scotland to London towards the three hour mark ndash the point at which rail becomes competitive with air travel

For further information about HS2 East please visit httpwwwhs2eastcouk

32 Our strategic approach Connecting key centres of population and development opportunities across the East Midlands to the high speed network will be key to realising the wider economic potential that HS2 connectivity brings

Our analysis has demonstrated which modes of transport will serve diferent markets most efectively Only by developing a comprehensive lsquomulti-modalrsquo approach to connectivity can we deliver the transport choice required by future generations and start to tackle some of the congestion issues that exist today

We also acknowledge that not everything can or indeed should happen at once We have therefore set out a phased approach to improving connectivity at least some of which can be delivered before HS2 becomes fully operational

Heavy Rail Pimary Market

Mass Transit Strategy Regional

Bus Connectivity Sub-Regional amp Local

Taxi Connectivity Sub-Regional amp Local

Walking and Cycling Local and Very Local

Park and Ride Sub-Regional amp Local

Highway Sub-Regional amp Local

Our strategic approach to connectivity

33 Rail Rail will be the most efective mode for accessing the Hub Station from surrounding city and town centres It will also link the East Midlands with the major city-regions across the rest of the UK ndash not least by the HS2 network itself

HS2 Services

The latest service specifcation published by HS2 Ltd indicates that the East Midlands Hub Station will be the best connected on the high speed network outside of London with seven HS2 services per hour in both directions

Impressive though this level of connectivity is we believe there is scope for further improvements

29

Through our work on the HS2 East Partnership we believe there is a strong economic case for the Eastern Leg of HS2 and the East Coast Main Line forming the primary route for serving Scotland not least because it would link the fnancial centres of Leeds and Edinburgh and the conurbations of the North East ndash also a key objective of Transport for the North

The scale of growth proposed in Chesterfeld as described in Section Two makes a compelling case for both Shefeld trains stopping at Chesterfeld Station rather than just one per hour

Classic Compatible Services

It is clear that although the Eastern Leg of HS2 will be designed to accommodate up to 18 trains per hour (in line with the rest of the network) the current service pattern only currently envisages nine There is therefore scope to run additional services on at least part of the Eastern Leg Working with both Midlands Connect and Transport for the North we believe there is a business case for two additional lsquoclassic compatiblersquo trains per hour linking Leicester and LeedsManchester which would transform rail connectivity between the East Midlands and the Northern Powerhouse

For this to be deliverable there would need to be a lsquoclassic compatiblersquo connection between HS2 and an electrifed Midland Main Line at or around the Hub Station HS2 Ltd have developed an indicative design for how this could be delivered Although further work will be required we believe we have sufcient economic evidence now for the Secretary of State to make at least lsquopassive provisionrsquo for such a link in the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

Newcastle

Durham

Dalington

York

Leeds

Shefeld Midland

Chesterfeld

Toton

Church Street

Birmingam Interchange

Old Oak Common Euston

bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

Trains from London 6tph

Trains from Birmrsquoham 3tph

Proposed HS2 Service Pattern for the Eastern Leg

NEWCASTLE

YORK

LEEDS

LONDON BIRMINGHAM

29 36

106

19

EAST MIDLANDS

HUB

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Classic Services

In addition to the two lsquoclassic compatiblersquo services working through Midlands Connect we have identifed an additional 11 lsquoclassic servicesrsquo that could serve the Hub Station These would be a mixture of lsquoshuttle servicesrsquo fast and semi-fast services and stopping services In total this would mean the Hub Station would be served by 20 trains per hour in both directions ndash an outstanding level of connectivity

HS2 Hub Station Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS)

The service specifcation for the Hub Station is consistent with the wider Midlands Connect ITSS which supports the Midlands Connect Strategy published in March 2017

The Maid Marian Line

In addition we believe there is the potential to develop a new service linking the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton with Mansfeld Ashfeld via the adaption on an existing freight line known as the Maid Marian Line This direct link would facilitate greater connectivity for residents and businesses to HS2 services supporting economic regeneration in the towns and contributing to the wider Nottinghamshire growth story We are working with Network Rail to understand any implications for the wider Midlands Connect ITSS

Capacity at Trent Junctions

A key constraint to the delivery of the Midlands Connect ITSS is the capacity of Trent Junctions south of Nottingham We understand that HS2 Ltd will need to make some improvements to Trent Junctions to accommodate the HS2 Core proposition - although these on their own will

30

51

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

HS2 Services

London - Leeds Birmingham - Leeds

London - Leeds Birmingham - Newcastle

London - Chesterfeld - Shefeld - Leeds

Birmingham - Leeds London - Shefeld - York

34 Mass Transit Extensions Classic Compatible Services

Shuttle Services

Nottingham - EM Hub Derby - EM Hub

Fast and Semi-fast Services

Leicester - Crewe Crewe - EM Hub

London - Manchester Crewe - EM Hub

Stopping Services

Leicester - Leeds Leicester - Manchester The success of the Nottingham Express Transit (NET) has demonstrated the potential of mass transit to reduce

Leicester - Lincoln Nottingham - Leeds

Leicester - Nottingham Leicester - Derby

Norwich - Liverpool Newark Castle - Matlock

HS2 Hub Station Indicative Train Service Specifcation

not be sufcient to accommodate the Midlands Connect ITSS There is a clear operational case for avoiding multiple engineering works on this congested section of railway infrastructure ndash with a single enhancement scheme being the clearly favoured option Based on our initial work with Network Rail we believe there is a sufcient economic case now for the Secretary of State to make at least lsquopassive provisionrsquo for an enhanced scheme in the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

congestion increase transport choice and connect people to jobs and services It will therefore be a key element of the connectivity strategy for maximising the economic benefts of the HS2 Hub Station Given the technical challenges and the scale of investment required we recognise the importance of taking a phased approach to delivery

Extending NET to the Hub Station

The frst phase would be to extend the tram from the park and ride site at Toton Lane to the Hub Station ndash a distance of around one mile This will connect the Hub Station to key locations such as the Queens Medical Centre the University campus and the Enterprise Zone and complement the heavy rail service to Nottingham City Centre This link will need to be in place when the Hub Station becomes operational to serve the Nottingham Enterprise Zone sites and to establish the principle tram access in the publicrsquos mind

Extending Connectivity over the Hub Station

Our work has highlighted a number of options for extending connectivity to the west of the Hub Station towards Derby and East Midlands Airport which would have signifcant economic benefts These could be delivered by bus rapid transit (BRT) tram-train as well as by NET extensions Further work will be required to determine the optimum routes and modes These options would require a link over the Hub Station (similar to the arrangement at Nottingham Station) which would be costly to retro-ft We have therefore included a public transport overbridge into our proposals for the Hub Station At this stage it is unlikely that this on its own will require provision for further land take in the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill however it may impact on the required Environmental Impact Statement

Options to Derby

There are two main options for connecting Derby The frst would follow the route of the A52 This would be fast ndash but not as fast as the classic rail service from Derby Station It would be direct but serve a limited population catchment The relatively high cost of developing this as a tram route would appear to make it unviable - although it could have potential as a route for a lower cost form of BRT

The second option would run to the south of the A52 and link the Hub Station with Long Eaton and then on to Breaston Borrowash Spondon Pride Park and Derby Station It would be slower but serve a much larger population catchment It would be cheaper to develop as a tram route but could impact on the proposed canal

31

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Red Arrow Skylink

Zoom 15

i4 18

Indigo 510

Y5 Toton Sidings

NET

Options for bus services serving the Hub Station

35

Revised existing route

New Fast Track to EMA via M1

Arnold via QMC City Hospital

Mansfeld via M1 Kirkby Sutton

Alfreton via M1 Heanor Ripley

restoration project It could be developed in phases the frst comprising a NET extension to a park and ride site west of the M1

Options to East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Rail Freight Interchange

There are a number of potential routes to the airport Following the rail corridor south from the Hub Station before heading west is likely to be the quickest and would limit environmental impacts on Long Eaton town centre It also has potential for a tram-train solution should this become a viable technology in the UK The scale of employment growth proposed at East Midlands Gateway the potential for a lsquoFree Trade Zonersquo around the airport as well as the projected growth in air passenger numbers means such a link could have signifcant economic benefts

Bus amp Taxi Bus travel will continue to be the backbone of the local public transport for many people There is already a comprehensive network of bus routes and services across the sub-region which could be developed to serve the Hub Station from a wide range of locations

The key challenge for operators from a commercial perspective will be to ensure that the Hub Station does not become a lsquoterminusrsquo destination Buses (and taxis) must therefore be able to pass through the Hub Station to also serve surrounding communities across the wider sub-region Our proposed confguration of local road links between the Hub Station and Long Eaton Stapleford

32

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Sandiacre and Toton as well as access from the A52 would enable a commercially viable network of bus services to be established

For Chesterfeld a new road link into the south of the station complex for buses and taxis will provide a through route that will integrate the existing station into local public transport networks more efectively

36 Cycling amp Walking Every rail passenger is a pedestrian at the point of boarding a train Making the Hub Station and the immediate surrounding environment pedestrian friendly will make travel by train more attractive and help to drive patronage

It is also important that local people in surrounding communities have safe and attractive routes for walking and cycling ndash not just to the Hub Station but also to and within the proposed Innovation Campus Cycling and walking are likely to become more attractive options to future generations as public attitudes to travel continue to change This trend has been refected in the core design principles we have established that will underpin future development on the Hub Station site

For Chesterfeld we have set out proposals known as lsquoPlatform 4rsquo for enhancing pedestrian and public transport accessibility between the Station and the town centre over the A61 dual carriageway

37 Park amp Ride A well-coordinated and managed park amp ride strategy can help to reduce the impacts of congestion and provide viable transport choices for local communities

There are opportunities to develop park and ride facilities serving the Hub Station in tandem with a phased roll out of an extended mass transit system The existing park amp

Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site

ride site at Toton Lane (1300 spaces) linked to the tram will be retained albeit in modifed form In addition to a multi-storey car park at the Hub Station itself (1300 spaces proposed) there is an opportunity to develop an additional parking facility of a similar size west of M1 Junction 25 linked to a frst phase extension of the tram over the Hub Station

33

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

This would give a third car park option and the ability to manage travel demand to the Hub Station site in a more fexible manner - as well as an ability to reduce pressure on M1 Junction 25

On the Derby side of the A52 there are options for park and ride sites on the east side of Derby as part of a mass transit system linking Pride Park and Derby Station to the City Centre which could ultimately connect to the Hub Station

38 Strategic amp Local Road Access Despite the focus on public transport cycling and walking access by private car will still be important and a 1300 space multi-storey car park is proposed at the Hub Station However this will require a highway solution that must also address a number of existing challenges

Access from the A52 and M1

Access from the strategic road network into the Hub Station Site will be critical Our technical work has suggested that a single access from the A52 into the site for all movements is unlikely to be deliverable Whilst an engineering solution could be developed it would be very expensive environmentally damaging and take up valuable land that could be better used for economic development purposes

As a result a phased approach is proposed comprising the following key moves

1 A new lsquoat gradersquo junction on the A52 east of the Bardills Roundabout linked to a new Toton Lane which would provide access from Nottingham to the east of the Hub Station site and support the early phases of development of the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

2 A new lsquoof setrsquo junction on the A52 to the west of the use of the construction access required by HS2 Ltd M1 which would remove local movements from M1 to build the Hub Station Junction 25 and provide a more direct route under

Our technical work suggests there is scope to deliver key the motorway into Long Eaton

moves 1) and 2) in advance of the Hub Station opening 3 A new lsquograde separatedrsquo junction on the A52 to the The scale of existing problems and likely future trafc

north of the Hub Station to provide access from growth on the A52 corridor suggests that there is already a Derby and the M1 ndash which has the potential to make strong case for Highways England working with Midlands

Provide local road access to StaplefordSandiacre

Relieve congestion at Bardills and Toton Lane

Provide access from A52

Separate local amp strategic movements at J25

Provide for E-W movements

Provide for local road access for Long Eaton

Strategic amp Local Road Access Challenges

34

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Access from A52 and M1

Connect and local partners to make a proposal for major scheme funding in RIS 2 ndash which would also contribute to a comprehensive connectivity strategy for the Hub Station

A direct link to the Hub Station from the north through 3) will be linked to the construction of the station itself by HS2 Ltd and may be able to make use of any temporary construction access required by HS2 Ltd

Stanton Sandiacre

Derby

Stapleford

Long Eaton

Primary HS2

access

New eastern access

Re-modelled Bardills junction

New eastern access link

Toton Lane

Local access link

Local local link

New ofset A52 Junction

New local link

Remodelled M1 Junction 25

link

1a

1b

3 2

M1

A52

HS2

Local access Nottingham

junction

39

Finally there is the potential to establish a Park amp Ride site west of the M1 linked to a tram extension and the proposed lsquoof-setrsquo junction on the A52 This would provide a further car parking option for the Hub Station and help to manage movements through M1 Junction 25

Local Road Access

As described above local road access to the Hub Station from Long Eaton Stapleford Sandiacre and Toton will be important to secure commercially viable bus and coach services and taxis ndash as well as safe cycle routes We have developed a proposal for local access that can be integrated into the design of the Hub Station and which will complement the proposed strategic links Key to this will be the development of a local road link running under the HS2 and classic rail tracks to the south of the Hub Station

Next Steps We are clear that whilst all the individual elements of our connectivity strategy will have positive outcomes the real benefts will only be achieved by taking an integrated approach to scheme development and delivery

We will therefore develop our proposals further through a project joint funded by Midlands Connect East Midlands partners HS2 Ltd and Highways England known as the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan Phase 1 will use transport modelling to optimise the package of interventions and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment Phase 2 will examine connectivity issues over a wider strategic area including the long term future of the M1

Further detail on delivery is contained in Section 4

35

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Local Road Access Diagram

1

2

3

4

5

6

New A52 access Pedestrian NET link Bus Interchange amp Station Car Park

Remodelled Bardills roundabout

7

8

9

10

11

Local link to Long Eaton

New Bardills roundabout Local link to Sandiacre

New Toton Lane NET extension amp option to extend to EMA Derby

HS2 underpass Station Concourse

HS2 overpass

36

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Section 4 | Delivery Summary

We have undertaken a number of technical studies to understand the costs and benefts of various scales and rates of development to inform the development of an initial outlines business case for our proposals consistent with Treasury requirements which is set out in a separate document This work will evolve and become more granular as our growth proposition matures

There is potential for signifcant employment and housing development across the East Midlands Hub and Derbyshire Growth Zones This will make a signifcant contribution to the Governmentrsquos rebalancing agenda and provide an impetus for growth across the wider East Midlands where there is potential to deliver an additional 74000 jobs and pound4 billion of GVA above trend

We have set out the key moves necessary to deliver our proposals for people place and connectivity and highlighted the immediate measures necessary to safeguard future opportunities Detailed proposals are set out in Appendix 1

We are keen to work with Government to develop propositions for powerful locally led development bodies that can deliver our ambitions for the Hub Station and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zones and contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2

37

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

41 Developing an Investible Proposition Realising our vision for growth will require a combination of strong leadership and clear decision making To inform this we have undertaken a comprehensive programme of technical work to inform our thinking and provide the evidence base for this Growth Strategy including

bull Comprehensive non-statutory development frameworks covering the East Midlands Hub and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

bull A number of concept studies to assess the options for key infrastructure moves including relocation of the existing rail depots at Toton strategic highway access and mass transit extensions

bull A Development Infrastructure Funding (DIF) Study to understand the costs and benefts of diferent scales and rates of development and a funding and delivery mechanisms study to identify options for forward funding of key infrastructure and delivery vehicles

This information has been used to construct an initial outline lsquobusiness casersquo document for our proposals consistent with the Treasuryrsquos lsquoGreen Bookrsquo guidance and will provide the basis for an ongoing dialogue with Government and HS2 Ltd This work will evolve and become more granular over time as our growth proposition matures

Some of the major infrastructure investments will be subject to a separate business case through other established Government programmes such as the Roads Investment Strategy (RIS) This still requires a high-level

case to be made through the Growth Strategy as well as efective co-ordination of planning funding and delivery with other Growth Strategy interventions

42 Key Moves The work we have undertaken to date has identifed a series of key moves that will be required to implement the Growth Strategy including a number of immediate actions which will be necessary to safeguard future opportunities Further detail on these and the necessary enabling measures by Government and its delivery bodies is set out in Appendix 1

People

Our immediate priorities can be delivered largely within existing resources with strong local leadership from the LEPs and the East Midlands Chamber of Commerce and comprise

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to business support that will help local SMEs beneft from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities

bull Establishing a lsquorail industry innovation grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2 awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2

Over the longer term we would expect mainstream Government funding for skills and business support activity to be refocussed around our priorities and complement the strategic approach to skills envisaged by the Midlands Engine

Place

For the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone there are a number of planning land assembly remediation and infrastructure issues that will need to be addressed to enable our vision to be delivered in full In the immediate short term it will be vital to ensure that existing planning consent for the Lime Rise development close to the Hub Station can contribute positively to the delivery of our growth vision

In addition there is a need for further work with the relevant organisations on options for relocating the rail siding and depot activity and the electricity sub-station to locations outside of the Hub Station site and on the expansion and relocation of existing school provision to a better location within the site

Elsewhere we are keen to take forward further work with the Ministry of Defence and the Homes and Communities Agency to ensure that the re-development of the Chetwynd Barracks can actively contribute to a lsquonetwork of garden villagesrsquo

In the Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone the key priority in Chesterfeld will be the delivery of proposals to transform pedestrian and public transport connectivity between the rail station and the town For Staveley the early priorities will be to confrm the depot site as a construction base for HS2 and to secure the frst phases of the Chesterfeld and Staveley Regeneration Route including the provision of improved public transport and pedestrian links necessary to deliver the wider Staveley masterplan

38

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Connectivity

Our immediate priority is to safeguard the potential to secure a classic compatible link at the Hub Station and for enhanced capacity at Trent Junctions capable of delivering the Midlands Connect ITSS These will require the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill which is due to be considered by Ministers in the autumn of 2017 to include provision for the necessary land take

The public transport overbridge and local road connections proposed for the Hub Station will impact on the Hybrid Bill and the associated Environmental Impact Statement and will need to be incorporated into the emerging Hub Station design commissioned by HS2 Ltd

We will need to confrm support from Highways England and HS2 Ltd to take forward the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan with Midlands Connect This work will optimise the package of interventions proposed to serve the Hub Station and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment However we believe we have a sufcient case now for Highways England to identify funding in RIS2 to develop a major scheme on the A52M1 J25 that address existing congestion issues and contributes to the wider solution for accessing the Hub Station

43 Proposals for Delivery Bodies The geographic and political context for the area around the Hub Station is complex spanning a number of local planning authorities local transport authorities and local enterprise partnerships Our work to date has highlighted a range of potential delivery and funding mechanisms that would help to enable development in particular options for Tax Increment Financing (TIf ) But these will require a strategic approach to investment over a number of administrative areas to be efective

There is a local appetite to establish a powerful delivery body that could work at a scale to drive forward our growth vision There are a range of options including the potential for the kind of lsquolocally-led development corporationrsquo envisaged by the Neighbourhood Planning Act 2017

We would like to work with Government over the coming months to develop a proposition for a delivery body for the Hub Station Growth Zone that could begin to operate in lsquoshadow formrsquo with initial seed-corn funding from 2018 onwards

For Chesterfeld and Staveley the geography is less complex with the key moves all within the administrative area of Chesterfeld Borough Council Here a local development company solution may be more appropriate which can also contribute to the delivery of the wider Derbyshire growth story

It will be important to ensure that development in both Growth Zones continues to contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2 under the auspices of the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Mitigation

Whilst HS2 has the potential to bring great benefts to the 44 East Midlands the scale of the new infrastructure involved will also result in some negative impacts ndash particularly in the short term Although the line of route has been designed to minimise impact on environmental assets challenges remain in a number of locations in Derbyshire Leicestershire and Nottinghamshire

Similarly where the line passes through urban areas for example Long Eaton some existing businesses will have to re-locate to alternative premises Whilst the Government has put in place a compensation scheme to assist those directly afected councils are keen to ensure the jobs and investment are retained in the local area wherever possible

The East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board has established a lsquomitigation sub-grouprsquo to work with DfT and HS2 Ltd to help develop detailed designs for key structures that will minimise and mitigate the environmental impacts of the line and look to ensure that existing businesses can continue to thrive As work starts on the development of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill it will be important to ensure that councils are able to inform the detail of the Governmentrsquos proposals on both an individual and collective basis

39

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

45 Phasing of Delivery This Growth Strategy demonstrated the scale complexity and interdependencies between programmes involving a range of partner agencies Many of these programmes involve major schemes that take many years to develop and deliver Although HS2 Phase 2b is not due to become fully operational until 2033 the lead in times are such that key decisions on what might be included within the Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environment Statement will actually be taken during the coming months With appropriate funding and collaboration a number of key moves can be implemented in the short term

Although the development may reach maturity in 2043 by the time HS2 opens there will in fact already be a new place (the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo) emerging around the station to welcome the frst passengers For this to be achieved the delivery partners will need to build momentum over the next 12 months and it is recognised this will require dedicated resource and governance

The evidence base underpinning the growth strategy provides a clear indication of the growth potential and promotes a range of key infrastructure concepts and moves However in order to take these forward and in particular promote some of them for possible inclusion in the Hybrid Bill the partners are clear that more detailed studies and analysis will be required and these will need to be developed in tandem with the work being undertaken for the railway

This highlights the need to establish a dedicated team and for further resources to commission and manage the work programme for the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Phases of Delivery

2017-2022 Hybrid bill development business case development (RS2CP6) land strategy and delivery body early phases of development

2022-2027 Early infrastructure development and key moves (eg depot relocation) next phases of development

2027-2033 HS2 Construction amp completiontesting

2033 HS2 becomes fully operational - local economic development builds momentum

2033-43 Development to maturity

46 First Phase Priorities The focus up to 2022 will be on ensuring the provisions of the Phase 2 Hybrid Bill enable our vision for the Hub Station and priorities for local and strategic connectivity to be implemented Delivery of improvements to the A52 at Bardills and Toton Lane will enable the early phases of the Toton Innovation Campus to commence helping to build investor confdence Completion for the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity plan will progress the wider mix of strategic and local interventions to detailed design stage To be successful all this activity will need to be underpinned by the establishment of a properly resourced and empowered local delivery bodyThe early completion of frst stages of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Station Link Road will help to kick start development in the North Derbyshire Growth Zone

40

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

1 High level Ministerial endorsement of the East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy including through

bull Funding the establishment of a lsquoshadow delivery bodyrsquo to start implementing the Growth Strategy locally and to establish a viable mechanism for capturing a proportion of development value necessary for infrastructure delivery and

bull Promotion by Government and its delivery bodies of key development opportunities set out in the Growth Strategy to national and international investors consistent with the Midlands Engine Vision for Growth

2 Support from DCLG for our vision for the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone by

bull Empowering the HCA to establish a strategic land strategy that will facilitate enabling infrastructure and subsequently to bring forward early phases of development and

bull Using other funding including the current Housing Infrastructure Fund (HIF) to help bring forward early phase infrastructure

3 Support from DfT and its delivery bodies for the implementation of early connectivity priorities related to the Hub Station through

bull Ensuring Highways England and HS2 Ltd contribute gap funding towards the East Midlands Gateway Connectivity Plan Phase 1 Study

bull Funding the delivery phases 1ab of the A52 Access Strategy to enable the initial phases of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo to commence before 2022 and

bull Identifying funding in the next Road Investment Strategy (RIS2) to develop a major scheme to address capacity at M1 Junction 25 and access the Hub Station from the A52 (phases 2 amp3 of the A52 Access Strategy) ndash also making the necessary provisions within the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill amp Environmental Statement

4 DfTHS2 Ltd to ensure that the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make provision at and around the Hub Station for

bull Capacity improvements to classic rail connectivity to the south and north of Toton HS2 station including Trent Junctions optimising the integration of classic and High Speed Rail services and including a lsquoclassic compatible linkrsquo to transform connectivity between Leicester and the north of England

bull An integrated station design including moving the station concourse north to better connect with tram and Public Transport Interchange with an integrated deck connecting eastwest over the HS2 track to

better integrate the Toton station into the heart of the new place ndash the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo This would include provision of a second transfer deck to the south of the main concourse to provide improve capacity and interchange between services

bull Fully integrated public transport interchange and walking routes connecting surrounding communities to promote sustainable travel reduce the need for car parking and thereby make best use of land and local assets including the tram as a means of linking Park amp Ride facilities with the station

bull North South connectivity through the site to connect Long Eaton and Stapleford and to enable local communities to access the station by all modes

bull A clear car parking strategy with a decked car park at the station (premium) complemented by NET based Park and Ride

bull Provision for three bridges as follows

- Integrated with concourse deck to create east west route for tram and sustainable transport links between east and west development areas and to Long Eaton airport and Derby

- Multi-modal bridge south of the A52 to enable resilience in the local network connections to the western development area and

41

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

- Pedestrian bridge at mid-point between the above to connect new communities

bull Provision for an underpass under the Network Rail and HS2 lines to the south of the concourse to enable links between Stapleford Long Eaton and the station by various modes and in particular public transport but as a secondary primary access connecting east and west development areas within the Innovation Campus

5 Separately to ensure the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make specifc provision to deliver the NET tram extension from the existing Toton Park amp Ride to the HS2 Station consistent with the provisions set our above

6 DfTHS2 Ltd to designate Staveley as a major construction hubrailhead for the construction of Phase 2b in addition to the establishment of the Infrastructure Maintenance Depot

7 Government to make a contribution towards the delivery of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Chesterfeld Station Link Road to unlock early development and growth in the corridor

8 Further fnancial and technical support from Network Rail HS2 Ltd and HS2 Growth Partnership to work collaboratively on the relocation of the DBS Depot and Network Rail Sidings to enable development growth and transport connections through the Hub Station area

9 DfTHS2 Ltd to amend the HS2 Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS) to ensure that both Shefeld HS2 classic compatible services stop at Chesterfeld

10 Commitment from DfTHS2 Ltd to at least partially open the Hub Station at Toton by 2030 rather than 2033 to generate additional passenger revenue and accelerate the delivery of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

42

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy World Class - Locally Driven

For more information please contact East Midlands Councils Tel 01664 502620 Email infoemcouncilsgovuk

  • Structure Bookmarks
    • Born 1946-1964
    • Born 1964-1980
    • Born 1980-2000
    • Born 2000+
    • The Hub Station and surrounding area
    • Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone
    • Chesterfield Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo
    • Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site
Page 15: East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy - Broxtowe€¦ · 3.7 Park & Ride 3.8 4.3 East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Contents Contents Foreword 3 3.6 Cycling & Walking 33 Executive Summary

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

HS2 Ready Businesses

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

Develop an lsquoEM33rsquo HS2 awareness campaign aimed at businesses

LEPs Councils East Midlands Chamber New funding required Immediate

Establish dedicated HS2 supply chain support for businesses

LEPs Private Sector Midlands Engine Supply New funding required for additional 1 FTE Chain Initiative Ofcer

LEPs Private Sector ERDF underspend

Immediate

Promote SME collaboration through business support activity

Immediate

Establish web resource for businesses to identify HS2 Specifc opportunities

LEP Growth Hubs HS2 Ltd Additional support for Growth Hubs required Immediate

Supporting Individuals

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

Develop a public facing lsquoEM33rsquo awareness campaign

LEPs Councils East Midlands Chamber New funding required Immediate

Embed the lsquoEM33rsquo HS2 awareness across job centre and council employment support programmes

DWP Councils voluntary sector Refocussing employment support programmes

Medium

Establish an EM HS2 Delivery Charter to encourage recruitment from lsquohard to reachrsquo groups

Private Sector Councils DWP Administrative costs only Medium ndash Long

14

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

Building Further Education Capacity

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

Embed lsquoEM33rsquo activity into new lsquoTrsquo and relevant lsquoArsquo levels

Further Education (FE) Providers LEPs Councils

Refocussing existing resources and future Local Growth Fund

Short ndash medium

Develop strategic relationship between FE sector and National College for High Speed Rail (NCHSR)

FE Providers private training providers Using existing forums and relationships National College for High Speed Rail (NCHSR)

FE Providers Councils Funding required to recruit additional BIM expert

Immediate

Develop world leading capability for Building Information Management (BIM) linked to Staveley IMD

Short- medium

Support the development of lsquoShared Apprentice Schemesrsquo across key HS2 related job rolesdisciplines

FE Providers LEPS Councils Additional funding required Short

14 Next Steps Within our strategic approach we have identifed three immediate priorities These to be taken forward largely with existing LEP and private sector resources but will require strong local leadership to be successful

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to business support that will help local SMEs beneft from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities to be driven by D2N2 LLLEP and the private sector

bull Establishing a lsquorail industry innovation grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands to help drive innovation within our thriving SME rail engineering sector and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2 awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2 provisionally entitled lsquoEM33rsquo to be driven by East Midlands Chamber of Commerce D2N2 and LLLEP and supported by councils

Over the longer term we would expect mainstream Government funding for skills and business support activity to be refocussed around our priorities For more information about our skills and supply chain strategy please visit httpwwwemcouncilsgovukHS2

15

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Section 2 | Place Summary

Great place-making will be key to realising the opportunities that HS2 connectivity will create Our proposals are ambitious but build upon existing market strengths and add value to the attractive mix of urban and rural environments that already characterises the East Midlands We have also sought to refect the needs and aspirations of future generations in the scale and form of proposed development and by incorporating sustainable transport choices

Our Growth Strategy has been developed within in a wider spatial context that will use HS2 to enhance opportunities in towns and cities across the East Midlands and in key assets like East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange To drive this we have identifed two lsquoGrowth Zonesrsquo which relate directly to the benefts of HS2 connectivity

The East Midlands Hub Growth Zone is related to the area around the Hub Station at Toton Here we are proposing the development of a new high quality lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo with the potential to create up to 10000 new jobs community facilities and a range of new housing choices It will be an inspiring 21st Century Gateway to the East Midlands and a destination in its own right The lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo will sit at the heart of a thriving network of lsquogarden villagersquo developments that will include the nearby Stanton and Chetwynd Barracks sites

Chesterfeld and Staveley will be at the heart of the North Derbyshire Growth Zone but activity will focus on the wider Derbyshire growth story We will use HS2 to complement existing rail services and transform links between Chesterfeld Station and the town centre opening up regeneration opportunities and creating an attractive gateway to the Peak District National Park ndash one of the regionrsquos unique destination ofers The Staveley Depot will be the heart of a mixed use housing and employment zone within the wider growth corridor and in the short term could also provide a construction base for HS2

16

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

21 East Midlands Context Our Growth Strategy has been developed within in a wider spatial context that also seeks to use HS2 to enhance existing regional and national assets across the East Midlands In particular the area spanning the D2N2 and Leicester amp Leicestershire LEP areas which already comprise 315 million people over 100000 businesses and generate pound65 billion of GVA Key opportunities for growth include

bull Derby a city of world class automotive rail and aerospace technology sectors Home to Rolls Royce Bombardier and Toyota and a thriving network of highly specialised manufacturing SMEs

bull Leicester a vibrant diverse city with a strong record of SME formation and major growth potential Home to the National Space Centre and a burgeoning space technology sector

bull Nottingham a city of thriving business services biotech and leisure sectors and fagship companies like Experian and Boots underpinned by world class public transport and local energy systems

bull East Midlands Airport and Gateway the biggest freight airport outside of London and home to DHL The new East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange will generate thousands of new jobs

bull Loughborough a national centre for sport and sports science The Loughborough University Science and Enterprise Park forms part of a recently designated Enterprise Zone

bull Chesterfeld an historic and well connected rail town with a strong engineering economy and both a visitor destination and gateway

bull Peak District National Park and Derwent Valley Mills Word Heritage Site the most visited national park in England adjacent to the cradle of the industrial revolution

bull MansfeldAshfeld key regional service centres with strengths in manufacturing and logistics

There are also a range of growth and regeneration opportunities along the A52 corridor between Derby and Nottingham Castle Ward Pride Park and Raynesway on

Derby A50 Corridor

A42M42 M69

M1

M1

Chesterfeld

Mansfeld Ashfeld

Staveley

HS2

Nottingham

Loughborough

Leicester

A46 Corridor

the Derby side and the Nottingham Enterprise Zones sites Alliance Boots in Beeston Beeston Business Park and the Nottingham Science Park

Within this strategic context we have identifed two lsquoGrowth Zonesrsquo which relate directly to the benefts of HS2 connectivity which we believe will drive HS2 related growth across the wider sub area

bull East Midlands Hub Growth Zone

bull Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

M1 Corridor

3 Cities

Derby Nottingham (A52)

Trent Valley Vision

Derwent Valley Mills World

Heritage Site

Peak District National Park

HS2 Station

Classic Rail Lines

Strategic Context Diagram

17

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

East Midlands Hub Growth Zone Diagram 22 East Midlands Hub Growth Zone Our Growth Vision

The Growth Zone encompasses the Hub Station site at Toton the former ironworks site at Stanton and Chetwynd Barracks The core area encompasses Broxtowe and Erewash Borough Councils Derbyshire and Nottinghamshire County Councils

Central will be the development of a high quality lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo at the Hub Station in Toton itself with the potential to create up to 10000 new jobs and a range of new housing choices The concept of an lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo follows research undertaken looking at trends in business locations away from city centres and the need for a much more dynamic mix of uses that recognises the changing needs and desires of lsquoGeneration Zrsquo It is also consistent with the long term aspirations of the university sector within the region which has actively contributed to our thinking

Our vision includes the development of a network of mixed use lsquogarden villagesrsquo that will incorporate the very latest innovations in land remediation environmental standards together with advances in sustainable drainage localised energy and public transport Enhanced connectivity by sustainable modes of transport will ensure the development of pedestrian orientated streets and spaces which will be attractive to both local people and investors

The developments will complement the adjacent city centre ofer and help to drive major improvements to existing places such as Long Eaton and Stapleford

HS2

A52 Jct 25

A50

Jct 24

M1

Castle Donington amp EM Gateway Freight Interchange East Midlands Airport

Lougborough

East Midlands Parkway amp Ratclife

Innovation Campus amp Hub Station

Stanton Derby

Prid

e Par

k Ray

nesw

ay

Spon

don

Boots Campus

Beeston

ScienceMedi

Nottingham

A453

P

P

Potential Mass Rapid-Transit

Classic Rail Lines

Garden Village Network

Key Employment Sites

HS2 Line

Chetwynd

i Celanese

Urban Village

Infnity Garden Village

18

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Toton Area (Hub Station) Development Framework

We have worked with councils local partners and the Toton Neighbourhood Planning Forum to develop a long term non-statutory lsquodevelopment frameworkrsquo for the Hub Station Growth Area in Toton to inform the review of local plans and future investment decisions The development framework recognises a series of distinct character areas and sets out development principles for each

Station Hub The core development area is clustered to the east and west of the Hub Station Anchored by key multi modal transport infrastructure (including HS2 and Classic rail facilities NET bus interchange facilities and central car parking facilities) The primary land use in this area will be workspace development set within a high quality urban development context Hotel and residential accommodation may also be appropriate at this central location and the arearsquos public realm will be animated by cafeacutes restaurants and small scale retail outlets serving passengers employees and residents

Toton Area (Hub Station) Development

19

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

The Hub Station and surrounding area

A new public space will be created adjacent to the main station concourse This will provide a high quality east-west pedestrian connection across the HS2 lines and support interchange between a range of transport modes This development area is located on a plateau which is at a signifcantly lower level than the main development site to the east New buildings will typically be taller (up to 6-8 storeys) which will allow the development to act as a marker in the context of the rail corridor without appearing incongruous within the wider development

Toton Innovation Campus This mixed use corridor runs through the heart of the site connecting the HS2 station and areas to the west following the tram corridor towards Toton Lane NET station in the east

This dynamic space will be characterised not only by the diversity of uses but also a green boulevard and sustainable transport corridor and will include a mixture of medium density workspace including apartment based residential development

The lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo is roughly equidistant between the city centres of Nottingham and Derby and is intended to be anchored by a university based research and development centre To the south links to Leicester East Midlands Airport East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange and the Enterprise Zone sites in Loughborough will drive further opportunities

To achieve the scale of development and sense of place envisaged will require major investment in land assembly management and infrastructure Making the right moves now will provide much needed capacity to unlock and absorb growth and provide resilience in a currently stressed local network It will also require higher densities than those currently subject of an extant Outline Planning Consent for the site and this will need careful consideration by Broxtowe Borough Council as the Local Planning Authority

A52 Trackside Corridor A series of larger development sites have been identifed along the A52 and rail corridors towards the north of the site ofering the potential to accommodate larger workplace developments or research institutions This area will ofer the potential to accommodate distinctive gateway buildings acting as markers along both the A52 and HS2 corridors

Waterside Development parcels along the Erewash River Canal corridor are considered an appropriate mix of uses including residential Building heights will step down from around six storeys adjacent to the rail corridor to around three storeys in areas closer to the river canal corridor respecting the domestic scale of buildings to the west The landscaped environment of the river canal corridor will be brought into the area with a series of lsquogreen fngersrsquo leading into the development site This open space will serve a

20

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

variety of functions including recreation food mitigation and ecological habitat The orientation of buildings within this corridor should support this landscape strategy and open up views of the canal river corridor from higher ground to the east of the HS2 line

Parkside Generous green corridors are proposed as a bufer between the planned new development and existing residential communities Lower density areas broadly refecting established residential areas of Toton will front onto these spaces with a typical height of two to

three storeys open landscaped space and site topography ensuring that the amenity of existing local residents are protected New footpaths and cycleways will integrate the site with its surrounding context and enable residents of existing neighbourhoods to access facilities and transport hubs within the new development site It should be noted that new vehicular connections to these neighbourhoods are not proposed

bull Neighbourhood Centres These centres will be located at highly accessible positions within the

The Toton Innovation Campus looking towards the Hub Station

development and will allow the vast majority of the site area to be located within an easy fve minute walking catchment of local facilities

bull HS2 Hub This facility will serve HS2 passengers along with residents and workers based in the lower western section of the site It is envisaged that cafeacutes restaurants and local retail facilities will be integrated within the main station concourse and spill out onto the adjoining public plaza This area also becomes a new cross-roads within a more resilient local road network ofering better connections between SandiacreStapleford and Long Eaton This will further enhance the vitality and vibrancy of the area whilst ensuring surrounding communities can access the services on ofer by a full range of transport choices

bull Toton Innovation Campus Centre Located at the heart of the development a cluster of local retail leisure and hospitality facilities will be clustered in and around a central square Facilities such as a hotel gym business centre and resource centre may also be attracted to this central pedestrian orientated space

bull Community Hub A site to the west of the Toton Lane NET Station has been identifed for the relocation of the George Spencer Academy along with a site for a new primary school a leisure centre and health facility These new community infrastructure buildings will be developed in a green landscape setting with good pedestrian and cycle links to local neighbourhoods and public transport hubs The level of retail development (including

21

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

restaurants cafeacutes) will be controlled to a level which provides for the needs of local residents employees and passengers and avoid competition with existing local centres

The Universities of Derby Nottingham and Nottingham Trent are fully supportive of the HS2 Growth Strategy We have a long history of working together to re-balance economy and believe that this investment has the potential to be transformative

To maximise the value derived from this investment the universities are in a strong position to build on our established partnership for example by working together to shape the proposed lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo located at the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton

The active involvement of the universities at an early stage in defning the proposed lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo means that we can develop an integrated strategy for research teaching and business interaction aligned with HS2 investment

The lsquoworld-classrsquo connectivity aforded by the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton will support the difusion of these opportunities and position the East Midlands as a stronger resilient and more productive economy

bull Green Infrastructure From a place making perspective the HS2 Hub site will be designed to integrate with its surrounding natural environments In total around 16 hectares of open space are proposed within the development site

bull River Canal Corridor The Erewash river and canal corridor runs to the east of the site and provides an area of high amenity value To the north the opportunity exists to enhance the network of footpaths and cycleways leading up to the strategic Stanton Iron Works site and beyond To the south new pedestrian and cycle links will connect the site to the Attenborough Nature Reserve and the Trent Valley This will include opportunities to reinstate new routes beneath the HS2 classic rail line to the south of the station and also to reduce the risk of fooding associated with this section of the river More generally the opportunity to enhance the character of the river and canal corridor would provide further amenity and ecological benefts This may include enhancements to the Sandiacre Locks Conservation Area and measures to introduce more variety diverse habitats and interest to the river lsquochannelrsquo

bull Toton Horseshoe A landscaped corridor is proposed to wrap around the existing Toton residential area This will provide a bufer between planned new development and the local residential areas encompass existing areas of maturing woodland and create a new connection through to the redeveloped Chetwynd Barracks to the east

bull Green Boulevard A new green spine is planned to run through the heart of the new development This route will connect the eastern and western sections of the site via a new pedestrian link across the HS2 corridor and a new plaza at the station entrance The boulevard a wide green space integrating a small existing watercourse will run

through the heart of the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo connecting to the area of protected Green Belt land to the north east

bull Local Amenity Open Space In addition to the strategic green infrastructure highlighted above a network of local amenity spaces will be integrated across the new development These will include both formal and informal recreation areas and play space for the enjoyment of residents employees and visitors alike

Associated lsquoGarden Villagersquo Developments

Chetwynd Barracks The MoD site at Chetwynd will become available for development from 2020 and will be designed and developed as an integral part of the Hub Station Growth area The development will provide a predominantly residential area that will be linked directly to the lsquoCommunity Hubrsquo north of the existing Toton Lane Like the main Hub Station lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo and Community Hub Chetwynd will be subject to the policies of the emerging Broxtowe Local Plan and of Nottinghamshire County Council as the Local HighwayTransport Authority and Local Education Authority

Stanton The Hub Station Growth Zone also includes the former iron works at Stanton where additional employment opportunities will be realised alongside up to 2000 homes which will serve to complement the proposals for the Hub Station and Innovation Campus This site falls within Erewash Borough Council and Derbyshire County Councilrsquos administrative areas This site is subject of a separate Supplementary Planning Document published by Erewash Borough Council and the proposals outlined in the Growth Strategy are consistent with this

22

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Ratclife Power Station Site Within the wider area there may also be further growth opportunities to be explored as part of the HS2 Growth Strategy including Ratclife Power Station Whilst this is not anticipated to be decommissioned before 2025 its location adjacent to the existing East Midlands Parkway station and an existing railhead means that the site has potential to create a transport orientated mixed use development around the station and a possible location for rail related development This site falls within Rushclife Borough Council and Nottinghamshire County Councilrsquos administrative areas

Derby There are already proposals to develop up to 2000 new homes as part of the lsquoInfnity Garden Villagersquo development which spans the boundary between the city of Derby and South Derbyshire District Council In addition there is potential for major mixed use development on the former Courtaulds site at Spondon on the east side of Derby

Leicestershire There are emerging proposals for major housing development in North West Leicestershire linked to employment growth at East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange

23 Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone Our Growth Vision

The Growth Zone is focussed on the Borough of Chesterfeld within the county of Derbyshire and includes the areas around the existing railway station and the proposed Infrastructure Maintenance Depot (IMD) at Staveley east of the town centre also proposed as a construction base for HS2

Our ambitions for Chesterfeld and Staveley are set in the context of a wide growth story for the wider northern Derbyshire area that builds on existing strengths in tourism construction and engineering higher and further education and professional services Key complementary investments include the lsquoPeak Resortrsquo development that

will combine a unique combination of tourism and HEFE education and training

HS2 will bring Chesterfeld within 108 minutes from London and serve a catchment area of over 1 million people Plans for Chesterfeld will transform the relationship between

Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

23

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

the rail station the town centre and major regeneration opportunities and enable the station to become an attractive gateway to the town itself the surrounding Peak District National Park and other key heritage assets - particularly for international visitors Proposals include a scalable housing and commercial investment proposition that will be accelerated to welcome HS2 through investment in enabling infrastructure

The proposed IMD is set within a wider masterplan for the Staveley corridor that will deliver signifcant levels of housing and job growth and provide a focus for the local rail engineering sector including the development of a rail industry lsquocentre of excellencersquo linked to the High Speed Rail College In the shorter term there is an ambition for the Staveley site to be used for a base for the construction of the majority of Phase 2b of HS2

Construction of early phases of the Chesterfeld amp Staveley Regeneration Route will enable key brownfeld regeneration sites to be developed and wider benefts to the A61 Corridor and the extended Markham Vale Enterprise Zone

Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

Underpinning the vision will be a strong focus on inclusive growth linked to our wider skills and supply chain strategy making sure that local communities and local businesses can beneft from the investment that HS2 will bring

Chesterfeld amp Staveley Development Framework

We will enable this growth in the number and quality of jobs by re-shaping and transforming our places through infrastructure-led development Those places will be allowed to fourish and cater for our changing communities as well as providing for new communities and retaining those such as graduates who will have much wider lifestyle choices as a result

Chesterfeld Station

Chesterfeld Station will have an enhanced role as both a destination and a gateway to surrounding localities Over 1 million people already live within 30 minutes of the station HS2 will bring Birmingham and Leeds within 50 minutes We will bring forward development and infrastructure in tandem to provide a high quality experience for those using the

Platform 4

Chesterfeld Station

Chesterfeld Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo

24

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

station lsquoPlatform 4rsquo will provide a modern and attractive route across the A61 with well-designed public realm that will bring the station into the town centre as well as allowing far greater accessibility to public transport Unused and under-used land around the station will be developed and linked to the adjacent Waterside development to provide a mixed-use lsquourban villagersquo ft for future generations to live work and play

Remodelled links between Chesterfeld Station and the town

The infrastructure provided to improve access to the station for HS2 services will also allow us to accelerate our ambition for the wider town centre By taking trafc out of the historic core of the town we can enhance the visitor experience and bring forward new opportunities for residential development with a wide and fexible mix of tenures This will ensure far greater vibrancy within the town which will expand to include the station area and support the wider ambitions for growth in our key sectors

Staveley

The proposed Infrastructure Maintenance Depot (IMD) at Staveley provides a signifcant opportunity to bring forward a much wider strategic development on this 150 hectare brownfeld site Through investing in infrastructure in particular local road access we can open up not just the depot site but a whole new sustainable community of around 1500 homes and many hundreds of new jobs

By phasing the development we will also be able to ofer a well located construction base for HS2 bringing investment and jobs to the area well in advance of the maintenance depot Over the longer term we believe there is the potential to develop the area around the Infrastructure

The wider Chesterfeld Station Area Masterplan wide

Residential building

OfficeCommercial building

Officeresidential building

Hotel building

Station building

MSCP building

Green Space

Public realm

Potential development areas subject to consultation with existing land owners

Retained Listed station building

Ground foor community facility land use

Potential pedestriancycle link to the east

Maintenance Depot as a rail industry lsquocentre of excellencersquo linked to the High Speed Rail College and the NewRail centre at Barrow Hill Roundhouse

Strategic outline masterplan for the Staveley Corridor

Characterising development at all these sites will be an approach to place-making for the future This is led by consideration of how our communities of the future will want to live and work rather than being based on historic development models

We will use the investment in infrastructure to develop places and homes that anticipate our changing population putting in place fexible models in order to meet future demand This will include providing a far better choice for older people with homes that meet current and future care needs We will make the most of the expanding higher education ofer to enable quality student accommodation and develop places in which our graduates want to stay live earn and spend

25

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Strategic outline masterplan for the Staveley corridor 24 Next Steps Our proposals for the Hub Station and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zones are long term and ambitious Whilst the proposed development will lead to an uplift in land values and economic and social benefts it will also require investment in local and strategic infrastructure and land remediation and assembly

We have undertaken technical work to understand likely infrastructure and land costs and development trajectories that could be delivered to inform an initial outline business case assessment consistent with the Treasuryrsquos lsquoGreen Bookrsquo This work will continue to develop as our plans mature

Further detail on delivery is contained in Section 4

Key

SWA1 Redline Boundary

Existing Features

Culvert

River

Canal

Crossing Point

Road

Railway Line

Right of Way

Building

Listed Building

Non Designated Heritage Asset

Existing Trees

Proposed Features

Marina

CS Regeneration Route

Road

FootCycle Path

Pedestrian Zone

Avenue Planting

Public Open Space

Key Building

Railway Line

Canal

Proposed Usage

Residential

Mixed use - Community Retail Residential

Mixed Use - Employment Local Skills and crafts

Workshops Studios Residential

Mixed Use - Community Canal related

Residential

Safeguarded School Site

Leisure - Hotel Pub Restaurant

B1 - Office and Light Industry

B2 - General Industry

B8 - Warehousing and Distribution

HS2 Maintenance Depot

26

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Section 3 | Connectivity Summary

The Hub Station at Toton will already be the most connected on the high speed network outside of London and will serve a catchment of over 2 million people Whilst the development adjacent to the Hub Station will be crucial our early work confrmed that much of the wider economic potential of HS2 will be dependent on the extent to which we can connect economic opportunities across the East Midlands into the high speed network In particular the city centres of Derby Leicester and Nottingham East Midlands Airport and sites that exist in the towns and villages surrounding both the Hub Station and Chesterfeld

Our analysis has demonstrated which modes of transport will serve diferent markets most efectively ndash national regional sub-regional and local Based on this we have set out a comprehensive step by step approach to connectivity which will maximise transport choice for future generations as well as tackling congestion issues that exist today

Key to this will be safeguarding the ability to extend public transport accessibility in the scope of the Governmentrsquos Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and planning now for a phased approach to delivery of highway improvements starting in RIS2

Whilst we are confdent that the measures we have identifed can deliver positive outcomes more detailed design work will be required to secure the capital funding necessary for delivery Further work on the design and phasing of key interventions will therefore be undertaken with transport modelling developed in partnership with Midlands Connect the outcome of which will also help to scope the necessary provisions of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

27

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

SCOTLAND

YORK amp NEWCASTLE

LEEDS

EAST MIDLANDS

HUB

SOUTH YORKSHIRE

SHEFFIELD HS2

CHESTERFIELD

CREWE HS2 HUB

BIRMINGHAM

STOKE DERBY

LEICESTER

LOUGHBOROUGH

LONDON EUROPE

BEESTON

NOTTINGHAM LINCOLN

MANSFIELD

WORKSOP

31 National Context HS2 will help to transform the position of our towns and cities within the UK and Midlands making our local economies more competitive

HS2 CURRENT

68 104 NOTTINGHAM TO LONDON

HHS2S2 CU

142 LEICESTER TO NEWCASTLE

HHS2S2 CURRENT

50 77 DERBY TO LEEDS

HHS2S2 CURRENT

73 145 LEICESTER TO LEEDS

HHS2S2 CURRENT

36 73 NOTTINGHAM TO BIRMINGHAM

HS2 CURRENT

71 143 CHESTERFIELD TO LONDON

RRENT

205

28

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Midlands Connect

The Midlands Connect Strategy described how the HS2 stations at Birmingham Curzon Street UK Central and East Midlands will form the lsquohubrsquo of the UKrsquos high speed rail network Together with classic compatible connectivity at Chesterfeld Crewe and Stoke stations this will unlock economic growth across the Midlands - provided we get the local connectivity right

Through Midlands Connect we are taking forward a body of technical work to defne and develop the local strategic connections that will maximise economic growth opportunities Through the wider Midlands Engine initiative we are promoting the transformational benefts of HS2 to national and international investors

For more information about Midlands Connect and the Midlands Engine please visit httpswwwmidlandsconnectuk

HS2 East

Our work through the HS2 East partnership has demonstrated that the Eastern Leg of HS2 between Birmingham to Leeds via the East Midlands Hub Station has the best business case of any part of the proposed network - with a beneft to cost ratio of over 5 to 1

However the economic impact of the Eastern Leg extends further than Leeds The proposed lsquoclassic compatiblersquo link to the East Coast Main Line will enable high speed rail services to serve the North East of England and Scotland ndash linking

six of the UKrsquos top ten cities and 20 of national GVA This will result in lsquoagglomerationrsquo impacts of over pound700 million GVA and some major journey time savings

bull Leeds to Glasgow reduction of 90 minutes

bull Sheffield to Edinburgh reduction of 90 minutes

bull Newcastle to Birmingham reduction of 85 minutes

Together the Eastern Leg of HS2 and an enhanced East Coast Main Line provide the obvious route for reducing journey times from Scotland to London towards the three hour mark ndash the point at which rail becomes competitive with air travel

For further information about HS2 East please visit httpwwwhs2eastcouk

32 Our strategic approach Connecting key centres of population and development opportunities across the East Midlands to the high speed network will be key to realising the wider economic potential that HS2 connectivity brings

Our analysis has demonstrated which modes of transport will serve diferent markets most efectively Only by developing a comprehensive lsquomulti-modalrsquo approach to connectivity can we deliver the transport choice required by future generations and start to tackle some of the congestion issues that exist today

We also acknowledge that not everything can or indeed should happen at once We have therefore set out a phased approach to improving connectivity at least some of which can be delivered before HS2 becomes fully operational

Heavy Rail Pimary Market

Mass Transit Strategy Regional

Bus Connectivity Sub-Regional amp Local

Taxi Connectivity Sub-Regional amp Local

Walking and Cycling Local and Very Local

Park and Ride Sub-Regional amp Local

Highway Sub-Regional amp Local

Our strategic approach to connectivity

33 Rail Rail will be the most efective mode for accessing the Hub Station from surrounding city and town centres It will also link the East Midlands with the major city-regions across the rest of the UK ndash not least by the HS2 network itself

HS2 Services

The latest service specifcation published by HS2 Ltd indicates that the East Midlands Hub Station will be the best connected on the high speed network outside of London with seven HS2 services per hour in both directions

Impressive though this level of connectivity is we believe there is scope for further improvements

29

Through our work on the HS2 East Partnership we believe there is a strong economic case for the Eastern Leg of HS2 and the East Coast Main Line forming the primary route for serving Scotland not least because it would link the fnancial centres of Leeds and Edinburgh and the conurbations of the North East ndash also a key objective of Transport for the North

The scale of growth proposed in Chesterfeld as described in Section Two makes a compelling case for both Shefeld trains stopping at Chesterfeld Station rather than just one per hour

Classic Compatible Services

It is clear that although the Eastern Leg of HS2 will be designed to accommodate up to 18 trains per hour (in line with the rest of the network) the current service pattern only currently envisages nine There is therefore scope to run additional services on at least part of the Eastern Leg Working with both Midlands Connect and Transport for the North we believe there is a business case for two additional lsquoclassic compatiblersquo trains per hour linking Leicester and LeedsManchester which would transform rail connectivity between the East Midlands and the Northern Powerhouse

For this to be deliverable there would need to be a lsquoclassic compatiblersquo connection between HS2 and an electrifed Midland Main Line at or around the Hub Station HS2 Ltd have developed an indicative design for how this could be delivered Although further work will be required we believe we have sufcient economic evidence now for the Secretary of State to make at least lsquopassive provisionrsquo for such a link in the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

Newcastle

Durham

Dalington

York

Leeds

Shefeld Midland

Chesterfeld

Toton

Church Street

Birmingam Interchange

Old Oak Common Euston

bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

Trains from London 6tph

Trains from Birmrsquoham 3tph

Proposed HS2 Service Pattern for the Eastern Leg

NEWCASTLE

YORK

LEEDS

LONDON BIRMINGHAM

29 36

106

19

EAST MIDLANDS

HUB

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Classic Services

In addition to the two lsquoclassic compatiblersquo services working through Midlands Connect we have identifed an additional 11 lsquoclassic servicesrsquo that could serve the Hub Station These would be a mixture of lsquoshuttle servicesrsquo fast and semi-fast services and stopping services In total this would mean the Hub Station would be served by 20 trains per hour in both directions ndash an outstanding level of connectivity

HS2 Hub Station Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS)

The service specifcation for the Hub Station is consistent with the wider Midlands Connect ITSS which supports the Midlands Connect Strategy published in March 2017

The Maid Marian Line

In addition we believe there is the potential to develop a new service linking the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton with Mansfeld Ashfeld via the adaption on an existing freight line known as the Maid Marian Line This direct link would facilitate greater connectivity for residents and businesses to HS2 services supporting economic regeneration in the towns and contributing to the wider Nottinghamshire growth story We are working with Network Rail to understand any implications for the wider Midlands Connect ITSS

Capacity at Trent Junctions

A key constraint to the delivery of the Midlands Connect ITSS is the capacity of Trent Junctions south of Nottingham We understand that HS2 Ltd will need to make some improvements to Trent Junctions to accommodate the HS2 Core proposition - although these on their own will

30

51

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

HS2 Services

London - Leeds Birmingham - Leeds

London - Leeds Birmingham - Newcastle

London - Chesterfeld - Shefeld - Leeds

Birmingham - Leeds London - Shefeld - York

34 Mass Transit Extensions Classic Compatible Services

Shuttle Services

Nottingham - EM Hub Derby - EM Hub

Fast and Semi-fast Services

Leicester - Crewe Crewe - EM Hub

London - Manchester Crewe - EM Hub

Stopping Services

Leicester - Leeds Leicester - Manchester The success of the Nottingham Express Transit (NET) has demonstrated the potential of mass transit to reduce

Leicester - Lincoln Nottingham - Leeds

Leicester - Nottingham Leicester - Derby

Norwich - Liverpool Newark Castle - Matlock

HS2 Hub Station Indicative Train Service Specifcation

not be sufcient to accommodate the Midlands Connect ITSS There is a clear operational case for avoiding multiple engineering works on this congested section of railway infrastructure ndash with a single enhancement scheme being the clearly favoured option Based on our initial work with Network Rail we believe there is a sufcient economic case now for the Secretary of State to make at least lsquopassive provisionrsquo for an enhanced scheme in the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

congestion increase transport choice and connect people to jobs and services It will therefore be a key element of the connectivity strategy for maximising the economic benefts of the HS2 Hub Station Given the technical challenges and the scale of investment required we recognise the importance of taking a phased approach to delivery

Extending NET to the Hub Station

The frst phase would be to extend the tram from the park and ride site at Toton Lane to the Hub Station ndash a distance of around one mile This will connect the Hub Station to key locations such as the Queens Medical Centre the University campus and the Enterprise Zone and complement the heavy rail service to Nottingham City Centre This link will need to be in place when the Hub Station becomes operational to serve the Nottingham Enterprise Zone sites and to establish the principle tram access in the publicrsquos mind

Extending Connectivity over the Hub Station

Our work has highlighted a number of options for extending connectivity to the west of the Hub Station towards Derby and East Midlands Airport which would have signifcant economic benefts These could be delivered by bus rapid transit (BRT) tram-train as well as by NET extensions Further work will be required to determine the optimum routes and modes These options would require a link over the Hub Station (similar to the arrangement at Nottingham Station) which would be costly to retro-ft We have therefore included a public transport overbridge into our proposals for the Hub Station At this stage it is unlikely that this on its own will require provision for further land take in the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill however it may impact on the required Environmental Impact Statement

Options to Derby

There are two main options for connecting Derby The frst would follow the route of the A52 This would be fast ndash but not as fast as the classic rail service from Derby Station It would be direct but serve a limited population catchment The relatively high cost of developing this as a tram route would appear to make it unviable - although it could have potential as a route for a lower cost form of BRT

The second option would run to the south of the A52 and link the Hub Station with Long Eaton and then on to Breaston Borrowash Spondon Pride Park and Derby Station It would be slower but serve a much larger population catchment It would be cheaper to develop as a tram route but could impact on the proposed canal

31

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Red Arrow Skylink

Zoom 15

i4 18

Indigo 510

Y5 Toton Sidings

NET

Options for bus services serving the Hub Station

35

Revised existing route

New Fast Track to EMA via M1

Arnold via QMC City Hospital

Mansfeld via M1 Kirkby Sutton

Alfreton via M1 Heanor Ripley

restoration project It could be developed in phases the frst comprising a NET extension to a park and ride site west of the M1

Options to East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Rail Freight Interchange

There are a number of potential routes to the airport Following the rail corridor south from the Hub Station before heading west is likely to be the quickest and would limit environmental impacts on Long Eaton town centre It also has potential for a tram-train solution should this become a viable technology in the UK The scale of employment growth proposed at East Midlands Gateway the potential for a lsquoFree Trade Zonersquo around the airport as well as the projected growth in air passenger numbers means such a link could have signifcant economic benefts

Bus amp Taxi Bus travel will continue to be the backbone of the local public transport for many people There is already a comprehensive network of bus routes and services across the sub-region which could be developed to serve the Hub Station from a wide range of locations

The key challenge for operators from a commercial perspective will be to ensure that the Hub Station does not become a lsquoterminusrsquo destination Buses (and taxis) must therefore be able to pass through the Hub Station to also serve surrounding communities across the wider sub-region Our proposed confguration of local road links between the Hub Station and Long Eaton Stapleford

32

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Sandiacre and Toton as well as access from the A52 would enable a commercially viable network of bus services to be established

For Chesterfeld a new road link into the south of the station complex for buses and taxis will provide a through route that will integrate the existing station into local public transport networks more efectively

36 Cycling amp Walking Every rail passenger is a pedestrian at the point of boarding a train Making the Hub Station and the immediate surrounding environment pedestrian friendly will make travel by train more attractive and help to drive patronage

It is also important that local people in surrounding communities have safe and attractive routes for walking and cycling ndash not just to the Hub Station but also to and within the proposed Innovation Campus Cycling and walking are likely to become more attractive options to future generations as public attitudes to travel continue to change This trend has been refected in the core design principles we have established that will underpin future development on the Hub Station site

For Chesterfeld we have set out proposals known as lsquoPlatform 4rsquo for enhancing pedestrian and public transport accessibility between the Station and the town centre over the A61 dual carriageway

37 Park amp Ride A well-coordinated and managed park amp ride strategy can help to reduce the impacts of congestion and provide viable transport choices for local communities

There are opportunities to develop park and ride facilities serving the Hub Station in tandem with a phased roll out of an extended mass transit system The existing park amp

Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site

ride site at Toton Lane (1300 spaces) linked to the tram will be retained albeit in modifed form In addition to a multi-storey car park at the Hub Station itself (1300 spaces proposed) there is an opportunity to develop an additional parking facility of a similar size west of M1 Junction 25 linked to a frst phase extension of the tram over the Hub Station

33

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

This would give a third car park option and the ability to manage travel demand to the Hub Station site in a more fexible manner - as well as an ability to reduce pressure on M1 Junction 25

On the Derby side of the A52 there are options for park and ride sites on the east side of Derby as part of a mass transit system linking Pride Park and Derby Station to the City Centre which could ultimately connect to the Hub Station

38 Strategic amp Local Road Access Despite the focus on public transport cycling and walking access by private car will still be important and a 1300 space multi-storey car park is proposed at the Hub Station However this will require a highway solution that must also address a number of existing challenges

Access from the A52 and M1

Access from the strategic road network into the Hub Station Site will be critical Our technical work has suggested that a single access from the A52 into the site for all movements is unlikely to be deliverable Whilst an engineering solution could be developed it would be very expensive environmentally damaging and take up valuable land that could be better used for economic development purposes

As a result a phased approach is proposed comprising the following key moves

1 A new lsquoat gradersquo junction on the A52 east of the Bardills Roundabout linked to a new Toton Lane which would provide access from Nottingham to the east of the Hub Station site and support the early phases of development of the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

2 A new lsquoof setrsquo junction on the A52 to the west of the use of the construction access required by HS2 Ltd M1 which would remove local movements from M1 to build the Hub Station Junction 25 and provide a more direct route under

Our technical work suggests there is scope to deliver key the motorway into Long Eaton

moves 1) and 2) in advance of the Hub Station opening 3 A new lsquograde separatedrsquo junction on the A52 to the The scale of existing problems and likely future trafc

north of the Hub Station to provide access from growth on the A52 corridor suggests that there is already a Derby and the M1 ndash which has the potential to make strong case for Highways England working with Midlands

Provide local road access to StaplefordSandiacre

Relieve congestion at Bardills and Toton Lane

Provide access from A52

Separate local amp strategic movements at J25

Provide for E-W movements

Provide for local road access for Long Eaton

Strategic amp Local Road Access Challenges

34

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Access from A52 and M1

Connect and local partners to make a proposal for major scheme funding in RIS 2 ndash which would also contribute to a comprehensive connectivity strategy for the Hub Station

A direct link to the Hub Station from the north through 3) will be linked to the construction of the station itself by HS2 Ltd and may be able to make use of any temporary construction access required by HS2 Ltd

Stanton Sandiacre

Derby

Stapleford

Long Eaton

Primary HS2

access

New eastern access

Re-modelled Bardills junction

New eastern access link

Toton Lane

Local access link

Local local link

New ofset A52 Junction

New local link

Remodelled M1 Junction 25

link

1a

1b

3 2

M1

A52

HS2

Local access Nottingham

junction

39

Finally there is the potential to establish a Park amp Ride site west of the M1 linked to a tram extension and the proposed lsquoof-setrsquo junction on the A52 This would provide a further car parking option for the Hub Station and help to manage movements through M1 Junction 25

Local Road Access

As described above local road access to the Hub Station from Long Eaton Stapleford Sandiacre and Toton will be important to secure commercially viable bus and coach services and taxis ndash as well as safe cycle routes We have developed a proposal for local access that can be integrated into the design of the Hub Station and which will complement the proposed strategic links Key to this will be the development of a local road link running under the HS2 and classic rail tracks to the south of the Hub Station

Next Steps We are clear that whilst all the individual elements of our connectivity strategy will have positive outcomes the real benefts will only be achieved by taking an integrated approach to scheme development and delivery

We will therefore develop our proposals further through a project joint funded by Midlands Connect East Midlands partners HS2 Ltd and Highways England known as the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan Phase 1 will use transport modelling to optimise the package of interventions and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment Phase 2 will examine connectivity issues over a wider strategic area including the long term future of the M1

Further detail on delivery is contained in Section 4

35

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Local Road Access Diagram

1

2

3

4

5

6

New A52 access Pedestrian NET link Bus Interchange amp Station Car Park

Remodelled Bardills roundabout

7

8

9

10

11

Local link to Long Eaton

New Bardills roundabout Local link to Sandiacre

New Toton Lane NET extension amp option to extend to EMA Derby

HS2 underpass Station Concourse

HS2 overpass

36

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Section 4 | Delivery Summary

We have undertaken a number of technical studies to understand the costs and benefts of various scales and rates of development to inform the development of an initial outlines business case for our proposals consistent with Treasury requirements which is set out in a separate document This work will evolve and become more granular as our growth proposition matures

There is potential for signifcant employment and housing development across the East Midlands Hub and Derbyshire Growth Zones This will make a signifcant contribution to the Governmentrsquos rebalancing agenda and provide an impetus for growth across the wider East Midlands where there is potential to deliver an additional 74000 jobs and pound4 billion of GVA above trend

We have set out the key moves necessary to deliver our proposals for people place and connectivity and highlighted the immediate measures necessary to safeguard future opportunities Detailed proposals are set out in Appendix 1

We are keen to work with Government to develop propositions for powerful locally led development bodies that can deliver our ambitions for the Hub Station and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zones and contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2

37

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

41 Developing an Investible Proposition Realising our vision for growth will require a combination of strong leadership and clear decision making To inform this we have undertaken a comprehensive programme of technical work to inform our thinking and provide the evidence base for this Growth Strategy including

bull Comprehensive non-statutory development frameworks covering the East Midlands Hub and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

bull A number of concept studies to assess the options for key infrastructure moves including relocation of the existing rail depots at Toton strategic highway access and mass transit extensions

bull A Development Infrastructure Funding (DIF) Study to understand the costs and benefts of diferent scales and rates of development and a funding and delivery mechanisms study to identify options for forward funding of key infrastructure and delivery vehicles

This information has been used to construct an initial outline lsquobusiness casersquo document for our proposals consistent with the Treasuryrsquos lsquoGreen Bookrsquo guidance and will provide the basis for an ongoing dialogue with Government and HS2 Ltd This work will evolve and become more granular over time as our growth proposition matures

Some of the major infrastructure investments will be subject to a separate business case through other established Government programmes such as the Roads Investment Strategy (RIS) This still requires a high-level

case to be made through the Growth Strategy as well as efective co-ordination of planning funding and delivery with other Growth Strategy interventions

42 Key Moves The work we have undertaken to date has identifed a series of key moves that will be required to implement the Growth Strategy including a number of immediate actions which will be necessary to safeguard future opportunities Further detail on these and the necessary enabling measures by Government and its delivery bodies is set out in Appendix 1

People

Our immediate priorities can be delivered largely within existing resources with strong local leadership from the LEPs and the East Midlands Chamber of Commerce and comprise

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to business support that will help local SMEs beneft from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities

bull Establishing a lsquorail industry innovation grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2 awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2

Over the longer term we would expect mainstream Government funding for skills and business support activity to be refocussed around our priorities and complement the strategic approach to skills envisaged by the Midlands Engine

Place

For the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone there are a number of planning land assembly remediation and infrastructure issues that will need to be addressed to enable our vision to be delivered in full In the immediate short term it will be vital to ensure that existing planning consent for the Lime Rise development close to the Hub Station can contribute positively to the delivery of our growth vision

In addition there is a need for further work with the relevant organisations on options for relocating the rail siding and depot activity and the electricity sub-station to locations outside of the Hub Station site and on the expansion and relocation of existing school provision to a better location within the site

Elsewhere we are keen to take forward further work with the Ministry of Defence and the Homes and Communities Agency to ensure that the re-development of the Chetwynd Barracks can actively contribute to a lsquonetwork of garden villagesrsquo

In the Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone the key priority in Chesterfeld will be the delivery of proposals to transform pedestrian and public transport connectivity between the rail station and the town For Staveley the early priorities will be to confrm the depot site as a construction base for HS2 and to secure the frst phases of the Chesterfeld and Staveley Regeneration Route including the provision of improved public transport and pedestrian links necessary to deliver the wider Staveley masterplan

38

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Connectivity

Our immediate priority is to safeguard the potential to secure a classic compatible link at the Hub Station and for enhanced capacity at Trent Junctions capable of delivering the Midlands Connect ITSS These will require the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill which is due to be considered by Ministers in the autumn of 2017 to include provision for the necessary land take

The public transport overbridge and local road connections proposed for the Hub Station will impact on the Hybrid Bill and the associated Environmental Impact Statement and will need to be incorporated into the emerging Hub Station design commissioned by HS2 Ltd

We will need to confrm support from Highways England and HS2 Ltd to take forward the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan with Midlands Connect This work will optimise the package of interventions proposed to serve the Hub Station and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment However we believe we have a sufcient case now for Highways England to identify funding in RIS2 to develop a major scheme on the A52M1 J25 that address existing congestion issues and contributes to the wider solution for accessing the Hub Station

43 Proposals for Delivery Bodies The geographic and political context for the area around the Hub Station is complex spanning a number of local planning authorities local transport authorities and local enterprise partnerships Our work to date has highlighted a range of potential delivery and funding mechanisms that would help to enable development in particular options for Tax Increment Financing (TIf ) But these will require a strategic approach to investment over a number of administrative areas to be efective

There is a local appetite to establish a powerful delivery body that could work at a scale to drive forward our growth vision There are a range of options including the potential for the kind of lsquolocally-led development corporationrsquo envisaged by the Neighbourhood Planning Act 2017

We would like to work with Government over the coming months to develop a proposition for a delivery body for the Hub Station Growth Zone that could begin to operate in lsquoshadow formrsquo with initial seed-corn funding from 2018 onwards

For Chesterfeld and Staveley the geography is less complex with the key moves all within the administrative area of Chesterfeld Borough Council Here a local development company solution may be more appropriate which can also contribute to the delivery of the wider Derbyshire growth story

It will be important to ensure that development in both Growth Zones continues to contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2 under the auspices of the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Mitigation

Whilst HS2 has the potential to bring great benefts to the 44 East Midlands the scale of the new infrastructure involved will also result in some negative impacts ndash particularly in the short term Although the line of route has been designed to minimise impact on environmental assets challenges remain in a number of locations in Derbyshire Leicestershire and Nottinghamshire

Similarly where the line passes through urban areas for example Long Eaton some existing businesses will have to re-locate to alternative premises Whilst the Government has put in place a compensation scheme to assist those directly afected councils are keen to ensure the jobs and investment are retained in the local area wherever possible

The East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board has established a lsquomitigation sub-grouprsquo to work with DfT and HS2 Ltd to help develop detailed designs for key structures that will minimise and mitigate the environmental impacts of the line and look to ensure that existing businesses can continue to thrive As work starts on the development of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill it will be important to ensure that councils are able to inform the detail of the Governmentrsquos proposals on both an individual and collective basis

39

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

45 Phasing of Delivery This Growth Strategy demonstrated the scale complexity and interdependencies between programmes involving a range of partner agencies Many of these programmes involve major schemes that take many years to develop and deliver Although HS2 Phase 2b is not due to become fully operational until 2033 the lead in times are such that key decisions on what might be included within the Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environment Statement will actually be taken during the coming months With appropriate funding and collaboration a number of key moves can be implemented in the short term

Although the development may reach maturity in 2043 by the time HS2 opens there will in fact already be a new place (the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo) emerging around the station to welcome the frst passengers For this to be achieved the delivery partners will need to build momentum over the next 12 months and it is recognised this will require dedicated resource and governance

The evidence base underpinning the growth strategy provides a clear indication of the growth potential and promotes a range of key infrastructure concepts and moves However in order to take these forward and in particular promote some of them for possible inclusion in the Hybrid Bill the partners are clear that more detailed studies and analysis will be required and these will need to be developed in tandem with the work being undertaken for the railway

This highlights the need to establish a dedicated team and for further resources to commission and manage the work programme for the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Phases of Delivery

2017-2022 Hybrid bill development business case development (RS2CP6) land strategy and delivery body early phases of development

2022-2027 Early infrastructure development and key moves (eg depot relocation) next phases of development

2027-2033 HS2 Construction amp completiontesting

2033 HS2 becomes fully operational - local economic development builds momentum

2033-43 Development to maturity

46 First Phase Priorities The focus up to 2022 will be on ensuring the provisions of the Phase 2 Hybrid Bill enable our vision for the Hub Station and priorities for local and strategic connectivity to be implemented Delivery of improvements to the A52 at Bardills and Toton Lane will enable the early phases of the Toton Innovation Campus to commence helping to build investor confdence Completion for the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity plan will progress the wider mix of strategic and local interventions to detailed design stage To be successful all this activity will need to be underpinned by the establishment of a properly resourced and empowered local delivery bodyThe early completion of frst stages of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Station Link Road will help to kick start development in the North Derbyshire Growth Zone

40

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

1 High level Ministerial endorsement of the East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy including through

bull Funding the establishment of a lsquoshadow delivery bodyrsquo to start implementing the Growth Strategy locally and to establish a viable mechanism for capturing a proportion of development value necessary for infrastructure delivery and

bull Promotion by Government and its delivery bodies of key development opportunities set out in the Growth Strategy to national and international investors consistent with the Midlands Engine Vision for Growth

2 Support from DCLG for our vision for the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone by

bull Empowering the HCA to establish a strategic land strategy that will facilitate enabling infrastructure and subsequently to bring forward early phases of development and

bull Using other funding including the current Housing Infrastructure Fund (HIF) to help bring forward early phase infrastructure

3 Support from DfT and its delivery bodies for the implementation of early connectivity priorities related to the Hub Station through

bull Ensuring Highways England and HS2 Ltd contribute gap funding towards the East Midlands Gateway Connectivity Plan Phase 1 Study

bull Funding the delivery phases 1ab of the A52 Access Strategy to enable the initial phases of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo to commence before 2022 and

bull Identifying funding in the next Road Investment Strategy (RIS2) to develop a major scheme to address capacity at M1 Junction 25 and access the Hub Station from the A52 (phases 2 amp3 of the A52 Access Strategy) ndash also making the necessary provisions within the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill amp Environmental Statement

4 DfTHS2 Ltd to ensure that the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make provision at and around the Hub Station for

bull Capacity improvements to classic rail connectivity to the south and north of Toton HS2 station including Trent Junctions optimising the integration of classic and High Speed Rail services and including a lsquoclassic compatible linkrsquo to transform connectivity between Leicester and the north of England

bull An integrated station design including moving the station concourse north to better connect with tram and Public Transport Interchange with an integrated deck connecting eastwest over the HS2 track to

better integrate the Toton station into the heart of the new place ndash the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo This would include provision of a second transfer deck to the south of the main concourse to provide improve capacity and interchange between services

bull Fully integrated public transport interchange and walking routes connecting surrounding communities to promote sustainable travel reduce the need for car parking and thereby make best use of land and local assets including the tram as a means of linking Park amp Ride facilities with the station

bull North South connectivity through the site to connect Long Eaton and Stapleford and to enable local communities to access the station by all modes

bull A clear car parking strategy with a decked car park at the station (premium) complemented by NET based Park and Ride

bull Provision for three bridges as follows

- Integrated with concourse deck to create east west route for tram and sustainable transport links between east and west development areas and to Long Eaton airport and Derby

- Multi-modal bridge south of the A52 to enable resilience in the local network connections to the western development area and

41

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

- Pedestrian bridge at mid-point between the above to connect new communities

bull Provision for an underpass under the Network Rail and HS2 lines to the south of the concourse to enable links between Stapleford Long Eaton and the station by various modes and in particular public transport but as a secondary primary access connecting east and west development areas within the Innovation Campus

5 Separately to ensure the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make specifc provision to deliver the NET tram extension from the existing Toton Park amp Ride to the HS2 Station consistent with the provisions set our above

6 DfTHS2 Ltd to designate Staveley as a major construction hubrailhead for the construction of Phase 2b in addition to the establishment of the Infrastructure Maintenance Depot

7 Government to make a contribution towards the delivery of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Chesterfeld Station Link Road to unlock early development and growth in the corridor

8 Further fnancial and technical support from Network Rail HS2 Ltd and HS2 Growth Partnership to work collaboratively on the relocation of the DBS Depot and Network Rail Sidings to enable development growth and transport connections through the Hub Station area

9 DfTHS2 Ltd to amend the HS2 Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS) to ensure that both Shefeld HS2 classic compatible services stop at Chesterfeld

10 Commitment from DfTHS2 Ltd to at least partially open the Hub Station at Toton by 2030 rather than 2033 to generate additional passenger revenue and accelerate the delivery of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

42

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy World Class - Locally Driven

For more information please contact East Midlands Councils Tel 01664 502620 Email infoemcouncilsgovuk

  • Structure Bookmarks
    • Born 1946-1964
    • Born 1964-1980
    • Born 1980-2000
    • Born 2000+
    • The Hub Station and surrounding area
    • Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone
    • Chesterfield Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo
    • Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site
Page 16: East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy - Broxtowe€¦ · 3.7 Park & Ride 3.8 4.3 East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Contents Contents Foreword 3 3.6 Cycling & Walking 33 Executive Summary

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 1 | People

Building Further Education Capacity

Action Key Partners Resources Timescales

Embed lsquoEM33rsquo activity into new lsquoTrsquo and relevant lsquoArsquo levels

Further Education (FE) Providers LEPs Councils

Refocussing existing resources and future Local Growth Fund

Short ndash medium

Develop strategic relationship between FE sector and National College for High Speed Rail (NCHSR)

FE Providers private training providers Using existing forums and relationships National College for High Speed Rail (NCHSR)

FE Providers Councils Funding required to recruit additional BIM expert

Immediate

Develop world leading capability for Building Information Management (BIM) linked to Staveley IMD

Short- medium

Support the development of lsquoShared Apprentice Schemesrsquo across key HS2 related job rolesdisciplines

FE Providers LEPS Councils Additional funding required Short

14 Next Steps Within our strategic approach we have identifed three immediate priorities These to be taken forward largely with existing LEP and private sector resources but will require strong local leadership to be successful

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to business support that will help local SMEs beneft from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities to be driven by D2N2 LLLEP and the private sector

bull Establishing a lsquorail industry innovation grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands to help drive innovation within our thriving SME rail engineering sector and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2 awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2 provisionally entitled lsquoEM33rsquo to be driven by East Midlands Chamber of Commerce D2N2 and LLLEP and supported by councils

Over the longer term we would expect mainstream Government funding for skills and business support activity to be refocussed around our priorities For more information about our skills and supply chain strategy please visit httpwwwemcouncilsgovukHS2

15

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Section 2 | Place Summary

Great place-making will be key to realising the opportunities that HS2 connectivity will create Our proposals are ambitious but build upon existing market strengths and add value to the attractive mix of urban and rural environments that already characterises the East Midlands We have also sought to refect the needs and aspirations of future generations in the scale and form of proposed development and by incorporating sustainable transport choices

Our Growth Strategy has been developed within in a wider spatial context that will use HS2 to enhance opportunities in towns and cities across the East Midlands and in key assets like East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange To drive this we have identifed two lsquoGrowth Zonesrsquo which relate directly to the benefts of HS2 connectivity

The East Midlands Hub Growth Zone is related to the area around the Hub Station at Toton Here we are proposing the development of a new high quality lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo with the potential to create up to 10000 new jobs community facilities and a range of new housing choices It will be an inspiring 21st Century Gateway to the East Midlands and a destination in its own right The lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo will sit at the heart of a thriving network of lsquogarden villagersquo developments that will include the nearby Stanton and Chetwynd Barracks sites

Chesterfeld and Staveley will be at the heart of the North Derbyshire Growth Zone but activity will focus on the wider Derbyshire growth story We will use HS2 to complement existing rail services and transform links between Chesterfeld Station and the town centre opening up regeneration opportunities and creating an attractive gateway to the Peak District National Park ndash one of the regionrsquos unique destination ofers The Staveley Depot will be the heart of a mixed use housing and employment zone within the wider growth corridor and in the short term could also provide a construction base for HS2

16

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

21 East Midlands Context Our Growth Strategy has been developed within in a wider spatial context that also seeks to use HS2 to enhance existing regional and national assets across the East Midlands In particular the area spanning the D2N2 and Leicester amp Leicestershire LEP areas which already comprise 315 million people over 100000 businesses and generate pound65 billion of GVA Key opportunities for growth include

bull Derby a city of world class automotive rail and aerospace technology sectors Home to Rolls Royce Bombardier and Toyota and a thriving network of highly specialised manufacturing SMEs

bull Leicester a vibrant diverse city with a strong record of SME formation and major growth potential Home to the National Space Centre and a burgeoning space technology sector

bull Nottingham a city of thriving business services biotech and leisure sectors and fagship companies like Experian and Boots underpinned by world class public transport and local energy systems

bull East Midlands Airport and Gateway the biggest freight airport outside of London and home to DHL The new East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange will generate thousands of new jobs

bull Loughborough a national centre for sport and sports science The Loughborough University Science and Enterprise Park forms part of a recently designated Enterprise Zone

bull Chesterfeld an historic and well connected rail town with a strong engineering economy and both a visitor destination and gateway

bull Peak District National Park and Derwent Valley Mills Word Heritage Site the most visited national park in England adjacent to the cradle of the industrial revolution

bull MansfeldAshfeld key regional service centres with strengths in manufacturing and logistics

There are also a range of growth and regeneration opportunities along the A52 corridor between Derby and Nottingham Castle Ward Pride Park and Raynesway on

Derby A50 Corridor

A42M42 M69

M1

M1

Chesterfeld

Mansfeld Ashfeld

Staveley

HS2

Nottingham

Loughborough

Leicester

A46 Corridor

the Derby side and the Nottingham Enterprise Zones sites Alliance Boots in Beeston Beeston Business Park and the Nottingham Science Park

Within this strategic context we have identifed two lsquoGrowth Zonesrsquo which relate directly to the benefts of HS2 connectivity which we believe will drive HS2 related growth across the wider sub area

bull East Midlands Hub Growth Zone

bull Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

M1 Corridor

3 Cities

Derby Nottingham (A52)

Trent Valley Vision

Derwent Valley Mills World

Heritage Site

Peak District National Park

HS2 Station

Classic Rail Lines

Strategic Context Diagram

17

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

East Midlands Hub Growth Zone Diagram 22 East Midlands Hub Growth Zone Our Growth Vision

The Growth Zone encompasses the Hub Station site at Toton the former ironworks site at Stanton and Chetwynd Barracks The core area encompasses Broxtowe and Erewash Borough Councils Derbyshire and Nottinghamshire County Councils

Central will be the development of a high quality lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo at the Hub Station in Toton itself with the potential to create up to 10000 new jobs and a range of new housing choices The concept of an lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo follows research undertaken looking at trends in business locations away from city centres and the need for a much more dynamic mix of uses that recognises the changing needs and desires of lsquoGeneration Zrsquo It is also consistent with the long term aspirations of the university sector within the region which has actively contributed to our thinking

Our vision includes the development of a network of mixed use lsquogarden villagesrsquo that will incorporate the very latest innovations in land remediation environmental standards together with advances in sustainable drainage localised energy and public transport Enhanced connectivity by sustainable modes of transport will ensure the development of pedestrian orientated streets and spaces which will be attractive to both local people and investors

The developments will complement the adjacent city centre ofer and help to drive major improvements to existing places such as Long Eaton and Stapleford

HS2

A52 Jct 25

A50

Jct 24

M1

Castle Donington amp EM Gateway Freight Interchange East Midlands Airport

Lougborough

East Midlands Parkway amp Ratclife

Innovation Campus amp Hub Station

Stanton Derby

Prid

e Par

k Ray

nesw

ay

Spon

don

Boots Campus

Beeston

ScienceMedi

Nottingham

A453

P

P

Potential Mass Rapid-Transit

Classic Rail Lines

Garden Village Network

Key Employment Sites

HS2 Line

Chetwynd

i Celanese

Urban Village

Infnity Garden Village

18

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Toton Area (Hub Station) Development Framework

We have worked with councils local partners and the Toton Neighbourhood Planning Forum to develop a long term non-statutory lsquodevelopment frameworkrsquo for the Hub Station Growth Area in Toton to inform the review of local plans and future investment decisions The development framework recognises a series of distinct character areas and sets out development principles for each

Station Hub The core development area is clustered to the east and west of the Hub Station Anchored by key multi modal transport infrastructure (including HS2 and Classic rail facilities NET bus interchange facilities and central car parking facilities) The primary land use in this area will be workspace development set within a high quality urban development context Hotel and residential accommodation may also be appropriate at this central location and the arearsquos public realm will be animated by cafeacutes restaurants and small scale retail outlets serving passengers employees and residents

Toton Area (Hub Station) Development

19

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

The Hub Station and surrounding area

A new public space will be created adjacent to the main station concourse This will provide a high quality east-west pedestrian connection across the HS2 lines and support interchange between a range of transport modes This development area is located on a plateau which is at a signifcantly lower level than the main development site to the east New buildings will typically be taller (up to 6-8 storeys) which will allow the development to act as a marker in the context of the rail corridor without appearing incongruous within the wider development

Toton Innovation Campus This mixed use corridor runs through the heart of the site connecting the HS2 station and areas to the west following the tram corridor towards Toton Lane NET station in the east

This dynamic space will be characterised not only by the diversity of uses but also a green boulevard and sustainable transport corridor and will include a mixture of medium density workspace including apartment based residential development

The lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo is roughly equidistant between the city centres of Nottingham and Derby and is intended to be anchored by a university based research and development centre To the south links to Leicester East Midlands Airport East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange and the Enterprise Zone sites in Loughborough will drive further opportunities

To achieve the scale of development and sense of place envisaged will require major investment in land assembly management and infrastructure Making the right moves now will provide much needed capacity to unlock and absorb growth and provide resilience in a currently stressed local network It will also require higher densities than those currently subject of an extant Outline Planning Consent for the site and this will need careful consideration by Broxtowe Borough Council as the Local Planning Authority

A52 Trackside Corridor A series of larger development sites have been identifed along the A52 and rail corridors towards the north of the site ofering the potential to accommodate larger workplace developments or research institutions This area will ofer the potential to accommodate distinctive gateway buildings acting as markers along both the A52 and HS2 corridors

Waterside Development parcels along the Erewash River Canal corridor are considered an appropriate mix of uses including residential Building heights will step down from around six storeys adjacent to the rail corridor to around three storeys in areas closer to the river canal corridor respecting the domestic scale of buildings to the west The landscaped environment of the river canal corridor will be brought into the area with a series of lsquogreen fngersrsquo leading into the development site This open space will serve a

20

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

variety of functions including recreation food mitigation and ecological habitat The orientation of buildings within this corridor should support this landscape strategy and open up views of the canal river corridor from higher ground to the east of the HS2 line

Parkside Generous green corridors are proposed as a bufer between the planned new development and existing residential communities Lower density areas broadly refecting established residential areas of Toton will front onto these spaces with a typical height of two to

three storeys open landscaped space and site topography ensuring that the amenity of existing local residents are protected New footpaths and cycleways will integrate the site with its surrounding context and enable residents of existing neighbourhoods to access facilities and transport hubs within the new development site It should be noted that new vehicular connections to these neighbourhoods are not proposed

bull Neighbourhood Centres These centres will be located at highly accessible positions within the

The Toton Innovation Campus looking towards the Hub Station

development and will allow the vast majority of the site area to be located within an easy fve minute walking catchment of local facilities

bull HS2 Hub This facility will serve HS2 passengers along with residents and workers based in the lower western section of the site It is envisaged that cafeacutes restaurants and local retail facilities will be integrated within the main station concourse and spill out onto the adjoining public plaza This area also becomes a new cross-roads within a more resilient local road network ofering better connections between SandiacreStapleford and Long Eaton This will further enhance the vitality and vibrancy of the area whilst ensuring surrounding communities can access the services on ofer by a full range of transport choices

bull Toton Innovation Campus Centre Located at the heart of the development a cluster of local retail leisure and hospitality facilities will be clustered in and around a central square Facilities such as a hotel gym business centre and resource centre may also be attracted to this central pedestrian orientated space

bull Community Hub A site to the west of the Toton Lane NET Station has been identifed for the relocation of the George Spencer Academy along with a site for a new primary school a leisure centre and health facility These new community infrastructure buildings will be developed in a green landscape setting with good pedestrian and cycle links to local neighbourhoods and public transport hubs The level of retail development (including

21

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

restaurants cafeacutes) will be controlled to a level which provides for the needs of local residents employees and passengers and avoid competition with existing local centres

The Universities of Derby Nottingham and Nottingham Trent are fully supportive of the HS2 Growth Strategy We have a long history of working together to re-balance economy and believe that this investment has the potential to be transformative

To maximise the value derived from this investment the universities are in a strong position to build on our established partnership for example by working together to shape the proposed lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo located at the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton

The active involvement of the universities at an early stage in defning the proposed lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo means that we can develop an integrated strategy for research teaching and business interaction aligned with HS2 investment

The lsquoworld-classrsquo connectivity aforded by the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton will support the difusion of these opportunities and position the East Midlands as a stronger resilient and more productive economy

bull Green Infrastructure From a place making perspective the HS2 Hub site will be designed to integrate with its surrounding natural environments In total around 16 hectares of open space are proposed within the development site

bull River Canal Corridor The Erewash river and canal corridor runs to the east of the site and provides an area of high amenity value To the north the opportunity exists to enhance the network of footpaths and cycleways leading up to the strategic Stanton Iron Works site and beyond To the south new pedestrian and cycle links will connect the site to the Attenborough Nature Reserve and the Trent Valley This will include opportunities to reinstate new routes beneath the HS2 classic rail line to the south of the station and also to reduce the risk of fooding associated with this section of the river More generally the opportunity to enhance the character of the river and canal corridor would provide further amenity and ecological benefts This may include enhancements to the Sandiacre Locks Conservation Area and measures to introduce more variety diverse habitats and interest to the river lsquochannelrsquo

bull Toton Horseshoe A landscaped corridor is proposed to wrap around the existing Toton residential area This will provide a bufer between planned new development and the local residential areas encompass existing areas of maturing woodland and create a new connection through to the redeveloped Chetwynd Barracks to the east

bull Green Boulevard A new green spine is planned to run through the heart of the new development This route will connect the eastern and western sections of the site via a new pedestrian link across the HS2 corridor and a new plaza at the station entrance The boulevard a wide green space integrating a small existing watercourse will run

through the heart of the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo connecting to the area of protected Green Belt land to the north east

bull Local Amenity Open Space In addition to the strategic green infrastructure highlighted above a network of local amenity spaces will be integrated across the new development These will include both formal and informal recreation areas and play space for the enjoyment of residents employees and visitors alike

Associated lsquoGarden Villagersquo Developments

Chetwynd Barracks The MoD site at Chetwynd will become available for development from 2020 and will be designed and developed as an integral part of the Hub Station Growth area The development will provide a predominantly residential area that will be linked directly to the lsquoCommunity Hubrsquo north of the existing Toton Lane Like the main Hub Station lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo and Community Hub Chetwynd will be subject to the policies of the emerging Broxtowe Local Plan and of Nottinghamshire County Council as the Local HighwayTransport Authority and Local Education Authority

Stanton The Hub Station Growth Zone also includes the former iron works at Stanton where additional employment opportunities will be realised alongside up to 2000 homes which will serve to complement the proposals for the Hub Station and Innovation Campus This site falls within Erewash Borough Council and Derbyshire County Councilrsquos administrative areas This site is subject of a separate Supplementary Planning Document published by Erewash Borough Council and the proposals outlined in the Growth Strategy are consistent with this

22

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Ratclife Power Station Site Within the wider area there may also be further growth opportunities to be explored as part of the HS2 Growth Strategy including Ratclife Power Station Whilst this is not anticipated to be decommissioned before 2025 its location adjacent to the existing East Midlands Parkway station and an existing railhead means that the site has potential to create a transport orientated mixed use development around the station and a possible location for rail related development This site falls within Rushclife Borough Council and Nottinghamshire County Councilrsquos administrative areas

Derby There are already proposals to develop up to 2000 new homes as part of the lsquoInfnity Garden Villagersquo development which spans the boundary between the city of Derby and South Derbyshire District Council In addition there is potential for major mixed use development on the former Courtaulds site at Spondon on the east side of Derby

Leicestershire There are emerging proposals for major housing development in North West Leicestershire linked to employment growth at East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange

23 Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone Our Growth Vision

The Growth Zone is focussed on the Borough of Chesterfeld within the county of Derbyshire and includes the areas around the existing railway station and the proposed Infrastructure Maintenance Depot (IMD) at Staveley east of the town centre also proposed as a construction base for HS2

Our ambitions for Chesterfeld and Staveley are set in the context of a wide growth story for the wider northern Derbyshire area that builds on existing strengths in tourism construction and engineering higher and further education and professional services Key complementary investments include the lsquoPeak Resortrsquo development that

will combine a unique combination of tourism and HEFE education and training

HS2 will bring Chesterfeld within 108 minutes from London and serve a catchment area of over 1 million people Plans for Chesterfeld will transform the relationship between

Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

23

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

the rail station the town centre and major regeneration opportunities and enable the station to become an attractive gateway to the town itself the surrounding Peak District National Park and other key heritage assets - particularly for international visitors Proposals include a scalable housing and commercial investment proposition that will be accelerated to welcome HS2 through investment in enabling infrastructure

The proposed IMD is set within a wider masterplan for the Staveley corridor that will deliver signifcant levels of housing and job growth and provide a focus for the local rail engineering sector including the development of a rail industry lsquocentre of excellencersquo linked to the High Speed Rail College In the shorter term there is an ambition for the Staveley site to be used for a base for the construction of the majority of Phase 2b of HS2

Construction of early phases of the Chesterfeld amp Staveley Regeneration Route will enable key brownfeld regeneration sites to be developed and wider benefts to the A61 Corridor and the extended Markham Vale Enterprise Zone

Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

Underpinning the vision will be a strong focus on inclusive growth linked to our wider skills and supply chain strategy making sure that local communities and local businesses can beneft from the investment that HS2 will bring

Chesterfeld amp Staveley Development Framework

We will enable this growth in the number and quality of jobs by re-shaping and transforming our places through infrastructure-led development Those places will be allowed to fourish and cater for our changing communities as well as providing for new communities and retaining those such as graduates who will have much wider lifestyle choices as a result

Chesterfeld Station

Chesterfeld Station will have an enhanced role as both a destination and a gateway to surrounding localities Over 1 million people already live within 30 minutes of the station HS2 will bring Birmingham and Leeds within 50 minutes We will bring forward development and infrastructure in tandem to provide a high quality experience for those using the

Platform 4

Chesterfeld Station

Chesterfeld Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo

24

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

station lsquoPlatform 4rsquo will provide a modern and attractive route across the A61 with well-designed public realm that will bring the station into the town centre as well as allowing far greater accessibility to public transport Unused and under-used land around the station will be developed and linked to the adjacent Waterside development to provide a mixed-use lsquourban villagersquo ft for future generations to live work and play

Remodelled links between Chesterfeld Station and the town

The infrastructure provided to improve access to the station for HS2 services will also allow us to accelerate our ambition for the wider town centre By taking trafc out of the historic core of the town we can enhance the visitor experience and bring forward new opportunities for residential development with a wide and fexible mix of tenures This will ensure far greater vibrancy within the town which will expand to include the station area and support the wider ambitions for growth in our key sectors

Staveley

The proposed Infrastructure Maintenance Depot (IMD) at Staveley provides a signifcant opportunity to bring forward a much wider strategic development on this 150 hectare brownfeld site Through investing in infrastructure in particular local road access we can open up not just the depot site but a whole new sustainable community of around 1500 homes and many hundreds of new jobs

By phasing the development we will also be able to ofer a well located construction base for HS2 bringing investment and jobs to the area well in advance of the maintenance depot Over the longer term we believe there is the potential to develop the area around the Infrastructure

The wider Chesterfeld Station Area Masterplan wide

Residential building

OfficeCommercial building

Officeresidential building

Hotel building

Station building

MSCP building

Green Space

Public realm

Potential development areas subject to consultation with existing land owners

Retained Listed station building

Ground foor community facility land use

Potential pedestriancycle link to the east

Maintenance Depot as a rail industry lsquocentre of excellencersquo linked to the High Speed Rail College and the NewRail centre at Barrow Hill Roundhouse

Strategic outline masterplan for the Staveley Corridor

Characterising development at all these sites will be an approach to place-making for the future This is led by consideration of how our communities of the future will want to live and work rather than being based on historic development models

We will use the investment in infrastructure to develop places and homes that anticipate our changing population putting in place fexible models in order to meet future demand This will include providing a far better choice for older people with homes that meet current and future care needs We will make the most of the expanding higher education ofer to enable quality student accommodation and develop places in which our graduates want to stay live earn and spend

25

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Strategic outline masterplan for the Staveley corridor 24 Next Steps Our proposals for the Hub Station and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zones are long term and ambitious Whilst the proposed development will lead to an uplift in land values and economic and social benefts it will also require investment in local and strategic infrastructure and land remediation and assembly

We have undertaken technical work to understand likely infrastructure and land costs and development trajectories that could be delivered to inform an initial outline business case assessment consistent with the Treasuryrsquos lsquoGreen Bookrsquo This work will continue to develop as our plans mature

Further detail on delivery is contained in Section 4

Key

SWA1 Redline Boundary

Existing Features

Culvert

River

Canal

Crossing Point

Road

Railway Line

Right of Way

Building

Listed Building

Non Designated Heritage Asset

Existing Trees

Proposed Features

Marina

CS Regeneration Route

Road

FootCycle Path

Pedestrian Zone

Avenue Planting

Public Open Space

Key Building

Railway Line

Canal

Proposed Usage

Residential

Mixed use - Community Retail Residential

Mixed Use - Employment Local Skills and crafts

Workshops Studios Residential

Mixed Use - Community Canal related

Residential

Safeguarded School Site

Leisure - Hotel Pub Restaurant

B1 - Office and Light Industry

B2 - General Industry

B8 - Warehousing and Distribution

HS2 Maintenance Depot

26

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Section 3 | Connectivity Summary

The Hub Station at Toton will already be the most connected on the high speed network outside of London and will serve a catchment of over 2 million people Whilst the development adjacent to the Hub Station will be crucial our early work confrmed that much of the wider economic potential of HS2 will be dependent on the extent to which we can connect economic opportunities across the East Midlands into the high speed network In particular the city centres of Derby Leicester and Nottingham East Midlands Airport and sites that exist in the towns and villages surrounding both the Hub Station and Chesterfeld

Our analysis has demonstrated which modes of transport will serve diferent markets most efectively ndash national regional sub-regional and local Based on this we have set out a comprehensive step by step approach to connectivity which will maximise transport choice for future generations as well as tackling congestion issues that exist today

Key to this will be safeguarding the ability to extend public transport accessibility in the scope of the Governmentrsquos Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and planning now for a phased approach to delivery of highway improvements starting in RIS2

Whilst we are confdent that the measures we have identifed can deliver positive outcomes more detailed design work will be required to secure the capital funding necessary for delivery Further work on the design and phasing of key interventions will therefore be undertaken with transport modelling developed in partnership with Midlands Connect the outcome of which will also help to scope the necessary provisions of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

27

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

SCOTLAND

YORK amp NEWCASTLE

LEEDS

EAST MIDLANDS

HUB

SOUTH YORKSHIRE

SHEFFIELD HS2

CHESTERFIELD

CREWE HS2 HUB

BIRMINGHAM

STOKE DERBY

LEICESTER

LOUGHBOROUGH

LONDON EUROPE

BEESTON

NOTTINGHAM LINCOLN

MANSFIELD

WORKSOP

31 National Context HS2 will help to transform the position of our towns and cities within the UK and Midlands making our local economies more competitive

HS2 CURRENT

68 104 NOTTINGHAM TO LONDON

HHS2S2 CU

142 LEICESTER TO NEWCASTLE

HHS2S2 CURRENT

50 77 DERBY TO LEEDS

HHS2S2 CURRENT

73 145 LEICESTER TO LEEDS

HHS2S2 CURRENT

36 73 NOTTINGHAM TO BIRMINGHAM

HS2 CURRENT

71 143 CHESTERFIELD TO LONDON

RRENT

205

28

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Midlands Connect

The Midlands Connect Strategy described how the HS2 stations at Birmingham Curzon Street UK Central and East Midlands will form the lsquohubrsquo of the UKrsquos high speed rail network Together with classic compatible connectivity at Chesterfeld Crewe and Stoke stations this will unlock economic growth across the Midlands - provided we get the local connectivity right

Through Midlands Connect we are taking forward a body of technical work to defne and develop the local strategic connections that will maximise economic growth opportunities Through the wider Midlands Engine initiative we are promoting the transformational benefts of HS2 to national and international investors

For more information about Midlands Connect and the Midlands Engine please visit httpswwwmidlandsconnectuk

HS2 East

Our work through the HS2 East partnership has demonstrated that the Eastern Leg of HS2 between Birmingham to Leeds via the East Midlands Hub Station has the best business case of any part of the proposed network - with a beneft to cost ratio of over 5 to 1

However the economic impact of the Eastern Leg extends further than Leeds The proposed lsquoclassic compatiblersquo link to the East Coast Main Line will enable high speed rail services to serve the North East of England and Scotland ndash linking

six of the UKrsquos top ten cities and 20 of national GVA This will result in lsquoagglomerationrsquo impacts of over pound700 million GVA and some major journey time savings

bull Leeds to Glasgow reduction of 90 minutes

bull Sheffield to Edinburgh reduction of 90 minutes

bull Newcastle to Birmingham reduction of 85 minutes

Together the Eastern Leg of HS2 and an enhanced East Coast Main Line provide the obvious route for reducing journey times from Scotland to London towards the three hour mark ndash the point at which rail becomes competitive with air travel

For further information about HS2 East please visit httpwwwhs2eastcouk

32 Our strategic approach Connecting key centres of population and development opportunities across the East Midlands to the high speed network will be key to realising the wider economic potential that HS2 connectivity brings

Our analysis has demonstrated which modes of transport will serve diferent markets most efectively Only by developing a comprehensive lsquomulti-modalrsquo approach to connectivity can we deliver the transport choice required by future generations and start to tackle some of the congestion issues that exist today

We also acknowledge that not everything can or indeed should happen at once We have therefore set out a phased approach to improving connectivity at least some of which can be delivered before HS2 becomes fully operational

Heavy Rail Pimary Market

Mass Transit Strategy Regional

Bus Connectivity Sub-Regional amp Local

Taxi Connectivity Sub-Regional amp Local

Walking and Cycling Local and Very Local

Park and Ride Sub-Regional amp Local

Highway Sub-Regional amp Local

Our strategic approach to connectivity

33 Rail Rail will be the most efective mode for accessing the Hub Station from surrounding city and town centres It will also link the East Midlands with the major city-regions across the rest of the UK ndash not least by the HS2 network itself

HS2 Services

The latest service specifcation published by HS2 Ltd indicates that the East Midlands Hub Station will be the best connected on the high speed network outside of London with seven HS2 services per hour in both directions

Impressive though this level of connectivity is we believe there is scope for further improvements

29

Through our work on the HS2 East Partnership we believe there is a strong economic case for the Eastern Leg of HS2 and the East Coast Main Line forming the primary route for serving Scotland not least because it would link the fnancial centres of Leeds and Edinburgh and the conurbations of the North East ndash also a key objective of Transport for the North

The scale of growth proposed in Chesterfeld as described in Section Two makes a compelling case for both Shefeld trains stopping at Chesterfeld Station rather than just one per hour

Classic Compatible Services

It is clear that although the Eastern Leg of HS2 will be designed to accommodate up to 18 trains per hour (in line with the rest of the network) the current service pattern only currently envisages nine There is therefore scope to run additional services on at least part of the Eastern Leg Working with both Midlands Connect and Transport for the North we believe there is a business case for two additional lsquoclassic compatiblersquo trains per hour linking Leicester and LeedsManchester which would transform rail connectivity between the East Midlands and the Northern Powerhouse

For this to be deliverable there would need to be a lsquoclassic compatiblersquo connection between HS2 and an electrifed Midland Main Line at or around the Hub Station HS2 Ltd have developed an indicative design for how this could be delivered Although further work will be required we believe we have sufcient economic evidence now for the Secretary of State to make at least lsquopassive provisionrsquo for such a link in the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

Newcastle

Durham

Dalington

York

Leeds

Shefeld Midland

Chesterfeld

Toton

Church Street

Birmingam Interchange

Old Oak Common Euston

bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

Trains from London 6tph

Trains from Birmrsquoham 3tph

Proposed HS2 Service Pattern for the Eastern Leg

NEWCASTLE

YORK

LEEDS

LONDON BIRMINGHAM

29 36

106

19

EAST MIDLANDS

HUB

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Classic Services

In addition to the two lsquoclassic compatiblersquo services working through Midlands Connect we have identifed an additional 11 lsquoclassic servicesrsquo that could serve the Hub Station These would be a mixture of lsquoshuttle servicesrsquo fast and semi-fast services and stopping services In total this would mean the Hub Station would be served by 20 trains per hour in both directions ndash an outstanding level of connectivity

HS2 Hub Station Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS)

The service specifcation for the Hub Station is consistent with the wider Midlands Connect ITSS which supports the Midlands Connect Strategy published in March 2017

The Maid Marian Line

In addition we believe there is the potential to develop a new service linking the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton with Mansfeld Ashfeld via the adaption on an existing freight line known as the Maid Marian Line This direct link would facilitate greater connectivity for residents and businesses to HS2 services supporting economic regeneration in the towns and contributing to the wider Nottinghamshire growth story We are working with Network Rail to understand any implications for the wider Midlands Connect ITSS

Capacity at Trent Junctions

A key constraint to the delivery of the Midlands Connect ITSS is the capacity of Trent Junctions south of Nottingham We understand that HS2 Ltd will need to make some improvements to Trent Junctions to accommodate the HS2 Core proposition - although these on their own will

30

51

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

HS2 Services

London - Leeds Birmingham - Leeds

London - Leeds Birmingham - Newcastle

London - Chesterfeld - Shefeld - Leeds

Birmingham - Leeds London - Shefeld - York

34 Mass Transit Extensions Classic Compatible Services

Shuttle Services

Nottingham - EM Hub Derby - EM Hub

Fast and Semi-fast Services

Leicester - Crewe Crewe - EM Hub

London - Manchester Crewe - EM Hub

Stopping Services

Leicester - Leeds Leicester - Manchester The success of the Nottingham Express Transit (NET) has demonstrated the potential of mass transit to reduce

Leicester - Lincoln Nottingham - Leeds

Leicester - Nottingham Leicester - Derby

Norwich - Liverpool Newark Castle - Matlock

HS2 Hub Station Indicative Train Service Specifcation

not be sufcient to accommodate the Midlands Connect ITSS There is a clear operational case for avoiding multiple engineering works on this congested section of railway infrastructure ndash with a single enhancement scheme being the clearly favoured option Based on our initial work with Network Rail we believe there is a sufcient economic case now for the Secretary of State to make at least lsquopassive provisionrsquo for an enhanced scheme in the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

congestion increase transport choice and connect people to jobs and services It will therefore be a key element of the connectivity strategy for maximising the economic benefts of the HS2 Hub Station Given the technical challenges and the scale of investment required we recognise the importance of taking a phased approach to delivery

Extending NET to the Hub Station

The frst phase would be to extend the tram from the park and ride site at Toton Lane to the Hub Station ndash a distance of around one mile This will connect the Hub Station to key locations such as the Queens Medical Centre the University campus and the Enterprise Zone and complement the heavy rail service to Nottingham City Centre This link will need to be in place when the Hub Station becomes operational to serve the Nottingham Enterprise Zone sites and to establish the principle tram access in the publicrsquos mind

Extending Connectivity over the Hub Station

Our work has highlighted a number of options for extending connectivity to the west of the Hub Station towards Derby and East Midlands Airport which would have signifcant economic benefts These could be delivered by bus rapid transit (BRT) tram-train as well as by NET extensions Further work will be required to determine the optimum routes and modes These options would require a link over the Hub Station (similar to the arrangement at Nottingham Station) which would be costly to retro-ft We have therefore included a public transport overbridge into our proposals for the Hub Station At this stage it is unlikely that this on its own will require provision for further land take in the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill however it may impact on the required Environmental Impact Statement

Options to Derby

There are two main options for connecting Derby The frst would follow the route of the A52 This would be fast ndash but not as fast as the classic rail service from Derby Station It would be direct but serve a limited population catchment The relatively high cost of developing this as a tram route would appear to make it unviable - although it could have potential as a route for a lower cost form of BRT

The second option would run to the south of the A52 and link the Hub Station with Long Eaton and then on to Breaston Borrowash Spondon Pride Park and Derby Station It would be slower but serve a much larger population catchment It would be cheaper to develop as a tram route but could impact on the proposed canal

31

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Red Arrow Skylink

Zoom 15

i4 18

Indigo 510

Y5 Toton Sidings

NET

Options for bus services serving the Hub Station

35

Revised existing route

New Fast Track to EMA via M1

Arnold via QMC City Hospital

Mansfeld via M1 Kirkby Sutton

Alfreton via M1 Heanor Ripley

restoration project It could be developed in phases the frst comprising a NET extension to a park and ride site west of the M1

Options to East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Rail Freight Interchange

There are a number of potential routes to the airport Following the rail corridor south from the Hub Station before heading west is likely to be the quickest and would limit environmental impacts on Long Eaton town centre It also has potential for a tram-train solution should this become a viable technology in the UK The scale of employment growth proposed at East Midlands Gateway the potential for a lsquoFree Trade Zonersquo around the airport as well as the projected growth in air passenger numbers means such a link could have signifcant economic benefts

Bus amp Taxi Bus travel will continue to be the backbone of the local public transport for many people There is already a comprehensive network of bus routes and services across the sub-region which could be developed to serve the Hub Station from a wide range of locations

The key challenge for operators from a commercial perspective will be to ensure that the Hub Station does not become a lsquoterminusrsquo destination Buses (and taxis) must therefore be able to pass through the Hub Station to also serve surrounding communities across the wider sub-region Our proposed confguration of local road links between the Hub Station and Long Eaton Stapleford

32

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Sandiacre and Toton as well as access from the A52 would enable a commercially viable network of bus services to be established

For Chesterfeld a new road link into the south of the station complex for buses and taxis will provide a through route that will integrate the existing station into local public transport networks more efectively

36 Cycling amp Walking Every rail passenger is a pedestrian at the point of boarding a train Making the Hub Station and the immediate surrounding environment pedestrian friendly will make travel by train more attractive and help to drive patronage

It is also important that local people in surrounding communities have safe and attractive routes for walking and cycling ndash not just to the Hub Station but also to and within the proposed Innovation Campus Cycling and walking are likely to become more attractive options to future generations as public attitudes to travel continue to change This trend has been refected in the core design principles we have established that will underpin future development on the Hub Station site

For Chesterfeld we have set out proposals known as lsquoPlatform 4rsquo for enhancing pedestrian and public transport accessibility between the Station and the town centre over the A61 dual carriageway

37 Park amp Ride A well-coordinated and managed park amp ride strategy can help to reduce the impacts of congestion and provide viable transport choices for local communities

There are opportunities to develop park and ride facilities serving the Hub Station in tandem with a phased roll out of an extended mass transit system The existing park amp

Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site

ride site at Toton Lane (1300 spaces) linked to the tram will be retained albeit in modifed form In addition to a multi-storey car park at the Hub Station itself (1300 spaces proposed) there is an opportunity to develop an additional parking facility of a similar size west of M1 Junction 25 linked to a frst phase extension of the tram over the Hub Station

33

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

This would give a third car park option and the ability to manage travel demand to the Hub Station site in a more fexible manner - as well as an ability to reduce pressure on M1 Junction 25

On the Derby side of the A52 there are options for park and ride sites on the east side of Derby as part of a mass transit system linking Pride Park and Derby Station to the City Centre which could ultimately connect to the Hub Station

38 Strategic amp Local Road Access Despite the focus on public transport cycling and walking access by private car will still be important and a 1300 space multi-storey car park is proposed at the Hub Station However this will require a highway solution that must also address a number of existing challenges

Access from the A52 and M1

Access from the strategic road network into the Hub Station Site will be critical Our technical work has suggested that a single access from the A52 into the site for all movements is unlikely to be deliverable Whilst an engineering solution could be developed it would be very expensive environmentally damaging and take up valuable land that could be better used for economic development purposes

As a result a phased approach is proposed comprising the following key moves

1 A new lsquoat gradersquo junction on the A52 east of the Bardills Roundabout linked to a new Toton Lane which would provide access from Nottingham to the east of the Hub Station site and support the early phases of development of the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

2 A new lsquoof setrsquo junction on the A52 to the west of the use of the construction access required by HS2 Ltd M1 which would remove local movements from M1 to build the Hub Station Junction 25 and provide a more direct route under

Our technical work suggests there is scope to deliver key the motorway into Long Eaton

moves 1) and 2) in advance of the Hub Station opening 3 A new lsquograde separatedrsquo junction on the A52 to the The scale of existing problems and likely future trafc

north of the Hub Station to provide access from growth on the A52 corridor suggests that there is already a Derby and the M1 ndash which has the potential to make strong case for Highways England working with Midlands

Provide local road access to StaplefordSandiacre

Relieve congestion at Bardills and Toton Lane

Provide access from A52

Separate local amp strategic movements at J25

Provide for E-W movements

Provide for local road access for Long Eaton

Strategic amp Local Road Access Challenges

34

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Access from A52 and M1

Connect and local partners to make a proposal for major scheme funding in RIS 2 ndash which would also contribute to a comprehensive connectivity strategy for the Hub Station

A direct link to the Hub Station from the north through 3) will be linked to the construction of the station itself by HS2 Ltd and may be able to make use of any temporary construction access required by HS2 Ltd

Stanton Sandiacre

Derby

Stapleford

Long Eaton

Primary HS2

access

New eastern access

Re-modelled Bardills junction

New eastern access link

Toton Lane

Local access link

Local local link

New ofset A52 Junction

New local link

Remodelled M1 Junction 25

link

1a

1b

3 2

M1

A52

HS2

Local access Nottingham

junction

39

Finally there is the potential to establish a Park amp Ride site west of the M1 linked to a tram extension and the proposed lsquoof-setrsquo junction on the A52 This would provide a further car parking option for the Hub Station and help to manage movements through M1 Junction 25

Local Road Access

As described above local road access to the Hub Station from Long Eaton Stapleford Sandiacre and Toton will be important to secure commercially viable bus and coach services and taxis ndash as well as safe cycle routes We have developed a proposal for local access that can be integrated into the design of the Hub Station and which will complement the proposed strategic links Key to this will be the development of a local road link running under the HS2 and classic rail tracks to the south of the Hub Station

Next Steps We are clear that whilst all the individual elements of our connectivity strategy will have positive outcomes the real benefts will only be achieved by taking an integrated approach to scheme development and delivery

We will therefore develop our proposals further through a project joint funded by Midlands Connect East Midlands partners HS2 Ltd and Highways England known as the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan Phase 1 will use transport modelling to optimise the package of interventions and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment Phase 2 will examine connectivity issues over a wider strategic area including the long term future of the M1

Further detail on delivery is contained in Section 4

35

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Local Road Access Diagram

1

2

3

4

5

6

New A52 access Pedestrian NET link Bus Interchange amp Station Car Park

Remodelled Bardills roundabout

7

8

9

10

11

Local link to Long Eaton

New Bardills roundabout Local link to Sandiacre

New Toton Lane NET extension amp option to extend to EMA Derby

HS2 underpass Station Concourse

HS2 overpass

36

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Section 4 | Delivery Summary

We have undertaken a number of technical studies to understand the costs and benefts of various scales and rates of development to inform the development of an initial outlines business case for our proposals consistent with Treasury requirements which is set out in a separate document This work will evolve and become more granular as our growth proposition matures

There is potential for signifcant employment and housing development across the East Midlands Hub and Derbyshire Growth Zones This will make a signifcant contribution to the Governmentrsquos rebalancing agenda and provide an impetus for growth across the wider East Midlands where there is potential to deliver an additional 74000 jobs and pound4 billion of GVA above trend

We have set out the key moves necessary to deliver our proposals for people place and connectivity and highlighted the immediate measures necessary to safeguard future opportunities Detailed proposals are set out in Appendix 1

We are keen to work with Government to develop propositions for powerful locally led development bodies that can deliver our ambitions for the Hub Station and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zones and contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2

37

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

41 Developing an Investible Proposition Realising our vision for growth will require a combination of strong leadership and clear decision making To inform this we have undertaken a comprehensive programme of technical work to inform our thinking and provide the evidence base for this Growth Strategy including

bull Comprehensive non-statutory development frameworks covering the East Midlands Hub and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

bull A number of concept studies to assess the options for key infrastructure moves including relocation of the existing rail depots at Toton strategic highway access and mass transit extensions

bull A Development Infrastructure Funding (DIF) Study to understand the costs and benefts of diferent scales and rates of development and a funding and delivery mechanisms study to identify options for forward funding of key infrastructure and delivery vehicles

This information has been used to construct an initial outline lsquobusiness casersquo document for our proposals consistent with the Treasuryrsquos lsquoGreen Bookrsquo guidance and will provide the basis for an ongoing dialogue with Government and HS2 Ltd This work will evolve and become more granular over time as our growth proposition matures

Some of the major infrastructure investments will be subject to a separate business case through other established Government programmes such as the Roads Investment Strategy (RIS) This still requires a high-level

case to be made through the Growth Strategy as well as efective co-ordination of planning funding and delivery with other Growth Strategy interventions

42 Key Moves The work we have undertaken to date has identifed a series of key moves that will be required to implement the Growth Strategy including a number of immediate actions which will be necessary to safeguard future opportunities Further detail on these and the necessary enabling measures by Government and its delivery bodies is set out in Appendix 1

People

Our immediate priorities can be delivered largely within existing resources with strong local leadership from the LEPs and the East Midlands Chamber of Commerce and comprise

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to business support that will help local SMEs beneft from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities

bull Establishing a lsquorail industry innovation grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2 awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2

Over the longer term we would expect mainstream Government funding for skills and business support activity to be refocussed around our priorities and complement the strategic approach to skills envisaged by the Midlands Engine

Place

For the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone there are a number of planning land assembly remediation and infrastructure issues that will need to be addressed to enable our vision to be delivered in full In the immediate short term it will be vital to ensure that existing planning consent for the Lime Rise development close to the Hub Station can contribute positively to the delivery of our growth vision

In addition there is a need for further work with the relevant organisations on options for relocating the rail siding and depot activity and the electricity sub-station to locations outside of the Hub Station site and on the expansion and relocation of existing school provision to a better location within the site

Elsewhere we are keen to take forward further work with the Ministry of Defence and the Homes and Communities Agency to ensure that the re-development of the Chetwynd Barracks can actively contribute to a lsquonetwork of garden villagesrsquo

In the Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone the key priority in Chesterfeld will be the delivery of proposals to transform pedestrian and public transport connectivity between the rail station and the town For Staveley the early priorities will be to confrm the depot site as a construction base for HS2 and to secure the frst phases of the Chesterfeld and Staveley Regeneration Route including the provision of improved public transport and pedestrian links necessary to deliver the wider Staveley masterplan

38

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Connectivity

Our immediate priority is to safeguard the potential to secure a classic compatible link at the Hub Station and for enhanced capacity at Trent Junctions capable of delivering the Midlands Connect ITSS These will require the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill which is due to be considered by Ministers in the autumn of 2017 to include provision for the necessary land take

The public transport overbridge and local road connections proposed for the Hub Station will impact on the Hybrid Bill and the associated Environmental Impact Statement and will need to be incorporated into the emerging Hub Station design commissioned by HS2 Ltd

We will need to confrm support from Highways England and HS2 Ltd to take forward the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan with Midlands Connect This work will optimise the package of interventions proposed to serve the Hub Station and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment However we believe we have a sufcient case now for Highways England to identify funding in RIS2 to develop a major scheme on the A52M1 J25 that address existing congestion issues and contributes to the wider solution for accessing the Hub Station

43 Proposals for Delivery Bodies The geographic and political context for the area around the Hub Station is complex spanning a number of local planning authorities local transport authorities and local enterprise partnerships Our work to date has highlighted a range of potential delivery and funding mechanisms that would help to enable development in particular options for Tax Increment Financing (TIf ) But these will require a strategic approach to investment over a number of administrative areas to be efective

There is a local appetite to establish a powerful delivery body that could work at a scale to drive forward our growth vision There are a range of options including the potential for the kind of lsquolocally-led development corporationrsquo envisaged by the Neighbourhood Planning Act 2017

We would like to work with Government over the coming months to develop a proposition for a delivery body for the Hub Station Growth Zone that could begin to operate in lsquoshadow formrsquo with initial seed-corn funding from 2018 onwards

For Chesterfeld and Staveley the geography is less complex with the key moves all within the administrative area of Chesterfeld Borough Council Here a local development company solution may be more appropriate which can also contribute to the delivery of the wider Derbyshire growth story

It will be important to ensure that development in both Growth Zones continues to contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2 under the auspices of the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Mitigation

Whilst HS2 has the potential to bring great benefts to the 44 East Midlands the scale of the new infrastructure involved will also result in some negative impacts ndash particularly in the short term Although the line of route has been designed to minimise impact on environmental assets challenges remain in a number of locations in Derbyshire Leicestershire and Nottinghamshire

Similarly where the line passes through urban areas for example Long Eaton some existing businesses will have to re-locate to alternative premises Whilst the Government has put in place a compensation scheme to assist those directly afected councils are keen to ensure the jobs and investment are retained in the local area wherever possible

The East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board has established a lsquomitigation sub-grouprsquo to work with DfT and HS2 Ltd to help develop detailed designs for key structures that will minimise and mitigate the environmental impacts of the line and look to ensure that existing businesses can continue to thrive As work starts on the development of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill it will be important to ensure that councils are able to inform the detail of the Governmentrsquos proposals on both an individual and collective basis

39

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

45 Phasing of Delivery This Growth Strategy demonstrated the scale complexity and interdependencies between programmes involving a range of partner agencies Many of these programmes involve major schemes that take many years to develop and deliver Although HS2 Phase 2b is not due to become fully operational until 2033 the lead in times are such that key decisions on what might be included within the Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environment Statement will actually be taken during the coming months With appropriate funding and collaboration a number of key moves can be implemented in the short term

Although the development may reach maturity in 2043 by the time HS2 opens there will in fact already be a new place (the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo) emerging around the station to welcome the frst passengers For this to be achieved the delivery partners will need to build momentum over the next 12 months and it is recognised this will require dedicated resource and governance

The evidence base underpinning the growth strategy provides a clear indication of the growth potential and promotes a range of key infrastructure concepts and moves However in order to take these forward and in particular promote some of them for possible inclusion in the Hybrid Bill the partners are clear that more detailed studies and analysis will be required and these will need to be developed in tandem with the work being undertaken for the railway

This highlights the need to establish a dedicated team and for further resources to commission and manage the work programme for the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Phases of Delivery

2017-2022 Hybrid bill development business case development (RS2CP6) land strategy and delivery body early phases of development

2022-2027 Early infrastructure development and key moves (eg depot relocation) next phases of development

2027-2033 HS2 Construction amp completiontesting

2033 HS2 becomes fully operational - local economic development builds momentum

2033-43 Development to maturity

46 First Phase Priorities The focus up to 2022 will be on ensuring the provisions of the Phase 2 Hybrid Bill enable our vision for the Hub Station and priorities for local and strategic connectivity to be implemented Delivery of improvements to the A52 at Bardills and Toton Lane will enable the early phases of the Toton Innovation Campus to commence helping to build investor confdence Completion for the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity plan will progress the wider mix of strategic and local interventions to detailed design stage To be successful all this activity will need to be underpinned by the establishment of a properly resourced and empowered local delivery bodyThe early completion of frst stages of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Station Link Road will help to kick start development in the North Derbyshire Growth Zone

40

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

1 High level Ministerial endorsement of the East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy including through

bull Funding the establishment of a lsquoshadow delivery bodyrsquo to start implementing the Growth Strategy locally and to establish a viable mechanism for capturing a proportion of development value necessary for infrastructure delivery and

bull Promotion by Government and its delivery bodies of key development opportunities set out in the Growth Strategy to national and international investors consistent with the Midlands Engine Vision for Growth

2 Support from DCLG for our vision for the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone by

bull Empowering the HCA to establish a strategic land strategy that will facilitate enabling infrastructure and subsequently to bring forward early phases of development and

bull Using other funding including the current Housing Infrastructure Fund (HIF) to help bring forward early phase infrastructure

3 Support from DfT and its delivery bodies for the implementation of early connectivity priorities related to the Hub Station through

bull Ensuring Highways England and HS2 Ltd contribute gap funding towards the East Midlands Gateway Connectivity Plan Phase 1 Study

bull Funding the delivery phases 1ab of the A52 Access Strategy to enable the initial phases of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo to commence before 2022 and

bull Identifying funding in the next Road Investment Strategy (RIS2) to develop a major scheme to address capacity at M1 Junction 25 and access the Hub Station from the A52 (phases 2 amp3 of the A52 Access Strategy) ndash also making the necessary provisions within the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill amp Environmental Statement

4 DfTHS2 Ltd to ensure that the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make provision at and around the Hub Station for

bull Capacity improvements to classic rail connectivity to the south and north of Toton HS2 station including Trent Junctions optimising the integration of classic and High Speed Rail services and including a lsquoclassic compatible linkrsquo to transform connectivity between Leicester and the north of England

bull An integrated station design including moving the station concourse north to better connect with tram and Public Transport Interchange with an integrated deck connecting eastwest over the HS2 track to

better integrate the Toton station into the heart of the new place ndash the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo This would include provision of a second transfer deck to the south of the main concourse to provide improve capacity and interchange between services

bull Fully integrated public transport interchange and walking routes connecting surrounding communities to promote sustainable travel reduce the need for car parking and thereby make best use of land and local assets including the tram as a means of linking Park amp Ride facilities with the station

bull North South connectivity through the site to connect Long Eaton and Stapleford and to enable local communities to access the station by all modes

bull A clear car parking strategy with a decked car park at the station (premium) complemented by NET based Park and Ride

bull Provision for three bridges as follows

- Integrated with concourse deck to create east west route for tram and sustainable transport links between east and west development areas and to Long Eaton airport and Derby

- Multi-modal bridge south of the A52 to enable resilience in the local network connections to the western development area and

41

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

- Pedestrian bridge at mid-point between the above to connect new communities

bull Provision for an underpass under the Network Rail and HS2 lines to the south of the concourse to enable links between Stapleford Long Eaton and the station by various modes and in particular public transport but as a secondary primary access connecting east and west development areas within the Innovation Campus

5 Separately to ensure the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make specifc provision to deliver the NET tram extension from the existing Toton Park amp Ride to the HS2 Station consistent with the provisions set our above

6 DfTHS2 Ltd to designate Staveley as a major construction hubrailhead for the construction of Phase 2b in addition to the establishment of the Infrastructure Maintenance Depot

7 Government to make a contribution towards the delivery of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Chesterfeld Station Link Road to unlock early development and growth in the corridor

8 Further fnancial and technical support from Network Rail HS2 Ltd and HS2 Growth Partnership to work collaboratively on the relocation of the DBS Depot and Network Rail Sidings to enable development growth and transport connections through the Hub Station area

9 DfTHS2 Ltd to amend the HS2 Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS) to ensure that both Shefeld HS2 classic compatible services stop at Chesterfeld

10 Commitment from DfTHS2 Ltd to at least partially open the Hub Station at Toton by 2030 rather than 2033 to generate additional passenger revenue and accelerate the delivery of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

42

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy World Class - Locally Driven

For more information please contact East Midlands Councils Tel 01664 502620 Email infoemcouncilsgovuk

  • Structure Bookmarks
    • Born 1946-1964
    • Born 1964-1980
    • Born 1980-2000
    • Born 2000+
    • The Hub Station and surrounding area
    • Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone
    • Chesterfield Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo
    • Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site
Page 17: East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy - Broxtowe€¦ · 3.7 Park & Ride 3.8 4.3 East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Contents Contents Foreword 3 3.6 Cycling & Walking 33 Executive Summary

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Section 2 | Place Summary

Great place-making will be key to realising the opportunities that HS2 connectivity will create Our proposals are ambitious but build upon existing market strengths and add value to the attractive mix of urban and rural environments that already characterises the East Midlands We have also sought to refect the needs and aspirations of future generations in the scale and form of proposed development and by incorporating sustainable transport choices

Our Growth Strategy has been developed within in a wider spatial context that will use HS2 to enhance opportunities in towns and cities across the East Midlands and in key assets like East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange To drive this we have identifed two lsquoGrowth Zonesrsquo which relate directly to the benefts of HS2 connectivity

The East Midlands Hub Growth Zone is related to the area around the Hub Station at Toton Here we are proposing the development of a new high quality lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo with the potential to create up to 10000 new jobs community facilities and a range of new housing choices It will be an inspiring 21st Century Gateway to the East Midlands and a destination in its own right The lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo will sit at the heart of a thriving network of lsquogarden villagersquo developments that will include the nearby Stanton and Chetwynd Barracks sites

Chesterfeld and Staveley will be at the heart of the North Derbyshire Growth Zone but activity will focus on the wider Derbyshire growth story We will use HS2 to complement existing rail services and transform links between Chesterfeld Station and the town centre opening up regeneration opportunities and creating an attractive gateway to the Peak District National Park ndash one of the regionrsquos unique destination ofers The Staveley Depot will be the heart of a mixed use housing and employment zone within the wider growth corridor and in the short term could also provide a construction base for HS2

16

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

21 East Midlands Context Our Growth Strategy has been developed within in a wider spatial context that also seeks to use HS2 to enhance existing regional and national assets across the East Midlands In particular the area spanning the D2N2 and Leicester amp Leicestershire LEP areas which already comprise 315 million people over 100000 businesses and generate pound65 billion of GVA Key opportunities for growth include

bull Derby a city of world class automotive rail and aerospace technology sectors Home to Rolls Royce Bombardier and Toyota and a thriving network of highly specialised manufacturing SMEs

bull Leicester a vibrant diverse city with a strong record of SME formation and major growth potential Home to the National Space Centre and a burgeoning space technology sector

bull Nottingham a city of thriving business services biotech and leisure sectors and fagship companies like Experian and Boots underpinned by world class public transport and local energy systems

bull East Midlands Airport and Gateway the biggest freight airport outside of London and home to DHL The new East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange will generate thousands of new jobs

bull Loughborough a national centre for sport and sports science The Loughborough University Science and Enterprise Park forms part of a recently designated Enterprise Zone

bull Chesterfeld an historic and well connected rail town with a strong engineering economy and both a visitor destination and gateway

bull Peak District National Park and Derwent Valley Mills Word Heritage Site the most visited national park in England adjacent to the cradle of the industrial revolution

bull MansfeldAshfeld key regional service centres with strengths in manufacturing and logistics

There are also a range of growth and regeneration opportunities along the A52 corridor between Derby and Nottingham Castle Ward Pride Park and Raynesway on

Derby A50 Corridor

A42M42 M69

M1

M1

Chesterfeld

Mansfeld Ashfeld

Staveley

HS2

Nottingham

Loughborough

Leicester

A46 Corridor

the Derby side and the Nottingham Enterprise Zones sites Alliance Boots in Beeston Beeston Business Park and the Nottingham Science Park

Within this strategic context we have identifed two lsquoGrowth Zonesrsquo which relate directly to the benefts of HS2 connectivity which we believe will drive HS2 related growth across the wider sub area

bull East Midlands Hub Growth Zone

bull Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

M1 Corridor

3 Cities

Derby Nottingham (A52)

Trent Valley Vision

Derwent Valley Mills World

Heritage Site

Peak District National Park

HS2 Station

Classic Rail Lines

Strategic Context Diagram

17

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

East Midlands Hub Growth Zone Diagram 22 East Midlands Hub Growth Zone Our Growth Vision

The Growth Zone encompasses the Hub Station site at Toton the former ironworks site at Stanton and Chetwynd Barracks The core area encompasses Broxtowe and Erewash Borough Councils Derbyshire and Nottinghamshire County Councils

Central will be the development of a high quality lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo at the Hub Station in Toton itself with the potential to create up to 10000 new jobs and a range of new housing choices The concept of an lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo follows research undertaken looking at trends in business locations away from city centres and the need for a much more dynamic mix of uses that recognises the changing needs and desires of lsquoGeneration Zrsquo It is also consistent with the long term aspirations of the university sector within the region which has actively contributed to our thinking

Our vision includes the development of a network of mixed use lsquogarden villagesrsquo that will incorporate the very latest innovations in land remediation environmental standards together with advances in sustainable drainage localised energy and public transport Enhanced connectivity by sustainable modes of transport will ensure the development of pedestrian orientated streets and spaces which will be attractive to both local people and investors

The developments will complement the adjacent city centre ofer and help to drive major improvements to existing places such as Long Eaton and Stapleford

HS2

A52 Jct 25

A50

Jct 24

M1

Castle Donington amp EM Gateway Freight Interchange East Midlands Airport

Lougborough

East Midlands Parkway amp Ratclife

Innovation Campus amp Hub Station

Stanton Derby

Prid

e Par

k Ray

nesw

ay

Spon

don

Boots Campus

Beeston

ScienceMedi

Nottingham

A453

P

P

Potential Mass Rapid-Transit

Classic Rail Lines

Garden Village Network

Key Employment Sites

HS2 Line

Chetwynd

i Celanese

Urban Village

Infnity Garden Village

18

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Toton Area (Hub Station) Development Framework

We have worked with councils local partners and the Toton Neighbourhood Planning Forum to develop a long term non-statutory lsquodevelopment frameworkrsquo for the Hub Station Growth Area in Toton to inform the review of local plans and future investment decisions The development framework recognises a series of distinct character areas and sets out development principles for each

Station Hub The core development area is clustered to the east and west of the Hub Station Anchored by key multi modal transport infrastructure (including HS2 and Classic rail facilities NET bus interchange facilities and central car parking facilities) The primary land use in this area will be workspace development set within a high quality urban development context Hotel and residential accommodation may also be appropriate at this central location and the arearsquos public realm will be animated by cafeacutes restaurants and small scale retail outlets serving passengers employees and residents

Toton Area (Hub Station) Development

19

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

The Hub Station and surrounding area

A new public space will be created adjacent to the main station concourse This will provide a high quality east-west pedestrian connection across the HS2 lines and support interchange between a range of transport modes This development area is located on a plateau which is at a signifcantly lower level than the main development site to the east New buildings will typically be taller (up to 6-8 storeys) which will allow the development to act as a marker in the context of the rail corridor without appearing incongruous within the wider development

Toton Innovation Campus This mixed use corridor runs through the heart of the site connecting the HS2 station and areas to the west following the tram corridor towards Toton Lane NET station in the east

This dynamic space will be characterised not only by the diversity of uses but also a green boulevard and sustainable transport corridor and will include a mixture of medium density workspace including apartment based residential development

The lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo is roughly equidistant between the city centres of Nottingham and Derby and is intended to be anchored by a university based research and development centre To the south links to Leicester East Midlands Airport East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange and the Enterprise Zone sites in Loughborough will drive further opportunities

To achieve the scale of development and sense of place envisaged will require major investment in land assembly management and infrastructure Making the right moves now will provide much needed capacity to unlock and absorb growth and provide resilience in a currently stressed local network It will also require higher densities than those currently subject of an extant Outline Planning Consent for the site and this will need careful consideration by Broxtowe Borough Council as the Local Planning Authority

A52 Trackside Corridor A series of larger development sites have been identifed along the A52 and rail corridors towards the north of the site ofering the potential to accommodate larger workplace developments or research institutions This area will ofer the potential to accommodate distinctive gateway buildings acting as markers along both the A52 and HS2 corridors

Waterside Development parcels along the Erewash River Canal corridor are considered an appropriate mix of uses including residential Building heights will step down from around six storeys adjacent to the rail corridor to around three storeys in areas closer to the river canal corridor respecting the domestic scale of buildings to the west The landscaped environment of the river canal corridor will be brought into the area with a series of lsquogreen fngersrsquo leading into the development site This open space will serve a

20

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

variety of functions including recreation food mitigation and ecological habitat The orientation of buildings within this corridor should support this landscape strategy and open up views of the canal river corridor from higher ground to the east of the HS2 line

Parkside Generous green corridors are proposed as a bufer between the planned new development and existing residential communities Lower density areas broadly refecting established residential areas of Toton will front onto these spaces with a typical height of two to

three storeys open landscaped space and site topography ensuring that the amenity of existing local residents are protected New footpaths and cycleways will integrate the site with its surrounding context and enable residents of existing neighbourhoods to access facilities and transport hubs within the new development site It should be noted that new vehicular connections to these neighbourhoods are not proposed

bull Neighbourhood Centres These centres will be located at highly accessible positions within the

The Toton Innovation Campus looking towards the Hub Station

development and will allow the vast majority of the site area to be located within an easy fve minute walking catchment of local facilities

bull HS2 Hub This facility will serve HS2 passengers along with residents and workers based in the lower western section of the site It is envisaged that cafeacutes restaurants and local retail facilities will be integrated within the main station concourse and spill out onto the adjoining public plaza This area also becomes a new cross-roads within a more resilient local road network ofering better connections between SandiacreStapleford and Long Eaton This will further enhance the vitality and vibrancy of the area whilst ensuring surrounding communities can access the services on ofer by a full range of transport choices

bull Toton Innovation Campus Centre Located at the heart of the development a cluster of local retail leisure and hospitality facilities will be clustered in and around a central square Facilities such as a hotel gym business centre and resource centre may also be attracted to this central pedestrian orientated space

bull Community Hub A site to the west of the Toton Lane NET Station has been identifed for the relocation of the George Spencer Academy along with a site for a new primary school a leisure centre and health facility These new community infrastructure buildings will be developed in a green landscape setting with good pedestrian and cycle links to local neighbourhoods and public transport hubs The level of retail development (including

21

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

restaurants cafeacutes) will be controlled to a level which provides for the needs of local residents employees and passengers and avoid competition with existing local centres

The Universities of Derby Nottingham and Nottingham Trent are fully supportive of the HS2 Growth Strategy We have a long history of working together to re-balance economy and believe that this investment has the potential to be transformative

To maximise the value derived from this investment the universities are in a strong position to build on our established partnership for example by working together to shape the proposed lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo located at the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton

The active involvement of the universities at an early stage in defning the proposed lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo means that we can develop an integrated strategy for research teaching and business interaction aligned with HS2 investment

The lsquoworld-classrsquo connectivity aforded by the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton will support the difusion of these opportunities and position the East Midlands as a stronger resilient and more productive economy

bull Green Infrastructure From a place making perspective the HS2 Hub site will be designed to integrate with its surrounding natural environments In total around 16 hectares of open space are proposed within the development site

bull River Canal Corridor The Erewash river and canal corridor runs to the east of the site and provides an area of high amenity value To the north the opportunity exists to enhance the network of footpaths and cycleways leading up to the strategic Stanton Iron Works site and beyond To the south new pedestrian and cycle links will connect the site to the Attenborough Nature Reserve and the Trent Valley This will include opportunities to reinstate new routes beneath the HS2 classic rail line to the south of the station and also to reduce the risk of fooding associated with this section of the river More generally the opportunity to enhance the character of the river and canal corridor would provide further amenity and ecological benefts This may include enhancements to the Sandiacre Locks Conservation Area and measures to introduce more variety diverse habitats and interest to the river lsquochannelrsquo

bull Toton Horseshoe A landscaped corridor is proposed to wrap around the existing Toton residential area This will provide a bufer between planned new development and the local residential areas encompass existing areas of maturing woodland and create a new connection through to the redeveloped Chetwynd Barracks to the east

bull Green Boulevard A new green spine is planned to run through the heart of the new development This route will connect the eastern and western sections of the site via a new pedestrian link across the HS2 corridor and a new plaza at the station entrance The boulevard a wide green space integrating a small existing watercourse will run

through the heart of the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo connecting to the area of protected Green Belt land to the north east

bull Local Amenity Open Space In addition to the strategic green infrastructure highlighted above a network of local amenity spaces will be integrated across the new development These will include both formal and informal recreation areas and play space for the enjoyment of residents employees and visitors alike

Associated lsquoGarden Villagersquo Developments

Chetwynd Barracks The MoD site at Chetwynd will become available for development from 2020 and will be designed and developed as an integral part of the Hub Station Growth area The development will provide a predominantly residential area that will be linked directly to the lsquoCommunity Hubrsquo north of the existing Toton Lane Like the main Hub Station lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo and Community Hub Chetwynd will be subject to the policies of the emerging Broxtowe Local Plan and of Nottinghamshire County Council as the Local HighwayTransport Authority and Local Education Authority

Stanton The Hub Station Growth Zone also includes the former iron works at Stanton where additional employment opportunities will be realised alongside up to 2000 homes which will serve to complement the proposals for the Hub Station and Innovation Campus This site falls within Erewash Borough Council and Derbyshire County Councilrsquos administrative areas This site is subject of a separate Supplementary Planning Document published by Erewash Borough Council and the proposals outlined in the Growth Strategy are consistent with this

22

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Ratclife Power Station Site Within the wider area there may also be further growth opportunities to be explored as part of the HS2 Growth Strategy including Ratclife Power Station Whilst this is not anticipated to be decommissioned before 2025 its location adjacent to the existing East Midlands Parkway station and an existing railhead means that the site has potential to create a transport orientated mixed use development around the station and a possible location for rail related development This site falls within Rushclife Borough Council and Nottinghamshire County Councilrsquos administrative areas

Derby There are already proposals to develop up to 2000 new homes as part of the lsquoInfnity Garden Villagersquo development which spans the boundary between the city of Derby and South Derbyshire District Council In addition there is potential for major mixed use development on the former Courtaulds site at Spondon on the east side of Derby

Leicestershire There are emerging proposals for major housing development in North West Leicestershire linked to employment growth at East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange

23 Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone Our Growth Vision

The Growth Zone is focussed on the Borough of Chesterfeld within the county of Derbyshire and includes the areas around the existing railway station and the proposed Infrastructure Maintenance Depot (IMD) at Staveley east of the town centre also proposed as a construction base for HS2

Our ambitions for Chesterfeld and Staveley are set in the context of a wide growth story for the wider northern Derbyshire area that builds on existing strengths in tourism construction and engineering higher and further education and professional services Key complementary investments include the lsquoPeak Resortrsquo development that

will combine a unique combination of tourism and HEFE education and training

HS2 will bring Chesterfeld within 108 minutes from London and serve a catchment area of over 1 million people Plans for Chesterfeld will transform the relationship between

Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

23

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

the rail station the town centre and major regeneration opportunities and enable the station to become an attractive gateway to the town itself the surrounding Peak District National Park and other key heritage assets - particularly for international visitors Proposals include a scalable housing and commercial investment proposition that will be accelerated to welcome HS2 through investment in enabling infrastructure

The proposed IMD is set within a wider masterplan for the Staveley corridor that will deliver signifcant levels of housing and job growth and provide a focus for the local rail engineering sector including the development of a rail industry lsquocentre of excellencersquo linked to the High Speed Rail College In the shorter term there is an ambition for the Staveley site to be used for a base for the construction of the majority of Phase 2b of HS2

Construction of early phases of the Chesterfeld amp Staveley Regeneration Route will enable key brownfeld regeneration sites to be developed and wider benefts to the A61 Corridor and the extended Markham Vale Enterprise Zone

Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

Underpinning the vision will be a strong focus on inclusive growth linked to our wider skills and supply chain strategy making sure that local communities and local businesses can beneft from the investment that HS2 will bring

Chesterfeld amp Staveley Development Framework

We will enable this growth in the number and quality of jobs by re-shaping and transforming our places through infrastructure-led development Those places will be allowed to fourish and cater for our changing communities as well as providing for new communities and retaining those such as graduates who will have much wider lifestyle choices as a result

Chesterfeld Station

Chesterfeld Station will have an enhanced role as both a destination and a gateway to surrounding localities Over 1 million people already live within 30 minutes of the station HS2 will bring Birmingham and Leeds within 50 minutes We will bring forward development and infrastructure in tandem to provide a high quality experience for those using the

Platform 4

Chesterfeld Station

Chesterfeld Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo

24

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

station lsquoPlatform 4rsquo will provide a modern and attractive route across the A61 with well-designed public realm that will bring the station into the town centre as well as allowing far greater accessibility to public transport Unused and under-used land around the station will be developed and linked to the adjacent Waterside development to provide a mixed-use lsquourban villagersquo ft for future generations to live work and play

Remodelled links between Chesterfeld Station and the town

The infrastructure provided to improve access to the station for HS2 services will also allow us to accelerate our ambition for the wider town centre By taking trafc out of the historic core of the town we can enhance the visitor experience and bring forward new opportunities for residential development with a wide and fexible mix of tenures This will ensure far greater vibrancy within the town which will expand to include the station area and support the wider ambitions for growth in our key sectors

Staveley

The proposed Infrastructure Maintenance Depot (IMD) at Staveley provides a signifcant opportunity to bring forward a much wider strategic development on this 150 hectare brownfeld site Through investing in infrastructure in particular local road access we can open up not just the depot site but a whole new sustainable community of around 1500 homes and many hundreds of new jobs

By phasing the development we will also be able to ofer a well located construction base for HS2 bringing investment and jobs to the area well in advance of the maintenance depot Over the longer term we believe there is the potential to develop the area around the Infrastructure

The wider Chesterfeld Station Area Masterplan wide

Residential building

OfficeCommercial building

Officeresidential building

Hotel building

Station building

MSCP building

Green Space

Public realm

Potential development areas subject to consultation with existing land owners

Retained Listed station building

Ground foor community facility land use

Potential pedestriancycle link to the east

Maintenance Depot as a rail industry lsquocentre of excellencersquo linked to the High Speed Rail College and the NewRail centre at Barrow Hill Roundhouse

Strategic outline masterplan for the Staveley Corridor

Characterising development at all these sites will be an approach to place-making for the future This is led by consideration of how our communities of the future will want to live and work rather than being based on historic development models

We will use the investment in infrastructure to develop places and homes that anticipate our changing population putting in place fexible models in order to meet future demand This will include providing a far better choice for older people with homes that meet current and future care needs We will make the most of the expanding higher education ofer to enable quality student accommodation and develop places in which our graduates want to stay live earn and spend

25

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Strategic outline masterplan for the Staveley corridor 24 Next Steps Our proposals for the Hub Station and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zones are long term and ambitious Whilst the proposed development will lead to an uplift in land values and economic and social benefts it will also require investment in local and strategic infrastructure and land remediation and assembly

We have undertaken technical work to understand likely infrastructure and land costs and development trajectories that could be delivered to inform an initial outline business case assessment consistent with the Treasuryrsquos lsquoGreen Bookrsquo This work will continue to develop as our plans mature

Further detail on delivery is contained in Section 4

Key

SWA1 Redline Boundary

Existing Features

Culvert

River

Canal

Crossing Point

Road

Railway Line

Right of Way

Building

Listed Building

Non Designated Heritage Asset

Existing Trees

Proposed Features

Marina

CS Regeneration Route

Road

FootCycle Path

Pedestrian Zone

Avenue Planting

Public Open Space

Key Building

Railway Line

Canal

Proposed Usage

Residential

Mixed use - Community Retail Residential

Mixed Use - Employment Local Skills and crafts

Workshops Studios Residential

Mixed Use - Community Canal related

Residential

Safeguarded School Site

Leisure - Hotel Pub Restaurant

B1 - Office and Light Industry

B2 - General Industry

B8 - Warehousing and Distribution

HS2 Maintenance Depot

26

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Section 3 | Connectivity Summary

The Hub Station at Toton will already be the most connected on the high speed network outside of London and will serve a catchment of over 2 million people Whilst the development adjacent to the Hub Station will be crucial our early work confrmed that much of the wider economic potential of HS2 will be dependent on the extent to which we can connect economic opportunities across the East Midlands into the high speed network In particular the city centres of Derby Leicester and Nottingham East Midlands Airport and sites that exist in the towns and villages surrounding both the Hub Station and Chesterfeld

Our analysis has demonstrated which modes of transport will serve diferent markets most efectively ndash national regional sub-regional and local Based on this we have set out a comprehensive step by step approach to connectivity which will maximise transport choice for future generations as well as tackling congestion issues that exist today

Key to this will be safeguarding the ability to extend public transport accessibility in the scope of the Governmentrsquos Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and planning now for a phased approach to delivery of highway improvements starting in RIS2

Whilst we are confdent that the measures we have identifed can deliver positive outcomes more detailed design work will be required to secure the capital funding necessary for delivery Further work on the design and phasing of key interventions will therefore be undertaken with transport modelling developed in partnership with Midlands Connect the outcome of which will also help to scope the necessary provisions of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

27

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

SCOTLAND

YORK amp NEWCASTLE

LEEDS

EAST MIDLANDS

HUB

SOUTH YORKSHIRE

SHEFFIELD HS2

CHESTERFIELD

CREWE HS2 HUB

BIRMINGHAM

STOKE DERBY

LEICESTER

LOUGHBOROUGH

LONDON EUROPE

BEESTON

NOTTINGHAM LINCOLN

MANSFIELD

WORKSOP

31 National Context HS2 will help to transform the position of our towns and cities within the UK and Midlands making our local economies more competitive

HS2 CURRENT

68 104 NOTTINGHAM TO LONDON

HHS2S2 CU

142 LEICESTER TO NEWCASTLE

HHS2S2 CURRENT

50 77 DERBY TO LEEDS

HHS2S2 CURRENT

73 145 LEICESTER TO LEEDS

HHS2S2 CURRENT

36 73 NOTTINGHAM TO BIRMINGHAM

HS2 CURRENT

71 143 CHESTERFIELD TO LONDON

RRENT

205

28

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Midlands Connect

The Midlands Connect Strategy described how the HS2 stations at Birmingham Curzon Street UK Central and East Midlands will form the lsquohubrsquo of the UKrsquos high speed rail network Together with classic compatible connectivity at Chesterfeld Crewe and Stoke stations this will unlock economic growth across the Midlands - provided we get the local connectivity right

Through Midlands Connect we are taking forward a body of technical work to defne and develop the local strategic connections that will maximise economic growth opportunities Through the wider Midlands Engine initiative we are promoting the transformational benefts of HS2 to national and international investors

For more information about Midlands Connect and the Midlands Engine please visit httpswwwmidlandsconnectuk

HS2 East

Our work through the HS2 East partnership has demonstrated that the Eastern Leg of HS2 between Birmingham to Leeds via the East Midlands Hub Station has the best business case of any part of the proposed network - with a beneft to cost ratio of over 5 to 1

However the economic impact of the Eastern Leg extends further than Leeds The proposed lsquoclassic compatiblersquo link to the East Coast Main Line will enable high speed rail services to serve the North East of England and Scotland ndash linking

six of the UKrsquos top ten cities and 20 of national GVA This will result in lsquoagglomerationrsquo impacts of over pound700 million GVA and some major journey time savings

bull Leeds to Glasgow reduction of 90 minutes

bull Sheffield to Edinburgh reduction of 90 minutes

bull Newcastle to Birmingham reduction of 85 minutes

Together the Eastern Leg of HS2 and an enhanced East Coast Main Line provide the obvious route for reducing journey times from Scotland to London towards the three hour mark ndash the point at which rail becomes competitive with air travel

For further information about HS2 East please visit httpwwwhs2eastcouk

32 Our strategic approach Connecting key centres of population and development opportunities across the East Midlands to the high speed network will be key to realising the wider economic potential that HS2 connectivity brings

Our analysis has demonstrated which modes of transport will serve diferent markets most efectively Only by developing a comprehensive lsquomulti-modalrsquo approach to connectivity can we deliver the transport choice required by future generations and start to tackle some of the congestion issues that exist today

We also acknowledge that not everything can or indeed should happen at once We have therefore set out a phased approach to improving connectivity at least some of which can be delivered before HS2 becomes fully operational

Heavy Rail Pimary Market

Mass Transit Strategy Regional

Bus Connectivity Sub-Regional amp Local

Taxi Connectivity Sub-Regional amp Local

Walking and Cycling Local and Very Local

Park and Ride Sub-Regional amp Local

Highway Sub-Regional amp Local

Our strategic approach to connectivity

33 Rail Rail will be the most efective mode for accessing the Hub Station from surrounding city and town centres It will also link the East Midlands with the major city-regions across the rest of the UK ndash not least by the HS2 network itself

HS2 Services

The latest service specifcation published by HS2 Ltd indicates that the East Midlands Hub Station will be the best connected on the high speed network outside of London with seven HS2 services per hour in both directions

Impressive though this level of connectivity is we believe there is scope for further improvements

29

Through our work on the HS2 East Partnership we believe there is a strong economic case for the Eastern Leg of HS2 and the East Coast Main Line forming the primary route for serving Scotland not least because it would link the fnancial centres of Leeds and Edinburgh and the conurbations of the North East ndash also a key objective of Transport for the North

The scale of growth proposed in Chesterfeld as described in Section Two makes a compelling case for both Shefeld trains stopping at Chesterfeld Station rather than just one per hour

Classic Compatible Services

It is clear that although the Eastern Leg of HS2 will be designed to accommodate up to 18 trains per hour (in line with the rest of the network) the current service pattern only currently envisages nine There is therefore scope to run additional services on at least part of the Eastern Leg Working with both Midlands Connect and Transport for the North we believe there is a business case for two additional lsquoclassic compatiblersquo trains per hour linking Leicester and LeedsManchester which would transform rail connectivity between the East Midlands and the Northern Powerhouse

For this to be deliverable there would need to be a lsquoclassic compatiblersquo connection between HS2 and an electrifed Midland Main Line at or around the Hub Station HS2 Ltd have developed an indicative design for how this could be delivered Although further work will be required we believe we have sufcient economic evidence now for the Secretary of State to make at least lsquopassive provisionrsquo for such a link in the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

Newcastle

Durham

Dalington

York

Leeds

Shefeld Midland

Chesterfeld

Toton

Church Street

Birmingam Interchange

Old Oak Common Euston

bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

Trains from London 6tph

Trains from Birmrsquoham 3tph

Proposed HS2 Service Pattern for the Eastern Leg

NEWCASTLE

YORK

LEEDS

LONDON BIRMINGHAM

29 36

106

19

EAST MIDLANDS

HUB

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Classic Services

In addition to the two lsquoclassic compatiblersquo services working through Midlands Connect we have identifed an additional 11 lsquoclassic servicesrsquo that could serve the Hub Station These would be a mixture of lsquoshuttle servicesrsquo fast and semi-fast services and stopping services In total this would mean the Hub Station would be served by 20 trains per hour in both directions ndash an outstanding level of connectivity

HS2 Hub Station Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS)

The service specifcation for the Hub Station is consistent with the wider Midlands Connect ITSS which supports the Midlands Connect Strategy published in March 2017

The Maid Marian Line

In addition we believe there is the potential to develop a new service linking the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton with Mansfeld Ashfeld via the adaption on an existing freight line known as the Maid Marian Line This direct link would facilitate greater connectivity for residents and businesses to HS2 services supporting economic regeneration in the towns and contributing to the wider Nottinghamshire growth story We are working with Network Rail to understand any implications for the wider Midlands Connect ITSS

Capacity at Trent Junctions

A key constraint to the delivery of the Midlands Connect ITSS is the capacity of Trent Junctions south of Nottingham We understand that HS2 Ltd will need to make some improvements to Trent Junctions to accommodate the HS2 Core proposition - although these on their own will

30

51

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

HS2 Services

London - Leeds Birmingham - Leeds

London - Leeds Birmingham - Newcastle

London - Chesterfeld - Shefeld - Leeds

Birmingham - Leeds London - Shefeld - York

34 Mass Transit Extensions Classic Compatible Services

Shuttle Services

Nottingham - EM Hub Derby - EM Hub

Fast and Semi-fast Services

Leicester - Crewe Crewe - EM Hub

London - Manchester Crewe - EM Hub

Stopping Services

Leicester - Leeds Leicester - Manchester The success of the Nottingham Express Transit (NET) has demonstrated the potential of mass transit to reduce

Leicester - Lincoln Nottingham - Leeds

Leicester - Nottingham Leicester - Derby

Norwich - Liverpool Newark Castle - Matlock

HS2 Hub Station Indicative Train Service Specifcation

not be sufcient to accommodate the Midlands Connect ITSS There is a clear operational case for avoiding multiple engineering works on this congested section of railway infrastructure ndash with a single enhancement scheme being the clearly favoured option Based on our initial work with Network Rail we believe there is a sufcient economic case now for the Secretary of State to make at least lsquopassive provisionrsquo for an enhanced scheme in the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

congestion increase transport choice and connect people to jobs and services It will therefore be a key element of the connectivity strategy for maximising the economic benefts of the HS2 Hub Station Given the technical challenges and the scale of investment required we recognise the importance of taking a phased approach to delivery

Extending NET to the Hub Station

The frst phase would be to extend the tram from the park and ride site at Toton Lane to the Hub Station ndash a distance of around one mile This will connect the Hub Station to key locations such as the Queens Medical Centre the University campus and the Enterprise Zone and complement the heavy rail service to Nottingham City Centre This link will need to be in place when the Hub Station becomes operational to serve the Nottingham Enterprise Zone sites and to establish the principle tram access in the publicrsquos mind

Extending Connectivity over the Hub Station

Our work has highlighted a number of options for extending connectivity to the west of the Hub Station towards Derby and East Midlands Airport which would have signifcant economic benefts These could be delivered by bus rapid transit (BRT) tram-train as well as by NET extensions Further work will be required to determine the optimum routes and modes These options would require a link over the Hub Station (similar to the arrangement at Nottingham Station) which would be costly to retro-ft We have therefore included a public transport overbridge into our proposals for the Hub Station At this stage it is unlikely that this on its own will require provision for further land take in the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill however it may impact on the required Environmental Impact Statement

Options to Derby

There are two main options for connecting Derby The frst would follow the route of the A52 This would be fast ndash but not as fast as the classic rail service from Derby Station It would be direct but serve a limited population catchment The relatively high cost of developing this as a tram route would appear to make it unviable - although it could have potential as a route for a lower cost form of BRT

The second option would run to the south of the A52 and link the Hub Station with Long Eaton and then on to Breaston Borrowash Spondon Pride Park and Derby Station It would be slower but serve a much larger population catchment It would be cheaper to develop as a tram route but could impact on the proposed canal

31

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Red Arrow Skylink

Zoom 15

i4 18

Indigo 510

Y5 Toton Sidings

NET

Options for bus services serving the Hub Station

35

Revised existing route

New Fast Track to EMA via M1

Arnold via QMC City Hospital

Mansfeld via M1 Kirkby Sutton

Alfreton via M1 Heanor Ripley

restoration project It could be developed in phases the frst comprising a NET extension to a park and ride site west of the M1

Options to East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Rail Freight Interchange

There are a number of potential routes to the airport Following the rail corridor south from the Hub Station before heading west is likely to be the quickest and would limit environmental impacts on Long Eaton town centre It also has potential for a tram-train solution should this become a viable technology in the UK The scale of employment growth proposed at East Midlands Gateway the potential for a lsquoFree Trade Zonersquo around the airport as well as the projected growth in air passenger numbers means such a link could have signifcant economic benefts

Bus amp Taxi Bus travel will continue to be the backbone of the local public transport for many people There is already a comprehensive network of bus routes and services across the sub-region which could be developed to serve the Hub Station from a wide range of locations

The key challenge for operators from a commercial perspective will be to ensure that the Hub Station does not become a lsquoterminusrsquo destination Buses (and taxis) must therefore be able to pass through the Hub Station to also serve surrounding communities across the wider sub-region Our proposed confguration of local road links between the Hub Station and Long Eaton Stapleford

32

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Sandiacre and Toton as well as access from the A52 would enable a commercially viable network of bus services to be established

For Chesterfeld a new road link into the south of the station complex for buses and taxis will provide a through route that will integrate the existing station into local public transport networks more efectively

36 Cycling amp Walking Every rail passenger is a pedestrian at the point of boarding a train Making the Hub Station and the immediate surrounding environment pedestrian friendly will make travel by train more attractive and help to drive patronage

It is also important that local people in surrounding communities have safe and attractive routes for walking and cycling ndash not just to the Hub Station but also to and within the proposed Innovation Campus Cycling and walking are likely to become more attractive options to future generations as public attitudes to travel continue to change This trend has been refected in the core design principles we have established that will underpin future development on the Hub Station site

For Chesterfeld we have set out proposals known as lsquoPlatform 4rsquo for enhancing pedestrian and public transport accessibility between the Station and the town centre over the A61 dual carriageway

37 Park amp Ride A well-coordinated and managed park amp ride strategy can help to reduce the impacts of congestion and provide viable transport choices for local communities

There are opportunities to develop park and ride facilities serving the Hub Station in tandem with a phased roll out of an extended mass transit system The existing park amp

Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site

ride site at Toton Lane (1300 spaces) linked to the tram will be retained albeit in modifed form In addition to a multi-storey car park at the Hub Station itself (1300 spaces proposed) there is an opportunity to develop an additional parking facility of a similar size west of M1 Junction 25 linked to a frst phase extension of the tram over the Hub Station

33

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

This would give a third car park option and the ability to manage travel demand to the Hub Station site in a more fexible manner - as well as an ability to reduce pressure on M1 Junction 25

On the Derby side of the A52 there are options for park and ride sites on the east side of Derby as part of a mass transit system linking Pride Park and Derby Station to the City Centre which could ultimately connect to the Hub Station

38 Strategic amp Local Road Access Despite the focus on public transport cycling and walking access by private car will still be important and a 1300 space multi-storey car park is proposed at the Hub Station However this will require a highway solution that must also address a number of existing challenges

Access from the A52 and M1

Access from the strategic road network into the Hub Station Site will be critical Our technical work has suggested that a single access from the A52 into the site for all movements is unlikely to be deliverable Whilst an engineering solution could be developed it would be very expensive environmentally damaging and take up valuable land that could be better used for economic development purposes

As a result a phased approach is proposed comprising the following key moves

1 A new lsquoat gradersquo junction on the A52 east of the Bardills Roundabout linked to a new Toton Lane which would provide access from Nottingham to the east of the Hub Station site and support the early phases of development of the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

2 A new lsquoof setrsquo junction on the A52 to the west of the use of the construction access required by HS2 Ltd M1 which would remove local movements from M1 to build the Hub Station Junction 25 and provide a more direct route under

Our technical work suggests there is scope to deliver key the motorway into Long Eaton

moves 1) and 2) in advance of the Hub Station opening 3 A new lsquograde separatedrsquo junction on the A52 to the The scale of existing problems and likely future trafc

north of the Hub Station to provide access from growth on the A52 corridor suggests that there is already a Derby and the M1 ndash which has the potential to make strong case for Highways England working with Midlands

Provide local road access to StaplefordSandiacre

Relieve congestion at Bardills and Toton Lane

Provide access from A52

Separate local amp strategic movements at J25

Provide for E-W movements

Provide for local road access for Long Eaton

Strategic amp Local Road Access Challenges

34

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Access from A52 and M1

Connect and local partners to make a proposal for major scheme funding in RIS 2 ndash which would also contribute to a comprehensive connectivity strategy for the Hub Station

A direct link to the Hub Station from the north through 3) will be linked to the construction of the station itself by HS2 Ltd and may be able to make use of any temporary construction access required by HS2 Ltd

Stanton Sandiacre

Derby

Stapleford

Long Eaton

Primary HS2

access

New eastern access

Re-modelled Bardills junction

New eastern access link

Toton Lane

Local access link

Local local link

New ofset A52 Junction

New local link

Remodelled M1 Junction 25

link

1a

1b

3 2

M1

A52

HS2

Local access Nottingham

junction

39

Finally there is the potential to establish a Park amp Ride site west of the M1 linked to a tram extension and the proposed lsquoof-setrsquo junction on the A52 This would provide a further car parking option for the Hub Station and help to manage movements through M1 Junction 25

Local Road Access

As described above local road access to the Hub Station from Long Eaton Stapleford Sandiacre and Toton will be important to secure commercially viable bus and coach services and taxis ndash as well as safe cycle routes We have developed a proposal for local access that can be integrated into the design of the Hub Station and which will complement the proposed strategic links Key to this will be the development of a local road link running under the HS2 and classic rail tracks to the south of the Hub Station

Next Steps We are clear that whilst all the individual elements of our connectivity strategy will have positive outcomes the real benefts will only be achieved by taking an integrated approach to scheme development and delivery

We will therefore develop our proposals further through a project joint funded by Midlands Connect East Midlands partners HS2 Ltd and Highways England known as the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan Phase 1 will use transport modelling to optimise the package of interventions and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment Phase 2 will examine connectivity issues over a wider strategic area including the long term future of the M1

Further detail on delivery is contained in Section 4

35

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Local Road Access Diagram

1

2

3

4

5

6

New A52 access Pedestrian NET link Bus Interchange amp Station Car Park

Remodelled Bardills roundabout

7

8

9

10

11

Local link to Long Eaton

New Bardills roundabout Local link to Sandiacre

New Toton Lane NET extension amp option to extend to EMA Derby

HS2 underpass Station Concourse

HS2 overpass

36

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Section 4 | Delivery Summary

We have undertaken a number of technical studies to understand the costs and benefts of various scales and rates of development to inform the development of an initial outlines business case for our proposals consistent with Treasury requirements which is set out in a separate document This work will evolve and become more granular as our growth proposition matures

There is potential for signifcant employment and housing development across the East Midlands Hub and Derbyshire Growth Zones This will make a signifcant contribution to the Governmentrsquos rebalancing agenda and provide an impetus for growth across the wider East Midlands where there is potential to deliver an additional 74000 jobs and pound4 billion of GVA above trend

We have set out the key moves necessary to deliver our proposals for people place and connectivity and highlighted the immediate measures necessary to safeguard future opportunities Detailed proposals are set out in Appendix 1

We are keen to work with Government to develop propositions for powerful locally led development bodies that can deliver our ambitions for the Hub Station and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zones and contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2

37

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

41 Developing an Investible Proposition Realising our vision for growth will require a combination of strong leadership and clear decision making To inform this we have undertaken a comprehensive programme of technical work to inform our thinking and provide the evidence base for this Growth Strategy including

bull Comprehensive non-statutory development frameworks covering the East Midlands Hub and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

bull A number of concept studies to assess the options for key infrastructure moves including relocation of the existing rail depots at Toton strategic highway access and mass transit extensions

bull A Development Infrastructure Funding (DIF) Study to understand the costs and benefts of diferent scales and rates of development and a funding and delivery mechanisms study to identify options for forward funding of key infrastructure and delivery vehicles

This information has been used to construct an initial outline lsquobusiness casersquo document for our proposals consistent with the Treasuryrsquos lsquoGreen Bookrsquo guidance and will provide the basis for an ongoing dialogue with Government and HS2 Ltd This work will evolve and become more granular over time as our growth proposition matures

Some of the major infrastructure investments will be subject to a separate business case through other established Government programmes such as the Roads Investment Strategy (RIS) This still requires a high-level

case to be made through the Growth Strategy as well as efective co-ordination of planning funding and delivery with other Growth Strategy interventions

42 Key Moves The work we have undertaken to date has identifed a series of key moves that will be required to implement the Growth Strategy including a number of immediate actions which will be necessary to safeguard future opportunities Further detail on these and the necessary enabling measures by Government and its delivery bodies is set out in Appendix 1

People

Our immediate priorities can be delivered largely within existing resources with strong local leadership from the LEPs and the East Midlands Chamber of Commerce and comprise

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to business support that will help local SMEs beneft from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities

bull Establishing a lsquorail industry innovation grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2 awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2

Over the longer term we would expect mainstream Government funding for skills and business support activity to be refocussed around our priorities and complement the strategic approach to skills envisaged by the Midlands Engine

Place

For the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone there are a number of planning land assembly remediation and infrastructure issues that will need to be addressed to enable our vision to be delivered in full In the immediate short term it will be vital to ensure that existing planning consent for the Lime Rise development close to the Hub Station can contribute positively to the delivery of our growth vision

In addition there is a need for further work with the relevant organisations on options for relocating the rail siding and depot activity and the electricity sub-station to locations outside of the Hub Station site and on the expansion and relocation of existing school provision to a better location within the site

Elsewhere we are keen to take forward further work with the Ministry of Defence and the Homes and Communities Agency to ensure that the re-development of the Chetwynd Barracks can actively contribute to a lsquonetwork of garden villagesrsquo

In the Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone the key priority in Chesterfeld will be the delivery of proposals to transform pedestrian and public transport connectivity between the rail station and the town For Staveley the early priorities will be to confrm the depot site as a construction base for HS2 and to secure the frst phases of the Chesterfeld and Staveley Regeneration Route including the provision of improved public transport and pedestrian links necessary to deliver the wider Staveley masterplan

38

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Connectivity

Our immediate priority is to safeguard the potential to secure a classic compatible link at the Hub Station and for enhanced capacity at Trent Junctions capable of delivering the Midlands Connect ITSS These will require the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill which is due to be considered by Ministers in the autumn of 2017 to include provision for the necessary land take

The public transport overbridge and local road connections proposed for the Hub Station will impact on the Hybrid Bill and the associated Environmental Impact Statement and will need to be incorporated into the emerging Hub Station design commissioned by HS2 Ltd

We will need to confrm support from Highways England and HS2 Ltd to take forward the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan with Midlands Connect This work will optimise the package of interventions proposed to serve the Hub Station and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment However we believe we have a sufcient case now for Highways England to identify funding in RIS2 to develop a major scheme on the A52M1 J25 that address existing congestion issues and contributes to the wider solution for accessing the Hub Station

43 Proposals for Delivery Bodies The geographic and political context for the area around the Hub Station is complex spanning a number of local planning authorities local transport authorities and local enterprise partnerships Our work to date has highlighted a range of potential delivery and funding mechanisms that would help to enable development in particular options for Tax Increment Financing (TIf ) But these will require a strategic approach to investment over a number of administrative areas to be efective

There is a local appetite to establish a powerful delivery body that could work at a scale to drive forward our growth vision There are a range of options including the potential for the kind of lsquolocally-led development corporationrsquo envisaged by the Neighbourhood Planning Act 2017

We would like to work with Government over the coming months to develop a proposition for a delivery body for the Hub Station Growth Zone that could begin to operate in lsquoshadow formrsquo with initial seed-corn funding from 2018 onwards

For Chesterfeld and Staveley the geography is less complex with the key moves all within the administrative area of Chesterfeld Borough Council Here a local development company solution may be more appropriate which can also contribute to the delivery of the wider Derbyshire growth story

It will be important to ensure that development in both Growth Zones continues to contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2 under the auspices of the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Mitigation

Whilst HS2 has the potential to bring great benefts to the 44 East Midlands the scale of the new infrastructure involved will also result in some negative impacts ndash particularly in the short term Although the line of route has been designed to minimise impact on environmental assets challenges remain in a number of locations in Derbyshire Leicestershire and Nottinghamshire

Similarly where the line passes through urban areas for example Long Eaton some existing businesses will have to re-locate to alternative premises Whilst the Government has put in place a compensation scheme to assist those directly afected councils are keen to ensure the jobs and investment are retained in the local area wherever possible

The East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board has established a lsquomitigation sub-grouprsquo to work with DfT and HS2 Ltd to help develop detailed designs for key structures that will minimise and mitigate the environmental impacts of the line and look to ensure that existing businesses can continue to thrive As work starts on the development of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill it will be important to ensure that councils are able to inform the detail of the Governmentrsquos proposals on both an individual and collective basis

39

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

45 Phasing of Delivery This Growth Strategy demonstrated the scale complexity and interdependencies between programmes involving a range of partner agencies Many of these programmes involve major schemes that take many years to develop and deliver Although HS2 Phase 2b is not due to become fully operational until 2033 the lead in times are such that key decisions on what might be included within the Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environment Statement will actually be taken during the coming months With appropriate funding and collaboration a number of key moves can be implemented in the short term

Although the development may reach maturity in 2043 by the time HS2 opens there will in fact already be a new place (the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo) emerging around the station to welcome the frst passengers For this to be achieved the delivery partners will need to build momentum over the next 12 months and it is recognised this will require dedicated resource and governance

The evidence base underpinning the growth strategy provides a clear indication of the growth potential and promotes a range of key infrastructure concepts and moves However in order to take these forward and in particular promote some of them for possible inclusion in the Hybrid Bill the partners are clear that more detailed studies and analysis will be required and these will need to be developed in tandem with the work being undertaken for the railway

This highlights the need to establish a dedicated team and for further resources to commission and manage the work programme for the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Phases of Delivery

2017-2022 Hybrid bill development business case development (RS2CP6) land strategy and delivery body early phases of development

2022-2027 Early infrastructure development and key moves (eg depot relocation) next phases of development

2027-2033 HS2 Construction amp completiontesting

2033 HS2 becomes fully operational - local economic development builds momentum

2033-43 Development to maturity

46 First Phase Priorities The focus up to 2022 will be on ensuring the provisions of the Phase 2 Hybrid Bill enable our vision for the Hub Station and priorities for local and strategic connectivity to be implemented Delivery of improvements to the A52 at Bardills and Toton Lane will enable the early phases of the Toton Innovation Campus to commence helping to build investor confdence Completion for the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity plan will progress the wider mix of strategic and local interventions to detailed design stage To be successful all this activity will need to be underpinned by the establishment of a properly resourced and empowered local delivery bodyThe early completion of frst stages of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Station Link Road will help to kick start development in the North Derbyshire Growth Zone

40

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

1 High level Ministerial endorsement of the East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy including through

bull Funding the establishment of a lsquoshadow delivery bodyrsquo to start implementing the Growth Strategy locally and to establish a viable mechanism for capturing a proportion of development value necessary for infrastructure delivery and

bull Promotion by Government and its delivery bodies of key development opportunities set out in the Growth Strategy to national and international investors consistent with the Midlands Engine Vision for Growth

2 Support from DCLG for our vision for the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone by

bull Empowering the HCA to establish a strategic land strategy that will facilitate enabling infrastructure and subsequently to bring forward early phases of development and

bull Using other funding including the current Housing Infrastructure Fund (HIF) to help bring forward early phase infrastructure

3 Support from DfT and its delivery bodies for the implementation of early connectivity priorities related to the Hub Station through

bull Ensuring Highways England and HS2 Ltd contribute gap funding towards the East Midlands Gateway Connectivity Plan Phase 1 Study

bull Funding the delivery phases 1ab of the A52 Access Strategy to enable the initial phases of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo to commence before 2022 and

bull Identifying funding in the next Road Investment Strategy (RIS2) to develop a major scheme to address capacity at M1 Junction 25 and access the Hub Station from the A52 (phases 2 amp3 of the A52 Access Strategy) ndash also making the necessary provisions within the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill amp Environmental Statement

4 DfTHS2 Ltd to ensure that the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make provision at and around the Hub Station for

bull Capacity improvements to classic rail connectivity to the south and north of Toton HS2 station including Trent Junctions optimising the integration of classic and High Speed Rail services and including a lsquoclassic compatible linkrsquo to transform connectivity between Leicester and the north of England

bull An integrated station design including moving the station concourse north to better connect with tram and Public Transport Interchange with an integrated deck connecting eastwest over the HS2 track to

better integrate the Toton station into the heart of the new place ndash the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo This would include provision of a second transfer deck to the south of the main concourse to provide improve capacity and interchange between services

bull Fully integrated public transport interchange and walking routes connecting surrounding communities to promote sustainable travel reduce the need for car parking and thereby make best use of land and local assets including the tram as a means of linking Park amp Ride facilities with the station

bull North South connectivity through the site to connect Long Eaton and Stapleford and to enable local communities to access the station by all modes

bull A clear car parking strategy with a decked car park at the station (premium) complemented by NET based Park and Ride

bull Provision for three bridges as follows

- Integrated with concourse deck to create east west route for tram and sustainable transport links between east and west development areas and to Long Eaton airport and Derby

- Multi-modal bridge south of the A52 to enable resilience in the local network connections to the western development area and

41

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

- Pedestrian bridge at mid-point between the above to connect new communities

bull Provision for an underpass under the Network Rail and HS2 lines to the south of the concourse to enable links between Stapleford Long Eaton and the station by various modes and in particular public transport but as a secondary primary access connecting east and west development areas within the Innovation Campus

5 Separately to ensure the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make specifc provision to deliver the NET tram extension from the existing Toton Park amp Ride to the HS2 Station consistent with the provisions set our above

6 DfTHS2 Ltd to designate Staveley as a major construction hubrailhead for the construction of Phase 2b in addition to the establishment of the Infrastructure Maintenance Depot

7 Government to make a contribution towards the delivery of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Chesterfeld Station Link Road to unlock early development and growth in the corridor

8 Further fnancial and technical support from Network Rail HS2 Ltd and HS2 Growth Partnership to work collaboratively on the relocation of the DBS Depot and Network Rail Sidings to enable development growth and transport connections through the Hub Station area

9 DfTHS2 Ltd to amend the HS2 Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS) to ensure that both Shefeld HS2 classic compatible services stop at Chesterfeld

10 Commitment from DfTHS2 Ltd to at least partially open the Hub Station at Toton by 2030 rather than 2033 to generate additional passenger revenue and accelerate the delivery of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

42

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy World Class - Locally Driven

For more information please contact East Midlands Councils Tel 01664 502620 Email infoemcouncilsgovuk

  • Structure Bookmarks
    • Born 1946-1964
    • Born 1964-1980
    • Born 1980-2000
    • Born 2000+
    • The Hub Station and surrounding area
    • Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone
    • Chesterfield Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo
    • Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site
Page 18: East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy - Broxtowe€¦ · 3.7 Park & Ride 3.8 4.3 East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Contents Contents Foreword 3 3.6 Cycling & Walking 33 Executive Summary

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

21 East Midlands Context Our Growth Strategy has been developed within in a wider spatial context that also seeks to use HS2 to enhance existing regional and national assets across the East Midlands In particular the area spanning the D2N2 and Leicester amp Leicestershire LEP areas which already comprise 315 million people over 100000 businesses and generate pound65 billion of GVA Key opportunities for growth include

bull Derby a city of world class automotive rail and aerospace technology sectors Home to Rolls Royce Bombardier and Toyota and a thriving network of highly specialised manufacturing SMEs

bull Leicester a vibrant diverse city with a strong record of SME formation and major growth potential Home to the National Space Centre and a burgeoning space technology sector

bull Nottingham a city of thriving business services biotech and leisure sectors and fagship companies like Experian and Boots underpinned by world class public transport and local energy systems

bull East Midlands Airport and Gateway the biggest freight airport outside of London and home to DHL The new East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange will generate thousands of new jobs

bull Loughborough a national centre for sport and sports science The Loughborough University Science and Enterprise Park forms part of a recently designated Enterprise Zone

bull Chesterfeld an historic and well connected rail town with a strong engineering economy and both a visitor destination and gateway

bull Peak District National Park and Derwent Valley Mills Word Heritage Site the most visited national park in England adjacent to the cradle of the industrial revolution

bull MansfeldAshfeld key regional service centres with strengths in manufacturing and logistics

There are also a range of growth and regeneration opportunities along the A52 corridor between Derby and Nottingham Castle Ward Pride Park and Raynesway on

Derby A50 Corridor

A42M42 M69

M1

M1

Chesterfeld

Mansfeld Ashfeld

Staveley

HS2

Nottingham

Loughborough

Leicester

A46 Corridor

the Derby side and the Nottingham Enterprise Zones sites Alliance Boots in Beeston Beeston Business Park and the Nottingham Science Park

Within this strategic context we have identifed two lsquoGrowth Zonesrsquo which relate directly to the benefts of HS2 connectivity which we believe will drive HS2 related growth across the wider sub area

bull East Midlands Hub Growth Zone

bull Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

M1 Corridor

3 Cities

Derby Nottingham (A52)

Trent Valley Vision

Derwent Valley Mills World

Heritage Site

Peak District National Park

HS2 Station

Classic Rail Lines

Strategic Context Diagram

17

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

East Midlands Hub Growth Zone Diagram 22 East Midlands Hub Growth Zone Our Growth Vision

The Growth Zone encompasses the Hub Station site at Toton the former ironworks site at Stanton and Chetwynd Barracks The core area encompasses Broxtowe and Erewash Borough Councils Derbyshire and Nottinghamshire County Councils

Central will be the development of a high quality lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo at the Hub Station in Toton itself with the potential to create up to 10000 new jobs and a range of new housing choices The concept of an lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo follows research undertaken looking at trends in business locations away from city centres and the need for a much more dynamic mix of uses that recognises the changing needs and desires of lsquoGeneration Zrsquo It is also consistent with the long term aspirations of the university sector within the region which has actively contributed to our thinking

Our vision includes the development of a network of mixed use lsquogarden villagesrsquo that will incorporate the very latest innovations in land remediation environmental standards together with advances in sustainable drainage localised energy and public transport Enhanced connectivity by sustainable modes of transport will ensure the development of pedestrian orientated streets and spaces which will be attractive to both local people and investors

The developments will complement the adjacent city centre ofer and help to drive major improvements to existing places such as Long Eaton and Stapleford

HS2

A52 Jct 25

A50

Jct 24

M1

Castle Donington amp EM Gateway Freight Interchange East Midlands Airport

Lougborough

East Midlands Parkway amp Ratclife

Innovation Campus amp Hub Station

Stanton Derby

Prid

e Par

k Ray

nesw

ay

Spon

don

Boots Campus

Beeston

ScienceMedi

Nottingham

A453

P

P

Potential Mass Rapid-Transit

Classic Rail Lines

Garden Village Network

Key Employment Sites

HS2 Line

Chetwynd

i Celanese

Urban Village

Infnity Garden Village

18

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Toton Area (Hub Station) Development Framework

We have worked with councils local partners and the Toton Neighbourhood Planning Forum to develop a long term non-statutory lsquodevelopment frameworkrsquo for the Hub Station Growth Area in Toton to inform the review of local plans and future investment decisions The development framework recognises a series of distinct character areas and sets out development principles for each

Station Hub The core development area is clustered to the east and west of the Hub Station Anchored by key multi modal transport infrastructure (including HS2 and Classic rail facilities NET bus interchange facilities and central car parking facilities) The primary land use in this area will be workspace development set within a high quality urban development context Hotel and residential accommodation may also be appropriate at this central location and the arearsquos public realm will be animated by cafeacutes restaurants and small scale retail outlets serving passengers employees and residents

Toton Area (Hub Station) Development

19

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

The Hub Station and surrounding area

A new public space will be created adjacent to the main station concourse This will provide a high quality east-west pedestrian connection across the HS2 lines and support interchange between a range of transport modes This development area is located on a plateau which is at a signifcantly lower level than the main development site to the east New buildings will typically be taller (up to 6-8 storeys) which will allow the development to act as a marker in the context of the rail corridor without appearing incongruous within the wider development

Toton Innovation Campus This mixed use corridor runs through the heart of the site connecting the HS2 station and areas to the west following the tram corridor towards Toton Lane NET station in the east

This dynamic space will be characterised not only by the diversity of uses but also a green boulevard and sustainable transport corridor and will include a mixture of medium density workspace including apartment based residential development

The lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo is roughly equidistant between the city centres of Nottingham and Derby and is intended to be anchored by a university based research and development centre To the south links to Leicester East Midlands Airport East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange and the Enterprise Zone sites in Loughborough will drive further opportunities

To achieve the scale of development and sense of place envisaged will require major investment in land assembly management and infrastructure Making the right moves now will provide much needed capacity to unlock and absorb growth and provide resilience in a currently stressed local network It will also require higher densities than those currently subject of an extant Outline Planning Consent for the site and this will need careful consideration by Broxtowe Borough Council as the Local Planning Authority

A52 Trackside Corridor A series of larger development sites have been identifed along the A52 and rail corridors towards the north of the site ofering the potential to accommodate larger workplace developments or research institutions This area will ofer the potential to accommodate distinctive gateway buildings acting as markers along both the A52 and HS2 corridors

Waterside Development parcels along the Erewash River Canal corridor are considered an appropriate mix of uses including residential Building heights will step down from around six storeys adjacent to the rail corridor to around three storeys in areas closer to the river canal corridor respecting the domestic scale of buildings to the west The landscaped environment of the river canal corridor will be brought into the area with a series of lsquogreen fngersrsquo leading into the development site This open space will serve a

20

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

variety of functions including recreation food mitigation and ecological habitat The orientation of buildings within this corridor should support this landscape strategy and open up views of the canal river corridor from higher ground to the east of the HS2 line

Parkside Generous green corridors are proposed as a bufer between the planned new development and existing residential communities Lower density areas broadly refecting established residential areas of Toton will front onto these spaces with a typical height of two to

three storeys open landscaped space and site topography ensuring that the amenity of existing local residents are protected New footpaths and cycleways will integrate the site with its surrounding context and enable residents of existing neighbourhoods to access facilities and transport hubs within the new development site It should be noted that new vehicular connections to these neighbourhoods are not proposed

bull Neighbourhood Centres These centres will be located at highly accessible positions within the

The Toton Innovation Campus looking towards the Hub Station

development and will allow the vast majority of the site area to be located within an easy fve minute walking catchment of local facilities

bull HS2 Hub This facility will serve HS2 passengers along with residents and workers based in the lower western section of the site It is envisaged that cafeacutes restaurants and local retail facilities will be integrated within the main station concourse and spill out onto the adjoining public plaza This area also becomes a new cross-roads within a more resilient local road network ofering better connections between SandiacreStapleford and Long Eaton This will further enhance the vitality and vibrancy of the area whilst ensuring surrounding communities can access the services on ofer by a full range of transport choices

bull Toton Innovation Campus Centre Located at the heart of the development a cluster of local retail leisure and hospitality facilities will be clustered in and around a central square Facilities such as a hotel gym business centre and resource centre may also be attracted to this central pedestrian orientated space

bull Community Hub A site to the west of the Toton Lane NET Station has been identifed for the relocation of the George Spencer Academy along with a site for a new primary school a leisure centre and health facility These new community infrastructure buildings will be developed in a green landscape setting with good pedestrian and cycle links to local neighbourhoods and public transport hubs The level of retail development (including

21

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

restaurants cafeacutes) will be controlled to a level which provides for the needs of local residents employees and passengers and avoid competition with existing local centres

The Universities of Derby Nottingham and Nottingham Trent are fully supportive of the HS2 Growth Strategy We have a long history of working together to re-balance economy and believe that this investment has the potential to be transformative

To maximise the value derived from this investment the universities are in a strong position to build on our established partnership for example by working together to shape the proposed lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo located at the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton

The active involvement of the universities at an early stage in defning the proposed lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo means that we can develop an integrated strategy for research teaching and business interaction aligned with HS2 investment

The lsquoworld-classrsquo connectivity aforded by the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton will support the difusion of these opportunities and position the East Midlands as a stronger resilient and more productive economy

bull Green Infrastructure From a place making perspective the HS2 Hub site will be designed to integrate with its surrounding natural environments In total around 16 hectares of open space are proposed within the development site

bull River Canal Corridor The Erewash river and canal corridor runs to the east of the site and provides an area of high amenity value To the north the opportunity exists to enhance the network of footpaths and cycleways leading up to the strategic Stanton Iron Works site and beyond To the south new pedestrian and cycle links will connect the site to the Attenborough Nature Reserve and the Trent Valley This will include opportunities to reinstate new routes beneath the HS2 classic rail line to the south of the station and also to reduce the risk of fooding associated with this section of the river More generally the opportunity to enhance the character of the river and canal corridor would provide further amenity and ecological benefts This may include enhancements to the Sandiacre Locks Conservation Area and measures to introduce more variety diverse habitats and interest to the river lsquochannelrsquo

bull Toton Horseshoe A landscaped corridor is proposed to wrap around the existing Toton residential area This will provide a bufer between planned new development and the local residential areas encompass existing areas of maturing woodland and create a new connection through to the redeveloped Chetwynd Barracks to the east

bull Green Boulevard A new green spine is planned to run through the heart of the new development This route will connect the eastern and western sections of the site via a new pedestrian link across the HS2 corridor and a new plaza at the station entrance The boulevard a wide green space integrating a small existing watercourse will run

through the heart of the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo connecting to the area of protected Green Belt land to the north east

bull Local Amenity Open Space In addition to the strategic green infrastructure highlighted above a network of local amenity spaces will be integrated across the new development These will include both formal and informal recreation areas and play space for the enjoyment of residents employees and visitors alike

Associated lsquoGarden Villagersquo Developments

Chetwynd Barracks The MoD site at Chetwynd will become available for development from 2020 and will be designed and developed as an integral part of the Hub Station Growth area The development will provide a predominantly residential area that will be linked directly to the lsquoCommunity Hubrsquo north of the existing Toton Lane Like the main Hub Station lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo and Community Hub Chetwynd will be subject to the policies of the emerging Broxtowe Local Plan and of Nottinghamshire County Council as the Local HighwayTransport Authority and Local Education Authority

Stanton The Hub Station Growth Zone also includes the former iron works at Stanton where additional employment opportunities will be realised alongside up to 2000 homes which will serve to complement the proposals for the Hub Station and Innovation Campus This site falls within Erewash Borough Council and Derbyshire County Councilrsquos administrative areas This site is subject of a separate Supplementary Planning Document published by Erewash Borough Council and the proposals outlined in the Growth Strategy are consistent with this

22

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Ratclife Power Station Site Within the wider area there may also be further growth opportunities to be explored as part of the HS2 Growth Strategy including Ratclife Power Station Whilst this is not anticipated to be decommissioned before 2025 its location adjacent to the existing East Midlands Parkway station and an existing railhead means that the site has potential to create a transport orientated mixed use development around the station and a possible location for rail related development This site falls within Rushclife Borough Council and Nottinghamshire County Councilrsquos administrative areas

Derby There are already proposals to develop up to 2000 new homes as part of the lsquoInfnity Garden Villagersquo development which spans the boundary between the city of Derby and South Derbyshire District Council In addition there is potential for major mixed use development on the former Courtaulds site at Spondon on the east side of Derby

Leicestershire There are emerging proposals for major housing development in North West Leicestershire linked to employment growth at East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange

23 Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone Our Growth Vision

The Growth Zone is focussed on the Borough of Chesterfeld within the county of Derbyshire and includes the areas around the existing railway station and the proposed Infrastructure Maintenance Depot (IMD) at Staveley east of the town centre also proposed as a construction base for HS2

Our ambitions for Chesterfeld and Staveley are set in the context of a wide growth story for the wider northern Derbyshire area that builds on existing strengths in tourism construction and engineering higher and further education and professional services Key complementary investments include the lsquoPeak Resortrsquo development that

will combine a unique combination of tourism and HEFE education and training

HS2 will bring Chesterfeld within 108 minutes from London and serve a catchment area of over 1 million people Plans for Chesterfeld will transform the relationship between

Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

23

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

the rail station the town centre and major regeneration opportunities and enable the station to become an attractive gateway to the town itself the surrounding Peak District National Park and other key heritage assets - particularly for international visitors Proposals include a scalable housing and commercial investment proposition that will be accelerated to welcome HS2 through investment in enabling infrastructure

The proposed IMD is set within a wider masterplan for the Staveley corridor that will deliver signifcant levels of housing and job growth and provide a focus for the local rail engineering sector including the development of a rail industry lsquocentre of excellencersquo linked to the High Speed Rail College In the shorter term there is an ambition for the Staveley site to be used for a base for the construction of the majority of Phase 2b of HS2

Construction of early phases of the Chesterfeld amp Staveley Regeneration Route will enable key brownfeld regeneration sites to be developed and wider benefts to the A61 Corridor and the extended Markham Vale Enterprise Zone

Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

Underpinning the vision will be a strong focus on inclusive growth linked to our wider skills and supply chain strategy making sure that local communities and local businesses can beneft from the investment that HS2 will bring

Chesterfeld amp Staveley Development Framework

We will enable this growth in the number and quality of jobs by re-shaping and transforming our places through infrastructure-led development Those places will be allowed to fourish and cater for our changing communities as well as providing for new communities and retaining those such as graduates who will have much wider lifestyle choices as a result

Chesterfeld Station

Chesterfeld Station will have an enhanced role as both a destination and a gateway to surrounding localities Over 1 million people already live within 30 minutes of the station HS2 will bring Birmingham and Leeds within 50 minutes We will bring forward development and infrastructure in tandem to provide a high quality experience for those using the

Platform 4

Chesterfeld Station

Chesterfeld Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo

24

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

station lsquoPlatform 4rsquo will provide a modern and attractive route across the A61 with well-designed public realm that will bring the station into the town centre as well as allowing far greater accessibility to public transport Unused and under-used land around the station will be developed and linked to the adjacent Waterside development to provide a mixed-use lsquourban villagersquo ft for future generations to live work and play

Remodelled links between Chesterfeld Station and the town

The infrastructure provided to improve access to the station for HS2 services will also allow us to accelerate our ambition for the wider town centre By taking trafc out of the historic core of the town we can enhance the visitor experience and bring forward new opportunities for residential development with a wide and fexible mix of tenures This will ensure far greater vibrancy within the town which will expand to include the station area and support the wider ambitions for growth in our key sectors

Staveley

The proposed Infrastructure Maintenance Depot (IMD) at Staveley provides a signifcant opportunity to bring forward a much wider strategic development on this 150 hectare brownfeld site Through investing in infrastructure in particular local road access we can open up not just the depot site but a whole new sustainable community of around 1500 homes and many hundreds of new jobs

By phasing the development we will also be able to ofer a well located construction base for HS2 bringing investment and jobs to the area well in advance of the maintenance depot Over the longer term we believe there is the potential to develop the area around the Infrastructure

The wider Chesterfeld Station Area Masterplan wide

Residential building

OfficeCommercial building

Officeresidential building

Hotel building

Station building

MSCP building

Green Space

Public realm

Potential development areas subject to consultation with existing land owners

Retained Listed station building

Ground foor community facility land use

Potential pedestriancycle link to the east

Maintenance Depot as a rail industry lsquocentre of excellencersquo linked to the High Speed Rail College and the NewRail centre at Barrow Hill Roundhouse

Strategic outline masterplan for the Staveley Corridor

Characterising development at all these sites will be an approach to place-making for the future This is led by consideration of how our communities of the future will want to live and work rather than being based on historic development models

We will use the investment in infrastructure to develop places and homes that anticipate our changing population putting in place fexible models in order to meet future demand This will include providing a far better choice for older people with homes that meet current and future care needs We will make the most of the expanding higher education ofer to enable quality student accommodation and develop places in which our graduates want to stay live earn and spend

25

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Strategic outline masterplan for the Staveley corridor 24 Next Steps Our proposals for the Hub Station and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zones are long term and ambitious Whilst the proposed development will lead to an uplift in land values and economic and social benefts it will also require investment in local and strategic infrastructure and land remediation and assembly

We have undertaken technical work to understand likely infrastructure and land costs and development trajectories that could be delivered to inform an initial outline business case assessment consistent with the Treasuryrsquos lsquoGreen Bookrsquo This work will continue to develop as our plans mature

Further detail on delivery is contained in Section 4

Key

SWA1 Redline Boundary

Existing Features

Culvert

River

Canal

Crossing Point

Road

Railway Line

Right of Way

Building

Listed Building

Non Designated Heritage Asset

Existing Trees

Proposed Features

Marina

CS Regeneration Route

Road

FootCycle Path

Pedestrian Zone

Avenue Planting

Public Open Space

Key Building

Railway Line

Canal

Proposed Usage

Residential

Mixed use - Community Retail Residential

Mixed Use - Employment Local Skills and crafts

Workshops Studios Residential

Mixed Use - Community Canal related

Residential

Safeguarded School Site

Leisure - Hotel Pub Restaurant

B1 - Office and Light Industry

B2 - General Industry

B8 - Warehousing and Distribution

HS2 Maintenance Depot

26

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Section 3 | Connectivity Summary

The Hub Station at Toton will already be the most connected on the high speed network outside of London and will serve a catchment of over 2 million people Whilst the development adjacent to the Hub Station will be crucial our early work confrmed that much of the wider economic potential of HS2 will be dependent on the extent to which we can connect economic opportunities across the East Midlands into the high speed network In particular the city centres of Derby Leicester and Nottingham East Midlands Airport and sites that exist in the towns and villages surrounding both the Hub Station and Chesterfeld

Our analysis has demonstrated which modes of transport will serve diferent markets most efectively ndash national regional sub-regional and local Based on this we have set out a comprehensive step by step approach to connectivity which will maximise transport choice for future generations as well as tackling congestion issues that exist today

Key to this will be safeguarding the ability to extend public transport accessibility in the scope of the Governmentrsquos Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and planning now for a phased approach to delivery of highway improvements starting in RIS2

Whilst we are confdent that the measures we have identifed can deliver positive outcomes more detailed design work will be required to secure the capital funding necessary for delivery Further work on the design and phasing of key interventions will therefore be undertaken with transport modelling developed in partnership with Midlands Connect the outcome of which will also help to scope the necessary provisions of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

27

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

SCOTLAND

YORK amp NEWCASTLE

LEEDS

EAST MIDLANDS

HUB

SOUTH YORKSHIRE

SHEFFIELD HS2

CHESTERFIELD

CREWE HS2 HUB

BIRMINGHAM

STOKE DERBY

LEICESTER

LOUGHBOROUGH

LONDON EUROPE

BEESTON

NOTTINGHAM LINCOLN

MANSFIELD

WORKSOP

31 National Context HS2 will help to transform the position of our towns and cities within the UK and Midlands making our local economies more competitive

HS2 CURRENT

68 104 NOTTINGHAM TO LONDON

HHS2S2 CU

142 LEICESTER TO NEWCASTLE

HHS2S2 CURRENT

50 77 DERBY TO LEEDS

HHS2S2 CURRENT

73 145 LEICESTER TO LEEDS

HHS2S2 CURRENT

36 73 NOTTINGHAM TO BIRMINGHAM

HS2 CURRENT

71 143 CHESTERFIELD TO LONDON

RRENT

205

28

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Midlands Connect

The Midlands Connect Strategy described how the HS2 stations at Birmingham Curzon Street UK Central and East Midlands will form the lsquohubrsquo of the UKrsquos high speed rail network Together with classic compatible connectivity at Chesterfeld Crewe and Stoke stations this will unlock economic growth across the Midlands - provided we get the local connectivity right

Through Midlands Connect we are taking forward a body of technical work to defne and develop the local strategic connections that will maximise economic growth opportunities Through the wider Midlands Engine initiative we are promoting the transformational benefts of HS2 to national and international investors

For more information about Midlands Connect and the Midlands Engine please visit httpswwwmidlandsconnectuk

HS2 East

Our work through the HS2 East partnership has demonstrated that the Eastern Leg of HS2 between Birmingham to Leeds via the East Midlands Hub Station has the best business case of any part of the proposed network - with a beneft to cost ratio of over 5 to 1

However the economic impact of the Eastern Leg extends further than Leeds The proposed lsquoclassic compatiblersquo link to the East Coast Main Line will enable high speed rail services to serve the North East of England and Scotland ndash linking

six of the UKrsquos top ten cities and 20 of national GVA This will result in lsquoagglomerationrsquo impacts of over pound700 million GVA and some major journey time savings

bull Leeds to Glasgow reduction of 90 minutes

bull Sheffield to Edinburgh reduction of 90 minutes

bull Newcastle to Birmingham reduction of 85 minutes

Together the Eastern Leg of HS2 and an enhanced East Coast Main Line provide the obvious route for reducing journey times from Scotland to London towards the three hour mark ndash the point at which rail becomes competitive with air travel

For further information about HS2 East please visit httpwwwhs2eastcouk

32 Our strategic approach Connecting key centres of population and development opportunities across the East Midlands to the high speed network will be key to realising the wider economic potential that HS2 connectivity brings

Our analysis has demonstrated which modes of transport will serve diferent markets most efectively Only by developing a comprehensive lsquomulti-modalrsquo approach to connectivity can we deliver the transport choice required by future generations and start to tackle some of the congestion issues that exist today

We also acknowledge that not everything can or indeed should happen at once We have therefore set out a phased approach to improving connectivity at least some of which can be delivered before HS2 becomes fully operational

Heavy Rail Pimary Market

Mass Transit Strategy Regional

Bus Connectivity Sub-Regional amp Local

Taxi Connectivity Sub-Regional amp Local

Walking and Cycling Local and Very Local

Park and Ride Sub-Regional amp Local

Highway Sub-Regional amp Local

Our strategic approach to connectivity

33 Rail Rail will be the most efective mode for accessing the Hub Station from surrounding city and town centres It will also link the East Midlands with the major city-regions across the rest of the UK ndash not least by the HS2 network itself

HS2 Services

The latest service specifcation published by HS2 Ltd indicates that the East Midlands Hub Station will be the best connected on the high speed network outside of London with seven HS2 services per hour in both directions

Impressive though this level of connectivity is we believe there is scope for further improvements

29

Through our work on the HS2 East Partnership we believe there is a strong economic case for the Eastern Leg of HS2 and the East Coast Main Line forming the primary route for serving Scotland not least because it would link the fnancial centres of Leeds and Edinburgh and the conurbations of the North East ndash also a key objective of Transport for the North

The scale of growth proposed in Chesterfeld as described in Section Two makes a compelling case for both Shefeld trains stopping at Chesterfeld Station rather than just one per hour

Classic Compatible Services

It is clear that although the Eastern Leg of HS2 will be designed to accommodate up to 18 trains per hour (in line with the rest of the network) the current service pattern only currently envisages nine There is therefore scope to run additional services on at least part of the Eastern Leg Working with both Midlands Connect and Transport for the North we believe there is a business case for two additional lsquoclassic compatiblersquo trains per hour linking Leicester and LeedsManchester which would transform rail connectivity between the East Midlands and the Northern Powerhouse

For this to be deliverable there would need to be a lsquoclassic compatiblersquo connection between HS2 and an electrifed Midland Main Line at or around the Hub Station HS2 Ltd have developed an indicative design for how this could be delivered Although further work will be required we believe we have sufcient economic evidence now for the Secretary of State to make at least lsquopassive provisionrsquo for such a link in the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

Newcastle

Durham

Dalington

York

Leeds

Shefeld Midland

Chesterfeld

Toton

Church Street

Birmingam Interchange

Old Oak Common Euston

bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

Trains from London 6tph

Trains from Birmrsquoham 3tph

Proposed HS2 Service Pattern for the Eastern Leg

NEWCASTLE

YORK

LEEDS

LONDON BIRMINGHAM

29 36

106

19

EAST MIDLANDS

HUB

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Classic Services

In addition to the two lsquoclassic compatiblersquo services working through Midlands Connect we have identifed an additional 11 lsquoclassic servicesrsquo that could serve the Hub Station These would be a mixture of lsquoshuttle servicesrsquo fast and semi-fast services and stopping services In total this would mean the Hub Station would be served by 20 trains per hour in both directions ndash an outstanding level of connectivity

HS2 Hub Station Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS)

The service specifcation for the Hub Station is consistent with the wider Midlands Connect ITSS which supports the Midlands Connect Strategy published in March 2017

The Maid Marian Line

In addition we believe there is the potential to develop a new service linking the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton with Mansfeld Ashfeld via the adaption on an existing freight line known as the Maid Marian Line This direct link would facilitate greater connectivity for residents and businesses to HS2 services supporting economic regeneration in the towns and contributing to the wider Nottinghamshire growth story We are working with Network Rail to understand any implications for the wider Midlands Connect ITSS

Capacity at Trent Junctions

A key constraint to the delivery of the Midlands Connect ITSS is the capacity of Trent Junctions south of Nottingham We understand that HS2 Ltd will need to make some improvements to Trent Junctions to accommodate the HS2 Core proposition - although these on their own will

30

51

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

HS2 Services

London - Leeds Birmingham - Leeds

London - Leeds Birmingham - Newcastle

London - Chesterfeld - Shefeld - Leeds

Birmingham - Leeds London - Shefeld - York

34 Mass Transit Extensions Classic Compatible Services

Shuttle Services

Nottingham - EM Hub Derby - EM Hub

Fast and Semi-fast Services

Leicester - Crewe Crewe - EM Hub

London - Manchester Crewe - EM Hub

Stopping Services

Leicester - Leeds Leicester - Manchester The success of the Nottingham Express Transit (NET) has demonstrated the potential of mass transit to reduce

Leicester - Lincoln Nottingham - Leeds

Leicester - Nottingham Leicester - Derby

Norwich - Liverpool Newark Castle - Matlock

HS2 Hub Station Indicative Train Service Specifcation

not be sufcient to accommodate the Midlands Connect ITSS There is a clear operational case for avoiding multiple engineering works on this congested section of railway infrastructure ndash with a single enhancement scheme being the clearly favoured option Based on our initial work with Network Rail we believe there is a sufcient economic case now for the Secretary of State to make at least lsquopassive provisionrsquo for an enhanced scheme in the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

congestion increase transport choice and connect people to jobs and services It will therefore be a key element of the connectivity strategy for maximising the economic benefts of the HS2 Hub Station Given the technical challenges and the scale of investment required we recognise the importance of taking a phased approach to delivery

Extending NET to the Hub Station

The frst phase would be to extend the tram from the park and ride site at Toton Lane to the Hub Station ndash a distance of around one mile This will connect the Hub Station to key locations such as the Queens Medical Centre the University campus and the Enterprise Zone and complement the heavy rail service to Nottingham City Centre This link will need to be in place when the Hub Station becomes operational to serve the Nottingham Enterprise Zone sites and to establish the principle tram access in the publicrsquos mind

Extending Connectivity over the Hub Station

Our work has highlighted a number of options for extending connectivity to the west of the Hub Station towards Derby and East Midlands Airport which would have signifcant economic benefts These could be delivered by bus rapid transit (BRT) tram-train as well as by NET extensions Further work will be required to determine the optimum routes and modes These options would require a link over the Hub Station (similar to the arrangement at Nottingham Station) which would be costly to retro-ft We have therefore included a public transport overbridge into our proposals for the Hub Station At this stage it is unlikely that this on its own will require provision for further land take in the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill however it may impact on the required Environmental Impact Statement

Options to Derby

There are two main options for connecting Derby The frst would follow the route of the A52 This would be fast ndash but not as fast as the classic rail service from Derby Station It would be direct but serve a limited population catchment The relatively high cost of developing this as a tram route would appear to make it unviable - although it could have potential as a route for a lower cost form of BRT

The second option would run to the south of the A52 and link the Hub Station with Long Eaton and then on to Breaston Borrowash Spondon Pride Park and Derby Station It would be slower but serve a much larger population catchment It would be cheaper to develop as a tram route but could impact on the proposed canal

31

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Red Arrow Skylink

Zoom 15

i4 18

Indigo 510

Y5 Toton Sidings

NET

Options for bus services serving the Hub Station

35

Revised existing route

New Fast Track to EMA via M1

Arnold via QMC City Hospital

Mansfeld via M1 Kirkby Sutton

Alfreton via M1 Heanor Ripley

restoration project It could be developed in phases the frst comprising a NET extension to a park and ride site west of the M1

Options to East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Rail Freight Interchange

There are a number of potential routes to the airport Following the rail corridor south from the Hub Station before heading west is likely to be the quickest and would limit environmental impacts on Long Eaton town centre It also has potential for a tram-train solution should this become a viable technology in the UK The scale of employment growth proposed at East Midlands Gateway the potential for a lsquoFree Trade Zonersquo around the airport as well as the projected growth in air passenger numbers means such a link could have signifcant economic benefts

Bus amp Taxi Bus travel will continue to be the backbone of the local public transport for many people There is already a comprehensive network of bus routes and services across the sub-region which could be developed to serve the Hub Station from a wide range of locations

The key challenge for operators from a commercial perspective will be to ensure that the Hub Station does not become a lsquoterminusrsquo destination Buses (and taxis) must therefore be able to pass through the Hub Station to also serve surrounding communities across the wider sub-region Our proposed confguration of local road links between the Hub Station and Long Eaton Stapleford

32

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Sandiacre and Toton as well as access from the A52 would enable a commercially viable network of bus services to be established

For Chesterfeld a new road link into the south of the station complex for buses and taxis will provide a through route that will integrate the existing station into local public transport networks more efectively

36 Cycling amp Walking Every rail passenger is a pedestrian at the point of boarding a train Making the Hub Station and the immediate surrounding environment pedestrian friendly will make travel by train more attractive and help to drive patronage

It is also important that local people in surrounding communities have safe and attractive routes for walking and cycling ndash not just to the Hub Station but also to and within the proposed Innovation Campus Cycling and walking are likely to become more attractive options to future generations as public attitudes to travel continue to change This trend has been refected in the core design principles we have established that will underpin future development on the Hub Station site

For Chesterfeld we have set out proposals known as lsquoPlatform 4rsquo for enhancing pedestrian and public transport accessibility between the Station and the town centre over the A61 dual carriageway

37 Park amp Ride A well-coordinated and managed park amp ride strategy can help to reduce the impacts of congestion and provide viable transport choices for local communities

There are opportunities to develop park and ride facilities serving the Hub Station in tandem with a phased roll out of an extended mass transit system The existing park amp

Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site

ride site at Toton Lane (1300 spaces) linked to the tram will be retained albeit in modifed form In addition to a multi-storey car park at the Hub Station itself (1300 spaces proposed) there is an opportunity to develop an additional parking facility of a similar size west of M1 Junction 25 linked to a frst phase extension of the tram over the Hub Station

33

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

This would give a third car park option and the ability to manage travel demand to the Hub Station site in a more fexible manner - as well as an ability to reduce pressure on M1 Junction 25

On the Derby side of the A52 there are options for park and ride sites on the east side of Derby as part of a mass transit system linking Pride Park and Derby Station to the City Centre which could ultimately connect to the Hub Station

38 Strategic amp Local Road Access Despite the focus on public transport cycling and walking access by private car will still be important and a 1300 space multi-storey car park is proposed at the Hub Station However this will require a highway solution that must also address a number of existing challenges

Access from the A52 and M1

Access from the strategic road network into the Hub Station Site will be critical Our technical work has suggested that a single access from the A52 into the site for all movements is unlikely to be deliverable Whilst an engineering solution could be developed it would be very expensive environmentally damaging and take up valuable land that could be better used for economic development purposes

As a result a phased approach is proposed comprising the following key moves

1 A new lsquoat gradersquo junction on the A52 east of the Bardills Roundabout linked to a new Toton Lane which would provide access from Nottingham to the east of the Hub Station site and support the early phases of development of the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

2 A new lsquoof setrsquo junction on the A52 to the west of the use of the construction access required by HS2 Ltd M1 which would remove local movements from M1 to build the Hub Station Junction 25 and provide a more direct route under

Our technical work suggests there is scope to deliver key the motorway into Long Eaton

moves 1) and 2) in advance of the Hub Station opening 3 A new lsquograde separatedrsquo junction on the A52 to the The scale of existing problems and likely future trafc

north of the Hub Station to provide access from growth on the A52 corridor suggests that there is already a Derby and the M1 ndash which has the potential to make strong case for Highways England working with Midlands

Provide local road access to StaplefordSandiacre

Relieve congestion at Bardills and Toton Lane

Provide access from A52

Separate local amp strategic movements at J25

Provide for E-W movements

Provide for local road access for Long Eaton

Strategic amp Local Road Access Challenges

34

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Access from A52 and M1

Connect and local partners to make a proposal for major scheme funding in RIS 2 ndash which would also contribute to a comprehensive connectivity strategy for the Hub Station

A direct link to the Hub Station from the north through 3) will be linked to the construction of the station itself by HS2 Ltd and may be able to make use of any temporary construction access required by HS2 Ltd

Stanton Sandiacre

Derby

Stapleford

Long Eaton

Primary HS2

access

New eastern access

Re-modelled Bardills junction

New eastern access link

Toton Lane

Local access link

Local local link

New ofset A52 Junction

New local link

Remodelled M1 Junction 25

link

1a

1b

3 2

M1

A52

HS2

Local access Nottingham

junction

39

Finally there is the potential to establish a Park amp Ride site west of the M1 linked to a tram extension and the proposed lsquoof-setrsquo junction on the A52 This would provide a further car parking option for the Hub Station and help to manage movements through M1 Junction 25

Local Road Access

As described above local road access to the Hub Station from Long Eaton Stapleford Sandiacre and Toton will be important to secure commercially viable bus and coach services and taxis ndash as well as safe cycle routes We have developed a proposal for local access that can be integrated into the design of the Hub Station and which will complement the proposed strategic links Key to this will be the development of a local road link running under the HS2 and classic rail tracks to the south of the Hub Station

Next Steps We are clear that whilst all the individual elements of our connectivity strategy will have positive outcomes the real benefts will only be achieved by taking an integrated approach to scheme development and delivery

We will therefore develop our proposals further through a project joint funded by Midlands Connect East Midlands partners HS2 Ltd and Highways England known as the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan Phase 1 will use transport modelling to optimise the package of interventions and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment Phase 2 will examine connectivity issues over a wider strategic area including the long term future of the M1

Further detail on delivery is contained in Section 4

35

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Local Road Access Diagram

1

2

3

4

5

6

New A52 access Pedestrian NET link Bus Interchange amp Station Car Park

Remodelled Bardills roundabout

7

8

9

10

11

Local link to Long Eaton

New Bardills roundabout Local link to Sandiacre

New Toton Lane NET extension amp option to extend to EMA Derby

HS2 underpass Station Concourse

HS2 overpass

36

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Section 4 | Delivery Summary

We have undertaken a number of technical studies to understand the costs and benefts of various scales and rates of development to inform the development of an initial outlines business case for our proposals consistent with Treasury requirements which is set out in a separate document This work will evolve and become more granular as our growth proposition matures

There is potential for signifcant employment and housing development across the East Midlands Hub and Derbyshire Growth Zones This will make a signifcant contribution to the Governmentrsquos rebalancing agenda and provide an impetus for growth across the wider East Midlands where there is potential to deliver an additional 74000 jobs and pound4 billion of GVA above trend

We have set out the key moves necessary to deliver our proposals for people place and connectivity and highlighted the immediate measures necessary to safeguard future opportunities Detailed proposals are set out in Appendix 1

We are keen to work with Government to develop propositions for powerful locally led development bodies that can deliver our ambitions for the Hub Station and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zones and contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2

37

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

41 Developing an Investible Proposition Realising our vision for growth will require a combination of strong leadership and clear decision making To inform this we have undertaken a comprehensive programme of technical work to inform our thinking and provide the evidence base for this Growth Strategy including

bull Comprehensive non-statutory development frameworks covering the East Midlands Hub and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

bull A number of concept studies to assess the options for key infrastructure moves including relocation of the existing rail depots at Toton strategic highway access and mass transit extensions

bull A Development Infrastructure Funding (DIF) Study to understand the costs and benefts of diferent scales and rates of development and a funding and delivery mechanisms study to identify options for forward funding of key infrastructure and delivery vehicles

This information has been used to construct an initial outline lsquobusiness casersquo document for our proposals consistent with the Treasuryrsquos lsquoGreen Bookrsquo guidance and will provide the basis for an ongoing dialogue with Government and HS2 Ltd This work will evolve and become more granular over time as our growth proposition matures

Some of the major infrastructure investments will be subject to a separate business case through other established Government programmes such as the Roads Investment Strategy (RIS) This still requires a high-level

case to be made through the Growth Strategy as well as efective co-ordination of planning funding and delivery with other Growth Strategy interventions

42 Key Moves The work we have undertaken to date has identifed a series of key moves that will be required to implement the Growth Strategy including a number of immediate actions which will be necessary to safeguard future opportunities Further detail on these and the necessary enabling measures by Government and its delivery bodies is set out in Appendix 1

People

Our immediate priorities can be delivered largely within existing resources with strong local leadership from the LEPs and the East Midlands Chamber of Commerce and comprise

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to business support that will help local SMEs beneft from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities

bull Establishing a lsquorail industry innovation grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2 awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2

Over the longer term we would expect mainstream Government funding for skills and business support activity to be refocussed around our priorities and complement the strategic approach to skills envisaged by the Midlands Engine

Place

For the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone there are a number of planning land assembly remediation and infrastructure issues that will need to be addressed to enable our vision to be delivered in full In the immediate short term it will be vital to ensure that existing planning consent for the Lime Rise development close to the Hub Station can contribute positively to the delivery of our growth vision

In addition there is a need for further work with the relevant organisations on options for relocating the rail siding and depot activity and the electricity sub-station to locations outside of the Hub Station site and on the expansion and relocation of existing school provision to a better location within the site

Elsewhere we are keen to take forward further work with the Ministry of Defence and the Homes and Communities Agency to ensure that the re-development of the Chetwynd Barracks can actively contribute to a lsquonetwork of garden villagesrsquo

In the Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone the key priority in Chesterfeld will be the delivery of proposals to transform pedestrian and public transport connectivity between the rail station and the town For Staveley the early priorities will be to confrm the depot site as a construction base for HS2 and to secure the frst phases of the Chesterfeld and Staveley Regeneration Route including the provision of improved public transport and pedestrian links necessary to deliver the wider Staveley masterplan

38

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Connectivity

Our immediate priority is to safeguard the potential to secure a classic compatible link at the Hub Station and for enhanced capacity at Trent Junctions capable of delivering the Midlands Connect ITSS These will require the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill which is due to be considered by Ministers in the autumn of 2017 to include provision for the necessary land take

The public transport overbridge and local road connections proposed for the Hub Station will impact on the Hybrid Bill and the associated Environmental Impact Statement and will need to be incorporated into the emerging Hub Station design commissioned by HS2 Ltd

We will need to confrm support from Highways England and HS2 Ltd to take forward the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan with Midlands Connect This work will optimise the package of interventions proposed to serve the Hub Station and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment However we believe we have a sufcient case now for Highways England to identify funding in RIS2 to develop a major scheme on the A52M1 J25 that address existing congestion issues and contributes to the wider solution for accessing the Hub Station

43 Proposals for Delivery Bodies The geographic and political context for the area around the Hub Station is complex spanning a number of local planning authorities local transport authorities and local enterprise partnerships Our work to date has highlighted a range of potential delivery and funding mechanisms that would help to enable development in particular options for Tax Increment Financing (TIf ) But these will require a strategic approach to investment over a number of administrative areas to be efective

There is a local appetite to establish a powerful delivery body that could work at a scale to drive forward our growth vision There are a range of options including the potential for the kind of lsquolocally-led development corporationrsquo envisaged by the Neighbourhood Planning Act 2017

We would like to work with Government over the coming months to develop a proposition for a delivery body for the Hub Station Growth Zone that could begin to operate in lsquoshadow formrsquo with initial seed-corn funding from 2018 onwards

For Chesterfeld and Staveley the geography is less complex with the key moves all within the administrative area of Chesterfeld Borough Council Here a local development company solution may be more appropriate which can also contribute to the delivery of the wider Derbyshire growth story

It will be important to ensure that development in both Growth Zones continues to contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2 under the auspices of the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Mitigation

Whilst HS2 has the potential to bring great benefts to the 44 East Midlands the scale of the new infrastructure involved will also result in some negative impacts ndash particularly in the short term Although the line of route has been designed to minimise impact on environmental assets challenges remain in a number of locations in Derbyshire Leicestershire and Nottinghamshire

Similarly where the line passes through urban areas for example Long Eaton some existing businesses will have to re-locate to alternative premises Whilst the Government has put in place a compensation scheme to assist those directly afected councils are keen to ensure the jobs and investment are retained in the local area wherever possible

The East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board has established a lsquomitigation sub-grouprsquo to work with DfT and HS2 Ltd to help develop detailed designs for key structures that will minimise and mitigate the environmental impacts of the line and look to ensure that existing businesses can continue to thrive As work starts on the development of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill it will be important to ensure that councils are able to inform the detail of the Governmentrsquos proposals on both an individual and collective basis

39

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

45 Phasing of Delivery This Growth Strategy demonstrated the scale complexity and interdependencies between programmes involving a range of partner agencies Many of these programmes involve major schemes that take many years to develop and deliver Although HS2 Phase 2b is not due to become fully operational until 2033 the lead in times are such that key decisions on what might be included within the Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environment Statement will actually be taken during the coming months With appropriate funding and collaboration a number of key moves can be implemented in the short term

Although the development may reach maturity in 2043 by the time HS2 opens there will in fact already be a new place (the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo) emerging around the station to welcome the frst passengers For this to be achieved the delivery partners will need to build momentum over the next 12 months and it is recognised this will require dedicated resource and governance

The evidence base underpinning the growth strategy provides a clear indication of the growth potential and promotes a range of key infrastructure concepts and moves However in order to take these forward and in particular promote some of them for possible inclusion in the Hybrid Bill the partners are clear that more detailed studies and analysis will be required and these will need to be developed in tandem with the work being undertaken for the railway

This highlights the need to establish a dedicated team and for further resources to commission and manage the work programme for the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Phases of Delivery

2017-2022 Hybrid bill development business case development (RS2CP6) land strategy and delivery body early phases of development

2022-2027 Early infrastructure development and key moves (eg depot relocation) next phases of development

2027-2033 HS2 Construction amp completiontesting

2033 HS2 becomes fully operational - local economic development builds momentum

2033-43 Development to maturity

46 First Phase Priorities The focus up to 2022 will be on ensuring the provisions of the Phase 2 Hybrid Bill enable our vision for the Hub Station and priorities for local and strategic connectivity to be implemented Delivery of improvements to the A52 at Bardills and Toton Lane will enable the early phases of the Toton Innovation Campus to commence helping to build investor confdence Completion for the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity plan will progress the wider mix of strategic and local interventions to detailed design stage To be successful all this activity will need to be underpinned by the establishment of a properly resourced and empowered local delivery bodyThe early completion of frst stages of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Station Link Road will help to kick start development in the North Derbyshire Growth Zone

40

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

1 High level Ministerial endorsement of the East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy including through

bull Funding the establishment of a lsquoshadow delivery bodyrsquo to start implementing the Growth Strategy locally and to establish a viable mechanism for capturing a proportion of development value necessary for infrastructure delivery and

bull Promotion by Government and its delivery bodies of key development opportunities set out in the Growth Strategy to national and international investors consistent with the Midlands Engine Vision for Growth

2 Support from DCLG for our vision for the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone by

bull Empowering the HCA to establish a strategic land strategy that will facilitate enabling infrastructure and subsequently to bring forward early phases of development and

bull Using other funding including the current Housing Infrastructure Fund (HIF) to help bring forward early phase infrastructure

3 Support from DfT and its delivery bodies for the implementation of early connectivity priorities related to the Hub Station through

bull Ensuring Highways England and HS2 Ltd contribute gap funding towards the East Midlands Gateway Connectivity Plan Phase 1 Study

bull Funding the delivery phases 1ab of the A52 Access Strategy to enable the initial phases of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo to commence before 2022 and

bull Identifying funding in the next Road Investment Strategy (RIS2) to develop a major scheme to address capacity at M1 Junction 25 and access the Hub Station from the A52 (phases 2 amp3 of the A52 Access Strategy) ndash also making the necessary provisions within the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill amp Environmental Statement

4 DfTHS2 Ltd to ensure that the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make provision at and around the Hub Station for

bull Capacity improvements to classic rail connectivity to the south and north of Toton HS2 station including Trent Junctions optimising the integration of classic and High Speed Rail services and including a lsquoclassic compatible linkrsquo to transform connectivity between Leicester and the north of England

bull An integrated station design including moving the station concourse north to better connect with tram and Public Transport Interchange with an integrated deck connecting eastwest over the HS2 track to

better integrate the Toton station into the heart of the new place ndash the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo This would include provision of a second transfer deck to the south of the main concourse to provide improve capacity and interchange between services

bull Fully integrated public transport interchange and walking routes connecting surrounding communities to promote sustainable travel reduce the need for car parking and thereby make best use of land and local assets including the tram as a means of linking Park amp Ride facilities with the station

bull North South connectivity through the site to connect Long Eaton and Stapleford and to enable local communities to access the station by all modes

bull A clear car parking strategy with a decked car park at the station (premium) complemented by NET based Park and Ride

bull Provision for three bridges as follows

- Integrated with concourse deck to create east west route for tram and sustainable transport links between east and west development areas and to Long Eaton airport and Derby

- Multi-modal bridge south of the A52 to enable resilience in the local network connections to the western development area and

41

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

- Pedestrian bridge at mid-point between the above to connect new communities

bull Provision for an underpass under the Network Rail and HS2 lines to the south of the concourse to enable links between Stapleford Long Eaton and the station by various modes and in particular public transport but as a secondary primary access connecting east and west development areas within the Innovation Campus

5 Separately to ensure the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make specifc provision to deliver the NET tram extension from the existing Toton Park amp Ride to the HS2 Station consistent with the provisions set our above

6 DfTHS2 Ltd to designate Staveley as a major construction hubrailhead for the construction of Phase 2b in addition to the establishment of the Infrastructure Maintenance Depot

7 Government to make a contribution towards the delivery of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Chesterfeld Station Link Road to unlock early development and growth in the corridor

8 Further fnancial and technical support from Network Rail HS2 Ltd and HS2 Growth Partnership to work collaboratively on the relocation of the DBS Depot and Network Rail Sidings to enable development growth and transport connections through the Hub Station area

9 DfTHS2 Ltd to amend the HS2 Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS) to ensure that both Shefeld HS2 classic compatible services stop at Chesterfeld

10 Commitment from DfTHS2 Ltd to at least partially open the Hub Station at Toton by 2030 rather than 2033 to generate additional passenger revenue and accelerate the delivery of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

42

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy World Class - Locally Driven

For more information please contact East Midlands Councils Tel 01664 502620 Email infoemcouncilsgovuk

  • Structure Bookmarks
    • Born 1946-1964
    • Born 1964-1980
    • Born 1980-2000
    • Born 2000+
    • The Hub Station and surrounding area
    • Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone
    • Chesterfield Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo
    • Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site
Page 19: East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy - Broxtowe€¦ · 3.7 Park & Ride 3.8 4.3 East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Contents Contents Foreword 3 3.6 Cycling & Walking 33 Executive Summary

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

East Midlands Hub Growth Zone Diagram 22 East Midlands Hub Growth Zone Our Growth Vision

The Growth Zone encompasses the Hub Station site at Toton the former ironworks site at Stanton and Chetwynd Barracks The core area encompasses Broxtowe and Erewash Borough Councils Derbyshire and Nottinghamshire County Councils

Central will be the development of a high quality lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo at the Hub Station in Toton itself with the potential to create up to 10000 new jobs and a range of new housing choices The concept of an lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo follows research undertaken looking at trends in business locations away from city centres and the need for a much more dynamic mix of uses that recognises the changing needs and desires of lsquoGeneration Zrsquo It is also consistent with the long term aspirations of the university sector within the region which has actively contributed to our thinking

Our vision includes the development of a network of mixed use lsquogarden villagesrsquo that will incorporate the very latest innovations in land remediation environmental standards together with advances in sustainable drainage localised energy and public transport Enhanced connectivity by sustainable modes of transport will ensure the development of pedestrian orientated streets and spaces which will be attractive to both local people and investors

The developments will complement the adjacent city centre ofer and help to drive major improvements to existing places such as Long Eaton and Stapleford

HS2

A52 Jct 25

A50

Jct 24

M1

Castle Donington amp EM Gateway Freight Interchange East Midlands Airport

Lougborough

East Midlands Parkway amp Ratclife

Innovation Campus amp Hub Station

Stanton Derby

Prid

e Par

k Ray

nesw

ay

Spon

don

Boots Campus

Beeston

ScienceMedi

Nottingham

A453

P

P

Potential Mass Rapid-Transit

Classic Rail Lines

Garden Village Network

Key Employment Sites

HS2 Line

Chetwynd

i Celanese

Urban Village

Infnity Garden Village

18

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Toton Area (Hub Station) Development Framework

We have worked with councils local partners and the Toton Neighbourhood Planning Forum to develop a long term non-statutory lsquodevelopment frameworkrsquo for the Hub Station Growth Area in Toton to inform the review of local plans and future investment decisions The development framework recognises a series of distinct character areas and sets out development principles for each

Station Hub The core development area is clustered to the east and west of the Hub Station Anchored by key multi modal transport infrastructure (including HS2 and Classic rail facilities NET bus interchange facilities and central car parking facilities) The primary land use in this area will be workspace development set within a high quality urban development context Hotel and residential accommodation may also be appropriate at this central location and the arearsquos public realm will be animated by cafeacutes restaurants and small scale retail outlets serving passengers employees and residents

Toton Area (Hub Station) Development

19

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

The Hub Station and surrounding area

A new public space will be created adjacent to the main station concourse This will provide a high quality east-west pedestrian connection across the HS2 lines and support interchange between a range of transport modes This development area is located on a plateau which is at a signifcantly lower level than the main development site to the east New buildings will typically be taller (up to 6-8 storeys) which will allow the development to act as a marker in the context of the rail corridor without appearing incongruous within the wider development

Toton Innovation Campus This mixed use corridor runs through the heart of the site connecting the HS2 station and areas to the west following the tram corridor towards Toton Lane NET station in the east

This dynamic space will be characterised not only by the diversity of uses but also a green boulevard and sustainable transport corridor and will include a mixture of medium density workspace including apartment based residential development

The lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo is roughly equidistant between the city centres of Nottingham and Derby and is intended to be anchored by a university based research and development centre To the south links to Leicester East Midlands Airport East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange and the Enterprise Zone sites in Loughborough will drive further opportunities

To achieve the scale of development and sense of place envisaged will require major investment in land assembly management and infrastructure Making the right moves now will provide much needed capacity to unlock and absorb growth and provide resilience in a currently stressed local network It will also require higher densities than those currently subject of an extant Outline Planning Consent for the site and this will need careful consideration by Broxtowe Borough Council as the Local Planning Authority

A52 Trackside Corridor A series of larger development sites have been identifed along the A52 and rail corridors towards the north of the site ofering the potential to accommodate larger workplace developments or research institutions This area will ofer the potential to accommodate distinctive gateway buildings acting as markers along both the A52 and HS2 corridors

Waterside Development parcels along the Erewash River Canal corridor are considered an appropriate mix of uses including residential Building heights will step down from around six storeys adjacent to the rail corridor to around three storeys in areas closer to the river canal corridor respecting the domestic scale of buildings to the west The landscaped environment of the river canal corridor will be brought into the area with a series of lsquogreen fngersrsquo leading into the development site This open space will serve a

20

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

variety of functions including recreation food mitigation and ecological habitat The orientation of buildings within this corridor should support this landscape strategy and open up views of the canal river corridor from higher ground to the east of the HS2 line

Parkside Generous green corridors are proposed as a bufer between the planned new development and existing residential communities Lower density areas broadly refecting established residential areas of Toton will front onto these spaces with a typical height of two to

three storeys open landscaped space and site topography ensuring that the amenity of existing local residents are protected New footpaths and cycleways will integrate the site with its surrounding context and enable residents of existing neighbourhoods to access facilities and transport hubs within the new development site It should be noted that new vehicular connections to these neighbourhoods are not proposed

bull Neighbourhood Centres These centres will be located at highly accessible positions within the

The Toton Innovation Campus looking towards the Hub Station

development and will allow the vast majority of the site area to be located within an easy fve minute walking catchment of local facilities

bull HS2 Hub This facility will serve HS2 passengers along with residents and workers based in the lower western section of the site It is envisaged that cafeacutes restaurants and local retail facilities will be integrated within the main station concourse and spill out onto the adjoining public plaza This area also becomes a new cross-roads within a more resilient local road network ofering better connections between SandiacreStapleford and Long Eaton This will further enhance the vitality and vibrancy of the area whilst ensuring surrounding communities can access the services on ofer by a full range of transport choices

bull Toton Innovation Campus Centre Located at the heart of the development a cluster of local retail leisure and hospitality facilities will be clustered in and around a central square Facilities such as a hotel gym business centre and resource centre may also be attracted to this central pedestrian orientated space

bull Community Hub A site to the west of the Toton Lane NET Station has been identifed for the relocation of the George Spencer Academy along with a site for a new primary school a leisure centre and health facility These new community infrastructure buildings will be developed in a green landscape setting with good pedestrian and cycle links to local neighbourhoods and public transport hubs The level of retail development (including

21

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

restaurants cafeacutes) will be controlled to a level which provides for the needs of local residents employees and passengers and avoid competition with existing local centres

The Universities of Derby Nottingham and Nottingham Trent are fully supportive of the HS2 Growth Strategy We have a long history of working together to re-balance economy and believe that this investment has the potential to be transformative

To maximise the value derived from this investment the universities are in a strong position to build on our established partnership for example by working together to shape the proposed lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo located at the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton

The active involvement of the universities at an early stage in defning the proposed lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo means that we can develop an integrated strategy for research teaching and business interaction aligned with HS2 investment

The lsquoworld-classrsquo connectivity aforded by the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton will support the difusion of these opportunities and position the East Midlands as a stronger resilient and more productive economy

bull Green Infrastructure From a place making perspective the HS2 Hub site will be designed to integrate with its surrounding natural environments In total around 16 hectares of open space are proposed within the development site

bull River Canal Corridor The Erewash river and canal corridor runs to the east of the site and provides an area of high amenity value To the north the opportunity exists to enhance the network of footpaths and cycleways leading up to the strategic Stanton Iron Works site and beyond To the south new pedestrian and cycle links will connect the site to the Attenborough Nature Reserve and the Trent Valley This will include opportunities to reinstate new routes beneath the HS2 classic rail line to the south of the station and also to reduce the risk of fooding associated with this section of the river More generally the opportunity to enhance the character of the river and canal corridor would provide further amenity and ecological benefts This may include enhancements to the Sandiacre Locks Conservation Area and measures to introduce more variety diverse habitats and interest to the river lsquochannelrsquo

bull Toton Horseshoe A landscaped corridor is proposed to wrap around the existing Toton residential area This will provide a bufer between planned new development and the local residential areas encompass existing areas of maturing woodland and create a new connection through to the redeveloped Chetwynd Barracks to the east

bull Green Boulevard A new green spine is planned to run through the heart of the new development This route will connect the eastern and western sections of the site via a new pedestrian link across the HS2 corridor and a new plaza at the station entrance The boulevard a wide green space integrating a small existing watercourse will run

through the heart of the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo connecting to the area of protected Green Belt land to the north east

bull Local Amenity Open Space In addition to the strategic green infrastructure highlighted above a network of local amenity spaces will be integrated across the new development These will include both formal and informal recreation areas and play space for the enjoyment of residents employees and visitors alike

Associated lsquoGarden Villagersquo Developments

Chetwynd Barracks The MoD site at Chetwynd will become available for development from 2020 and will be designed and developed as an integral part of the Hub Station Growth area The development will provide a predominantly residential area that will be linked directly to the lsquoCommunity Hubrsquo north of the existing Toton Lane Like the main Hub Station lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo and Community Hub Chetwynd will be subject to the policies of the emerging Broxtowe Local Plan and of Nottinghamshire County Council as the Local HighwayTransport Authority and Local Education Authority

Stanton The Hub Station Growth Zone also includes the former iron works at Stanton where additional employment opportunities will be realised alongside up to 2000 homes which will serve to complement the proposals for the Hub Station and Innovation Campus This site falls within Erewash Borough Council and Derbyshire County Councilrsquos administrative areas This site is subject of a separate Supplementary Planning Document published by Erewash Borough Council and the proposals outlined in the Growth Strategy are consistent with this

22

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Ratclife Power Station Site Within the wider area there may also be further growth opportunities to be explored as part of the HS2 Growth Strategy including Ratclife Power Station Whilst this is not anticipated to be decommissioned before 2025 its location adjacent to the existing East Midlands Parkway station and an existing railhead means that the site has potential to create a transport orientated mixed use development around the station and a possible location for rail related development This site falls within Rushclife Borough Council and Nottinghamshire County Councilrsquos administrative areas

Derby There are already proposals to develop up to 2000 new homes as part of the lsquoInfnity Garden Villagersquo development which spans the boundary between the city of Derby and South Derbyshire District Council In addition there is potential for major mixed use development on the former Courtaulds site at Spondon on the east side of Derby

Leicestershire There are emerging proposals for major housing development in North West Leicestershire linked to employment growth at East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange

23 Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone Our Growth Vision

The Growth Zone is focussed on the Borough of Chesterfeld within the county of Derbyshire and includes the areas around the existing railway station and the proposed Infrastructure Maintenance Depot (IMD) at Staveley east of the town centre also proposed as a construction base for HS2

Our ambitions for Chesterfeld and Staveley are set in the context of a wide growth story for the wider northern Derbyshire area that builds on existing strengths in tourism construction and engineering higher and further education and professional services Key complementary investments include the lsquoPeak Resortrsquo development that

will combine a unique combination of tourism and HEFE education and training

HS2 will bring Chesterfeld within 108 minutes from London and serve a catchment area of over 1 million people Plans for Chesterfeld will transform the relationship between

Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

23

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

the rail station the town centre and major regeneration opportunities and enable the station to become an attractive gateway to the town itself the surrounding Peak District National Park and other key heritage assets - particularly for international visitors Proposals include a scalable housing and commercial investment proposition that will be accelerated to welcome HS2 through investment in enabling infrastructure

The proposed IMD is set within a wider masterplan for the Staveley corridor that will deliver signifcant levels of housing and job growth and provide a focus for the local rail engineering sector including the development of a rail industry lsquocentre of excellencersquo linked to the High Speed Rail College In the shorter term there is an ambition for the Staveley site to be used for a base for the construction of the majority of Phase 2b of HS2

Construction of early phases of the Chesterfeld amp Staveley Regeneration Route will enable key brownfeld regeneration sites to be developed and wider benefts to the A61 Corridor and the extended Markham Vale Enterprise Zone

Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

Underpinning the vision will be a strong focus on inclusive growth linked to our wider skills and supply chain strategy making sure that local communities and local businesses can beneft from the investment that HS2 will bring

Chesterfeld amp Staveley Development Framework

We will enable this growth in the number and quality of jobs by re-shaping and transforming our places through infrastructure-led development Those places will be allowed to fourish and cater for our changing communities as well as providing for new communities and retaining those such as graduates who will have much wider lifestyle choices as a result

Chesterfeld Station

Chesterfeld Station will have an enhanced role as both a destination and a gateway to surrounding localities Over 1 million people already live within 30 minutes of the station HS2 will bring Birmingham and Leeds within 50 minutes We will bring forward development and infrastructure in tandem to provide a high quality experience for those using the

Platform 4

Chesterfeld Station

Chesterfeld Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo

24

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

station lsquoPlatform 4rsquo will provide a modern and attractive route across the A61 with well-designed public realm that will bring the station into the town centre as well as allowing far greater accessibility to public transport Unused and under-used land around the station will be developed and linked to the adjacent Waterside development to provide a mixed-use lsquourban villagersquo ft for future generations to live work and play

Remodelled links between Chesterfeld Station and the town

The infrastructure provided to improve access to the station for HS2 services will also allow us to accelerate our ambition for the wider town centre By taking trafc out of the historic core of the town we can enhance the visitor experience and bring forward new opportunities for residential development with a wide and fexible mix of tenures This will ensure far greater vibrancy within the town which will expand to include the station area and support the wider ambitions for growth in our key sectors

Staveley

The proposed Infrastructure Maintenance Depot (IMD) at Staveley provides a signifcant opportunity to bring forward a much wider strategic development on this 150 hectare brownfeld site Through investing in infrastructure in particular local road access we can open up not just the depot site but a whole new sustainable community of around 1500 homes and many hundreds of new jobs

By phasing the development we will also be able to ofer a well located construction base for HS2 bringing investment and jobs to the area well in advance of the maintenance depot Over the longer term we believe there is the potential to develop the area around the Infrastructure

The wider Chesterfeld Station Area Masterplan wide

Residential building

OfficeCommercial building

Officeresidential building

Hotel building

Station building

MSCP building

Green Space

Public realm

Potential development areas subject to consultation with existing land owners

Retained Listed station building

Ground foor community facility land use

Potential pedestriancycle link to the east

Maintenance Depot as a rail industry lsquocentre of excellencersquo linked to the High Speed Rail College and the NewRail centre at Barrow Hill Roundhouse

Strategic outline masterplan for the Staveley Corridor

Characterising development at all these sites will be an approach to place-making for the future This is led by consideration of how our communities of the future will want to live and work rather than being based on historic development models

We will use the investment in infrastructure to develop places and homes that anticipate our changing population putting in place fexible models in order to meet future demand This will include providing a far better choice for older people with homes that meet current and future care needs We will make the most of the expanding higher education ofer to enable quality student accommodation and develop places in which our graduates want to stay live earn and spend

25

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Strategic outline masterplan for the Staveley corridor 24 Next Steps Our proposals for the Hub Station and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zones are long term and ambitious Whilst the proposed development will lead to an uplift in land values and economic and social benefts it will also require investment in local and strategic infrastructure and land remediation and assembly

We have undertaken technical work to understand likely infrastructure and land costs and development trajectories that could be delivered to inform an initial outline business case assessment consistent with the Treasuryrsquos lsquoGreen Bookrsquo This work will continue to develop as our plans mature

Further detail on delivery is contained in Section 4

Key

SWA1 Redline Boundary

Existing Features

Culvert

River

Canal

Crossing Point

Road

Railway Line

Right of Way

Building

Listed Building

Non Designated Heritage Asset

Existing Trees

Proposed Features

Marina

CS Regeneration Route

Road

FootCycle Path

Pedestrian Zone

Avenue Planting

Public Open Space

Key Building

Railway Line

Canal

Proposed Usage

Residential

Mixed use - Community Retail Residential

Mixed Use - Employment Local Skills and crafts

Workshops Studios Residential

Mixed Use - Community Canal related

Residential

Safeguarded School Site

Leisure - Hotel Pub Restaurant

B1 - Office and Light Industry

B2 - General Industry

B8 - Warehousing and Distribution

HS2 Maintenance Depot

26

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Section 3 | Connectivity Summary

The Hub Station at Toton will already be the most connected on the high speed network outside of London and will serve a catchment of over 2 million people Whilst the development adjacent to the Hub Station will be crucial our early work confrmed that much of the wider economic potential of HS2 will be dependent on the extent to which we can connect economic opportunities across the East Midlands into the high speed network In particular the city centres of Derby Leicester and Nottingham East Midlands Airport and sites that exist in the towns and villages surrounding both the Hub Station and Chesterfeld

Our analysis has demonstrated which modes of transport will serve diferent markets most efectively ndash national regional sub-regional and local Based on this we have set out a comprehensive step by step approach to connectivity which will maximise transport choice for future generations as well as tackling congestion issues that exist today

Key to this will be safeguarding the ability to extend public transport accessibility in the scope of the Governmentrsquos Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and planning now for a phased approach to delivery of highway improvements starting in RIS2

Whilst we are confdent that the measures we have identifed can deliver positive outcomes more detailed design work will be required to secure the capital funding necessary for delivery Further work on the design and phasing of key interventions will therefore be undertaken with transport modelling developed in partnership with Midlands Connect the outcome of which will also help to scope the necessary provisions of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

27

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

SCOTLAND

YORK amp NEWCASTLE

LEEDS

EAST MIDLANDS

HUB

SOUTH YORKSHIRE

SHEFFIELD HS2

CHESTERFIELD

CREWE HS2 HUB

BIRMINGHAM

STOKE DERBY

LEICESTER

LOUGHBOROUGH

LONDON EUROPE

BEESTON

NOTTINGHAM LINCOLN

MANSFIELD

WORKSOP

31 National Context HS2 will help to transform the position of our towns and cities within the UK and Midlands making our local economies more competitive

HS2 CURRENT

68 104 NOTTINGHAM TO LONDON

HHS2S2 CU

142 LEICESTER TO NEWCASTLE

HHS2S2 CURRENT

50 77 DERBY TO LEEDS

HHS2S2 CURRENT

73 145 LEICESTER TO LEEDS

HHS2S2 CURRENT

36 73 NOTTINGHAM TO BIRMINGHAM

HS2 CURRENT

71 143 CHESTERFIELD TO LONDON

RRENT

205

28

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Midlands Connect

The Midlands Connect Strategy described how the HS2 stations at Birmingham Curzon Street UK Central and East Midlands will form the lsquohubrsquo of the UKrsquos high speed rail network Together with classic compatible connectivity at Chesterfeld Crewe and Stoke stations this will unlock economic growth across the Midlands - provided we get the local connectivity right

Through Midlands Connect we are taking forward a body of technical work to defne and develop the local strategic connections that will maximise economic growth opportunities Through the wider Midlands Engine initiative we are promoting the transformational benefts of HS2 to national and international investors

For more information about Midlands Connect and the Midlands Engine please visit httpswwwmidlandsconnectuk

HS2 East

Our work through the HS2 East partnership has demonstrated that the Eastern Leg of HS2 between Birmingham to Leeds via the East Midlands Hub Station has the best business case of any part of the proposed network - with a beneft to cost ratio of over 5 to 1

However the economic impact of the Eastern Leg extends further than Leeds The proposed lsquoclassic compatiblersquo link to the East Coast Main Line will enable high speed rail services to serve the North East of England and Scotland ndash linking

six of the UKrsquos top ten cities and 20 of national GVA This will result in lsquoagglomerationrsquo impacts of over pound700 million GVA and some major journey time savings

bull Leeds to Glasgow reduction of 90 minutes

bull Sheffield to Edinburgh reduction of 90 minutes

bull Newcastle to Birmingham reduction of 85 minutes

Together the Eastern Leg of HS2 and an enhanced East Coast Main Line provide the obvious route for reducing journey times from Scotland to London towards the three hour mark ndash the point at which rail becomes competitive with air travel

For further information about HS2 East please visit httpwwwhs2eastcouk

32 Our strategic approach Connecting key centres of population and development opportunities across the East Midlands to the high speed network will be key to realising the wider economic potential that HS2 connectivity brings

Our analysis has demonstrated which modes of transport will serve diferent markets most efectively Only by developing a comprehensive lsquomulti-modalrsquo approach to connectivity can we deliver the transport choice required by future generations and start to tackle some of the congestion issues that exist today

We also acknowledge that not everything can or indeed should happen at once We have therefore set out a phased approach to improving connectivity at least some of which can be delivered before HS2 becomes fully operational

Heavy Rail Pimary Market

Mass Transit Strategy Regional

Bus Connectivity Sub-Regional amp Local

Taxi Connectivity Sub-Regional amp Local

Walking and Cycling Local and Very Local

Park and Ride Sub-Regional amp Local

Highway Sub-Regional amp Local

Our strategic approach to connectivity

33 Rail Rail will be the most efective mode for accessing the Hub Station from surrounding city and town centres It will also link the East Midlands with the major city-regions across the rest of the UK ndash not least by the HS2 network itself

HS2 Services

The latest service specifcation published by HS2 Ltd indicates that the East Midlands Hub Station will be the best connected on the high speed network outside of London with seven HS2 services per hour in both directions

Impressive though this level of connectivity is we believe there is scope for further improvements

29

Through our work on the HS2 East Partnership we believe there is a strong economic case for the Eastern Leg of HS2 and the East Coast Main Line forming the primary route for serving Scotland not least because it would link the fnancial centres of Leeds and Edinburgh and the conurbations of the North East ndash also a key objective of Transport for the North

The scale of growth proposed in Chesterfeld as described in Section Two makes a compelling case for both Shefeld trains stopping at Chesterfeld Station rather than just one per hour

Classic Compatible Services

It is clear that although the Eastern Leg of HS2 will be designed to accommodate up to 18 trains per hour (in line with the rest of the network) the current service pattern only currently envisages nine There is therefore scope to run additional services on at least part of the Eastern Leg Working with both Midlands Connect and Transport for the North we believe there is a business case for two additional lsquoclassic compatiblersquo trains per hour linking Leicester and LeedsManchester which would transform rail connectivity between the East Midlands and the Northern Powerhouse

For this to be deliverable there would need to be a lsquoclassic compatiblersquo connection between HS2 and an electrifed Midland Main Line at or around the Hub Station HS2 Ltd have developed an indicative design for how this could be delivered Although further work will be required we believe we have sufcient economic evidence now for the Secretary of State to make at least lsquopassive provisionrsquo for such a link in the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

Newcastle

Durham

Dalington

York

Leeds

Shefeld Midland

Chesterfeld

Toton

Church Street

Birmingam Interchange

Old Oak Common Euston

bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

Trains from London 6tph

Trains from Birmrsquoham 3tph

Proposed HS2 Service Pattern for the Eastern Leg

NEWCASTLE

YORK

LEEDS

LONDON BIRMINGHAM

29 36

106

19

EAST MIDLANDS

HUB

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Classic Services

In addition to the two lsquoclassic compatiblersquo services working through Midlands Connect we have identifed an additional 11 lsquoclassic servicesrsquo that could serve the Hub Station These would be a mixture of lsquoshuttle servicesrsquo fast and semi-fast services and stopping services In total this would mean the Hub Station would be served by 20 trains per hour in both directions ndash an outstanding level of connectivity

HS2 Hub Station Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS)

The service specifcation for the Hub Station is consistent with the wider Midlands Connect ITSS which supports the Midlands Connect Strategy published in March 2017

The Maid Marian Line

In addition we believe there is the potential to develop a new service linking the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton with Mansfeld Ashfeld via the adaption on an existing freight line known as the Maid Marian Line This direct link would facilitate greater connectivity for residents and businesses to HS2 services supporting economic regeneration in the towns and contributing to the wider Nottinghamshire growth story We are working with Network Rail to understand any implications for the wider Midlands Connect ITSS

Capacity at Trent Junctions

A key constraint to the delivery of the Midlands Connect ITSS is the capacity of Trent Junctions south of Nottingham We understand that HS2 Ltd will need to make some improvements to Trent Junctions to accommodate the HS2 Core proposition - although these on their own will

30

51

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

HS2 Services

London - Leeds Birmingham - Leeds

London - Leeds Birmingham - Newcastle

London - Chesterfeld - Shefeld - Leeds

Birmingham - Leeds London - Shefeld - York

34 Mass Transit Extensions Classic Compatible Services

Shuttle Services

Nottingham - EM Hub Derby - EM Hub

Fast and Semi-fast Services

Leicester - Crewe Crewe - EM Hub

London - Manchester Crewe - EM Hub

Stopping Services

Leicester - Leeds Leicester - Manchester The success of the Nottingham Express Transit (NET) has demonstrated the potential of mass transit to reduce

Leicester - Lincoln Nottingham - Leeds

Leicester - Nottingham Leicester - Derby

Norwich - Liverpool Newark Castle - Matlock

HS2 Hub Station Indicative Train Service Specifcation

not be sufcient to accommodate the Midlands Connect ITSS There is a clear operational case for avoiding multiple engineering works on this congested section of railway infrastructure ndash with a single enhancement scheme being the clearly favoured option Based on our initial work with Network Rail we believe there is a sufcient economic case now for the Secretary of State to make at least lsquopassive provisionrsquo for an enhanced scheme in the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

congestion increase transport choice and connect people to jobs and services It will therefore be a key element of the connectivity strategy for maximising the economic benefts of the HS2 Hub Station Given the technical challenges and the scale of investment required we recognise the importance of taking a phased approach to delivery

Extending NET to the Hub Station

The frst phase would be to extend the tram from the park and ride site at Toton Lane to the Hub Station ndash a distance of around one mile This will connect the Hub Station to key locations such as the Queens Medical Centre the University campus and the Enterprise Zone and complement the heavy rail service to Nottingham City Centre This link will need to be in place when the Hub Station becomes operational to serve the Nottingham Enterprise Zone sites and to establish the principle tram access in the publicrsquos mind

Extending Connectivity over the Hub Station

Our work has highlighted a number of options for extending connectivity to the west of the Hub Station towards Derby and East Midlands Airport which would have signifcant economic benefts These could be delivered by bus rapid transit (BRT) tram-train as well as by NET extensions Further work will be required to determine the optimum routes and modes These options would require a link over the Hub Station (similar to the arrangement at Nottingham Station) which would be costly to retro-ft We have therefore included a public transport overbridge into our proposals for the Hub Station At this stage it is unlikely that this on its own will require provision for further land take in the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill however it may impact on the required Environmental Impact Statement

Options to Derby

There are two main options for connecting Derby The frst would follow the route of the A52 This would be fast ndash but not as fast as the classic rail service from Derby Station It would be direct but serve a limited population catchment The relatively high cost of developing this as a tram route would appear to make it unviable - although it could have potential as a route for a lower cost form of BRT

The second option would run to the south of the A52 and link the Hub Station with Long Eaton and then on to Breaston Borrowash Spondon Pride Park and Derby Station It would be slower but serve a much larger population catchment It would be cheaper to develop as a tram route but could impact on the proposed canal

31

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Red Arrow Skylink

Zoom 15

i4 18

Indigo 510

Y5 Toton Sidings

NET

Options for bus services serving the Hub Station

35

Revised existing route

New Fast Track to EMA via M1

Arnold via QMC City Hospital

Mansfeld via M1 Kirkby Sutton

Alfreton via M1 Heanor Ripley

restoration project It could be developed in phases the frst comprising a NET extension to a park and ride site west of the M1

Options to East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Rail Freight Interchange

There are a number of potential routes to the airport Following the rail corridor south from the Hub Station before heading west is likely to be the quickest and would limit environmental impacts on Long Eaton town centre It also has potential for a tram-train solution should this become a viable technology in the UK The scale of employment growth proposed at East Midlands Gateway the potential for a lsquoFree Trade Zonersquo around the airport as well as the projected growth in air passenger numbers means such a link could have signifcant economic benefts

Bus amp Taxi Bus travel will continue to be the backbone of the local public transport for many people There is already a comprehensive network of bus routes and services across the sub-region which could be developed to serve the Hub Station from a wide range of locations

The key challenge for operators from a commercial perspective will be to ensure that the Hub Station does not become a lsquoterminusrsquo destination Buses (and taxis) must therefore be able to pass through the Hub Station to also serve surrounding communities across the wider sub-region Our proposed confguration of local road links between the Hub Station and Long Eaton Stapleford

32

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Sandiacre and Toton as well as access from the A52 would enable a commercially viable network of bus services to be established

For Chesterfeld a new road link into the south of the station complex for buses and taxis will provide a through route that will integrate the existing station into local public transport networks more efectively

36 Cycling amp Walking Every rail passenger is a pedestrian at the point of boarding a train Making the Hub Station and the immediate surrounding environment pedestrian friendly will make travel by train more attractive and help to drive patronage

It is also important that local people in surrounding communities have safe and attractive routes for walking and cycling ndash not just to the Hub Station but also to and within the proposed Innovation Campus Cycling and walking are likely to become more attractive options to future generations as public attitudes to travel continue to change This trend has been refected in the core design principles we have established that will underpin future development on the Hub Station site

For Chesterfeld we have set out proposals known as lsquoPlatform 4rsquo for enhancing pedestrian and public transport accessibility between the Station and the town centre over the A61 dual carriageway

37 Park amp Ride A well-coordinated and managed park amp ride strategy can help to reduce the impacts of congestion and provide viable transport choices for local communities

There are opportunities to develop park and ride facilities serving the Hub Station in tandem with a phased roll out of an extended mass transit system The existing park amp

Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site

ride site at Toton Lane (1300 spaces) linked to the tram will be retained albeit in modifed form In addition to a multi-storey car park at the Hub Station itself (1300 spaces proposed) there is an opportunity to develop an additional parking facility of a similar size west of M1 Junction 25 linked to a frst phase extension of the tram over the Hub Station

33

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

This would give a third car park option and the ability to manage travel demand to the Hub Station site in a more fexible manner - as well as an ability to reduce pressure on M1 Junction 25

On the Derby side of the A52 there are options for park and ride sites on the east side of Derby as part of a mass transit system linking Pride Park and Derby Station to the City Centre which could ultimately connect to the Hub Station

38 Strategic amp Local Road Access Despite the focus on public transport cycling and walking access by private car will still be important and a 1300 space multi-storey car park is proposed at the Hub Station However this will require a highway solution that must also address a number of existing challenges

Access from the A52 and M1

Access from the strategic road network into the Hub Station Site will be critical Our technical work has suggested that a single access from the A52 into the site for all movements is unlikely to be deliverable Whilst an engineering solution could be developed it would be very expensive environmentally damaging and take up valuable land that could be better used for economic development purposes

As a result a phased approach is proposed comprising the following key moves

1 A new lsquoat gradersquo junction on the A52 east of the Bardills Roundabout linked to a new Toton Lane which would provide access from Nottingham to the east of the Hub Station site and support the early phases of development of the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

2 A new lsquoof setrsquo junction on the A52 to the west of the use of the construction access required by HS2 Ltd M1 which would remove local movements from M1 to build the Hub Station Junction 25 and provide a more direct route under

Our technical work suggests there is scope to deliver key the motorway into Long Eaton

moves 1) and 2) in advance of the Hub Station opening 3 A new lsquograde separatedrsquo junction on the A52 to the The scale of existing problems and likely future trafc

north of the Hub Station to provide access from growth on the A52 corridor suggests that there is already a Derby and the M1 ndash which has the potential to make strong case for Highways England working with Midlands

Provide local road access to StaplefordSandiacre

Relieve congestion at Bardills and Toton Lane

Provide access from A52

Separate local amp strategic movements at J25

Provide for E-W movements

Provide for local road access for Long Eaton

Strategic amp Local Road Access Challenges

34

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Access from A52 and M1

Connect and local partners to make a proposal for major scheme funding in RIS 2 ndash which would also contribute to a comprehensive connectivity strategy for the Hub Station

A direct link to the Hub Station from the north through 3) will be linked to the construction of the station itself by HS2 Ltd and may be able to make use of any temporary construction access required by HS2 Ltd

Stanton Sandiacre

Derby

Stapleford

Long Eaton

Primary HS2

access

New eastern access

Re-modelled Bardills junction

New eastern access link

Toton Lane

Local access link

Local local link

New ofset A52 Junction

New local link

Remodelled M1 Junction 25

link

1a

1b

3 2

M1

A52

HS2

Local access Nottingham

junction

39

Finally there is the potential to establish a Park amp Ride site west of the M1 linked to a tram extension and the proposed lsquoof-setrsquo junction on the A52 This would provide a further car parking option for the Hub Station and help to manage movements through M1 Junction 25

Local Road Access

As described above local road access to the Hub Station from Long Eaton Stapleford Sandiacre and Toton will be important to secure commercially viable bus and coach services and taxis ndash as well as safe cycle routes We have developed a proposal for local access that can be integrated into the design of the Hub Station and which will complement the proposed strategic links Key to this will be the development of a local road link running under the HS2 and classic rail tracks to the south of the Hub Station

Next Steps We are clear that whilst all the individual elements of our connectivity strategy will have positive outcomes the real benefts will only be achieved by taking an integrated approach to scheme development and delivery

We will therefore develop our proposals further through a project joint funded by Midlands Connect East Midlands partners HS2 Ltd and Highways England known as the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan Phase 1 will use transport modelling to optimise the package of interventions and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment Phase 2 will examine connectivity issues over a wider strategic area including the long term future of the M1

Further detail on delivery is contained in Section 4

35

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Local Road Access Diagram

1

2

3

4

5

6

New A52 access Pedestrian NET link Bus Interchange amp Station Car Park

Remodelled Bardills roundabout

7

8

9

10

11

Local link to Long Eaton

New Bardills roundabout Local link to Sandiacre

New Toton Lane NET extension amp option to extend to EMA Derby

HS2 underpass Station Concourse

HS2 overpass

36

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Section 4 | Delivery Summary

We have undertaken a number of technical studies to understand the costs and benefts of various scales and rates of development to inform the development of an initial outlines business case for our proposals consistent with Treasury requirements which is set out in a separate document This work will evolve and become more granular as our growth proposition matures

There is potential for signifcant employment and housing development across the East Midlands Hub and Derbyshire Growth Zones This will make a signifcant contribution to the Governmentrsquos rebalancing agenda and provide an impetus for growth across the wider East Midlands where there is potential to deliver an additional 74000 jobs and pound4 billion of GVA above trend

We have set out the key moves necessary to deliver our proposals for people place and connectivity and highlighted the immediate measures necessary to safeguard future opportunities Detailed proposals are set out in Appendix 1

We are keen to work with Government to develop propositions for powerful locally led development bodies that can deliver our ambitions for the Hub Station and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zones and contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2

37

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

41 Developing an Investible Proposition Realising our vision for growth will require a combination of strong leadership and clear decision making To inform this we have undertaken a comprehensive programme of technical work to inform our thinking and provide the evidence base for this Growth Strategy including

bull Comprehensive non-statutory development frameworks covering the East Midlands Hub and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

bull A number of concept studies to assess the options for key infrastructure moves including relocation of the existing rail depots at Toton strategic highway access and mass transit extensions

bull A Development Infrastructure Funding (DIF) Study to understand the costs and benefts of diferent scales and rates of development and a funding and delivery mechanisms study to identify options for forward funding of key infrastructure and delivery vehicles

This information has been used to construct an initial outline lsquobusiness casersquo document for our proposals consistent with the Treasuryrsquos lsquoGreen Bookrsquo guidance and will provide the basis for an ongoing dialogue with Government and HS2 Ltd This work will evolve and become more granular over time as our growth proposition matures

Some of the major infrastructure investments will be subject to a separate business case through other established Government programmes such as the Roads Investment Strategy (RIS) This still requires a high-level

case to be made through the Growth Strategy as well as efective co-ordination of planning funding and delivery with other Growth Strategy interventions

42 Key Moves The work we have undertaken to date has identifed a series of key moves that will be required to implement the Growth Strategy including a number of immediate actions which will be necessary to safeguard future opportunities Further detail on these and the necessary enabling measures by Government and its delivery bodies is set out in Appendix 1

People

Our immediate priorities can be delivered largely within existing resources with strong local leadership from the LEPs and the East Midlands Chamber of Commerce and comprise

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to business support that will help local SMEs beneft from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities

bull Establishing a lsquorail industry innovation grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2 awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2

Over the longer term we would expect mainstream Government funding for skills and business support activity to be refocussed around our priorities and complement the strategic approach to skills envisaged by the Midlands Engine

Place

For the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone there are a number of planning land assembly remediation and infrastructure issues that will need to be addressed to enable our vision to be delivered in full In the immediate short term it will be vital to ensure that existing planning consent for the Lime Rise development close to the Hub Station can contribute positively to the delivery of our growth vision

In addition there is a need for further work with the relevant organisations on options for relocating the rail siding and depot activity and the electricity sub-station to locations outside of the Hub Station site and on the expansion and relocation of existing school provision to a better location within the site

Elsewhere we are keen to take forward further work with the Ministry of Defence and the Homes and Communities Agency to ensure that the re-development of the Chetwynd Barracks can actively contribute to a lsquonetwork of garden villagesrsquo

In the Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone the key priority in Chesterfeld will be the delivery of proposals to transform pedestrian and public transport connectivity between the rail station and the town For Staveley the early priorities will be to confrm the depot site as a construction base for HS2 and to secure the frst phases of the Chesterfeld and Staveley Regeneration Route including the provision of improved public transport and pedestrian links necessary to deliver the wider Staveley masterplan

38

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Connectivity

Our immediate priority is to safeguard the potential to secure a classic compatible link at the Hub Station and for enhanced capacity at Trent Junctions capable of delivering the Midlands Connect ITSS These will require the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill which is due to be considered by Ministers in the autumn of 2017 to include provision for the necessary land take

The public transport overbridge and local road connections proposed for the Hub Station will impact on the Hybrid Bill and the associated Environmental Impact Statement and will need to be incorporated into the emerging Hub Station design commissioned by HS2 Ltd

We will need to confrm support from Highways England and HS2 Ltd to take forward the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan with Midlands Connect This work will optimise the package of interventions proposed to serve the Hub Station and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment However we believe we have a sufcient case now for Highways England to identify funding in RIS2 to develop a major scheme on the A52M1 J25 that address existing congestion issues and contributes to the wider solution for accessing the Hub Station

43 Proposals for Delivery Bodies The geographic and political context for the area around the Hub Station is complex spanning a number of local planning authorities local transport authorities and local enterprise partnerships Our work to date has highlighted a range of potential delivery and funding mechanisms that would help to enable development in particular options for Tax Increment Financing (TIf ) But these will require a strategic approach to investment over a number of administrative areas to be efective

There is a local appetite to establish a powerful delivery body that could work at a scale to drive forward our growth vision There are a range of options including the potential for the kind of lsquolocally-led development corporationrsquo envisaged by the Neighbourhood Planning Act 2017

We would like to work with Government over the coming months to develop a proposition for a delivery body for the Hub Station Growth Zone that could begin to operate in lsquoshadow formrsquo with initial seed-corn funding from 2018 onwards

For Chesterfeld and Staveley the geography is less complex with the key moves all within the administrative area of Chesterfeld Borough Council Here a local development company solution may be more appropriate which can also contribute to the delivery of the wider Derbyshire growth story

It will be important to ensure that development in both Growth Zones continues to contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2 under the auspices of the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Mitigation

Whilst HS2 has the potential to bring great benefts to the 44 East Midlands the scale of the new infrastructure involved will also result in some negative impacts ndash particularly in the short term Although the line of route has been designed to minimise impact on environmental assets challenges remain in a number of locations in Derbyshire Leicestershire and Nottinghamshire

Similarly where the line passes through urban areas for example Long Eaton some existing businesses will have to re-locate to alternative premises Whilst the Government has put in place a compensation scheme to assist those directly afected councils are keen to ensure the jobs and investment are retained in the local area wherever possible

The East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board has established a lsquomitigation sub-grouprsquo to work with DfT and HS2 Ltd to help develop detailed designs for key structures that will minimise and mitigate the environmental impacts of the line and look to ensure that existing businesses can continue to thrive As work starts on the development of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill it will be important to ensure that councils are able to inform the detail of the Governmentrsquos proposals on both an individual and collective basis

39

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

45 Phasing of Delivery This Growth Strategy demonstrated the scale complexity and interdependencies between programmes involving a range of partner agencies Many of these programmes involve major schemes that take many years to develop and deliver Although HS2 Phase 2b is not due to become fully operational until 2033 the lead in times are such that key decisions on what might be included within the Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environment Statement will actually be taken during the coming months With appropriate funding and collaboration a number of key moves can be implemented in the short term

Although the development may reach maturity in 2043 by the time HS2 opens there will in fact already be a new place (the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo) emerging around the station to welcome the frst passengers For this to be achieved the delivery partners will need to build momentum over the next 12 months and it is recognised this will require dedicated resource and governance

The evidence base underpinning the growth strategy provides a clear indication of the growth potential and promotes a range of key infrastructure concepts and moves However in order to take these forward and in particular promote some of them for possible inclusion in the Hybrid Bill the partners are clear that more detailed studies and analysis will be required and these will need to be developed in tandem with the work being undertaken for the railway

This highlights the need to establish a dedicated team and for further resources to commission and manage the work programme for the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Phases of Delivery

2017-2022 Hybrid bill development business case development (RS2CP6) land strategy and delivery body early phases of development

2022-2027 Early infrastructure development and key moves (eg depot relocation) next phases of development

2027-2033 HS2 Construction amp completiontesting

2033 HS2 becomes fully operational - local economic development builds momentum

2033-43 Development to maturity

46 First Phase Priorities The focus up to 2022 will be on ensuring the provisions of the Phase 2 Hybrid Bill enable our vision for the Hub Station and priorities for local and strategic connectivity to be implemented Delivery of improvements to the A52 at Bardills and Toton Lane will enable the early phases of the Toton Innovation Campus to commence helping to build investor confdence Completion for the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity plan will progress the wider mix of strategic and local interventions to detailed design stage To be successful all this activity will need to be underpinned by the establishment of a properly resourced and empowered local delivery bodyThe early completion of frst stages of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Station Link Road will help to kick start development in the North Derbyshire Growth Zone

40

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

1 High level Ministerial endorsement of the East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy including through

bull Funding the establishment of a lsquoshadow delivery bodyrsquo to start implementing the Growth Strategy locally and to establish a viable mechanism for capturing a proportion of development value necessary for infrastructure delivery and

bull Promotion by Government and its delivery bodies of key development opportunities set out in the Growth Strategy to national and international investors consistent with the Midlands Engine Vision for Growth

2 Support from DCLG for our vision for the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone by

bull Empowering the HCA to establish a strategic land strategy that will facilitate enabling infrastructure and subsequently to bring forward early phases of development and

bull Using other funding including the current Housing Infrastructure Fund (HIF) to help bring forward early phase infrastructure

3 Support from DfT and its delivery bodies for the implementation of early connectivity priorities related to the Hub Station through

bull Ensuring Highways England and HS2 Ltd contribute gap funding towards the East Midlands Gateway Connectivity Plan Phase 1 Study

bull Funding the delivery phases 1ab of the A52 Access Strategy to enable the initial phases of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo to commence before 2022 and

bull Identifying funding in the next Road Investment Strategy (RIS2) to develop a major scheme to address capacity at M1 Junction 25 and access the Hub Station from the A52 (phases 2 amp3 of the A52 Access Strategy) ndash also making the necessary provisions within the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill amp Environmental Statement

4 DfTHS2 Ltd to ensure that the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make provision at and around the Hub Station for

bull Capacity improvements to classic rail connectivity to the south and north of Toton HS2 station including Trent Junctions optimising the integration of classic and High Speed Rail services and including a lsquoclassic compatible linkrsquo to transform connectivity between Leicester and the north of England

bull An integrated station design including moving the station concourse north to better connect with tram and Public Transport Interchange with an integrated deck connecting eastwest over the HS2 track to

better integrate the Toton station into the heart of the new place ndash the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo This would include provision of a second transfer deck to the south of the main concourse to provide improve capacity and interchange between services

bull Fully integrated public transport interchange and walking routes connecting surrounding communities to promote sustainable travel reduce the need for car parking and thereby make best use of land and local assets including the tram as a means of linking Park amp Ride facilities with the station

bull North South connectivity through the site to connect Long Eaton and Stapleford and to enable local communities to access the station by all modes

bull A clear car parking strategy with a decked car park at the station (premium) complemented by NET based Park and Ride

bull Provision for three bridges as follows

- Integrated with concourse deck to create east west route for tram and sustainable transport links between east and west development areas and to Long Eaton airport and Derby

- Multi-modal bridge south of the A52 to enable resilience in the local network connections to the western development area and

41

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

- Pedestrian bridge at mid-point between the above to connect new communities

bull Provision for an underpass under the Network Rail and HS2 lines to the south of the concourse to enable links between Stapleford Long Eaton and the station by various modes and in particular public transport but as a secondary primary access connecting east and west development areas within the Innovation Campus

5 Separately to ensure the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make specifc provision to deliver the NET tram extension from the existing Toton Park amp Ride to the HS2 Station consistent with the provisions set our above

6 DfTHS2 Ltd to designate Staveley as a major construction hubrailhead for the construction of Phase 2b in addition to the establishment of the Infrastructure Maintenance Depot

7 Government to make a contribution towards the delivery of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Chesterfeld Station Link Road to unlock early development and growth in the corridor

8 Further fnancial and technical support from Network Rail HS2 Ltd and HS2 Growth Partnership to work collaboratively on the relocation of the DBS Depot and Network Rail Sidings to enable development growth and transport connections through the Hub Station area

9 DfTHS2 Ltd to amend the HS2 Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS) to ensure that both Shefeld HS2 classic compatible services stop at Chesterfeld

10 Commitment from DfTHS2 Ltd to at least partially open the Hub Station at Toton by 2030 rather than 2033 to generate additional passenger revenue and accelerate the delivery of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

42

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy World Class - Locally Driven

For more information please contact East Midlands Councils Tel 01664 502620 Email infoemcouncilsgovuk

  • Structure Bookmarks
    • Born 1946-1964
    • Born 1964-1980
    • Born 1980-2000
    • Born 2000+
    • The Hub Station and surrounding area
    • Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone
    • Chesterfield Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo
    • Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site
Page 20: East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy - Broxtowe€¦ · 3.7 Park & Ride 3.8 4.3 East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Contents Contents Foreword 3 3.6 Cycling & Walking 33 Executive Summary

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Toton Area (Hub Station) Development Framework

We have worked with councils local partners and the Toton Neighbourhood Planning Forum to develop a long term non-statutory lsquodevelopment frameworkrsquo for the Hub Station Growth Area in Toton to inform the review of local plans and future investment decisions The development framework recognises a series of distinct character areas and sets out development principles for each

Station Hub The core development area is clustered to the east and west of the Hub Station Anchored by key multi modal transport infrastructure (including HS2 and Classic rail facilities NET bus interchange facilities and central car parking facilities) The primary land use in this area will be workspace development set within a high quality urban development context Hotel and residential accommodation may also be appropriate at this central location and the arearsquos public realm will be animated by cafeacutes restaurants and small scale retail outlets serving passengers employees and residents

Toton Area (Hub Station) Development

19

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

The Hub Station and surrounding area

A new public space will be created adjacent to the main station concourse This will provide a high quality east-west pedestrian connection across the HS2 lines and support interchange between a range of transport modes This development area is located on a plateau which is at a signifcantly lower level than the main development site to the east New buildings will typically be taller (up to 6-8 storeys) which will allow the development to act as a marker in the context of the rail corridor without appearing incongruous within the wider development

Toton Innovation Campus This mixed use corridor runs through the heart of the site connecting the HS2 station and areas to the west following the tram corridor towards Toton Lane NET station in the east

This dynamic space will be characterised not only by the diversity of uses but also a green boulevard and sustainable transport corridor and will include a mixture of medium density workspace including apartment based residential development

The lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo is roughly equidistant between the city centres of Nottingham and Derby and is intended to be anchored by a university based research and development centre To the south links to Leicester East Midlands Airport East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange and the Enterprise Zone sites in Loughborough will drive further opportunities

To achieve the scale of development and sense of place envisaged will require major investment in land assembly management and infrastructure Making the right moves now will provide much needed capacity to unlock and absorb growth and provide resilience in a currently stressed local network It will also require higher densities than those currently subject of an extant Outline Planning Consent for the site and this will need careful consideration by Broxtowe Borough Council as the Local Planning Authority

A52 Trackside Corridor A series of larger development sites have been identifed along the A52 and rail corridors towards the north of the site ofering the potential to accommodate larger workplace developments or research institutions This area will ofer the potential to accommodate distinctive gateway buildings acting as markers along both the A52 and HS2 corridors

Waterside Development parcels along the Erewash River Canal corridor are considered an appropriate mix of uses including residential Building heights will step down from around six storeys adjacent to the rail corridor to around three storeys in areas closer to the river canal corridor respecting the domestic scale of buildings to the west The landscaped environment of the river canal corridor will be brought into the area with a series of lsquogreen fngersrsquo leading into the development site This open space will serve a

20

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

variety of functions including recreation food mitigation and ecological habitat The orientation of buildings within this corridor should support this landscape strategy and open up views of the canal river corridor from higher ground to the east of the HS2 line

Parkside Generous green corridors are proposed as a bufer between the planned new development and existing residential communities Lower density areas broadly refecting established residential areas of Toton will front onto these spaces with a typical height of two to

three storeys open landscaped space and site topography ensuring that the amenity of existing local residents are protected New footpaths and cycleways will integrate the site with its surrounding context and enable residents of existing neighbourhoods to access facilities and transport hubs within the new development site It should be noted that new vehicular connections to these neighbourhoods are not proposed

bull Neighbourhood Centres These centres will be located at highly accessible positions within the

The Toton Innovation Campus looking towards the Hub Station

development and will allow the vast majority of the site area to be located within an easy fve minute walking catchment of local facilities

bull HS2 Hub This facility will serve HS2 passengers along with residents and workers based in the lower western section of the site It is envisaged that cafeacutes restaurants and local retail facilities will be integrated within the main station concourse and spill out onto the adjoining public plaza This area also becomes a new cross-roads within a more resilient local road network ofering better connections between SandiacreStapleford and Long Eaton This will further enhance the vitality and vibrancy of the area whilst ensuring surrounding communities can access the services on ofer by a full range of transport choices

bull Toton Innovation Campus Centre Located at the heart of the development a cluster of local retail leisure and hospitality facilities will be clustered in and around a central square Facilities such as a hotel gym business centre and resource centre may also be attracted to this central pedestrian orientated space

bull Community Hub A site to the west of the Toton Lane NET Station has been identifed for the relocation of the George Spencer Academy along with a site for a new primary school a leisure centre and health facility These new community infrastructure buildings will be developed in a green landscape setting with good pedestrian and cycle links to local neighbourhoods and public transport hubs The level of retail development (including

21

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

restaurants cafeacutes) will be controlled to a level which provides for the needs of local residents employees and passengers and avoid competition with existing local centres

The Universities of Derby Nottingham and Nottingham Trent are fully supportive of the HS2 Growth Strategy We have a long history of working together to re-balance economy and believe that this investment has the potential to be transformative

To maximise the value derived from this investment the universities are in a strong position to build on our established partnership for example by working together to shape the proposed lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo located at the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton

The active involvement of the universities at an early stage in defning the proposed lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo means that we can develop an integrated strategy for research teaching and business interaction aligned with HS2 investment

The lsquoworld-classrsquo connectivity aforded by the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton will support the difusion of these opportunities and position the East Midlands as a stronger resilient and more productive economy

bull Green Infrastructure From a place making perspective the HS2 Hub site will be designed to integrate with its surrounding natural environments In total around 16 hectares of open space are proposed within the development site

bull River Canal Corridor The Erewash river and canal corridor runs to the east of the site and provides an area of high amenity value To the north the opportunity exists to enhance the network of footpaths and cycleways leading up to the strategic Stanton Iron Works site and beyond To the south new pedestrian and cycle links will connect the site to the Attenborough Nature Reserve and the Trent Valley This will include opportunities to reinstate new routes beneath the HS2 classic rail line to the south of the station and also to reduce the risk of fooding associated with this section of the river More generally the opportunity to enhance the character of the river and canal corridor would provide further amenity and ecological benefts This may include enhancements to the Sandiacre Locks Conservation Area and measures to introduce more variety diverse habitats and interest to the river lsquochannelrsquo

bull Toton Horseshoe A landscaped corridor is proposed to wrap around the existing Toton residential area This will provide a bufer between planned new development and the local residential areas encompass existing areas of maturing woodland and create a new connection through to the redeveloped Chetwynd Barracks to the east

bull Green Boulevard A new green spine is planned to run through the heart of the new development This route will connect the eastern and western sections of the site via a new pedestrian link across the HS2 corridor and a new plaza at the station entrance The boulevard a wide green space integrating a small existing watercourse will run

through the heart of the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo connecting to the area of protected Green Belt land to the north east

bull Local Amenity Open Space In addition to the strategic green infrastructure highlighted above a network of local amenity spaces will be integrated across the new development These will include both formal and informal recreation areas and play space for the enjoyment of residents employees and visitors alike

Associated lsquoGarden Villagersquo Developments

Chetwynd Barracks The MoD site at Chetwynd will become available for development from 2020 and will be designed and developed as an integral part of the Hub Station Growth area The development will provide a predominantly residential area that will be linked directly to the lsquoCommunity Hubrsquo north of the existing Toton Lane Like the main Hub Station lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo and Community Hub Chetwynd will be subject to the policies of the emerging Broxtowe Local Plan and of Nottinghamshire County Council as the Local HighwayTransport Authority and Local Education Authority

Stanton The Hub Station Growth Zone also includes the former iron works at Stanton where additional employment opportunities will be realised alongside up to 2000 homes which will serve to complement the proposals for the Hub Station and Innovation Campus This site falls within Erewash Borough Council and Derbyshire County Councilrsquos administrative areas This site is subject of a separate Supplementary Planning Document published by Erewash Borough Council and the proposals outlined in the Growth Strategy are consistent with this

22

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Ratclife Power Station Site Within the wider area there may also be further growth opportunities to be explored as part of the HS2 Growth Strategy including Ratclife Power Station Whilst this is not anticipated to be decommissioned before 2025 its location adjacent to the existing East Midlands Parkway station and an existing railhead means that the site has potential to create a transport orientated mixed use development around the station and a possible location for rail related development This site falls within Rushclife Borough Council and Nottinghamshire County Councilrsquos administrative areas

Derby There are already proposals to develop up to 2000 new homes as part of the lsquoInfnity Garden Villagersquo development which spans the boundary between the city of Derby and South Derbyshire District Council In addition there is potential for major mixed use development on the former Courtaulds site at Spondon on the east side of Derby

Leicestershire There are emerging proposals for major housing development in North West Leicestershire linked to employment growth at East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange

23 Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone Our Growth Vision

The Growth Zone is focussed on the Borough of Chesterfeld within the county of Derbyshire and includes the areas around the existing railway station and the proposed Infrastructure Maintenance Depot (IMD) at Staveley east of the town centre also proposed as a construction base for HS2

Our ambitions for Chesterfeld and Staveley are set in the context of a wide growth story for the wider northern Derbyshire area that builds on existing strengths in tourism construction and engineering higher and further education and professional services Key complementary investments include the lsquoPeak Resortrsquo development that

will combine a unique combination of tourism and HEFE education and training

HS2 will bring Chesterfeld within 108 minutes from London and serve a catchment area of over 1 million people Plans for Chesterfeld will transform the relationship between

Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

23

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

the rail station the town centre and major regeneration opportunities and enable the station to become an attractive gateway to the town itself the surrounding Peak District National Park and other key heritage assets - particularly for international visitors Proposals include a scalable housing and commercial investment proposition that will be accelerated to welcome HS2 through investment in enabling infrastructure

The proposed IMD is set within a wider masterplan for the Staveley corridor that will deliver signifcant levels of housing and job growth and provide a focus for the local rail engineering sector including the development of a rail industry lsquocentre of excellencersquo linked to the High Speed Rail College In the shorter term there is an ambition for the Staveley site to be used for a base for the construction of the majority of Phase 2b of HS2

Construction of early phases of the Chesterfeld amp Staveley Regeneration Route will enable key brownfeld regeneration sites to be developed and wider benefts to the A61 Corridor and the extended Markham Vale Enterprise Zone

Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

Underpinning the vision will be a strong focus on inclusive growth linked to our wider skills and supply chain strategy making sure that local communities and local businesses can beneft from the investment that HS2 will bring

Chesterfeld amp Staveley Development Framework

We will enable this growth in the number and quality of jobs by re-shaping and transforming our places through infrastructure-led development Those places will be allowed to fourish and cater for our changing communities as well as providing for new communities and retaining those such as graduates who will have much wider lifestyle choices as a result

Chesterfeld Station

Chesterfeld Station will have an enhanced role as both a destination and a gateway to surrounding localities Over 1 million people already live within 30 minutes of the station HS2 will bring Birmingham and Leeds within 50 minutes We will bring forward development and infrastructure in tandem to provide a high quality experience for those using the

Platform 4

Chesterfeld Station

Chesterfeld Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo

24

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

station lsquoPlatform 4rsquo will provide a modern and attractive route across the A61 with well-designed public realm that will bring the station into the town centre as well as allowing far greater accessibility to public transport Unused and under-used land around the station will be developed and linked to the adjacent Waterside development to provide a mixed-use lsquourban villagersquo ft for future generations to live work and play

Remodelled links between Chesterfeld Station and the town

The infrastructure provided to improve access to the station for HS2 services will also allow us to accelerate our ambition for the wider town centre By taking trafc out of the historic core of the town we can enhance the visitor experience and bring forward new opportunities for residential development with a wide and fexible mix of tenures This will ensure far greater vibrancy within the town which will expand to include the station area and support the wider ambitions for growth in our key sectors

Staveley

The proposed Infrastructure Maintenance Depot (IMD) at Staveley provides a signifcant opportunity to bring forward a much wider strategic development on this 150 hectare brownfeld site Through investing in infrastructure in particular local road access we can open up not just the depot site but a whole new sustainable community of around 1500 homes and many hundreds of new jobs

By phasing the development we will also be able to ofer a well located construction base for HS2 bringing investment and jobs to the area well in advance of the maintenance depot Over the longer term we believe there is the potential to develop the area around the Infrastructure

The wider Chesterfeld Station Area Masterplan wide

Residential building

OfficeCommercial building

Officeresidential building

Hotel building

Station building

MSCP building

Green Space

Public realm

Potential development areas subject to consultation with existing land owners

Retained Listed station building

Ground foor community facility land use

Potential pedestriancycle link to the east

Maintenance Depot as a rail industry lsquocentre of excellencersquo linked to the High Speed Rail College and the NewRail centre at Barrow Hill Roundhouse

Strategic outline masterplan for the Staveley Corridor

Characterising development at all these sites will be an approach to place-making for the future This is led by consideration of how our communities of the future will want to live and work rather than being based on historic development models

We will use the investment in infrastructure to develop places and homes that anticipate our changing population putting in place fexible models in order to meet future demand This will include providing a far better choice for older people with homes that meet current and future care needs We will make the most of the expanding higher education ofer to enable quality student accommodation and develop places in which our graduates want to stay live earn and spend

25

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Strategic outline masterplan for the Staveley corridor 24 Next Steps Our proposals for the Hub Station and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zones are long term and ambitious Whilst the proposed development will lead to an uplift in land values and economic and social benefts it will also require investment in local and strategic infrastructure and land remediation and assembly

We have undertaken technical work to understand likely infrastructure and land costs and development trajectories that could be delivered to inform an initial outline business case assessment consistent with the Treasuryrsquos lsquoGreen Bookrsquo This work will continue to develop as our plans mature

Further detail on delivery is contained in Section 4

Key

SWA1 Redline Boundary

Existing Features

Culvert

River

Canal

Crossing Point

Road

Railway Line

Right of Way

Building

Listed Building

Non Designated Heritage Asset

Existing Trees

Proposed Features

Marina

CS Regeneration Route

Road

FootCycle Path

Pedestrian Zone

Avenue Planting

Public Open Space

Key Building

Railway Line

Canal

Proposed Usage

Residential

Mixed use - Community Retail Residential

Mixed Use - Employment Local Skills and crafts

Workshops Studios Residential

Mixed Use - Community Canal related

Residential

Safeguarded School Site

Leisure - Hotel Pub Restaurant

B1 - Office and Light Industry

B2 - General Industry

B8 - Warehousing and Distribution

HS2 Maintenance Depot

26

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Section 3 | Connectivity Summary

The Hub Station at Toton will already be the most connected on the high speed network outside of London and will serve a catchment of over 2 million people Whilst the development adjacent to the Hub Station will be crucial our early work confrmed that much of the wider economic potential of HS2 will be dependent on the extent to which we can connect economic opportunities across the East Midlands into the high speed network In particular the city centres of Derby Leicester and Nottingham East Midlands Airport and sites that exist in the towns and villages surrounding both the Hub Station and Chesterfeld

Our analysis has demonstrated which modes of transport will serve diferent markets most efectively ndash national regional sub-regional and local Based on this we have set out a comprehensive step by step approach to connectivity which will maximise transport choice for future generations as well as tackling congestion issues that exist today

Key to this will be safeguarding the ability to extend public transport accessibility in the scope of the Governmentrsquos Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and planning now for a phased approach to delivery of highway improvements starting in RIS2

Whilst we are confdent that the measures we have identifed can deliver positive outcomes more detailed design work will be required to secure the capital funding necessary for delivery Further work on the design and phasing of key interventions will therefore be undertaken with transport modelling developed in partnership with Midlands Connect the outcome of which will also help to scope the necessary provisions of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

27

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

SCOTLAND

YORK amp NEWCASTLE

LEEDS

EAST MIDLANDS

HUB

SOUTH YORKSHIRE

SHEFFIELD HS2

CHESTERFIELD

CREWE HS2 HUB

BIRMINGHAM

STOKE DERBY

LEICESTER

LOUGHBOROUGH

LONDON EUROPE

BEESTON

NOTTINGHAM LINCOLN

MANSFIELD

WORKSOP

31 National Context HS2 will help to transform the position of our towns and cities within the UK and Midlands making our local economies more competitive

HS2 CURRENT

68 104 NOTTINGHAM TO LONDON

HHS2S2 CU

142 LEICESTER TO NEWCASTLE

HHS2S2 CURRENT

50 77 DERBY TO LEEDS

HHS2S2 CURRENT

73 145 LEICESTER TO LEEDS

HHS2S2 CURRENT

36 73 NOTTINGHAM TO BIRMINGHAM

HS2 CURRENT

71 143 CHESTERFIELD TO LONDON

RRENT

205

28

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Midlands Connect

The Midlands Connect Strategy described how the HS2 stations at Birmingham Curzon Street UK Central and East Midlands will form the lsquohubrsquo of the UKrsquos high speed rail network Together with classic compatible connectivity at Chesterfeld Crewe and Stoke stations this will unlock economic growth across the Midlands - provided we get the local connectivity right

Through Midlands Connect we are taking forward a body of technical work to defne and develop the local strategic connections that will maximise economic growth opportunities Through the wider Midlands Engine initiative we are promoting the transformational benefts of HS2 to national and international investors

For more information about Midlands Connect and the Midlands Engine please visit httpswwwmidlandsconnectuk

HS2 East

Our work through the HS2 East partnership has demonstrated that the Eastern Leg of HS2 between Birmingham to Leeds via the East Midlands Hub Station has the best business case of any part of the proposed network - with a beneft to cost ratio of over 5 to 1

However the economic impact of the Eastern Leg extends further than Leeds The proposed lsquoclassic compatiblersquo link to the East Coast Main Line will enable high speed rail services to serve the North East of England and Scotland ndash linking

six of the UKrsquos top ten cities and 20 of national GVA This will result in lsquoagglomerationrsquo impacts of over pound700 million GVA and some major journey time savings

bull Leeds to Glasgow reduction of 90 minutes

bull Sheffield to Edinburgh reduction of 90 minutes

bull Newcastle to Birmingham reduction of 85 minutes

Together the Eastern Leg of HS2 and an enhanced East Coast Main Line provide the obvious route for reducing journey times from Scotland to London towards the three hour mark ndash the point at which rail becomes competitive with air travel

For further information about HS2 East please visit httpwwwhs2eastcouk

32 Our strategic approach Connecting key centres of population and development opportunities across the East Midlands to the high speed network will be key to realising the wider economic potential that HS2 connectivity brings

Our analysis has demonstrated which modes of transport will serve diferent markets most efectively Only by developing a comprehensive lsquomulti-modalrsquo approach to connectivity can we deliver the transport choice required by future generations and start to tackle some of the congestion issues that exist today

We also acknowledge that not everything can or indeed should happen at once We have therefore set out a phased approach to improving connectivity at least some of which can be delivered before HS2 becomes fully operational

Heavy Rail Pimary Market

Mass Transit Strategy Regional

Bus Connectivity Sub-Regional amp Local

Taxi Connectivity Sub-Regional amp Local

Walking and Cycling Local and Very Local

Park and Ride Sub-Regional amp Local

Highway Sub-Regional amp Local

Our strategic approach to connectivity

33 Rail Rail will be the most efective mode for accessing the Hub Station from surrounding city and town centres It will also link the East Midlands with the major city-regions across the rest of the UK ndash not least by the HS2 network itself

HS2 Services

The latest service specifcation published by HS2 Ltd indicates that the East Midlands Hub Station will be the best connected on the high speed network outside of London with seven HS2 services per hour in both directions

Impressive though this level of connectivity is we believe there is scope for further improvements

29

Through our work on the HS2 East Partnership we believe there is a strong economic case for the Eastern Leg of HS2 and the East Coast Main Line forming the primary route for serving Scotland not least because it would link the fnancial centres of Leeds and Edinburgh and the conurbations of the North East ndash also a key objective of Transport for the North

The scale of growth proposed in Chesterfeld as described in Section Two makes a compelling case for both Shefeld trains stopping at Chesterfeld Station rather than just one per hour

Classic Compatible Services

It is clear that although the Eastern Leg of HS2 will be designed to accommodate up to 18 trains per hour (in line with the rest of the network) the current service pattern only currently envisages nine There is therefore scope to run additional services on at least part of the Eastern Leg Working with both Midlands Connect and Transport for the North we believe there is a business case for two additional lsquoclassic compatiblersquo trains per hour linking Leicester and LeedsManchester which would transform rail connectivity between the East Midlands and the Northern Powerhouse

For this to be deliverable there would need to be a lsquoclassic compatiblersquo connection between HS2 and an electrifed Midland Main Line at or around the Hub Station HS2 Ltd have developed an indicative design for how this could be delivered Although further work will be required we believe we have sufcient economic evidence now for the Secretary of State to make at least lsquopassive provisionrsquo for such a link in the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

Newcastle

Durham

Dalington

York

Leeds

Shefeld Midland

Chesterfeld

Toton

Church Street

Birmingam Interchange

Old Oak Common Euston

bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

Trains from London 6tph

Trains from Birmrsquoham 3tph

Proposed HS2 Service Pattern for the Eastern Leg

NEWCASTLE

YORK

LEEDS

LONDON BIRMINGHAM

29 36

106

19

EAST MIDLANDS

HUB

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Classic Services

In addition to the two lsquoclassic compatiblersquo services working through Midlands Connect we have identifed an additional 11 lsquoclassic servicesrsquo that could serve the Hub Station These would be a mixture of lsquoshuttle servicesrsquo fast and semi-fast services and stopping services In total this would mean the Hub Station would be served by 20 trains per hour in both directions ndash an outstanding level of connectivity

HS2 Hub Station Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS)

The service specifcation for the Hub Station is consistent with the wider Midlands Connect ITSS which supports the Midlands Connect Strategy published in March 2017

The Maid Marian Line

In addition we believe there is the potential to develop a new service linking the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton with Mansfeld Ashfeld via the adaption on an existing freight line known as the Maid Marian Line This direct link would facilitate greater connectivity for residents and businesses to HS2 services supporting economic regeneration in the towns and contributing to the wider Nottinghamshire growth story We are working with Network Rail to understand any implications for the wider Midlands Connect ITSS

Capacity at Trent Junctions

A key constraint to the delivery of the Midlands Connect ITSS is the capacity of Trent Junctions south of Nottingham We understand that HS2 Ltd will need to make some improvements to Trent Junctions to accommodate the HS2 Core proposition - although these on their own will

30

51

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

HS2 Services

London - Leeds Birmingham - Leeds

London - Leeds Birmingham - Newcastle

London - Chesterfeld - Shefeld - Leeds

Birmingham - Leeds London - Shefeld - York

34 Mass Transit Extensions Classic Compatible Services

Shuttle Services

Nottingham - EM Hub Derby - EM Hub

Fast and Semi-fast Services

Leicester - Crewe Crewe - EM Hub

London - Manchester Crewe - EM Hub

Stopping Services

Leicester - Leeds Leicester - Manchester The success of the Nottingham Express Transit (NET) has demonstrated the potential of mass transit to reduce

Leicester - Lincoln Nottingham - Leeds

Leicester - Nottingham Leicester - Derby

Norwich - Liverpool Newark Castle - Matlock

HS2 Hub Station Indicative Train Service Specifcation

not be sufcient to accommodate the Midlands Connect ITSS There is a clear operational case for avoiding multiple engineering works on this congested section of railway infrastructure ndash with a single enhancement scheme being the clearly favoured option Based on our initial work with Network Rail we believe there is a sufcient economic case now for the Secretary of State to make at least lsquopassive provisionrsquo for an enhanced scheme in the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

congestion increase transport choice and connect people to jobs and services It will therefore be a key element of the connectivity strategy for maximising the economic benefts of the HS2 Hub Station Given the technical challenges and the scale of investment required we recognise the importance of taking a phased approach to delivery

Extending NET to the Hub Station

The frst phase would be to extend the tram from the park and ride site at Toton Lane to the Hub Station ndash a distance of around one mile This will connect the Hub Station to key locations such as the Queens Medical Centre the University campus and the Enterprise Zone and complement the heavy rail service to Nottingham City Centre This link will need to be in place when the Hub Station becomes operational to serve the Nottingham Enterprise Zone sites and to establish the principle tram access in the publicrsquos mind

Extending Connectivity over the Hub Station

Our work has highlighted a number of options for extending connectivity to the west of the Hub Station towards Derby and East Midlands Airport which would have signifcant economic benefts These could be delivered by bus rapid transit (BRT) tram-train as well as by NET extensions Further work will be required to determine the optimum routes and modes These options would require a link over the Hub Station (similar to the arrangement at Nottingham Station) which would be costly to retro-ft We have therefore included a public transport overbridge into our proposals for the Hub Station At this stage it is unlikely that this on its own will require provision for further land take in the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill however it may impact on the required Environmental Impact Statement

Options to Derby

There are two main options for connecting Derby The frst would follow the route of the A52 This would be fast ndash but not as fast as the classic rail service from Derby Station It would be direct but serve a limited population catchment The relatively high cost of developing this as a tram route would appear to make it unviable - although it could have potential as a route for a lower cost form of BRT

The second option would run to the south of the A52 and link the Hub Station with Long Eaton and then on to Breaston Borrowash Spondon Pride Park and Derby Station It would be slower but serve a much larger population catchment It would be cheaper to develop as a tram route but could impact on the proposed canal

31

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Red Arrow Skylink

Zoom 15

i4 18

Indigo 510

Y5 Toton Sidings

NET

Options for bus services serving the Hub Station

35

Revised existing route

New Fast Track to EMA via M1

Arnold via QMC City Hospital

Mansfeld via M1 Kirkby Sutton

Alfreton via M1 Heanor Ripley

restoration project It could be developed in phases the frst comprising a NET extension to a park and ride site west of the M1

Options to East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Rail Freight Interchange

There are a number of potential routes to the airport Following the rail corridor south from the Hub Station before heading west is likely to be the quickest and would limit environmental impacts on Long Eaton town centre It also has potential for a tram-train solution should this become a viable technology in the UK The scale of employment growth proposed at East Midlands Gateway the potential for a lsquoFree Trade Zonersquo around the airport as well as the projected growth in air passenger numbers means such a link could have signifcant economic benefts

Bus amp Taxi Bus travel will continue to be the backbone of the local public transport for many people There is already a comprehensive network of bus routes and services across the sub-region which could be developed to serve the Hub Station from a wide range of locations

The key challenge for operators from a commercial perspective will be to ensure that the Hub Station does not become a lsquoterminusrsquo destination Buses (and taxis) must therefore be able to pass through the Hub Station to also serve surrounding communities across the wider sub-region Our proposed confguration of local road links between the Hub Station and Long Eaton Stapleford

32

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Sandiacre and Toton as well as access from the A52 would enable a commercially viable network of bus services to be established

For Chesterfeld a new road link into the south of the station complex for buses and taxis will provide a through route that will integrate the existing station into local public transport networks more efectively

36 Cycling amp Walking Every rail passenger is a pedestrian at the point of boarding a train Making the Hub Station and the immediate surrounding environment pedestrian friendly will make travel by train more attractive and help to drive patronage

It is also important that local people in surrounding communities have safe and attractive routes for walking and cycling ndash not just to the Hub Station but also to and within the proposed Innovation Campus Cycling and walking are likely to become more attractive options to future generations as public attitudes to travel continue to change This trend has been refected in the core design principles we have established that will underpin future development on the Hub Station site

For Chesterfeld we have set out proposals known as lsquoPlatform 4rsquo for enhancing pedestrian and public transport accessibility between the Station and the town centre over the A61 dual carriageway

37 Park amp Ride A well-coordinated and managed park amp ride strategy can help to reduce the impacts of congestion and provide viable transport choices for local communities

There are opportunities to develop park and ride facilities serving the Hub Station in tandem with a phased roll out of an extended mass transit system The existing park amp

Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site

ride site at Toton Lane (1300 spaces) linked to the tram will be retained albeit in modifed form In addition to a multi-storey car park at the Hub Station itself (1300 spaces proposed) there is an opportunity to develop an additional parking facility of a similar size west of M1 Junction 25 linked to a frst phase extension of the tram over the Hub Station

33

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

This would give a third car park option and the ability to manage travel demand to the Hub Station site in a more fexible manner - as well as an ability to reduce pressure on M1 Junction 25

On the Derby side of the A52 there are options for park and ride sites on the east side of Derby as part of a mass transit system linking Pride Park and Derby Station to the City Centre which could ultimately connect to the Hub Station

38 Strategic amp Local Road Access Despite the focus on public transport cycling and walking access by private car will still be important and a 1300 space multi-storey car park is proposed at the Hub Station However this will require a highway solution that must also address a number of existing challenges

Access from the A52 and M1

Access from the strategic road network into the Hub Station Site will be critical Our technical work has suggested that a single access from the A52 into the site for all movements is unlikely to be deliverable Whilst an engineering solution could be developed it would be very expensive environmentally damaging and take up valuable land that could be better used for economic development purposes

As a result a phased approach is proposed comprising the following key moves

1 A new lsquoat gradersquo junction on the A52 east of the Bardills Roundabout linked to a new Toton Lane which would provide access from Nottingham to the east of the Hub Station site and support the early phases of development of the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

2 A new lsquoof setrsquo junction on the A52 to the west of the use of the construction access required by HS2 Ltd M1 which would remove local movements from M1 to build the Hub Station Junction 25 and provide a more direct route under

Our technical work suggests there is scope to deliver key the motorway into Long Eaton

moves 1) and 2) in advance of the Hub Station opening 3 A new lsquograde separatedrsquo junction on the A52 to the The scale of existing problems and likely future trafc

north of the Hub Station to provide access from growth on the A52 corridor suggests that there is already a Derby and the M1 ndash which has the potential to make strong case for Highways England working with Midlands

Provide local road access to StaplefordSandiacre

Relieve congestion at Bardills and Toton Lane

Provide access from A52

Separate local amp strategic movements at J25

Provide for E-W movements

Provide for local road access for Long Eaton

Strategic amp Local Road Access Challenges

34

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Access from A52 and M1

Connect and local partners to make a proposal for major scheme funding in RIS 2 ndash which would also contribute to a comprehensive connectivity strategy for the Hub Station

A direct link to the Hub Station from the north through 3) will be linked to the construction of the station itself by HS2 Ltd and may be able to make use of any temporary construction access required by HS2 Ltd

Stanton Sandiacre

Derby

Stapleford

Long Eaton

Primary HS2

access

New eastern access

Re-modelled Bardills junction

New eastern access link

Toton Lane

Local access link

Local local link

New ofset A52 Junction

New local link

Remodelled M1 Junction 25

link

1a

1b

3 2

M1

A52

HS2

Local access Nottingham

junction

39

Finally there is the potential to establish a Park amp Ride site west of the M1 linked to a tram extension and the proposed lsquoof-setrsquo junction on the A52 This would provide a further car parking option for the Hub Station and help to manage movements through M1 Junction 25

Local Road Access

As described above local road access to the Hub Station from Long Eaton Stapleford Sandiacre and Toton will be important to secure commercially viable bus and coach services and taxis ndash as well as safe cycle routes We have developed a proposal for local access that can be integrated into the design of the Hub Station and which will complement the proposed strategic links Key to this will be the development of a local road link running under the HS2 and classic rail tracks to the south of the Hub Station

Next Steps We are clear that whilst all the individual elements of our connectivity strategy will have positive outcomes the real benefts will only be achieved by taking an integrated approach to scheme development and delivery

We will therefore develop our proposals further through a project joint funded by Midlands Connect East Midlands partners HS2 Ltd and Highways England known as the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan Phase 1 will use transport modelling to optimise the package of interventions and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment Phase 2 will examine connectivity issues over a wider strategic area including the long term future of the M1

Further detail on delivery is contained in Section 4

35

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Local Road Access Diagram

1

2

3

4

5

6

New A52 access Pedestrian NET link Bus Interchange amp Station Car Park

Remodelled Bardills roundabout

7

8

9

10

11

Local link to Long Eaton

New Bardills roundabout Local link to Sandiacre

New Toton Lane NET extension amp option to extend to EMA Derby

HS2 underpass Station Concourse

HS2 overpass

36

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Section 4 | Delivery Summary

We have undertaken a number of technical studies to understand the costs and benefts of various scales and rates of development to inform the development of an initial outlines business case for our proposals consistent with Treasury requirements which is set out in a separate document This work will evolve and become more granular as our growth proposition matures

There is potential for signifcant employment and housing development across the East Midlands Hub and Derbyshire Growth Zones This will make a signifcant contribution to the Governmentrsquos rebalancing agenda and provide an impetus for growth across the wider East Midlands where there is potential to deliver an additional 74000 jobs and pound4 billion of GVA above trend

We have set out the key moves necessary to deliver our proposals for people place and connectivity and highlighted the immediate measures necessary to safeguard future opportunities Detailed proposals are set out in Appendix 1

We are keen to work with Government to develop propositions for powerful locally led development bodies that can deliver our ambitions for the Hub Station and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zones and contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2

37

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

41 Developing an Investible Proposition Realising our vision for growth will require a combination of strong leadership and clear decision making To inform this we have undertaken a comprehensive programme of technical work to inform our thinking and provide the evidence base for this Growth Strategy including

bull Comprehensive non-statutory development frameworks covering the East Midlands Hub and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

bull A number of concept studies to assess the options for key infrastructure moves including relocation of the existing rail depots at Toton strategic highway access and mass transit extensions

bull A Development Infrastructure Funding (DIF) Study to understand the costs and benefts of diferent scales and rates of development and a funding and delivery mechanisms study to identify options for forward funding of key infrastructure and delivery vehicles

This information has been used to construct an initial outline lsquobusiness casersquo document for our proposals consistent with the Treasuryrsquos lsquoGreen Bookrsquo guidance and will provide the basis for an ongoing dialogue with Government and HS2 Ltd This work will evolve and become more granular over time as our growth proposition matures

Some of the major infrastructure investments will be subject to a separate business case through other established Government programmes such as the Roads Investment Strategy (RIS) This still requires a high-level

case to be made through the Growth Strategy as well as efective co-ordination of planning funding and delivery with other Growth Strategy interventions

42 Key Moves The work we have undertaken to date has identifed a series of key moves that will be required to implement the Growth Strategy including a number of immediate actions which will be necessary to safeguard future opportunities Further detail on these and the necessary enabling measures by Government and its delivery bodies is set out in Appendix 1

People

Our immediate priorities can be delivered largely within existing resources with strong local leadership from the LEPs and the East Midlands Chamber of Commerce and comprise

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to business support that will help local SMEs beneft from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities

bull Establishing a lsquorail industry innovation grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2 awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2

Over the longer term we would expect mainstream Government funding for skills and business support activity to be refocussed around our priorities and complement the strategic approach to skills envisaged by the Midlands Engine

Place

For the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone there are a number of planning land assembly remediation and infrastructure issues that will need to be addressed to enable our vision to be delivered in full In the immediate short term it will be vital to ensure that existing planning consent for the Lime Rise development close to the Hub Station can contribute positively to the delivery of our growth vision

In addition there is a need for further work with the relevant organisations on options for relocating the rail siding and depot activity and the electricity sub-station to locations outside of the Hub Station site and on the expansion and relocation of existing school provision to a better location within the site

Elsewhere we are keen to take forward further work with the Ministry of Defence and the Homes and Communities Agency to ensure that the re-development of the Chetwynd Barracks can actively contribute to a lsquonetwork of garden villagesrsquo

In the Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone the key priority in Chesterfeld will be the delivery of proposals to transform pedestrian and public transport connectivity between the rail station and the town For Staveley the early priorities will be to confrm the depot site as a construction base for HS2 and to secure the frst phases of the Chesterfeld and Staveley Regeneration Route including the provision of improved public transport and pedestrian links necessary to deliver the wider Staveley masterplan

38

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Connectivity

Our immediate priority is to safeguard the potential to secure a classic compatible link at the Hub Station and for enhanced capacity at Trent Junctions capable of delivering the Midlands Connect ITSS These will require the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill which is due to be considered by Ministers in the autumn of 2017 to include provision for the necessary land take

The public transport overbridge and local road connections proposed for the Hub Station will impact on the Hybrid Bill and the associated Environmental Impact Statement and will need to be incorporated into the emerging Hub Station design commissioned by HS2 Ltd

We will need to confrm support from Highways England and HS2 Ltd to take forward the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan with Midlands Connect This work will optimise the package of interventions proposed to serve the Hub Station and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment However we believe we have a sufcient case now for Highways England to identify funding in RIS2 to develop a major scheme on the A52M1 J25 that address existing congestion issues and contributes to the wider solution for accessing the Hub Station

43 Proposals for Delivery Bodies The geographic and political context for the area around the Hub Station is complex spanning a number of local planning authorities local transport authorities and local enterprise partnerships Our work to date has highlighted a range of potential delivery and funding mechanisms that would help to enable development in particular options for Tax Increment Financing (TIf ) But these will require a strategic approach to investment over a number of administrative areas to be efective

There is a local appetite to establish a powerful delivery body that could work at a scale to drive forward our growth vision There are a range of options including the potential for the kind of lsquolocally-led development corporationrsquo envisaged by the Neighbourhood Planning Act 2017

We would like to work with Government over the coming months to develop a proposition for a delivery body for the Hub Station Growth Zone that could begin to operate in lsquoshadow formrsquo with initial seed-corn funding from 2018 onwards

For Chesterfeld and Staveley the geography is less complex with the key moves all within the administrative area of Chesterfeld Borough Council Here a local development company solution may be more appropriate which can also contribute to the delivery of the wider Derbyshire growth story

It will be important to ensure that development in both Growth Zones continues to contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2 under the auspices of the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Mitigation

Whilst HS2 has the potential to bring great benefts to the 44 East Midlands the scale of the new infrastructure involved will also result in some negative impacts ndash particularly in the short term Although the line of route has been designed to minimise impact on environmental assets challenges remain in a number of locations in Derbyshire Leicestershire and Nottinghamshire

Similarly where the line passes through urban areas for example Long Eaton some existing businesses will have to re-locate to alternative premises Whilst the Government has put in place a compensation scheme to assist those directly afected councils are keen to ensure the jobs and investment are retained in the local area wherever possible

The East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board has established a lsquomitigation sub-grouprsquo to work with DfT and HS2 Ltd to help develop detailed designs for key structures that will minimise and mitigate the environmental impacts of the line and look to ensure that existing businesses can continue to thrive As work starts on the development of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill it will be important to ensure that councils are able to inform the detail of the Governmentrsquos proposals on both an individual and collective basis

39

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

45 Phasing of Delivery This Growth Strategy demonstrated the scale complexity and interdependencies between programmes involving a range of partner agencies Many of these programmes involve major schemes that take many years to develop and deliver Although HS2 Phase 2b is not due to become fully operational until 2033 the lead in times are such that key decisions on what might be included within the Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environment Statement will actually be taken during the coming months With appropriate funding and collaboration a number of key moves can be implemented in the short term

Although the development may reach maturity in 2043 by the time HS2 opens there will in fact already be a new place (the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo) emerging around the station to welcome the frst passengers For this to be achieved the delivery partners will need to build momentum over the next 12 months and it is recognised this will require dedicated resource and governance

The evidence base underpinning the growth strategy provides a clear indication of the growth potential and promotes a range of key infrastructure concepts and moves However in order to take these forward and in particular promote some of them for possible inclusion in the Hybrid Bill the partners are clear that more detailed studies and analysis will be required and these will need to be developed in tandem with the work being undertaken for the railway

This highlights the need to establish a dedicated team and for further resources to commission and manage the work programme for the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Phases of Delivery

2017-2022 Hybrid bill development business case development (RS2CP6) land strategy and delivery body early phases of development

2022-2027 Early infrastructure development and key moves (eg depot relocation) next phases of development

2027-2033 HS2 Construction amp completiontesting

2033 HS2 becomes fully operational - local economic development builds momentum

2033-43 Development to maturity

46 First Phase Priorities The focus up to 2022 will be on ensuring the provisions of the Phase 2 Hybrid Bill enable our vision for the Hub Station and priorities for local and strategic connectivity to be implemented Delivery of improvements to the A52 at Bardills and Toton Lane will enable the early phases of the Toton Innovation Campus to commence helping to build investor confdence Completion for the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity plan will progress the wider mix of strategic and local interventions to detailed design stage To be successful all this activity will need to be underpinned by the establishment of a properly resourced and empowered local delivery bodyThe early completion of frst stages of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Station Link Road will help to kick start development in the North Derbyshire Growth Zone

40

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

1 High level Ministerial endorsement of the East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy including through

bull Funding the establishment of a lsquoshadow delivery bodyrsquo to start implementing the Growth Strategy locally and to establish a viable mechanism for capturing a proportion of development value necessary for infrastructure delivery and

bull Promotion by Government and its delivery bodies of key development opportunities set out in the Growth Strategy to national and international investors consistent with the Midlands Engine Vision for Growth

2 Support from DCLG for our vision for the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone by

bull Empowering the HCA to establish a strategic land strategy that will facilitate enabling infrastructure and subsequently to bring forward early phases of development and

bull Using other funding including the current Housing Infrastructure Fund (HIF) to help bring forward early phase infrastructure

3 Support from DfT and its delivery bodies for the implementation of early connectivity priorities related to the Hub Station through

bull Ensuring Highways England and HS2 Ltd contribute gap funding towards the East Midlands Gateway Connectivity Plan Phase 1 Study

bull Funding the delivery phases 1ab of the A52 Access Strategy to enable the initial phases of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo to commence before 2022 and

bull Identifying funding in the next Road Investment Strategy (RIS2) to develop a major scheme to address capacity at M1 Junction 25 and access the Hub Station from the A52 (phases 2 amp3 of the A52 Access Strategy) ndash also making the necessary provisions within the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill amp Environmental Statement

4 DfTHS2 Ltd to ensure that the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make provision at and around the Hub Station for

bull Capacity improvements to classic rail connectivity to the south and north of Toton HS2 station including Trent Junctions optimising the integration of classic and High Speed Rail services and including a lsquoclassic compatible linkrsquo to transform connectivity between Leicester and the north of England

bull An integrated station design including moving the station concourse north to better connect with tram and Public Transport Interchange with an integrated deck connecting eastwest over the HS2 track to

better integrate the Toton station into the heart of the new place ndash the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo This would include provision of a second transfer deck to the south of the main concourse to provide improve capacity and interchange between services

bull Fully integrated public transport interchange and walking routes connecting surrounding communities to promote sustainable travel reduce the need for car parking and thereby make best use of land and local assets including the tram as a means of linking Park amp Ride facilities with the station

bull North South connectivity through the site to connect Long Eaton and Stapleford and to enable local communities to access the station by all modes

bull A clear car parking strategy with a decked car park at the station (premium) complemented by NET based Park and Ride

bull Provision for three bridges as follows

- Integrated with concourse deck to create east west route for tram and sustainable transport links between east and west development areas and to Long Eaton airport and Derby

- Multi-modal bridge south of the A52 to enable resilience in the local network connections to the western development area and

41

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

- Pedestrian bridge at mid-point between the above to connect new communities

bull Provision for an underpass under the Network Rail and HS2 lines to the south of the concourse to enable links between Stapleford Long Eaton and the station by various modes and in particular public transport but as a secondary primary access connecting east and west development areas within the Innovation Campus

5 Separately to ensure the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make specifc provision to deliver the NET tram extension from the existing Toton Park amp Ride to the HS2 Station consistent with the provisions set our above

6 DfTHS2 Ltd to designate Staveley as a major construction hubrailhead for the construction of Phase 2b in addition to the establishment of the Infrastructure Maintenance Depot

7 Government to make a contribution towards the delivery of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Chesterfeld Station Link Road to unlock early development and growth in the corridor

8 Further fnancial and technical support from Network Rail HS2 Ltd and HS2 Growth Partnership to work collaboratively on the relocation of the DBS Depot and Network Rail Sidings to enable development growth and transport connections through the Hub Station area

9 DfTHS2 Ltd to amend the HS2 Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS) to ensure that both Shefeld HS2 classic compatible services stop at Chesterfeld

10 Commitment from DfTHS2 Ltd to at least partially open the Hub Station at Toton by 2030 rather than 2033 to generate additional passenger revenue and accelerate the delivery of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

42

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy World Class - Locally Driven

For more information please contact East Midlands Councils Tel 01664 502620 Email infoemcouncilsgovuk

  • Structure Bookmarks
    • Born 1946-1964
    • Born 1964-1980
    • Born 1980-2000
    • Born 2000+
    • The Hub Station and surrounding area
    • Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone
    • Chesterfield Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo
    • Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site
Page 21: East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy - Broxtowe€¦ · 3.7 Park & Ride 3.8 4.3 East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Contents Contents Foreword 3 3.6 Cycling & Walking 33 Executive Summary

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

The Hub Station and surrounding area

A new public space will be created adjacent to the main station concourse This will provide a high quality east-west pedestrian connection across the HS2 lines and support interchange between a range of transport modes This development area is located on a plateau which is at a signifcantly lower level than the main development site to the east New buildings will typically be taller (up to 6-8 storeys) which will allow the development to act as a marker in the context of the rail corridor without appearing incongruous within the wider development

Toton Innovation Campus This mixed use corridor runs through the heart of the site connecting the HS2 station and areas to the west following the tram corridor towards Toton Lane NET station in the east

This dynamic space will be characterised not only by the diversity of uses but also a green boulevard and sustainable transport corridor and will include a mixture of medium density workspace including apartment based residential development

The lsquoToton Innovation Campusrsquo is roughly equidistant between the city centres of Nottingham and Derby and is intended to be anchored by a university based research and development centre To the south links to Leicester East Midlands Airport East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange and the Enterprise Zone sites in Loughborough will drive further opportunities

To achieve the scale of development and sense of place envisaged will require major investment in land assembly management and infrastructure Making the right moves now will provide much needed capacity to unlock and absorb growth and provide resilience in a currently stressed local network It will also require higher densities than those currently subject of an extant Outline Planning Consent for the site and this will need careful consideration by Broxtowe Borough Council as the Local Planning Authority

A52 Trackside Corridor A series of larger development sites have been identifed along the A52 and rail corridors towards the north of the site ofering the potential to accommodate larger workplace developments or research institutions This area will ofer the potential to accommodate distinctive gateway buildings acting as markers along both the A52 and HS2 corridors

Waterside Development parcels along the Erewash River Canal corridor are considered an appropriate mix of uses including residential Building heights will step down from around six storeys adjacent to the rail corridor to around three storeys in areas closer to the river canal corridor respecting the domestic scale of buildings to the west The landscaped environment of the river canal corridor will be brought into the area with a series of lsquogreen fngersrsquo leading into the development site This open space will serve a

20

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

variety of functions including recreation food mitigation and ecological habitat The orientation of buildings within this corridor should support this landscape strategy and open up views of the canal river corridor from higher ground to the east of the HS2 line

Parkside Generous green corridors are proposed as a bufer between the planned new development and existing residential communities Lower density areas broadly refecting established residential areas of Toton will front onto these spaces with a typical height of two to

three storeys open landscaped space and site topography ensuring that the amenity of existing local residents are protected New footpaths and cycleways will integrate the site with its surrounding context and enable residents of existing neighbourhoods to access facilities and transport hubs within the new development site It should be noted that new vehicular connections to these neighbourhoods are not proposed

bull Neighbourhood Centres These centres will be located at highly accessible positions within the

The Toton Innovation Campus looking towards the Hub Station

development and will allow the vast majority of the site area to be located within an easy fve minute walking catchment of local facilities

bull HS2 Hub This facility will serve HS2 passengers along with residents and workers based in the lower western section of the site It is envisaged that cafeacutes restaurants and local retail facilities will be integrated within the main station concourse and spill out onto the adjoining public plaza This area also becomes a new cross-roads within a more resilient local road network ofering better connections between SandiacreStapleford and Long Eaton This will further enhance the vitality and vibrancy of the area whilst ensuring surrounding communities can access the services on ofer by a full range of transport choices

bull Toton Innovation Campus Centre Located at the heart of the development a cluster of local retail leisure and hospitality facilities will be clustered in and around a central square Facilities such as a hotel gym business centre and resource centre may also be attracted to this central pedestrian orientated space

bull Community Hub A site to the west of the Toton Lane NET Station has been identifed for the relocation of the George Spencer Academy along with a site for a new primary school a leisure centre and health facility These new community infrastructure buildings will be developed in a green landscape setting with good pedestrian and cycle links to local neighbourhoods and public transport hubs The level of retail development (including

21

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

restaurants cafeacutes) will be controlled to a level which provides for the needs of local residents employees and passengers and avoid competition with existing local centres

The Universities of Derby Nottingham and Nottingham Trent are fully supportive of the HS2 Growth Strategy We have a long history of working together to re-balance economy and believe that this investment has the potential to be transformative

To maximise the value derived from this investment the universities are in a strong position to build on our established partnership for example by working together to shape the proposed lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo located at the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton

The active involvement of the universities at an early stage in defning the proposed lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo means that we can develop an integrated strategy for research teaching and business interaction aligned with HS2 investment

The lsquoworld-classrsquo connectivity aforded by the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton will support the difusion of these opportunities and position the East Midlands as a stronger resilient and more productive economy

bull Green Infrastructure From a place making perspective the HS2 Hub site will be designed to integrate with its surrounding natural environments In total around 16 hectares of open space are proposed within the development site

bull River Canal Corridor The Erewash river and canal corridor runs to the east of the site and provides an area of high amenity value To the north the opportunity exists to enhance the network of footpaths and cycleways leading up to the strategic Stanton Iron Works site and beyond To the south new pedestrian and cycle links will connect the site to the Attenborough Nature Reserve and the Trent Valley This will include opportunities to reinstate new routes beneath the HS2 classic rail line to the south of the station and also to reduce the risk of fooding associated with this section of the river More generally the opportunity to enhance the character of the river and canal corridor would provide further amenity and ecological benefts This may include enhancements to the Sandiacre Locks Conservation Area and measures to introduce more variety diverse habitats and interest to the river lsquochannelrsquo

bull Toton Horseshoe A landscaped corridor is proposed to wrap around the existing Toton residential area This will provide a bufer between planned new development and the local residential areas encompass existing areas of maturing woodland and create a new connection through to the redeveloped Chetwynd Barracks to the east

bull Green Boulevard A new green spine is planned to run through the heart of the new development This route will connect the eastern and western sections of the site via a new pedestrian link across the HS2 corridor and a new plaza at the station entrance The boulevard a wide green space integrating a small existing watercourse will run

through the heart of the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo connecting to the area of protected Green Belt land to the north east

bull Local Amenity Open Space In addition to the strategic green infrastructure highlighted above a network of local amenity spaces will be integrated across the new development These will include both formal and informal recreation areas and play space for the enjoyment of residents employees and visitors alike

Associated lsquoGarden Villagersquo Developments

Chetwynd Barracks The MoD site at Chetwynd will become available for development from 2020 and will be designed and developed as an integral part of the Hub Station Growth area The development will provide a predominantly residential area that will be linked directly to the lsquoCommunity Hubrsquo north of the existing Toton Lane Like the main Hub Station lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo and Community Hub Chetwynd will be subject to the policies of the emerging Broxtowe Local Plan and of Nottinghamshire County Council as the Local HighwayTransport Authority and Local Education Authority

Stanton The Hub Station Growth Zone also includes the former iron works at Stanton where additional employment opportunities will be realised alongside up to 2000 homes which will serve to complement the proposals for the Hub Station and Innovation Campus This site falls within Erewash Borough Council and Derbyshire County Councilrsquos administrative areas This site is subject of a separate Supplementary Planning Document published by Erewash Borough Council and the proposals outlined in the Growth Strategy are consistent with this

22

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Ratclife Power Station Site Within the wider area there may also be further growth opportunities to be explored as part of the HS2 Growth Strategy including Ratclife Power Station Whilst this is not anticipated to be decommissioned before 2025 its location adjacent to the existing East Midlands Parkway station and an existing railhead means that the site has potential to create a transport orientated mixed use development around the station and a possible location for rail related development This site falls within Rushclife Borough Council and Nottinghamshire County Councilrsquos administrative areas

Derby There are already proposals to develop up to 2000 new homes as part of the lsquoInfnity Garden Villagersquo development which spans the boundary between the city of Derby and South Derbyshire District Council In addition there is potential for major mixed use development on the former Courtaulds site at Spondon on the east side of Derby

Leicestershire There are emerging proposals for major housing development in North West Leicestershire linked to employment growth at East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange

23 Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone Our Growth Vision

The Growth Zone is focussed on the Borough of Chesterfeld within the county of Derbyshire and includes the areas around the existing railway station and the proposed Infrastructure Maintenance Depot (IMD) at Staveley east of the town centre also proposed as a construction base for HS2

Our ambitions for Chesterfeld and Staveley are set in the context of a wide growth story for the wider northern Derbyshire area that builds on existing strengths in tourism construction and engineering higher and further education and professional services Key complementary investments include the lsquoPeak Resortrsquo development that

will combine a unique combination of tourism and HEFE education and training

HS2 will bring Chesterfeld within 108 minutes from London and serve a catchment area of over 1 million people Plans for Chesterfeld will transform the relationship between

Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

23

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

the rail station the town centre and major regeneration opportunities and enable the station to become an attractive gateway to the town itself the surrounding Peak District National Park and other key heritage assets - particularly for international visitors Proposals include a scalable housing and commercial investment proposition that will be accelerated to welcome HS2 through investment in enabling infrastructure

The proposed IMD is set within a wider masterplan for the Staveley corridor that will deliver signifcant levels of housing and job growth and provide a focus for the local rail engineering sector including the development of a rail industry lsquocentre of excellencersquo linked to the High Speed Rail College In the shorter term there is an ambition for the Staveley site to be used for a base for the construction of the majority of Phase 2b of HS2

Construction of early phases of the Chesterfeld amp Staveley Regeneration Route will enable key brownfeld regeneration sites to be developed and wider benefts to the A61 Corridor and the extended Markham Vale Enterprise Zone

Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

Underpinning the vision will be a strong focus on inclusive growth linked to our wider skills and supply chain strategy making sure that local communities and local businesses can beneft from the investment that HS2 will bring

Chesterfeld amp Staveley Development Framework

We will enable this growth in the number and quality of jobs by re-shaping and transforming our places through infrastructure-led development Those places will be allowed to fourish and cater for our changing communities as well as providing for new communities and retaining those such as graduates who will have much wider lifestyle choices as a result

Chesterfeld Station

Chesterfeld Station will have an enhanced role as both a destination and a gateway to surrounding localities Over 1 million people already live within 30 minutes of the station HS2 will bring Birmingham and Leeds within 50 minutes We will bring forward development and infrastructure in tandem to provide a high quality experience for those using the

Platform 4

Chesterfeld Station

Chesterfeld Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo

24

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

station lsquoPlatform 4rsquo will provide a modern and attractive route across the A61 with well-designed public realm that will bring the station into the town centre as well as allowing far greater accessibility to public transport Unused and under-used land around the station will be developed and linked to the adjacent Waterside development to provide a mixed-use lsquourban villagersquo ft for future generations to live work and play

Remodelled links between Chesterfeld Station and the town

The infrastructure provided to improve access to the station for HS2 services will also allow us to accelerate our ambition for the wider town centre By taking trafc out of the historic core of the town we can enhance the visitor experience and bring forward new opportunities for residential development with a wide and fexible mix of tenures This will ensure far greater vibrancy within the town which will expand to include the station area and support the wider ambitions for growth in our key sectors

Staveley

The proposed Infrastructure Maintenance Depot (IMD) at Staveley provides a signifcant opportunity to bring forward a much wider strategic development on this 150 hectare brownfeld site Through investing in infrastructure in particular local road access we can open up not just the depot site but a whole new sustainable community of around 1500 homes and many hundreds of new jobs

By phasing the development we will also be able to ofer a well located construction base for HS2 bringing investment and jobs to the area well in advance of the maintenance depot Over the longer term we believe there is the potential to develop the area around the Infrastructure

The wider Chesterfeld Station Area Masterplan wide

Residential building

OfficeCommercial building

Officeresidential building

Hotel building

Station building

MSCP building

Green Space

Public realm

Potential development areas subject to consultation with existing land owners

Retained Listed station building

Ground foor community facility land use

Potential pedestriancycle link to the east

Maintenance Depot as a rail industry lsquocentre of excellencersquo linked to the High Speed Rail College and the NewRail centre at Barrow Hill Roundhouse

Strategic outline masterplan for the Staveley Corridor

Characterising development at all these sites will be an approach to place-making for the future This is led by consideration of how our communities of the future will want to live and work rather than being based on historic development models

We will use the investment in infrastructure to develop places and homes that anticipate our changing population putting in place fexible models in order to meet future demand This will include providing a far better choice for older people with homes that meet current and future care needs We will make the most of the expanding higher education ofer to enable quality student accommodation and develop places in which our graduates want to stay live earn and spend

25

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Strategic outline masterplan for the Staveley corridor 24 Next Steps Our proposals for the Hub Station and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zones are long term and ambitious Whilst the proposed development will lead to an uplift in land values and economic and social benefts it will also require investment in local and strategic infrastructure and land remediation and assembly

We have undertaken technical work to understand likely infrastructure and land costs and development trajectories that could be delivered to inform an initial outline business case assessment consistent with the Treasuryrsquos lsquoGreen Bookrsquo This work will continue to develop as our plans mature

Further detail on delivery is contained in Section 4

Key

SWA1 Redline Boundary

Existing Features

Culvert

River

Canal

Crossing Point

Road

Railway Line

Right of Way

Building

Listed Building

Non Designated Heritage Asset

Existing Trees

Proposed Features

Marina

CS Regeneration Route

Road

FootCycle Path

Pedestrian Zone

Avenue Planting

Public Open Space

Key Building

Railway Line

Canal

Proposed Usage

Residential

Mixed use - Community Retail Residential

Mixed Use - Employment Local Skills and crafts

Workshops Studios Residential

Mixed Use - Community Canal related

Residential

Safeguarded School Site

Leisure - Hotel Pub Restaurant

B1 - Office and Light Industry

B2 - General Industry

B8 - Warehousing and Distribution

HS2 Maintenance Depot

26

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Section 3 | Connectivity Summary

The Hub Station at Toton will already be the most connected on the high speed network outside of London and will serve a catchment of over 2 million people Whilst the development adjacent to the Hub Station will be crucial our early work confrmed that much of the wider economic potential of HS2 will be dependent on the extent to which we can connect economic opportunities across the East Midlands into the high speed network In particular the city centres of Derby Leicester and Nottingham East Midlands Airport and sites that exist in the towns and villages surrounding both the Hub Station and Chesterfeld

Our analysis has demonstrated which modes of transport will serve diferent markets most efectively ndash national regional sub-regional and local Based on this we have set out a comprehensive step by step approach to connectivity which will maximise transport choice for future generations as well as tackling congestion issues that exist today

Key to this will be safeguarding the ability to extend public transport accessibility in the scope of the Governmentrsquos Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and planning now for a phased approach to delivery of highway improvements starting in RIS2

Whilst we are confdent that the measures we have identifed can deliver positive outcomes more detailed design work will be required to secure the capital funding necessary for delivery Further work on the design and phasing of key interventions will therefore be undertaken with transport modelling developed in partnership with Midlands Connect the outcome of which will also help to scope the necessary provisions of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

27

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

SCOTLAND

YORK amp NEWCASTLE

LEEDS

EAST MIDLANDS

HUB

SOUTH YORKSHIRE

SHEFFIELD HS2

CHESTERFIELD

CREWE HS2 HUB

BIRMINGHAM

STOKE DERBY

LEICESTER

LOUGHBOROUGH

LONDON EUROPE

BEESTON

NOTTINGHAM LINCOLN

MANSFIELD

WORKSOP

31 National Context HS2 will help to transform the position of our towns and cities within the UK and Midlands making our local economies more competitive

HS2 CURRENT

68 104 NOTTINGHAM TO LONDON

HHS2S2 CU

142 LEICESTER TO NEWCASTLE

HHS2S2 CURRENT

50 77 DERBY TO LEEDS

HHS2S2 CURRENT

73 145 LEICESTER TO LEEDS

HHS2S2 CURRENT

36 73 NOTTINGHAM TO BIRMINGHAM

HS2 CURRENT

71 143 CHESTERFIELD TO LONDON

RRENT

205

28

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Midlands Connect

The Midlands Connect Strategy described how the HS2 stations at Birmingham Curzon Street UK Central and East Midlands will form the lsquohubrsquo of the UKrsquos high speed rail network Together with classic compatible connectivity at Chesterfeld Crewe and Stoke stations this will unlock economic growth across the Midlands - provided we get the local connectivity right

Through Midlands Connect we are taking forward a body of technical work to defne and develop the local strategic connections that will maximise economic growth opportunities Through the wider Midlands Engine initiative we are promoting the transformational benefts of HS2 to national and international investors

For more information about Midlands Connect and the Midlands Engine please visit httpswwwmidlandsconnectuk

HS2 East

Our work through the HS2 East partnership has demonstrated that the Eastern Leg of HS2 between Birmingham to Leeds via the East Midlands Hub Station has the best business case of any part of the proposed network - with a beneft to cost ratio of over 5 to 1

However the economic impact of the Eastern Leg extends further than Leeds The proposed lsquoclassic compatiblersquo link to the East Coast Main Line will enable high speed rail services to serve the North East of England and Scotland ndash linking

six of the UKrsquos top ten cities and 20 of national GVA This will result in lsquoagglomerationrsquo impacts of over pound700 million GVA and some major journey time savings

bull Leeds to Glasgow reduction of 90 minutes

bull Sheffield to Edinburgh reduction of 90 minutes

bull Newcastle to Birmingham reduction of 85 minutes

Together the Eastern Leg of HS2 and an enhanced East Coast Main Line provide the obvious route for reducing journey times from Scotland to London towards the three hour mark ndash the point at which rail becomes competitive with air travel

For further information about HS2 East please visit httpwwwhs2eastcouk

32 Our strategic approach Connecting key centres of population and development opportunities across the East Midlands to the high speed network will be key to realising the wider economic potential that HS2 connectivity brings

Our analysis has demonstrated which modes of transport will serve diferent markets most efectively Only by developing a comprehensive lsquomulti-modalrsquo approach to connectivity can we deliver the transport choice required by future generations and start to tackle some of the congestion issues that exist today

We also acknowledge that not everything can or indeed should happen at once We have therefore set out a phased approach to improving connectivity at least some of which can be delivered before HS2 becomes fully operational

Heavy Rail Pimary Market

Mass Transit Strategy Regional

Bus Connectivity Sub-Regional amp Local

Taxi Connectivity Sub-Regional amp Local

Walking and Cycling Local and Very Local

Park and Ride Sub-Regional amp Local

Highway Sub-Regional amp Local

Our strategic approach to connectivity

33 Rail Rail will be the most efective mode for accessing the Hub Station from surrounding city and town centres It will also link the East Midlands with the major city-regions across the rest of the UK ndash not least by the HS2 network itself

HS2 Services

The latest service specifcation published by HS2 Ltd indicates that the East Midlands Hub Station will be the best connected on the high speed network outside of London with seven HS2 services per hour in both directions

Impressive though this level of connectivity is we believe there is scope for further improvements

29

Through our work on the HS2 East Partnership we believe there is a strong economic case for the Eastern Leg of HS2 and the East Coast Main Line forming the primary route for serving Scotland not least because it would link the fnancial centres of Leeds and Edinburgh and the conurbations of the North East ndash also a key objective of Transport for the North

The scale of growth proposed in Chesterfeld as described in Section Two makes a compelling case for both Shefeld trains stopping at Chesterfeld Station rather than just one per hour

Classic Compatible Services

It is clear that although the Eastern Leg of HS2 will be designed to accommodate up to 18 trains per hour (in line with the rest of the network) the current service pattern only currently envisages nine There is therefore scope to run additional services on at least part of the Eastern Leg Working with both Midlands Connect and Transport for the North we believe there is a business case for two additional lsquoclassic compatiblersquo trains per hour linking Leicester and LeedsManchester which would transform rail connectivity between the East Midlands and the Northern Powerhouse

For this to be deliverable there would need to be a lsquoclassic compatiblersquo connection between HS2 and an electrifed Midland Main Line at or around the Hub Station HS2 Ltd have developed an indicative design for how this could be delivered Although further work will be required we believe we have sufcient economic evidence now for the Secretary of State to make at least lsquopassive provisionrsquo for such a link in the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

Newcastle

Durham

Dalington

York

Leeds

Shefeld Midland

Chesterfeld

Toton

Church Street

Birmingam Interchange

Old Oak Common Euston

bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

Trains from London 6tph

Trains from Birmrsquoham 3tph

Proposed HS2 Service Pattern for the Eastern Leg

NEWCASTLE

YORK

LEEDS

LONDON BIRMINGHAM

29 36

106

19

EAST MIDLANDS

HUB

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Classic Services

In addition to the two lsquoclassic compatiblersquo services working through Midlands Connect we have identifed an additional 11 lsquoclassic servicesrsquo that could serve the Hub Station These would be a mixture of lsquoshuttle servicesrsquo fast and semi-fast services and stopping services In total this would mean the Hub Station would be served by 20 trains per hour in both directions ndash an outstanding level of connectivity

HS2 Hub Station Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS)

The service specifcation for the Hub Station is consistent with the wider Midlands Connect ITSS which supports the Midlands Connect Strategy published in March 2017

The Maid Marian Line

In addition we believe there is the potential to develop a new service linking the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton with Mansfeld Ashfeld via the adaption on an existing freight line known as the Maid Marian Line This direct link would facilitate greater connectivity for residents and businesses to HS2 services supporting economic regeneration in the towns and contributing to the wider Nottinghamshire growth story We are working with Network Rail to understand any implications for the wider Midlands Connect ITSS

Capacity at Trent Junctions

A key constraint to the delivery of the Midlands Connect ITSS is the capacity of Trent Junctions south of Nottingham We understand that HS2 Ltd will need to make some improvements to Trent Junctions to accommodate the HS2 Core proposition - although these on their own will

30

51

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

HS2 Services

London - Leeds Birmingham - Leeds

London - Leeds Birmingham - Newcastle

London - Chesterfeld - Shefeld - Leeds

Birmingham - Leeds London - Shefeld - York

34 Mass Transit Extensions Classic Compatible Services

Shuttle Services

Nottingham - EM Hub Derby - EM Hub

Fast and Semi-fast Services

Leicester - Crewe Crewe - EM Hub

London - Manchester Crewe - EM Hub

Stopping Services

Leicester - Leeds Leicester - Manchester The success of the Nottingham Express Transit (NET) has demonstrated the potential of mass transit to reduce

Leicester - Lincoln Nottingham - Leeds

Leicester - Nottingham Leicester - Derby

Norwich - Liverpool Newark Castle - Matlock

HS2 Hub Station Indicative Train Service Specifcation

not be sufcient to accommodate the Midlands Connect ITSS There is a clear operational case for avoiding multiple engineering works on this congested section of railway infrastructure ndash with a single enhancement scheme being the clearly favoured option Based on our initial work with Network Rail we believe there is a sufcient economic case now for the Secretary of State to make at least lsquopassive provisionrsquo for an enhanced scheme in the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

congestion increase transport choice and connect people to jobs and services It will therefore be a key element of the connectivity strategy for maximising the economic benefts of the HS2 Hub Station Given the technical challenges and the scale of investment required we recognise the importance of taking a phased approach to delivery

Extending NET to the Hub Station

The frst phase would be to extend the tram from the park and ride site at Toton Lane to the Hub Station ndash a distance of around one mile This will connect the Hub Station to key locations such as the Queens Medical Centre the University campus and the Enterprise Zone and complement the heavy rail service to Nottingham City Centre This link will need to be in place when the Hub Station becomes operational to serve the Nottingham Enterprise Zone sites and to establish the principle tram access in the publicrsquos mind

Extending Connectivity over the Hub Station

Our work has highlighted a number of options for extending connectivity to the west of the Hub Station towards Derby and East Midlands Airport which would have signifcant economic benefts These could be delivered by bus rapid transit (BRT) tram-train as well as by NET extensions Further work will be required to determine the optimum routes and modes These options would require a link over the Hub Station (similar to the arrangement at Nottingham Station) which would be costly to retro-ft We have therefore included a public transport overbridge into our proposals for the Hub Station At this stage it is unlikely that this on its own will require provision for further land take in the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill however it may impact on the required Environmental Impact Statement

Options to Derby

There are two main options for connecting Derby The frst would follow the route of the A52 This would be fast ndash but not as fast as the classic rail service from Derby Station It would be direct but serve a limited population catchment The relatively high cost of developing this as a tram route would appear to make it unviable - although it could have potential as a route for a lower cost form of BRT

The second option would run to the south of the A52 and link the Hub Station with Long Eaton and then on to Breaston Borrowash Spondon Pride Park and Derby Station It would be slower but serve a much larger population catchment It would be cheaper to develop as a tram route but could impact on the proposed canal

31

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Red Arrow Skylink

Zoom 15

i4 18

Indigo 510

Y5 Toton Sidings

NET

Options for bus services serving the Hub Station

35

Revised existing route

New Fast Track to EMA via M1

Arnold via QMC City Hospital

Mansfeld via M1 Kirkby Sutton

Alfreton via M1 Heanor Ripley

restoration project It could be developed in phases the frst comprising a NET extension to a park and ride site west of the M1

Options to East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Rail Freight Interchange

There are a number of potential routes to the airport Following the rail corridor south from the Hub Station before heading west is likely to be the quickest and would limit environmental impacts on Long Eaton town centre It also has potential for a tram-train solution should this become a viable technology in the UK The scale of employment growth proposed at East Midlands Gateway the potential for a lsquoFree Trade Zonersquo around the airport as well as the projected growth in air passenger numbers means such a link could have signifcant economic benefts

Bus amp Taxi Bus travel will continue to be the backbone of the local public transport for many people There is already a comprehensive network of bus routes and services across the sub-region which could be developed to serve the Hub Station from a wide range of locations

The key challenge for operators from a commercial perspective will be to ensure that the Hub Station does not become a lsquoterminusrsquo destination Buses (and taxis) must therefore be able to pass through the Hub Station to also serve surrounding communities across the wider sub-region Our proposed confguration of local road links between the Hub Station and Long Eaton Stapleford

32

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Sandiacre and Toton as well as access from the A52 would enable a commercially viable network of bus services to be established

For Chesterfeld a new road link into the south of the station complex for buses and taxis will provide a through route that will integrate the existing station into local public transport networks more efectively

36 Cycling amp Walking Every rail passenger is a pedestrian at the point of boarding a train Making the Hub Station and the immediate surrounding environment pedestrian friendly will make travel by train more attractive and help to drive patronage

It is also important that local people in surrounding communities have safe and attractive routes for walking and cycling ndash not just to the Hub Station but also to and within the proposed Innovation Campus Cycling and walking are likely to become more attractive options to future generations as public attitudes to travel continue to change This trend has been refected in the core design principles we have established that will underpin future development on the Hub Station site

For Chesterfeld we have set out proposals known as lsquoPlatform 4rsquo for enhancing pedestrian and public transport accessibility between the Station and the town centre over the A61 dual carriageway

37 Park amp Ride A well-coordinated and managed park amp ride strategy can help to reduce the impacts of congestion and provide viable transport choices for local communities

There are opportunities to develop park and ride facilities serving the Hub Station in tandem with a phased roll out of an extended mass transit system The existing park amp

Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site

ride site at Toton Lane (1300 spaces) linked to the tram will be retained albeit in modifed form In addition to a multi-storey car park at the Hub Station itself (1300 spaces proposed) there is an opportunity to develop an additional parking facility of a similar size west of M1 Junction 25 linked to a frst phase extension of the tram over the Hub Station

33

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

This would give a third car park option and the ability to manage travel demand to the Hub Station site in a more fexible manner - as well as an ability to reduce pressure on M1 Junction 25

On the Derby side of the A52 there are options for park and ride sites on the east side of Derby as part of a mass transit system linking Pride Park and Derby Station to the City Centre which could ultimately connect to the Hub Station

38 Strategic amp Local Road Access Despite the focus on public transport cycling and walking access by private car will still be important and a 1300 space multi-storey car park is proposed at the Hub Station However this will require a highway solution that must also address a number of existing challenges

Access from the A52 and M1

Access from the strategic road network into the Hub Station Site will be critical Our technical work has suggested that a single access from the A52 into the site for all movements is unlikely to be deliverable Whilst an engineering solution could be developed it would be very expensive environmentally damaging and take up valuable land that could be better used for economic development purposes

As a result a phased approach is proposed comprising the following key moves

1 A new lsquoat gradersquo junction on the A52 east of the Bardills Roundabout linked to a new Toton Lane which would provide access from Nottingham to the east of the Hub Station site and support the early phases of development of the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

2 A new lsquoof setrsquo junction on the A52 to the west of the use of the construction access required by HS2 Ltd M1 which would remove local movements from M1 to build the Hub Station Junction 25 and provide a more direct route under

Our technical work suggests there is scope to deliver key the motorway into Long Eaton

moves 1) and 2) in advance of the Hub Station opening 3 A new lsquograde separatedrsquo junction on the A52 to the The scale of existing problems and likely future trafc

north of the Hub Station to provide access from growth on the A52 corridor suggests that there is already a Derby and the M1 ndash which has the potential to make strong case for Highways England working with Midlands

Provide local road access to StaplefordSandiacre

Relieve congestion at Bardills and Toton Lane

Provide access from A52

Separate local amp strategic movements at J25

Provide for E-W movements

Provide for local road access for Long Eaton

Strategic amp Local Road Access Challenges

34

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Access from A52 and M1

Connect and local partners to make a proposal for major scheme funding in RIS 2 ndash which would also contribute to a comprehensive connectivity strategy for the Hub Station

A direct link to the Hub Station from the north through 3) will be linked to the construction of the station itself by HS2 Ltd and may be able to make use of any temporary construction access required by HS2 Ltd

Stanton Sandiacre

Derby

Stapleford

Long Eaton

Primary HS2

access

New eastern access

Re-modelled Bardills junction

New eastern access link

Toton Lane

Local access link

Local local link

New ofset A52 Junction

New local link

Remodelled M1 Junction 25

link

1a

1b

3 2

M1

A52

HS2

Local access Nottingham

junction

39

Finally there is the potential to establish a Park amp Ride site west of the M1 linked to a tram extension and the proposed lsquoof-setrsquo junction on the A52 This would provide a further car parking option for the Hub Station and help to manage movements through M1 Junction 25

Local Road Access

As described above local road access to the Hub Station from Long Eaton Stapleford Sandiacre and Toton will be important to secure commercially viable bus and coach services and taxis ndash as well as safe cycle routes We have developed a proposal for local access that can be integrated into the design of the Hub Station and which will complement the proposed strategic links Key to this will be the development of a local road link running under the HS2 and classic rail tracks to the south of the Hub Station

Next Steps We are clear that whilst all the individual elements of our connectivity strategy will have positive outcomes the real benefts will only be achieved by taking an integrated approach to scheme development and delivery

We will therefore develop our proposals further through a project joint funded by Midlands Connect East Midlands partners HS2 Ltd and Highways England known as the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan Phase 1 will use transport modelling to optimise the package of interventions and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment Phase 2 will examine connectivity issues over a wider strategic area including the long term future of the M1

Further detail on delivery is contained in Section 4

35

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Local Road Access Diagram

1

2

3

4

5

6

New A52 access Pedestrian NET link Bus Interchange amp Station Car Park

Remodelled Bardills roundabout

7

8

9

10

11

Local link to Long Eaton

New Bardills roundabout Local link to Sandiacre

New Toton Lane NET extension amp option to extend to EMA Derby

HS2 underpass Station Concourse

HS2 overpass

36

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Section 4 | Delivery Summary

We have undertaken a number of technical studies to understand the costs and benefts of various scales and rates of development to inform the development of an initial outlines business case for our proposals consistent with Treasury requirements which is set out in a separate document This work will evolve and become more granular as our growth proposition matures

There is potential for signifcant employment and housing development across the East Midlands Hub and Derbyshire Growth Zones This will make a signifcant contribution to the Governmentrsquos rebalancing agenda and provide an impetus for growth across the wider East Midlands where there is potential to deliver an additional 74000 jobs and pound4 billion of GVA above trend

We have set out the key moves necessary to deliver our proposals for people place and connectivity and highlighted the immediate measures necessary to safeguard future opportunities Detailed proposals are set out in Appendix 1

We are keen to work with Government to develop propositions for powerful locally led development bodies that can deliver our ambitions for the Hub Station and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zones and contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2

37

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

41 Developing an Investible Proposition Realising our vision for growth will require a combination of strong leadership and clear decision making To inform this we have undertaken a comprehensive programme of technical work to inform our thinking and provide the evidence base for this Growth Strategy including

bull Comprehensive non-statutory development frameworks covering the East Midlands Hub and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

bull A number of concept studies to assess the options for key infrastructure moves including relocation of the existing rail depots at Toton strategic highway access and mass transit extensions

bull A Development Infrastructure Funding (DIF) Study to understand the costs and benefts of diferent scales and rates of development and a funding and delivery mechanisms study to identify options for forward funding of key infrastructure and delivery vehicles

This information has been used to construct an initial outline lsquobusiness casersquo document for our proposals consistent with the Treasuryrsquos lsquoGreen Bookrsquo guidance and will provide the basis for an ongoing dialogue with Government and HS2 Ltd This work will evolve and become more granular over time as our growth proposition matures

Some of the major infrastructure investments will be subject to a separate business case through other established Government programmes such as the Roads Investment Strategy (RIS) This still requires a high-level

case to be made through the Growth Strategy as well as efective co-ordination of planning funding and delivery with other Growth Strategy interventions

42 Key Moves The work we have undertaken to date has identifed a series of key moves that will be required to implement the Growth Strategy including a number of immediate actions which will be necessary to safeguard future opportunities Further detail on these and the necessary enabling measures by Government and its delivery bodies is set out in Appendix 1

People

Our immediate priorities can be delivered largely within existing resources with strong local leadership from the LEPs and the East Midlands Chamber of Commerce and comprise

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to business support that will help local SMEs beneft from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities

bull Establishing a lsquorail industry innovation grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2 awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2

Over the longer term we would expect mainstream Government funding for skills and business support activity to be refocussed around our priorities and complement the strategic approach to skills envisaged by the Midlands Engine

Place

For the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone there are a number of planning land assembly remediation and infrastructure issues that will need to be addressed to enable our vision to be delivered in full In the immediate short term it will be vital to ensure that existing planning consent for the Lime Rise development close to the Hub Station can contribute positively to the delivery of our growth vision

In addition there is a need for further work with the relevant organisations on options for relocating the rail siding and depot activity and the electricity sub-station to locations outside of the Hub Station site and on the expansion and relocation of existing school provision to a better location within the site

Elsewhere we are keen to take forward further work with the Ministry of Defence and the Homes and Communities Agency to ensure that the re-development of the Chetwynd Barracks can actively contribute to a lsquonetwork of garden villagesrsquo

In the Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone the key priority in Chesterfeld will be the delivery of proposals to transform pedestrian and public transport connectivity between the rail station and the town For Staveley the early priorities will be to confrm the depot site as a construction base for HS2 and to secure the frst phases of the Chesterfeld and Staveley Regeneration Route including the provision of improved public transport and pedestrian links necessary to deliver the wider Staveley masterplan

38

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Connectivity

Our immediate priority is to safeguard the potential to secure a classic compatible link at the Hub Station and for enhanced capacity at Trent Junctions capable of delivering the Midlands Connect ITSS These will require the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill which is due to be considered by Ministers in the autumn of 2017 to include provision for the necessary land take

The public transport overbridge and local road connections proposed for the Hub Station will impact on the Hybrid Bill and the associated Environmental Impact Statement and will need to be incorporated into the emerging Hub Station design commissioned by HS2 Ltd

We will need to confrm support from Highways England and HS2 Ltd to take forward the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan with Midlands Connect This work will optimise the package of interventions proposed to serve the Hub Station and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment However we believe we have a sufcient case now for Highways England to identify funding in RIS2 to develop a major scheme on the A52M1 J25 that address existing congestion issues and contributes to the wider solution for accessing the Hub Station

43 Proposals for Delivery Bodies The geographic and political context for the area around the Hub Station is complex spanning a number of local planning authorities local transport authorities and local enterprise partnerships Our work to date has highlighted a range of potential delivery and funding mechanisms that would help to enable development in particular options for Tax Increment Financing (TIf ) But these will require a strategic approach to investment over a number of administrative areas to be efective

There is a local appetite to establish a powerful delivery body that could work at a scale to drive forward our growth vision There are a range of options including the potential for the kind of lsquolocally-led development corporationrsquo envisaged by the Neighbourhood Planning Act 2017

We would like to work with Government over the coming months to develop a proposition for a delivery body for the Hub Station Growth Zone that could begin to operate in lsquoshadow formrsquo with initial seed-corn funding from 2018 onwards

For Chesterfeld and Staveley the geography is less complex with the key moves all within the administrative area of Chesterfeld Borough Council Here a local development company solution may be more appropriate which can also contribute to the delivery of the wider Derbyshire growth story

It will be important to ensure that development in both Growth Zones continues to contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2 under the auspices of the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Mitigation

Whilst HS2 has the potential to bring great benefts to the 44 East Midlands the scale of the new infrastructure involved will also result in some negative impacts ndash particularly in the short term Although the line of route has been designed to minimise impact on environmental assets challenges remain in a number of locations in Derbyshire Leicestershire and Nottinghamshire

Similarly where the line passes through urban areas for example Long Eaton some existing businesses will have to re-locate to alternative premises Whilst the Government has put in place a compensation scheme to assist those directly afected councils are keen to ensure the jobs and investment are retained in the local area wherever possible

The East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board has established a lsquomitigation sub-grouprsquo to work with DfT and HS2 Ltd to help develop detailed designs for key structures that will minimise and mitigate the environmental impacts of the line and look to ensure that existing businesses can continue to thrive As work starts on the development of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill it will be important to ensure that councils are able to inform the detail of the Governmentrsquos proposals on both an individual and collective basis

39

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

45 Phasing of Delivery This Growth Strategy demonstrated the scale complexity and interdependencies between programmes involving a range of partner agencies Many of these programmes involve major schemes that take many years to develop and deliver Although HS2 Phase 2b is not due to become fully operational until 2033 the lead in times are such that key decisions on what might be included within the Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environment Statement will actually be taken during the coming months With appropriate funding and collaboration a number of key moves can be implemented in the short term

Although the development may reach maturity in 2043 by the time HS2 opens there will in fact already be a new place (the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo) emerging around the station to welcome the frst passengers For this to be achieved the delivery partners will need to build momentum over the next 12 months and it is recognised this will require dedicated resource and governance

The evidence base underpinning the growth strategy provides a clear indication of the growth potential and promotes a range of key infrastructure concepts and moves However in order to take these forward and in particular promote some of them for possible inclusion in the Hybrid Bill the partners are clear that more detailed studies and analysis will be required and these will need to be developed in tandem with the work being undertaken for the railway

This highlights the need to establish a dedicated team and for further resources to commission and manage the work programme for the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Phases of Delivery

2017-2022 Hybrid bill development business case development (RS2CP6) land strategy and delivery body early phases of development

2022-2027 Early infrastructure development and key moves (eg depot relocation) next phases of development

2027-2033 HS2 Construction amp completiontesting

2033 HS2 becomes fully operational - local economic development builds momentum

2033-43 Development to maturity

46 First Phase Priorities The focus up to 2022 will be on ensuring the provisions of the Phase 2 Hybrid Bill enable our vision for the Hub Station and priorities for local and strategic connectivity to be implemented Delivery of improvements to the A52 at Bardills and Toton Lane will enable the early phases of the Toton Innovation Campus to commence helping to build investor confdence Completion for the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity plan will progress the wider mix of strategic and local interventions to detailed design stage To be successful all this activity will need to be underpinned by the establishment of a properly resourced and empowered local delivery bodyThe early completion of frst stages of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Station Link Road will help to kick start development in the North Derbyshire Growth Zone

40

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

1 High level Ministerial endorsement of the East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy including through

bull Funding the establishment of a lsquoshadow delivery bodyrsquo to start implementing the Growth Strategy locally and to establish a viable mechanism for capturing a proportion of development value necessary for infrastructure delivery and

bull Promotion by Government and its delivery bodies of key development opportunities set out in the Growth Strategy to national and international investors consistent with the Midlands Engine Vision for Growth

2 Support from DCLG for our vision for the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone by

bull Empowering the HCA to establish a strategic land strategy that will facilitate enabling infrastructure and subsequently to bring forward early phases of development and

bull Using other funding including the current Housing Infrastructure Fund (HIF) to help bring forward early phase infrastructure

3 Support from DfT and its delivery bodies for the implementation of early connectivity priorities related to the Hub Station through

bull Ensuring Highways England and HS2 Ltd contribute gap funding towards the East Midlands Gateway Connectivity Plan Phase 1 Study

bull Funding the delivery phases 1ab of the A52 Access Strategy to enable the initial phases of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo to commence before 2022 and

bull Identifying funding in the next Road Investment Strategy (RIS2) to develop a major scheme to address capacity at M1 Junction 25 and access the Hub Station from the A52 (phases 2 amp3 of the A52 Access Strategy) ndash also making the necessary provisions within the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill amp Environmental Statement

4 DfTHS2 Ltd to ensure that the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make provision at and around the Hub Station for

bull Capacity improvements to classic rail connectivity to the south and north of Toton HS2 station including Trent Junctions optimising the integration of classic and High Speed Rail services and including a lsquoclassic compatible linkrsquo to transform connectivity between Leicester and the north of England

bull An integrated station design including moving the station concourse north to better connect with tram and Public Transport Interchange with an integrated deck connecting eastwest over the HS2 track to

better integrate the Toton station into the heart of the new place ndash the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo This would include provision of a second transfer deck to the south of the main concourse to provide improve capacity and interchange between services

bull Fully integrated public transport interchange and walking routes connecting surrounding communities to promote sustainable travel reduce the need for car parking and thereby make best use of land and local assets including the tram as a means of linking Park amp Ride facilities with the station

bull North South connectivity through the site to connect Long Eaton and Stapleford and to enable local communities to access the station by all modes

bull A clear car parking strategy with a decked car park at the station (premium) complemented by NET based Park and Ride

bull Provision for three bridges as follows

- Integrated with concourse deck to create east west route for tram and sustainable transport links between east and west development areas and to Long Eaton airport and Derby

- Multi-modal bridge south of the A52 to enable resilience in the local network connections to the western development area and

41

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

- Pedestrian bridge at mid-point between the above to connect new communities

bull Provision for an underpass under the Network Rail and HS2 lines to the south of the concourse to enable links between Stapleford Long Eaton and the station by various modes and in particular public transport but as a secondary primary access connecting east and west development areas within the Innovation Campus

5 Separately to ensure the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make specifc provision to deliver the NET tram extension from the existing Toton Park amp Ride to the HS2 Station consistent with the provisions set our above

6 DfTHS2 Ltd to designate Staveley as a major construction hubrailhead for the construction of Phase 2b in addition to the establishment of the Infrastructure Maintenance Depot

7 Government to make a contribution towards the delivery of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Chesterfeld Station Link Road to unlock early development and growth in the corridor

8 Further fnancial and technical support from Network Rail HS2 Ltd and HS2 Growth Partnership to work collaboratively on the relocation of the DBS Depot and Network Rail Sidings to enable development growth and transport connections through the Hub Station area

9 DfTHS2 Ltd to amend the HS2 Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS) to ensure that both Shefeld HS2 classic compatible services stop at Chesterfeld

10 Commitment from DfTHS2 Ltd to at least partially open the Hub Station at Toton by 2030 rather than 2033 to generate additional passenger revenue and accelerate the delivery of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

42

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy World Class - Locally Driven

For more information please contact East Midlands Councils Tel 01664 502620 Email infoemcouncilsgovuk

  • Structure Bookmarks
    • Born 1946-1964
    • Born 1964-1980
    • Born 1980-2000
    • Born 2000+
    • The Hub Station and surrounding area
    • Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone
    • Chesterfield Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo
    • Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site
Page 22: East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy - Broxtowe€¦ · 3.7 Park & Ride 3.8 4.3 East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Contents Contents Foreword 3 3.6 Cycling & Walking 33 Executive Summary

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

variety of functions including recreation food mitigation and ecological habitat The orientation of buildings within this corridor should support this landscape strategy and open up views of the canal river corridor from higher ground to the east of the HS2 line

Parkside Generous green corridors are proposed as a bufer between the planned new development and existing residential communities Lower density areas broadly refecting established residential areas of Toton will front onto these spaces with a typical height of two to

three storeys open landscaped space and site topography ensuring that the amenity of existing local residents are protected New footpaths and cycleways will integrate the site with its surrounding context and enable residents of existing neighbourhoods to access facilities and transport hubs within the new development site It should be noted that new vehicular connections to these neighbourhoods are not proposed

bull Neighbourhood Centres These centres will be located at highly accessible positions within the

The Toton Innovation Campus looking towards the Hub Station

development and will allow the vast majority of the site area to be located within an easy fve minute walking catchment of local facilities

bull HS2 Hub This facility will serve HS2 passengers along with residents and workers based in the lower western section of the site It is envisaged that cafeacutes restaurants and local retail facilities will be integrated within the main station concourse and spill out onto the adjoining public plaza This area also becomes a new cross-roads within a more resilient local road network ofering better connections between SandiacreStapleford and Long Eaton This will further enhance the vitality and vibrancy of the area whilst ensuring surrounding communities can access the services on ofer by a full range of transport choices

bull Toton Innovation Campus Centre Located at the heart of the development a cluster of local retail leisure and hospitality facilities will be clustered in and around a central square Facilities such as a hotel gym business centre and resource centre may also be attracted to this central pedestrian orientated space

bull Community Hub A site to the west of the Toton Lane NET Station has been identifed for the relocation of the George Spencer Academy along with a site for a new primary school a leisure centre and health facility These new community infrastructure buildings will be developed in a green landscape setting with good pedestrian and cycle links to local neighbourhoods and public transport hubs The level of retail development (including

21

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

restaurants cafeacutes) will be controlled to a level which provides for the needs of local residents employees and passengers and avoid competition with existing local centres

The Universities of Derby Nottingham and Nottingham Trent are fully supportive of the HS2 Growth Strategy We have a long history of working together to re-balance economy and believe that this investment has the potential to be transformative

To maximise the value derived from this investment the universities are in a strong position to build on our established partnership for example by working together to shape the proposed lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo located at the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton

The active involvement of the universities at an early stage in defning the proposed lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo means that we can develop an integrated strategy for research teaching and business interaction aligned with HS2 investment

The lsquoworld-classrsquo connectivity aforded by the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton will support the difusion of these opportunities and position the East Midlands as a stronger resilient and more productive economy

bull Green Infrastructure From a place making perspective the HS2 Hub site will be designed to integrate with its surrounding natural environments In total around 16 hectares of open space are proposed within the development site

bull River Canal Corridor The Erewash river and canal corridor runs to the east of the site and provides an area of high amenity value To the north the opportunity exists to enhance the network of footpaths and cycleways leading up to the strategic Stanton Iron Works site and beyond To the south new pedestrian and cycle links will connect the site to the Attenborough Nature Reserve and the Trent Valley This will include opportunities to reinstate new routes beneath the HS2 classic rail line to the south of the station and also to reduce the risk of fooding associated with this section of the river More generally the opportunity to enhance the character of the river and canal corridor would provide further amenity and ecological benefts This may include enhancements to the Sandiacre Locks Conservation Area and measures to introduce more variety diverse habitats and interest to the river lsquochannelrsquo

bull Toton Horseshoe A landscaped corridor is proposed to wrap around the existing Toton residential area This will provide a bufer between planned new development and the local residential areas encompass existing areas of maturing woodland and create a new connection through to the redeveloped Chetwynd Barracks to the east

bull Green Boulevard A new green spine is planned to run through the heart of the new development This route will connect the eastern and western sections of the site via a new pedestrian link across the HS2 corridor and a new plaza at the station entrance The boulevard a wide green space integrating a small existing watercourse will run

through the heart of the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo connecting to the area of protected Green Belt land to the north east

bull Local Amenity Open Space In addition to the strategic green infrastructure highlighted above a network of local amenity spaces will be integrated across the new development These will include both formal and informal recreation areas and play space for the enjoyment of residents employees and visitors alike

Associated lsquoGarden Villagersquo Developments

Chetwynd Barracks The MoD site at Chetwynd will become available for development from 2020 and will be designed and developed as an integral part of the Hub Station Growth area The development will provide a predominantly residential area that will be linked directly to the lsquoCommunity Hubrsquo north of the existing Toton Lane Like the main Hub Station lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo and Community Hub Chetwynd will be subject to the policies of the emerging Broxtowe Local Plan and of Nottinghamshire County Council as the Local HighwayTransport Authority and Local Education Authority

Stanton The Hub Station Growth Zone also includes the former iron works at Stanton where additional employment opportunities will be realised alongside up to 2000 homes which will serve to complement the proposals for the Hub Station and Innovation Campus This site falls within Erewash Borough Council and Derbyshire County Councilrsquos administrative areas This site is subject of a separate Supplementary Planning Document published by Erewash Borough Council and the proposals outlined in the Growth Strategy are consistent with this

22

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Ratclife Power Station Site Within the wider area there may also be further growth opportunities to be explored as part of the HS2 Growth Strategy including Ratclife Power Station Whilst this is not anticipated to be decommissioned before 2025 its location adjacent to the existing East Midlands Parkway station and an existing railhead means that the site has potential to create a transport orientated mixed use development around the station and a possible location for rail related development This site falls within Rushclife Borough Council and Nottinghamshire County Councilrsquos administrative areas

Derby There are already proposals to develop up to 2000 new homes as part of the lsquoInfnity Garden Villagersquo development which spans the boundary between the city of Derby and South Derbyshire District Council In addition there is potential for major mixed use development on the former Courtaulds site at Spondon on the east side of Derby

Leicestershire There are emerging proposals for major housing development in North West Leicestershire linked to employment growth at East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange

23 Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone Our Growth Vision

The Growth Zone is focussed on the Borough of Chesterfeld within the county of Derbyshire and includes the areas around the existing railway station and the proposed Infrastructure Maintenance Depot (IMD) at Staveley east of the town centre also proposed as a construction base for HS2

Our ambitions for Chesterfeld and Staveley are set in the context of a wide growth story for the wider northern Derbyshire area that builds on existing strengths in tourism construction and engineering higher and further education and professional services Key complementary investments include the lsquoPeak Resortrsquo development that

will combine a unique combination of tourism and HEFE education and training

HS2 will bring Chesterfeld within 108 minutes from London and serve a catchment area of over 1 million people Plans for Chesterfeld will transform the relationship between

Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

23

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

the rail station the town centre and major regeneration opportunities and enable the station to become an attractive gateway to the town itself the surrounding Peak District National Park and other key heritage assets - particularly for international visitors Proposals include a scalable housing and commercial investment proposition that will be accelerated to welcome HS2 through investment in enabling infrastructure

The proposed IMD is set within a wider masterplan for the Staveley corridor that will deliver signifcant levels of housing and job growth and provide a focus for the local rail engineering sector including the development of a rail industry lsquocentre of excellencersquo linked to the High Speed Rail College In the shorter term there is an ambition for the Staveley site to be used for a base for the construction of the majority of Phase 2b of HS2

Construction of early phases of the Chesterfeld amp Staveley Regeneration Route will enable key brownfeld regeneration sites to be developed and wider benefts to the A61 Corridor and the extended Markham Vale Enterprise Zone

Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

Underpinning the vision will be a strong focus on inclusive growth linked to our wider skills and supply chain strategy making sure that local communities and local businesses can beneft from the investment that HS2 will bring

Chesterfeld amp Staveley Development Framework

We will enable this growth in the number and quality of jobs by re-shaping and transforming our places through infrastructure-led development Those places will be allowed to fourish and cater for our changing communities as well as providing for new communities and retaining those such as graduates who will have much wider lifestyle choices as a result

Chesterfeld Station

Chesterfeld Station will have an enhanced role as both a destination and a gateway to surrounding localities Over 1 million people already live within 30 minutes of the station HS2 will bring Birmingham and Leeds within 50 minutes We will bring forward development and infrastructure in tandem to provide a high quality experience for those using the

Platform 4

Chesterfeld Station

Chesterfeld Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo

24

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

station lsquoPlatform 4rsquo will provide a modern and attractive route across the A61 with well-designed public realm that will bring the station into the town centre as well as allowing far greater accessibility to public transport Unused and under-used land around the station will be developed and linked to the adjacent Waterside development to provide a mixed-use lsquourban villagersquo ft for future generations to live work and play

Remodelled links between Chesterfeld Station and the town

The infrastructure provided to improve access to the station for HS2 services will also allow us to accelerate our ambition for the wider town centre By taking trafc out of the historic core of the town we can enhance the visitor experience and bring forward new opportunities for residential development with a wide and fexible mix of tenures This will ensure far greater vibrancy within the town which will expand to include the station area and support the wider ambitions for growth in our key sectors

Staveley

The proposed Infrastructure Maintenance Depot (IMD) at Staveley provides a signifcant opportunity to bring forward a much wider strategic development on this 150 hectare brownfeld site Through investing in infrastructure in particular local road access we can open up not just the depot site but a whole new sustainable community of around 1500 homes and many hundreds of new jobs

By phasing the development we will also be able to ofer a well located construction base for HS2 bringing investment and jobs to the area well in advance of the maintenance depot Over the longer term we believe there is the potential to develop the area around the Infrastructure

The wider Chesterfeld Station Area Masterplan wide

Residential building

OfficeCommercial building

Officeresidential building

Hotel building

Station building

MSCP building

Green Space

Public realm

Potential development areas subject to consultation with existing land owners

Retained Listed station building

Ground foor community facility land use

Potential pedestriancycle link to the east

Maintenance Depot as a rail industry lsquocentre of excellencersquo linked to the High Speed Rail College and the NewRail centre at Barrow Hill Roundhouse

Strategic outline masterplan for the Staveley Corridor

Characterising development at all these sites will be an approach to place-making for the future This is led by consideration of how our communities of the future will want to live and work rather than being based on historic development models

We will use the investment in infrastructure to develop places and homes that anticipate our changing population putting in place fexible models in order to meet future demand This will include providing a far better choice for older people with homes that meet current and future care needs We will make the most of the expanding higher education ofer to enable quality student accommodation and develop places in which our graduates want to stay live earn and spend

25

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Strategic outline masterplan for the Staveley corridor 24 Next Steps Our proposals for the Hub Station and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zones are long term and ambitious Whilst the proposed development will lead to an uplift in land values and economic and social benefts it will also require investment in local and strategic infrastructure and land remediation and assembly

We have undertaken technical work to understand likely infrastructure and land costs and development trajectories that could be delivered to inform an initial outline business case assessment consistent with the Treasuryrsquos lsquoGreen Bookrsquo This work will continue to develop as our plans mature

Further detail on delivery is contained in Section 4

Key

SWA1 Redline Boundary

Existing Features

Culvert

River

Canal

Crossing Point

Road

Railway Line

Right of Way

Building

Listed Building

Non Designated Heritage Asset

Existing Trees

Proposed Features

Marina

CS Regeneration Route

Road

FootCycle Path

Pedestrian Zone

Avenue Planting

Public Open Space

Key Building

Railway Line

Canal

Proposed Usage

Residential

Mixed use - Community Retail Residential

Mixed Use - Employment Local Skills and crafts

Workshops Studios Residential

Mixed Use - Community Canal related

Residential

Safeguarded School Site

Leisure - Hotel Pub Restaurant

B1 - Office and Light Industry

B2 - General Industry

B8 - Warehousing and Distribution

HS2 Maintenance Depot

26

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Section 3 | Connectivity Summary

The Hub Station at Toton will already be the most connected on the high speed network outside of London and will serve a catchment of over 2 million people Whilst the development adjacent to the Hub Station will be crucial our early work confrmed that much of the wider economic potential of HS2 will be dependent on the extent to which we can connect economic opportunities across the East Midlands into the high speed network In particular the city centres of Derby Leicester and Nottingham East Midlands Airport and sites that exist in the towns and villages surrounding both the Hub Station and Chesterfeld

Our analysis has demonstrated which modes of transport will serve diferent markets most efectively ndash national regional sub-regional and local Based on this we have set out a comprehensive step by step approach to connectivity which will maximise transport choice for future generations as well as tackling congestion issues that exist today

Key to this will be safeguarding the ability to extend public transport accessibility in the scope of the Governmentrsquos Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and planning now for a phased approach to delivery of highway improvements starting in RIS2

Whilst we are confdent that the measures we have identifed can deliver positive outcomes more detailed design work will be required to secure the capital funding necessary for delivery Further work on the design and phasing of key interventions will therefore be undertaken with transport modelling developed in partnership with Midlands Connect the outcome of which will also help to scope the necessary provisions of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

27

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

SCOTLAND

YORK amp NEWCASTLE

LEEDS

EAST MIDLANDS

HUB

SOUTH YORKSHIRE

SHEFFIELD HS2

CHESTERFIELD

CREWE HS2 HUB

BIRMINGHAM

STOKE DERBY

LEICESTER

LOUGHBOROUGH

LONDON EUROPE

BEESTON

NOTTINGHAM LINCOLN

MANSFIELD

WORKSOP

31 National Context HS2 will help to transform the position of our towns and cities within the UK and Midlands making our local economies more competitive

HS2 CURRENT

68 104 NOTTINGHAM TO LONDON

HHS2S2 CU

142 LEICESTER TO NEWCASTLE

HHS2S2 CURRENT

50 77 DERBY TO LEEDS

HHS2S2 CURRENT

73 145 LEICESTER TO LEEDS

HHS2S2 CURRENT

36 73 NOTTINGHAM TO BIRMINGHAM

HS2 CURRENT

71 143 CHESTERFIELD TO LONDON

RRENT

205

28

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Midlands Connect

The Midlands Connect Strategy described how the HS2 stations at Birmingham Curzon Street UK Central and East Midlands will form the lsquohubrsquo of the UKrsquos high speed rail network Together with classic compatible connectivity at Chesterfeld Crewe and Stoke stations this will unlock economic growth across the Midlands - provided we get the local connectivity right

Through Midlands Connect we are taking forward a body of technical work to defne and develop the local strategic connections that will maximise economic growth opportunities Through the wider Midlands Engine initiative we are promoting the transformational benefts of HS2 to national and international investors

For more information about Midlands Connect and the Midlands Engine please visit httpswwwmidlandsconnectuk

HS2 East

Our work through the HS2 East partnership has demonstrated that the Eastern Leg of HS2 between Birmingham to Leeds via the East Midlands Hub Station has the best business case of any part of the proposed network - with a beneft to cost ratio of over 5 to 1

However the economic impact of the Eastern Leg extends further than Leeds The proposed lsquoclassic compatiblersquo link to the East Coast Main Line will enable high speed rail services to serve the North East of England and Scotland ndash linking

six of the UKrsquos top ten cities and 20 of national GVA This will result in lsquoagglomerationrsquo impacts of over pound700 million GVA and some major journey time savings

bull Leeds to Glasgow reduction of 90 minutes

bull Sheffield to Edinburgh reduction of 90 minutes

bull Newcastle to Birmingham reduction of 85 minutes

Together the Eastern Leg of HS2 and an enhanced East Coast Main Line provide the obvious route for reducing journey times from Scotland to London towards the three hour mark ndash the point at which rail becomes competitive with air travel

For further information about HS2 East please visit httpwwwhs2eastcouk

32 Our strategic approach Connecting key centres of population and development opportunities across the East Midlands to the high speed network will be key to realising the wider economic potential that HS2 connectivity brings

Our analysis has demonstrated which modes of transport will serve diferent markets most efectively Only by developing a comprehensive lsquomulti-modalrsquo approach to connectivity can we deliver the transport choice required by future generations and start to tackle some of the congestion issues that exist today

We also acknowledge that not everything can or indeed should happen at once We have therefore set out a phased approach to improving connectivity at least some of which can be delivered before HS2 becomes fully operational

Heavy Rail Pimary Market

Mass Transit Strategy Regional

Bus Connectivity Sub-Regional amp Local

Taxi Connectivity Sub-Regional amp Local

Walking and Cycling Local and Very Local

Park and Ride Sub-Regional amp Local

Highway Sub-Regional amp Local

Our strategic approach to connectivity

33 Rail Rail will be the most efective mode for accessing the Hub Station from surrounding city and town centres It will also link the East Midlands with the major city-regions across the rest of the UK ndash not least by the HS2 network itself

HS2 Services

The latest service specifcation published by HS2 Ltd indicates that the East Midlands Hub Station will be the best connected on the high speed network outside of London with seven HS2 services per hour in both directions

Impressive though this level of connectivity is we believe there is scope for further improvements

29

Through our work on the HS2 East Partnership we believe there is a strong economic case for the Eastern Leg of HS2 and the East Coast Main Line forming the primary route for serving Scotland not least because it would link the fnancial centres of Leeds and Edinburgh and the conurbations of the North East ndash also a key objective of Transport for the North

The scale of growth proposed in Chesterfeld as described in Section Two makes a compelling case for both Shefeld trains stopping at Chesterfeld Station rather than just one per hour

Classic Compatible Services

It is clear that although the Eastern Leg of HS2 will be designed to accommodate up to 18 trains per hour (in line with the rest of the network) the current service pattern only currently envisages nine There is therefore scope to run additional services on at least part of the Eastern Leg Working with both Midlands Connect and Transport for the North we believe there is a business case for two additional lsquoclassic compatiblersquo trains per hour linking Leicester and LeedsManchester which would transform rail connectivity between the East Midlands and the Northern Powerhouse

For this to be deliverable there would need to be a lsquoclassic compatiblersquo connection between HS2 and an electrifed Midland Main Line at or around the Hub Station HS2 Ltd have developed an indicative design for how this could be delivered Although further work will be required we believe we have sufcient economic evidence now for the Secretary of State to make at least lsquopassive provisionrsquo for such a link in the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

Newcastle

Durham

Dalington

York

Leeds

Shefeld Midland

Chesterfeld

Toton

Church Street

Birmingam Interchange

Old Oak Common Euston

bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

Trains from London 6tph

Trains from Birmrsquoham 3tph

Proposed HS2 Service Pattern for the Eastern Leg

NEWCASTLE

YORK

LEEDS

LONDON BIRMINGHAM

29 36

106

19

EAST MIDLANDS

HUB

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Classic Services

In addition to the two lsquoclassic compatiblersquo services working through Midlands Connect we have identifed an additional 11 lsquoclassic servicesrsquo that could serve the Hub Station These would be a mixture of lsquoshuttle servicesrsquo fast and semi-fast services and stopping services In total this would mean the Hub Station would be served by 20 trains per hour in both directions ndash an outstanding level of connectivity

HS2 Hub Station Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS)

The service specifcation for the Hub Station is consistent with the wider Midlands Connect ITSS which supports the Midlands Connect Strategy published in March 2017

The Maid Marian Line

In addition we believe there is the potential to develop a new service linking the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton with Mansfeld Ashfeld via the adaption on an existing freight line known as the Maid Marian Line This direct link would facilitate greater connectivity for residents and businesses to HS2 services supporting economic regeneration in the towns and contributing to the wider Nottinghamshire growth story We are working with Network Rail to understand any implications for the wider Midlands Connect ITSS

Capacity at Trent Junctions

A key constraint to the delivery of the Midlands Connect ITSS is the capacity of Trent Junctions south of Nottingham We understand that HS2 Ltd will need to make some improvements to Trent Junctions to accommodate the HS2 Core proposition - although these on their own will

30

51

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

HS2 Services

London - Leeds Birmingham - Leeds

London - Leeds Birmingham - Newcastle

London - Chesterfeld - Shefeld - Leeds

Birmingham - Leeds London - Shefeld - York

34 Mass Transit Extensions Classic Compatible Services

Shuttle Services

Nottingham - EM Hub Derby - EM Hub

Fast and Semi-fast Services

Leicester - Crewe Crewe - EM Hub

London - Manchester Crewe - EM Hub

Stopping Services

Leicester - Leeds Leicester - Manchester The success of the Nottingham Express Transit (NET) has demonstrated the potential of mass transit to reduce

Leicester - Lincoln Nottingham - Leeds

Leicester - Nottingham Leicester - Derby

Norwich - Liverpool Newark Castle - Matlock

HS2 Hub Station Indicative Train Service Specifcation

not be sufcient to accommodate the Midlands Connect ITSS There is a clear operational case for avoiding multiple engineering works on this congested section of railway infrastructure ndash with a single enhancement scheme being the clearly favoured option Based on our initial work with Network Rail we believe there is a sufcient economic case now for the Secretary of State to make at least lsquopassive provisionrsquo for an enhanced scheme in the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

congestion increase transport choice and connect people to jobs and services It will therefore be a key element of the connectivity strategy for maximising the economic benefts of the HS2 Hub Station Given the technical challenges and the scale of investment required we recognise the importance of taking a phased approach to delivery

Extending NET to the Hub Station

The frst phase would be to extend the tram from the park and ride site at Toton Lane to the Hub Station ndash a distance of around one mile This will connect the Hub Station to key locations such as the Queens Medical Centre the University campus and the Enterprise Zone and complement the heavy rail service to Nottingham City Centre This link will need to be in place when the Hub Station becomes operational to serve the Nottingham Enterprise Zone sites and to establish the principle tram access in the publicrsquos mind

Extending Connectivity over the Hub Station

Our work has highlighted a number of options for extending connectivity to the west of the Hub Station towards Derby and East Midlands Airport which would have signifcant economic benefts These could be delivered by bus rapid transit (BRT) tram-train as well as by NET extensions Further work will be required to determine the optimum routes and modes These options would require a link over the Hub Station (similar to the arrangement at Nottingham Station) which would be costly to retro-ft We have therefore included a public transport overbridge into our proposals for the Hub Station At this stage it is unlikely that this on its own will require provision for further land take in the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill however it may impact on the required Environmental Impact Statement

Options to Derby

There are two main options for connecting Derby The frst would follow the route of the A52 This would be fast ndash but not as fast as the classic rail service from Derby Station It would be direct but serve a limited population catchment The relatively high cost of developing this as a tram route would appear to make it unviable - although it could have potential as a route for a lower cost form of BRT

The second option would run to the south of the A52 and link the Hub Station with Long Eaton and then on to Breaston Borrowash Spondon Pride Park and Derby Station It would be slower but serve a much larger population catchment It would be cheaper to develop as a tram route but could impact on the proposed canal

31

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Red Arrow Skylink

Zoom 15

i4 18

Indigo 510

Y5 Toton Sidings

NET

Options for bus services serving the Hub Station

35

Revised existing route

New Fast Track to EMA via M1

Arnold via QMC City Hospital

Mansfeld via M1 Kirkby Sutton

Alfreton via M1 Heanor Ripley

restoration project It could be developed in phases the frst comprising a NET extension to a park and ride site west of the M1

Options to East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Rail Freight Interchange

There are a number of potential routes to the airport Following the rail corridor south from the Hub Station before heading west is likely to be the quickest and would limit environmental impacts on Long Eaton town centre It also has potential for a tram-train solution should this become a viable technology in the UK The scale of employment growth proposed at East Midlands Gateway the potential for a lsquoFree Trade Zonersquo around the airport as well as the projected growth in air passenger numbers means such a link could have signifcant economic benefts

Bus amp Taxi Bus travel will continue to be the backbone of the local public transport for many people There is already a comprehensive network of bus routes and services across the sub-region which could be developed to serve the Hub Station from a wide range of locations

The key challenge for operators from a commercial perspective will be to ensure that the Hub Station does not become a lsquoterminusrsquo destination Buses (and taxis) must therefore be able to pass through the Hub Station to also serve surrounding communities across the wider sub-region Our proposed confguration of local road links between the Hub Station and Long Eaton Stapleford

32

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Sandiacre and Toton as well as access from the A52 would enable a commercially viable network of bus services to be established

For Chesterfeld a new road link into the south of the station complex for buses and taxis will provide a through route that will integrate the existing station into local public transport networks more efectively

36 Cycling amp Walking Every rail passenger is a pedestrian at the point of boarding a train Making the Hub Station and the immediate surrounding environment pedestrian friendly will make travel by train more attractive and help to drive patronage

It is also important that local people in surrounding communities have safe and attractive routes for walking and cycling ndash not just to the Hub Station but also to and within the proposed Innovation Campus Cycling and walking are likely to become more attractive options to future generations as public attitudes to travel continue to change This trend has been refected in the core design principles we have established that will underpin future development on the Hub Station site

For Chesterfeld we have set out proposals known as lsquoPlatform 4rsquo for enhancing pedestrian and public transport accessibility between the Station and the town centre over the A61 dual carriageway

37 Park amp Ride A well-coordinated and managed park amp ride strategy can help to reduce the impacts of congestion and provide viable transport choices for local communities

There are opportunities to develop park and ride facilities serving the Hub Station in tandem with a phased roll out of an extended mass transit system The existing park amp

Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site

ride site at Toton Lane (1300 spaces) linked to the tram will be retained albeit in modifed form In addition to a multi-storey car park at the Hub Station itself (1300 spaces proposed) there is an opportunity to develop an additional parking facility of a similar size west of M1 Junction 25 linked to a frst phase extension of the tram over the Hub Station

33

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

This would give a third car park option and the ability to manage travel demand to the Hub Station site in a more fexible manner - as well as an ability to reduce pressure on M1 Junction 25

On the Derby side of the A52 there are options for park and ride sites on the east side of Derby as part of a mass transit system linking Pride Park and Derby Station to the City Centre which could ultimately connect to the Hub Station

38 Strategic amp Local Road Access Despite the focus on public transport cycling and walking access by private car will still be important and a 1300 space multi-storey car park is proposed at the Hub Station However this will require a highway solution that must also address a number of existing challenges

Access from the A52 and M1

Access from the strategic road network into the Hub Station Site will be critical Our technical work has suggested that a single access from the A52 into the site for all movements is unlikely to be deliverable Whilst an engineering solution could be developed it would be very expensive environmentally damaging and take up valuable land that could be better used for economic development purposes

As a result a phased approach is proposed comprising the following key moves

1 A new lsquoat gradersquo junction on the A52 east of the Bardills Roundabout linked to a new Toton Lane which would provide access from Nottingham to the east of the Hub Station site and support the early phases of development of the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

2 A new lsquoof setrsquo junction on the A52 to the west of the use of the construction access required by HS2 Ltd M1 which would remove local movements from M1 to build the Hub Station Junction 25 and provide a more direct route under

Our technical work suggests there is scope to deliver key the motorway into Long Eaton

moves 1) and 2) in advance of the Hub Station opening 3 A new lsquograde separatedrsquo junction on the A52 to the The scale of existing problems and likely future trafc

north of the Hub Station to provide access from growth on the A52 corridor suggests that there is already a Derby and the M1 ndash which has the potential to make strong case for Highways England working with Midlands

Provide local road access to StaplefordSandiacre

Relieve congestion at Bardills and Toton Lane

Provide access from A52

Separate local amp strategic movements at J25

Provide for E-W movements

Provide for local road access for Long Eaton

Strategic amp Local Road Access Challenges

34

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Access from A52 and M1

Connect and local partners to make a proposal for major scheme funding in RIS 2 ndash which would also contribute to a comprehensive connectivity strategy for the Hub Station

A direct link to the Hub Station from the north through 3) will be linked to the construction of the station itself by HS2 Ltd and may be able to make use of any temporary construction access required by HS2 Ltd

Stanton Sandiacre

Derby

Stapleford

Long Eaton

Primary HS2

access

New eastern access

Re-modelled Bardills junction

New eastern access link

Toton Lane

Local access link

Local local link

New ofset A52 Junction

New local link

Remodelled M1 Junction 25

link

1a

1b

3 2

M1

A52

HS2

Local access Nottingham

junction

39

Finally there is the potential to establish a Park amp Ride site west of the M1 linked to a tram extension and the proposed lsquoof-setrsquo junction on the A52 This would provide a further car parking option for the Hub Station and help to manage movements through M1 Junction 25

Local Road Access

As described above local road access to the Hub Station from Long Eaton Stapleford Sandiacre and Toton will be important to secure commercially viable bus and coach services and taxis ndash as well as safe cycle routes We have developed a proposal for local access that can be integrated into the design of the Hub Station and which will complement the proposed strategic links Key to this will be the development of a local road link running under the HS2 and classic rail tracks to the south of the Hub Station

Next Steps We are clear that whilst all the individual elements of our connectivity strategy will have positive outcomes the real benefts will only be achieved by taking an integrated approach to scheme development and delivery

We will therefore develop our proposals further through a project joint funded by Midlands Connect East Midlands partners HS2 Ltd and Highways England known as the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan Phase 1 will use transport modelling to optimise the package of interventions and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment Phase 2 will examine connectivity issues over a wider strategic area including the long term future of the M1

Further detail on delivery is contained in Section 4

35

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Local Road Access Diagram

1

2

3

4

5

6

New A52 access Pedestrian NET link Bus Interchange amp Station Car Park

Remodelled Bardills roundabout

7

8

9

10

11

Local link to Long Eaton

New Bardills roundabout Local link to Sandiacre

New Toton Lane NET extension amp option to extend to EMA Derby

HS2 underpass Station Concourse

HS2 overpass

36

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Section 4 | Delivery Summary

We have undertaken a number of technical studies to understand the costs and benefts of various scales and rates of development to inform the development of an initial outlines business case for our proposals consistent with Treasury requirements which is set out in a separate document This work will evolve and become more granular as our growth proposition matures

There is potential for signifcant employment and housing development across the East Midlands Hub and Derbyshire Growth Zones This will make a signifcant contribution to the Governmentrsquos rebalancing agenda and provide an impetus for growth across the wider East Midlands where there is potential to deliver an additional 74000 jobs and pound4 billion of GVA above trend

We have set out the key moves necessary to deliver our proposals for people place and connectivity and highlighted the immediate measures necessary to safeguard future opportunities Detailed proposals are set out in Appendix 1

We are keen to work with Government to develop propositions for powerful locally led development bodies that can deliver our ambitions for the Hub Station and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zones and contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2

37

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

41 Developing an Investible Proposition Realising our vision for growth will require a combination of strong leadership and clear decision making To inform this we have undertaken a comprehensive programme of technical work to inform our thinking and provide the evidence base for this Growth Strategy including

bull Comprehensive non-statutory development frameworks covering the East Midlands Hub and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

bull A number of concept studies to assess the options for key infrastructure moves including relocation of the existing rail depots at Toton strategic highway access and mass transit extensions

bull A Development Infrastructure Funding (DIF) Study to understand the costs and benefts of diferent scales and rates of development and a funding and delivery mechanisms study to identify options for forward funding of key infrastructure and delivery vehicles

This information has been used to construct an initial outline lsquobusiness casersquo document for our proposals consistent with the Treasuryrsquos lsquoGreen Bookrsquo guidance and will provide the basis for an ongoing dialogue with Government and HS2 Ltd This work will evolve and become more granular over time as our growth proposition matures

Some of the major infrastructure investments will be subject to a separate business case through other established Government programmes such as the Roads Investment Strategy (RIS) This still requires a high-level

case to be made through the Growth Strategy as well as efective co-ordination of planning funding and delivery with other Growth Strategy interventions

42 Key Moves The work we have undertaken to date has identifed a series of key moves that will be required to implement the Growth Strategy including a number of immediate actions which will be necessary to safeguard future opportunities Further detail on these and the necessary enabling measures by Government and its delivery bodies is set out in Appendix 1

People

Our immediate priorities can be delivered largely within existing resources with strong local leadership from the LEPs and the East Midlands Chamber of Commerce and comprise

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to business support that will help local SMEs beneft from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities

bull Establishing a lsquorail industry innovation grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2 awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2

Over the longer term we would expect mainstream Government funding for skills and business support activity to be refocussed around our priorities and complement the strategic approach to skills envisaged by the Midlands Engine

Place

For the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone there are a number of planning land assembly remediation and infrastructure issues that will need to be addressed to enable our vision to be delivered in full In the immediate short term it will be vital to ensure that existing planning consent for the Lime Rise development close to the Hub Station can contribute positively to the delivery of our growth vision

In addition there is a need for further work with the relevant organisations on options for relocating the rail siding and depot activity and the electricity sub-station to locations outside of the Hub Station site and on the expansion and relocation of existing school provision to a better location within the site

Elsewhere we are keen to take forward further work with the Ministry of Defence and the Homes and Communities Agency to ensure that the re-development of the Chetwynd Barracks can actively contribute to a lsquonetwork of garden villagesrsquo

In the Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone the key priority in Chesterfeld will be the delivery of proposals to transform pedestrian and public transport connectivity between the rail station and the town For Staveley the early priorities will be to confrm the depot site as a construction base for HS2 and to secure the frst phases of the Chesterfeld and Staveley Regeneration Route including the provision of improved public transport and pedestrian links necessary to deliver the wider Staveley masterplan

38

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Connectivity

Our immediate priority is to safeguard the potential to secure a classic compatible link at the Hub Station and for enhanced capacity at Trent Junctions capable of delivering the Midlands Connect ITSS These will require the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill which is due to be considered by Ministers in the autumn of 2017 to include provision for the necessary land take

The public transport overbridge and local road connections proposed for the Hub Station will impact on the Hybrid Bill and the associated Environmental Impact Statement and will need to be incorporated into the emerging Hub Station design commissioned by HS2 Ltd

We will need to confrm support from Highways England and HS2 Ltd to take forward the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan with Midlands Connect This work will optimise the package of interventions proposed to serve the Hub Station and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment However we believe we have a sufcient case now for Highways England to identify funding in RIS2 to develop a major scheme on the A52M1 J25 that address existing congestion issues and contributes to the wider solution for accessing the Hub Station

43 Proposals for Delivery Bodies The geographic and political context for the area around the Hub Station is complex spanning a number of local planning authorities local transport authorities and local enterprise partnerships Our work to date has highlighted a range of potential delivery and funding mechanisms that would help to enable development in particular options for Tax Increment Financing (TIf ) But these will require a strategic approach to investment over a number of administrative areas to be efective

There is a local appetite to establish a powerful delivery body that could work at a scale to drive forward our growth vision There are a range of options including the potential for the kind of lsquolocally-led development corporationrsquo envisaged by the Neighbourhood Planning Act 2017

We would like to work with Government over the coming months to develop a proposition for a delivery body for the Hub Station Growth Zone that could begin to operate in lsquoshadow formrsquo with initial seed-corn funding from 2018 onwards

For Chesterfeld and Staveley the geography is less complex with the key moves all within the administrative area of Chesterfeld Borough Council Here a local development company solution may be more appropriate which can also contribute to the delivery of the wider Derbyshire growth story

It will be important to ensure that development in both Growth Zones continues to contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2 under the auspices of the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Mitigation

Whilst HS2 has the potential to bring great benefts to the 44 East Midlands the scale of the new infrastructure involved will also result in some negative impacts ndash particularly in the short term Although the line of route has been designed to minimise impact on environmental assets challenges remain in a number of locations in Derbyshire Leicestershire and Nottinghamshire

Similarly where the line passes through urban areas for example Long Eaton some existing businesses will have to re-locate to alternative premises Whilst the Government has put in place a compensation scheme to assist those directly afected councils are keen to ensure the jobs and investment are retained in the local area wherever possible

The East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board has established a lsquomitigation sub-grouprsquo to work with DfT and HS2 Ltd to help develop detailed designs for key structures that will minimise and mitigate the environmental impacts of the line and look to ensure that existing businesses can continue to thrive As work starts on the development of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill it will be important to ensure that councils are able to inform the detail of the Governmentrsquos proposals on both an individual and collective basis

39

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

45 Phasing of Delivery This Growth Strategy demonstrated the scale complexity and interdependencies between programmes involving a range of partner agencies Many of these programmes involve major schemes that take many years to develop and deliver Although HS2 Phase 2b is not due to become fully operational until 2033 the lead in times are such that key decisions on what might be included within the Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environment Statement will actually be taken during the coming months With appropriate funding and collaboration a number of key moves can be implemented in the short term

Although the development may reach maturity in 2043 by the time HS2 opens there will in fact already be a new place (the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo) emerging around the station to welcome the frst passengers For this to be achieved the delivery partners will need to build momentum over the next 12 months and it is recognised this will require dedicated resource and governance

The evidence base underpinning the growth strategy provides a clear indication of the growth potential and promotes a range of key infrastructure concepts and moves However in order to take these forward and in particular promote some of them for possible inclusion in the Hybrid Bill the partners are clear that more detailed studies and analysis will be required and these will need to be developed in tandem with the work being undertaken for the railway

This highlights the need to establish a dedicated team and for further resources to commission and manage the work programme for the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Phases of Delivery

2017-2022 Hybrid bill development business case development (RS2CP6) land strategy and delivery body early phases of development

2022-2027 Early infrastructure development and key moves (eg depot relocation) next phases of development

2027-2033 HS2 Construction amp completiontesting

2033 HS2 becomes fully operational - local economic development builds momentum

2033-43 Development to maturity

46 First Phase Priorities The focus up to 2022 will be on ensuring the provisions of the Phase 2 Hybrid Bill enable our vision for the Hub Station and priorities for local and strategic connectivity to be implemented Delivery of improvements to the A52 at Bardills and Toton Lane will enable the early phases of the Toton Innovation Campus to commence helping to build investor confdence Completion for the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity plan will progress the wider mix of strategic and local interventions to detailed design stage To be successful all this activity will need to be underpinned by the establishment of a properly resourced and empowered local delivery bodyThe early completion of frst stages of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Station Link Road will help to kick start development in the North Derbyshire Growth Zone

40

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

1 High level Ministerial endorsement of the East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy including through

bull Funding the establishment of a lsquoshadow delivery bodyrsquo to start implementing the Growth Strategy locally and to establish a viable mechanism for capturing a proportion of development value necessary for infrastructure delivery and

bull Promotion by Government and its delivery bodies of key development opportunities set out in the Growth Strategy to national and international investors consistent with the Midlands Engine Vision for Growth

2 Support from DCLG for our vision for the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone by

bull Empowering the HCA to establish a strategic land strategy that will facilitate enabling infrastructure and subsequently to bring forward early phases of development and

bull Using other funding including the current Housing Infrastructure Fund (HIF) to help bring forward early phase infrastructure

3 Support from DfT and its delivery bodies for the implementation of early connectivity priorities related to the Hub Station through

bull Ensuring Highways England and HS2 Ltd contribute gap funding towards the East Midlands Gateway Connectivity Plan Phase 1 Study

bull Funding the delivery phases 1ab of the A52 Access Strategy to enable the initial phases of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo to commence before 2022 and

bull Identifying funding in the next Road Investment Strategy (RIS2) to develop a major scheme to address capacity at M1 Junction 25 and access the Hub Station from the A52 (phases 2 amp3 of the A52 Access Strategy) ndash also making the necessary provisions within the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill amp Environmental Statement

4 DfTHS2 Ltd to ensure that the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make provision at and around the Hub Station for

bull Capacity improvements to classic rail connectivity to the south and north of Toton HS2 station including Trent Junctions optimising the integration of classic and High Speed Rail services and including a lsquoclassic compatible linkrsquo to transform connectivity between Leicester and the north of England

bull An integrated station design including moving the station concourse north to better connect with tram and Public Transport Interchange with an integrated deck connecting eastwest over the HS2 track to

better integrate the Toton station into the heart of the new place ndash the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo This would include provision of a second transfer deck to the south of the main concourse to provide improve capacity and interchange between services

bull Fully integrated public transport interchange and walking routes connecting surrounding communities to promote sustainable travel reduce the need for car parking and thereby make best use of land and local assets including the tram as a means of linking Park amp Ride facilities with the station

bull North South connectivity through the site to connect Long Eaton and Stapleford and to enable local communities to access the station by all modes

bull A clear car parking strategy with a decked car park at the station (premium) complemented by NET based Park and Ride

bull Provision for three bridges as follows

- Integrated with concourse deck to create east west route for tram and sustainable transport links between east and west development areas and to Long Eaton airport and Derby

- Multi-modal bridge south of the A52 to enable resilience in the local network connections to the western development area and

41

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

- Pedestrian bridge at mid-point between the above to connect new communities

bull Provision for an underpass under the Network Rail and HS2 lines to the south of the concourse to enable links between Stapleford Long Eaton and the station by various modes and in particular public transport but as a secondary primary access connecting east and west development areas within the Innovation Campus

5 Separately to ensure the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make specifc provision to deliver the NET tram extension from the existing Toton Park amp Ride to the HS2 Station consistent with the provisions set our above

6 DfTHS2 Ltd to designate Staveley as a major construction hubrailhead for the construction of Phase 2b in addition to the establishment of the Infrastructure Maintenance Depot

7 Government to make a contribution towards the delivery of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Chesterfeld Station Link Road to unlock early development and growth in the corridor

8 Further fnancial and technical support from Network Rail HS2 Ltd and HS2 Growth Partnership to work collaboratively on the relocation of the DBS Depot and Network Rail Sidings to enable development growth and transport connections through the Hub Station area

9 DfTHS2 Ltd to amend the HS2 Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS) to ensure that both Shefeld HS2 classic compatible services stop at Chesterfeld

10 Commitment from DfTHS2 Ltd to at least partially open the Hub Station at Toton by 2030 rather than 2033 to generate additional passenger revenue and accelerate the delivery of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

42

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy World Class - Locally Driven

For more information please contact East Midlands Councils Tel 01664 502620 Email infoemcouncilsgovuk

  • Structure Bookmarks
    • Born 1946-1964
    • Born 1964-1980
    • Born 1980-2000
    • Born 2000+
    • The Hub Station and surrounding area
    • Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone
    • Chesterfield Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo
    • Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site
Page 23: East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy - Broxtowe€¦ · 3.7 Park & Ride 3.8 4.3 East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Contents Contents Foreword 3 3.6 Cycling & Walking 33 Executive Summary

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

restaurants cafeacutes) will be controlled to a level which provides for the needs of local residents employees and passengers and avoid competition with existing local centres

The Universities of Derby Nottingham and Nottingham Trent are fully supportive of the HS2 Growth Strategy We have a long history of working together to re-balance economy and believe that this investment has the potential to be transformative

To maximise the value derived from this investment the universities are in a strong position to build on our established partnership for example by working together to shape the proposed lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo located at the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton

The active involvement of the universities at an early stage in defning the proposed lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo means that we can develop an integrated strategy for research teaching and business interaction aligned with HS2 investment

The lsquoworld-classrsquo connectivity aforded by the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton will support the difusion of these opportunities and position the East Midlands as a stronger resilient and more productive economy

bull Green Infrastructure From a place making perspective the HS2 Hub site will be designed to integrate with its surrounding natural environments In total around 16 hectares of open space are proposed within the development site

bull River Canal Corridor The Erewash river and canal corridor runs to the east of the site and provides an area of high amenity value To the north the opportunity exists to enhance the network of footpaths and cycleways leading up to the strategic Stanton Iron Works site and beyond To the south new pedestrian and cycle links will connect the site to the Attenborough Nature Reserve and the Trent Valley This will include opportunities to reinstate new routes beneath the HS2 classic rail line to the south of the station and also to reduce the risk of fooding associated with this section of the river More generally the opportunity to enhance the character of the river and canal corridor would provide further amenity and ecological benefts This may include enhancements to the Sandiacre Locks Conservation Area and measures to introduce more variety diverse habitats and interest to the river lsquochannelrsquo

bull Toton Horseshoe A landscaped corridor is proposed to wrap around the existing Toton residential area This will provide a bufer between planned new development and the local residential areas encompass existing areas of maturing woodland and create a new connection through to the redeveloped Chetwynd Barracks to the east

bull Green Boulevard A new green spine is planned to run through the heart of the new development This route will connect the eastern and western sections of the site via a new pedestrian link across the HS2 corridor and a new plaza at the station entrance The boulevard a wide green space integrating a small existing watercourse will run

through the heart of the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo connecting to the area of protected Green Belt land to the north east

bull Local Amenity Open Space In addition to the strategic green infrastructure highlighted above a network of local amenity spaces will be integrated across the new development These will include both formal and informal recreation areas and play space for the enjoyment of residents employees and visitors alike

Associated lsquoGarden Villagersquo Developments

Chetwynd Barracks The MoD site at Chetwynd will become available for development from 2020 and will be designed and developed as an integral part of the Hub Station Growth area The development will provide a predominantly residential area that will be linked directly to the lsquoCommunity Hubrsquo north of the existing Toton Lane Like the main Hub Station lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo and Community Hub Chetwynd will be subject to the policies of the emerging Broxtowe Local Plan and of Nottinghamshire County Council as the Local HighwayTransport Authority and Local Education Authority

Stanton The Hub Station Growth Zone also includes the former iron works at Stanton where additional employment opportunities will be realised alongside up to 2000 homes which will serve to complement the proposals for the Hub Station and Innovation Campus This site falls within Erewash Borough Council and Derbyshire County Councilrsquos administrative areas This site is subject of a separate Supplementary Planning Document published by Erewash Borough Council and the proposals outlined in the Growth Strategy are consistent with this

22

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Ratclife Power Station Site Within the wider area there may also be further growth opportunities to be explored as part of the HS2 Growth Strategy including Ratclife Power Station Whilst this is not anticipated to be decommissioned before 2025 its location adjacent to the existing East Midlands Parkway station and an existing railhead means that the site has potential to create a transport orientated mixed use development around the station and a possible location for rail related development This site falls within Rushclife Borough Council and Nottinghamshire County Councilrsquos administrative areas

Derby There are already proposals to develop up to 2000 new homes as part of the lsquoInfnity Garden Villagersquo development which spans the boundary between the city of Derby and South Derbyshire District Council In addition there is potential for major mixed use development on the former Courtaulds site at Spondon on the east side of Derby

Leicestershire There are emerging proposals for major housing development in North West Leicestershire linked to employment growth at East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange

23 Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone Our Growth Vision

The Growth Zone is focussed on the Borough of Chesterfeld within the county of Derbyshire and includes the areas around the existing railway station and the proposed Infrastructure Maintenance Depot (IMD) at Staveley east of the town centre also proposed as a construction base for HS2

Our ambitions for Chesterfeld and Staveley are set in the context of a wide growth story for the wider northern Derbyshire area that builds on existing strengths in tourism construction and engineering higher and further education and professional services Key complementary investments include the lsquoPeak Resortrsquo development that

will combine a unique combination of tourism and HEFE education and training

HS2 will bring Chesterfeld within 108 minutes from London and serve a catchment area of over 1 million people Plans for Chesterfeld will transform the relationship between

Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

23

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

the rail station the town centre and major regeneration opportunities and enable the station to become an attractive gateway to the town itself the surrounding Peak District National Park and other key heritage assets - particularly for international visitors Proposals include a scalable housing and commercial investment proposition that will be accelerated to welcome HS2 through investment in enabling infrastructure

The proposed IMD is set within a wider masterplan for the Staveley corridor that will deliver signifcant levels of housing and job growth and provide a focus for the local rail engineering sector including the development of a rail industry lsquocentre of excellencersquo linked to the High Speed Rail College In the shorter term there is an ambition for the Staveley site to be used for a base for the construction of the majority of Phase 2b of HS2

Construction of early phases of the Chesterfeld amp Staveley Regeneration Route will enable key brownfeld regeneration sites to be developed and wider benefts to the A61 Corridor and the extended Markham Vale Enterprise Zone

Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

Underpinning the vision will be a strong focus on inclusive growth linked to our wider skills and supply chain strategy making sure that local communities and local businesses can beneft from the investment that HS2 will bring

Chesterfeld amp Staveley Development Framework

We will enable this growth in the number and quality of jobs by re-shaping and transforming our places through infrastructure-led development Those places will be allowed to fourish and cater for our changing communities as well as providing for new communities and retaining those such as graduates who will have much wider lifestyle choices as a result

Chesterfeld Station

Chesterfeld Station will have an enhanced role as both a destination and a gateway to surrounding localities Over 1 million people already live within 30 minutes of the station HS2 will bring Birmingham and Leeds within 50 minutes We will bring forward development and infrastructure in tandem to provide a high quality experience for those using the

Platform 4

Chesterfeld Station

Chesterfeld Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo

24

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

station lsquoPlatform 4rsquo will provide a modern and attractive route across the A61 with well-designed public realm that will bring the station into the town centre as well as allowing far greater accessibility to public transport Unused and under-used land around the station will be developed and linked to the adjacent Waterside development to provide a mixed-use lsquourban villagersquo ft for future generations to live work and play

Remodelled links between Chesterfeld Station and the town

The infrastructure provided to improve access to the station for HS2 services will also allow us to accelerate our ambition for the wider town centre By taking trafc out of the historic core of the town we can enhance the visitor experience and bring forward new opportunities for residential development with a wide and fexible mix of tenures This will ensure far greater vibrancy within the town which will expand to include the station area and support the wider ambitions for growth in our key sectors

Staveley

The proposed Infrastructure Maintenance Depot (IMD) at Staveley provides a signifcant opportunity to bring forward a much wider strategic development on this 150 hectare brownfeld site Through investing in infrastructure in particular local road access we can open up not just the depot site but a whole new sustainable community of around 1500 homes and many hundreds of new jobs

By phasing the development we will also be able to ofer a well located construction base for HS2 bringing investment and jobs to the area well in advance of the maintenance depot Over the longer term we believe there is the potential to develop the area around the Infrastructure

The wider Chesterfeld Station Area Masterplan wide

Residential building

OfficeCommercial building

Officeresidential building

Hotel building

Station building

MSCP building

Green Space

Public realm

Potential development areas subject to consultation with existing land owners

Retained Listed station building

Ground foor community facility land use

Potential pedestriancycle link to the east

Maintenance Depot as a rail industry lsquocentre of excellencersquo linked to the High Speed Rail College and the NewRail centre at Barrow Hill Roundhouse

Strategic outline masterplan for the Staveley Corridor

Characterising development at all these sites will be an approach to place-making for the future This is led by consideration of how our communities of the future will want to live and work rather than being based on historic development models

We will use the investment in infrastructure to develop places and homes that anticipate our changing population putting in place fexible models in order to meet future demand This will include providing a far better choice for older people with homes that meet current and future care needs We will make the most of the expanding higher education ofer to enable quality student accommodation and develop places in which our graduates want to stay live earn and spend

25

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Strategic outline masterplan for the Staveley corridor 24 Next Steps Our proposals for the Hub Station and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zones are long term and ambitious Whilst the proposed development will lead to an uplift in land values and economic and social benefts it will also require investment in local and strategic infrastructure and land remediation and assembly

We have undertaken technical work to understand likely infrastructure and land costs and development trajectories that could be delivered to inform an initial outline business case assessment consistent with the Treasuryrsquos lsquoGreen Bookrsquo This work will continue to develop as our plans mature

Further detail on delivery is contained in Section 4

Key

SWA1 Redline Boundary

Existing Features

Culvert

River

Canal

Crossing Point

Road

Railway Line

Right of Way

Building

Listed Building

Non Designated Heritage Asset

Existing Trees

Proposed Features

Marina

CS Regeneration Route

Road

FootCycle Path

Pedestrian Zone

Avenue Planting

Public Open Space

Key Building

Railway Line

Canal

Proposed Usage

Residential

Mixed use - Community Retail Residential

Mixed Use - Employment Local Skills and crafts

Workshops Studios Residential

Mixed Use - Community Canal related

Residential

Safeguarded School Site

Leisure - Hotel Pub Restaurant

B1 - Office and Light Industry

B2 - General Industry

B8 - Warehousing and Distribution

HS2 Maintenance Depot

26

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Section 3 | Connectivity Summary

The Hub Station at Toton will already be the most connected on the high speed network outside of London and will serve a catchment of over 2 million people Whilst the development adjacent to the Hub Station will be crucial our early work confrmed that much of the wider economic potential of HS2 will be dependent on the extent to which we can connect economic opportunities across the East Midlands into the high speed network In particular the city centres of Derby Leicester and Nottingham East Midlands Airport and sites that exist in the towns and villages surrounding both the Hub Station and Chesterfeld

Our analysis has demonstrated which modes of transport will serve diferent markets most efectively ndash national regional sub-regional and local Based on this we have set out a comprehensive step by step approach to connectivity which will maximise transport choice for future generations as well as tackling congestion issues that exist today

Key to this will be safeguarding the ability to extend public transport accessibility in the scope of the Governmentrsquos Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and planning now for a phased approach to delivery of highway improvements starting in RIS2

Whilst we are confdent that the measures we have identifed can deliver positive outcomes more detailed design work will be required to secure the capital funding necessary for delivery Further work on the design and phasing of key interventions will therefore be undertaken with transport modelling developed in partnership with Midlands Connect the outcome of which will also help to scope the necessary provisions of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

27

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

SCOTLAND

YORK amp NEWCASTLE

LEEDS

EAST MIDLANDS

HUB

SOUTH YORKSHIRE

SHEFFIELD HS2

CHESTERFIELD

CREWE HS2 HUB

BIRMINGHAM

STOKE DERBY

LEICESTER

LOUGHBOROUGH

LONDON EUROPE

BEESTON

NOTTINGHAM LINCOLN

MANSFIELD

WORKSOP

31 National Context HS2 will help to transform the position of our towns and cities within the UK and Midlands making our local economies more competitive

HS2 CURRENT

68 104 NOTTINGHAM TO LONDON

HHS2S2 CU

142 LEICESTER TO NEWCASTLE

HHS2S2 CURRENT

50 77 DERBY TO LEEDS

HHS2S2 CURRENT

73 145 LEICESTER TO LEEDS

HHS2S2 CURRENT

36 73 NOTTINGHAM TO BIRMINGHAM

HS2 CURRENT

71 143 CHESTERFIELD TO LONDON

RRENT

205

28

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Midlands Connect

The Midlands Connect Strategy described how the HS2 stations at Birmingham Curzon Street UK Central and East Midlands will form the lsquohubrsquo of the UKrsquos high speed rail network Together with classic compatible connectivity at Chesterfeld Crewe and Stoke stations this will unlock economic growth across the Midlands - provided we get the local connectivity right

Through Midlands Connect we are taking forward a body of technical work to defne and develop the local strategic connections that will maximise economic growth opportunities Through the wider Midlands Engine initiative we are promoting the transformational benefts of HS2 to national and international investors

For more information about Midlands Connect and the Midlands Engine please visit httpswwwmidlandsconnectuk

HS2 East

Our work through the HS2 East partnership has demonstrated that the Eastern Leg of HS2 between Birmingham to Leeds via the East Midlands Hub Station has the best business case of any part of the proposed network - with a beneft to cost ratio of over 5 to 1

However the economic impact of the Eastern Leg extends further than Leeds The proposed lsquoclassic compatiblersquo link to the East Coast Main Line will enable high speed rail services to serve the North East of England and Scotland ndash linking

six of the UKrsquos top ten cities and 20 of national GVA This will result in lsquoagglomerationrsquo impacts of over pound700 million GVA and some major journey time savings

bull Leeds to Glasgow reduction of 90 minutes

bull Sheffield to Edinburgh reduction of 90 minutes

bull Newcastle to Birmingham reduction of 85 minutes

Together the Eastern Leg of HS2 and an enhanced East Coast Main Line provide the obvious route for reducing journey times from Scotland to London towards the three hour mark ndash the point at which rail becomes competitive with air travel

For further information about HS2 East please visit httpwwwhs2eastcouk

32 Our strategic approach Connecting key centres of population and development opportunities across the East Midlands to the high speed network will be key to realising the wider economic potential that HS2 connectivity brings

Our analysis has demonstrated which modes of transport will serve diferent markets most efectively Only by developing a comprehensive lsquomulti-modalrsquo approach to connectivity can we deliver the transport choice required by future generations and start to tackle some of the congestion issues that exist today

We also acknowledge that not everything can or indeed should happen at once We have therefore set out a phased approach to improving connectivity at least some of which can be delivered before HS2 becomes fully operational

Heavy Rail Pimary Market

Mass Transit Strategy Regional

Bus Connectivity Sub-Regional amp Local

Taxi Connectivity Sub-Regional amp Local

Walking and Cycling Local and Very Local

Park and Ride Sub-Regional amp Local

Highway Sub-Regional amp Local

Our strategic approach to connectivity

33 Rail Rail will be the most efective mode for accessing the Hub Station from surrounding city and town centres It will also link the East Midlands with the major city-regions across the rest of the UK ndash not least by the HS2 network itself

HS2 Services

The latest service specifcation published by HS2 Ltd indicates that the East Midlands Hub Station will be the best connected on the high speed network outside of London with seven HS2 services per hour in both directions

Impressive though this level of connectivity is we believe there is scope for further improvements

29

Through our work on the HS2 East Partnership we believe there is a strong economic case for the Eastern Leg of HS2 and the East Coast Main Line forming the primary route for serving Scotland not least because it would link the fnancial centres of Leeds and Edinburgh and the conurbations of the North East ndash also a key objective of Transport for the North

The scale of growth proposed in Chesterfeld as described in Section Two makes a compelling case for both Shefeld trains stopping at Chesterfeld Station rather than just one per hour

Classic Compatible Services

It is clear that although the Eastern Leg of HS2 will be designed to accommodate up to 18 trains per hour (in line with the rest of the network) the current service pattern only currently envisages nine There is therefore scope to run additional services on at least part of the Eastern Leg Working with both Midlands Connect and Transport for the North we believe there is a business case for two additional lsquoclassic compatiblersquo trains per hour linking Leicester and LeedsManchester which would transform rail connectivity between the East Midlands and the Northern Powerhouse

For this to be deliverable there would need to be a lsquoclassic compatiblersquo connection between HS2 and an electrifed Midland Main Line at or around the Hub Station HS2 Ltd have developed an indicative design for how this could be delivered Although further work will be required we believe we have sufcient economic evidence now for the Secretary of State to make at least lsquopassive provisionrsquo for such a link in the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

Newcastle

Durham

Dalington

York

Leeds

Shefeld Midland

Chesterfeld

Toton

Church Street

Birmingam Interchange

Old Oak Common Euston

bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

Trains from London 6tph

Trains from Birmrsquoham 3tph

Proposed HS2 Service Pattern for the Eastern Leg

NEWCASTLE

YORK

LEEDS

LONDON BIRMINGHAM

29 36

106

19

EAST MIDLANDS

HUB

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Classic Services

In addition to the two lsquoclassic compatiblersquo services working through Midlands Connect we have identifed an additional 11 lsquoclassic servicesrsquo that could serve the Hub Station These would be a mixture of lsquoshuttle servicesrsquo fast and semi-fast services and stopping services In total this would mean the Hub Station would be served by 20 trains per hour in both directions ndash an outstanding level of connectivity

HS2 Hub Station Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS)

The service specifcation for the Hub Station is consistent with the wider Midlands Connect ITSS which supports the Midlands Connect Strategy published in March 2017

The Maid Marian Line

In addition we believe there is the potential to develop a new service linking the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton with Mansfeld Ashfeld via the adaption on an existing freight line known as the Maid Marian Line This direct link would facilitate greater connectivity for residents and businesses to HS2 services supporting economic regeneration in the towns and contributing to the wider Nottinghamshire growth story We are working with Network Rail to understand any implications for the wider Midlands Connect ITSS

Capacity at Trent Junctions

A key constraint to the delivery of the Midlands Connect ITSS is the capacity of Trent Junctions south of Nottingham We understand that HS2 Ltd will need to make some improvements to Trent Junctions to accommodate the HS2 Core proposition - although these on their own will

30

51

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

HS2 Services

London - Leeds Birmingham - Leeds

London - Leeds Birmingham - Newcastle

London - Chesterfeld - Shefeld - Leeds

Birmingham - Leeds London - Shefeld - York

34 Mass Transit Extensions Classic Compatible Services

Shuttle Services

Nottingham - EM Hub Derby - EM Hub

Fast and Semi-fast Services

Leicester - Crewe Crewe - EM Hub

London - Manchester Crewe - EM Hub

Stopping Services

Leicester - Leeds Leicester - Manchester The success of the Nottingham Express Transit (NET) has demonstrated the potential of mass transit to reduce

Leicester - Lincoln Nottingham - Leeds

Leicester - Nottingham Leicester - Derby

Norwich - Liverpool Newark Castle - Matlock

HS2 Hub Station Indicative Train Service Specifcation

not be sufcient to accommodate the Midlands Connect ITSS There is a clear operational case for avoiding multiple engineering works on this congested section of railway infrastructure ndash with a single enhancement scheme being the clearly favoured option Based on our initial work with Network Rail we believe there is a sufcient economic case now for the Secretary of State to make at least lsquopassive provisionrsquo for an enhanced scheme in the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

congestion increase transport choice and connect people to jobs and services It will therefore be a key element of the connectivity strategy for maximising the economic benefts of the HS2 Hub Station Given the technical challenges and the scale of investment required we recognise the importance of taking a phased approach to delivery

Extending NET to the Hub Station

The frst phase would be to extend the tram from the park and ride site at Toton Lane to the Hub Station ndash a distance of around one mile This will connect the Hub Station to key locations such as the Queens Medical Centre the University campus and the Enterprise Zone and complement the heavy rail service to Nottingham City Centre This link will need to be in place when the Hub Station becomes operational to serve the Nottingham Enterprise Zone sites and to establish the principle tram access in the publicrsquos mind

Extending Connectivity over the Hub Station

Our work has highlighted a number of options for extending connectivity to the west of the Hub Station towards Derby and East Midlands Airport which would have signifcant economic benefts These could be delivered by bus rapid transit (BRT) tram-train as well as by NET extensions Further work will be required to determine the optimum routes and modes These options would require a link over the Hub Station (similar to the arrangement at Nottingham Station) which would be costly to retro-ft We have therefore included a public transport overbridge into our proposals for the Hub Station At this stage it is unlikely that this on its own will require provision for further land take in the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill however it may impact on the required Environmental Impact Statement

Options to Derby

There are two main options for connecting Derby The frst would follow the route of the A52 This would be fast ndash but not as fast as the classic rail service from Derby Station It would be direct but serve a limited population catchment The relatively high cost of developing this as a tram route would appear to make it unviable - although it could have potential as a route for a lower cost form of BRT

The second option would run to the south of the A52 and link the Hub Station with Long Eaton and then on to Breaston Borrowash Spondon Pride Park and Derby Station It would be slower but serve a much larger population catchment It would be cheaper to develop as a tram route but could impact on the proposed canal

31

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Red Arrow Skylink

Zoom 15

i4 18

Indigo 510

Y5 Toton Sidings

NET

Options for bus services serving the Hub Station

35

Revised existing route

New Fast Track to EMA via M1

Arnold via QMC City Hospital

Mansfeld via M1 Kirkby Sutton

Alfreton via M1 Heanor Ripley

restoration project It could be developed in phases the frst comprising a NET extension to a park and ride site west of the M1

Options to East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Rail Freight Interchange

There are a number of potential routes to the airport Following the rail corridor south from the Hub Station before heading west is likely to be the quickest and would limit environmental impacts on Long Eaton town centre It also has potential for a tram-train solution should this become a viable technology in the UK The scale of employment growth proposed at East Midlands Gateway the potential for a lsquoFree Trade Zonersquo around the airport as well as the projected growth in air passenger numbers means such a link could have signifcant economic benefts

Bus amp Taxi Bus travel will continue to be the backbone of the local public transport for many people There is already a comprehensive network of bus routes and services across the sub-region which could be developed to serve the Hub Station from a wide range of locations

The key challenge for operators from a commercial perspective will be to ensure that the Hub Station does not become a lsquoterminusrsquo destination Buses (and taxis) must therefore be able to pass through the Hub Station to also serve surrounding communities across the wider sub-region Our proposed confguration of local road links between the Hub Station and Long Eaton Stapleford

32

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Sandiacre and Toton as well as access from the A52 would enable a commercially viable network of bus services to be established

For Chesterfeld a new road link into the south of the station complex for buses and taxis will provide a through route that will integrate the existing station into local public transport networks more efectively

36 Cycling amp Walking Every rail passenger is a pedestrian at the point of boarding a train Making the Hub Station and the immediate surrounding environment pedestrian friendly will make travel by train more attractive and help to drive patronage

It is also important that local people in surrounding communities have safe and attractive routes for walking and cycling ndash not just to the Hub Station but also to and within the proposed Innovation Campus Cycling and walking are likely to become more attractive options to future generations as public attitudes to travel continue to change This trend has been refected in the core design principles we have established that will underpin future development on the Hub Station site

For Chesterfeld we have set out proposals known as lsquoPlatform 4rsquo for enhancing pedestrian and public transport accessibility between the Station and the town centre over the A61 dual carriageway

37 Park amp Ride A well-coordinated and managed park amp ride strategy can help to reduce the impacts of congestion and provide viable transport choices for local communities

There are opportunities to develop park and ride facilities serving the Hub Station in tandem with a phased roll out of an extended mass transit system The existing park amp

Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site

ride site at Toton Lane (1300 spaces) linked to the tram will be retained albeit in modifed form In addition to a multi-storey car park at the Hub Station itself (1300 spaces proposed) there is an opportunity to develop an additional parking facility of a similar size west of M1 Junction 25 linked to a frst phase extension of the tram over the Hub Station

33

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

This would give a third car park option and the ability to manage travel demand to the Hub Station site in a more fexible manner - as well as an ability to reduce pressure on M1 Junction 25

On the Derby side of the A52 there are options for park and ride sites on the east side of Derby as part of a mass transit system linking Pride Park and Derby Station to the City Centre which could ultimately connect to the Hub Station

38 Strategic amp Local Road Access Despite the focus on public transport cycling and walking access by private car will still be important and a 1300 space multi-storey car park is proposed at the Hub Station However this will require a highway solution that must also address a number of existing challenges

Access from the A52 and M1

Access from the strategic road network into the Hub Station Site will be critical Our technical work has suggested that a single access from the A52 into the site for all movements is unlikely to be deliverable Whilst an engineering solution could be developed it would be very expensive environmentally damaging and take up valuable land that could be better used for economic development purposes

As a result a phased approach is proposed comprising the following key moves

1 A new lsquoat gradersquo junction on the A52 east of the Bardills Roundabout linked to a new Toton Lane which would provide access from Nottingham to the east of the Hub Station site and support the early phases of development of the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

2 A new lsquoof setrsquo junction on the A52 to the west of the use of the construction access required by HS2 Ltd M1 which would remove local movements from M1 to build the Hub Station Junction 25 and provide a more direct route under

Our technical work suggests there is scope to deliver key the motorway into Long Eaton

moves 1) and 2) in advance of the Hub Station opening 3 A new lsquograde separatedrsquo junction on the A52 to the The scale of existing problems and likely future trafc

north of the Hub Station to provide access from growth on the A52 corridor suggests that there is already a Derby and the M1 ndash which has the potential to make strong case for Highways England working with Midlands

Provide local road access to StaplefordSandiacre

Relieve congestion at Bardills and Toton Lane

Provide access from A52

Separate local amp strategic movements at J25

Provide for E-W movements

Provide for local road access for Long Eaton

Strategic amp Local Road Access Challenges

34

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Access from A52 and M1

Connect and local partners to make a proposal for major scheme funding in RIS 2 ndash which would also contribute to a comprehensive connectivity strategy for the Hub Station

A direct link to the Hub Station from the north through 3) will be linked to the construction of the station itself by HS2 Ltd and may be able to make use of any temporary construction access required by HS2 Ltd

Stanton Sandiacre

Derby

Stapleford

Long Eaton

Primary HS2

access

New eastern access

Re-modelled Bardills junction

New eastern access link

Toton Lane

Local access link

Local local link

New ofset A52 Junction

New local link

Remodelled M1 Junction 25

link

1a

1b

3 2

M1

A52

HS2

Local access Nottingham

junction

39

Finally there is the potential to establish a Park amp Ride site west of the M1 linked to a tram extension and the proposed lsquoof-setrsquo junction on the A52 This would provide a further car parking option for the Hub Station and help to manage movements through M1 Junction 25

Local Road Access

As described above local road access to the Hub Station from Long Eaton Stapleford Sandiacre and Toton will be important to secure commercially viable bus and coach services and taxis ndash as well as safe cycle routes We have developed a proposal for local access that can be integrated into the design of the Hub Station and which will complement the proposed strategic links Key to this will be the development of a local road link running under the HS2 and classic rail tracks to the south of the Hub Station

Next Steps We are clear that whilst all the individual elements of our connectivity strategy will have positive outcomes the real benefts will only be achieved by taking an integrated approach to scheme development and delivery

We will therefore develop our proposals further through a project joint funded by Midlands Connect East Midlands partners HS2 Ltd and Highways England known as the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan Phase 1 will use transport modelling to optimise the package of interventions and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment Phase 2 will examine connectivity issues over a wider strategic area including the long term future of the M1

Further detail on delivery is contained in Section 4

35

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Local Road Access Diagram

1

2

3

4

5

6

New A52 access Pedestrian NET link Bus Interchange amp Station Car Park

Remodelled Bardills roundabout

7

8

9

10

11

Local link to Long Eaton

New Bardills roundabout Local link to Sandiacre

New Toton Lane NET extension amp option to extend to EMA Derby

HS2 underpass Station Concourse

HS2 overpass

36

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Section 4 | Delivery Summary

We have undertaken a number of technical studies to understand the costs and benefts of various scales and rates of development to inform the development of an initial outlines business case for our proposals consistent with Treasury requirements which is set out in a separate document This work will evolve and become more granular as our growth proposition matures

There is potential for signifcant employment and housing development across the East Midlands Hub and Derbyshire Growth Zones This will make a signifcant contribution to the Governmentrsquos rebalancing agenda and provide an impetus for growth across the wider East Midlands where there is potential to deliver an additional 74000 jobs and pound4 billion of GVA above trend

We have set out the key moves necessary to deliver our proposals for people place and connectivity and highlighted the immediate measures necessary to safeguard future opportunities Detailed proposals are set out in Appendix 1

We are keen to work with Government to develop propositions for powerful locally led development bodies that can deliver our ambitions for the Hub Station and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zones and contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2

37

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

41 Developing an Investible Proposition Realising our vision for growth will require a combination of strong leadership and clear decision making To inform this we have undertaken a comprehensive programme of technical work to inform our thinking and provide the evidence base for this Growth Strategy including

bull Comprehensive non-statutory development frameworks covering the East Midlands Hub and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

bull A number of concept studies to assess the options for key infrastructure moves including relocation of the existing rail depots at Toton strategic highway access and mass transit extensions

bull A Development Infrastructure Funding (DIF) Study to understand the costs and benefts of diferent scales and rates of development and a funding and delivery mechanisms study to identify options for forward funding of key infrastructure and delivery vehicles

This information has been used to construct an initial outline lsquobusiness casersquo document for our proposals consistent with the Treasuryrsquos lsquoGreen Bookrsquo guidance and will provide the basis for an ongoing dialogue with Government and HS2 Ltd This work will evolve and become more granular over time as our growth proposition matures

Some of the major infrastructure investments will be subject to a separate business case through other established Government programmes such as the Roads Investment Strategy (RIS) This still requires a high-level

case to be made through the Growth Strategy as well as efective co-ordination of planning funding and delivery with other Growth Strategy interventions

42 Key Moves The work we have undertaken to date has identifed a series of key moves that will be required to implement the Growth Strategy including a number of immediate actions which will be necessary to safeguard future opportunities Further detail on these and the necessary enabling measures by Government and its delivery bodies is set out in Appendix 1

People

Our immediate priorities can be delivered largely within existing resources with strong local leadership from the LEPs and the East Midlands Chamber of Commerce and comprise

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to business support that will help local SMEs beneft from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities

bull Establishing a lsquorail industry innovation grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2 awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2

Over the longer term we would expect mainstream Government funding for skills and business support activity to be refocussed around our priorities and complement the strategic approach to skills envisaged by the Midlands Engine

Place

For the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone there are a number of planning land assembly remediation and infrastructure issues that will need to be addressed to enable our vision to be delivered in full In the immediate short term it will be vital to ensure that existing planning consent for the Lime Rise development close to the Hub Station can contribute positively to the delivery of our growth vision

In addition there is a need for further work with the relevant organisations on options for relocating the rail siding and depot activity and the electricity sub-station to locations outside of the Hub Station site and on the expansion and relocation of existing school provision to a better location within the site

Elsewhere we are keen to take forward further work with the Ministry of Defence and the Homes and Communities Agency to ensure that the re-development of the Chetwynd Barracks can actively contribute to a lsquonetwork of garden villagesrsquo

In the Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone the key priority in Chesterfeld will be the delivery of proposals to transform pedestrian and public transport connectivity between the rail station and the town For Staveley the early priorities will be to confrm the depot site as a construction base for HS2 and to secure the frst phases of the Chesterfeld and Staveley Regeneration Route including the provision of improved public transport and pedestrian links necessary to deliver the wider Staveley masterplan

38

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Connectivity

Our immediate priority is to safeguard the potential to secure a classic compatible link at the Hub Station and for enhanced capacity at Trent Junctions capable of delivering the Midlands Connect ITSS These will require the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill which is due to be considered by Ministers in the autumn of 2017 to include provision for the necessary land take

The public transport overbridge and local road connections proposed for the Hub Station will impact on the Hybrid Bill and the associated Environmental Impact Statement and will need to be incorporated into the emerging Hub Station design commissioned by HS2 Ltd

We will need to confrm support from Highways England and HS2 Ltd to take forward the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan with Midlands Connect This work will optimise the package of interventions proposed to serve the Hub Station and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment However we believe we have a sufcient case now for Highways England to identify funding in RIS2 to develop a major scheme on the A52M1 J25 that address existing congestion issues and contributes to the wider solution for accessing the Hub Station

43 Proposals for Delivery Bodies The geographic and political context for the area around the Hub Station is complex spanning a number of local planning authorities local transport authorities and local enterprise partnerships Our work to date has highlighted a range of potential delivery and funding mechanisms that would help to enable development in particular options for Tax Increment Financing (TIf ) But these will require a strategic approach to investment over a number of administrative areas to be efective

There is a local appetite to establish a powerful delivery body that could work at a scale to drive forward our growth vision There are a range of options including the potential for the kind of lsquolocally-led development corporationrsquo envisaged by the Neighbourhood Planning Act 2017

We would like to work with Government over the coming months to develop a proposition for a delivery body for the Hub Station Growth Zone that could begin to operate in lsquoshadow formrsquo with initial seed-corn funding from 2018 onwards

For Chesterfeld and Staveley the geography is less complex with the key moves all within the administrative area of Chesterfeld Borough Council Here a local development company solution may be more appropriate which can also contribute to the delivery of the wider Derbyshire growth story

It will be important to ensure that development in both Growth Zones continues to contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2 under the auspices of the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Mitigation

Whilst HS2 has the potential to bring great benefts to the 44 East Midlands the scale of the new infrastructure involved will also result in some negative impacts ndash particularly in the short term Although the line of route has been designed to minimise impact on environmental assets challenges remain in a number of locations in Derbyshire Leicestershire and Nottinghamshire

Similarly where the line passes through urban areas for example Long Eaton some existing businesses will have to re-locate to alternative premises Whilst the Government has put in place a compensation scheme to assist those directly afected councils are keen to ensure the jobs and investment are retained in the local area wherever possible

The East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board has established a lsquomitigation sub-grouprsquo to work with DfT and HS2 Ltd to help develop detailed designs for key structures that will minimise and mitigate the environmental impacts of the line and look to ensure that existing businesses can continue to thrive As work starts on the development of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill it will be important to ensure that councils are able to inform the detail of the Governmentrsquos proposals on both an individual and collective basis

39

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

45 Phasing of Delivery This Growth Strategy demonstrated the scale complexity and interdependencies between programmes involving a range of partner agencies Many of these programmes involve major schemes that take many years to develop and deliver Although HS2 Phase 2b is not due to become fully operational until 2033 the lead in times are such that key decisions on what might be included within the Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environment Statement will actually be taken during the coming months With appropriate funding and collaboration a number of key moves can be implemented in the short term

Although the development may reach maturity in 2043 by the time HS2 opens there will in fact already be a new place (the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo) emerging around the station to welcome the frst passengers For this to be achieved the delivery partners will need to build momentum over the next 12 months and it is recognised this will require dedicated resource and governance

The evidence base underpinning the growth strategy provides a clear indication of the growth potential and promotes a range of key infrastructure concepts and moves However in order to take these forward and in particular promote some of them for possible inclusion in the Hybrid Bill the partners are clear that more detailed studies and analysis will be required and these will need to be developed in tandem with the work being undertaken for the railway

This highlights the need to establish a dedicated team and for further resources to commission and manage the work programme for the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Phases of Delivery

2017-2022 Hybrid bill development business case development (RS2CP6) land strategy and delivery body early phases of development

2022-2027 Early infrastructure development and key moves (eg depot relocation) next phases of development

2027-2033 HS2 Construction amp completiontesting

2033 HS2 becomes fully operational - local economic development builds momentum

2033-43 Development to maturity

46 First Phase Priorities The focus up to 2022 will be on ensuring the provisions of the Phase 2 Hybrid Bill enable our vision for the Hub Station and priorities for local and strategic connectivity to be implemented Delivery of improvements to the A52 at Bardills and Toton Lane will enable the early phases of the Toton Innovation Campus to commence helping to build investor confdence Completion for the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity plan will progress the wider mix of strategic and local interventions to detailed design stage To be successful all this activity will need to be underpinned by the establishment of a properly resourced and empowered local delivery bodyThe early completion of frst stages of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Station Link Road will help to kick start development in the North Derbyshire Growth Zone

40

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

1 High level Ministerial endorsement of the East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy including through

bull Funding the establishment of a lsquoshadow delivery bodyrsquo to start implementing the Growth Strategy locally and to establish a viable mechanism for capturing a proportion of development value necessary for infrastructure delivery and

bull Promotion by Government and its delivery bodies of key development opportunities set out in the Growth Strategy to national and international investors consistent with the Midlands Engine Vision for Growth

2 Support from DCLG for our vision for the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone by

bull Empowering the HCA to establish a strategic land strategy that will facilitate enabling infrastructure and subsequently to bring forward early phases of development and

bull Using other funding including the current Housing Infrastructure Fund (HIF) to help bring forward early phase infrastructure

3 Support from DfT and its delivery bodies for the implementation of early connectivity priorities related to the Hub Station through

bull Ensuring Highways England and HS2 Ltd contribute gap funding towards the East Midlands Gateway Connectivity Plan Phase 1 Study

bull Funding the delivery phases 1ab of the A52 Access Strategy to enable the initial phases of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo to commence before 2022 and

bull Identifying funding in the next Road Investment Strategy (RIS2) to develop a major scheme to address capacity at M1 Junction 25 and access the Hub Station from the A52 (phases 2 amp3 of the A52 Access Strategy) ndash also making the necessary provisions within the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill amp Environmental Statement

4 DfTHS2 Ltd to ensure that the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make provision at and around the Hub Station for

bull Capacity improvements to classic rail connectivity to the south and north of Toton HS2 station including Trent Junctions optimising the integration of classic and High Speed Rail services and including a lsquoclassic compatible linkrsquo to transform connectivity between Leicester and the north of England

bull An integrated station design including moving the station concourse north to better connect with tram and Public Transport Interchange with an integrated deck connecting eastwest over the HS2 track to

better integrate the Toton station into the heart of the new place ndash the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo This would include provision of a second transfer deck to the south of the main concourse to provide improve capacity and interchange between services

bull Fully integrated public transport interchange and walking routes connecting surrounding communities to promote sustainable travel reduce the need for car parking and thereby make best use of land and local assets including the tram as a means of linking Park amp Ride facilities with the station

bull North South connectivity through the site to connect Long Eaton and Stapleford and to enable local communities to access the station by all modes

bull A clear car parking strategy with a decked car park at the station (premium) complemented by NET based Park and Ride

bull Provision for three bridges as follows

- Integrated with concourse deck to create east west route for tram and sustainable transport links between east and west development areas and to Long Eaton airport and Derby

- Multi-modal bridge south of the A52 to enable resilience in the local network connections to the western development area and

41

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

- Pedestrian bridge at mid-point between the above to connect new communities

bull Provision for an underpass under the Network Rail and HS2 lines to the south of the concourse to enable links between Stapleford Long Eaton and the station by various modes and in particular public transport but as a secondary primary access connecting east and west development areas within the Innovation Campus

5 Separately to ensure the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make specifc provision to deliver the NET tram extension from the existing Toton Park amp Ride to the HS2 Station consistent with the provisions set our above

6 DfTHS2 Ltd to designate Staveley as a major construction hubrailhead for the construction of Phase 2b in addition to the establishment of the Infrastructure Maintenance Depot

7 Government to make a contribution towards the delivery of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Chesterfeld Station Link Road to unlock early development and growth in the corridor

8 Further fnancial and technical support from Network Rail HS2 Ltd and HS2 Growth Partnership to work collaboratively on the relocation of the DBS Depot and Network Rail Sidings to enable development growth and transport connections through the Hub Station area

9 DfTHS2 Ltd to amend the HS2 Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS) to ensure that both Shefeld HS2 classic compatible services stop at Chesterfeld

10 Commitment from DfTHS2 Ltd to at least partially open the Hub Station at Toton by 2030 rather than 2033 to generate additional passenger revenue and accelerate the delivery of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

42

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy World Class - Locally Driven

For more information please contact East Midlands Councils Tel 01664 502620 Email infoemcouncilsgovuk

  • Structure Bookmarks
    • Born 1946-1964
    • Born 1964-1980
    • Born 1980-2000
    • Born 2000+
    • The Hub Station and surrounding area
    • Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone
    • Chesterfield Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo
    • Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site
Page 24: East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy - Broxtowe€¦ · 3.7 Park & Ride 3.8 4.3 East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Contents Contents Foreword 3 3.6 Cycling & Walking 33 Executive Summary

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Ratclife Power Station Site Within the wider area there may also be further growth opportunities to be explored as part of the HS2 Growth Strategy including Ratclife Power Station Whilst this is not anticipated to be decommissioned before 2025 its location adjacent to the existing East Midlands Parkway station and an existing railhead means that the site has potential to create a transport orientated mixed use development around the station and a possible location for rail related development This site falls within Rushclife Borough Council and Nottinghamshire County Councilrsquos administrative areas

Derby There are already proposals to develop up to 2000 new homes as part of the lsquoInfnity Garden Villagersquo development which spans the boundary between the city of Derby and South Derbyshire District Council In addition there is potential for major mixed use development on the former Courtaulds site at Spondon on the east side of Derby

Leicestershire There are emerging proposals for major housing development in North West Leicestershire linked to employment growth at East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Freight Interchange

23 Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone Our Growth Vision

The Growth Zone is focussed on the Borough of Chesterfeld within the county of Derbyshire and includes the areas around the existing railway station and the proposed Infrastructure Maintenance Depot (IMD) at Staveley east of the town centre also proposed as a construction base for HS2

Our ambitions for Chesterfeld and Staveley are set in the context of a wide growth story for the wider northern Derbyshire area that builds on existing strengths in tourism construction and engineering higher and further education and professional services Key complementary investments include the lsquoPeak Resortrsquo development that

will combine a unique combination of tourism and HEFE education and training

HS2 will bring Chesterfeld within 108 minutes from London and serve a catchment area of over 1 million people Plans for Chesterfeld will transform the relationship between

Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

23

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

the rail station the town centre and major regeneration opportunities and enable the station to become an attractive gateway to the town itself the surrounding Peak District National Park and other key heritage assets - particularly for international visitors Proposals include a scalable housing and commercial investment proposition that will be accelerated to welcome HS2 through investment in enabling infrastructure

The proposed IMD is set within a wider masterplan for the Staveley corridor that will deliver signifcant levels of housing and job growth and provide a focus for the local rail engineering sector including the development of a rail industry lsquocentre of excellencersquo linked to the High Speed Rail College In the shorter term there is an ambition for the Staveley site to be used for a base for the construction of the majority of Phase 2b of HS2

Construction of early phases of the Chesterfeld amp Staveley Regeneration Route will enable key brownfeld regeneration sites to be developed and wider benefts to the A61 Corridor and the extended Markham Vale Enterprise Zone

Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

Underpinning the vision will be a strong focus on inclusive growth linked to our wider skills and supply chain strategy making sure that local communities and local businesses can beneft from the investment that HS2 will bring

Chesterfeld amp Staveley Development Framework

We will enable this growth in the number and quality of jobs by re-shaping and transforming our places through infrastructure-led development Those places will be allowed to fourish and cater for our changing communities as well as providing for new communities and retaining those such as graduates who will have much wider lifestyle choices as a result

Chesterfeld Station

Chesterfeld Station will have an enhanced role as both a destination and a gateway to surrounding localities Over 1 million people already live within 30 minutes of the station HS2 will bring Birmingham and Leeds within 50 minutes We will bring forward development and infrastructure in tandem to provide a high quality experience for those using the

Platform 4

Chesterfeld Station

Chesterfeld Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo

24

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

station lsquoPlatform 4rsquo will provide a modern and attractive route across the A61 with well-designed public realm that will bring the station into the town centre as well as allowing far greater accessibility to public transport Unused and under-used land around the station will be developed and linked to the adjacent Waterside development to provide a mixed-use lsquourban villagersquo ft for future generations to live work and play

Remodelled links between Chesterfeld Station and the town

The infrastructure provided to improve access to the station for HS2 services will also allow us to accelerate our ambition for the wider town centre By taking trafc out of the historic core of the town we can enhance the visitor experience and bring forward new opportunities for residential development with a wide and fexible mix of tenures This will ensure far greater vibrancy within the town which will expand to include the station area and support the wider ambitions for growth in our key sectors

Staveley

The proposed Infrastructure Maintenance Depot (IMD) at Staveley provides a signifcant opportunity to bring forward a much wider strategic development on this 150 hectare brownfeld site Through investing in infrastructure in particular local road access we can open up not just the depot site but a whole new sustainable community of around 1500 homes and many hundreds of new jobs

By phasing the development we will also be able to ofer a well located construction base for HS2 bringing investment and jobs to the area well in advance of the maintenance depot Over the longer term we believe there is the potential to develop the area around the Infrastructure

The wider Chesterfeld Station Area Masterplan wide

Residential building

OfficeCommercial building

Officeresidential building

Hotel building

Station building

MSCP building

Green Space

Public realm

Potential development areas subject to consultation with existing land owners

Retained Listed station building

Ground foor community facility land use

Potential pedestriancycle link to the east

Maintenance Depot as a rail industry lsquocentre of excellencersquo linked to the High Speed Rail College and the NewRail centre at Barrow Hill Roundhouse

Strategic outline masterplan for the Staveley Corridor

Characterising development at all these sites will be an approach to place-making for the future This is led by consideration of how our communities of the future will want to live and work rather than being based on historic development models

We will use the investment in infrastructure to develop places and homes that anticipate our changing population putting in place fexible models in order to meet future demand This will include providing a far better choice for older people with homes that meet current and future care needs We will make the most of the expanding higher education ofer to enable quality student accommodation and develop places in which our graduates want to stay live earn and spend

25

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Strategic outline masterplan for the Staveley corridor 24 Next Steps Our proposals for the Hub Station and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zones are long term and ambitious Whilst the proposed development will lead to an uplift in land values and economic and social benefts it will also require investment in local and strategic infrastructure and land remediation and assembly

We have undertaken technical work to understand likely infrastructure and land costs and development trajectories that could be delivered to inform an initial outline business case assessment consistent with the Treasuryrsquos lsquoGreen Bookrsquo This work will continue to develop as our plans mature

Further detail on delivery is contained in Section 4

Key

SWA1 Redline Boundary

Existing Features

Culvert

River

Canal

Crossing Point

Road

Railway Line

Right of Way

Building

Listed Building

Non Designated Heritage Asset

Existing Trees

Proposed Features

Marina

CS Regeneration Route

Road

FootCycle Path

Pedestrian Zone

Avenue Planting

Public Open Space

Key Building

Railway Line

Canal

Proposed Usage

Residential

Mixed use - Community Retail Residential

Mixed Use - Employment Local Skills and crafts

Workshops Studios Residential

Mixed Use - Community Canal related

Residential

Safeguarded School Site

Leisure - Hotel Pub Restaurant

B1 - Office and Light Industry

B2 - General Industry

B8 - Warehousing and Distribution

HS2 Maintenance Depot

26

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Section 3 | Connectivity Summary

The Hub Station at Toton will already be the most connected on the high speed network outside of London and will serve a catchment of over 2 million people Whilst the development adjacent to the Hub Station will be crucial our early work confrmed that much of the wider economic potential of HS2 will be dependent on the extent to which we can connect economic opportunities across the East Midlands into the high speed network In particular the city centres of Derby Leicester and Nottingham East Midlands Airport and sites that exist in the towns and villages surrounding both the Hub Station and Chesterfeld

Our analysis has demonstrated which modes of transport will serve diferent markets most efectively ndash national regional sub-regional and local Based on this we have set out a comprehensive step by step approach to connectivity which will maximise transport choice for future generations as well as tackling congestion issues that exist today

Key to this will be safeguarding the ability to extend public transport accessibility in the scope of the Governmentrsquos Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and planning now for a phased approach to delivery of highway improvements starting in RIS2

Whilst we are confdent that the measures we have identifed can deliver positive outcomes more detailed design work will be required to secure the capital funding necessary for delivery Further work on the design and phasing of key interventions will therefore be undertaken with transport modelling developed in partnership with Midlands Connect the outcome of which will also help to scope the necessary provisions of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

27

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

SCOTLAND

YORK amp NEWCASTLE

LEEDS

EAST MIDLANDS

HUB

SOUTH YORKSHIRE

SHEFFIELD HS2

CHESTERFIELD

CREWE HS2 HUB

BIRMINGHAM

STOKE DERBY

LEICESTER

LOUGHBOROUGH

LONDON EUROPE

BEESTON

NOTTINGHAM LINCOLN

MANSFIELD

WORKSOP

31 National Context HS2 will help to transform the position of our towns and cities within the UK and Midlands making our local economies more competitive

HS2 CURRENT

68 104 NOTTINGHAM TO LONDON

HHS2S2 CU

142 LEICESTER TO NEWCASTLE

HHS2S2 CURRENT

50 77 DERBY TO LEEDS

HHS2S2 CURRENT

73 145 LEICESTER TO LEEDS

HHS2S2 CURRENT

36 73 NOTTINGHAM TO BIRMINGHAM

HS2 CURRENT

71 143 CHESTERFIELD TO LONDON

RRENT

205

28

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Midlands Connect

The Midlands Connect Strategy described how the HS2 stations at Birmingham Curzon Street UK Central and East Midlands will form the lsquohubrsquo of the UKrsquos high speed rail network Together with classic compatible connectivity at Chesterfeld Crewe and Stoke stations this will unlock economic growth across the Midlands - provided we get the local connectivity right

Through Midlands Connect we are taking forward a body of technical work to defne and develop the local strategic connections that will maximise economic growth opportunities Through the wider Midlands Engine initiative we are promoting the transformational benefts of HS2 to national and international investors

For more information about Midlands Connect and the Midlands Engine please visit httpswwwmidlandsconnectuk

HS2 East

Our work through the HS2 East partnership has demonstrated that the Eastern Leg of HS2 between Birmingham to Leeds via the East Midlands Hub Station has the best business case of any part of the proposed network - with a beneft to cost ratio of over 5 to 1

However the economic impact of the Eastern Leg extends further than Leeds The proposed lsquoclassic compatiblersquo link to the East Coast Main Line will enable high speed rail services to serve the North East of England and Scotland ndash linking

six of the UKrsquos top ten cities and 20 of national GVA This will result in lsquoagglomerationrsquo impacts of over pound700 million GVA and some major journey time savings

bull Leeds to Glasgow reduction of 90 minutes

bull Sheffield to Edinburgh reduction of 90 minutes

bull Newcastle to Birmingham reduction of 85 minutes

Together the Eastern Leg of HS2 and an enhanced East Coast Main Line provide the obvious route for reducing journey times from Scotland to London towards the three hour mark ndash the point at which rail becomes competitive with air travel

For further information about HS2 East please visit httpwwwhs2eastcouk

32 Our strategic approach Connecting key centres of population and development opportunities across the East Midlands to the high speed network will be key to realising the wider economic potential that HS2 connectivity brings

Our analysis has demonstrated which modes of transport will serve diferent markets most efectively Only by developing a comprehensive lsquomulti-modalrsquo approach to connectivity can we deliver the transport choice required by future generations and start to tackle some of the congestion issues that exist today

We also acknowledge that not everything can or indeed should happen at once We have therefore set out a phased approach to improving connectivity at least some of which can be delivered before HS2 becomes fully operational

Heavy Rail Pimary Market

Mass Transit Strategy Regional

Bus Connectivity Sub-Regional amp Local

Taxi Connectivity Sub-Regional amp Local

Walking and Cycling Local and Very Local

Park and Ride Sub-Regional amp Local

Highway Sub-Regional amp Local

Our strategic approach to connectivity

33 Rail Rail will be the most efective mode for accessing the Hub Station from surrounding city and town centres It will also link the East Midlands with the major city-regions across the rest of the UK ndash not least by the HS2 network itself

HS2 Services

The latest service specifcation published by HS2 Ltd indicates that the East Midlands Hub Station will be the best connected on the high speed network outside of London with seven HS2 services per hour in both directions

Impressive though this level of connectivity is we believe there is scope for further improvements

29

Through our work on the HS2 East Partnership we believe there is a strong economic case for the Eastern Leg of HS2 and the East Coast Main Line forming the primary route for serving Scotland not least because it would link the fnancial centres of Leeds and Edinburgh and the conurbations of the North East ndash also a key objective of Transport for the North

The scale of growth proposed in Chesterfeld as described in Section Two makes a compelling case for both Shefeld trains stopping at Chesterfeld Station rather than just one per hour

Classic Compatible Services

It is clear that although the Eastern Leg of HS2 will be designed to accommodate up to 18 trains per hour (in line with the rest of the network) the current service pattern only currently envisages nine There is therefore scope to run additional services on at least part of the Eastern Leg Working with both Midlands Connect and Transport for the North we believe there is a business case for two additional lsquoclassic compatiblersquo trains per hour linking Leicester and LeedsManchester which would transform rail connectivity between the East Midlands and the Northern Powerhouse

For this to be deliverable there would need to be a lsquoclassic compatiblersquo connection between HS2 and an electrifed Midland Main Line at or around the Hub Station HS2 Ltd have developed an indicative design for how this could be delivered Although further work will be required we believe we have sufcient economic evidence now for the Secretary of State to make at least lsquopassive provisionrsquo for such a link in the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

Newcastle

Durham

Dalington

York

Leeds

Shefeld Midland

Chesterfeld

Toton

Church Street

Birmingam Interchange

Old Oak Common Euston

bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

Trains from London 6tph

Trains from Birmrsquoham 3tph

Proposed HS2 Service Pattern for the Eastern Leg

NEWCASTLE

YORK

LEEDS

LONDON BIRMINGHAM

29 36

106

19

EAST MIDLANDS

HUB

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Classic Services

In addition to the two lsquoclassic compatiblersquo services working through Midlands Connect we have identifed an additional 11 lsquoclassic servicesrsquo that could serve the Hub Station These would be a mixture of lsquoshuttle servicesrsquo fast and semi-fast services and stopping services In total this would mean the Hub Station would be served by 20 trains per hour in both directions ndash an outstanding level of connectivity

HS2 Hub Station Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS)

The service specifcation for the Hub Station is consistent with the wider Midlands Connect ITSS which supports the Midlands Connect Strategy published in March 2017

The Maid Marian Line

In addition we believe there is the potential to develop a new service linking the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton with Mansfeld Ashfeld via the adaption on an existing freight line known as the Maid Marian Line This direct link would facilitate greater connectivity for residents and businesses to HS2 services supporting economic regeneration in the towns and contributing to the wider Nottinghamshire growth story We are working with Network Rail to understand any implications for the wider Midlands Connect ITSS

Capacity at Trent Junctions

A key constraint to the delivery of the Midlands Connect ITSS is the capacity of Trent Junctions south of Nottingham We understand that HS2 Ltd will need to make some improvements to Trent Junctions to accommodate the HS2 Core proposition - although these on their own will

30

51

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

HS2 Services

London - Leeds Birmingham - Leeds

London - Leeds Birmingham - Newcastle

London - Chesterfeld - Shefeld - Leeds

Birmingham - Leeds London - Shefeld - York

34 Mass Transit Extensions Classic Compatible Services

Shuttle Services

Nottingham - EM Hub Derby - EM Hub

Fast and Semi-fast Services

Leicester - Crewe Crewe - EM Hub

London - Manchester Crewe - EM Hub

Stopping Services

Leicester - Leeds Leicester - Manchester The success of the Nottingham Express Transit (NET) has demonstrated the potential of mass transit to reduce

Leicester - Lincoln Nottingham - Leeds

Leicester - Nottingham Leicester - Derby

Norwich - Liverpool Newark Castle - Matlock

HS2 Hub Station Indicative Train Service Specifcation

not be sufcient to accommodate the Midlands Connect ITSS There is a clear operational case for avoiding multiple engineering works on this congested section of railway infrastructure ndash with a single enhancement scheme being the clearly favoured option Based on our initial work with Network Rail we believe there is a sufcient economic case now for the Secretary of State to make at least lsquopassive provisionrsquo for an enhanced scheme in the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

congestion increase transport choice and connect people to jobs and services It will therefore be a key element of the connectivity strategy for maximising the economic benefts of the HS2 Hub Station Given the technical challenges and the scale of investment required we recognise the importance of taking a phased approach to delivery

Extending NET to the Hub Station

The frst phase would be to extend the tram from the park and ride site at Toton Lane to the Hub Station ndash a distance of around one mile This will connect the Hub Station to key locations such as the Queens Medical Centre the University campus and the Enterprise Zone and complement the heavy rail service to Nottingham City Centre This link will need to be in place when the Hub Station becomes operational to serve the Nottingham Enterprise Zone sites and to establish the principle tram access in the publicrsquos mind

Extending Connectivity over the Hub Station

Our work has highlighted a number of options for extending connectivity to the west of the Hub Station towards Derby and East Midlands Airport which would have signifcant economic benefts These could be delivered by bus rapid transit (BRT) tram-train as well as by NET extensions Further work will be required to determine the optimum routes and modes These options would require a link over the Hub Station (similar to the arrangement at Nottingham Station) which would be costly to retro-ft We have therefore included a public transport overbridge into our proposals for the Hub Station At this stage it is unlikely that this on its own will require provision for further land take in the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill however it may impact on the required Environmental Impact Statement

Options to Derby

There are two main options for connecting Derby The frst would follow the route of the A52 This would be fast ndash but not as fast as the classic rail service from Derby Station It would be direct but serve a limited population catchment The relatively high cost of developing this as a tram route would appear to make it unviable - although it could have potential as a route for a lower cost form of BRT

The second option would run to the south of the A52 and link the Hub Station with Long Eaton and then on to Breaston Borrowash Spondon Pride Park and Derby Station It would be slower but serve a much larger population catchment It would be cheaper to develop as a tram route but could impact on the proposed canal

31

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Red Arrow Skylink

Zoom 15

i4 18

Indigo 510

Y5 Toton Sidings

NET

Options for bus services serving the Hub Station

35

Revised existing route

New Fast Track to EMA via M1

Arnold via QMC City Hospital

Mansfeld via M1 Kirkby Sutton

Alfreton via M1 Heanor Ripley

restoration project It could be developed in phases the frst comprising a NET extension to a park and ride site west of the M1

Options to East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Rail Freight Interchange

There are a number of potential routes to the airport Following the rail corridor south from the Hub Station before heading west is likely to be the quickest and would limit environmental impacts on Long Eaton town centre It also has potential for a tram-train solution should this become a viable technology in the UK The scale of employment growth proposed at East Midlands Gateway the potential for a lsquoFree Trade Zonersquo around the airport as well as the projected growth in air passenger numbers means such a link could have signifcant economic benefts

Bus amp Taxi Bus travel will continue to be the backbone of the local public transport for many people There is already a comprehensive network of bus routes and services across the sub-region which could be developed to serve the Hub Station from a wide range of locations

The key challenge for operators from a commercial perspective will be to ensure that the Hub Station does not become a lsquoterminusrsquo destination Buses (and taxis) must therefore be able to pass through the Hub Station to also serve surrounding communities across the wider sub-region Our proposed confguration of local road links between the Hub Station and Long Eaton Stapleford

32

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Sandiacre and Toton as well as access from the A52 would enable a commercially viable network of bus services to be established

For Chesterfeld a new road link into the south of the station complex for buses and taxis will provide a through route that will integrate the existing station into local public transport networks more efectively

36 Cycling amp Walking Every rail passenger is a pedestrian at the point of boarding a train Making the Hub Station and the immediate surrounding environment pedestrian friendly will make travel by train more attractive and help to drive patronage

It is also important that local people in surrounding communities have safe and attractive routes for walking and cycling ndash not just to the Hub Station but also to and within the proposed Innovation Campus Cycling and walking are likely to become more attractive options to future generations as public attitudes to travel continue to change This trend has been refected in the core design principles we have established that will underpin future development on the Hub Station site

For Chesterfeld we have set out proposals known as lsquoPlatform 4rsquo for enhancing pedestrian and public transport accessibility between the Station and the town centre over the A61 dual carriageway

37 Park amp Ride A well-coordinated and managed park amp ride strategy can help to reduce the impacts of congestion and provide viable transport choices for local communities

There are opportunities to develop park and ride facilities serving the Hub Station in tandem with a phased roll out of an extended mass transit system The existing park amp

Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site

ride site at Toton Lane (1300 spaces) linked to the tram will be retained albeit in modifed form In addition to a multi-storey car park at the Hub Station itself (1300 spaces proposed) there is an opportunity to develop an additional parking facility of a similar size west of M1 Junction 25 linked to a frst phase extension of the tram over the Hub Station

33

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

This would give a third car park option and the ability to manage travel demand to the Hub Station site in a more fexible manner - as well as an ability to reduce pressure on M1 Junction 25

On the Derby side of the A52 there are options for park and ride sites on the east side of Derby as part of a mass transit system linking Pride Park and Derby Station to the City Centre which could ultimately connect to the Hub Station

38 Strategic amp Local Road Access Despite the focus on public transport cycling and walking access by private car will still be important and a 1300 space multi-storey car park is proposed at the Hub Station However this will require a highway solution that must also address a number of existing challenges

Access from the A52 and M1

Access from the strategic road network into the Hub Station Site will be critical Our technical work has suggested that a single access from the A52 into the site for all movements is unlikely to be deliverable Whilst an engineering solution could be developed it would be very expensive environmentally damaging and take up valuable land that could be better used for economic development purposes

As a result a phased approach is proposed comprising the following key moves

1 A new lsquoat gradersquo junction on the A52 east of the Bardills Roundabout linked to a new Toton Lane which would provide access from Nottingham to the east of the Hub Station site and support the early phases of development of the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

2 A new lsquoof setrsquo junction on the A52 to the west of the use of the construction access required by HS2 Ltd M1 which would remove local movements from M1 to build the Hub Station Junction 25 and provide a more direct route under

Our technical work suggests there is scope to deliver key the motorway into Long Eaton

moves 1) and 2) in advance of the Hub Station opening 3 A new lsquograde separatedrsquo junction on the A52 to the The scale of existing problems and likely future trafc

north of the Hub Station to provide access from growth on the A52 corridor suggests that there is already a Derby and the M1 ndash which has the potential to make strong case for Highways England working with Midlands

Provide local road access to StaplefordSandiacre

Relieve congestion at Bardills and Toton Lane

Provide access from A52

Separate local amp strategic movements at J25

Provide for E-W movements

Provide for local road access for Long Eaton

Strategic amp Local Road Access Challenges

34

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Access from A52 and M1

Connect and local partners to make a proposal for major scheme funding in RIS 2 ndash which would also contribute to a comprehensive connectivity strategy for the Hub Station

A direct link to the Hub Station from the north through 3) will be linked to the construction of the station itself by HS2 Ltd and may be able to make use of any temporary construction access required by HS2 Ltd

Stanton Sandiacre

Derby

Stapleford

Long Eaton

Primary HS2

access

New eastern access

Re-modelled Bardills junction

New eastern access link

Toton Lane

Local access link

Local local link

New ofset A52 Junction

New local link

Remodelled M1 Junction 25

link

1a

1b

3 2

M1

A52

HS2

Local access Nottingham

junction

39

Finally there is the potential to establish a Park amp Ride site west of the M1 linked to a tram extension and the proposed lsquoof-setrsquo junction on the A52 This would provide a further car parking option for the Hub Station and help to manage movements through M1 Junction 25

Local Road Access

As described above local road access to the Hub Station from Long Eaton Stapleford Sandiacre and Toton will be important to secure commercially viable bus and coach services and taxis ndash as well as safe cycle routes We have developed a proposal for local access that can be integrated into the design of the Hub Station and which will complement the proposed strategic links Key to this will be the development of a local road link running under the HS2 and classic rail tracks to the south of the Hub Station

Next Steps We are clear that whilst all the individual elements of our connectivity strategy will have positive outcomes the real benefts will only be achieved by taking an integrated approach to scheme development and delivery

We will therefore develop our proposals further through a project joint funded by Midlands Connect East Midlands partners HS2 Ltd and Highways England known as the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan Phase 1 will use transport modelling to optimise the package of interventions and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment Phase 2 will examine connectivity issues over a wider strategic area including the long term future of the M1

Further detail on delivery is contained in Section 4

35

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Local Road Access Diagram

1

2

3

4

5

6

New A52 access Pedestrian NET link Bus Interchange amp Station Car Park

Remodelled Bardills roundabout

7

8

9

10

11

Local link to Long Eaton

New Bardills roundabout Local link to Sandiacre

New Toton Lane NET extension amp option to extend to EMA Derby

HS2 underpass Station Concourse

HS2 overpass

36

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Section 4 | Delivery Summary

We have undertaken a number of technical studies to understand the costs and benefts of various scales and rates of development to inform the development of an initial outlines business case for our proposals consistent with Treasury requirements which is set out in a separate document This work will evolve and become more granular as our growth proposition matures

There is potential for signifcant employment and housing development across the East Midlands Hub and Derbyshire Growth Zones This will make a signifcant contribution to the Governmentrsquos rebalancing agenda and provide an impetus for growth across the wider East Midlands where there is potential to deliver an additional 74000 jobs and pound4 billion of GVA above trend

We have set out the key moves necessary to deliver our proposals for people place and connectivity and highlighted the immediate measures necessary to safeguard future opportunities Detailed proposals are set out in Appendix 1

We are keen to work with Government to develop propositions for powerful locally led development bodies that can deliver our ambitions for the Hub Station and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zones and contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2

37

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

41 Developing an Investible Proposition Realising our vision for growth will require a combination of strong leadership and clear decision making To inform this we have undertaken a comprehensive programme of technical work to inform our thinking and provide the evidence base for this Growth Strategy including

bull Comprehensive non-statutory development frameworks covering the East Midlands Hub and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

bull A number of concept studies to assess the options for key infrastructure moves including relocation of the existing rail depots at Toton strategic highway access and mass transit extensions

bull A Development Infrastructure Funding (DIF) Study to understand the costs and benefts of diferent scales and rates of development and a funding and delivery mechanisms study to identify options for forward funding of key infrastructure and delivery vehicles

This information has been used to construct an initial outline lsquobusiness casersquo document for our proposals consistent with the Treasuryrsquos lsquoGreen Bookrsquo guidance and will provide the basis for an ongoing dialogue with Government and HS2 Ltd This work will evolve and become more granular over time as our growth proposition matures

Some of the major infrastructure investments will be subject to a separate business case through other established Government programmes such as the Roads Investment Strategy (RIS) This still requires a high-level

case to be made through the Growth Strategy as well as efective co-ordination of planning funding and delivery with other Growth Strategy interventions

42 Key Moves The work we have undertaken to date has identifed a series of key moves that will be required to implement the Growth Strategy including a number of immediate actions which will be necessary to safeguard future opportunities Further detail on these and the necessary enabling measures by Government and its delivery bodies is set out in Appendix 1

People

Our immediate priorities can be delivered largely within existing resources with strong local leadership from the LEPs and the East Midlands Chamber of Commerce and comprise

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to business support that will help local SMEs beneft from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities

bull Establishing a lsquorail industry innovation grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2 awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2

Over the longer term we would expect mainstream Government funding for skills and business support activity to be refocussed around our priorities and complement the strategic approach to skills envisaged by the Midlands Engine

Place

For the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone there are a number of planning land assembly remediation and infrastructure issues that will need to be addressed to enable our vision to be delivered in full In the immediate short term it will be vital to ensure that existing planning consent for the Lime Rise development close to the Hub Station can contribute positively to the delivery of our growth vision

In addition there is a need for further work with the relevant organisations on options for relocating the rail siding and depot activity and the electricity sub-station to locations outside of the Hub Station site and on the expansion and relocation of existing school provision to a better location within the site

Elsewhere we are keen to take forward further work with the Ministry of Defence and the Homes and Communities Agency to ensure that the re-development of the Chetwynd Barracks can actively contribute to a lsquonetwork of garden villagesrsquo

In the Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone the key priority in Chesterfeld will be the delivery of proposals to transform pedestrian and public transport connectivity between the rail station and the town For Staveley the early priorities will be to confrm the depot site as a construction base for HS2 and to secure the frst phases of the Chesterfeld and Staveley Regeneration Route including the provision of improved public transport and pedestrian links necessary to deliver the wider Staveley masterplan

38

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Connectivity

Our immediate priority is to safeguard the potential to secure a classic compatible link at the Hub Station and for enhanced capacity at Trent Junctions capable of delivering the Midlands Connect ITSS These will require the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill which is due to be considered by Ministers in the autumn of 2017 to include provision for the necessary land take

The public transport overbridge and local road connections proposed for the Hub Station will impact on the Hybrid Bill and the associated Environmental Impact Statement and will need to be incorporated into the emerging Hub Station design commissioned by HS2 Ltd

We will need to confrm support from Highways England and HS2 Ltd to take forward the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan with Midlands Connect This work will optimise the package of interventions proposed to serve the Hub Station and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment However we believe we have a sufcient case now for Highways England to identify funding in RIS2 to develop a major scheme on the A52M1 J25 that address existing congestion issues and contributes to the wider solution for accessing the Hub Station

43 Proposals for Delivery Bodies The geographic and political context for the area around the Hub Station is complex spanning a number of local planning authorities local transport authorities and local enterprise partnerships Our work to date has highlighted a range of potential delivery and funding mechanisms that would help to enable development in particular options for Tax Increment Financing (TIf ) But these will require a strategic approach to investment over a number of administrative areas to be efective

There is a local appetite to establish a powerful delivery body that could work at a scale to drive forward our growth vision There are a range of options including the potential for the kind of lsquolocally-led development corporationrsquo envisaged by the Neighbourhood Planning Act 2017

We would like to work with Government over the coming months to develop a proposition for a delivery body for the Hub Station Growth Zone that could begin to operate in lsquoshadow formrsquo with initial seed-corn funding from 2018 onwards

For Chesterfeld and Staveley the geography is less complex with the key moves all within the administrative area of Chesterfeld Borough Council Here a local development company solution may be more appropriate which can also contribute to the delivery of the wider Derbyshire growth story

It will be important to ensure that development in both Growth Zones continues to contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2 under the auspices of the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Mitigation

Whilst HS2 has the potential to bring great benefts to the 44 East Midlands the scale of the new infrastructure involved will also result in some negative impacts ndash particularly in the short term Although the line of route has been designed to minimise impact on environmental assets challenges remain in a number of locations in Derbyshire Leicestershire and Nottinghamshire

Similarly where the line passes through urban areas for example Long Eaton some existing businesses will have to re-locate to alternative premises Whilst the Government has put in place a compensation scheme to assist those directly afected councils are keen to ensure the jobs and investment are retained in the local area wherever possible

The East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board has established a lsquomitigation sub-grouprsquo to work with DfT and HS2 Ltd to help develop detailed designs for key structures that will minimise and mitigate the environmental impacts of the line and look to ensure that existing businesses can continue to thrive As work starts on the development of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill it will be important to ensure that councils are able to inform the detail of the Governmentrsquos proposals on both an individual and collective basis

39

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

45 Phasing of Delivery This Growth Strategy demonstrated the scale complexity and interdependencies between programmes involving a range of partner agencies Many of these programmes involve major schemes that take many years to develop and deliver Although HS2 Phase 2b is not due to become fully operational until 2033 the lead in times are such that key decisions on what might be included within the Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environment Statement will actually be taken during the coming months With appropriate funding and collaboration a number of key moves can be implemented in the short term

Although the development may reach maturity in 2043 by the time HS2 opens there will in fact already be a new place (the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo) emerging around the station to welcome the frst passengers For this to be achieved the delivery partners will need to build momentum over the next 12 months and it is recognised this will require dedicated resource and governance

The evidence base underpinning the growth strategy provides a clear indication of the growth potential and promotes a range of key infrastructure concepts and moves However in order to take these forward and in particular promote some of them for possible inclusion in the Hybrid Bill the partners are clear that more detailed studies and analysis will be required and these will need to be developed in tandem with the work being undertaken for the railway

This highlights the need to establish a dedicated team and for further resources to commission and manage the work programme for the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Phases of Delivery

2017-2022 Hybrid bill development business case development (RS2CP6) land strategy and delivery body early phases of development

2022-2027 Early infrastructure development and key moves (eg depot relocation) next phases of development

2027-2033 HS2 Construction amp completiontesting

2033 HS2 becomes fully operational - local economic development builds momentum

2033-43 Development to maturity

46 First Phase Priorities The focus up to 2022 will be on ensuring the provisions of the Phase 2 Hybrid Bill enable our vision for the Hub Station and priorities for local and strategic connectivity to be implemented Delivery of improvements to the A52 at Bardills and Toton Lane will enable the early phases of the Toton Innovation Campus to commence helping to build investor confdence Completion for the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity plan will progress the wider mix of strategic and local interventions to detailed design stage To be successful all this activity will need to be underpinned by the establishment of a properly resourced and empowered local delivery bodyThe early completion of frst stages of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Station Link Road will help to kick start development in the North Derbyshire Growth Zone

40

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

1 High level Ministerial endorsement of the East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy including through

bull Funding the establishment of a lsquoshadow delivery bodyrsquo to start implementing the Growth Strategy locally and to establish a viable mechanism for capturing a proportion of development value necessary for infrastructure delivery and

bull Promotion by Government and its delivery bodies of key development opportunities set out in the Growth Strategy to national and international investors consistent with the Midlands Engine Vision for Growth

2 Support from DCLG for our vision for the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone by

bull Empowering the HCA to establish a strategic land strategy that will facilitate enabling infrastructure and subsequently to bring forward early phases of development and

bull Using other funding including the current Housing Infrastructure Fund (HIF) to help bring forward early phase infrastructure

3 Support from DfT and its delivery bodies for the implementation of early connectivity priorities related to the Hub Station through

bull Ensuring Highways England and HS2 Ltd contribute gap funding towards the East Midlands Gateway Connectivity Plan Phase 1 Study

bull Funding the delivery phases 1ab of the A52 Access Strategy to enable the initial phases of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo to commence before 2022 and

bull Identifying funding in the next Road Investment Strategy (RIS2) to develop a major scheme to address capacity at M1 Junction 25 and access the Hub Station from the A52 (phases 2 amp3 of the A52 Access Strategy) ndash also making the necessary provisions within the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill amp Environmental Statement

4 DfTHS2 Ltd to ensure that the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make provision at and around the Hub Station for

bull Capacity improvements to classic rail connectivity to the south and north of Toton HS2 station including Trent Junctions optimising the integration of classic and High Speed Rail services and including a lsquoclassic compatible linkrsquo to transform connectivity between Leicester and the north of England

bull An integrated station design including moving the station concourse north to better connect with tram and Public Transport Interchange with an integrated deck connecting eastwest over the HS2 track to

better integrate the Toton station into the heart of the new place ndash the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo This would include provision of a second transfer deck to the south of the main concourse to provide improve capacity and interchange between services

bull Fully integrated public transport interchange and walking routes connecting surrounding communities to promote sustainable travel reduce the need for car parking and thereby make best use of land and local assets including the tram as a means of linking Park amp Ride facilities with the station

bull North South connectivity through the site to connect Long Eaton and Stapleford and to enable local communities to access the station by all modes

bull A clear car parking strategy with a decked car park at the station (premium) complemented by NET based Park and Ride

bull Provision for three bridges as follows

- Integrated with concourse deck to create east west route for tram and sustainable transport links between east and west development areas and to Long Eaton airport and Derby

- Multi-modal bridge south of the A52 to enable resilience in the local network connections to the western development area and

41

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

- Pedestrian bridge at mid-point between the above to connect new communities

bull Provision for an underpass under the Network Rail and HS2 lines to the south of the concourse to enable links between Stapleford Long Eaton and the station by various modes and in particular public transport but as a secondary primary access connecting east and west development areas within the Innovation Campus

5 Separately to ensure the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make specifc provision to deliver the NET tram extension from the existing Toton Park amp Ride to the HS2 Station consistent with the provisions set our above

6 DfTHS2 Ltd to designate Staveley as a major construction hubrailhead for the construction of Phase 2b in addition to the establishment of the Infrastructure Maintenance Depot

7 Government to make a contribution towards the delivery of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Chesterfeld Station Link Road to unlock early development and growth in the corridor

8 Further fnancial and technical support from Network Rail HS2 Ltd and HS2 Growth Partnership to work collaboratively on the relocation of the DBS Depot and Network Rail Sidings to enable development growth and transport connections through the Hub Station area

9 DfTHS2 Ltd to amend the HS2 Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS) to ensure that both Shefeld HS2 classic compatible services stop at Chesterfeld

10 Commitment from DfTHS2 Ltd to at least partially open the Hub Station at Toton by 2030 rather than 2033 to generate additional passenger revenue and accelerate the delivery of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

42

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy World Class - Locally Driven

For more information please contact East Midlands Councils Tel 01664 502620 Email infoemcouncilsgovuk

  • Structure Bookmarks
    • Born 1946-1964
    • Born 1964-1980
    • Born 1980-2000
    • Born 2000+
    • The Hub Station and surrounding area
    • Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone
    • Chesterfield Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo
    • Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site
Page 25: East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy - Broxtowe€¦ · 3.7 Park & Ride 3.8 4.3 East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Contents Contents Foreword 3 3.6 Cycling & Walking 33 Executive Summary

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

the rail station the town centre and major regeneration opportunities and enable the station to become an attractive gateway to the town itself the surrounding Peak District National Park and other key heritage assets - particularly for international visitors Proposals include a scalable housing and commercial investment proposition that will be accelerated to welcome HS2 through investment in enabling infrastructure

The proposed IMD is set within a wider masterplan for the Staveley corridor that will deliver signifcant levels of housing and job growth and provide a focus for the local rail engineering sector including the development of a rail industry lsquocentre of excellencersquo linked to the High Speed Rail College In the shorter term there is an ambition for the Staveley site to be used for a base for the construction of the majority of Phase 2b of HS2

Construction of early phases of the Chesterfeld amp Staveley Regeneration Route will enable key brownfeld regeneration sites to be developed and wider benefts to the A61 Corridor and the extended Markham Vale Enterprise Zone

Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

Underpinning the vision will be a strong focus on inclusive growth linked to our wider skills and supply chain strategy making sure that local communities and local businesses can beneft from the investment that HS2 will bring

Chesterfeld amp Staveley Development Framework

We will enable this growth in the number and quality of jobs by re-shaping and transforming our places through infrastructure-led development Those places will be allowed to fourish and cater for our changing communities as well as providing for new communities and retaining those such as graduates who will have much wider lifestyle choices as a result

Chesterfeld Station

Chesterfeld Station will have an enhanced role as both a destination and a gateway to surrounding localities Over 1 million people already live within 30 minutes of the station HS2 will bring Birmingham and Leeds within 50 minutes We will bring forward development and infrastructure in tandem to provide a high quality experience for those using the

Platform 4

Chesterfeld Station

Chesterfeld Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo

24

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

station lsquoPlatform 4rsquo will provide a modern and attractive route across the A61 with well-designed public realm that will bring the station into the town centre as well as allowing far greater accessibility to public transport Unused and under-used land around the station will be developed and linked to the adjacent Waterside development to provide a mixed-use lsquourban villagersquo ft for future generations to live work and play

Remodelled links between Chesterfeld Station and the town

The infrastructure provided to improve access to the station for HS2 services will also allow us to accelerate our ambition for the wider town centre By taking trafc out of the historic core of the town we can enhance the visitor experience and bring forward new opportunities for residential development with a wide and fexible mix of tenures This will ensure far greater vibrancy within the town which will expand to include the station area and support the wider ambitions for growth in our key sectors

Staveley

The proposed Infrastructure Maintenance Depot (IMD) at Staveley provides a signifcant opportunity to bring forward a much wider strategic development on this 150 hectare brownfeld site Through investing in infrastructure in particular local road access we can open up not just the depot site but a whole new sustainable community of around 1500 homes and many hundreds of new jobs

By phasing the development we will also be able to ofer a well located construction base for HS2 bringing investment and jobs to the area well in advance of the maintenance depot Over the longer term we believe there is the potential to develop the area around the Infrastructure

The wider Chesterfeld Station Area Masterplan wide

Residential building

OfficeCommercial building

Officeresidential building

Hotel building

Station building

MSCP building

Green Space

Public realm

Potential development areas subject to consultation with existing land owners

Retained Listed station building

Ground foor community facility land use

Potential pedestriancycle link to the east

Maintenance Depot as a rail industry lsquocentre of excellencersquo linked to the High Speed Rail College and the NewRail centre at Barrow Hill Roundhouse

Strategic outline masterplan for the Staveley Corridor

Characterising development at all these sites will be an approach to place-making for the future This is led by consideration of how our communities of the future will want to live and work rather than being based on historic development models

We will use the investment in infrastructure to develop places and homes that anticipate our changing population putting in place fexible models in order to meet future demand This will include providing a far better choice for older people with homes that meet current and future care needs We will make the most of the expanding higher education ofer to enable quality student accommodation and develop places in which our graduates want to stay live earn and spend

25

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Strategic outline masterplan for the Staveley corridor 24 Next Steps Our proposals for the Hub Station and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zones are long term and ambitious Whilst the proposed development will lead to an uplift in land values and economic and social benefts it will also require investment in local and strategic infrastructure and land remediation and assembly

We have undertaken technical work to understand likely infrastructure and land costs and development trajectories that could be delivered to inform an initial outline business case assessment consistent with the Treasuryrsquos lsquoGreen Bookrsquo This work will continue to develop as our plans mature

Further detail on delivery is contained in Section 4

Key

SWA1 Redline Boundary

Existing Features

Culvert

River

Canal

Crossing Point

Road

Railway Line

Right of Way

Building

Listed Building

Non Designated Heritage Asset

Existing Trees

Proposed Features

Marina

CS Regeneration Route

Road

FootCycle Path

Pedestrian Zone

Avenue Planting

Public Open Space

Key Building

Railway Line

Canal

Proposed Usage

Residential

Mixed use - Community Retail Residential

Mixed Use - Employment Local Skills and crafts

Workshops Studios Residential

Mixed Use - Community Canal related

Residential

Safeguarded School Site

Leisure - Hotel Pub Restaurant

B1 - Office and Light Industry

B2 - General Industry

B8 - Warehousing and Distribution

HS2 Maintenance Depot

26

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Section 3 | Connectivity Summary

The Hub Station at Toton will already be the most connected on the high speed network outside of London and will serve a catchment of over 2 million people Whilst the development adjacent to the Hub Station will be crucial our early work confrmed that much of the wider economic potential of HS2 will be dependent on the extent to which we can connect economic opportunities across the East Midlands into the high speed network In particular the city centres of Derby Leicester and Nottingham East Midlands Airport and sites that exist in the towns and villages surrounding both the Hub Station and Chesterfeld

Our analysis has demonstrated which modes of transport will serve diferent markets most efectively ndash national regional sub-regional and local Based on this we have set out a comprehensive step by step approach to connectivity which will maximise transport choice for future generations as well as tackling congestion issues that exist today

Key to this will be safeguarding the ability to extend public transport accessibility in the scope of the Governmentrsquos Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and planning now for a phased approach to delivery of highway improvements starting in RIS2

Whilst we are confdent that the measures we have identifed can deliver positive outcomes more detailed design work will be required to secure the capital funding necessary for delivery Further work on the design and phasing of key interventions will therefore be undertaken with transport modelling developed in partnership with Midlands Connect the outcome of which will also help to scope the necessary provisions of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

27

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

SCOTLAND

YORK amp NEWCASTLE

LEEDS

EAST MIDLANDS

HUB

SOUTH YORKSHIRE

SHEFFIELD HS2

CHESTERFIELD

CREWE HS2 HUB

BIRMINGHAM

STOKE DERBY

LEICESTER

LOUGHBOROUGH

LONDON EUROPE

BEESTON

NOTTINGHAM LINCOLN

MANSFIELD

WORKSOP

31 National Context HS2 will help to transform the position of our towns and cities within the UK and Midlands making our local economies more competitive

HS2 CURRENT

68 104 NOTTINGHAM TO LONDON

HHS2S2 CU

142 LEICESTER TO NEWCASTLE

HHS2S2 CURRENT

50 77 DERBY TO LEEDS

HHS2S2 CURRENT

73 145 LEICESTER TO LEEDS

HHS2S2 CURRENT

36 73 NOTTINGHAM TO BIRMINGHAM

HS2 CURRENT

71 143 CHESTERFIELD TO LONDON

RRENT

205

28

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Midlands Connect

The Midlands Connect Strategy described how the HS2 stations at Birmingham Curzon Street UK Central and East Midlands will form the lsquohubrsquo of the UKrsquos high speed rail network Together with classic compatible connectivity at Chesterfeld Crewe and Stoke stations this will unlock economic growth across the Midlands - provided we get the local connectivity right

Through Midlands Connect we are taking forward a body of technical work to defne and develop the local strategic connections that will maximise economic growth opportunities Through the wider Midlands Engine initiative we are promoting the transformational benefts of HS2 to national and international investors

For more information about Midlands Connect and the Midlands Engine please visit httpswwwmidlandsconnectuk

HS2 East

Our work through the HS2 East partnership has demonstrated that the Eastern Leg of HS2 between Birmingham to Leeds via the East Midlands Hub Station has the best business case of any part of the proposed network - with a beneft to cost ratio of over 5 to 1

However the economic impact of the Eastern Leg extends further than Leeds The proposed lsquoclassic compatiblersquo link to the East Coast Main Line will enable high speed rail services to serve the North East of England and Scotland ndash linking

six of the UKrsquos top ten cities and 20 of national GVA This will result in lsquoagglomerationrsquo impacts of over pound700 million GVA and some major journey time savings

bull Leeds to Glasgow reduction of 90 minutes

bull Sheffield to Edinburgh reduction of 90 minutes

bull Newcastle to Birmingham reduction of 85 minutes

Together the Eastern Leg of HS2 and an enhanced East Coast Main Line provide the obvious route for reducing journey times from Scotland to London towards the three hour mark ndash the point at which rail becomes competitive with air travel

For further information about HS2 East please visit httpwwwhs2eastcouk

32 Our strategic approach Connecting key centres of population and development opportunities across the East Midlands to the high speed network will be key to realising the wider economic potential that HS2 connectivity brings

Our analysis has demonstrated which modes of transport will serve diferent markets most efectively Only by developing a comprehensive lsquomulti-modalrsquo approach to connectivity can we deliver the transport choice required by future generations and start to tackle some of the congestion issues that exist today

We also acknowledge that not everything can or indeed should happen at once We have therefore set out a phased approach to improving connectivity at least some of which can be delivered before HS2 becomes fully operational

Heavy Rail Pimary Market

Mass Transit Strategy Regional

Bus Connectivity Sub-Regional amp Local

Taxi Connectivity Sub-Regional amp Local

Walking and Cycling Local and Very Local

Park and Ride Sub-Regional amp Local

Highway Sub-Regional amp Local

Our strategic approach to connectivity

33 Rail Rail will be the most efective mode for accessing the Hub Station from surrounding city and town centres It will also link the East Midlands with the major city-regions across the rest of the UK ndash not least by the HS2 network itself

HS2 Services

The latest service specifcation published by HS2 Ltd indicates that the East Midlands Hub Station will be the best connected on the high speed network outside of London with seven HS2 services per hour in both directions

Impressive though this level of connectivity is we believe there is scope for further improvements

29

Through our work on the HS2 East Partnership we believe there is a strong economic case for the Eastern Leg of HS2 and the East Coast Main Line forming the primary route for serving Scotland not least because it would link the fnancial centres of Leeds and Edinburgh and the conurbations of the North East ndash also a key objective of Transport for the North

The scale of growth proposed in Chesterfeld as described in Section Two makes a compelling case for both Shefeld trains stopping at Chesterfeld Station rather than just one per hour

Classic Compatible Services

It is clear that although the Eastern Leg of HS2 will be designed to accommodate up to 18 trains per hour (in line with the rest of the network) the current service pattern only currently envisages nine There is therefore scope to run additional services on at least part of the Eastern Leg Working with both Midlands Connect and Transport for the North we believe there is a business case for two additional lsquoclassic compatiblersquo trains per hour linking Leicester and LeedsManchester which would transform rail connectivity between the East Midlands and the Northern Powerhouse

For this to be deliverable there would need to be a lsquoclassic compatiblersquo connection between HS2 and an electrifed Midland Main Line at or around the Hub Station HS2 Ltd have developed an indicative design for how this could be delivered Although further work will be required we believe we have sufcient economic evidence now for the Secretary of State to make at least lsquopassive provisionrsquo for such a link in the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

Newcastle

Durham

Dalington

York

Leeds

Shefeld Midland

Chesterfeld

Toton

Church Street

Birmingam Interchange

Old Oak Common Euston

bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

Trains from London 6tph

Trains from Birmrsquoham 3tph

Proposed HS2 Service Pattern for the Eastern Leg

NEWCASTLE

YORK

LEEDS

LONDON BIRMINGHAM

29 36

106

19

EAST MIDLANDS

HUB

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Classic Services

In addition to the two lsquoclassic compatiblersquo services working through Midlands Connect we have identifed an additional 11 lsquoclassic servicesrsquo that could serve the Hub Station These would be a mixture of lsquoshuttle servicesrsquo fast and semi-fast services and stopping services In total this would mean the Hub Station would be served by 20 trains per hour in both directions ndash an outstanding level of connectivity

HS2 Hub Station Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS)

The service specifcation for the Hub Station is consistent with the wider Midlands Connect ITSS which supports the Midlands Connect Strategy published in March 2017

The Maid Marian Line

In addition we believe there is the potential to develop a new service linking the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton with Mansfeld Ashfeld via the adaption on an existing freight line known as the Maid Marian Line This direct link would facilitate greater connectivity for residents and businesses to HS2 services supporting economic regeneration in the towns and contributing to the wider Nottinghamshire growth story We are working with Network Rail to understand any implications for the wider Midlands Connect ITSS

Capacity at Trent Junctions

A key constraint to the delivery of the Midlands Connect ITSS is the capacity of Trent Junctions south of Nottingham We understand that HS2 Ltd will need to make some improvements to Trent Junctions to accommodate the HS2 Core proposition - although these on their own will

30

51

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

HS2 Services

London - Leeds Birmingham - Leeds

London - Leeds Birmingham - Newcastle

London - Chesterfeld - Shefeld - Leeds

Birmingham - Leeds London - Shefeld - York

34 Mass Transit Extensions Classic Compatible Services

Shuttle Services

Nottingham - EM Hub Derby - EM Hub

Fast and Semi-fast Services

Leicester - Crewe Crewe - EM Hub

London - Manchester Crewe - EM Hub

Stopping Services

Leicester - Leeds Leicester - Manchester The success of the Nottingham Express Transit (NET) has demonstrated the potential of mass transit to reduce

Leicester - Lincoln Nottingham - Leeds

Leicester - Nottingham Leicester - Derby

Norwich - Liverpool Newark Castle - Matlock

HS2 Hub Station Indicative Train Service Specifcation

not be sufcient to accommodate the Midlands Connect ITSS There is a clear operational case for avoiding multiple engineering works on this congested section of railway infrastructure ndash with a single enhancement scheme being the clearly favoured option Based on our initial work with Network Rail we believe there is a sufcient economic case now for the Secretary of State to make at least lsquopassive provisionrsquo for an enhanced scheme in the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

congestion increase transport choice and connect people to jobs and services It will therefore be a key element of the connectivity strategy for maximising the economic benefts of the HS2 Hub Station Given the technical challenges and the scale of investment required we recognise the importance of taking a phased approach to delivery

Extending NET to the Hub Station

The frst phase would be to extend the tram from the park and ride site at Toton Lane to the Hub Station ndash a distance of around one mile This will connect the Hub Station to key locations such as the Queens Medical Centre the University campus and the Enterprise Zone and complement the heavy rail service to Nottingham City Centre This link will need to be in place when the Hub Station becomes operational to serve the Nottingham Enterprise Zone sites and to establish the principle tram access in the publicrsquos mind

Extending Connectivity over the Hub Station

Our work has highlighted a number of options for extending connectivity to the west of the Hub Station towards Derby and East Midlands Airport which would have signifcant economic benefts These could be delivered by bus rapid transit (BRT) tram-train as well as by NET extensions Further work will be required to determine the optimum routes and modes These options would require a link over the Hub Station (similar to the arrangement at Nottingham Station) which would be costly to retro-ft We have therefore included a public transport overbridge into our proposals for the Hub Station At this stage it is unlikely that this on its own will require provision for further land take in the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill however it may impact on the required Environmental Impact Statement

Options to Derby

There are two main options for connecting Derby The frst would follow the route of the A52 This would be fast ndash but not as fast as the classic rail service from Derby Station It would be direct but serve a limited population catchment The relatively high cost of developing this as a tram route would appear to make it unviable - although it could have potential as a route for a lower cost form of BRT

The second option would run to the south of the A52 and link the Hub Station with Long Eaton and then on to Breaston Borrowash Spondon Pride Park and Derby Station It would be slower but serve a much larger population catchment It would be cheaper to develop as a tram route but could impact on the proposed canal

31

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Red Arrow Skylink

Zoom 15

i4 18

Indigo 510

Y5 Toton Sidings

NET

Options for bus services serving the Hub Station

35

Revised existing route

New Fast Track to EMA via M1

Arnold via QMC City Hospital

Mansfeld via M1 Kirkby Sutton

Alfreton via M1 Heanor Ripley

restoration project It could be developed in phases the frst comprising a NET extension to a park and ride site west of the M1

Options to East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Rail Freight Interchange

There are a number of potential routes to the airport Following the rail corridor south from the Hub Station before heading west is likely to be the quickest and would limit environmental impacts on Long Eaton town centre It also has potential for a tram-train solution should this become a viable technology in the UK The scale of employment growth proposed at East Midlands Gateway the potential for a lsquoFree Trade Zonersquo around the airport as well as the projected growth in air passenger numbers means such a link could have signifcant economic benefts

Bus amp Taxi Bus travel will continue to be the backbone of the local public transport for many people There is already a comprehensive network of bus routes and services across the sub-region which could be developed to serve the Hub Station from a wide range of locations

The key challenge for operators from a commercial perspective will be to ensure that the Hub Station does not become a lsquoterminusrsquo destination Buses (and taxis) must therefore be able to pass through the Hub Station to also serve surrounding communities across the wider sub-region Our proposed confguration of local road links between the Hub Station and Long Eaton Stapleford

32

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Sandiacre and Toton as well as access from the A52 would enable a commercially viable network of bus services to be established

For Chesterfeld a new road link into the south of the station complex for buses and taxis will provide a through route that will integrate the existing station into local public transport networks more efectively

36 Cycling amp Walking Every rail passenger is a pedestrian at the point of boarding a train Making the Hub Station and the immediate surrounding environment pedestrian friendly will make travel by train more attractive and help to drive patronage

It is also important that local people in surrounding communities have safe and attractive routes for walking and cycling ndash not just to the Hub Station but also to and within the proposed Innovation Campus Cycling and walking are likely to become more attractive options to future generations as public attitudes to travel continue to change This trend has been refected in the core design principles we have established that will underpin future development on the Hub Station site

For Chesterfeld we have set out proposals known as lsquoPlatform 4rsquo for enhancing pedestrian and public transport accessibility between the Station and the town centre over the A61 dual carriageway

37 Park amp Ride A well-coordinated and managed park amp ride strategy can help to reduce the impacts of congestion and provide viable transport choices for local communities

There are opportunities to develop park and ride facilities serving the Hub Station in tandem with a phased roll out of an extended mass transit system The existing park amp

Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site

ride site at Toton Lane (1300 spaces) linked to the tram will be retained albeit in modifed form In addition to a multi-storey car park at the Hub Station itself (1300 spaces proposed) there is an opportunity to develop an additional parking facility of a similar size west of M1 Junction 25 linked to a frst phase extension of the tram over the Hub Station

33

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

This would give a third car park option and the ability to manage travel demand to the Hub Station site in a more fexible manner - as well as an ability to reduce pressure on M1 Junction 25

On the Derby side of the A52 there are options for park and ride sites on the east side of Derby as part of a mass transit system linking Pride Park and Derby Station to the City Centre which could ultimately connect to the Hub Station

38 Strategic amp Local Road Access Despite the focus on public transport cycling and walking access by private car will still be important and a 1300 space multi-storey car park is proposed at the Hub Station However this will require a highway solution that must also address a number of existing challenges

Access from the A52 and M1

Access from the strategic road network into the Hub Station Site will be critical Our technical work has suggested that a single access from the A52 into the site for all movements is unlikely to be deliverable Whilst an engineering solution could be developed it would be very expensive environmentally damaging and take up valuable land that could be better used for economic development purposes

As a result a phased approach is proposed comprising the following key moves

1 A new lsquoat gradersquo junction on the A52 east of the Bardills Roundabout linked to a new Toton Lane which would provide access from Nottingham to the east of the Hub Station site and support the early phases of development of the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

2 A new lsquoof setrsquo junction on the A52 to the west of the use of the construction access required by HS2 Ltd M1 which would remove local movements from M1 to build the Hub Station Junction 25 and provide a more direct route under

Our technical work suggests there is scope to deliver key the motorway into Long Eaton

moves 1) and 2) in advance of the Hub Station opening 3 A new lsquograde separatedrsquo junction on the A52 to the The scale of existing problems and likely future trafc

north of the Hub Station to provide access from growth on the A52 corridor suggests that there is already a Derby and the M1 ndash which has the potential to make strong case for Highways England working with Midlands

Provide local road access to StaplefordSandiacre

Relieve congestion at Bardills and Toton Lane

Provide access from A52

Separate local amp strategic movements at J25

Provide for E-W movements

Provide for local road access for Long Eaton

Strategic amp Local Road Access Challenges

34

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Access from A52 and M1

Connect and local partners to make a proposal for major scheme funding in RIS 2 ndash which would also contribute to a comprehensive connectivity strategy for the Hub Station

A direct link to the Hub Station from the north through 3) will be linked to the construction of the station itself by HS2 Ltd and may be able to make use of any temporary construction access required by HS2 Ltd

Stanton Sandiacre

Derby

Stapleford

Long Eaton

Primary HS2

access

New eastern access

Re-modelled Bardills junction

New eastern access link

Toton Lane

Local access link

Local local link

New ofset A52 Junction

New local link

Remodelled M1 Junction 25

link

1a

1b

3 2

M1

A52

HS2

Local access Nottingham

junction

39

Finally there is the potential to establish a Park amp Ride site west of the M1 linked to a tram extension and the proposed lsquoof-setrsquo junction on the A52 This would provide a further car parking option for the Hub Station and help to manage movements through M1 Junction 25

Local Road Access

As described above local road access to the Hub Station from Long Eaton Stapleford Sandiacre and Toton will be important to secure commercially viable bus and coach services and taxis ndash as well as safe cycle routes We have developed a proposal for local access that can be integrated into the design of the Hub Station and which will complement the proposed strategic links Key to this will be the development of a local road link running under the HS2 and classic rail tracks to the south of the Hub Station

Next Steps We are clear that whilst all the individual elements of our connectivity strategy will have positive outcomes the real benefts will only be achieved by taking an integrated approach to scheme development and delivery

We will therefore develop our proposals further through a project joint funded by Midlands Connect East Midlands partners HS2 Ltd and Highways England known as the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan Phase 1 will use transport modelling to optimise the package of interventions and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment Phase 2 will examine connectivity issues over a wider strategic area including the long term future of the M1

Further detail on delivery is contained in Section 4

35

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Local Road Access Diagram

1

2

3

4

5

6

New A52 access Pedestrian NET link Bus Interchange amp Station Car Park

Remodelled Bardills roundabout

7

8

9

10

11

Local link to Long Eaton

New Bardills roundabout Local link to Sandiacre

New Toton Lane NET extension amp option to extend to EMA Derby

HS2 underpass Station Concourse

HS2 overpass

36

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Section 4 | Delivery Summary

We have undertaken a number of technical studies to understand the costs and benefts of various scales and rates of development to inform the development of an initial outlines business case for our proposals consistent with Treasury requirements which is set out in a separate document This work will evolve and become more granular as our growth proposition matures

There is potential for signifcant employment and housing development across the East Midlands Hub and Derbyshire Growth Zones This will make a signifcant contribution to the Governmentrsquos rebalancing agenda and provide an impetus for growth across the wider East Midlands where there is potential to deliver an additional 74000 jobs and pound4 billion of GVA above trend

We have set out the key moves necessary to deliver our proposals for people place and connectivity and highlighted the immediate measures necessary to safeguard future opportunities Detailed proposals are set out in Appendix 1

We are keen to work with Government to develop propositions for powerful locally led development bodies that can deliver our ambitions for the Hub Station and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zones and contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2

37

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

41 Developing an Investible Proposition Realising our vision for growth will require a combination of strong leadership and clear decision making To inform this we have undertaken a comprehensive programme of technical work to inform our thinking and provide the evidence base for this Growth Strategy including

bull Comprehensive non-statutory development frameworks covering the East Midlands Hub and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

bull A number of concept studies to assess the options for key infrastructure moves including relocation of the existing rail depots at Toton strategic highway access and mass transit extensions

bull A Development Infrastructure Funding (DIF) Study to understand the costs and benefts of diferent scales and rates of development and a funding and delivery mechanisms study to identify options for forward funding of key infrastructure and delivery vehicles

This information has been used to construct an initial outline lsquobusiness casersquo document for our proposals consistent with the Treasuryrsquos lsquoGreen Bookrsquo guidance and will provide the basis for an ongoing dialogue with Government and HS2 Ltd This work will evolve and become more granular over time as our growth proposition matures

Some of the major infrastructure investments will be subject to a separate business case through other established Government programmes such as the Roads Investment Strategy (RIS) This still requires a high-level

case to be made through the Growth Strategy as well as efective co-ordination of planning funding and delivery with other Growth Strategy interventions

42 Key Moves The work we have undertaken to date has identifed a series of key moves that will be required to implement the Growth Strategy including a number of immediate actions which will be necessary to safeguard future opportunities Further detail on these and the necessary enabling measures by Government and its delivery bodies is set out in Appendix 1

People

Our immediate priorities can be delivered largely within existing resources with strong local leadership from the LEPs and the East Midlands Chamber of Commerce and comprise

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to business support that will help local SMEs beneft from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities

bull Establishing a lsquorail industry innovation grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2 awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2

Over the longer term we would expect mainstream Government funding for skills and business support activity to be refocussed around our priorities and complement the strategic approach to skills envisaged by the Midlands Engine

Place

For the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone there are a number of planning land assembly remediation and infrastructure issues that will need to be addressed to enable our vision to be delivered in full In the immediate short term it will be vital to ensure that existing planning consent for the Lime Rise development close to the Hub Station can contribute positively to the delivery of our growth vision

In addition there is a need for further work with the relevant organisations on options for relocating the rail siding and depot activity and the electricity sub-station to locations outside of the Hub Station site and on the expansion and relocation of existing school provision to a better location within the site

Elsewhere we are keen to take forward further work with the Ministry of Defence and the Homes and Communities Agency to ensure that the re-development of the Chetwynd Barracks can actively contribute to a lsquonetwork of garden villagesrsquo

In the Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone the key priority in Chesterfeld will be the delivery of proposals to transform pedestrian and public transport connectivity between the rail station and the town For Staveley the early priorities will be to confrm the depot site as a construction base for HS2 and to secure the frst phases of the Chesterfeld and Staveley Regeneration Route including the provision of improved public transport and pedestrian links necessary to deliver the wider Staveley masterplan

38

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Connectivity

Our immediate priority is to safeguard the potential to secure a classic compatible link at the Hub Station and for enhanced capacity at Trent Junctions capable of delivering the Midlands Connect ITSS These will require the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill which is due to be considered by Ministers in the autumn of 2017 to include provision for the necessary land take

The public transport overbridge and local road connections proposed for the Hub Station will impact on the Hybrid Bill and the associated Environmental Impact Statement and will need to be incorporated into the emerging Hub Station design commissioned by HS2 Ltd

We will need to confrm support from Highways England and HS2 Ltd to take forward the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan with Midlands Connect This work will optimise the package of interventions proposed to serve the Hub Station and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment However we believe we have a sufcient case now for Highways England to identify funding in RIS2 to develop a major scheme on the A52M1 J25 that address existing congestion issues and contributes to the wider solution for accessing the Hub Station

43 Proposals for Delivery Bodies The geographic and political context for the area around the Hub Station is complex spanning a number of local planning authorities local transport authorities and local enterprise partnerships Our work to date has highlighted a range of potential delivery and funding mechanisms that would help to enable development in particular options for Tax Increment Financing (TIf ) But these will require a strategic approach to investment over a number of administrative areas to be efective

There is a local appetite to establish a powerful delivery body that could work at a scale to drive forward our growth vision There are a range of options including the potential for the kind of lsquolocally-led development corporationrsquo envisaged by the Neighbourhood Planning Act 2017

We would like to work with Government over the coming months to develop a proposition for a delivery body for the Hub Station Growth Zone that could begin to operate in lsquoshadow formrsquo with initial seed-corn funding from 2018 onwards

For Chesterfeld and Staveley the geography is less complex with the key moves all within the administrative area of Chesterfeld Borough Council Here a local development company solution may be more appropriate which can also contribute to the delivery of the wider Derbyshire growth story

It will be important to ensure that development in both Growth Zones continues to contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2 under the auspices of the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Mitigation

Whilst HS2 has the potential to bring great benefts to the 44 East Midlands the scale of the new infrastructure involved will also result in some negative impacts ndash particularly in the short term Although the line of route has been designed to minimise impact on environmental assets challenges remain in a number of locations in Derbyshire Leicestershire and Nottinghamshire

Similarly where the line passes through urban areas for example Long Eaton some existing businesses will have to re-locate to alternative premises Whilst the Government has put in place a compensation scheme to assist those directly afected councils are keen to ensure the jobs and investment are retained in the local area wherever possible

The East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board has established a lsquomitigation sub-grouprsquo to work with DfT and HS2 Ltd to help develop detailed designs for key structures that will minimise and mitigate the environmental impacts of the line and look to ensure that existing businesses can continue to thrive As work starts on the development of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill it will be important to ensure that councils are able to inform the detail of the Governmentrsquos proposals on both an individual and collective basis

39

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

45 Phasing of Delivery This Growth Strategy demonstrated the scale complexity and interdependencies between programmes involving a range of partner agencies Many of these programmes involve major schemes that take many years to develop and deliver Although HS2 Phase 2b is not due to become fully operational until 2033 the lead in times are such that key decisions on what might be included within the Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environment Statement will actually be taken during the coming months With appropriate funding and collaboration a number of key moves can be implemented in the short term

Although the development may reach maturity in 2043 by the time HS2 opens there will in fact already be a new place (the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo) emerging around the station to welcome the frst passengers For this to be achieved the delivery partners will need to build momentum over the next 12 months and it is recognised this will require dedicated resource and governance

The evidence base underpinning the growth strategy provides a clear indication of the growth potential and promotes a range of key infrastructure concepts and moves However in order to take these forward and in particular promote some of them for possible inclusion in the Hybrid Bill the partners are clear that more detailed studies and analysis will be required and these will need to be developed in tandem with the work being undertaken for the railway

This highlights the need to establish a dedicated team and for further resources to commission and manage the work programme for the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Phases of Delivery

2017-2022 Hybrid bill development business case development (RS2CP6) land strategy and delivery body early phases of development

2022-2027 Early infrastructure development and key moves (eg depot relocation) next phases of development

2027-2033 HS2 Construction amp completiontesting

2033 HS2 becomes fully operational - local economic development builds momentum

2033-43 Development to maturity

46 First Phase Priorities The focus up to 2022 will be on ensuring the provisions of the Phase 2 Hybrid Bill enable our vision for the Hub Station and priorities for local and strategic connectivity to be implemented Delivery of improvements to the A52 at Bardills and Toton Lane will enable the early phases of the Toton Innovation Campus to commence helping to build investor confdence Completion for the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity plan will progress the wider mix of strategic and local interventions to detailed design stage To be successful all this activity will need to be underpinned by the establishment of a properly resourced and empowered local delivery bodyThe early completion of frst stages of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Station Link Road will help to kick start development in the North Derbyshire Growth Zone

40

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

1 High level Ministerial endorsement of the East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy including through

bull Funding the establishment of a lsquoshadow delivery bodyrsquo to start implementing the Growth Strategy locally and to establish a viable mechanism for capturing a proportion of development value necessary for infrastructure delivery and

bull Promotion by Government and its delivery bodies of key development opportunities set out in the Growth Strategy to national and international investors consistent with the Midlands Engine Vision for Growth

2 Support from DCLG for our vision for the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone by

bull Empowering the HCA to establish a strategic land strategy that will facilitate enabling infrastructure and subsequently to bring forward early phases of development and

bull Using other funding including the current Housing Infrastructure Fund (HIF) to help bring forward early phase infrastructure

3 Support from DfT and its delivery bodies for the implementation of early connectivity priorities related to the Hub Station through

bull Ensuring Highways England and HS2 Ltd contribute gap funding towards the East Midlands Gateway Connectivity Plan Phase 1 Study

bull Funding the delivery phases 1ab of the A52 Access Strategy to enable the initial phases of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo to commence before 2022 and

bull Identifying funding in the next Road Investment Strategy (RIS2) to develop a major scheme to address capacity at M1 Junction 25 and access the Hub Station from the A52 (phases 2 amp3 of the A52 Access Strategy) ndash also making the necessary provisions within the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill amp Environmental Statement

4 DfTHS2 Ltd to ensure that the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make provision at and around the Hub Station for

bull Capacity improvements to classic rail connectivity to the south and north of Toton HS2 station including Trent Junctions optimising the integration of classic and High Speed Rail services and including a lsquoclassic compatible linkrsquo to transform connectivity between Leicester and the north of England

bull An integrated station design including moving the station concourse north to better connect with tram and Public Transport Interchange with an integrated deck connecting eastwest over the HS2 track to

better integrate the Toton station into the heart of the new place ndash the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo This would include provision of a second transfer deck to the south of the main concourse to provide improve capacity and interchange between services

bull Fully integrated public transport interchange and walking routes connecting surrounding communities to promote sustainable travel reduce the need for car parking and thereby make best use of land and local assets including the tram as a means of linking Park amp Ride facilities with the station

bull North South connectivity through the site to connect Long Eaton and Stapleford and to enable local communities to access the station by all modes

bull A clear car parking strategy with a decked car park at the station (premium) complemented by NET based Park and Ride

bull Provision for three bridges as follows

- Integrated with concourse deck to create east west route for tram and sustainable transport links between east and west development areas and to Long Eaton airport and Derby

- Multi-modal bridge south of the A52 to enable resilience in the local network connections to the western development area and

41

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

- Pedestrian bridge at mid-point between the above to connect new communities

bull Provision for an underpass under the Network Rail and HS2 lines to the south of the concourse to enable links between Stapleford Long Eaton and the station by various modes and in particular public transport but as a secondary primary access connecting east and west development areas within the Innovation Campus

5 Separately to ensure the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make specifc provision to deliver the NET tram extension from the existing Toton Park amp Ride to the HS2 Station consistent with the provisions set our above

6 DfTHS2 Ltd to designate Staveley as a major construction hubrailhead for the construction of Phase 2b in addition to the establishment of the Infrastructure Maintenance Depot

7 Government to make a contribution towards the delivery of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Chesterfeld Station Link Road to unlock early development and growth in the corridor

8 Further fnancial and technical support from Network Rail HS2 Ltd and HS2 Growth Partnership to work collaboratively on the relocation of the DBS Depot and Network Rail Sidings to enable development growth and transport connections through the Hub Station area

9 DfTHS2 Ltd to amend the HS2 Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS) to ensure that both Shefeld HS2 classic compatible services stop at Chesterfeld

10 Commitment from DfTHS2 Ltd to at least partially open the Hub Station at Toton by 2030 rather than 2033 to generate additional passenger revenue and accelerate the delivery of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

42

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy World Class - Locally Driven

For more information please contact East Midlands Councils Tel 01664 502620 Email infoemcouncilsgovuk

  • Structure Bookmarks
    • Born 1946-1964
    • Born 1964-1980
    • Born 1980-2000
    • Born 2000+
    • The Hub Station and surrounding area
    • Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone
    • Chesterfield Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo
    • Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site
Page 26: East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy - Broxtowe€¦ · 3.7 Park & Ride 3.8 4.3 East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Contents Contents Foreword 3 3.6 Cycling & Walking 33 Executive Summary

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

station lsquoPlatform 4rsquo will provide a modern and attractive route across the A61 with well-designed public realm that will bring the station into the town centre as well as allowing far greater accessibility to public transport Unused and under-used land around the station will be developed and linked to the adjacent Waterside development to provide a mixed-use lsquourban villagersquo ft for future generations to live work and play

Remodelled links between Chesterfeld Station and the town

The infrastructure provided to improve access to the station for HS2 services will also allow us to accelerate our ambition for the wider town centre By taking trafc out of the historic core of the town we can enhance the visitor experience and bring forward new opportunities for residential development with a wide and fexible mix of tenures This will ensure far greater vibrancy within the town which will expand to include the station area and support the wider ambitions for growth in our key sectors

Staveley

The proposed Infrastructure Maintenance Depot (IMD) at Staveley provides a signifcant opportunity to bring forward a much wider strategic development on this 150 hectare brownfeld site Through investing in infrastructure in particular local road access we can open up not just the depot site but a whole new sustainable community of around 1500 homes and many hundreds of new jobs

By phasing the development we will also be able to ofer a well located construction base for HS2 bringing investment and jobs to the area well in advance of the maintenance depot Over the longer term we believe there is the potential to develop the area around the Infrastructure

The wider Chesterfeld Station Area Masterplan wide

Residential building

OfficeCommercial building

Officeresidential building

Hotel building

Station building

MSCP building

Green Space

Public realm

Potential development areas subject to consultation with existing land owners

Retained Listed station building

Ground foor community facility land use

Potential pedestriancycle link to the east

Maintenance Depot as a rail industry lsquocentre of excellencersquo linked to the High Speed Rail College and the NewRail centre at Barrow Hill Roundhouse

Strategic outline masterplan for the Staveley Corridor

Characterising development at all these sites will be an approach to place-making for the future This is led by consideration of how our communities of the future will want to live and work rather than being based on historic development models

We will use the investment in infrastructure to develop places and homes that anticipate our changing population putting in place fexible models in order to meet future demand This will include providing a far better choice for older people with homes that meet current and future care needs We will make the most of the expanding higher education ofer to enable quality student accommodation and develop places in which our graduates want to stay live earn and spend

25

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Strategic outline masterplan for the Staveley corridor 24 Next Steps Our proposals for the Hub Station and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zones are long term and ambitious Whilst the proposed development will lead to an uplift in land values and economic and social benefts it will also require investment in local and strategic infrastructure and land remediation and assembly

We have undertaken technical work to understand likely infrastructure and land costs and development trajectories that could be delivered to inform an initial outline business case assessment consistent with the Treasuryrsquos lsquoGreen Bookrsquo This work will continue to develop as our plans mature

Further detail on delivery is contained in Section 4

Key

SWA1 Redline Boundary

Existing Features

Culvert

River

Canal

Crossing Point

Road

Railway Line

Right of Way

Building

Listed Building

Non Designated Heritage Asset

Existing Trees

Proposed Features

Marina

CS Regeneration Route

Road

FootCycle Path

Pedestrian Zone

Avenue Planting

Public Open Space

Key Building

Railway Line

Canal

Proposed Usage

Residential

Mixed use - Community Retail Residential

Mixed Use - Employment Local Skills and crafts

Workshops Studios Residential

Mixed Use - Community Canal related

Residential

Safeguarded School Site

Leisure - Hotel Pub Restaurant

B1 - Office and Light Industry

B2 - General Industry

B8 - Warehousing and Distribution

HS2 Maintenance Depot

26

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Section 3 | Connectivity Summary

The Hub Station at Toton will already be the most connected on the high speed network outside of London and will serve a catchment of over 2 million people Whilst the development adjacent to the Hub Station will be crucial our early work confrmed that much of the wider economic potential of HS2 will be dependent on the extent to which we can connect economic opportunities across the East Midlands into the high speed network In particular the city centres of Derby Leicester and Nottingham East Midlands Airport and sites that exist in the towns and villages surrounding both the Hub Station and Chesterfeld

Our analysis has demonstrated which modes of transport will serve diferent markets most efectively ndash national regional sub-regional and local Based on this we have set out a comprehensive step by step approach to connectivity which will maximise transport choice for future generations as well as tackling congestion issues that exist today

Key to this will be safeguarding the ability to extend public transport accessibility in the scope of the Governmentrsquos Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and planning now for a phased approach to delivery of highway improvements starting in RIS2

Whilst we are confdent that the measures we have identifed can deliver positive outcomes more detailed design work will be required to secure the capital funding necessary for delivery Further work on the design and phasing of key interventions will therefore be undertaken with transport modelling developed in partnership with Midlands Connect the outcome of which will also help to scope the necessary provisions of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

27

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

SCOTLAND

YORK amp NEWCASTLE

LEEDS

EAST MIDLANDS

HUB

SOUTH YORKSHIRE

SHEFFIELD HS2

CHESTERFIELD

CREWE HS2 HUB

BIRMINGHAM

STOKE DERBY

LEICESTER

LOUGHBOROUGH

LONDON EUROPE

BEESTON

NOTTINGHAM LINCOLN

MANSFIELD

WORKSOP

31 National Context HS2 will help to transform the position of our towns and cities within the UK and Midlands making our local economies more competitive

HS2 CURRENT

68 104 NOTTINGHAM TO LONDON

HHS2S2 CU

142 LEICESTER TO NEWCASTLE

HHS2S2 CURRENT

50 77 DERBY TO LEEDS

HHS2S2 CURRENT

73 145 LEICESTER TO LEEDS

HHS2S2 CURRENT

36 73 NOTTINGHAM TO BIRMINGHAM

HS2 CURRENT

71 143 CHESTERFIELD TO LONDON

RRENT

205

28

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Midlands Connect

The Midlands Connect Strategy described how the HS2 stations at Birmingham Curzon Street UK Central and East Midlands will form the lsquohubrsquo of the UKrsquos high speed rail network Together with classic compatible connectivity at Chesterfeld Crewe and Stoke stations this will unlock economic growth across the Midlands - provided we get the local connectivity right

Through Midlands Connect we are taking forward a body of technical work to defne and develop the local strategic connections that will maximise economic growth opportunities Through the wider Midlands Engine initiative we are promoting the transformational benefts of HS2 to national and international investors

For more information about Midlands Connect and the Midlands Engine please visit httpswwwmidlandsconnectuk

HS2 East

Our work through the HS2 East partnership has demonstrated that the Eastern Leg of HS2 between Birmingham to Leeds via the East Midlands Hub Station has the best business case of any part of the proposed network - with a beneft to cost ratio of over 5 to 1

However the economic impact of the Eastern Leg extends further than Leeds The proposed lsquoclassic compatiblersquo link to the East Coast Main Line will enable high speed rail services to serve the North East of England and Scotland ndash linking

six of the UKrsquos top ten cities and 20 of national GVA This will result in lsquoagglomerationrsquo impacts of over pound700 million GVA and some major journey time savings

bull Leeds to Glasgow reduction of 90 minutes

bull Sheffield to Edinburgh reduction of 90 minutes

bull Newcastle to Birmingham reduction of 85 minutes

Together the Eastern Leg of HS2 and an enhanced East Coast Main Line provide the obvious route for reducing journey times from Scotland to London towards the three hour mark ndash the point at which rail becomes competitive with air travel

For further information about HS2 East please visit httpwwwhs2eastcouk

32 Our strategic approach Connecting key centres of population and development opportunities across the East Midlands to the high speed network will be key to realising the wider economic potential that HS2 connectivity brings

Our analysis has demonstrated which modes of transport will serve diferent markets most efectively Only by developing a comprehensive lsquomulti-modalrsquo approach to connectivity can we deliver the transport choice required by future generations and start to tackle some of the congestion issues that exist today

We also acknowledge that not everything can or indeed should happen at once We have therefore set out a phased approach to improving connectivity at least some of which can be delivered before HS2 becomes fully operational

Heavy Rail Pimary Market

Mass Transit Strategy Regional

Bus Connectivity Sub-Regional amp Local

Taxi Connectivity Sub-Regional amp Local

Walking and Cycling Local and Very Local

Park and Ride Sub-Regional amp Local

Highway Sub-Regional amp Local

Our strategic approach to connectivity

33 Rail Rail will be the most efective mode for accessing the Hub Station from surrounding city and town centres It will also link the East Midlands with the major city-regions across the rest of the UK ndash not least by the HS2 network itself

HS2 Services

The latest service specifcation published by HS2 Ltd indicates that the East Midlands Hub Station will be the best connected on the high speed network outside of London with seven HS2 services per hour in both directions

Impressive though this level of connectivity is we believe there is scope for further improvements

29

Through our work on the HS2 East Partnership we believe there is a strong economic case for the Eastern Leg of HS2 and the East Coast Main Line forming the primary route for serving Scotland not least because it would link the fnancial centres of Leeds and Edinburgh and the conurbations of the North East ndash also a key objective of Transport for the North

The scale of growth proposed in Chesterfeld as described in Section Two makes a compelling case for both Shefeld trains stopping at Chesterfeld Station rather than just one per hour

Classic Compatible Services

It is clear that although the Eastern Leg of HS2 will be designed to accommodate up to 18 trains per hour (in line with the rest of the network) the current service pattern only currently envisages nine There is therefore scope to run additional services on at least part of the Eastern Leg Working with both Midlands Connect and Transport for the North we believe there is a business case for two additional lsquoclassic compatiblersquo trains per hour linking Leicester and LeedsManchester which would transform rail connectivity between the East Midlands and the Northern Powerhouse

For this to be deliverable there would need to be a lsquoclassic compatiblersquo connection between HS2 and an electrifed Midland Main Line at or around the Hub Station HS2 Ltd have developed an indicative design for how this could be delivered Although further work will be required we believe we have sufcient economic evidence now for the Secretary of State to make at least lsquopassive provisionrsquo for such a link in the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

Newcastle

Durham

Dalington

York

Leeds

Shefeld Midland

Chesterfeld

Toton

Church Street

Birmingam Interchange

Old Oak Common Euston

bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

Trains from London 6tph

Trains from Birmrsquoham 3tph

Proposed HS2 Service Pattern for the Eastern Leg

NEWCASTLE

YORK

LEEDS

LONDON BIRMINGHAM

29 36

106

19

EAST MIDLANDS

HUB

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Classic Services

In addition to the two lsquoclassic compatiblersquo services working through Midlands Connect we have identifed an additional 11 lsquoclassic servicesrsquo that could serve the Hub Station These would be a mixture of lsquoshuttle servicesrsquo fast and semi-fast services and stopping services In total this would mean the Hub Station would be served by 20 trains per hour in both directions ndash an outstanding level of connectivity

HS2 Hub Station Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS)

The service specifcation for the Hub Station is consistent with the wider Midlands Connect ITSS which supports the Midlands Connect Strategy published in March 2017

The Maid Marian Line

In addition we believe there is the potential to develop a new service linking the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton with Mansfeld Ashfeld via the adaption on an existing freight line known as the Maid Marian Line This direct link would facilitate greater connectivity for residents and businesses to HS2 services supporting economic regeneration in the towns and contributing to the wider Nottinghamshire growth story We are working with Network Rail to understand any implications for the wider Midlands Connect ITSS

Capacity at Trent Junctions

A key constraint to the delivery of the Midlands Connect ITSS is the capacity of Trent Junctions south of Nottingham We understand that HS2 Ltd will need to make some improvements to Trent Junctions to accommodate the HS2 Core proposition - although these on their own will

30

51

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

HS2 Services

London - Leeds Birmingham - Leeds

London - Leeds Birmingham - Newcastle

London - Chesterfeld - Shefeld - Leeds

Birmingham - Leeds London - Shefeld - York

34 Mass Transit Extensions Classic Compatible Services

Shuttle Services

Nottingham - EM Hub Derby - EM Hub

Fast and Semi-fast Services

Leicester - Crewe Crewe - EM Hub

London - Manchester Crewe - EM Hub

Stopping Services

Leicester - Leeds Leicester - Manchester The success of the Nottingham Express Transit (NET) has demonstrated the potential of mass transit to reduce

Leicester - Lincoln Nottingham - Leeds

Leicester - Nottingham Leicester - Derby

Norwich - Liverpool Newark Castle - Matlock

HS2 Hub Station Indicative Train Service Specifcation

not be sufcient to accommodate the Midlands Connect ITSS There is a clear operational case for avoiding multiple engineering works on this congested section of railway infrastructure ndash with a single enhancement scheme being the clearly favoured option Based on our initial work with Network Rail we believe there is a sufcient economic case now for the Secretary of State to make at least lsquopassive provisionrsquo for an enhanced scheme in the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

congestion increase transport choice and connect people to jobs and services It will therefore be a key element of the connectivity strategy for maximising the economic benefts of the HS2 Hub Station Given the technical challenges and the scale of investment required we recognise the importance of taking a phased approach to delivery

Extending NET to the Hub Station

The frst phase would be to extend the tram from the park and ride site at Toton Lane to the Hub Station ndash a distance of around one mile This will connect the Hub Station to key locations such as the Queens Medical Centre the University campus and the Enterprise Zone and complement the heavy rail service to Nottingham City Centre This link will need to be in place when the Hub Station becomes operational to serve the Nottingham Enterprise Zone sites and to establish the principle tram access in the publicrsquos mind

Extending Connectivity over the Hub Station

Our work has highlighted a number of options for extending connectivity to the west of the Hub Station towards Derby and East Midlands Airport which would have signifcant economic benefts These could be delivered by bus rapid transit (BRT) tram-train as well as by NET extensions Further work will be required to determine the optimum routes and modes These options would require a link over the Hub Station (similar to the arrangement at Nottingham Station) which would be costly to retro-ft We have therefore included a public transport overbridge into our proposals for the Hub Station At this stage it is unlikely that this on its own will require provision for further land take in the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill however it may impact on the required Environmental Impact Statement

Options to Derby

There are two main options for connecting Derby The frst would follow the route of the A52 This would be fast ndash but not as fast as the classic rail service from Derby Station It would be direct but serve a limited population catchment The relatively high cost of developing this as a tram route would appear to make it unviable - although it could have potential as a route for a lower cost form of BRT

The second option would run to the south of the A52 and link the Hub Station with Long Eaton and then on to Breaston Borrowash Spondon Pride Park and Derby Station It would be slower but serve a much larger population catchment It would be cheaper to develop as a tram route but could impact on the proposed canal

31

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Red Arrow Skylink

Zoom 15

i4 18

Indigo 510

Y5 Toton Sidings

NET

Options for bus services serving the Hub Station

35

Revised existing route

New Fast Track to EMA via M1

Arnold via QMC City Hospital

Mansfeld via M1 Kirkby Sutton

Alfreton via M1 Heanor Ripley

restoration project It could be developed in phases the frst comprising a NET extension to a park and ride site west of the M1

Options to East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Rail Freight Interchange

There are a number of potential routes to the airport Following the rail corridor south from the Hub Station before heading west is likely to be the quickest and would limit environmental impacts on Long Eaton town centre It also has potential for a tram-train solution should this become a viable technology in the UK The scale of employment growth proposed at East Midlands Gateway the potential for a lsquoFree Trade Zonersquo around the airport as well as the projected growth in air passenger numbers means such a link could have signifcant economic benefts

Bus amp Taxi Bus travel will continue to be the backbone of the local public transport for many people There is already a comprehensive network of bus routes and services across the sub-region which could be developed to serve the Hub Station from a wide range of locations

The key challenge for operators from a commercial perspective will be to ensure that the Hub Station does not become a lsquoterminusrsquo destination Buses (and taxis) must therefore be able to pass through the Hub Station to also serve surrounding communities across the wider sub-region Our proposed confguration of local road links between the Hub Station and Long Eaton Stapleford

32

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Sandiacre and Toton as well as access from the A52 would enable a commercially viable network of bus services to be established

For Chesterfeld a new road link into the south of the station complex for buses and taxis will provide a through route that will integrate the existing station into local public transport networks more efectively

36 Cycling amp Walking Every rail passenger is a pedestrian at the point of boarding a train Making the Hub Station and the immediate surrounding environment pedestrian friendly will make travel by train more attractive and help to drive patronage

It is also important that local people in surrounding communities have safe and attractive routes for walking and cycling ndash not just to the Hub Station but also to and within the proposed Innovation Campus Cycling and walking are likely to become more attractive options to future generations as public attitudes to travel continue to change This trend has been refected in the core design principles we have established that will underpin future development on the Hub Station site

For Chesterfeld we have set out proposals known as lsquoPlatform 4rsquo for enhancing pedestrian and public transport accessibility between the Station and the town centre over the A61 dual carriageway

37 Park amp Ride A well-coordinated and managed park amp ride strategy can help to reduce the impacts of congestion and provide viable transport choices for local communities

There are opportunities to develop park and ride facilities serving the Hub Station in tandem with a phased roll out of an extended mass transit system The existing park amp

Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site

ride site at Toton Lane (1300 spaces) linked to the tram will be retained albeit in modifed form In addition to a multi-storey car park at the Hub Station itself (1300 spaces proposed) there is an opportunity to develop an additional parking facility of a similar size west of M1 Junction 25 linked to a frst phase extension of the tram over the Hub Station

33

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

This would give a third car park option and the ability to manage travel demand to the Hub Station site in a more fexible manner - as well as an ability to reduce pressure on M1 Junction 25

On the Derby side of the A52 there are options for park and ride sites on the east side of Derby as part of a mass transit system linking Pride Park and Derby Station to the City Centre which could ultimately connect to the Hub Station

38 Strategic amp Local Road Access Despite the focus on public transport cycling and walking access by private car will still be important and a 1300 space multi-storey car park is proposed at the Hub Station However this will require a highway solution that must also address a number of existing challenges

Access from the A52 and M1

Access from the strategic road network into the Hub Station Site will be critical Our technical work has suggested that a single access from the A52 into the site for all movements is unlikely to be deliverable Whilst an engineering solution could be developed it would be very expensive environmentally damaging and take up valuable land that could be better used for economic development purposes

As a result a phased approach is proposed comprising the following key moves

1 A new lsquoat gradersquo junction on the A52 east of the Bardills Roundabout linked to a new Toton Lane which would provide access from Nottingham to the east of the Hub Station site and support the early phases of development of the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

2 A new lsquoof setrsquo junction on the A52 to the west of the use of the construction access required by HS2 Ltd M1 which would remove local movements from M1 to build the Hub Station Junction 25 and provide a more direct route under

Our technical work suggests there is scope to deliver key the motorway into Long Eaton

moves 1) and 2) in advance of the Hub Station opening 3 A new lsquograde separatedrsquo junction on the A52 to the The scale of existing problems and likely future trafc

north of the Hub Station to provide access from growth on the A52 corridor suggests that there is already a Derby and the M1 ndash which has the potential to make strong case for Highways England working with Midlands

Provide local road access to StaplefordSandiacre

Relieve congestion at Bardills and Toton Lane

Provide access from A52

Separate local amp strategic movements at J25

Provide for E-W movements

Provide for local road access for Long Eaton

Strategic amp Local Road Access Challenges

34

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Access from A52 and M1

Connect and local partners to make a proposal for major scheme funding in RIS 2 ndash which would also contribute to a comprehensive connectivity strategy for the Hub Station

A direct link to the Hub Station from the north through 3) will be linked to the construction of the station itself by HS2 Ltd and may be able to make use of any temporary construction access required by HS2 Ltd

Stanton Sandiacre

Derby

Stapleford

Long Eaton

Primary HS2

access

New eastern access

Re-modelled Bardills junction

New eastern access link

Toton Lane

Local access link

Local local link

New ofset A52 Junction

New local link

Remodelled M1 Junction 25

link

1a

1b

3 2

M1

A52

HS2

Local access Nottingham

junction

39

Finally there is the potential to establish a Park amp Ride site west of the M1 linked to a tram extension and the proposed lsquoof-setrsquo junction on the A52 This would provide a further car parking option for the Hub Station and help to manage movements through M1 Junction 25

Local Road Access

As described above local road access to the Hub Station from Long Eaton Stapleford Sandiacre and Toton will be important to secure commercially viable bus and coach services and taxis ndash as well as safe cycle routes We have developed a proposal for local access that can be integrated into the design of the Hub Station and which will complement the proposed strategic links Key to this will be the development of a local road link running under the HS2 and classic rail tracks to the south of the Hub Station

Next Steps We are clear that whilst all the individual elements of our connectivity strategy will have positive outcomes the real benefts will only be achieved by taking an integrated approach to scheme development and delivery

We will therefore develop our proposals further through a project joint funded by Midlands Connect East Midlands partners HS2 Ltd and Highways England known as the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan Phase 1 will use transport modelling to optimise the package of interventions and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment Phase 2 will examine connectivity issues over a wider strategic area including the long term future of the M1

Further detail on delivery is contained in Section 4

35

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Local Road Access Diagram

1

2

3

4

5

6

New A52 access Pedestrian NET link Bus Interchange amp Station Car Park

Remodelled Bardills roundabout

7

8

9

10

11

Local link to Long Eaton

New Bardills roundabout Local link to Sandiacre

New Toton Lane NET extension amp option to extend to EMA Derby

HS2 underpass Station Concourse

HS2 overpass

36

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Section 4 | Delivery Summary

We have undertaken a number of technical studies to understand the costs and benefts of various scales and rates of development to inform the development of an initial outlines business case for our proposals consistent with Treasury requirements which is set out in a separate document This work will evolve and become more granular as our growth proposition matures

There is potential for signifcant employment and housing development across the East Midlands Hub and Derbyshire Growth Zones This will make a signifcant contribution to the Governmentrsquos rebalancing agenda and provide an impetus for growth across the wider East Midlands where there is potential to deliver an additional 74000 jobs and pound4 billion of GVA above trend

We have set out the key moves necessary to deliver our proposals for people place and connectivity and highlighted the immediate measures necessary to safeguard future opportunities Detailed proposals are set out in Appendix 1

We are keen to work with Government to develop propositions for powerful locally led development bodies that can deliver our ambitions for the Hub Station and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zones and contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2

37

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

41 Developing an Investible Proposition Realising our vision for growth will require a combination of strong leadership and clear decision making To inform this we have undertaken a comprehensive programme of technical work to inform our thinking and provide the evidence base for this Growth Strategy including

bull Comprehensive non-statutory development frameworks covering the East Midlands Hub and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

bull A number of concept studies to assess the options for key infrastructure moves including relocation of the existing rail depots at Toton strategic highway access and mass transit extensions

bull A Development Infrastructure Funding (DIF) Study to understand the costs and benefts of diferent scales and rates of development and a funding and delivery mechanisms study to identify options for forward funding of key infrastructure and delivery vehicles

This information has been used to construct an initial outline lsquobusiness casersquo document for our proposals consistent with the Treasuryrsquos lsquoGreen Bookrsquo guidance and will provide the basis for an ongoing dialogue with Government and HS2 Ltd This work will evolve and become more granular over time as our growth proposition matures

Some of the major infrastructure investments will be subject to a separate business case through other established Government programmes such as the Roads Investment Strategy (RIS) This still requires a high-level

case to be made through the Growth Strategy as well as efective co-ordination of planning funding and delivery with other Growth Strategy interventions

42 Key Moves The work we have undertaken to date has identifed a series of key moves that will be required to implement the Growth Strategy including a number of immediate actions which will be necessary to safeguard future opportunities Further detail on these and the necessary enabling measures by Government and its delivery bodies is set out in Appendix 1

People

Our immediate priorities can be delivered largely within existing resources with strong local leadership from the LEPs and the East Midlands Chamber of Commerce and comprise

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to business support that will help local SMEs beneft from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities

bull Establishing a lsquorail industry innovation grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2 awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2

Over the longer term we would expect mainstream Government funding for skills and business support activity to be refocussed around our priorities and complement the strategic approach to skills envisaged by the Midlands Engine

Place

For the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone there are a number of planning land assembly remediation and infrastructure issues that will need to be addressed to enable our vision to be delivered in full In the immediate short term it will be vital to ensure that existing planning consent for the Lime Rise development close to the Hub Station can contribute positively to the delivery of our growth vision

In addition there is a need for further work with the relevant organisations on options for relocating the rail siding and depot activity and the electricity sub-station to locations outside of the Hub Station site and on the expansion and relocation of existing school provision to a better location within the site

Elsewhere we are keen to take forward further work with the Ministry of Defence and the Homes and Communities Agency to ensure that the re-development of the Chetwynd Barracks can actively contribute to a lsquonetwork of garden villagesrsquo

In the Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone the key priority in Chesterfeld will be the delivery of proposals to transform pedestrian and public transport connectivity between the rail station and the town For Staveley the early priorities will be to confrm the depot site as a construction base for HS2 and to secure the frst phases of the Chesterfeld and Staveley Regeneration Route including the provision of improved public transport and pedestrian links necessary to deliver the wider Staveley masterplan

38

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Connectivity

Our immediate priority is to safeguard the potential to secure a classic compatible link at the Hub Station and for enhanced capacity at Trent Junctions capable of delivering the Midlands Connect ITSS These will require the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill which is due to be considered by Ministers in the autumn of 2017 to include provision for the necessary land take

The public transport overbridge and local road connections proposed for the Hub Station will impact on the Hybrid Bill and the associated Environmental Impact Statement and will need to be incorporated into the emerging Hub Station design commissioned by HS2 Ltd

We will need to confrm support from Highways England and HS2 Ltd to take forward the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan with Midlands Connect This work will optimise the package of interventions proposed to serve the Hub Station and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment However we believe we have a sufcient case now for Highways England to identify funding in RIS2 to develop a major scheme on the A52M1 J25 that address existing congestion issues and contributes to the wider solution for accessing the Hub Station

43 Proposals for Delivery Bodies The geographic and political context for the area around the Hub Station is complex spanning a number of local planning authorities local transport authorities and local enterprise partnerships Our work to date has highlighted a range of potential delivery and funding mechanisms that would help to enable development in particular options for Tax Increment Financing (TIf ) But these will require a strategic approach to investment over a number of administrative areas to be efective

There is a local appetite to establish a powerful delivery body that could work at a scale to drive forward our growth vision There are a range of options including the potential for the kind of lsquolocally-led development corporationrsquo envisaged by the Neighbourhood Planning Act 2017

We would like to work with Government over the coming months to develop a proposition for a delivery body for the Hub Station Growth Zone that could begin to operate in lsquoshadow formrsquo with initial seed-corn funding from 2018 onwards

For Chesterfeld and Staveley the geography is less complex with the key moves all within the administrative area of Chesterfeld Borough Council Here a local development company solution may be more appropriate which can also contribute to the delivery of the wider Derbyshire growth story

It will be important to ensure that development in both Growth Zones continues to contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2 under the auspices of the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Mitigation

Whilst HS2 has the potential to bring great benefts to the 44 East Midlands the scale of the new infrastructure involved will also result in some negative impacts ndash particularly in the short term Although the line of route has been designed to minimise impact on environmental assets challenges remain in a number of locations in Derbyshire Leicestershire and Nottinghamshire

Similarly where the line passes through urban areas for example Long Eaton some existing businesses will have to re-locate to alternative premises Whilst the Government has put in place a compensation scheme to assist those directly afected councils are keen to ensure the jobs and investment are retained in the local area wherever possible

The East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board has established a lsquomitigation sub-grouprsquo to work with DfT and HS2 Ltd to help develop detailed designs for key structures that will minimise and mitigate the environmental impacts of the line and look to ensure that existing businesses can continue to thrive As work starts on the development of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill it will be important to ensure that councils are able to inform the detail of the Governmentrsquos proposals on both an individual and collective basis

39

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

45 Phasing of Delivery This Growth Strategy demonstrated the scale complexity and interdependencies between programmes involving a range of partner agencies Many of these programmes involve major schemes that take many years to develop and deliver Although HS2 Phase 2b is not due to become fully operational until 2033 the lead in times are such that key decisions on what might be included within the Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environment Statement will actually be taken during the coming months With appropriate funding and collaboration a number of key moves can be implemented in the short term

Although the development may reach maturity in 2043 by the time HS2 opens there will in fact already be a new place (the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo) emerging around the station to welcome the frst passengers For this to be achieved the delivery partners will need to build momentum over the next 12 months and it is recognised this will require dedicated resource and governance

The evidence base underpinning the growth strategy provides a clear indication of the growth potential and promotes a range of key infrastructure concepts and moves However in order to take these forward and in particular promote some of them for possible inclusion in the Hybrid Bill the partners are clear that more detailed studies and analysis will be required and these will need to be developed in tandem with the work being undertaken for the railway

This highlights the need to establish a dedicated team and for further resources to commission and manage the work programme for the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Phases of Delivery

2017-2022 Hybrid bill development business case development (RS2CP6) land strategy and delivery body early phases of development

2022-2027 Early infrastructure development and key moves (eg depot relocation) next phases of development

2027-2033 HS2 Construction amp completiontesting

2033 HS2 becomes fully operational - local economic development builds momentum

2033-43 Development to maturity

46 First Phase Priorities The focus up to 2022 will be on ensuring the provisions of the Phase 2 Hybrid Bill enable our vision for the Hub Station and priorities for local and strategic connectivity to be implemented Delivery of improvements to the A52 at Bardills and Toton Lane will enable the early phases of the Toton Innovation Campus to commence helping to build investor confdence Completion for the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity plan will progress the wider mix of strategic and local interventions to detailed design stage To be successful all this activity will need to be underpinned by the establishment of a properly resourced and empowered local delivery bodyThe early completion of frst stages of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Station Link Road will help to kick start development in the North Derbyshire Growth Zone

40

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

1 High level Ministerial endorsement of the East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy including through

bull Funding the establishment of a lsquoshadow delivery bodyrsquo to start implementing the Growth Strategy locally and to establish a viable mechanism for capturing a proportion of development value necessary for infrastructure delivery and

bull Promotion by Government and its delivery bodies of key development opportunities set out in the Growth Strategy to national and international investors consistent with the Midlands Engine Vision for Growth

2 Support from DCLG for our vision for the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone by

bull Empowering the HCA to establish a strategic land strategy that will facilitate enabling infrastructure and subsequently to bring forward early phases of development and

bull Using other funding including the current Housing Infrastructure Fund (HIF) to help bring forward early phase infrastructure

3 Support from DfT and its delivery bodies for the implementation of early connectivity priorities related to the Hub Station through

bull Ensuring Highways England and HS2 Ltd contribute gap funding towards the East Midlands Gateway Connectivity Plan Phase 1 Study

bull Funding the delivery phases 1ab of the A52 Access Strategy to enable the initial phases of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo to commence before 2022 and

bull Identifying funding in the next Road Investment Strategy (RIS2) to develop a major scheme to address capacity at M1 Junction 25 and access the Hub Station from the A52 (phases 2 amp3 of the A52 Access Strategy) ndash also making the necessary provisions within the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill amp Environmental Statement

4 DfTHS2 Ltd to ensure that the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make provision at and around the Hub Station for

bull Capacity improvements to classic rail connectivity to the south and north of Toton HS2 station including Trent Junctions optimising the integration of classic and High Speed Rail services and including a lsquoclassic compatible linkrsquo to transform connectivity between Leicester and the north of England

bull An integrated station design including moving the station concourse north to better connect with tram and Public Transport Interchange with an integrated deck connecting eastwest over the HS2 track to

better integrate the Toton station into the heart of the new place ndash the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo This would include provision of a second transfer deck to the south of the main concourse to provide improve capacity and interchange between services

bull Fully integrated public transport interchange and walking routes connecting surrounding communities to promote sustainable travel reduce the need for car parking and thereby make best use of land and local assets including the tram as a means of linking Park amp Ride facilities with the station

bull North South connectivity through the site to connect Long Eaton and Stapleford and to enable local communities to access the station by all modes

bull A clear car parking strategy with a decked car park at the station (premium) complemented by NET based Park and Ride

bull Provision for three bridges as follows

- Integrated with concourse deck to create east west route for tram and sustainable transport links between east and west development areas and to Long Eaton airport and Derby

- Multi-modal bridge south of the A52 to enable resilience in the local network connections to the western development area and

41

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

- Pedestrian bridge at mid-point between the above to connect new communities

bull Provision for an underpass under the Network Rail and HS2 lines to the south of the concourse to enable links between Stapleford Long Eaton and the station by various modes and in particular public transport but as a secondary primary access connecting east and west development areas within the Innovation Campus

5 Separately to ensure the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make specifc provision to deliver the NET tram extension from the existing Toton Park amp Ride to the HS2 Station consistent with the provisions set our above

6 DfTHS2 Ltd to designate Staveley as a major construction hubrailhead for the construction of Phase 2b in addition to the establishment of the Infrastructure Maintenance Depot

7 Government to make a contribution towards the delivery of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Chesterfeld Station Link Road to unlock early development and growth in the corridor

8 Further fnancial and technical support from Network Rail HS2 Ltd and HS2 Growth Partnership to work collaboratively on the relocation of the DBS Depot and Network Rail Sidings to enable development growth and transport connections through the Hub Station area

9 DfTHS2 Ltd to amend the HS2 Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS) to ensure that both Shefeld HS2 classic compatible services stop at Chesterfeld

10 Commitment from DfTHS2 Ltd to at least partially open the Hub Station at Toton by 2030 rather than 2033 to generate additional passenger revenue and accelerate the delivery of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

42

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy World Class - Locally Driven

For more information please contact East Midlands Councils Tel 01664 502620 Email infoemcouncilsgovuk

  • Structure Bookmarks
    • Born 1946-1964
    • Born 1964-1980
    • Born 1980-2000
    • Born 2000+
    • The Hub Station and surrounding area
    • Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone
    • Chesterfield Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo
    • Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site
Page 27: East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy - Broxtowe€¦ · 3.7 Park & Ride 3.8 4.3 East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Contents Contents Foreword 3 3.6 Cycling & Walking 33 Executive Summary

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 2 | Place

Strategic outline masterplan for the Staveley corridor 24 Next Steps Our proposals for the Hub Station and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zones are long term and ambitious Whilst the proposed development will lead to an uplift in land values and economic and social benefts it will also require investment in local and strategic infrastructure and land remediation and assembly

We have undertaken technical work to understand likely infrastructure and land costs and development trajectories that could be delivered to inform an initial outline business case assessment consistent with the Treasuryrsquos lsquoGreen Bookrsquo This work will continue to develop as our plans mature

Further detail on delivery is contained in Section 4

Key

SWA1 Redline Boundary

Existing Features

Culvert

River

Canal

Crossing Point

Road

Railway Line

Right of Way

Building

Listed Building

Non Designated Heritage Asset

Existing Trees

Proposed Features

Marina

CS Regeneration Route

Road

FootCycle Path

Pedestrian Zone

Avenue Planting

Public Open Space

Key Building

Railway Line

Canal

Proposed Usage

Residential

Mixed use - Community Retail Residential

Mixed Use - Employment Local Skills and crafts

Workshops Studios Residential

Mixed Use - Community Canal related

Residential

Safeguarded School Site

Leisure - Hotel Pub Restaurant

B1 - Office and Light Industry

B2 - General Industry

B8 - Warehousing and Distribution

HS2 Maintenance Depot

26

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Section 3 | Connectivity Summary

The Hub Station at Toton will already be the most connected on the high speed network outside of London and will serve a catchment of over 2 million people Whilst the development adjacent to the Hub Station will be crucial our early work confrmed that much of the wider economic potential of HS2 will be dependent on the extent to which we can connect economic opportunities across the East Midlands into the high speed network In particular the city centres of Derby Leicester and Nottingham East Midlands Airport and sites that exist in the towns and villages surrounding both the Hub Station and Chesterfeld

Our analysis has demonstrated which modes of transport will serve diferent markets most efectively ndash national regional sub-regional and local Based on this we have set out a comprehensive step by step approach to connectivity which will maximise transport choice for future generations as well as tackling congestion issues that exist today

Key to this will be safeguarding the ability to extend public transport accessibility in the scope of the Governmentrsquos Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and planning now for a phased approach to delivery of highway improvements starting in RIS2

Whilst we are confdent that the measures we have identifed can deliver positive outcomes more detailed design work will be required to secure the capital funding necessary for delivery Further work on the design and phasing of key interventions will therefore be undertaken with transport modelling developed in partnership with Midlands Connect the outcome of which will also help to scope the necessary provisions of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

27

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

SCOTLAND

YORK amp NEWCASTLE

LEEDS

EAST MIDLANDS

HUB

SOUTH YORKSHIRE

SHEFFIELD HS2

CHESTERFIELD

CREWE HS2 HUB

BIRMINGHAM

STOKE DERBY

LEICESTER

LOUGHBOROUGH

LONDON EUROPE

BEESTON

NOTTINGHAM LINCOLN

MANSFIELD

WORKSOP

31 National Context HS2 will help to transform the position of our towns and cities within the UK and Midlands making our local economies more competitive

HS2 CURRENT

68 104 NOTTINGHAM TO LONDON

HHS2S2 CU

142 LEICESTER TO NEWCASTLE

HHS2S2 CURRENT

50 77 DERBY TO LEEDS

HHS2S2 CURRENT

73 145 LEICESTER TO LEEDS

HHS2S2 CURRENT

36 73 NOTTINGHAM TO BIRMINGHAM

HS2 CURRENT

71 143 CHESTERFIELD TO LONDON

RRENT

205

28

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Midlands Connect

The Midlands Connect Strategy described how the HS2 stations at Birmingham Curzon Street UK Central and East Midlands will form the lsquohubrsquo of the UKrsquos high speed rail network Together with classic compatible connectivity at Chesterfeld Crewe and Stoke stations this will unlock economic growth across the Midlands - provided we get the local connectivity right

Through Midlands Connect we are taking forward a body of technical work to defne and develop the local strategic connections that will maximise economic growth opportunities Through the wider Midlands Engine initiative we are promoting the transformational benefts of HS2 to national and international investors

For more information about Midlands Connect and the Midlands Engine please visit httpswwwmidlandsconnectuk

HS2 East

Our work through the HS2 East partnership has demonstrated that the Eastern Leg of HS2 between Birmingham to Leeds via the East Midlands Hub Station has the best business case of any part of the proposed network - with a beneft to cost ratio of over 5 to 1

However the economic impact of the Eastern Leg extends further than Leeds The proposed lsquoclassic compatiblersquo link to the East Coast Main Line will enable high speed rail services to serve the North East of England and Scotland ndash linking

six of the UKrsquos top ten cities and 20 of national GVA This will result in lsquoagglomerationrsquo impacts of over pound700 million GVA and some major journey time savings

bull Leeds to Glasgow reduction of 90 minutes

bull Sheffield to Edinburgh reduction of 90 minutes

bull Newcastle to Birmingham reduction of 85 minutes

Together the Eastern Leg of HS2 and an enhanced East Coast Main Line provide the obvious route for reducing journey times from Scotland to London towards the three hour mark ndash the point at which rail becomes competitive with air travel

For further information about HS2 East please visit httpwwwhs2eastcouk

32 Our strategic approach Connecting key centres of population and development opportunities across the East Midlands to the high speed network will be key to realising the wider economic potential that HS2 connectivity brings

Our analysis has demonstrated which modes of transport will serve diferent markets most efectively Only by developing a comprehensive lsquomulti-modalrsquo approach to connectivity can we deliver the transport choice required by future generations and start to tackle some of the congestion issues that exist today

We also acknowledge that not everything can or indeed should happen at once We have therefore set out a phased approach to improving connectivity at least some of which can be delivered before HS2 becomes fully operational

Heavy Rail Pimary Market

Mass Transit Strategy Regional

Bus Connectivity Sub-Regional amp Local

Taxi Connectivity Sub-Regional amp Local

Walking and Cycling Local and Very Local

Park and Ride Sub-Regional amp Local

Highway Sub-Regional amp Local

Our strategic approach to connectivity

33 Rail Rail will be the most efective mode for accessing the Hub Station from surrounding city and town centres It will also link the East Midlands with the major city-regions across the rest of the UK ndash not least by the HS2 network itself

HS2 Services

The latest service specifcation published by HS2 Ltd indicates that the East Midlands Hub Station will be the best connected on the high speed network outside of London with seven HS2 services per hour in both directions

Impressive though this level of connectivity is we believe there is scope for further improvements

29

Through our work on the HS2 East Partnership we believe there is a strong economic case for the Eastern Leg of HS2 and the East Coast Main Line forming the primary route for serving Scotland not least because it would link the fnancial centres of Leeds and Edinburgh and the conurbations of the North East ndash also a key objective of Transport for the North

The scale of growth proposed in Chesterfeld as described in Section Two makes a compelling case for both Shefeld trains stopping at Chesterfeld Station rather than just one per hour

Classic Compatible Services

It is clear that although the Eastern Leg of HS2 will be designed to accommodate up to 18 trains per hour (in line with the rest of the network) the current service pattern only currently envisages nine There is therefore scope to run additional services on at least part of the Eastern Leg Working with both Midlands Connect and Transport for the North we believe there is a business case for two additional lsquoclassic compatiblersquo trains per hour linking Leicester and LeedsManchester which would transform rail connectivity between the East Midlands and the Northern Powerhouse

For this to be deliverable there would need to be a lsquoclassic compatiblersquo connection between HS2 and an electrifed Midland Main Line at or around the Hub Station HS2 Ltd have developed an indicative design for how this could be delivered Although further work will be required we believe we have sufcient economic evidence now for the Secretary of State to make at least lsquopassive provisionrsquo for such a link in the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

Newcastle

Durham

Dalington

York

Leeds

Shefeld Midland

Chesterfeld

Toton

Church Street

Birmingam Interchange

Old Oak Common Euston

bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

Trains from London 6tph

Trains from Birmrsquoham 3tph

Proposed HS2 Service Pattern for the Eastern Leg

NEWCASTLE

YORK

LEEDS

LONDON BIRMINGHAM

29 36

106

19

EAST MIDLANDS

HUB

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Classic Services

In addition to the two lsquoclassic compatiblersquo services working through Midlands Connect we have identifed an additional 11 lsquoclassic servicesrsquo that could serve the Hub Station These would be a mixture of lsquoshuttle servicesrsquo fast and semi-fast services and stopping services In total this would mean the Hub Station would be served by 20 trains per hour in both directions ndash an outstanding level of connectivity

HS2 Hub Station Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS)

The service specifcation for the Hub Station is consistent with the wider Midlands Connect ITSS which supports the Midlands Connect Strategy published in March 2017

The Maid Marian Line

In addition we believe there is the potential to develop a new service linking the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton with Mansfeld Ashfeld via the adaption on an existing freight line known as the Maid Marian Line This direct link would facilitate greater connectivity for residents and businesses to HS2 services supporting economic regeneration in the towns and contributing to the wider Nottinghamshire growth story We are working with Network Rail to understand any implications for the wider Midlands Connect ITSS

Capacity at Trent Junctions

A key constraint to the delivery of the Midlands Connect ITSS is the capacity of Trent Junctions south of Nottingham We understand that HS2 Ltd will need to make some improvements to Trent Junctions to accommodate the HS2 Core proposition - although these on their own will

30

51

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

HS2 Services

London - Leeds Birmingham - Leeds

London - Leeds Birmingham - Newcastle

London - Chesterfeld - Shefeld - Leeds

Birmingham - Leeds London - Shefeld - York

34 Mass Transit Extensions Classic Compatible Services

Shuttle Services

Nottingham - EM Hub Derby - EM Hub

Fast and Semi-fast Services

Leicester - Crewe Crewe - EM Hub

London - Manchester Crewe - EM Hub

Stopping Services

Leicester - Leeds Leicester - Manchester The success of the Nottingham Express Transit (NET) has demonstrated the potential of mass transit to reduce

Leicester - Lincoln Nottingham - Leeds

Leicester - Nottingham Leicester - Derby

Norwich - Liverpool Newark Castle - Matlock

HS2 Hub Station Indicative Train Service Specifcation

not be sufcient to accommodate the Midlands Connect ITSS There is a clear operational case for avoiding multiple engineering works on this congested section of railway infrastructure ndash with a single enhancement scheme being the clearly favoured option Based on our initial work with Network Rail we believe there is a sufcient economic case now for the Secretary of State to make at least lsquopassive provisionrsquo for an enhanced scheme in the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

congestion increase transport choice and connect people to jobs and services It will therefore be a key element of the connectivity strategy for maximising the economic benefts of the HS2 Hub Station Given the technical challenges and the scale of investment required we recognise the importance of taking a phased approach to delivery

Extending NET to the Hub Station

The frst phase would be to extend the tram from the park and ride site at Toton Lane to the Hub Station ndash a distance of around one mile This will connect the Hub Station to key locations such as the Queens Medical Centre the University campus and the Enterprise Zone and complement the heavy rail service to Nottingham City Centre This link will need to be in place when the Hub Station becomes operational to serve the Nottingham Enterprise Zone sites and to establish the principle tram access in the publicrsquos mind

Extending Connectivity over the Hub Station

Our work has highlighted a number of options for extending connectivity to the west of the Hub Station towards Derby and East Midlands Airport which would have signifcant economic benefts These could be delivered by bus rapid transit (BRT) tram-train as well as by NET extensions Further work will be required to determine the optimum routes and modes These options would require a link over the Hub Station (similar to the arrangement at Nottingham Station) which would be costly to retro-ft We have therefore included a public transport overbridge into our proposals for the Hub Station At this stage it is unlikely that this on its own will require provision for further land take in the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill however it may impact on the required Environmental Impact Statement

Options to Derby

There are two main options for connecting Derby The frst would follow the route of the A52 This would be fast ndash but not as fast as the classic rail service from Derby Station It would be direct but serve a limited population catchment The relatively high cost of developing this as a tram route would appear to make it unviable - although it could have potential as a route for a lower cost form of BRT

The second option would run to the south of the A52 and link the Hub Station with Long Eaton and then on to Breaston Borrowash Spondon Pride Park and Derby Station It would be slower but serve a much larger population catchment It would be cheaper to develop as a tram route but could impact on the proposed canal

31

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Red Arrow Skylink

Zoom 15

i4 18

Indigo 510

Y5 Toton Sidings

NET

Options for bus services serving the Hub Station

35

Revised existing route

New Fast Track to EMA via M1

Arnold via QMC City Hospital

Mansfeld via M1 Kirkby Sutton

Alfreton via M1 Heanor Ripley

restoration project It could be developed in phases the frst comprising a NET extension to a park and ride site west of the M1

Options to East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Rail Freight Interchange

There are a number of potential routes to the airport Following the rail corridor south from the Hub Station before heading west is likely to be the quickest and would limit environmental impacts on Long Eaton town centre It also has potential for a tram-train solution should this become a viable technology in the UK The scale of employment growth proposed at East Midlands Gateway the potential for a lsquoFree Trade Zonersquo around the airport as well as the projected growth in air passenger numbers means such a link could have signifcant economic benefts

Bus amp Taxi Bus travel will continue to be the backbone of the local public transport for many people There is already a comprehensive network of bus routes and services across the sub-region which could be developed to serve the Hub Station from a wide range of locations

The key challenge for operators from a commercial perspective will be to ensure that the Hub Station does not become a lsquoterminusrsquo destination Buses (and taxis) must therefore be able to pass through the Hub Station to also serve surrounding communities across the wider sub-region Our proposed confguration of local road links between the Hub Station and Long Eaton Stapleford

32

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Sandiacre and Toton as well as access from the A52 would enable a commercially viable network of bus services to be established

For Chesterfeld a new road link into the south of the station complex for buses and taxis will provide a through route that will integrate the existing station into local public transport networks more efectively

36 Cycling amp Walking Every rail passenger is a pedestrian at the point of boarding a train Making the Hub Station and the immediate surrounding environment pedestrian friendly will make travel by train more attractive and help to drive patronage

It is also important that local people in surrounding communities have safe and attractive routes for walking and cycling ndash not just to the Hub Station but also to and within the proposed Innovation Campus Cycling and walking are likely to become more attractive options to future generations as public attitudes to travel continue to change This trend has been refected in the core design principles we have established that will underpin future development on the Hub Station site

For Chesterfeld we have set out proposals known as lsquoPlatform 4rsquo for enhancing pedestrian and public transport accessibility between the Station and the town centre over the A61 dual carriageway

37 Park amp Ride A well-coordinated and managed park amp ride strategy can help to reduce the impacts of congestion and provide viable transport choices for local communities

There are opportunities to develop park and ride facilities serving the Hub Station in tandem with a phased roll out of an extended mass transit system The existing park amp

Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site

ride site at Toton Lane (1300 spaces) linked to the tram will be retained albeit in modifed form In addition to a multi-storey car park at the Hub Station itself (1300 spaces proposed) there is an opportunity to develop an additional parking facility of a similar size west of M1 Junction 25 linked to a frst phase extension of the tram over the Hub Station

33

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

This would give a third car park option and the ability to manage travel demand to the Hub Station site in a more fexible manner - as well as an ability to reduce pressure on M1 Junction 25

On the Derby side of the A52 there are options for park and ride sites on the east side of Derby as part of a mass transit system linking Pride Park and Derby Station to the City Centre which could ultimately connect to the Hub Station

38 Strategic amp Local Road Access Despite the focus on public transport cycling and walking access by private car will still be important and a 1300 space multi-storey car park is proposed at the Hub Station However this will require a highway solution that must also address a number of existing challenges

Access from the A52 and M1

Access from the strategic road network into the Hub Station Site will be critical Our technical work has suggested that a single access from the A52 into the site for all movements is unlikely to be deliverable Whilst an engineering solution could be developed it would be very expensive environmentally damaging and take up valuable land that could be better used for economic development purposes

As a result a phased approach is proposed comprising the following key moves

1 A new lsquoat gradersquo junction on the A52 east of the Bardills Roundabout linked to a new Toton Lane which would provide access from Nottingham to the east of the Hub Station site and support the early phases of development of the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

2 A new lsquoof setrsquo junction on the A52 to the west of the use of the construction access required by HS2 Ltd M1 which would remove local movements from M1 to build the Hub Station Junction 25 and provide a more direct route under

Our technical work suggests there is scope to deliver key the motorway into Long Eaton

moves 1) and 2) in advance of the Hub Station opening 3 A new lsquograde separatedrsquo junction on the A52 to the The scale of existing problems and likely future trafc

north of the Hub Station to provide access from growth on the A52 corridor suggests that there is already a Derby and the M1 ndash which has the potential to make strong case for Highways England working with Midlands

Provide local road access to StaplefordSandiacre

Relieve congestion at Bardills and Toton Lane

Provide access from A52

Separate local amp strategic movements at J25

Provide for E-W movements

Provide for local road access for Long Eaton

Strategic amp Local Road Access Challenges

34

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Access from A52 and M1

Connect and local partners to make a proposal for major scheme funding in RIS 2 ndash which would also contribute to a comprehensive connectivity strategy for the Hub Station

A direct link to the Hub Station from the north through 3) will be linked to the construction of the station itself by HS2 Ltd and may be able to make use of any temporary construction access required by HS2 Ltd

Stanton Sandiacre

Derby

Stapleford

Long Eaton

Primary HS2

access

New eastern access

Re-modelled Bardills junction

New eastern access link

Toton Lane

Local access link

Local local link

New ofset A52 Junction

New local link

Remodelled M1 Junction 25

link

1a

1b

3 2

M1

A52

HS2

Local access Nottingham

junction

39

Finally there is the potential to establish a Park amp Ride site west of the M1 linked to a tram extension and the proposed lsquoof-setrsquo junction on the A52 This would provide a further car parking option for the Hub Station and help to manage movements through M1 Junction 25

Local Road Access

As described above local road access to the Hub Station from Long Eaton Stapleford Sandiacre and Toton will be important to secure commercially viable bus and coach services and taxis ndash as well as safe cycle routes We have developed a proposal for local access that can be integrated into the design of the Hub Station and which will complement the proposed strategic links Key to this will be the development of a local road link running under the HS2 and classic rail tracks to the south of the Hub Station

Next Steps We are clear that whilst all the individual elements of our connectivity strategy will have positive outcomes the real benefts will only be achieved by taking an integrated approach to scheme development and delivery

We will therefore develop our proposals further through a project joint funded by Midlands Connect East Midlands partners HS2 Ltd and Highways England known as the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan Phase 1 will use transport modelling to optimise the package of interventions and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment Phase 2 will examine connectivity issues over a wider strategic area including the long term future of the M1

Further detail on delivery is contained in Section 4

35

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Local Road Access Diagram

1

2

3

4

5

6

New A52 access Pedestrian NET link Bus Interchange amp Station Car Park

Remodelled Bardills roundabout

7

8

9

10

11

Local link to Long Eaton

New Bardills roundabout Local link to Sandiacre

New Toton Lane NET extension amp option to extend to EMA Derby

HS2 underpass Station Concourse

HS2 overpass

36

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Section 4 | Delivery Summary

We have undertaken a number of technical studies to understand the costs and benefts of various scales and rates of development to inform the development of an initial outlines business case for our proposals consistent with Treasury requirements which is set out in a separate document This work will evolve and become more granular as our growth proposition matures

There is potential for signifcant employment and housing development across the East Midlands Hub and Derbyshire Growth Zones This will make a signifcant contribution to the Governmentrsquos rebalancing agenda and provide an impetus for growth across the wider East Midlands where there is potential to deliver an additional 74000 jobs and pound4 billion of GVA above trend

We have set out the key moves necessary to deliver our proposals for people place and connectivity and highlighted the immediate measures necessary to safeguard future opportunities Detailed proposals are set out in Appendix 1

We are keen to work with Government to develop propositions for powerful locally led development bodies that can deliver our ambitions for the Hub Station and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zones and contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2

37

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

41 Developing an Investible Proposition Realising our vision for growth will require a combination of strong leadership and clear decision making To inform this we have undertaken a comprehensive programme of technical work to inform our thinking and provide the evidence base for this Growth Strategy including

bull Comprehensive non-statutory development frameworks covering the East Midlands Hub and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

bull A number of concept studies to assess the options for key infrastructure moves including relocation of the existing rail depots at Toton strategic highway access and mass transit extensions

bull A Development Infrastructure Funding (DIF) Study to understand the costs and benefts of diferent scales and rates of development and a funding and delivery mechanisms study to identify options for forward funding of key infrastructure and delivery vehicles

This information has been used to construct an initial outline lsquobusiness casersquo document for our proposals consistent with the Treasuryrsquos lsquoGreen Bookrsquo guidance and will provide the basis for an ongoing dialogue with Government and HS2 Ltd This work will evolve and become more granular over time as our growth proposition matures

Some of the major infrastructure investments will be subject to a separate business case through other established Government programmes such as the Roads Investment Strategy (RIS) This still requires a high-level

case to be made through the Growth Strategy as well as efective co-ordination of planning funding and delivery with other Growth Strategy interventions

42 Key Moves The work we have undertaken to date has identifed a series of key moves that will be required to implement the Growth Strategy including a number of immediate actions which will be necessary to safeguard future opportunities Further detail on these and the necessary enabling measures by Government and its delivery bodies is set out in Appendix 1

People

Our immediate priorities can be delivered largely within existing resources with strong local leadership from the LEPs and the East Midlands Chamber of Commerce and comprise

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to business support that will help local SMEs beneft from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities

bull Establishing a lsquorail industry innovation grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2 awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2

Over the longer term we would expect mainstream Government funding for skills and business support activity to be refocussed around our priorities and complement the strategic approach to skills envisaged by the Midlands Engine

Place

For the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone there are a number of planning land assembly remediation and infrastructure issues that will need to be addressed to enable our vision to be delivered in full In the immediate short term it will be vital to ensure that existing planning consent for the Lime Rise development close to the Hub Station can contribute positively to the delivery of our growth vision

In addition there is a need for further work with the relevant organisations on options for relocating the rail siding and depot activity and the electricity sub-station to locations outside of the Hub Station site and on the expansion and relocation of existing school provision to a better location within the site

Elsewhere we are keen to take forward further work with the Ministry of Defence and the Homes and Communities Agency to ensure that the re-development of the Chetwynd Barracks can actively contribute to a lsquonetwork of garden villagesrsquo

In the Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone the key priority in Chesterfeld will be the delivery of proposals to transform pedestrian and public transport connectivity between the rail station and the town For Staveley the early priorities will be to confrm the depot site as a construction base for HS2 and to secure the frst phases of the Chesterfeld and Staveley Regeneration Route including the provision of improved public transport and pedestrian links necessary to deliver the wider Staveley masterplan

38

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Connectivity

Our immediate priority is to safeguard the potential to secure a classic compatible link at the Hub Station and for enhanced capacity at Trent Junctions capable of delivering the Midlands Connect ITSS These will require the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill which is due to be considered by Ministers in the autumn of 2017 to include provision for the necessary land take

The public transport overbridge and local road connections proposed for the Hub Station will impact on the Hybrid Bill and the associated Environmental Impact Statement and will need to be incorporated into the emerging Hub Station design commissioned by HS2 Ltd

We will need to confrm support from Highways England and HS2 Ltd to take forward the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan with Midlands Connect This work will optimise the package of interventions proposed to serve the Hub Station and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment However we believe we have a sufcient case now for Highways England to identify funding in RIS2 to develop a major scheme on the A52M1 J25 that address existing congestion issues and contributes to the wider solution for accessing the Hub Station

43 Proposals for Delivery Bodies The geographic and political context for the area around the Hub Station is complex spanning a number of local planning authorities local transport authorities and local enterprise partnerships Our work to date has highlighted a range of potential delivery and funding mechanisms that would help to enable development in particular options for Tax Increment Financing (TIf ) But these will require a strategic approach to investment over a number of administrative areas to be efective

There is a local appetite to establish a powerful delivery body that could work at a scale to drive forward our growth vision There are a range of options including the potential for the kind of lsquolocally-led development corporationrsquo envisaged by the Neighbourhood Planning Act 2017

We would like to work with Government over the coming months to develop a proposition for a delivery body for the Hub Station Growth Zone that could begin to operate in lsquoshadow formrsquo with initial seed-corn funding from 2018 onwards

For Chesterfeld and Staveley the geography is less complex with the key moves all within the administrative area of Chesterfeld Borough Council Here a local development company solution may be more appropriate which can also contribute to the delivery of the wider Derbyshire growth story

It will be important to ensure that development in both Growth Zones continues to contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2 under the auspices of the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Mitigation

Whilst HS2 has the potential to bring great benefts to the 44 East Midlands the scale of the new infrastructure involved will also result in some negative impacts ndash particularly in the short term Although the line of route has been designed to minimise impact on environmental assets challenges remain in a number of locations in Derbyshire Leicestershire and Nottinghamshire

Similarly where the line passes through urban areas for example Long Eaton some existing businesses will have to re-locate to alternative premises Whilst the Government has put in place a compensation scheme to assist those directly afected councils are keen to ensure the jobs and investment are retained in the local area wherever possible

The East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board has established a lsquomitigation sub-grouprsquo to work with DfT and HS2 Ltd to help develop detailed designs for key structures that will minimise and mitigate the environmental impacts of the line and look to ensure that existing businesses can continue to thrive As work starts on the development of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill it will be important to ensure that councils are able to inform the detail of the Governmentrsquos proposals on both an individual and collective basis

39

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

45 Phasing of Delivery This Growth Strategy demonstrated the scale complexity and interdependencies between programmes involving a range of partner agencies Many of these programmes involve major schemes that take many years to develop and deliver Although HS2 Phase 2b is not due to become fully operational until 2033 the lead in times are such that key decisions on what might be included within the Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environment Statement will actually be taken during the coming months With appropriate funding and collaboration a number of key moves can be implemented in the short term

Although the development may reach maturity in 2043 by the time HS2 opens there will in fact already be a new place (the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo) emerging around the station to welcome the frst passengers For this to be achieved the delivery partners will need to build momentum over the next 12 months and it is recognised this will require dedicated resource and governance

The evidence base underpinning the growth strategy provides a clear indication of the growth potential and promotes a range of key infrastructure concepts and moves However in order to take these forward and in particular promote some of them for possible inclusion in the Hybrid Bill the partners are clear that more detailed studies and analysis will be required and these will need to be developed in tandem with the work being undertaken for the railway

This highlights the need to establish a dedicated team and for further resources to commission and manage the work programme for the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Phases of Delivery

2017-2022 Hybrid bill development business case development (RS2CP6) land strategy and delivery body early phases of development

2022-2027 Early infrastructure development and key moves (eg depot relocation) next phases of development

2027-2033 HS2 Construction amp completiontesting

2033 HS2 becomes fully operational - local economic development builds momentum

2033-43 Development to maturity

46 First Phase Priorities The focus up to 2022 will be on ensuring the provisions of the Phase 2 Hybrid Bill enable our vision for the Hub Station and priorities for local and strategic connectivity to be implemented Delivery of improvements to the A52 at Bardills and Toton Lane will enable the early phases of the Toton Innovation Campus to commence helping to build investor confdence Completion for the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity plan will progress the wider mix of strategic and local interventions to detailed design stage To be successful all this activity will need to be underpinned by the establishment of a properly resourced and empowered local delivery bodyThe early completion of frst stages of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Station Link Road will help to kick start development in the North Derbyshire Growth Zone

40

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

1 High level Ministerial endorsement of the East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy including through

bull Funding the establishment of a lsquoshadow delivery bodyrsquo to start implementing the Growth Strategy locally and to establish a viable mechanism for capturing a proportion of development value necessary for infrastructure delivery and

bull Promotion by Government and its delivery bodies of key development opportunities set out in the Growth Strategy to national and international investors consistent with the Midlands Engine Vision for Growth

2 Support from DCLG for our vision for the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone by

bull Empowering the HCA to establish a strategic land strategy that will facilitate enabling infrastructure and subsequently to bring forward early phases of development and

bull Using other funding including the current Housing Infrastructure Fund (HIF) to help bring forward early phase infrastructure

3 Support from DfT and its delivery bodies for the implementation of early connectivity priorities related to the Hub Station through

bull Ensuring Highways England and HS2 Ltd contribute gap funding towards the East Midlands Gateway Connectivity Plan Phase 1 Study

bull Funding the delivery phases 1ab of the A52 Access Strategy to enable the initial phases of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo to commence before 2022 and

bull Identifying funding in the next Road Investment Strategy (RIS2) to develop a major scheme to address capacity at M1 Junction 25 and access the Hub Station from the A52 (phases 2 amp3 of the A52 Access Strategy) ndash also making the necessary provisions within the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill amp Environmental Statement

4 DfTHS2 Ltd to ensure that the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make provision at and around the Hub Station for

bull Capacity improvements to classic rail connectivity to the south and north of Toton HS2 station including Trent Junctions optimising the integration of classic and High Speed Rail services and including a lsquoclassic compatible linkrsquo to transform connectivity between Leicester and the north of England

bull An integrated station design including moving the station concourse north to better connect with tram and Public Transport Interchange with an integrated deck connecting eastwest over the HS2 track to

better integrate the Toton station into the heart of the new place ndash the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo This would include provision of a second transfer deck to the south of the main concourse to provide improve capacity and interchange between services

bull Fully integrated public transport interchange and walking routes connecting surrounding communities to promote sustainable travel reduce the need for car parking and thereby make best use of land and local assets including the tram as a means of linking Park amp Ride facilities with the station

bull North South connectivity through the site to connect Long Eaton and Stapleford and to enable local communities to access the station by all modes

bull A clear car parking strategy with a decked car park at the station (premium) complemented by NET based Park and Ride

bull Provision for three bridges as follows

- Integrated with concourse deck to create east west route for tram and sustainable transport links between east and west development areas and to Long Eaton airport and Derby

- Multi-modal bridge south of the A52 to enable resilience in the local network connections to the western development area and

41

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

- Pedestrian bridge at mid-point between the above to connect new communities

bull Provision for an underpass under the Network Rail and HS2 lines to the south of the concourse to enable links between Stapleford Long Eaton and the station by various modes and in particular public transport but as a secondary primary access connecting east and west development areas within the Innovation Campus

5 Separately to ensure the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make specifc provision to deliver the NET tram extension from the existing Toton Park amp Ride to the HS2 Station consistent with the provisions set our above

6 DfTHS2 Ltd to designate Staveley as a major construction hubrailhead for the construction of Phase 2b in addition to the establishment of the Infrastructure Maintenance Depot

7 Government to make a contribution towards the delivery of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Chesterfeld Station Link Road to unlock early development and growth in the corridor

8 Further fnancial and technical support from Network Rail HS2 Ltd and HS2 Growth Partnership to work collaboratively on the relocation of the DBS Depot and Network Rail Sidings to enable development growth and transport connections through the Hub Station area

9 DfTHS2 Ltd to amend the HS2 Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS) to ensure that both Shefeld HS2 classic compatible services stop at Chesterfeld

10 Commitment from DfTHS2 Ltd to at least partially open the Hub Station at Toton by 2030 rather than 2033 to generate additional passenger revenue and accelerate the delivery of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

42

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy World Class - Locally Driven

For more information please contact East Midlands Councils Tel 01664 502620 Email infoemcouncilsgovuk

  • Structure Bookmarks
    • Born 1946-1964
    • Born 1964-1980
    • Born 1980-2000
    • Born 2000+
    • The Hub Station and surrounding area
    • Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone
    • Chesterfield Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo
    • Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site
Page 28: East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy - Broxtowe€¦ · 3.7 Park & Ride 3.8 4.3 East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Contents Contents Foreword 3 3.6 Cycling & Walking 33 Executive Summary

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Section 3 | Connectivity Summary

The Hub Station at Toton will already be the most connected on the high speed network outside of London and will serve a catchment of over 2 million people Whilst the development adjacent to the Hub Station will be crucial our early work confrmed that much of the wider economic potential of HS2 will be dependent on the extent to which we can connect economic opportunities across the East Midlands into the high speed network In particular the city centres of Derby Leicester and Nottingham East Midlands Airport and sites that exist in the towns and villages surrounding both the Hub Station and Chesterfeld

Our analysis has demonstrated which modes of transport will serve diferent markets most efectively ndash national regional sub-regional and local Based on this we have set out a comprehensive step by step approach to connectivity which will maximise transport choice for future generations as well as tackling congestion issues that exist today

Key to this will be safeguarding the ability to extend public transport accessibility in the scope of the Governmentrsquos Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and planning now for a phased approach to delivery of highway improvements starting in RIS2

Whilst we are confdent that the measures we have identifed can deliver positive outcomes more detailed design work will be required to secure the capital funding necessary for delivery Further work on the design and phasing of key interventions will therefore be undertaken with transport modelling developed in partnership with Midlands Connect the outcome of which will also help to scope the necessary provisions of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

27

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

SCOTLAND

YORK amp NEWCASTLE

LEEDS

EAST MIDLANDS

HUB

SOUTH YORKSHIRE

SHEFFIELD HS2

CHESTERFIELD

CREWE HS2 HUB

BIRMINGHAM

STOKE DERBY

LEICESTER

LOUGHBOROUGH

LONDON EUROPE

BEESTON

NOTTINGHAM LINCOLN

MANSFIELD

WORKSOP

31 National Context HS2 will help to transform the position of our towns and cities within the UK and Midlands making our local economies more competitive

HS2 CURRENT

68 104 NOTTINGHAM TO LONDON

HHS2S2 CU

142 LEICESTER TO NEWCASTLE

HHS2S2 CURRENT

50 77 DERBY TO LEEDS

HHS2S2 CURRENT

73 145 LEICESTER TO LEEDS

HHS2S2 CURRENT

36 73 NOTTINGHAM TO BIRMINGHAM

HS2 CURRENT

71 143 CHESTERFIELD TO LONDON

RRENT

205

28

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Midlands Connect

The Midlands Connect Strategy described how the HS2 stations at Birmingham Curzon Street UK Central and East Midlands will form the lsquohubrsquo of the UKrsquos high speed rail network Together with classic compatible connectivity at Chesterfeld Crewe and Stoke stations this will unlock economic growth across the Midlands - provided we get the local connectivity right

Through Midlands Connect we are taking forward a body of technical work to defne and develop the local strategic connections that will maximise economic growth opportunities Through the wider Midlands Engine initiative we are promoting the transformational benefts of HS2 to national and international investors

For more information about Midlands Connect and the Midlands Engine please visit httpswwwmidlandsconnectuk

HS2 East

Our work through the HS2 East partnership has demonstrated that the Eastern Leg of HS2 between Birmingham to Leeds via the East Midlands Hub Station has the best business case of any part of the proposed network - with a beneft to cost ratio of over 5 to 1

However the economic impact of the Eastern Leg extends further than Leeds The proposed lsquoclassic compatiblersquo link to the East Coast Main Line will enable high speed rail services to serve the North East of England and Scotland ndash linking

six of the UKrsquos top ten cities and 20 of national GVA This will result in lsquoagglomerationrsquo impacts of over pound700 million GVA and some major journey time savings

bull Leeds to Glasgow reduction of 90 minutes

bull Sheffield to Edinburgh reduction of 90 minutes

bull Newcastle to Birmingham reduction of 85 minutes

Together the Eastern Leg of HS2 and an enhanced East Coast Main Line provide the obvious route for reducing journey times from Scotland to London towards the three hour mark ndash the point at which rail becomes competitive with air travel

For further information about HS2 East please visit httpwwwhs2eastcouk

32 Our strategic approach Connecting key centres of population and development opportunities across the East Midlands to the high speed network will be key to realising the wider economic potential that HS2 connectivity brings

Our analysis has demonstrated which modes of transport will serve diferent markets most efectively Only by developing a comprehensive lsquomulti-modalrsquo approach to connectivity can we deliver the transport choice required by future generations and start to tackle some of the congestion issues that exist today

We also acknowledge that not everything can or indeed should happen at once We have therefore set out a phased approach to improving connectivity at least some of which can be delivered before HS2 becomes fully operational

Heavy Rail Pimary Market

Mass Transit Strategy Regional

Bus Connectivity Sub-Regional amp Local

Taxi Connectivity Sub-Regional amp Local

Walking and Cycling Local and Very Local

Park and Ride Sub-Regional amp Local

Highway Sub-Regional amp Local

Our strategic approach to connectivity

33 Rail Rail will be the most efective mode for accessing the Hub Station from surrounding city and town centres It will also link the East Midlands with the major city-regions across the rest of the UK ndash not least by the HS2 network itself

HS2 Services

The latest service specifcation published by HS2 Ltd indicates that the East Midlands Hub Station will be the best connected on the high speed network outside of London with seven HS2 services per hour in both directions

Impressive though this level of connectivity is we believe there is scope for further improvements

29

Through our work on the HS2 East Partnership we believe there is a strong economic case for the Eastern Leg of HS2 and the East Coast Main Line forming the primary route for serving Scotland not least because it would link the fnancial centres of Leeds and Edinburgh and the conurbations of the North East ndash also a key objective of Transport for the North

The scale of growth proposed in Chesterfeld as described in Section Two makes a compelling case for both Shefeld trains stopping at Chesterfeld Station rather than just one per hour

Classic Compatible Services

It is clear that although the Eastern Leg of HS2 will be designed to accommodate up to 18 trains per hour (in line with the rest of the network) the current service pattern only currently envisages nine There is therefore scope to run additional services on at least part of the Eastern Leg Working with both Midlands Connect and Transport for the North we believe there is a business case for two additional lsquoclassic compatiblersquo trains per hour linking Leicester and LeedsManchester which would transform rail connectivity between the East Midlands and the Northern Powerhouse

For this to be deliverable there would need to be a lsquoclassic compatiblersquo connection between HS2 and an electrifed Midland Main Line at or around the Hub Station HS2 Ltd have developed an indicative design for how this could be delivered Although further work will be required we believe we have sufcient economic evidence now for the Secretary of State to make at least lsquopassive provisionrsquo for such a link in the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

Newcastle

Durham

Dalington

York

Leeds

Shefeld Midland

Chesterfeld

Toton

Church Street

Birmingam Interchange

Old Oak Common Euston

bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

Trains from London 6tph

Trains from Birmrsquoham 3tph

Proposed HS2 Service Pattern for the Eastern Leg

NEWCASTLE

YORK

LEEDS

LONDON BIRMINGHAM

29 36

106

19

EAST MIDLANDS

HUB

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Classic Services

In addition to the two lsquoclassic compatiblersquo services working through Midlands Connect we have identifed an additional 11 lsquoclassic servicesrsquo that could serve the Hub Station These would be a mixture of lsquoshuttle servicesrsquo fast and semi-fast services and stopping services In total this would mean the Hub Station would be served by 20 trains per hour in both directions ndash an outstanding level of connectivity

HS2 Hub Station Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS)

The service specifcation for the Hub Station is consistent with the wider Midlands Connect ITSS which supports the Midlands Connect Strategy published in March 2017

The Maid Marian Line

In addition we believe there is the potential to develop a new service linking the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton with Mansfeld Ashfeld via the adaption on an existing freight line known as the Maid Marian Line This direct link would facilitate greater connectivity for residents and businesses to HS2 services supporting economic regeneration in the towns and contributing to the wider Nottinghamshire growth story We are working with Network Rail to understand any implications for the wider Midlands Connect ITSS

Capacity at Trent Junctions

A key constraint to the delivery of the Midlands Connect ITSS is the capacity of Trent Junctions south of Nottingham We understand that HS2 Ltd will need to make some improvements to Trent Junctions to accommodate the HS2 Core proposition - although these on their own will

30

51

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

HS2 Services

London - Leeds Birmingham - Leeds

London - Leeds Birmingham - Newcastle

London - Chesterfeld - Shefeld - Leeds

Birmingham - Leeds London - Shefeld - York

34 Mass Transit Extensions Classic Compatible Services

Shuttle Services

Nottingham - EM Hub Derby - EM Hub

Fast and Semi-fast Services

Leicester - Crewe Crewe - EM Hub

London - Manchester Crewe - EM Hub

Stopping Services

Leicester - Leeds Leicester - Manchester The success of the Nottingham Express Transit (NET) has demonstrated the potential of mass transit to reduce

Leicester - Lincoln Nottingham - Leeds

Leicester - Nottingham Leicester - Derby

Norwich - Liverpool Newark Castle - Matlock

HS2 Hub Station Indicative Train Service Specifcation

not be sufcient to accommodate the Midlands Connect ITSS There is a clear operational case for avoiding multiple engineering works on this congested section of railway infrastructure ndash with a single enhancement scheme being the clearly favoured option Based on our initial work with Network Rail we believe there is a sufcient economic case now for the Secretary of State to make at least lsquopassive provisionrsquo for an enhanced scheme in the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

congestion increase transport choice and connect people to jobs and services It will therefore be a key element of the connectivity strategy for maximising the economic benefts of the HS2 Hub Station Given the technical challenges and the scale of investment required we recognise the importance of taking a phased approach to delivery

Extending NET to the Hub Station

The frst phase would be to extend the tram from the park and ride site at Toton Lane to the Hub Station ndash a distance of around one mile This will connect the Hub Station to key locations such as the Queens Medical Centre the University campus and the Enterprise Zone and complement the heavy rail service to Nottingham City Centre This link will need to be in place when the Hub Station becomes operational to serve the Nottingham Enterprise Zone sites and to establish the principle tram access in the publicrsquos mind

Extending Connectivity over the Hub Station

Our work has highlighted a number of options for extending connectivity to the west of the Hub Station towards Derby and East Midlands Airport which would have signifcant economic benefts These could be delivered by bus rapid transit (BRT) tram-train as well as by NET extensions Further work will be required to determine the optimum routes and modes These options would require a link over the Hub Station (similar to the arrangement at Nottingham Station) which would be costly to retro-ft We have therefore included a public transport overbridge into our proposals for the Hub Station At this stage it is unlikely that this on its own will require provision for further land take in the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill however it may impact on the required Environmental Impact Statement

Options to Derby

There are two main options for connecting Derby The frst would follow the route of the A52 This would be fast ndash but not as fast as the classic rail service from Derby Station It would be direct but serve a limited population catchment The relatively high cost of developing this as a tram route would appear to make it unviable - although it could have potential as a route for a lower cost form of BRT

The second option would run to the south of the A52 and link the Hub Station with Long Eaton and then on to Breaston Borrowash Spondon Pride Park and Derby Station It would be slower but serve a much larger population catchment It would be cheaper to develop as a tram route but could impact on the proposed canal

31

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Red Arrow Skylink

Zoom 15

i4 18

Indigo 510

Y5 Toton Sidings

NET

Options for bus services serving the Hub Station

35

Revised existing route

New Fast Track to EMA via M1

Arnold via QMC City Hospital

Mansfeld via M1 Kirkby Sutton

Alfreton via M1 Heanor Ripley

restoration project It could be developed in phases the frst comprising a NET extension to a park and ride site west of the M1

Options to East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Rail Freight Interchange

There are a number of potential routes to the airport Following the rail corridor south from the Hub Station before heading west is likely to be the quickest and would limit environmental impacts on Long Eaton town centre It also has potential for a tram-train solution should this become a viable technology in the UK The scale of employment growth proposed at East Midlands Gateway the potential for a lsquoFree Trade Zonersquo around the airport as well as the projected growth in air passenger numbers means such a link could have signifcant economic benefts

Bus amp Taxi Bus travel will continue to be the backbone of the local public transport for many people There is already a comprehensive network of bus routes and services across the sub-region which could be developed to serve the Hub Station from a wide range of locations

The key challenge for operators from a commercial perspective will be to ensure that the Hub Station does not become a lsquoterminusrsquo destination Buses (and taxis) must therefore be able to pass through the Hub Station to also serve surrounding communities across the wider sub-region Our proposed confguration of local road links between the Hub Station and Long Eaton Stapleford

32

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Sandiacre and Toton as well as access from the A52 would enable a commercially viable network of bus services to be established

For Chesterfeld a new road link into the south of the station complex for buses and taxis will provide a through route that will integrate the existing station into local public transport networks more efectively

36 Cycling amp Walking Every rail passenger is a pedestrian at the point of boarding a train Making the Hub Station and the immediate surrounding environment pedestrian friendly will make travel by train more attractive and help to drive patronage

It is also important that local people in surrounding communities have safe and attractive routes for walking and cycling ndash not just to the Hub Station but also to and within the proposed Innovation Campus Cycling and walking are likely to become more attractive options to future generations as public attitudes to travel continue to change This trend has been refected in the core design principles we have established that will underpin future development on the Hub Station site

For Chesterfeld we have set out proposals known as lsquoPlatform 4rsquo for enhancing pedestrian and public transport accessibility between the Station and the town centre over the A61 dual carriageway

37 Park amp Ride A well-coordinated and managed park amp ride strategy can help to reduce the impacts of congestion and provide viable transport choices for local communities

There are opportunities to develop park and ride facilities serving the Hub Station in tandem with a phased roll out of an extended mass transit system The existing park amp

Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site

ride site at Toton Lane (1300 spaces) linked to the tram will be retained albeit in modifed form In addition to a multi-storey car park at the Hub Station itself (1300 spaces proposed) there is an opportunity to develop an additional parking facility of a similar size west of M1 Junction 25 linked to a frst phase extension of the tram over the Hub Station

33

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

This would give a third car park option and the ability to manage travel demand to the Hub Station site in a more fexible manner - as well as an ability to reduce pressure on M1 Junction 25

On the Derby side of the A52 there are options for park and ride sites on the east side of Derby as part of a mass transit system linking Pride Park and Derby Station to the City Centre which could ultimately connect to the Hub Station

38 Strategic amp Local Road Access Despite the focus on public transport cycling and walking access by private car will still be important and a 1300 space multi-storey car park is proposed at the Hub Station However this will require a highway solution that must also address a number of existing challenges

Access from the A52 and M1

Access from the strategic road network into the Hub Station Site will be critical Our technical work has suggested that a single access from the A52 into the site for all movements is unlikely to be deliverable Whilst an engineering solution could be developed it would be very expensive environmentally damaging and take up valuable land that could be better used for economic development purposes

As a result a phased approach is proposed comprising the following key moves

1 A new lsquoat gradersquo junction on the A52 east of the Bardills Roundabout linked to a new Toton Lane which would provide access from Nottingham to the east of the Hub Station site and support the early phases of development of the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

2 A new lsquoof setrsquo junction on the A52 to the west of the use of the construction access required by HS2 Ltd M1 which would remove local movements from M1 to build the Hub Station Junction 25 and provide a more direct route under

Our technical work suggests there is scope to deliver key the motorway into Long Eaton

moves 1) and 2) in advance of the Hub Station opening 3 A new lsquograde separatedrsquo junction on the A52 to the The scale of existing problems and likely future trafc

north of the Hub Station to provide access from growth on the A52 corridor suggests that there is already a Derby and the M1 ndash which has the potential to make strong case for Highways England working with Midlands

Provide local road access to StaplefordSandiacre

Relieve congestion at Bardills and Toton Lane

Provide access from A52

Separate local amp strategic movements at J25

Provide for E-W movements

Provide for local road access for Long Eaton

Strategic amp Local Road Access Challenges

34

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Access from A52 and M1

Connect and local partners to make a proposal for major scheme funding in RIS 2 ndash which would also contribute to a comprehensive connectivity strategy for the Hub Station

A direct link to the Hub Station from the north through 3) will be linked to the construction of the station itself by HS2 Ltd and may be able to make use of any temporary construction access required by HS2 Ltd

Stanton Sandiacre

Derby

Stapleford

Long Eaton

Primary HS2

access

New eastern access

Re-modelled Bardills junction

New eastern access link

Toton Lane

Local access link

Local local link

New ofset A52 Junction

New local link

Remodelled M1 Junction 25

link

1a

1b

3 2

M1

A52

HS2

Local access Nottingham

junction

39

Finally there is the potential to establish a Park amp Ride site west of the M1 linked to a tram extension and the proposed lsquoof-setrsquo junction on the A52 This would provide a further car parking option for the Hub Station and help to manage movements through M1 Junction 25

Local Road Access

As described above local road access to the Hub Station from Long Eaton Stapleford Sandiacre and Toton will be important to secure commercially viable bus and coach services and taxis ndash as well as safe cycle routes We have developed a proposal for local access that can be integrated into the design of the Hub Station and which will complement the proposed strategic links Key to this will be the development of a local road link running under the HS2 and classic rail tracks to the south of the Hub Station

Next Steps We are clear that whilst all the individual elements of our connectivity strategy will have positive outcomes the real benefts will only be achieved by taking an integrated approach to scheme development and delivery

We will therefore develop our proposals further through a project joint funded by Midlands Connect East Midlands partners HS2 Ltd and Highways England known as the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan Phase 1 will use transport modelling to optimise the package of interventions and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment Phase 2 will examine connectivity issues over a wider strategic area including the long term future of the M1

Further detail on delivery is contained in Section 4

35

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Local Road Access Diagram

1

2

3

4

5

6

New A52 access Pedestrian NET link Bus Interchange amp Station Car Park

Remodelled Bardills roundabout

7

8

9

10

11

Local link to Long Eaton

New Bardills roundabout Local link to Sandiacre

New Toton Lane NET extension amp option to extend to EMA Derby

HS2 underpass Station Concourse

HS2 overpass

36

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Section 4 | Delivery Summary

We have undertaken a number of technical studies to understand the costs and benefts of various scales and rates of development to inform the development of an initial outlines business case for our proposals consistent with Treasury requirements which is set out in a separate document This work will evolve and become more granular as our growth proposition matures

There is potential for signifcant employment and housing development across the East Midlands Hub and Derbyshire Growth Zones This will make a signifcant contribution to the Governmentrsquos rebalancing agenda and provide an impetus for growth across the wider East Midlands where there is potential to deliver an additional 74000 jobs and pound4 billion of GVA above trend

We have set out the key moves necessary to deliver our proposals for people place and connectivity and highlighted the immediate measures necessary to safeguard future opportunities Detailed proposals are set out in Appendix 1

We are keen to work with Government to develop propositions for powerful locally led development bodies that can deliver our ambitions for the Hub Station and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zones and contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2

37

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

41 Developing an Investible Proposition Realising our vision for growth will require a combination of strong leadership and clear decision making To inform this we have undertaken a comprehensive programme of technical work to inform our thinking and provide the evidence base for this Growth Strategy including

bull Comprehensive non-statutory development frameworks covering the East Midlands Hub and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

bull A number of concept studies to assess the options for key infrastructure moves including relocation of the existing rail depots at Toton strategic highway access and mass transit extensions

bull A Development Infrastructure Funding (DIF) Study to understand the costs and benefts of diferent scales and rates of development and a funding and delivery mechanisms study to identify options for forward funding of key infrastructure and delivery vehicles

This information has been used to construct an initial outline lsquobusiness casersquo document for our proposals consistent with the Treasuryrsquos lsquoGreen Bookrsquo guidance and will provide the basis for an ongoing dialogue with Government and HS2 Ltd This work will evolve and become more granular over time as our growth proposition matures

Some of the major infrastructure investments will be subject to a separate business case through other established Government programmes such as the Roads Investment Strategy (RIS) This still requires a high-level

case to be made through the Growth Strategy as well as efective co-ordination of planning funding and delivery with other Growth Strategy interventions

42 Key Moves The work we have undertaken to date has identifed a series of key moves that will be required to implement the Growth Strategy including a number of immediate actions which will be necessary to safeguard future opportunities Further detail on these and the necessary enabling measures by Government and its delivery bodies is set out in Appendix 1

People

Our immediate priorities can be delivered largely within existing resources with strong local leadership from the LEPs and the East Midlands Chamber of Commerce and comprise

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to business support that will help local SMEs beneft from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities

bull Establishing a lsquorail industry innovation grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2 awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2

Over the longer term we would expect mainstream Government funding for skills and business support activity to be refocussed around our priorities and complement the strategic approach to skills envisaged by the Midlands Engine

Place

For the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone there are a number of planning land assembly remediation and infrastructure issues that will need to be addressed to enable our vision to be delivered in full In the immediate short term it will be vital to ensure that existing planning consent for the Lime Rise development close to the Hub Station can contribute positively to the delivery of our growth vision

In addition there is a need for further work with the relevant organisations on options for relocating the rail siding and depot activity and the electricity sub-station to locations outside of the Hub Station site and on the expansion and relocation of existing school provision to a better location within the site

Elsewhere we are keen to take forward further work with the Ministry of Defence and the Homes and Communities Agency to ensure that the re-development of the Chetwynd Barracks can actively contribute to a lsquonetwork of garden villagesrsquo

In the Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone the key priority in Chesterfeld will be the delivery of proposals to transform pedestrian and public transport connectivity between the rail station and the town For Staveley the early priorities will be to confrm the depot site as a construction base for HS2 and to secure the frst phases of the Chesterfeld and Staveley Regeneration Route including the provision of improved public transport and pedestrian links necessary to deliver the wider Staveley masterplan

38

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Connectivity

Our immediate priority is to safeguard the potential to secure a classic compatible link at the Hub Station and for enhanced capacity at Trent Junctions capable of delivering the Midlands Connect ITSS These will require the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill which is due to be considered by Ministers in the autumn of 2017 to include provision for the necessary land take

The public transport overbridge and local road connections proposed for the Hub Station will impact on the Hybrid Bill and the associated Environmental Impact Statement and will need to be incorporated into the emerging Hub Station design commissioned by HS2 Ltd

We will need to confrm support from Highways England and HS2 Ltd to take forward the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan with Midlands Connect This work will optimise the package of interventions proposed to serve the Hub Station and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment However we believe we have a sufcient case now for Highways England to identify funding in RIS2 to develop a major scheme on the A52M1 J25 that address existing congestion issues and contributes to the wider solution for accessing the Hub Station

43 Proposals for Delivery Bodies The geographic and political context for the area around the Hub Station is complex spanning a number of local planning authorities local transport authorities and local enterprise partnerships Our work to date has highlighted a range of potential delivery and funding mechanisms that would help to enable development in particular options for Tax Increment Financing (TIf ) But these will require a strategic approach to investment over a number of administrative areas to be efective

There is a local appetite to establish a powerful delivery body that could work at a scale to drive forward our growth vision There are a range of options including the potential for the kind of lsquolocally-led development corporationrsquo envisaged by the Neighbourhood Planning Act 2017

We would like to work with Government over the coming months to develop a proposition for a delivery body for the Hub Station Growth Zone that could begin to operate in lsquoshadow formrsquo with initial seed-corn funding from 2018 onwards

For Chesterfeld and Staveley the geography is less complex with the key moves all within the administrative area of Chesterfeld Borough Council Here a local development company solution may be more appropriate which can also contribute to the delivery of the wider Derbyshire growth story

It will be important to ensure that development in both Growth Zones continues to contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2 under the auspices of the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Mitigation

Whilst HS2 has the potential to bring great benefts to the 44 East Midlands the scale of the new infrastructure involved will also result in some negative impacts ndash particularly in the short term Although the line of route has been designed to minimise impact on environmental assets challenges remain in a number of locations in Derbyshire Leicestershire and Nottinghamshire

Similarly where the line passes through urban areas for example Long Eaton some existing businesses will have to re-locate to alternative premises Whilst the Government has put in place a compensation scheme to assist those directly afected councils are keen to ensure the jobs and investment are retained in the local area wherever possible

The East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board has established a lsquomitigation sub-grouprsquo to work with DfT and HS2 Ltd to help develop detailed designs for key structures that will minimise and mitigate the environmental impacts of the line and look to ensure that existing businesses can continue to thrive As work starts on the development of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill it will be important to ensure that councils are able to inform the detail of the Governmentrsquos proposals on both an individual and collective basis

39

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

45 Phasing of Delivery This Growth Strategy demonstrated the scale complexity and interdependencies between programmes involving a range of partner agencies Many of these programmes involve major schemes that take many years to develop and deliver Although HS2 Phase 2b is not due to become fully operational until 2033 the lead in times are such that key decisions on what might be included within the Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environment Statement will actually be taken during the coming months With appropriate funding and collaboration a number of key moves can be implemented in the short term

Although the development may reach maturity in 2043 by the time HS2 opens there will in fact already be a new place (the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo) emerging around the station to welcome the frst passengers For this to be achieved the delivery partners will need to build momentum over the next 12 months and it is recognised this will require dedicated resource and governance

The evidence base underpinning the growth strategy provides a clear indication of the growth potential and promotes a range of key infrastructure concepts and moves However in order to take these forward and in particular promote some of them for possible inclusion in the Hybrid Bill the partners are clear that more detailed studies and analysis will be required and these will need to be developed in tandem with the work being undertaken for the railway

This highlights the need to establish a dedicated team and for further resources to commission and manage the work programme for the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Phases of Delivery

2017-2022 Hybrid bill development business case development (RS2CP6) land strategy and delivery body early phases of development

2022-2027 Early infrastructure development and key moves (eg depot relocation) next phases of development

2027-2033 HS2 Construction amp completiontesting

2033 HS2 becomes fully operational - local economic development builds momentum

2033-43 Development to maturity

46 First Phase Priorities The focus up to 2022 will be on ensuring the provisions of the Phase 2 Hybrid Bill enable our vision for the Hub Station and priorities for local and strategic connectivity to be implemented Delivery of improvements to the A52 at Bardills and Toton Lane will enable the early phases of the Toton Innovation Campus to commence helping to build investor confdence Completion for the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity plan will progress the wider mix of strategic and local interventions to detailed design stage To be successful all this activity will need to be underpinned by the establishment of a properly resourced and empowered local delivery bodyThe early completion of frst stages of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Station Link Road will help to kick start development in the North Derbyshire Growth Zone

40

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

1 High level Ministerial endorsement of the East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy including through

bull Funding the establishment of a lsquoshadow delivery bodyrsquo to start implementing the Growth Strategy locally and to establish a viable mechanism for capturing a proportion of development value necessary for infrastructure delivery and

bull Promotion by Government and its delivery bodies of key development opportunities set out in the Growth Strategy to national and international investors consistent with the Midlands Engine Vision for Growth

2 Support from DCLG for our vision for the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone by

bull Empowering the HCA to establish a strategic land strategy that will facilitate enabling infrastructure and subsequently to bring forward early phases of development and

bull Using other funding including the current Housing Infrastructure Fund (HIF) to help bring forward early phase infrastructure

3 Support from DfT and its delivery bodies for the implementation of early connectivity priorities related to the Hub Station through

bull Ensuring Highways England and HS2 Ltd contribute gap funding towards the East Midlands Gateway Connectivity Plan Phase 1 Study

bull Funding the delivery phases 1ab of the A52 Access Strategy to enable the initial phases of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo to commence before 2022 and

bull Identifying funding in the next Road Investment Strategy (RIS2) to develop a major scheme to address capacity at M1 Junction 25 and access the Hub Station from the A52 (phases 2 amp3 of the A52 Access Strategy) ndash also making the necessary provisions within the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill amp Environmental Statement

4 DfTHS2 Ltd to ensure that the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make provision at and around the Hub Station for

bull Capacity improvements to classic rail connectivity to the south and north of Toton HS2 station including Trent Junctions optimising the integration of classic and High Speed Rail services and including a lsquoclassic compatible linkrsquo to transform connectivity between Leicester and the north of England

bull An integrated station design including moving the station concourse north to better connect with tram and Public Transport Interchange with an integrated deck connecting eastwest over the HS2 track to

better integrate the Toton station into the heart of the new place ndash the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo This would include provision of a second transfer deck to the south of the main concourse to provide improve capacity and interchange between services

bull Fully integrated public transport interchange and walking routes connecting surrounding communities to promote sustainable travel reduce the need for car parking and thereby make best use of land and local assets including the tram as a means of linking Park amp Ride facilities with the station

bull North South connectivity through the site to connect Long Eaton and Stapleford and to enable local communities to access the station by all modes

bull A clear car parking strategy with a decked car park at the station (premium) complemented by NET based Park and Ride

bull Provision for three bridges as follows

- Integrated with concourse deck to create east west route for tram and sustainable transport links between east and west development areas and to Long Eaton airport and Derby

- Multi-modal bridge south of the A52 to enable resilience in the local network connections to the western development area and

41

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

- Pedestrian bridge at mid-point between the above to connect new communities

bull Provision for an underpass under the Network Rail and HS2 lines to the south of the concourse to enable links between Stapleford Long Eaton and the station by various modes and in particular public transport but as a secondary primary access connecting east and west development areas within the Innovation Campus

5 Separately to ensure the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make specifc provision to deliver the NET tram extension from the existing Toton Park amp Ride to the HS2 Station consistent with the provisions set our above

6 DfTHS2 Ltd to designate Staveley as a major construction hubrailhead for the construction of Phase 2b in addition to the establishment of the Infrastructure Maintenance Depot

7 Government to make a contribution towards the delivery of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Chesterfeld Station Link Road to unlock early development and growth in the corridor

8 Further fnancial and technical support from Network Rail HS2 Ltd and HS2 Growth Partnership to work collaboratively on the relocation of the DBS Depot and Network Rail Sidings to enable development growth and transport connections through the Hub Station area

9 DfTHS2 Ltd to amend the HS2 Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS) to ensure that both Shefeld HS2 classic compatible services stop at Chesterfeld

10 Commitment from DfTHS2 Ltd to at least partially open the Hub Station at Toton by 2030 rather than 2033 to generate additional passenger revenue and accelerate the delivery of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

42

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy World Class - Locally Driven

For more information please contact East Midlands Councils Tel 01664 502620 Email infoemcouncilsgovuk

  • Structure Bookmarks
    • Born 1946-1964
    • Born 1964-1980
    • Born 1980-2000
    • Born 2000+
    • The Hub Station and surrounding area
    • Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone
    • Chesterfield Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo
    • Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site
Page 29: East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy - Broxtowe€¦ · 3.7 Park & Ride 3.8 4.3 East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Contents Contents Foreword 3 3.6 Cycling & Walking 33 Executive Summary

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

SCOTLAND

YORK amp NEWCASTLE

LEEDS

EAST MIDLANDS

HUB

SOUTH YORKSHIRE

SHEFFIELD HS2

CHESTERFIELD

CREWE HS2 HUB

BIRMINGHAM

STOKE DERBY

LEICESTER

LOUGHBOROUGH

LONDON EUROPE

BEESTON

NOTTINGHAM LINCOLN

MANSFIELD

WORKSOP

31 National Context HS2 will help to transform the position of our towns and cities within the UK and Midlands making our local economies more competitive

HS2 CURRENT

68 104 NOTTINGHAM TO LONDON

HHS2S2 CU

142 LEICESTER TO NEWCASTLE

HHS2S2 CURRENT

50 77 DERBY TO LEEDS

HHS2S2 CURRENT

73 145 LEICESTER TO LEEDS

HHS2S2 CURRENT

36 73 NOTTINGHAM TO BIRMINGHAM

HS2 CURRENT

71 143 CHESTERFIELD TO LONDON

RRENT

205

28

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Midlands Connect

The Midlands Connect Strategy described how the HS2 stations at Birmingham Curzon Street UK Central and East Midlands will form the lsquohubrsquo of the UKrsquos high speed rail network Together with classic compatible connectivity at Chesterfeld Crewe and Stoke stations this will unlock economic growth across the Midlands - provided we get the local connectivity right

Through Midlands Connect we are taking forward a body of technical work to defne and develop the local strategic connections that will maximise economic growth opportunities Through the wider Midlands Engine initiative we are promoting the transformational benefts of HS2 to national and international investors

For more information about Midlands Connect and the Midlands Engine please visit httpswwwmidlandsconnectuk

HS2 East

Our work through the HS2 East partnership has demonstrated that the Eastern Leg of HS2 between Birmingham to Leeds via the East Midlands Hub Station has the best business case of any part of the proposed network - with a beneft to cost ratio of over 5 to 1

However the economic impact of the Eastern Leg extends further than Leeds The proposed lsquoclassic compatiblersquo link to the East Coast Main Line will enable high speed rail services to serve the North East of England and Scotland ndash linking

six of the UKrsquos top ten cities and 20 of national GVA This will result in lsquoagglomerationrsquo impacts of over pound700 million GVA and some major journey time savings

bull Leeds to Glasgow reduction of 90 minutes

bull Sheffield to Edinburgh reduction of 90 minutes

bull Newcastle to Birmingham reduction of 85 minutes

Together the Eastern Leg of HS2 and an enhanced East Coast Main Line provide the obvious route for reducing journey times from Scotland to London towards the three hour mark ndash the point at which rail becomes competitive with air travel

For further information about HS2 East please visit httpwwwhs2eastcouk

32 Our strategic approach Connecting key centres of population and development opportunities across the East Midlands to the high speed network will be key to realising the wider economic potential that HS2 connectivity brings

Our analysis has demonstrated which modes of transport will serve diferent markets most efectively Only by developing a comprehensive lsquomulti-modalrsquo approach to connectivity can we deliver the transport choice required by future generations and start to tackle some of the congestion issues that exist today

We also acknowledge that not everything can or indeed should happen at once We have therefore set out a phased approach to improving connectivity at least some of which can be delivered before HS2 becomes fully operational

Heavy Rail Pimary Market

Mass Transit Strategy Regional

Bus Connectivity Sub-Regional amp Local

Taxi Connectivity Sub-Regional amp Local

Walking and Cycling Local and Very Local

Park and Ride Sub-Regional amp Local

Highway Sub-Regional amp Local

Our strategic approach to connectivity

33 Rail Rail will be the most efective mode for accessing the Hub Station from surrounding city and town centres It will also link the East Midlands with the major city-regions across the rest of the UK ndash not least by the HS2 network itself

HS2 Services

The latest service specifcation published by HS2 Ltd indicates that the East Midlands Hub Station will be the best connected on the high speed network outside of London with seven HS2 services per hour in both directions

Impressive though this level of connectivity is we believe there is scope for further improvements

29

Through our work on the HS2 East Partnership we believe there is a strong economic case for the Eastern Leg of HS2 and the East Coast Main Line forming the primary route for serving Scotland not least because it would link the fnancial centres of Leeds and Edinburgh and the conurbations of the North East ndash also a key objective of Transport for the North

The scale of growth proposed in Chesterfeld as described in Section Two makes a compelling case for both Shefeld trains stopping at Chesterfeld Station rather than just one per hour

Classic Compatible Services

It is clear that although the Eastern Leg of HS2 will be designed to accommodate up to 18 trains per hour (in line with the rest of the network) the current service pattern only currently envisages nine There is therefore scope to run additional services on at least part of the Eastern Leg Working with both Midlands Connect and Transport for the North we believe there is a business case for two additional lsquoclassic compatiblersquo trains per hour linking Leicester and LeedsManchester which would transform rail connectivity between the East Midlands and the Northern Powerhouse

For this to be deliverable there would need to be a lsquoclassic compatiblersquo connection between HS2 and an electrifed Midland Main Line at or around the Hub Station HS2 Ltd have developed an indicative design for how this could be delivered Although further work will be required we believe we have sufcient economic evidence now for the Secretary of State to make at least lsquopassive provisionrsquo for such a link in the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

Newcastle

Durham

Dalington

York

Leeds

Shefeld Midland

Chesterfeld

Toton

Church Street

Birmingam Interchange

Old Oak Common Euston

bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

Trains from London 6tph

Trains from Birmrsquoham 3tph

Proposed HS2 Service Pattern for the Eastern Leg

NEWCASTLE

YORK

LEEDS

LONDON BIRMINGHAM

29 36

106

19

EAST MIDLANDS

HUB

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Classic Services

In addition to the two lsquoclassic compatiblersquo services working through Midlands Connect we have identifed an additional 11 lsquoclassic servicesrsquo that could serve the Hub Station These would be a mixture of lsquoshuttle servicesrsquo fast and semi-fast services and stopping services In total this would mean the Hub Station would be served by 20 trains per hour in both directions ndash an outstanding level of connectivity

HS2 Hub Station Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS)

The service specifcation for the Hub Station is consistent with the wider Midlands Connect ITSS which supports the Midlands Connect Strategy published in March 2017

The Maid Marian Line

In addition we believe there is the potential to develop a new service linking the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton with Mansfeld Ashfeld via the adaption on an existing freight line known as the Maid Marian Line This direct link would facilitate greater connectivity for residents and businesses to HS2 services supporting economic regeneration in the towns and contributing to the wider Nottinghamshire growth story We are working with Network Rail to understand any implications for the wider Midlands Connect ITSS

Capacity at Trent Junctions

A key constraint to the delivery of the Midlands Connect ITSS is the capacity of Trent Junctions south of Nottingham We understand that HS2 Ltd will need to make some improvements to Trent Junctions to accommodate the HS2 Core proposition - although these on their own will

30

51

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

HS2 Services

London - Leeds Birmingham - Leeds

London - Leeds Birmingham - Newcastle

London - Chesterfeld - Shefeld - Leeds

Birmingham - Leeds London - Shefeld - York

34 Mass Transit Extensions Classic Compatible Services

Shuttle Services

Nottingham - EM Hub Derby - EM Hub

Fast and Semi-fast Services

Leicester - Crewe Crewe - EM Hub

London - Manchester Crewe - EM Hub

Stopping Services

Leicester - Leeds Leicester - Manchester The success of the Nottingham Express Transit (NET) has demonstrated the potential of mass transit to reduce

Leicester - Lincoln Nottingham - Leeds

Leicester - Nottingham Leicester - Derby

Norwich - Liverpool Newark Castle - Matlock

HS2 Hub Station Indicative Train Service Specifcation

not be sufcient to accommodate the Midlands Connect ITSS There is a clear operational case for avoiding multiple engineering works on this congested section of railway infrastructure ndash with a single enhancement scheme being the clearly favoured option Based on our initial work with Network Rail we believe there is a sufcient economic case now for the Secretary of State to make at least lsquopassive provisionrsquo for an enhanced scheme in the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

congestion increase transport choice and connect people to jobs and services It will therefore be a key element of the connectivity strategy for maximising the economic benefts of the HS2 Hub Station Given the technical challenges and the scale of investment required we recognise the importance of taking a phased approach to delivery

Extending NET to the Hub Station

The frst phase would be to extend the tram from the park and ride site at Toton Lane to the Hub Station ndash a distance of around one mile This will connect the Hub Station to key locations such as the Queens Medical Centre the University campus and the Enterprise Zone and complement the heavy rail service to Nottingham City Centre This link will need to be in place when the Hub Station becomes operational to serve the Nottingham Enterprise Zone sites and to establish the principle tram access in the publicrsquos mind

Extending Connectivity over the Hub Station

Our work has highlighted a number of options for extending connectivity to the west of the Hub Station towards Derby and East Midlands Airport which would have signifcant economic benefts These could be delivered by bus rapid transit (BRT) tram-train as well as by NET extensions Further work will be required to determine the optimum routes and modes These options would require a link over the Hub Station (similar to the arrangement at Nottingham Station) which would be costly to retro-ft We have therefore included a public transport overbridge into our proposals for the Hub Station At this stage it is unlikely that this on its own will require provision for further land take in the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill however it may impact on the required Environmental Impact Statement

Options to Derby

There are two main options for connecting Derby The frst would follow the route of the A52 This would be fast ndash but not as fast as the classic rail service from Derby Station It would be direct but serve a limited population catchment The relatively high cost of developing this as a tram route would appear to make it unviable - although it could have potential as a route for a lower cost form of BRT

The second option would run to the south of the A52 and link the Hub Station with Long Eaton and then on to Breaston Borrowash Spondon Pride Park and Derby Station It would be slower but serve a much larger population catchment It would be cheaper to develop as a tram route but could impact on the proposed canal

31

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Red Arrow Skylink

Zoom 15

i4 18

Indigo 510

Y5 Toton Sidings

NET

Options for bus services serving the Hub Station

35

Revised existing route

New Fast Track to EMA via M1

Arnold via QMC City Hospital

Mansfeld via M1 Kirkby Sutton

Alfreton via M1 Heanor Ripley

restoration project It could be developed in phases the frst comprising a NET extension to a park and ride site west of the M1

Options to East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Rail Freight Interchange

There are a number of potential routes to the airport Following the rail corridor south from the Hub Station before heading west is likely to be the quickest and would limit environmental impacts on Long Eaton town centre It also has potential for a tram-train solution should this become a viable technology in the UK The scale of employment growth proposed at East Midlands Gateway the potential for a lsquoFree Trade Zonersquo around the airport as well as the projected growth in air passenger numbers means such a link could have signifcant economic benefts

Bus amp Taxi Bus travel will continue to be the backbone of the local public transport for many people There is already a comprehensive network of bus routes and services across the sub-region which could be developed to serve the Hub Station from a wide range of locations

The key challenge for operators from a commercial perspective will be to ensure that the Hub Station does not become a lsquoterminusrsquo destination Buses (and taxis) must therefore be able to pass through the Hub Station to also serve surrounding communities across the wider sub-region Our proposed confguration of local road links between the Hub Station and Long Eaton Stapleford

32

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Sandiacre and Toton as well as access from the A52 would enable a commercially viable network of bus services to be established

For Chesterfeld a new road link into the south of the station complex for buses and taxis will provide a through route that will integrate the existing station into local public transport networks more efectively

36 Cycling amp Walking Every rail passenger is a pedestrian at the point of boarding a train Making the Hub Station and the immediate surrounding environment pedestrian friendly will make travel by train more attractive and help to drive patronage

It is also important that local people in surrounding communities have safe and attractive routes for walking and cycling ndash not just to the Hub Station but also to and within the proposed Innovation Campus Cycling and walking are likely to become more attractive options to future generations as public attitudes to travel continue to change This trend has been refected in the core design principles we have established that will underpin future development on the Hub Station site

For Chesterfeld we have set out proposals known as lsquoPlatform 4rsquo for enhancing pedestrian and public transport accessibility between the Station and the town centre over the A61 dual carriageway

37 Park amp Ride A well-coordinated and managed park amp ride strategy can help to reduce the impacts of congestion and provide viable transport choices for local communities

There are opportunities to develop park and ride facilities serving the Hub Station in tandem with a phased roll out of an extended mass transit system The existing park amp

Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site

ride site at Toton Lane (1300 spaces) linked to the tram will be retained albeit in modifed form In addition to a multi-storey car park at the Hub Station itself (1300 spaces proposed) there is an opportunity to develop an additional parking facility of a similar size west of M1 Junction 25 linked to a frst phase extension of the tram over the Hub Station

33

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

This would give a third car park option and the ability to manage travel demand to the Hub Station site in a more fexible manner - as well as an ability to reduce pressure on M1 Junction 25

On the Derby side of the A52 there are options for park and ride sites on the east side of Derby as part of a mass transit system linking Pride Park and Derby Station to the City Centre which could ultimately connect to the Hub Station

38 Strategic amp Local Road Access Despite the focus on public transport cycling and walking access by private car will still be important and a 1300 space multi-storey car park is proposed at the Hub Station However this will require a highway solution that must also address a number of existing challenges

Access from the A52 and M1

Access from the strategic road network into the Hub Station Site will be critical Our technical work has suggested that a single access from the A52 into the site for all movements is unlikely to be deliverable Whilst an engineering solution could be developed it would be very expensive environmentally damaging and take up valuable land that could be better used for economic development purposes

As a result a phased approach is proposed comprising the following key moves

1 A new lsquoat gradersquo junction on the A52 east of the Bardills Roundabout linked to a new Toton Lane which would provide access from Nottingham to the east of the Hub Station site and support the early phases of development of the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

2 A new lsquoof setrsquo junction on the A52 to the west of the use of the construction access required by HS2 Ltd M1 which would remove local movements from M1 to build the Hub Station Junction 25 and provide a more direct route under

Our technical work suggests there is scope to deliver key the motorway into Long Eaton

moves 1) and 2) in advance of the Hub Station opening 3 A new lsquograde separatedrsquo junction on the A52 to the The scale of existing problems and likely future trafc

north of the Hub Station to provide access from growth on the A52 corridor suggests that there is already a Derby and the M1 ndash which has the potential to make strong case for Highways England working with Midlands

Provide local road access to StaplefordSandiacre

Relieve congestion at Bardills and Toton Lane

Provide access from A52

Separate local amp strategic movements at J25

Provide for E-W movements

Provide for local road access for Long Eaton

Strategic amp Local Road Access Challenges

34

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Access from A52 and M1

Connect and local partners to make a proposal for major scheme funding in RIS 2 ndash which would also contribute to a comprehensive connectivity strategy for the Hub Station

A direct link to the Hub Station from the north through 3) will be linked to the construction of the station itself by HS2 Ltd and may be able to make use of any temporary construction access required by HS2 Ltd

Stanton Sandiacre

Derby

Stapleford

Long Eaton

Primary HS2

access

New eastern access

Re-modelled Bardills junction

New eastern access link

Toton Lane

Local access link

Local local link

New ofset A52 Junction

New local link

Remodelled M1 Junction 25

link

1a

1b

3 2

M1

A52

HS2

Local access Nottingham

junction

39

Finally there is the potential to establish a Park amp Ride site west of the M1 linked to a tram extension and the proposed lsquoof-setrsquo junction on the A52 This would provide a further car parking option for the Hub Station and help to manage movements through M1 Junction 25

Local Road Access

As described above local road access to the Hub Station from Long Eaton Stapleford Sandiacre and Toton will be important to secure commercially viable bus and coach services and taxis ndash as well as safe cycle routes We have developed a proposal for local access that can be integrated into the design of the Hub Station and which will complement the proposed strategic links Key to this will be the development of a local road link running under the HS2 and classic rail tracks to the south of the Hub Station

Next Steps We are clear that whilst all the individual elements of our connectivity strategy will have positive outcomes the real benefts will only be achieved by taking an integrated approach to scheme development and delivery

We will therefore develop our proposals further through a project joint funded by Midlands Connect East Midlands partners HS2 Ltd and Highways England known as the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan Phase 1 will use transport modelling to optimise the package of interventions and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment Phase 2 will examine connectivity issues over a wider strategic area including the long term future of the M1

Further detail on delivery is contained in Section 4

35

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Local Road Access Diagram

1

2

3

4

5

6

New A52 access Pedestrian NET link Bus Interchange amp Station Car Park

Remodelled Bardills roundabout

7

8

9

10

11

Local link to Long Eaton

New Bardills roundabout Local link to Sandiacre

New Toton Lane NET extension amp option to extend to EMA Derby

HS2 underpass Station Concourse

HS2 overpass

36

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Section 4 | Delivery Summary

We have undertaken a number of technical studies to understand the costs and benefts of various scales and rates of development to inform the development of an initial outlines business case for our proposals consistent with Treasury requirements which is set out in a separate document This work will evolve and become more granular as our growth proposition matures

There is potential for signifcant employment and housing development across the East Midlands Hub and Derbyshire Growth Zones This will make a signifcant contribution to the Governmentrsquos rebalancing agenda and provide an impetus for growth across the wider East Midlands where there is potential to deliver an additional 74000 jobs and pound4 billion of GVA above trend

We have set out the key moves necessary to deliver our proposals for people place and connectivity and highlighted the immediate measures necessary to safeguard future opportunities Detailed proposals are set out in Appendix 1

We are keen to work with Government to develop propositions for powerful locally led development bodies that can deliver our ambitions for the Hub Station and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zones and contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2

37

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

41 Developing an Investible Proposition Realising our vision for growth will require a combination of strong leadership and clear decision making To inform this we have undertaken a comprehensive programme of technical work to inform our thinking and provide the evidence base for this Growth Strategy including

bull Comprehensive non-statutory development frameworks covering the East Midlands Hub and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

bull A number of concept studies to assess the options for key infrastructure moves including relocation of the existing rail depots at Toton strategic highway access and mass transit extensions

bull A Development Infrastructure Funding (DIF) Study to understand the costs and benefts of diferent scales and rates of development and a funding and delivery mechanisms study to identify options for forward funding of key infrastructure and delivery vehicles

This information has been used to construct an initial outline lsquobusiness casersquo document for our proposals consistent with the Treasuryrsquos lsquoGreen Bookrsquo guidance and will provide the basis for an ongoing dialogue with Government and HS2 Ltd This work will evolve and become more granular over time as our growth proposition matures

Some of the major infrastructure investments will be subject to a separate business case through other established Government programmes such as the Roads Investment Strategy (RIS) This still requires a high-level

case to be made through the Growth Strategy as well as efective co-ordination of planning funding and delivery with other Growth Strategy interventions

42 Key Moves The work we have undertaken to date has identifed a series of key moves that will be required to implement the Growth Strategy including a number of immediate actions which will be necessary to safeguard future opportunities Further detail on these and the necessary enabling measures by Government and its delivery bodies is set out in Appendix 1

People

Our immediate priorities can be delivered largely within existing resources with strong local leadership from the LEPs and the East Midlands Chamber of Commerce and comprise

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to business support that will help local SMEs beneft from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities

bull Establishing a lsquorail industry innovation grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2 awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2

Over the longer term we would expect mainstream Government funding for skills and business support activity to be refocussed around our priorities and complement the strategic approach to skills envisaged by the Midlands Engine

Place

For the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone there are a number of planning land assembly remediation and infrastructure issues that will need to be addressed to enable our vision to be delivered in full In the immediate short term it will be vital to ensure that existing planning consent for the Lime Rise development close to the Hub Station can contribute positively to the delivery of our growth vision

In addition there is a need for further work with the relevant organisations on options for relocating the rail siding and depot activity and the electricity sub-station to locations outside of the Hub Station site and on the expansion and relocation of existing school provision to a better location within the site

Elsewhere we are keen to take forward further work with the Ministry of Defence and the Homes and Communities Agency to ensure that the re-development of the Chetwynd Barracks can actively contribute to a lsquonetwork of garden villagesrsquo

In the Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone the key priority in Chesterfeld will be the delivery of proposals to transform pedestrian and public transport connectivity between the rail station and the town For Staveley the early priorities will be to confrm the depot site as a construction base for HS2 and to secure the frst phases of the Chesterfeld and Staveley Regeneration Route including the provision of improved public transport and pedestrian links necessary to deliver the wider Staveley masterplan

38

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Connectivity

Our immediate priority is to safeguard the potential to secure a classic compatible link at the Hub Station and for enhanced capacity at Trent Junctions capable of delivering the Midlands Connect ITSS These will require the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill which is due to be considered by Ministers in the autumn of 2017 to include provision for the necessary land take

The public transport overbridge and local road connections proposed for the Hub Station will impact on the Hybrid Bill and the associated Environmental Impact Statement and will need to be incorporated into the emerging Hub Station design commissioned by HS2 Ltd

We will need to confrm support from Highways England and HS2 Ltd to take forward the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan with Midlands Connect This work will optimise the package of interventions proposed to serve the Hub Station and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment However we believe we have a sufcient case now for Highways England to identify funding in RIS2 to develop a major scheme on the A52M1 J25 that address existing congestion issues and contributes to the wider solution for accessing the Hub Station

43 Proposals for Delivery Bodies The geographic and political context for the area around the Hub Station is complex spanning a number of local planning authorities local transport authorities and local enterprise partnerships Our work to date has highlighted a range of potential delivery and funding mechanisms that would help to enable development in particular options for Tax Increment Financing (TIf ) But these will require a strategic approach to investment over a number of administrative areas to be efective

There is a local appetite to establish a powerful delivery body that could work at a scale to drive forward our growth vision There are a range of options including the potential for the kind of lsquolocally-led development corporationrsquo envisaged by the Neighbourhood Planning Act 2017

We would like to work with Government over the coming months to develop a proposition for a delivery body for the Hub Station Growth Zone that could begin to operate in lsquoshadow formrsquo with initial seed-corn funding from 2018 onwards

For Chesterfeld and Staveley the geography is less complex with the key moves all within the administrative area of Chesterfeld Borough Council Here a local development company solution may be more appropriate which can also contribute to the delivery of the wider Derbyshire growth story

It will be important to ensure that development in both Growth Zones continues to contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2 under the auspices of the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Mitigation

Whilst HS2 has the potential to bring great benefts to the 44 East Midlands the scale of the new infrastructure involved will also result in some negative impacts ndash particularly in the short term Although the line of route has been designed to minimise impact on environmental assets challenges remain in a number of locations in Derbyshire Leicestershire and Nottinghamshire

Similarly where the line passes through urban areas for example Long Eaton some existing businesses will have to re-locate to alternative premises Whilst the Government has put in place a compensation scheme to assist those directly afected councils are keen to ensure the jobs and investment are retained in the local area wherever possible

The East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board has established a lsquomitigation sub-grouprsquo to work with DfT and HS2 Ltd to help develop detailed designs for key structures that will minimise and mitigate the environmental impacts of the line and look to ensure that existing businesses can continue to thrive As work starts on the development of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill it will be important to ensure that councils are able to inform the detail of the Governmentrsquos proposals on both an individual and collective basis

39

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

45 Phasing of Delivery This Growth Strategy demonstrated the scale complexity and interdependencies between programmes involving a range of partner agencies Many of these programmes involve major schemes that take many years to develop and deliver Although HS2 Phase 2b is not due to become fully operational until 2033 the lead in times are such that key decisions on what might be included within the Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environment Statement will actually be taken during the coming months With appropriate funding and collaboration a number of key moves can be implemented in the short term

Although the development may reach maturity in 2043 by the time HS2 opens there will in fact already be a new place (the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo) emerging around the station to welcome the frst passengers For this to be achieved the delivery partners will need to build momentum over the next 12 months and it is recognised this will require dedicated resource and governance

The evidence base underpinning the growth strategy provides a clear indication of the growth potential and promotes a range of key infrastructure concepts and moves However in order to take these forward and in particular promote some of them for possible inclusion in the Hybrid Bill the partners are clear that more detailed studies and analysis will be required and these will need to be developed in tandem with the work being undertaken for the railway

This highlights the need to establish a dedicated team and for further resources to commission and manage the work programme for the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Phases of Delivery

2017-2022 Hybrid bill development business case development (RS2CP6) land strategy and delivery body early phases of development

2022-2027 Early infrastructure development and key moves (eg depot relocation) next phases of development

2027-2033 HS2 Construction amp completiontesting

2033 HS2 becomes fully operational - local economic development builds momentum

2033-43 Development to maturity

46 First Phase Priorities The focus up to 2022 will be on ensuring the provisions of the Phase 2 Hybrid Bill enable our vision for the Hub Station and priorities for local and strategic connectivity to be implemented Delivery of improvements to the A52 at Bardills and Toton Lane will enable the early phases of the Toton Innovation Campus to commence helping to build investor confdence Completion for the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity plan will progress the wider mix of strategic and local interventions to detailed design stage To be successful all this activity will need to be underpinned by the establishment of a properly resourced and empowered local delivery bodyThe early completion of frst stages of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Station Link Road will help to kick start development in the North Derbyshire Growth Zone

40

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

1 High level Ministerial endorsement of the East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy including through

bull Funding the establishment of a lsquoshadow delivery bodyrsquo to start implementing the Growth Strategy locally and to establish a viable mechanism for capturing a proportion of development value necessary for infrastructure delivery and

bull Promotion by Government and its delivery bodies of key development opportunities set out in the Growth Strategy to national and international investors consistent with the Midlands Engine Vision for Growth

2 Support from DCLG for our vision for the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone by

bull Empowering the HCA to establish a strategic land strategy that will facilitate enabling infrastructure and subsequently to bring forward early phases of development and

bull Using other funding including the current Housing Infrastructure Fund (HIF) to help bring forward early phase infrastructure

3 Support from DfT and its delivery bodies for the implementation of early connectivity priorities related to the Hub Station through

bull Ensuring Highways England and HS2 Ltd contribute gap funding towards the East Midlands Gateway Connectivity Plan Phase 1 Study

bull Funding the delivery phases 1ab of the A52 Access Strategy to enable the initial phases of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo to commence before 2022 and

bull Identifying funding in the next Road Investment Strategy (RIS2) to develop a major scheme to address capacity at M1 Junction 25 and access the Hub Station from the A52 (phases 2 amp3 of the A52 Access Strategy) ndash also making the necessary provisions within the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill amp Environmental Statement

4 DfTHS2 Ltd to ensure that the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make provision at and around the Hub Station for

bull Capacity improvements to classic rail connectivity to the south and north of Toton HS2 station including Trent Junctions optimising the integration of classic and High Speed Rail services and including a lsquoclassic compatible linkrsquo to transform connectivity between Leicester and the north of England

bull An integrated station design including moving the station concourse north to better connect with tram and Public Transport Interchange with an integrated deck connecting eastwest over the HS2 track to

better integrate the Toton station into the heart of the new place ndash the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo This would include provision of a second transfer deck to the south of the main concourse to provide improve capacity and interchange between services

bull Fully integrated public transport interchange and walking routes connecting surrounding communities to promote sustainable travel reduce the need for car parking and thereby make best use of land and local assets including the tram as a means of linking Park amp Ride facilities with the station

bull North South connectivity through the site to connect Long Eaton and Stapleford and to enable local communities to access the station by all modes

bull A clear car parking strategy with a decked car park at the station (premium) complemented by NET based Park and Ride

bull Provision for three bridges as follows

- Integrated with concourse deck to create east west route for tram and sustainable transport links between east and west development areas and to Long Eaton airport and Derby

- Multi-modal bridge south of the A52 to enable resilience in the local network connections to the western development area and

41

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

- Pedestrian bridge at mid-point between the above to connect new communities

bull Provision for an underpass under the Network Rail and HS2 lines to the south of the concourse to enable links between Stapleford Long Eaton and the station by various modes and in particular public transport but as a secondary primary access connecting east and west development areas within the Innovation Campus

5 Separately to ensure the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make specifc provision to deliver the NET tram extension from the existing Toton Park amp Ride to the HS2 Station consistent with the provisions set our above

6 DfTHS2 Ltd to designate Staveley as a major construction hubrailhead for the construction of Phase 2b in addition to the establishment of the Infrastructure Maintenance Depot

7 Government to make a contribution towards the delivery of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Chesterfeld Station Link Road to unlock early development and growth in the corridor

8 Further fnancial and technical support from Network Rail HS2 Ltd and HS2 Growth Partnership to work collaboratively on the relocation of the DBS Depot and Network Rail Sidings to enable development growth and transport connections through the Hub Station area

9 DfTHS2 Ltd to amend the HS2 Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS) to ensure that both Shefeld HS2 classic compatible services stop at Chesterfeld

10 Commitment from DfTHS2 Ltd to at least partially open the Hub Station at Toton by 2030 rather than 2033 to generate additional passenger revenue and accelerate the delivery of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

42

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy World Class - Locally Driven

For more information please contact East Midlands Councils Tel 01664 502620 Email infoemcouncilsgovuk

  • Structure Bookmarks
    • Born 1946-1964
    • Born 1964-1980
    • Born 1980-2000
    • Born 2000+
    • The Hub Station and surrounding area
    • Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone
    • Chesterfield Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo
    • Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site
Page 30: East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy - Broxtowe€¦ · 3.7 Park & Ride 3.8 4.3 East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Contents Contents Foreword 3 3.6 Cycling & Walking 33 Executive Summary

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Midlands Connect

The Midlands Connect Strategy described how the HS2 stations at Birmingham Curzon Street UK Central and East Midlands will form the lsquohubrsquo of the UKrsquos high speed rail network Together with classic compatible connectivity at Chesterfeld Crewe and Stoke stations this will unlock economic growth across the Midlands - provided we get the local connectivity right

Through Midlands Connect we are taking forward a body of technical work to defne and develop the local strategic connections that will maximise economic growth opportunities Through the wider Midlands Engine initiative we are promoting the transformational benefts of HS2 to national and international investors

For more information about Midlands Connect and the Midlands Engine please visit httpswwwmidlandsconnectuk

HS2 East

Our work through the HS2 East partnership has demonstrated that the Eastern Leg of HS2 between Birmingham to Leeds via the East Midlands Hub Station has the best business case of any part of the proposed network - with a beneft to cost ratio of over 5 to 1

However the economic impact of the Eastern Leg extends further than Leeds The proposed lsquoclassic compatiblersquo link to the East Coast Main Line will enable high speed rail services to serve the North East of England and Scotland ndash linking

six of the UKrsquos top ten cities and 20 of national GVA This will result in lsquoagglomerationrsquo impacts of over pound700 million GVA and some major journey time savings

bull Leeds to Glasgow reduction of 90 minutes

bull Sheffield to Edinburgh reduction of 90 minutes

bull Newcastle to Birmingham reduction of 85 minutes

Together the Eastern Leg of HS2 and an enhanced East Coast Main Line provide the obvious route for reducing journey times from Scotland to London towards the three hour mark ndash the point at which rail becomes competitive with air travel

For further information about HS2 East please visit httpwwwhs2eastcouk

32 Our strategic approach Connecting key centres of population and development opportunities across the East Midlands to the high speed network will be key to realising the wider economic potential that HS2 connectivity brings

Our analysis has demonstrated which modes of transport will serve diferent markets most efectively Only by developing a comprehensive lsquomulti-modalrsquo approach to connectivity can we deliver the transport choice required by future generations and start to tackle some of the congestion issues that exist today

We also acknowledge that not everything can or indeed should happen at once We have therefore set out a phased approach to improving connectivity at least some of which can be delivered before HS2 becomes fully operational

Heavy Rail Pimary Market

Mass Transit Strategy Regional

Bus Connectivity Sub-Regional amp Local

Taxi Connectivity Sub-Regional amp Local

Walking and Cycling Local and Very Local

Park and Ride Sub-Regional amp Local

Highway Sub-Regional amp Local

Our strategic approach to connectivity

33 Rail Rail will be the most efective mode for accessing the Hub Station from surrounding city and town centres It will also link the East Midlands with the major city-regions across the rest of the UK ndash not least by the HS2 network itself

HS2 Services

The latest service specifcation published by HS2 Ltd indicates that the East Midlands Hub Station will be the best connected on the high speed network outside of London with seven HS2 services per hour in both directions

Impressive though this level of connectivity is we believe there is scope for further improvements

29

Through our work on the HS2 East Partnership we believe there is a strong economic case for the Eastern Leg of HS2 and the East Coast Main Line forming the primary route for serving Scotland not least because it would link the fnancial centres of Leeds and Edinburgh and the conurbations of the North East ndash also a key objective of Transport for the North

The scale of growth proposed in Chesterfeld as described in Section Two makes a compelling case for both Shefeld trains stopping at Chesterfeld Station rather than just one per hour

Classic Compatible Services

It is clear that although the Eastern Leg of HS2 will be designed to accommodate up to 18 trains per hour (in line with the rest of the network) the current service pattern only currently envisages nine There is therefore scope to run additional services on at least part of the Eastern Leg Working with both Midlands Connect and Transport for the North we believe there is a business case for two additional lsquoclassic compatiblersquo trains per hour linking Leicester and LeedsManchester which would transform rail connectivity between the East Midlands and the Northern Powerhouse

For this to be deliverable there would need to be a lsquoclassic compatiblersquo connection between HS2 and an electrifed Midland Main Line at or around the Hub Station HS2 Ltd have developed an indicative design for how this could be delivered Although further work will be required we believe we have sufcient economic evidence now for the Secretary of State to make at least lsquopassive provisionrsquo for such a link in the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

Newcastle

Durham

Dalington

York

Leeds

Shefeld Midland

Chesterfeld

Toton

Church Street

Birmingam Interchange

Old Oak Common Euston

bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

Trains from London 6tph

Trains from Birmrsquoham 3tph

Proposed HS2 Service Pattern for the Eastern Leg

NEWCASTLE

YORK

LEEDS

LONDON BIRMINGHAM

29 36

106

19

EAST MIDLANDS

HUB

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Classic Services

In addition to the two lsquoclassic compatiblersquo services working through Midlands Connect we have identifed an additional 11 lsquoclassic servicesrsquo that could serve the Hub Station These would be a mixture of lsquoshuttle servicesrsquo fast and semi-fast services and stopping services In total this would mean the Hub Station would be served by 20 trains per hour in both directions ndash an outstanding level of connectivity

HS2 Hub Station Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS)

The service specifcation for the Hub Station is consistent with the wider Midlands Connect ITSS which supports the Midlands Connect Strategy published in March 2017

The Maid Marian Line

In addition we believe there is the potential to develop a new service linking the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton with Mansfeld Ashfeld via the adaption on an existing freight line known as the Maid Marian Line This direct link would facilitate greater connectivity for residents and businesses to HS2 services supporting economic regeneration in the towns and contributing to the wider Nottinghamshire growth story We are working with Network Rail to understand any implications for the wider Midlands Connect ITSS

Capacity at Trent Junctions

A key constraint to the delivery of the Midlands Connect ITSS is the capacity of Trent Junctions south of Nottingham We understand that HS2 Ltd will need to make some improvements to Trent Junctions to accommodate the HS2 Core proposition - although these on their own will

30

51

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

HS2 Services

London - Leeds Birmingham - Leeds

London - Leeds Birmingham - Newcastle

London - Chesterfeld - Shefeld - Leeds

Birmingham - Leeds London - Shefeld - York

34 Mass Transit Extensions Classic Compatible Services

Shuttle Services

Nottingham - EM Hub Derby - EM Hub

Fast and Semi-fast Services

Leicester - Crewe Crewe - EM Hub

London - Manchester Crewe - EM Hub

Stopping Services

Leicester - Leeds Leicester - Manchester The success of the Nottingham Express Transit (NET) has demonstrated the potential of mass transit to reduce

Leicester - Lincoln Nottingham - Leeds

Leicester - Nottingham Leicester - Derby

Norwich - Liverpool Newark Castle - Matlock

HS2 Hub Station Indicative Train Service Specifcation

not be sufcient to accommodate the Midlands Connect ITSS There is a clear operational case for avoiding multiple engineering works on this congested section of railway infrastructure ndash with a single enhancement scheme being the clearly favoured option Based on our initial work with Network Rail we believe there is a sufcient economic case now for the Secretary of State to make at least lsquopassive provisionrsquo for an enhanced scheme in the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

congestion increase transport choice and connect people to jobs and services It will therefore be a key element of the connectivity strategy for maximising the economic benefts of the HS2 Hub Station Given the technical challenges and the scale of investment required we recognise the importance of taking a phased approach to delivery

Extending NET to the Hub Station

The frst phase would be to extend the tram from the park and ride site at Toton Lane to the Hub Station ndash a distance of around one mile This will connect the Hub Station to key locations such as the Queens Medical Centre the University campus and the Enterprise Zone and complement the heavy rail service to Nottingham City Centre This link will need to be in place when the Hub Station becomes operational to serve the Nottingham Enterprise Zone sites and to establish the principle tram access in the publicrsquos mind

Extending Connectivity over the Hub Station

Our work has highlighted a number of options for extending connectivity to the west of the Hub Station towards Derby and East Midlands Airport which would have signifcant economic benefts These could be delivered by bus rapid transit (BRT) tram-train as well as by NET extensions Further work will be required to determine the optimum routes and modes These options would require a link over the Hub Station (similar to the arrangement at Nottingham Station) which would be costly to retro-ft We have therefore included a public transport overbridge into our proposals for the Hub Station At this stage it is unlikely that this on its own will require provision for further land take in the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill however it may impact on the required Environmental Impact Statement

Options to Derby

There are two main options for connecting Derby The frst would follow the route of the A52 This would be fast ndash but not as fast as the classic rail service from Derby Station It would be direct but serve a limited population catchment The relatively high cost of developing this as a tram route would appear to make it unviable - although it could have potential as a route for a lower cost form of BRT

The second option would run to the south of the A52 and link the Hub Station with Long Eaton and then on to Breaston Borrowash Spondon Pride Park and Derby Station It would be slower but serve a much larger population catchment It would be cheaper to develop as a tram route but could impact on the proposed canal

31

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Red Arrow Skylink

Zoom 15

i4 18

Indigo 510

Y5 Toton Sidings

NET

Options for bus services serving the Hub Station

35

Revised existing route

New Fast Track to EMA via M1

Arnold via QMC City Hospital

Mansfeld via M1 Kirkby Sutton

Alfreton via M1 Heanor Ripley

restoration project It could be developed in phases the frst comprising a NET extension to a park and ride site west of the M1

Options to East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Rail Freight Interchange

There are a number of potential routes to the airport Following the rail corridor south from the Hub Station before heading west is likely to be the quickest and would limit environmental impacts on Long Eaton town centre It also has potential for a tram-train solution should this become a viable technology in the UK The scale of employment growth proposed at East Midlands Gateway the potential for a lsquoFree Trade Zonersquo around the airport as well as the projected growth in air passenger numbers means such a link could have signifcant economic benefts

Bus amp Taxi Bus travel will continue to be the backbone of the local public transport for many people There is already a comprehensive network of bus routes and services across the sub-region which could be developed to serve the Hub Station from a wide range of locations

The key challenge for operators from a commercial perspective will be to ensure that the Hub Station does not become a lsquoterminusrsquo destination Buses (and taxis) must therefore be able to pass through the Hub Station to also serve surrounding communities across the wider sub-region Our proposed confguration of local road links between the Hub Station and Long Eaton Stapleford

32

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Sandiacre and Toton as well as access from the A52 would enable a commercially viable network of bus services to be established

For Chesterfeld a new road link into the south of the station complex for buses and taxis will provide a through route that will integrate the existing station into local public transport networks more efectively

36 Cycling amp Walking Every rail passenger is a pedestrian at the point of boarding a train Making the Hub Station and the immediate surrounding environment pedestrian friendly will make travel by train more attractive and help to drive patronage

It is also important that local people in surrounding communities have safe and attractive routes for walking and cycling ndash not just to the Hub Station but also to and within the proposed Innovation Campus Cycling and walking are likely to become more attractive options to future generations as public attitudes to travel continue to change This trend has been refected in the core design principles we have established that will underpin future development on the Hub Station site

For Chesterfeld we have set out proposals known as lsquoPlatform 4rsquo for enhancing pedestrian and public transport accessibility between the Station and the town centre over the A61 dual carriageway

37 Park amp Ride A well-coordinated and managed park amp ride strategy can help to reduce the impacts of congestion and provide viable transport choices for local communities

There are opportunities to develop park and ride facilities serving the Hub Station in tandem with a phased roll out of an extended mass transit system The existing park amp

Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site

ride site at Toton Lane (1300 spaces) linked to the tram will be retained albeit in modifed form In addition to a multi-storey car park at the Hub Station itself (1300 spaces proposed) there is an opportunity to develop an additional parking facility of a similar size west of M1 Junction 25 linked to a frst phase extension of the tram over the Hub Station

33

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

This would give a third car park option and the ability to manage travel demand to the Hub Station site in a more fexible manner - as well as an ability to reduce pressure on M1 Junction 25

On the Derby side of the A52 there are options for park and ride sites on the east side of Derby as part of a mass transit system linking Pride Park and Derby Station to the City Centre which could ultimately connect to the Hub Station

38 Strategic amp Local Road Access Despite the focus on public transport cycling and walking access by private car will still be important and a 1300 space multi-storey car park is proposed at the Hub Station However this will require a highway solution that must also address a number of existing challenges

Access from the A52 and M1

Access from the strategic road network into the Hub Station Site will be critical Our technical work has suggested that a single access from the A52 into the site for all movements is unlikely to be deliverable Whilst an engineering solution could be developed it would be very expensive environmentally damaging and take up valuable land that could be better used for economic development purposes

As a result a phased approach is proposed comprising the following key moves

1 A new lsquoat gradersquo junction on the A52 east of the Bardills Roundabout linked to a new Toton Lane which would provide access from Nottingham to the east of the Hub Station site and support the early phases of development of the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

2 A new lsquoof setrsquo junction on the A52 to the west of the use of the construction access required by HS2 Ltd M1 which would remove local movements from M1 to build the Hub Station Junction 25 and provide a more direct route under

Our technical work suggests there is scope to deliver key the motorway into Long Eaton

moves 1) and 2) in advance of the Hub Station opening 3 A new lsquograde separatedrsquo junction on the A52 to the The scale of existing problems and likely future trafc

north of the Hub Station to provide access from growth on the A52 corridor suggests that there is already a Derby and the M1 ndash which has the potential to make strong case for Highways England working with Midlands

Provide local road access to StaplefordSandiacre

Relieve congestion at Bardills and Toton Lane

Provide access from A52

Separate local amp strategic movements at J25

Provide for E-W movements

Provide for local road access for Long Eaton

Strategic amp Local Road Access Challenges

34

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Access from A52 and M1

Connect and local partners to make a proposal for major scheme funding in RIS 2 ndash which would also contribute to a comprehensive connectivity strategy for the Hub Station

A direct link to the Hub Station from the north through 3) will be linked to the construction of the station itself by HS2 Ltd and may be able to make use of any temporary construction access required by HS2 Ltd

Stanton Sandiacre

Derby

Stapleford

Long Eaton

Primary HS2

access

New eastern access

Re-modelled Bardills junction

New eastern access link

Toton Lane

Local access link

Local local link

New ofset A52 Junction

New local link

Remodelled M1 Junction 25

link

1a

1b

3 2

M1

A52

HS2

Local access Nottingham

junction

39

Finally there is the potential to establish a Park amp Ride site west of the M1 linked to a tram extension and the proposed lsquoof-setrsquo junction on the A52 This would provide a further car parking option for the Hub Station and help to manage movements through M1 Junction 25

Local Road Access

As described above local road access to the Hub Station from Long Eaton Stapleford Sandiacre and Toton will be important to secure commercially viable bus and coach services and taxis ndash as well as safe cycle routes We have developed a proposal for local access that can be integrated into the design of the Hub Station and which will complement the proposed strategic links Key to this will be the development of a local road link running under the HS2 and classic rail tracks to the south of the Hub Station

Next Steps We are clear that whilst all the individual elements of our connectivity strategy will have positive outcomes the real benefts will only be achieved by taking an integrated approach to scheme development and delivery

We will therefore develop our proposals further through a project joint funded by Midlands Connect East Midlands partners HS2 Ltd and Highways England known as the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan Phase 1 will use transport modelling to optimise the package of interventions and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment Phase 2 will examine connectivity issues over a wider strategic area including the long term future of the M1

Further detail on delivery is contained in Section 4

35

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Local Road Access Diagram

1

2

3

4

5

6

New A52 access Pedestrian NET link Bus Interchange amp Station Car Park

Remodelled Bardills roundabout

7

8

9

10

11

Local link to Long Eaton

New Bardills roundabout Local link to Sandiacre

New Toton Lane NET extension amp option to extend to EMA Derby

HS2 underpass Station Concourse

HS2 overpass

36

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Section 4 | Delivery Summary

We have undertaken a number of technical studies to understand the costs and benefts of various scales and rates of development to inform the development of an initial outlines business case for our proposals consistent with Treasury requirements which is set out in a separate document This work will evolve and become more granular as our growth proposition matures

There is potential for signifcant employment and housing development across the East Midlands Hub and Derbyshire Growth Zones This will make a signifcant contribution to the Governmentrsquos rebalancing agenda and provide an impetus for growth across the wider East Midlands where there is potential to deliver an additional 74000 jobs and pound4 billion of GVA above trend

We have set out the key moves necessary to deliver our proposals for people place and connectivity and highlighted the immediate measures necessary to safeguard future opportunities Detailed proposals are set out in Appendix 1

We are keen to work with Government to develop propositions for powerful locally led development bodies that can deliver our ambitions for the Hub Station and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zones and contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2

37

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

41 Developing an Investible Proposition Realising our vision for growth will require a combination of strong leadership and clear decision making To inform this we have undertaken a comprehensive programme of technical work to inform our thinking and provide the evidence base for this Growth Strategy including

bull Comprehensive non-statutory development frameworks covering the East Midlands Hub and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

bull A number of concept studies to assess the options for key infrastructure moves including relocation of the existing rail depots at Toton strategic highway access and mass transit extensions

bull A Development Infrastructure Funding (DIF) Study to understand the costs and benefts of diferent scales and rates of development and a funding and delivery mechanisms study to identify options for forward funding of key infrastructure and delivery vehicles

This information has been used to construct an initial outline lsquobusiness casersquo document for our proposals consistent with the Treasuryrsquos lsquoGreen Bookrsquo guidance and will provide the basis for an ongoing dialogue with Government and HS2 Ltd This work will evolve and become more granular over time as our growth proposition matures

Some of the major infrastructure investments will be subject to a separate business case through other established Government programmes such as the Roads Investment Strategy (RIS) This still requires a high-level

case to be made through the Growth Strategy as well as efective co-ordination of planning funding and delivery with other Growth Strategy interventions

42 Key Moves The work we have undertaken to date has identifed a series of key moves that will be required to implement the Growth Strategy including a number of immediate actions which will be necessary to safeguard future opportunities Further detail on these and the necessary enabling measures by Government and its delivery bodies is set out in Appendix 1

People

Our immediate priorities can be delivered largely within existing resources with strong local leadership from the LEPs and the East Midlands Chamber of Commerce and comprise

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to business support that will help local SMEs beneft from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities

bull Establishing a lsquorail industry innovation grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2 awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2

Over the longer term we would expect mainstream Government funding for skills and business support activity to be refocussed around our priorities and complement the strategic approach to skills envisaged by the Midlands Engine

Place

For the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone there are a number of planning land assembly remediation and infrastructure issues that will need to be addressed to enable our vision to be delivered in full In the immediate short term it will be vital to ensure that existing planning consent for the Lime Rise development close to the Hub Station can contribute positively to the delivery of our growth vision

In addition there is a need for further work with the relevant organisations on options for relocating the rail siding and depot activity and the electricity sub-station to locations outside of the Hub Station site and on the expansion and relocation of existing school provision to a better location within the site

Elsewhere we are keen to take forward further work with the Ministry of Defence and the Homes and Communities Agency to ensure that the re-development of the Chetwynd Barracks can actively contribute to a lsquonetwork of garden villagesrsquo

In the Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone the key priority in Chesterfeld will be the delivery of proposals to transform pedestrian and public transport connectivity between the rail station and the town For Staveley the early priorities will be to confrm the depot site as a construction base for HS2 and to secure the frst phases of the Chesterfeld and Staveley Regeneration Route including the provision of improved public transport and pedestrian links necessary to deliver the wider Staveley masterplan

38

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Connectivity

Our immediate priority is to safeguard the potential to secure a classic compatible link at the Hub Station and for enhanced capacity at Trent Junctions capable of delivering the Midlands Connect ITSS These will require the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill which is due to be considered by Ministers in the autumn of 2017 to include provision for the necessary land take

The public transport overbridge and local road connections proposed for the Hub Station will impact on the Hybrid Bill and the associated Environmental Impact Statement and will need to be incorporated into the emerging Hub Station design commissioned by HS2 Ltd

We will need to confrm support from Highways England and HS2 Ltd to take forward the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan with Midlands Connect This work will optimise the package of interventions proposed to serve the Hub Station and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment However we believe we have a sufcient case now for Highways England to identify funding in RIS2 to develop a major scheme on the A52M1 J25 that address existing congestion issues and contributes to the wider solution for accessing the Hub Station

43 Proposals for Delivery Bodies The geographic and political context for the area around the Hub Station is complex spanning a number of local planning authorities local transport authorities and local enterprise partnerships Our work to date has highlighted a range of potential delivery and funding mechanisms that would help to enable development in particular options for Tax Increment Financing (TIf ) But these will require a strategic approach to investment over a number of administrative areas to be efective

There is a local appetite to establish a powerful delivery body that could work at a scale to drive forward our growth vision There are a range of options including the potential for the kind of lsquolocally-led development corporationrsquo envisaged by the Neighbourhood Planning Act 2017

We would like to work with Government over the coming months to develop a proposition for a delivery body for the Hub Station Growth Zone that could begin to operate in lsquoshadow formrsquo with initial seed-corn funding from 2018 onwards

For Chesterfeld and Staveley the geography is less complex with the key moves all within the administrative area of Chesterfeld Borough Council Here a local development company solution may be more appropriate which can also contribute to the delivery of the wider Derbyshire growth story

It will be important to ensure that development in both Growth Zones continues to contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2 under the auspices of the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Mitigation

Whilst HS2 has the potential to bring great benefts to the 44 East Midlands the scale of the new infrastructure involved will also result in some negative impacts ndash particularly in the short term Although the line of route has been designed to minimise impact on environmental assets challenges remain in a number of locations in Derbyshire Leicestershire and Nottinghamshire

Similarly where the line passes through urban areas for example Long Eaton some existing businesses will have to re-locate to alternative premises Whilst the Government has put in place a compensation scheme to assist those directly afected councils are keen to ensure the jobs and investment are retained in the local area wherever possible

The East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board has established a lsquomitigation sub-grouprsquo to work with DfT and HS2 Ltd to help develop detailed designs for key structures that will minimise and mitigate the environmental impacts of the line and look to ensure that existing businesses can continue to thrive As work starts on the development of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill it will be important to ensure that councils are able to inform the detail of the Governmentrsquos proposals on both an individual and collective basis

39

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

45 Phasing of Delivery This Growth Strategy demonstrated the scale complexity and interdependencies between programmes involving a range of partner agencies Many of these programmes involve major schemes that take many years to develop and deliver Although HS2 Phase 2b is not due to become fully operational until 2033 the lead in times are such that key decisions on what might be included within the Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environment Statement will actually be taken during the coming months With appropriate funding and collaboration a number of key moves can be implemented in the short term

Although the development may reach maturity in 2043 by the time HS2 opens there will in fact already be a new place (the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo) emerging around the station to welcome the frst passengers For this to be achieved the delivery partners will need to build momentum over the next 12 months and it is recognised this will require dedicated resource and governance

The evidence base underpinning the growth strategy provides a clear indication of the growth potential and promotes a range of key infrastructure concepts and moves However in order to take these forward and in particular promote some of them for possible inclusion in the Hybrid Bill the partners are clear that more detailed studies and analysis will be required and these will need to be developed in tandem with the work being undertaken for the railway

This highlights the need to establish a dedicated team and for further resources to commission and manage the work programme for the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Phases of Delivery

2017-2022 Hybrid bill development business case development (RS2CP6) land strategy and delivery body early phases of development

2022-2027 Early infrastructure development and key moves (eg depot relocation) next phases of development

2027-2033 HS2 Construction amp completiontesting

2033 HS2 becomes fully operational - local economic development builds momentum

2033-43 Development to maturity

46 First Phase Priorities The focus up to 2022 will be on ensuring the provisions of the Phase 2 Hybrid Bill enable our vision for the Hub Station and priorities for local and strategic connectivity to be implemented Delivery of improvements to the A52 at Bardills and Toton Lane will enable the early phases of the Toton Innovation Campus to commence helping to build investor confdence Completion for the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity plan will progress the wider mix of strategic and local interventions to detailed design stage To be successful all this activity will need to be underpinned by the establishment of a properly resourced and empowered local delivery bodyThe early completion of frst stages of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Station Link Road will help to kick start development in the North Derbyshire Growth Zone

40

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

1 High level Ministerial endorsement of the East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy including through

bull Funding the establishment of a lsquoshadow delivery bodyrsquo to start implementing the Growth Strategy locally and to establish a viable mechanism for capturing a proportion of development value necessary for infrastructure delivery and

bull Promotion by Government and its delivery bodies of key development opportunities set out in the Growth Strategy to national and international investors consistent with the Midlands Engine Vision for Growth

2 Support from DCLG for our vision for the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone by

bull Empowering the HCA to establish a strategic land strategy that will facilitate enabling infrastructure and subsequently to bring forward early phases of development and

bull Using other funding including the current Housing Infrastructure Fund (HIF) to help bring forward early phase infrastructure

3 Support from DfT and its delivery bodies for the implementation of early connectivity priorities related to the Hub Station through

bull Ensuring Highways England and HS2 Ltd contribute gap funding towards the East Midlands Gateway Connectivity Plan Phase 1 Study

bull Funding the delivery phases 1ab of the A52 Access Strategy to enable the initial phases of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo to commence before 2022 and

bull Identifying funding in the next Road Investment Strategy (RIS2) to develop a major scheme to address capacity at M1 Junction 25 and access the Hub Station from the A52 (phases 2 amp3 of the A52 Access Strategy) ndash also making the necessary provisions within the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill amp Environmental Statement

4 DfTHS2 Ltd to ensure that the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make provision at and around the Hub Station for

bull Capacity improvements to classic rail connectivity to the south and north of Toton HS2 station including Trent Junctions optimising the integration of classic and High Speed Rail services and including a lsquoclassic compatible linkrsquo to transform connectivity between Leicester and the north of England

bull An integrated station design including moving the station concourse north to better connect with tram and Public Transport Interchange with an integrated deck connecting eastwest over the HS2 track to

better integrate the Toton station into the heart of the new place ndash the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo This would include provision of a second transfer deck to the south of the main concourse to provide improve capacity and interchange between services

bull Fully integrated public transport interchange and walking routes connecting surrounding communities to promote sustainable travel reduce the need for car parking and thereby make best use of land and local assets including the tram as a means of linking Park amp Ride facilities with the station

bull North South connectivity through the site to connect Long Eaton and Stapleford and to enable local communities to access the station by all modes

bull A clear car parking strategy with a decked car park at the station (premium) complemented by NET based Park and Ride

bull Provision for three bridges as follows

- Integrated with concourse deck to create east west route for tram and sustainable transport links between east and west development areas and to Long Eaton airport and Derby

- Multi-modal bridge south of the A52 to enable resilience in the local network connections to the western development area and

41

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

- Pedestrian bridge at mid-point between the above to connect new communities

bull Provision for an underpass under the Network Rail and HS2 lines to the south of the concourse to enable links between Stapleford Long Eaton and the station by various modes and in particular public transport but as a secondary primary access connecting east and west development areas within the Innovation Campus

5 Separately to ensure the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make specifc provision to deliver the NET tram extension from the existing Toton Park amp Ride to the HS2 Station consistent with the provisions set our above

6 DfTHS2 Ltd to designate Staveley as a major construction hubrailhead for the construction of Phase 2b in addition to the establishment of the Infrastructure Maintenance Depot

7 Government to make a contribution towards the delivery of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Chesterfeld Station Link Road to unlock early development and growth in the corridor

8 Further fnancial and technical support from Network Rail HS2 Ltd and HS2 Growth Partnership to work collaboratively on the relocation of the DBS Depot and Network Rail Sidings to enable development growth and transport connections through the Hub Station area

9 DfTHS2 Ltd to amend the HS2 Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS) to ensure that both Shefeld HS2 classic compatible services stop at Chesterfeld

10 Commitment from DfTHS2 Ltd to at least partially open the Hub Station at Toton by 2030 rather than 2033 to generate additional passenger revenue and accelerate the delivery of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

42

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy World Class - Locally Driven

For more information please contact East Midlands Councils Tel 01664 502620 Email infoemcouncilsgovuk

  • Structure Bookmarks
    • Born 1946-1964
    • Born 1964-1980
    • Born 1980-2000
    • Born 2000+
    • The Hub Station and surrounding area
    • Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone
    • Chesterfield Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo
    • Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site
Page 31: East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy - Broxtowe€¦ · 3.7 Park & Ride 3.8 4.3 East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Contents Contents Foreword 3 3.6 Cycling & Walking 33 Executive Summary

Through our work on the HS2 East Partnership we believe there is a strong economic case for the Eastern Leg of HS2 and the East Coast Main Line forming the primary route for serving Scotland not least because it would link the fnancial centres of Leeds and Edinburgh and the conurbations of the North East ndash also a key objective of Transport for the North

The scale of growth proposed in Chesterfeld as described in Section Two makes a compelling case for both Shefeld trains stopping at Chesterfeld Station rather than just one per hour

Classic Compatible Services

It is clear that although the Eastern Leg of HS2 will be designed to accommodate up to 18 trains per hour (in line with the rest of the network) the current service pattern only currently envisages nine There is therefore scope to run additional services on at least part of the Eastern Leg Working with both Midlands Connect and Transport for the North we believe there is a business case for two additional lsquoclassic compatiblersquo trains per hour linking Leicester and LeedsManchester which would transform rail connectivity between the East Midlands and the Northern Powerhouse

For this to be deliverable there would need to be a lsquoclassic compatiblersquo connection between HS2 and an electrifed Midland Main Line at or around the Hub Station HS2 Ltd have developed an indicative design for how this could be delivered Although further work will be required we believe we have sufcient economic evidence now for the Secretary of State to make at least lsquopassive provisionrsquo for such a link in the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

Newcastle

Durham

Dalington

York

Leeds

Shefeld Midland

Chesterfeld

Toton

Church Street

Birmingam Interchange

Old Oak Common Euston

bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull

Trains from London 6tph

Trains from Birmrsquoham 3tph

Proposed HS2 Service Pattern for the Eastern Leg

NEWCASTLE

YORK

LEEDS

LONDON BIRMINGHAM

29 36

106

19

EAST MIDLANDS

HUB

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Classic Services

In addition to the two lsquoclassic compatiblersquo services working through Midlands Connect we have identifed an additional 11 lsquoclassic servicesrsquo that could serve the Hub Station These would be a mixture of lsquoshuttle servicesrsquo fast and semi-fast services and stopping services In total this would mean the Hub Station would be served by 20 trains per hour in both directions ndash an outstanding level of connectivity

HS2 Hub Station Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS)

The service specifcation for the Hub Station is consistent with the wider Midlands Connect ITSS which supports the Midlands Connect Strategy published in March 2017

The Maid Marian Line

In addition we believe there is the potential to develop a new service linking the East Midlands Hub Station at Toton with Mansfeld Ashfeld via the adaption on an existing freight line known as the Maid Marian Line This direct link would facilitate greater connectivity for residents and businesses to HS2 services supporting economic regeneration in the towns and contributing to the wider Nottinghamshire growth story We are working with Network Rail to understand any implications for the wider Midlands Connect ITSS

Capacity at Trent Junctions

A key constraint to the delivery of the Midlands Connect ITSS is the capacity of Trent Junctions south of Nottingham We understand that HS2 Ltd will need to make some improvements to Trent Junctions to accommodate the HS2 Core proposition - although these on their own will

30

51

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

HS2 Services

London - Leeds Birmingham - Leeds

London - Leeds Birmingham - Newcastle

London - Chesterfeld - Shefeld - Leeds

Birmingham - Leeds London - Shefeld - York

34 Mass Transit Extensions Classic Compatible Services

Shuttle Services

Nottingham - EM Hub Derby - EM Hub

Fast and Semi-fast Services

Leicester - Crewe Crewe - EM Hub

London - Manchester Crewe - EM Hub

Stopping Services

Leicester - Leeds Leicester - Manchester The success of the Nottingham Express Transit (NET) has demonstrated the potential of mass transit to reduce

Leicester - Lincoln Nottingham - Leeds

Leicester - Nottingham Leicester - Derby

Norwich - Liverpool Newark Castle - Matlock

HS2 Hub Station Indicative Train Service Specifcation

not be sufcient to accommodate the Midlands Connect ITSS There is a clear operational case for avoiding multiple engineering works on this congested section of railway infrastructure ndash with a single enhancement scheme being the clearly favoured option Based on our initial work with Network Rail we believe there is a sufcient economic case now for the Secretary of State to make at least lsquopassive provisionrsquo for an enhanced scheme in the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

congestion increase transport choice and connect people to jobs and services It will therefore be a key element of the connectivity strategy for maximising the economic benefts of the HS2 Hub Station Given the technical challenges and the scale of investment required we recognise the importance of taking a phased approach to delivery

Extending NET to the Hub Station

The frst phase would be to extend the tram from the park and ride site at Toton Lane to the Hub Station ndash a distance of around one mile This will connect the Hub Station to key locations such as the Queens Medical Centre the University campus and the Enterprise Zone and complement the heavy rail service to Nottingham City Centre This link will need to be in place when the Hub Station becomes operational to serve the Nottingham Enterprise Zone sites and to establish the principle tram access in the publicrsquos mind

Extending Connectivity over the Hub Station

Our work has highlighted a number of options for extending connectivity to the west of the Hub Station towards Derby and East Midlands Airport which would have signifcant economic benefts These could be delivered by bus rapid transit (BRT) tram-train as well as by NET extensions Further work will be required to determine the optimum routes and modes These options would require a link over the Hub Station (similar to the arrangement at Nottingham Station) which would be costly to retro-ft We have therefore included a public transport overbridge into our proposals for the Hub Station At this stage it is unlikely that this on its own will require provision for further land take in the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill however it may impact on the required Environmental Impact Statement

Options to Derby

There are two main options for connecting Derby The frst would follow the route of the A52 This would be fast ndash but not as fast as the classic rail service from Derby Station It would be direct but serve a limited population catchment The relatively high cost of developing this as a tram route would appear to make it unviable - although it could have potential as a route for a lower cost form of BRT

The second option would run to the south of the A52 and link the Hub Station with Long Eaton and then on to Breaston Borrowash Spondon Pride Park and Derby Station It would be slower but serve a much larger population catchment It would be cheaper to develop as a tram route but could impact on the proposed canal

31

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Red Arrow Skylink

Zoom 15

i4 18

Indigo 510

Y5 Toton Sidings

NET

Options for bus services serving the Hub Station

35

Revised existing route

New Fast Track to EMA via M1

Arnold via QMC City Hospital

Mansfeld via M1 Kirkby Sutton

Alfreton via M1 Heanor Ripley

restoration project It could be developed in phases the frst comprising a NET extension to a park and ride site west of the M1

Options to East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Rail Freight Interchange

There are a number of potential routes to the airport Following the rail corridor south from the Hub Station before heading west is likely to be the quickest and would limit environmental impacts on Long Eaton town centre It also has potential for a tram-train solution should this become a viable technology in the UK The scale of employment growth proposed at East Midlands Gateway the potential for a lsquoFree Trade Zonersquo around the airport as well as the projected growth in air passenger numbers means such a link could have signifcant economic benefts

Bus amp Taxi Bus travel will continue to be the backbone of the local public transport for many people There is already a comprehensive network of bus routes and services across the sub-region which could be developed to serve the Hub Station from a wide range of locations

The key challenge for operators from a commercial perspective will be to ensure that the Hub Station does not become a lsquoterminusrsquo destination Buses (and taxis) must therefore be able to pass through the Hub Station to also serve surrounding communities across the wider sub-region Our proposed confguration of local road links between the Hub Station and Long Eaton Stapleford

32

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Sandiacre and Toton as well as access from the A52 would enable a commercially viable network of bus services to be established

For Chesterfeld a new road link into the south of the station complex for buses and taxis will provide a through route that will integrate the existing station into local public transport networks more efectively

36 Cycling amp Walking Every rail passenger is a pedestrian at the point of boarding a train Making the Hub Station and the immediate surrounding environment pedestrian friendly will make travel by train more attractive and help to drive patronage

It is also important that local people in surrounding communities have safe and attractive routes for walking and cycling ndash not just to the Hub Station but also to and within the proposed Innovation Campus Cycling and walking are likely to become more attractive options to future generations as public attitudes to travel continue to change This trend has been refected in the core design principles we have established that will underpin future development on the Hub Station site

For Chesterfeld we have set out proposals known as lsquoPlatform 4rsquo for enhancing pedestrian and public transport accessibility between the Station and the town centre over the A61 dual carriageway

37 Park amp Ride A well-coordinated and managed park amp ride strategy can help to reduce the impacts of congestion and provide viable transport choices for local communities

There are opportunities to develop park and ride facilities serving the Hub Station in tandem with a phased roll out of an extended mass transit system The existing park amp

Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site

ride site at Toton Lane (1300 spaces) linked to the tram will be retained albeit in modifed form In addition to a multi-storey car park at the Hub Station itself (1300 spaces proposed) there is an opportunity to develop an additional parking facility of a similar size west of M1 Junction 25 linked to a frst phase extension of the tram over the Hub Station

33

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

This would give a third car park option and the ability to manage travel demand to the Hub Station site in a more fexible manner - as well as an ability to reduce pressure on M1 Junction 25

On the Derby side of the A52 there are options for park and ride sites on the east side of Derby as part of a mass transit system linking Pride Park and Derby Station to the City Centre which could ultimately connect to the Hub Station

38 Strategic amp Local Road Access Despite the focus on public transport cycling and walking access by private car will still be important and a 1300 space multi-storey car park is proposed at the Hub Station However this will require a highway solution that must also address a number of existing challenges

Access from the A52 and M1

Access from the strategic road network into the Hub Station Site will be critical Our technical work has suggested that a single access from the A52 into the site for all movements is unlikely to be deliverable Whilst an engineering solution could be developed it would be very expensive environmentally damaging and take up valuable land that could be better used for economic development purposes

As a result a phased approach is proposed comprising the following key moves

1 A new lsquoat gradersquo junction on the A52 east of the Bardills Roundabout linked to a new Toton Lane which would provide access from Nottingham to the east of the Hub Station site and support the early phases of development of the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

2 A new lsquoof setrsquo junction on the A52 to the west of the use of the construction access required by HS2 Ltd M1 which would remove local movements from M1 to build the Hub Station Junction 25 and provide a more direct route under

Our technical work suggests there is scope to deliver key the motorway into Long Eaton

moves 1) and 2) in advance of the Hub Station opening 3 A new lsquograde separatedrsquo junction on the A52 to the The scale of existing problems and likely future trafc

north of the Hub Station to provide access from growth on the A52 corridor suggests that there is already a Derby and the M1 ndash which has the potential to make strong case for Highways England working with Midlands

Provide local road access to StaplefordSandiacre

Relieve congestion at Bardills and Toton Lane

Provide access from A52

Separate local amp strategic movements at J25

Provide for E-W movements

Provide for local road access for Long Eaton

Strategic amp Local Road Access Challenges

34

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Access from A52 and M1

Connect and local partners to make a proposal for major scheme funding in RIS 2 ndash which would also contribute to a comprehensive connectivity strategy for the Hub Station

A direct link to the Hub Station from the north through 3) will be linked to the construction of the station itself by HS2 Ltd and may be able to make use of any temporary construction access required by HS2 Ltd

Stanton Sandiacre

Derby

Stapleford

Long Eaton

Primary HS2

access

New eastern access

Re-modelled Bardills junction

New eastern access link

Toton Lane

Local access link

Local local link

New ofset A52 Junction

New local link

Remodelled M1 Junction 25

link

1a

1b

3 2

M1

A52

HS2

Local access Nottingham

junction

39

Finally there is the potential to establish a Park amp Ride site west of the M1 linked to a tram extension and the proposed lsquoof-setrsquo junction on the A52 This would provide a further car parking option for the Hub Station and help to manage movements through M1 Junction 25

Local Road Access

As described above local road access to the Hub Station from Long Eaton Stapleford Sandiacre and Toton will be important to secure commercially viable bus and coach services and taxis ndash as well as safe cycle routes We have developed a proposal for local access that can be integrated into the design of the Hub Station and which will complement the proposed strategic links Key to this will be the development of a local road link running under the HS2 and classic rail tracks to the south of the Hub Station

Next Steps We are clear that whilst all the individual elements of our connectivity strategy will have positive outcomes the real benefts will only be achieved by taking an integrated approach to scheme development and delivery

We will therefore develop our proposals further through a project joint funded by Midlands Connect East Midlands partners HS2 Ltd and Highways England known as the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan Phase 1 will use transport modelling to optimise the package of interventions and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment Phase 2 will examine connectivity issues over a wider strategic area including the long term future of the M1

Further detail on delivery is contained in Section 4

35

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Local Road Access Diagram

1

2

3

4

5

6

New A52 access Pedestrian NET link Bus Interchange amp Station Car Park

Remodelled Bardills roundabout

7

8

9

10

11

Local link to Long Eaton

New Bardills roundabout Local link to Sandiacre

New Toton Lane NET extension amp option to extend to EMA Derby

HS2 underpass Station Concourse

HS2 overpass

36

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Section 4 | Delivery Summary

We have undertaken a number of technical studies to understand the costs and benefts of various scales and rates of development to inform the development of an initial outlines business case for our proposals consistent with Treasury requirements which is set out in a separate document This work will evolve and become more granular as our growth proposition matures

There is potential for signifcant employment and housing development across the East Midlands Hub and Derbyshire Growth Zones This will make a signifcant contribution to the Governmentrsquos rebalancing agenda and provide an impetus for growth across the wider East Midlands where there is potential to deliver an additional 74000 jobs and pound4 billion of GVA above trend

We have set out the key moves necessary to deliver our proposals for people place and connectivity and highlighted the immediate measures necessary to safeguard future opportunities Detailed proposals are set out in Appendix 1

We are keen to work with Government to develop propositions for powerful locally led development bodies that can deliver our ambitions for the Hub Station and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zones and contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2

37

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

41 Developing an Investible Proposition Realising our vision for growth will require a combination of strong leadership and clear decision making To inform this we have undertaken a comprehensive programme of technical work to inform our thinking and provide the evidence base for this Growth Strategy including

bull Comprehensive non-statutory development frameworks covering the East Midlands Hub and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

bull A number of concept studies to assess the options for key infrastructure moves including relocation of the existing rail depots at Toton strategic highway access and mass transit extensions

bull A Development Infrastructure Funding (DIF) Study to understand the costs and benefts of diferent scales and rates of development and a funding and delivery mechanisms study to identify options for forward funding of key infrastructure and delivery vehicles

This information has been used to construct an initial outline lsquobusiness casersquo document for our proposals consistent with the Treasuryrsquos lsquoGreen Bookrsquo guidance and will provide the basis for an ongoing dialogue with Government and HS2 Ltd This work will evolve and become more granular over time as our growth proposition matures

Some of the major infrastructure investments will be subject to a separate business case through other established Government programmes such as the Roads Investment Strategy (RIS) This still requires a high-level

case to be made through the Growth Strategy as well as efective co-ordination of planning funding and delivery with other Growth Strategy interventions

42 Key Moves The work we have undertaken to date has identifed a series of key moves that will be required to implement the Growth Strategy including a number of immediate actions which will be necessary to safeguard future opportunities Further detail on these and the necessary enabling measures by Government and its delivery bodies is set out in Appendix 1

People

Our immediate priorities can be delivered largely within existing resources with strong local leadership from the LEPs and the East Midlands Chamber of Commerce and comprise

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to business support that will help local SMEs beneft from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities

bull Establishing a lsquorail industry innovation grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2 awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2

Over the longer term we would expect mainstream Government funding for skills and business support activity to be refocussed around our priorities and complement the strategic approach to skills envisaged by the Midlands Engine

Place

For the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone there are a number of planning land assembly remediation and infrastructure issues that will need to be addressed to enable our vision to be delivered in full In the immediate short term it will be vital to ensure that existing planning consent for the Lime Rise development close to the Hub Station can contribute positively to the delivery of our growth vision

In addition there is a need for further work with the relevant organisations on options for relocating the rail siding and depot activity and the electricity sub-station to locations outside of the Hub Station site and on the expansion and relocation of existing school provision to a better location within the site

Elsewhere we are keen to take forward further work with the Ministry of Defence and the Homes and Communities Agency to ensure that the re-development of the Chetwynd Barracks can actively contribute to a lsquonetwork of garden villagesrsquo

In the Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone the key priority in Chesterfeld will be the delivery of proposals to transform pedestrian and public transport connectivity between the rail station and the town For Staveley the early priorities will be to confrm the depot site as a construction base for HS2 and to secure the frst phases of the Chesterfeld and Staveley Regeneration Route including the provision of improved public transport and pedestrian links necessary to deliver the wider Staveley masterplan

38

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Connectivity

Our immediate priority is to safeguard the potential to secure a classic compatible link at the Hub Station and for enhanced capacity at Trent Junctions capable of delivering the Midlands Connect ITSS These will require the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill which is due to be considered by Ministers in the autumn of 2017 to include provision for the necessary land take

The public transport overbridge and local road connections proposed for the Hub Station will impact on the Hybrid Bill and the associated Environmental Impact Statement and will need to be incorporated into the emerging Hub Station design commissioned by HS2 Ltd

We will need to confrm support from Highways England and HS2 Ltd to take forward the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan with Midlands Connect This work will optimise the package of interventions proposed to serve the Hub Station and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment However we believe we have a sufcient case now for Highways England to identify funding in RIS2 to develop a major scheme on the A52M1 J25 that address existing congestion issues and contributes to the wider solution for accessing the Hub Station

43 Proposals for Delivery Bodies The geographic and political context for the area around the Hub Station is complex spanning a number of local planning authorities local transport authorities and local enterprise partnerships Our work to date has highlighted a range of potential delivery and funding mechanisms that would help to enable development in particular options for Tax Increment Financing (TIf ) But these will require a strategic approach to investment over a number of administrative areas to be efective

There is a local appetite to establish a powerful delivery body that could work at a scale to drive forward our growth vision There are a range of options including the potential for the kind of lsquolocally-led development corporationrsquo envisaged by the Neighbourhood Planning Act 2017

We would like to work with Government over the coming months to develop a proposition for a delivery body for the Hub Station Growth Zone that could begin to operate in lsquoshadow formrsquo with initial seed-corn funding from 2018 onwards

For Chesterfeld and Staveley the geography is less complex with the key moves all within the administrative area of Chesterfeld Borough Council Here a local development company solution may be more appropriate which can also contribute to the delivery of the wider Derbyshire growth story

It will be important to ensure that development in both Growth Zones continues to contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2 under the auspices of the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Mitigation

Whilst HS2 has the potential to bring great benefts to the 44 East Midlands the scale of the new infrastructure involved will also result in some negative impacts ndash particularly in the short term Although the line of route has been designed to minimise impact on environmental assets challenges remain in a number of locations in Derbyshire Leicestershire and Nottinghamshire

Similarly where the line passes through urban areas for example Long Eaton some existing businesses will have to re-locate to alternative premises Whilst the Government has put in place a compensation scheme to assist those directly afected councils are keen to ensure the jobs and investment are retained in the local area wherever possible

The East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board has established a lsquomitigation sub-grouprsquo to work with DfT and HS2 Ltd to help develop detailed designs for key structures that will minimise and mitigate the environmental impacts of the line and look to ensure that existing businesses can continue to thrive As work starts on the development of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill it will be important to ensure that councils are able to inform the detail of the Governmentrsquos proposals on both an individual and collective basis

39

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

45 Phasing of Delivery This Growth Strategy demonstrated the scale complexity and interdependencies between programmes involving a range of partner agencies Many of these programmes involve major schemes that take many years to develop and deliver Although HS2 Phase 2b is not due to become fully operational until 2033 the lead in times are such that key decisions on what might be included within the Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environment Statement will actually be taken during the coming months With appropriate funding and collaboration a number of key moves can be implemented in the short term

Although the development may reach maturity in 2043 by the time HS2 opens there will in fact already be a new place (the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo) emerging around the station to welcome the frst passengers For this to be achieved the delivery partners will need to build momentum over the next 12 months and it is recognised this will require dedicated resource and governance

The evidence base underpinning the growth strategy provides a clear indication of the growth potential and promotes a range of key infrastructure concepts and moves However in order to take these forward and in particular promote some of them for possible inclusion in the Hybrid Bill the partners are clear that more detailed studies and analysis will be required and these will need to be developed in tandem with the work being undertaken for the railway

This highlights the need to establish a dedicated team and for further resources to commission and manage the work programme for the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Phases of Delivery

2017-2022 Hybrid bill development business case development (RS2CP6) land strategy and delivery body early phases of development

2022-2027 Early infrastructure development and key moves (eg depot relocation) next phases of development

2027-2033 HS2 Construction amp completiontesting

2033 HS2 becomes fully operational - local economic development builds momentum

2033-43 Development to maturity

46 First Phase Priorities The focus up to 2022 will be on ensuring the provisions of the Phase 2 Hybrid Bill enable our vision for the Hub Station and priorities for local and strategic connectivity to be implemented Delivery of improvements to the A52 at Bardills and Toton Lane will enable the early phases of the Toton Innovation Campus to commence helping to build investor confdence Completion for the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity plan will progress the wider mix of strategic and local interventions to detailed design stage To be successful all this activity will need to be underpinned by the establishment of a properly resourced and empowered local delivery bodyThe early completion of frst stages of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Station Link Road will help to kick start development in the North Derbyshire Growth Zone

40

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

1 High level Ministerial endorsement of the East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy including through

bull Funding the establishment of a lsquoshadow delivery bodyrsquo to start implementing the Growth Strategy locally and to establish a viable mechanism for capturing a proportion of development value necessary for infrastructure delivery and

bull Promotion by Government and its delivery bodies of key development opportunities set out in the Growth Strategy to national and international investors consistent with the Midlands Engine Vision for Growth

2 Support from DCLG for our vision for the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone by

bull Empowering the HCA to establish a strategic land strategy that will facilitate enabling infrastructure and subsequently to bring forward early phases of development and

bull Using other funding including the current Housing Infrastructure Fund (HIF) to help bring forward early phase infrastructure

3 Support from DfT and its delivery bodies for the implementation of early connectivity priorities related to the Hub Station through

bull Ensuring Highways England and HS2 Ltd contribute gap funding towards the East Midlands Gateway Connectivity Plan Phase 1 Study

bull Funding the delivery phases 1ab of the A52 Access Strategy to enable the initial phases of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo to commence before 2022 and

bull Identifying funding in the next Road Investment Strategy (RIS2) to develop a major scheme to address capacity at M1 Junction 25 and access the Hub Station from the A52 (phases 2 amp3 of the A52 Access Strategy) ndash also making the necessary provisions within the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill amp Environmental Statement

4 DfTHS2 Ltd to ensure that the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make provision at and around the Hub Station for

bull Capacity improvements to classic rail connectivity to the south and north of Toton HS2 station including Trent Junctions optimising the integration of classic and High Speed Rail services and including a lsquoclassic compatible linkrsquo to transform connectivity between Leicester and the north of England

bull An integrated station design including moving the station concourse north to better connect with tram and Public Transport Interchange with an integrated deck connecting eastwest over the HS2 track to

better integrate the Toton station into the heart of the new place ndash the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo This would include provision of a second transfer deck to the south of the main concourse to provide improve capacity and interchange between services

bull Fully integrated public transport interchange and walking routes connecting surrounding communities to promote sustainable travel reduce the need for car parking and thereby make best use of land and local assets including the tram as a means of linking Park amp Ride facilities with the station

bull North South connectivity through the site to connect Long Eaton and Stapleford and to enable local communities to access the station by all modes

bull A clear car parking strategy with a decked car park at the station (premium) complemented by NET based Park and Ride

bull Provision for three bridges as follows

- Integrated with concourse deck to create east west route for tram and sustainable transport links between east and west development areas and to Long Eaton airport and Derby

- Multi-modal bridge south of the A52 to enable resilience in the local network connections to the western development area and

41

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

- Pedestrian bridge at mid-point between the above to connect new communities

bull Provision for an underpass under the Network Rail and HS2 lines to the south of the concourse to enable links between Stapleford Long Eaton and the station by various modes and in particular public transport but as a secondary primary access connecting east and west development areas within the Innovation Campus

5 Separately to ensure the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make specifc provision to deliver the NET tram extension from the existing Toton Park amp Ride to the HS2 Station consistent with the provisions set our above

6 DfTHS2 Ltd to designate Staveley as a major construction hubrailhead for the construction of Phase 2b in addition to the establishment of the Infrastructure Maintenance Depot

7 Government to make a contribution towards the delivery of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Chesterfeld Station Link Road to unlock early development and growth in the corridor

8 Further fnancial and technical support from Network Rail HS2 Ltd and HS2 Growth Partnership to work collaboratively on the relocation of the DBS Depot and Network Rail Sidings to enable development growth and transport connections through the Hub Station area

9 DfTHS2 Ltd to amend the HS2 Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS) to ensure that both Shefeld HS2 classic compatible services stop at Chesterfeld

10 Commitment from DfTHS2 Ltd to at least partially open the Hub Station at Toton by 2030 rather than 2033 to generate additional passenger revenue and accelerate the delivery of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

42

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy World Class - Locally Driven

For more information please contact East Midlands Councils Tel 01664 502620 Email infoemcouncilsgovuk

  • Structure Bookmarks
    • Born 1946-1964
    • Born 1964-1980
    • Born 1980-2000
    • Born 2000+
    • The Hub Station and surrounding area
    • Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone
    • Chesterfield Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo
    • Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site
Page 32: East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy - Broxtowe€¦ · 3.7 Park & Ride 3.8 4.3 East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Contents Contents Foreword 3 3.6 Cycling & Walking 33 Executive Summary

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

HS2 Services

London - Leeds Birmingham - Leeds

London - Leeds Birmingham - Newcastle

London - Chesterfeld - Shefeld - Leeds

Birmingham - Leeds London - Shefeld - York

34 Mass Transit Extensions Classic Compatible Services

Shuttle Services

Nottingham - EM Hub Derby - EM Hub

Fast and Semi-fast Services

Leicester - Crewe Crewe - EM Hub

London - Manchester Crewe - EM Hub

Stopping Services

Leicester - Leeds Leicester - Manchester The success of the Nottingham Express Transit (NET) has demonstrated the potential of mass transit to reduce

Leicester - Lincoln Nottingham - Leeds

Leicester - Nottingham Leicester - Derby

Norwich - Liverpool Newark Castle - Matlock

HS2 Hub Station Indicative Train Service Specifcation

not be sufcient to accommodate the Midlands Connect ITSS There is a clear operational case for avoiding multiple engineering works on this congested section of railway infrastructure ndash with a single enhancement scheme being the clearly favoured option Based on our initial work with Network Rail we believe there is a sufcient economic case now for the Secretary of State to make at least lsquopassive provisionrsquo for an enhanced scheme in the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill

congestion increase transport choice and connect people to jobs and services It will therefore be a key element of the connectivity strategy for maximising the economic benefts of the HS2 Hub Station Given the technical challenges and the scale of investment required we recognise the importance of taking a phased approach to delivery

Extending NET to the Hub Station

The frst phase would be to extend the tram from the park and ride site at Toton Lane to the Hub Station ndash a distance of around one mile This will connect the Hub Station to key locations such as the Queens Medical Centre the University campus and the Enterprise Zone and complement the heavy rail service to Nottingham City Centre This link will need to be in place when the Hub Station becomes operational to serve the Nottingham Enterprise Zone sites and to establish the principle tram access in the publicrsquos mind

Extending Connectivity over the Hub Station

Our work has highlighted a number of options for extending connectivity to the west of the Hub Station towards Derby and East Midlands Airport which would have signifcant economic benefts These could be delivered by bus rapid transit (BRT) tram-train as well as by NET extensions Further work will be required to determine the optimum routes and modes These options would require a link over the Hub Station (similar to the arrangement at Nottingham Station) which would be costly to retro-ft We have therefore included a public transport overbridge into our proposals for the Hub Station At this stage it is unlikely that this on its own will require provision for further land take in the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill however it may impact on the required Environmental Impact Statement

Options to Derby

There are two main options for connecting Derby The frst would follow the route of the A52 This would be fast ndash but not as fast as the classic rail service from Derby Station It would be direct but serve a limited population catchment The relatively high cost of developing this as a tram route would appear to make it unviable - although it could have potential as a route for a lower cost form of BRT

The second option would run to the south of the A52 and link the Hub Station with Long Eaton and then on to Breaston Borrowash Spondon Pride Park and Derby Station It would be slower but serve a much larger population catchment It would be cheaper to develop as a tram route but could impact on the proposed canal

31

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Red Arrow Skylink

Zoom 15

i4 18

Indigo 510

Y5 Toton Sidings

NET

Options for bus services serving the Hub Station

35

Revised existing route

New Fast Track to EMA via M1

Arnold via QMC City Hospital

Mansfeld via M1 Kirkby Sutton

Alfreton via M1 Heanor Ripley

restoration project It could be developed in phases the frst comprising a NET extension to a park and ride site west of the M1

Options to East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Rail Freight Interchange

There are a number of potential routes to the airport Following the rail corridor south from the Hub Station before heading west is likely to be the quickest and would limit environmental impacts on Long Eaton town centre It also has potential for a tram-train solution should this become a viable technology in the UK The scale of employment growth proposed at East Midlands Gateway the potential for a lsquoFree Trade Zonersquo around the airport as well as the projected growth in air passenger numbers means such a link could have signifcant economic benefts

Bus amp Taxi Bus travel will continue to be the backbone of the local public transport for many people There is already a comprehensive network of bus routes and services across the sub-region which could be developed to serve the Hub Station from a wide range of locations

The key challenge for operators from a commercial perspective will be to ensure that the Hub Station does not become a lsquoterminusrsquo destination Buses (and taxis) must therefore be able to pass through the Hub Station to also serve surrounding communities across the wider sub-region Our proposed confguration of local road links between the Hub Station and Long Eaton Stapleford

32

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Sandiacre and Toton as well as access from the A52 would enable a commercially viable network of bus services to be established

For Chesterfeld a new road link into the south of the station complex for buses and taxis will provide a through route that will integrate the existing station into local public transport networks more efectively

36 Cycling amp Walking Every rail passenger is a pedestrian at the point of boarding a train Making the Hub Station and the immediate surrounding environment pedestrian friendly will make travel by train more attractive and help to drive patronage

It is also important that local people in surrounding communities have safe and attractive routes for walking and cycling ndash not just to the Hub Station but also to and within the proposed Innovation Campus Cycling and walking are likely to become more attractive options to future generations as public attitudes to travel continue to change This trend has been refected in the core design principles we have established that will underpin future development on the Hub Station site

For Chesterfeld we have set out proposals known as lsquoPlatform 4rsquo for enhancing pedestrian and public transport accessibility between the Station and the town centre over the A61 dual carriageway

37 Park amp Ride A well-coordinated and managed park amp ride strategy can help to reduce the impacts of congestion and provide viable transport choices for local communities

There are opportunities to develop park and ride facilities serving the Hub Station in tandem with a phased roll out of an extended mass transit system The existing park amp

Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site

ride site at Toton Lane (1300 spaces) linked to the tram will be retained albeit in modifed form In addition to a multi-storey car park at the Hub Station itself (1300 spaces proposed) there is an opportunity to develop an additional parking facility of a similar size west of M1 Junction 25 linked to a frst phase extension of the tram over the Hub Station

33

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

This would give a third car park option and the ability to manage travel demand to the Hub Station site in a more fexible manner - as well as an ability to reduce pressure on M1 Junction 25

On the Derby side of the A52 there are options for park and ride sites on the east side of Derby as part of a mass transit system linking Pride Park and Derby Station to the City Centre which could ultimately connect to the Hub Station

38 Strategic amp Local Road Access Despite the focus on public transport cycling and walking access by private car will still be important and a 1300 space multi-storey car park is proposed at the Hub Station However this will require a highway solution that must also address a number of existing challenges

Access from the A52 and M1

Access from the strategic road network into the Hub Station Site will be critical Our technical work has suggested that a single access from the A52 into the site for all movements is unlikely to be deliverable Whilst an engineering solution could be developed it would be very expensive environmentally damaging and take up valuable land that could be better used for economic development purposes

As a result a phased approach is proposed comprising the following key moves

1 A new lsquoat gradersquo junction on the A52 east of the Bardills Roundabout linked to a new Toton Lane which would provide access from Nottingham to the east of the Hub Station site and support the early phases of development of the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

2 A new lsquoof setrsquo junction on the A52 to the west of the use of the construction access required by HS2 Ltd M1 which would remove local movements from M1 to build the Hub Station Junction 25 and provide a more direct route under

Our technical work suggests there is scope to deliver key the motorway into Long Eaton

moves 1) and 2) in advance of the Hub Station opening 3 A new lsquograde separatedrsquo junction on the A52 to the The scale of existing problems and likely future trafc

north of the Hub Station to provide access from growth on the A52 corridor suggests that there is already a Derby and the M1 ndash which has the potential to make strong case for Highways England working with Midlands

Provide local road access to StaplefordSandiacre

Relieve congestion at Bardills and Toton Lane

Provide access from A52

Separate local amp strategic movements at J25

Provide for E-W movements

Provide for local road access for Long Eaton

Strategic amp Local Road Access Challenges

34

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Access from A52 and M1

Connect and local partners to make a proposal for major scheme funding in RIS 2 ndash which would also contribute to a comprehensive connectivity strategy for the Hub Station

A direct link to the Hub Station from the north through 3) will be linked to the construction of the station itself by HS2 Ltd and may be able to make use of any temporary construction access required by HS2 Ltd

Stanton Sandiacre

Derby

Stapleford

Long Eaton

Primary HS2

access

New eastern access

Re-modelled Bardills junction

New eastern access link

Toton Lane

Local access link

Local local link

New ofset A52 Junction

New local link

Remodelled M1 Junction 25

link

1a

1b

3 2

M1

A52

HS2

Local access Nottingham

junction

39

Finally there is the potential to establish a Park amp Ride site west of the M1 linked to a tram extension and the proposed lsquoof-setrsquo junction on the A52 This would provide a further car parking option for the Hub Station and help to manage movements through M1 Junction 25

Local Road Access

As described above local road access to the Hub Station from Long Eaton Stapleford Sandiacre and Toton will be important to secure commercially viable bus and coach services and taxis ndash as well as safe cycle routes We have developed a proposal for local access that can be integrated into the design of the Hub Station and which will complement the proposed strategic links Key to this will be the development of a local road link running under the HS2 and classic rail tracks to the south of the Hub Station

Next Steps We are clear that whilst all the individual elements of our connectivity strategy will have positive outcomes the real benefts will only be achieved by taking an integrated approach to scheme development and delivery

We will therefore develop our proposals further through a project joint funded by Midlands Connect East Midlands partners HS2 Ltd and Highways England known as the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan Phase 1 will use transport modelling to optimise the package of interventions and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment Phase 2 will examine connectivity issues over a wider strategic area including the long term future of the M1

Further detail on delivery is contained in Section 4

35

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Local Road Access Diagram

1

2

3

4

5

6

New A52 access Pedestrian NET link Bus Interchange amp Station Car Park

Remodelled Bardills roundabout

7

8

9

10

11

Local link to Long Eaton

New Bardills roundabout Local link to Sandiacre

New Toton Lane NET extension amp option to extend to EMA Derby

HS2 underpass Station Concourse

HS2 overpass

36

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Section 4 | Delivery Summary

We have undertaken a number of technical studies to understand the costs and benefts of various scales and rates of development to inform the development of an initial outlines business case for our proposals consistent with Treasury requirements which is set out in a separate document This work will evolve and become more granular as our growth proposition matures

There is potential for signifcant employment and housing development across the East Midlands Hub and Derbyshire Growth Zones This will make a signifcant contribution to the Governmentrsquos rebalancing agenda and provide an impetus for growth across the wider East Midlands where there is potential to deliver an additional 74000 jobs and pound4 billion of GVA above trend

We have set out the key moves necessary to deliver our proposals for people place and connectivity and highlighted the immediate measures necessary to safeguard future opportunities Detailed proposals are set out in Appendix 1

We are keen to work with Government to develop propositions for powerful locally led development bodies that can deliver our ambitions for the Hub Station and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zones and contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2

37

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

41 Developing an Investible Proposition Realising our vision for growth will require a combination of strong leadership and clear decision making To inform this we have undertaken a comprehensive programme of technical work to inform our thinking and provide the evidence base for this Growth Strategy including

bull Comprehensive non-statutory development frameworks covering the East Midlands Hub and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

bull A number of concept studies to assess the options for key infrastructure moves including relocation of the existing rail depots at Toton strategic highway access and mass transit extensions

bull A Development Infrastructure Funding (DIF) Study to understand the costs and benefts of diferent scales and rates of development and a funding and delivery mechanisms study to identify options for forward funding of key infrastructure and delivery vehicles

This information has been used to construct an initial outline lsquobusiness casersquo document for our proposals consistent with the Treasuryrsquos lsquoGreen Bookrsquo guidance and will provide the basis for an ongoing dialogue with Government and HS2 Ltd This work will evolve and become more granular over time as our growth proposition matures

Some of the major infrastructure investments will be subject to a separate business case through other established Government programmes such as the Roads Investment Strategy (RIS) This still requires a high-level

case to be made through the Growth Strategy as well as efective co-ordination of planning funding and delivery with other Growth Strategy interventions

42 Key Moves The work we have undertaken to date has identifed a series of key moves that will be required to implement the Growth Strategy including a number of immediate actions which will be necessary to safeguard future opportunities Further detail on these and the necessary enabling measures by Government and its delivery bodies is set out in Appendix 1

People

Our immediate priorities can be delivered largely within existing resources with strong local leadership from the LEPs and the East Midlands Chamber of Commerce and comprise

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to business support that will help local SMEs beneft from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities

bull Establishing a lsquorail industry innovation grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2 awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2

Over the longer term we would expect mainstream Government funding for skills and business support activity to be refocussed around our priorities and complement the strategic approach to skills envisaged by the Midlands Engine

Place

For the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone there are a number of planning land assembly remediation and infrastructure issues that will need to be addressed to enable our vision to be delivered in full In the immediate short term it will be vital to ensure that existing planning consent for the Lime Rise development close to the Hub Station can contribute positively to the delivery of our growth vision

In addition there is a need for further work with the relevant organisations on options for relocating the rail siding and depot activity and the electricity sub-station to locations outside of the Hub Station site and on the expansion and relocation of existing school provision to a better location within the site

Elsewhere we are keen to take forward further work with the Ministry of Defence and the Homes and Communities Agency to ensure that the re-development of the Chetwynd Barracks can actively contribute to a lsquonetwork of garden villagesrsquo

In the Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone the key priority in Chesterfeld will be the delivery of proposals to transform pedestrian and public transport connectivity between the rail station and the town For Staveley the early priorities will be to confrm the depot site as a construction base for HS2 and to secure the frst phases of the Chesterfeld and Staveley Regeneration Route including the provision of improved public transport and pedestrian links necessary to deliver the wider Staveley masterplan

38

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Connectivity

Our immediate priority is to safeguard the potential to secure a classic compatible link at the Hub Station and for enhanced capacity at Trent Junctions capable of delivering the Midlands Connect ITSS These will require the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill which is due to be considered by Ministers in the autumn of 2017 to include provision for the necessary land take

The public transport overbridge and local road connections proposed for the Hub Station will impact on the Hybrid Bill and the associated Environmental Impact Statement and will need to be incorporated into the emerging Hub Station design commissioned by HS2 Ltd

We will need to confrm support from Highways England and HS2 Ltd to take forward the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan with Midlands Connect This work will optimise the package of interventions proposed to serve the Hub Station and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment However we believe we have a sufcient case now for Highways England to identify funding in RIS2 to develop a major scheme on the A52M1 J25 that address existing congestion issues and contributes to the wider solution for accessing the Hub Station

43 Proposals for Delivery Bodies The geographic and political context for the area around the Hub Station is complex spanning a number of local planning authorities local transport authorities and local enterprise partnerships Our work to date has highlighted a range of potential delivery and funding mechanisms that would help to enable development in particular options for Tax Increment Financing (TIf ) But these will require a strategic approach to investment over a number of administrative areas to be efective

There is a local appetite to establish a powerful delivery body that could work at a scale to drive forward our growth vision There are a range of options including the potential for the kind of lsquolocally-led development corporationrsquo envisaged by the Neighbourhood Planning Act 2017

We would like to work with Government over the coming months to develop a proposition for a delivery body for the Hub Station Growth Zone that could begin to operate in lsquoshadow formrsquo with initial seed-corn funding from 2018 onwards

For Chesterfeld and Staveley the geography is less complex with the key moves all within the administrative area of Chesterfeld Borough Council Here a local development company solution may be more appropriate which can also contribute to the delivery of the wider Derbyshire growth story

It will be important to ensure that development in both Growth Zones continues to contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2 under the auspices of the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Mitigation

Whilst HS2 has the potential to bring great benefts to the 44 East Midlands the scale of the new infrastructure involved will also result in some negative impacts ndash particularly in the short term Although the line of route has been designed to minimise impact on environmental assets challenges remain in a number of locations in Derbyshire Leicestershire and Nottinghamshire

Similarly where the line passes through urban areas for example Long Eaton some existing businesses will have to re-locate to alternative premises Whilst the Government has put in place a compensation scheme to assist those directly afected councils are keen to ensure the jobs and investment are retained in the local area wherever possible

The East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board has established a lsquomitigation sub-grouprsquo to work with DfT and HS2 Ltd to help develop detailed designs for key structures that will minimise and mitigate the environmental impacts of the line and look to ensure that existing businesses can continue to thrive As work starts on the development of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill it will be important to ensure that councils are able to inform the detail of the Governmentrsquos proposals on both an individual and collective basis

39

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

45 Phasing of Delivery This Growth Strategy demonstrated the scale complexity and interdependencies between programmes involving a range of partner agencies Many of these programmes involve major schemes that take many years to develop and deliver Although HS2 Phase 2b is not due to become fully operational until 2033 the lead in times are such that key decisions on what might be included within the Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environment Statement will actually be taken during the coming months With appropriate funding and collaboration a number of key moves can be implemented in the short term

Although the development may reach maturity in 2043 by the time HS2 opens there will in fact already be a new place (the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo) emerging around the station to welcome the frst passengers For this to be achieved the delivery partners will need to build momentum over the next 12 months and it is recognised this will require dedicated resource and governance

The evidence base underpinning the growth strategy provides a clear indication of the growth potential and promotes a range of key infrastructure concepts and moves However in order to take these forward and in particular promote some of them for possible inclusion in the Hybrid Bill the partners are clear that more detailed studies and analysis will be required and these will need to be developed in tandem with the work being undertaken for the railway

This highlights the need to establish a dedicated team and for further resources to commission and manage the work programme for the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Phases of Delivery

2017-2022 Hybrid bill development business case development (RS2CP6) land strategy and delivery body early phases of development

2022-2027 Early infrastructure development and key moves (eg depot relocation) next phases of development

2027-2033 HS2 Construction amp completiontesting

2033 HS2 becomes fully operational - local economic development builds momentum

2033-43 Development to maturity

46 First Phase Priorities The focus up to 2022 will be on ensuring the provisions of the Phase 2 Hybrid Bill enable our vision for the Hub Station and priorities for local and strategic connectivity to be implemented Delivery of improvements to the A52 at Bardills and Toton Lane will enable the early phases of the Toton Innovation Campus to commence helping to build investor confdence Completion for the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity plan will progress the wider mix of strategic and local interventions to detailed design stage To be successful all this activity will need to be underpinned by the establishment of a properly resourced and empowered local delivery bodyThe early completion of frst stages of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Station Link Road will help to kick start development in the North Derbyshire Growth Zone

40

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

1 High level Ministerial endorsement of the East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy including through

bull Funding the establishment of a lsquoshadow delivery bodyrsquo to start implementing the Growth Strategy locally and to establish a viable mechanism for capturing a proportion of development value necessary for infrastructure delivery and

bull Promotion by Government and its delivery bodies of key development opportunities set out in the Growth Strategy to national and international investors consistent with the Midlands Engine Vision for Growth

2 Support from DCLG for our vision for the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone by

bull Empowering the HCA to establish a strategic land strategy that will facilitate enabling infrastructure and subsequently to bring forward early phases of development and

bull Using other funding including the current Housing Infrastructure Fund (HIF) to help bring forward early phase infrastructure

3 Support from DfT and its delivery bodies for the implementation of early connectivity priorities related to the Hub Station through

bull Ensuring Highways England and HS2 Ltd contribute gap funding towards the East Midlands Gateway Connectivity Plan Phase 1 Study

bull Funding the delivery phases 1ab of the A52 Access Strategy to enable the initial phases of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo to commence before 2022 and

bull Identifying funding in the next Road Investment Strategy (RIS2) to develop a major scheme to address capacity at M1 Junction 25 and access the Hub Station from the A52 (phases 2 amp3 of the A52 Access Strategy) ndash also making the necessary provisions within the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill amp Environmental Statement

4 DfTHS2 Ltd to ensure that the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make provision at and around the Hub Station for

bull Capacity improvements to classic rail connectivity to the south and north of Toton HS2 station including Trent Junctions optimising the integration of classic and High Speed Rail services and including a lsquoclassic compatible linkrsquo to transform connectivity between Leicester and the north of England

bull An integrated station design including moving the station concourse north to better connect with tram and Public Transport Interchange with an integrated deck connecting eastwest over the HS2 track to

better integrate the Toton station into the heart of the new place ndash the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo This would include provision of a second transfer deck to the south of the main concourse to provide improve capacity and interchange between services

bull Fully integrated public transport interchange and walking routes connecting surrounding communities to promote sustainable travel reduce the need for car parking and thereby make best use of land and local assets including the tram as a means of linking Park amp Ride facilities with the station

bull North South connectivity through the site to connect Long Eaton and Stapleford and to enable local communities to access the station by all modes

bull A clear car parking strategy with a decked car park at the station (premium) complemented by NET based Park and Ride

bull Provision for three bridges as follows

- Integrated with concourse deck to create east west route for tram and sustainable transport links between east and west development areas and to Long Eaton airport and Derby

- Multi-modal bridge south of the A52 to enable resilience in the local network connections to the western development area and

41

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

- Pedestrian bridge at mid-point between the above to connect new communities

bull Provision for an underpass under the Network Rail and HS2 lines to the south of the concourse to enable links between Stapleford Long Eaton and the station by various modes and in particular public transport but as a secondary primary access connecting east and west development areas within the Innovation Campus

5 Separately to ensure the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make specifc provision to deliver the NET tram extension from the existing Toton Park amp Ride to the HS2 Station consistent with the provisions set our above

6 DfTHS2 Ltd to designate Staveley as a major construction hubrailhead for the construction of Phase 2b in addition to the establishment of the Infrastructure Maintenance Depot

7 Government to make a contribution towards the delivery of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Chesterfeld Station Link Road to unlock early development and growth in the corridor

8 Further fnancial and technical support from Network Rail HS2 Ltd and HS2 Growth Partnership to work collaboratively on the relocation of the DBS Depot and Network Rail Sidings to enable development growth and transport connections through the Hub Station area

9 DfTHS2 Ltd to amend the HS2 Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS) to ensure that both Shefeld HS2 classic compatible services stop at Chesterfeld

10 Commitment from DfTHS2 Ltd to at least partially open the Hub Station at Toton by 2030 rather than 2033 to generate additional passenger revenue and accelerate the delivery of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

42

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy World Class - Locally Driven

For more information please contact East Midlands Councils Tel 01664 502620 Email infoemcouncilsgovuk

  • Structure Bookmarks
    • Born 1946-1964
    • Born 1964-1980
    • Born 1980-2000
    • Born 2000+
    • The Hub Station and surrounding area
    • Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone
    • Chesterfield Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo
    • Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site
Page 33: East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy - Broxtowe€¦ · 3.7 Park & Ride 3.8 4.3 East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Contents Contents Foreword 3 3.6 Cycling & Walking 33 Executive Summary

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Red Arrow Skylink

Zoom 15

i4 18

Indigo 510

Y5 Toton Sidings

NET

Options for bus services serving the Hub Station

35

Revised existing route

New Fast Track to EMA via M1

Arnold via QMC City Hospital

Mansfeld via M1 Kirkby Sutton

Alfreton via M1 Heanor Ripley

restoration project It could be developed in phases the frst comprising a NET extension to a park and ride site west of the M1

Options to East Midlands Airport and the East Midlands Gateway Rail Freight Interchange

There are a number of potential routes to the airport Following the rail corridor south from the Hub Station before heading west is likely to be the quickest and would limit environmental impacts on Long Eaton town centre It also has potential for a tram-train solution should this become a viable technology in the UK The scale of employment growth proposed at East Midlands Gateway the potential for a lsquoFree Trade Zonersquo around the airport as well as the projected growth in air passenger numbers means such a link could have signifcant economic benefts

Bus amp Taxi Bus travel will continue to be the backbone of the local public transport for many people There is already a comprehensive network of bus routes and services across the sub-region which could be developed to serve the Hub Station from a wide range of locations

The key challenge for operators from a commercial perspective will be to ensure that the Hub Station does not become a lsquoterminusrsquo destination Buses (and taxis) must therefore be able to pass through the Hub Station to also serve surrounding communities across the wider sub-region Our proposed confguration of local road links between the Hub Station and Long Eaton Stapleford

32

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Sandiacre and Toton as well as access from the A52 would enable a commercially viable network of bus services to be established

For Chesterfeld a new road link into the south of the station complex for buses and taxis will provide a through route that will integrate the existing station into local public transport networks more efectively

36 Cycling amp Walking Every rail passenger is a pedestrian at the point of boarding a train Making the Hub Station and the immediate surrounding environment pedestrian friendly will make travel by train more attractive and help to drive patronage

It is also important that local people in surrounding communities have safe and attractive routes for walking and cycling ndash not just to the Hub Station but also to and within the proposed Innovation Campus Cycling and walking are likely to become more attractive options to future generations as public attitudes to travel continue to change This trend has been refected in the core design principles we have established that will underpin future development on the Hub Station site

For Chesterfeld we have set out proposals known as lsquoPlatform 4rsquo for enhancing pedestrian and public transport accessibility between the Station and the town centre over the A61 dual carriageway

37 Park amp Ride A well-coordinated and managed park amp ride strategy can help to reduce the impacts of congestion and provide viable transport choices for local communities

There are opportunities to develop park and ride facilities serving the Hub Station in tandem with a phased roll out of an extended mass transit system The existing park amp

Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site

ride site at Toton Lane (1300 spaces) linked to the tram will be retained albeit in modifed form In addition to a multi-storey car park at the Hub Station itself (1300 spaces proposed) there is an opportunity to develop an additional parking facility of a similar size west of M1 Junction 25 linked to a frst phase extension of the tram over the Hub Station

33

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

This would give a third car park option and the ability to manage travel demand to the Hub Station site in a more fexible manner - as well as an ability to reduce pressure on M1 Junction 25

On the Derby side of the A52 there are options for park and ride sites on the east side of Derby as part of a mass transit system linking Pride Park and Derby Station to the City Centre which could ultimately connect to the Hub Station

38 Strategic amp Local Road Access Despite the focus on public transport cycling and walking access by private car will still be important and a 1300 space multi-storey car park is proposed at the Hub Station However this will require a highway solution that must also address a number of existing challenges

Access from the A52 and M1

Access from the strategic road network into the Hub Station Site will be critical Our technical work has suggested that a single access from the A52 into the site for all movements is unlikely to be deliverable Whilst an engineering solution could be developed it would be very expensive environmentally damaging and take up valuable land that could be better used for economic development purposes

As a result a phased approach is proposed comprising the following key moves

1 A new lsquoat gradersquo junction on the A52 east of the Bardills Roundabout linked to a new Toton Lane which would provide access from Nottingham to the east of the Hub Station site and support the early phases of development of the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

2 A new lsquoof setrsquo junction on the A52 to the west of the use of the construction access required by HS2 Ltd M1 which would remove local movements from M1 to build the Hub Station Junction 25 and provide a more direct route under

Our technical work suggests there is scope to deliver key the motorway into Long Eaton

moves 1) and 2) in advance of the Hub Station opening 3 A new lsquograde separatedrsquo junction on the A52 to the The scale of existing problems and likely future trafc

north of the Hub Station to provide access from growth on the A52 corridor suggests that there is already a Derby and the M1 ndash which has the potential to make strong case for Highways England working with Midlands

Provide local road access to StaplefordSandiacre

Relieve congestion at Bardills and Toton Lane

Provide access from A52

Separate local amp strategic movements at J25

Provide for E-W movements

Provide for local road access for Long Eaton

Strategic amp Local Road Access Challenges

34

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Access from A52 and M1

Connect and local partners to make a proposal for major scheme funding in RIS 2 ndash which would also contribute to a comprehensive connectivity strategy for the Hub Station

A direct link to the Hub Station from the north through 3) will be linked to the construction of the station itself by HS2 Ltd and may be able to make use of any temporary construction access required by HS2 Ltd

Stanton Sandiacre

Derby

Stapleford

Long Eaton

Primary HS2

access

New eastern access

Re-modelled Bardills junction

New eastern access link

Toton Lane

Local access link

Local local link

New ofset A52 Junction

New local link

Remodelled M1 Junction 25

link

1a

1b

3 2

M1

A52

HS2

Local access Nottingham

junction

39

Finally there is the potential to establish a Park amp Ride site west of the M1 linked to a tram extension and the proposed lsquoof-setrsquo junction on the A52 This would provide a further car parking option for the Hub Station and help to manage movements through M1 Junction 25

Local Road Access

As described above local road access to the Hub Station from Long Eaton Stapleford Sandiacre and Toton will be important to secure commercially viable bus and coach services and taxis ndash as well as safe cycle routes We have developed a proposal for local access that can be integrated into the design of the Hub Station and which will complement the proposed strategic links Key to this will be the development of a local road link running under the HS2 and classic rail tracks to the south of the Hub Station

Next Steps We are clear that whilst all the individual elements of our connectivity strategy will have positive outcomes the real benefts will only be achieved by taking an integrated approach to scheme development and delivery

We will therefore develop our proposals further through a project joint funded by Midlands Connect East Midlands partners HS2 Ltd and Highways England known as the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan Phase 1 will use transport modelling to optimise the package of interventions and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment Phase 2 will examine connectivity issues over a wider strategic area including the long term future of the M1

Further detail on delivery is contained in Section 4

35

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Local Road Access Diagram

1

2

3

4

5

6

New A52 access Pedestrian NET link Bus Interchange amp Station Car Park

Remodelled Bardills roundabout

7

8

9

10

11

Local link to Long Eaton

New Bardills roundabout Local link to Sandiacre

New Toton Lane NET extension amp option to extend to EMA Derby

HS2 underpass Station Concourse

HS2 overpass

36

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Section 4 | Delivery Summary

We have undertaken a number of technical studies to understand the costs and benefts of various scales and rates of development to inform the development of an initial outlines business case for our proposals consistent with Treasury requirements which is set out in a separate document This work will evolve and become more granular as our growth proposition matures

There is potential for signifcant employment and housing development across the East Midlands Hub and Derbyshire Growth Zones This will make a signifcant contribution to the Governmentrsquos rebalancing agenda and provide an impetus for growth across the wider East Midlands where there is potential to deliver an additional 74000 jobs and pound4 billion of GVA above trend

We have set out the key moves necessary to deliver our proposals for people place and connectivity and highlighted the immediate measures necessary to safeguard future opportunities Detailed proposals are set out in Appendix 1

We are keen to work with Government to develop propositions for powerful locally led development bodies that can deliver our ambitions for the Hub Station and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zones and contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2

37

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

41 Developing an Investible Proposition Realising our vision for growth will require a combination of strong leadership and clear decision making To inform this we have undertaken a comprehensive programme of technical work to inform our thinking and provide the evidence base for this Growth Strategy including

bull Comprehensive non-statutory development frameworks covering the East Midlands Hub and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

bull A number of concept studies to assess the options for key infrastructure moves including relocation of the existing rail depots at Toton strategic highway access and mass transit extensions

bull A Development Infrastructure Funding (DIF) Study to understand the costs and benefts of diferent scales and rates of development and a funding and delivery mechanisms study to identify options for forward funding of key infrastructure and delivery vehicles

This information has been used to construct an initial outline lsquobusiness casersquo document for our proposals consistent with the Treasuryrsquos lsquoGreen Bookrsquo guidance and will provide the basis for an ongoing dialogue with Government and HS2 Ltd This work will evolve and become more granular over time as our growth proposition matures

Some of the major infrastructure investments will be subject to a separate business case through other established Government programmes such as the Roads Investment Strategy (RIS) This still requires a high-level

case to be made through the Growth Strategy as well as efective co-ordination of planning funding and delivery with other Growth Strategy interventions

42 Key Moves The work we have undertaken to date has identifed a series of key moves that will be required to implement the Growth Strategy including a number of immediate actions which will be necessary to safeguard future opportunities Further detail on these and the necessary enabling measures by Government and its delivery bodies is set out in Appendix 1

People

Our immediate priorities can be delivered largely within existing resources with strong local leadership from the LEPs and the East Midlands Chamber of Commerce and comprise

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to business support that will help local SMEs beneft from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities

bull Establishing a lsquorail industry innovation grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2 awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2

Over the longer term we would expect mainstream Government funding for skills and business support activity to be refocussed around our priorities and complement the strategic approach to skills envisaged by the Midlands Engine

Place

For the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone there are a number of planning land assembly remediation and infrastructure issues that will need to be addressed to enable our vision to be delivered in full In the immediate short term it will be vital to ensure that existing planning consent for the Lime Rise development close to the Hub Station can contribute positively to the delivery of our growth vision

In addition there is a need for further work with the relevant organisations on options for relocating the rail siding and depot activity and the electricity sub-station to locations outside of the Hub Station site and on the expansion and relocation of existing school provision to a better location within the site

Elsewhere we are keen to take forward further work with the Ministry of Defence and the Homes and Communities Agency to ensure that the re-development of the Chetwynd Barracks can actively contribute to a lsquonetwork of garden villagesrsquo

In the Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone the key priority in Chesterfeld will be the delivery of proposals to transform pedestrian and public transport connectivity between the rail station and the town For Staveley the early priorities will be to confrm the depot site as a construction base for HS2 and to secure the frst phases of the Chesterfeld and Staveley Regeneration Route including the provision of improved public transport and pedestrian links necessary to deliver the wider Staveley masterplan

38

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Connectivity

Our immediate priority is to safeguard the potential to secure a classic compatible link at the Hub Station and for enhanced capacity at Trent Junctions capable of delivering the Midlands Connect ITSS These will require the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill which is due to be considered by Ministers in the autumn of 2017 to include provision for the necessary land take

The public transport overbridge and local road connections proposed for the Hub Station will impact on the Hybrid Bill and the associated Environmental Impact Statement and will need to be incorporated into the emerging Hub Station design commissioned by HS2 Ltd

We will need to confrm support from Highways England and HS2 Ltd to take forward the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan with Midlands Connect This work will optimise the package of interventions proposed to serve the Hub Station and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment However we believe we have a sufcient case now for Highways England to identify funding in RIS2 to develop a major scheme on the A52M1 J25 that address existing congestion issues and contributes to the wider solution for accessing the Hub Station

43 Proposals for Delivery Bodies The geographic and political context for the area around the Hub Station is complex spanning a number of local planning authorities local transport authorities and local enterprise partnerships Our work to date has highlighted a range of potential delivery and funding mechanisms that would help to enable development in particular options for Tax Increment Financing (TIf ) But these will require a strategic approach to investment over a number of administrative areas to be efective

There is a local appetite to establish a powerful delivery body that could work at a scale to drive forward our growth vision There are a range of options including the potential for the kind of lsquolocally-led development corporationrsquo envisaged by the Neighbourhood Planning Act 2017

We would like to work with Government over the coming months to develop a proposition for a delivery body for the Hub Station Growth Zone that could begin to operate in lsquoshadow formrsquo with initial seed-corn funding from 2018 onwards

For Chesterfeld and Staveley the geography is less complex with the key moves all within the administrative area of Chesterfeld Borough Council Here a local development company solution may be more appropriate which can also contribute to the delivery of the wider Derbyshire growth story

It will be important to ensure that development in both Growth Zones continues to contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2 under the auspices of the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Mitigation

Whilst HS2 has the potential to bring great benefts to the 44 East Midlands the scale of the new infrastructure involved will also result in some negative impacts ndash particularly in the short term Although the line of route has been designed to minimise impact on environmental assets challenges remain in a number of locations in Derbyshire Leicestershire and Nottinghamshire

Similarly where the line passes through urban areas for example Long Eaton some existing businesses will have to re-locate to alternative premises Whilst the Government has put in place a compensation scheme to assist those directly afected councils are keen to ensure the jobs and investment are retained in the local area wherever possible

The East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board has established a lsquomitigation sub-grouprsquo to work with DfT and HS2 Ltd to help develop detailed designs for key structures that will minimise and mitigate the environmental impacts of the line and look to ensure that existing businesses can continue to thrive As work starts on the development of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill it will be important to ensure that councils are able to inform the detail of the Governmentrsquos proposals on both an individual and collective basis

39

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

45 Phasing of Delivery This Growth Strategy demonstrated the scale complexity and interdependencies between programmes involving a range of partner agencies Many of these programmes involve major schemes that take many years to develop and deliver Although HS2 Phase 2b is not due to become fully operational until 2033 the lead in times are such that key decisions on what might be included within the Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environment Statement will actually be taken during the coming months With appropriate funding and collaboration a number of key moves can be implemented in the short term

Although the development may reach maturity in 2043 by the time HS2 opens there will in fact already be a new place (the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo) emerging around the station to welcome the frst passengers For this to be achieved the delivery partners will need to build momentum over the next 12 months and it is recognised this will require dedicated resource and governance

The evidence base underpinning the growth strategy provides a clear indication of the growth potential and promotes a range of key infrastructure concepts and moves However in order to take these forward and in particular promote some of them for possible inclusion in the Hybrid Bill the partners are clear that more detailed studies and analysis will be required and these will need to be developed in tandem with the work being undertaken for the railway

This highlights the need to establish a dedicated team and for further resources to commission and manage the work programme for the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Phases of Delivery

2017-2022 Hybrid bill development business case development (RS2CP6) land strategy and delivery body early phases of development

2022-2027 Early infrastructure development and key moves (eg depot relocation) next phases of development

2027-2033 HS2 Construction amp completiontesting

2033 HS2 becomes fully operational - local economic development builds momentum

2033-43 Development to maturity

46 First Phase Priorities The focus up to 2022 will be on ensuring the provisions of the Phase 2 Hybrid Bill enable our vision for the Hub Station and priorities for local and strategic connectivity to be implemented Delivery of improvements to the A52 at Bardills and Toton Lane will enable the early phases of the Toton Innovation Campus to commence helping to build investor confdence Completion for the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity plan will progress the wider mix of strategic and local interventions to detailed design stage To be successful all this activity will need to be underpinned by the establishment of a properly resourced and empowered local delivery bodyThe early completion of frst stages of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Station Link Road will help to kick start development in the North Derbyshire Growth Zone

40

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

1 High level Ministerial endorsement of the East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy including through

bull Funding the establishment of a lsquoshadow delivery bodyrsquo to start implementing the Growth Strategy locally and to establish a viable mechanism for capturing a proportion of development value necessary for infrastructure delivery and

bull Promotion by Government and its delivery bodies of key development opportunities set out in the Growth Strategy to national and international investors consistent with the Midlands Engine Vision for Growth

2 Support from DCLG for our vision for the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone by

bull Empowering the HCA to establish a strategic land strategy that will facilitate enabling infrastructure and subsequently to bring forward early phases of development and

bull Using other funding including the current Housing Infrastructure Fund (HIF) to help bring forward early phase infrastructure

3 Support from DfT and its delivery bodies for the implementation of early connectivity priorities related to the Hub Station through

bull Ensuring Highways England and HS2 Ltd contribute gap funding towards the East Midlands Gateway Connectivity Plan Phase 1 Study

bull Funding the delivery phases 1ab of the A52 Access Strategy to enable the initial phases of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo to commence before 2022 and

bull Identifying funding in the next Road Investment Strategy (RIS2) to develop a major scheme to address capacity at M1 Junction 25 and access the Hub Station from the A52 (phases 2 amp3 of the A52 Access Strategy) ndash also making the necessary provisions within the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill amp Environmental Statement

4 DfTHS2 Ltd to ensure that the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make provision at and around the Hub Station for

bull Capacity improvements to classic rail connectivity to the south and north of Toton HS2 station including Trent Junctions optimising the integration of classic and High Speed Rail services and including a lsquoclassic compatible linkrsquo to transform connectivity between Leicester and the north of England

bull An integrated station design including moving the station concourse north to better connect with tram and Public Transport Interchange with an integrated deck connecting eastwest over the HS2 track to

better integrate the Toton station into the heart of the new place ndash the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo This would include provision of a second transfer deck to the south of the main concourse to provide improve capacity and interchange between services

bull Fully integrated public transport interchange and walking routes connecting surrounding communities to promote sustainable travel reduce the need for car parking and thereby make best use of land and local assets including the tram as a means of linking Park amp Ride facilities with the station

bull North South connectivity through the site to connect Long Eaton and Stapleford and to enable local communities to access the station by all modes

bull A clear car parking strategy with a decked car park at the station (premium) complemented by NET based Park and Ride

bull Provision for three bridges as follows

- Integrated with concourse deck to create east west route for tram and sustainable transport links between east and west development areas and to Long Eaton airport and Derby

- Multi-modal bridge south of the A52 to enable resilience in the local network connections to the western development area and

41

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

- Pedestrian bridge at mid-point between the above to connect new communities

bull Provision for an underpass under the Network Rail and HS2 lines to the south of the concourse to enable links between Stapleford Long Eaton and the station by various modes and in particular public transport but as a secondary primary access connecting east and west development areas within the Innovation Campus

5 Separately to ensure the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make specifc provision to deliver the NET tram extension from the existing Toton Park amp Ride to the HS2 Station consistent with the provisions set our above

6 DfTHS2 Ltd to designate Staveley as a major construction hubrailhead for the construction of Phase 2b in addition to the establishment of the Infrastructure Maintenance Depot

7 Government to make a contribution towards the delivery of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Chesterfeld Station Link Road to unlock early development and growth in the corridor

8 Further fnancial and technical support from Network Rail HS2 Ltd and HS2 Growth Partnership to work collaboratively on the relocation of the DBS Depot and Network Rail Sidings to enable development growth and transport connections through the Hub Station area

9 DfTHS2 Ltd to amend the HS2 Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS) to ensure that both Shefeld HS2 classic compatible services stop at Chesterfeld

10 Commitment from DfTHS2 Ltd to at least partially open the Hub Station at Toton by 2030 rather than 2033 to generate additional passenger revenue and accelerate the delivery of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

42

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy World Class - Locally Driven

For more information please contact East Midlands Councils Tel 01664 502620 Email infoemcouncilsgovuk

  • Structure Bookmarks
    • Born 1946-1964
    • Born 1964-1980
    • Born 1980-2000
    • Born 2000+
    • The Hub Station and surrounding area
    • Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone
    • Chesterfield Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo
    • Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site
Page 34: East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy - Broxtowe€¦ · 3.7 Park & Ride 3.8 4.3 East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Contents Contents Foreword 3 3.6 Cycling & Walking 33 Executive Summary

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Sandiacre and Toton as well as access from the A52 would enable a commercially viable network of bus services to be established

For Chesterfeld a new road link into the south of the station complex for buses and taxis will provide a through route that will integrate the existing station into local public transport networks more efectively

36 Cycling amp Walking Every rail passenger is a pedestrian at the point of boarding a train Making the Hub Station and the immediate surrounding environment pedestrian friendly will make travel by train more attractive and help to drive patronage

It is also important that local people in surrounding communities have safe and attractive routes for walking and cycling ndash not just to the Hub Station but also to and within the proposed Innovation Campus Cycling and walking are likely to become more attractive options to future generations as public attitudes to travel continue to change This trend has been refected in the core design principles we have established that will underpin future development on the Hub Station site

For Chesterfeld we have set out proposals known as lsquoPlatform 4rsquo for enhancing pedestrian and public transport accessibility between the Station and the town centre over the A61 dual carriageway

37 Park amp Ride A well-coordinated and managed park amp ride strategy can help to reduce the impacts of congestion and provide viable transport choices for local communities

There are opportunities to develop park and ride facilities serving the Hub Station in tandem with a phased roll out of an extended mass transit system The existing park amp

Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site

ride site at Toton Lane (1300 spaces) linked to the tram will be retained albeit in modifed form In addition to a multi-storey car park at the Hub Station itself (1300 spaces proposed) there is an opportunity to develop an additional parking facility of a similar size west of M1 Junction 25 linked to a frst phase extension of the tram over the Hub Station

33

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

This would give a third car park option and the ability to manage travel demand to the Hub Station site in a more fexible manner - as well as an ability to reduce pressure on M1 Junction 25

On the Derby side of the A52 there are options for park and ride sites on the east side of Derby as part of a mass transit system linking Pride Park and Derby Station to the City Centre which could ultimately connect to the Hub Station

38 Strategic amp Local Road Access Despite the focus on public transport cycling and walking access by private car will still be important and a 1300 space multi-storey car park is proposed at the Hub Station However this will require a highway solution that must also address a number of existing challenges

Access from the A52 and M1

Access from the strategic road network into the Hub Station Site will be critical Our technical work has suggested that a single access from the A52 into the site for all movements is unlikely to be deliverable Whilst an engineering solution could be developed it would be very expensive environmentally damaging and take up valuable land that could be better used for economic development purposes

As a result a phased approach is proposed comprising the following key moves

1 A new lsquoat gradersquo junction on the A52 east of the Bardills Roundabout linked to a new Toton Lane which would provide access from Nottingham to the east of the Hub Station site and support the early phases of development of the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

2 A new lsquoof setrsquo junction on the A52 to the west of the use of the construction access required by HS2 Ltd M1 which would remove local movements from M1 to build the Hub Station Junction 25 and provide a more direct route under

Our technical work suggests there is scope to deliver key the motorway into Long Eaton

moves 1) and 2) in advance of the Hub Station opening 3 A new lsquograde separatedrsquo junction on the A52 to the The scale of existing problems and likely future trafc

north of the Hub Station to provide access from growth on the A52 corridor suggests that there is already a Derby and the M1 ndash which has the potential to make strong case for Highways England working with Midlands

Provide local road access to StaplefordSandiacre

Relieve congestion at Bardills and Toton Lane

Provide access from A52

Separate local amp strategic movements at J25

Provide for E-W movements

Provide for local road access for Long Eaton

Strategic amp Local Road Access Challenges

34

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Access from A52 and M1

Connect and local partners to make a proposal for major scheme funding in RIS 2 ndash which would also contribute to a comprehensive connectivity strategy for the Hub Station

A direct link to the Hub Station from the north through 3) will be linked to the construction of the station itself by HS2 Ltd and may be able to make use of any temporary construction access required by HS2 Ltd

Stanton Sandiacre

Derby

Stapleford

Long Eaton

Primary HS2

access

New eastern access

Re-modelled Bardills junction

New eastern access link

Toton Lane

Local access link

Local local link

New ofset A52 Junction

New local link

Remodelled M1 Junction 25

link

1a

1b

3 2

M1

A52

HS2

Local access Nottingham

junction

39

Finally there is the potential to establish a Park amp Ride site west of the M1 linked to a tram extension and the proposed lsquoof-setrsquo junction on the A52 This would provide a further car parking option for the Hub Station and help to manage movements through M1 Junction 25

Local Road Access

As described above local road access to the Hub Station from Long Eaton Stapleford Sandiacre and Toton will be important to secure commercially viable bus and coach services and taxis ndash as well as safe cycle routes We have developed a proposal for local access that can be integrated into the design of the Hub Station and which will complement the proposed strategic links Key to this will be the development of a local road link running under the HS2 and classic rail tracks to the south of the Hub Station

Next Steps We are clear that whilst all the individual elements of our connectivity strategy will have positive outcomes the real benefts will only be achieved by taking an integrated approach to scheme development and delivery

We will therefore develop our proposals further through a project joint funded by Midlands Connect East Midlands partners HS2 Ltd and Highways England known as the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan Phase 1 will use transport modelling to optimise the package of interventions and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment Phase 2 will examine connectivity issues over a wider strategic area including the long term future of the M1

Further detail on delivery is contained in Section 4

35

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Local Road Access Diagram

1

2

3

4

5

6

New A52 access Pedestrian NET link Bus Interchange amp Station Car Park

Remodelled Bardills roundabout

7

8

9

10

11

Local link to Long Eaton

New Bardills roundabout Local link to Sandiacre

New Toton Lane NET extension amp option to extend to EMA Derby

HS2 underpass Station Concourse

HS2 overpass

36

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Section 4 | Delivery Summary

We have undertaken a number of technical studies to understand the costs and benefts of various scales and rates of development to inform the development of an initial outlines business case for our proposals consistent with Treasury requirements which is set out in a separate document This work will evolve and become more granular as our growth proposition matures

There is potential for signifcant employment and housing development across the East Midlands Hub and Derbyshire Growth Zones This will make a signifcant contribution to the Governmentrsquos rebalancing agenda and provide an impetus for growth across the wider East Midlands where there is potential to deliver an additional 74000 jobs and pound4 billion of GVA above trend

We have set out the key moves necessary to deliver our proposals for people place and connectivity and highlighted the immediate measures necessary to safeguard future opportunities Detailed proposals are set out in Appendix 1

We are keen to work with Government to develop propositions for powerful locally led development bodies that can deliver our ambitions for the Hub Station and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zones and contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2

37

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

41 Developing an Investible Proposition Realising our vision for growth will require a combination of strong leadership and clear decision making To inform this we have undertaken a comprehensive programme of technical work to inform our thinking and provide the evidence base for this Growth Strategy including

bull Comprehensive non-statutory development frameworks covering the East Midlands Hub and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

bull A number of concept studies to assess the options for key infrastructure moves including relocation of the existing rail depots at Toton strategic highway access and mass transit extensions

bull A Development Infrastructure Funding (DIF) Study to understand the costs and benefts of diferent scales and rates of development and a funding and delivery mechanisms study to identify options for forward funding of key infrastructure and delivery vehicles

This information has been used to construct an initial outline lsquobusiness casersquo document for our proposals consistent with the Treasuryrsquos lsquoGreen Bookrsquo guidance and will provide the basis for an ongoing dialogue with Government and HS2 Ltd This work will evolve and become more granular over time as our growth proposition matures

Some of the major infrastructure investments will be subject to a separate business case through other established Government programmes such as the Roads Investment Strategy (RIS) This still requires a high-level

case to be made through the Growth Strategy as well as efective co-ordination of planning funding and delivery with other Growth Strategy interventions

42 Key Moves The work we have undertaken to date has identifed a series of key moves that will be required to implement the Growth Strategy including a number of immediate actions which will be necessary to safeguard future opportunities Further detail on these and the necessary enabling measures by Government and its delivery bodies is set out in Appendix 1

People

Our immediate priorities can be delivered largely within existing resources with strong local leadership from the LEPs and the East Midlands Chamber of Commerce and comprise

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to business support that will help local SMEs beneft from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities

bull Establishing a lsquorail industry innovation grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2 awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2

Over the longer term we would expect mainstream Government funding for skills and business support activity to be refocussed around our priorities and complement the strategic approach to skills envisaged by the Midlands Engine

Place

For the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone there are a number of planning land assembly remediation and infrastructure issues that will need to be addressed to enable our vision to be delivered in full In the immediate short term it will be vital to ensure that existing planning consent for the Lime Rise development close to the Hub Station can contribute positively to the delivery of our growth vision

In addition there is a need for further work with the relevant organisations on options for relocating the rail siding and depot activity and the electricity sub-station to locations outside of the Hub Station site and on the expansion and relocation of existing school provision to a better location within the site

Elsewhere we are keen to take forward further work with the Ministry of Defence and the Homes and Communities Agency to ensure that the re-development of the Chetwynd Barracks can actively contribute to a lsquonetwork of garden villagesrsquo

In the Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone the key priority in Chesterfeld will be the delivery of proposals to transform pedestrian and public transport connectivity between the rail station and the town For Staveley the early priorities will be to confrm the depot site as a construction base for HS2 and to secure the frst phases of the Chesterfeld and Staveley Regeneration Route including the provision of improved public transport and pedestrian links necessary to deliver the wider Staveley masterplan

38

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Connectivity

Our immediate priority is to safeguard the potential to secure a classic compatible link at the Hub Station and for enhanced capacity at Trent Junctions capable of delivering the Midlands Connect ITSS These will require the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill which is due to be considered by Ministers in the autumn of 2017 to include provision for the necessary land take

The public transport overbridge and local road connections proposed for the Hub Station will impact on the Hybrid Bill and the associated Environmental Impact Statement and will need to be incorporated into the emerging Hub Station design commissioned by HS2 Ltd

We will need to confrm support from Highways England and HS2 Ltd to take forward the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan with Midlands Connect This work will optimise the package of interventions proposed to serve the Hub Station and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment However we believe we have a sufcient case now for Highways England to identify funding in RIS2 to develop a major scheme on the A52M1 J25 that address existing congestion issues and contributes to the wider solution for accessing the Hub Station

43 Proposals for Delivery Bodies The geographic and political context for the area around the Hub Station is complex spanning a number of local planning authorities local transport authorities and local enterprise partnerships Our work to date has highlighted a range of potential delivery and funding mechanisms that would help to enable development in particular options for Tax Increment Financing (TIf ) But these will require a strategic approach to investment over a number of administrative areas to be efective

There is a local appetite to establish a powerful delivery body that could work at a scale to drive forward our growth vision There are a range of options including the potential for the kind of lsquolocally-led development corporationrsquo envisaged by the Neighbourhood Planning Act 2017

We would like to work with Government over the coming months to develop a proposition for a delivery body for the Hub Station Growth Zone that could begin to operate in lsquoshadow formrsquo with initial seed-corn funding from 2018 onwards

For Chesterfeld and Staveley the geography is less complex with the key moves all within the administrative area of Chesterfeld Borough Council Here a local development company solution may be more appropriate which can also contribute to the delivery of the wider Derbyshire growth story

It will be important to ensure that development in both Growth Zones continues to contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2 under the auspices of the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Mitigation

Whilst HS2 has the potential to bring great benefts to the 44 East Midlands the scale of the new infrastructure involved will also result in some negative impacts ndash particularly in the short term Although the line of route has been designed to minimise impact on environmental assets challenges remain in a number of locations in Derbyshire Leicestershire and Nottinghamshire

Similarly where the line passes through urban areas for example Long Eaton some existing businesses will have to re-locate to alternative premises Whilst the Government has put in place a compensation scheme to assist those directly afected councils are keen to ensure the jobs and investment are retained in the local area wherever possible

The East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board has established a lsquomitigation sub-grouprsquo to work with DfT and HS2 Ltd to help develop detailed designs for key structures that will minimise and mitigate the environmental impacts of the line and look to ensure that existing businesses can continue to thrive As work starts on the development of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill it will be important to ensure that councils are able to inform the detail of the Governmentrsquos proposals on both an individual and collective basis

39

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

45 Phasing of Delivery This Growth Strategy demonstrated the scale complexity and interdependencies between programmes involving a range of partner agencies Many of these programmes involve major schemes that take many years to develop and deliver Although HS2 Phase 2b is not due to become fully operational until 2033 the lead in times are such that key decisions on what might be included within the Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environment Statement will actually be taken during the coming months With appropriate funding and collaboration a number of key moves can be implemented in the short term

Although the development may reach maturity in 2043 by the time HS2 opens there will in fact already be a new place (the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo) emerging around the station to welcome the frst passengers For this to be achieved the delivery partners will need to build momentum over the next 12 months and it is recognised this will require dedicated resource and governance

The evidence base underpinning the growth strategy provides a clear indication of the growth potential and promotes a range of key infrastructure concepts and moves However in order to take these forward and in particular promote some of them for possible inclusion in the Hybrid Bill the partners are clear that more detailed studies and analysis will be required and these will need to be developed in tandem with the work being undertaken for the railway

This highlights the need to establish a dedicated team and for further resources to commission and manage the work programme for the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Phases of Delivery

2017-2022 Hybrid bill development business case development (RS2CP6) land strategy and delivery body early phases of development

2022-2027 Early infrastructure development and key moves (eg depot relocation) next phases of development

2027-2033 HS2 Construction amp completiontesting

2033 HS2 becomes fully operational - local economic development builds momentum

2033-43 Development to maturity

46 First Phase Priorities The focus up to 2022 will be on ensuring the provisions of the Phase 2 Hybrid Bill enable our vision for the Hub Station and priorities for local and strategic connectivity to be implemented Delivery of improvements to the A52 at Bardills and Toton Lane will enable the early phases of the Toton Innovation Campus to commence helping to build investor confdence Completion for the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity plan will progress the wider mix of strategic and local interventions to detailed design stage To be successful all this activity will need to be underpinned by the establishment of a properly resourced and empowered local delivery bodyThe early completion of frst stages of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Station Link Road will help to kick start development in the North Derbyshire Growth Zone

40

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

1 High level Ministerial endorsement of the East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy including through

bull Funding the establishment of a lsquoshadow delivery bodyrsquo to start implementing the Growth Strategy locally and to establish a viable mechanism for capturing a proportion of development value necessary for infrastructure delivery and

bull Promotion by Government and its delivery bodies of key development opportunities set out in the Growth Strategy to national and international investors consistent with the Midlands Engine Vision for Growth

2 Support from DCLG for our vision for the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone by

bull Empowering the HCA to establish a strategic land strategy that will facilitate enabling infrastructure and subsequently to bring forward early phases of development and

bull Using other funding including the current Housing Infrastructure Fund (HIF) to help bring forward early phase infrastructure

3 Support from DfT and its delivery bodies for the implementation of early connectivity priorities related to the Hub Station through

bull Ensuring Highways England and HS2 Ltd contribute gap funding towards the East Midlands Gateway Connectivity Plan Phase 1 Study

bull Funding the delivery phases 1ab of the A52 Access Strategy to enable the initial phases of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo to commence before 2022 and

bull Identifying funding in the next Road Investment Strategy (RIS2) to develop a major scheme to address capacity at M1 Junction 25 and access the Hub Station from the A52 (phases 2 amp3 of the A52 Access Strategy) ndash also making the necessary provisions within the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill amp Environmental Statement

4 DfTHS2 Ltd to ensure that the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make provision at and around the Hub Station for

bull Capacity improvements to classic rail connectivity to the south and north of Toton HS2 station including Trent Junctions optimising the integration of classic and High Speed Rail services and including a lsquoclassic compatible linkrsquo to transform connectivity between Leicester and the north of England

bull An integrated station design including moving the station concourse north to better connect with tram and Public Transport Interchange with an integrated deck connecting eastwest over the HS2 track to

better integrate the Toton station into the heart of the new place ndash the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo This would include provision of a second transfer deck to the south of the main concourse to provide improve capacity and interchange between services

bull Fully integrated public transport interchange and walking routes connecting surrounding communities to promote sustainable travel reduce the need for car parking and thereby make best use of land and local assets including the tram as a means of linking Park amp Ride facilities with the station

bull North South connectivity through the site to connect Long Eaton and Stapleford and to enable local communities to access the station by all modes

bull A clear car parking strategy with a decked car park at the station (premium) complemented by NET based Park and Ride

bull Provision for three bridges as follows

- Integrated with concourse deck to create east west route for tram and sustainable transport links between east and west development areas and to Long Eaton airport and Derby

- Multi-modal bridge south of the A52 to enable resilience in the local network connections to the western development area and

41

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

- Pedestrian bridge at mid-point between the above to connect new communities

bull Provision for an underpass under the Network Rail and HS2 lines to the south of the concourse to enable links between Stapleford Long Eaton and the station by various modes and in particular public transport but as a secondary primary access connecting east and west development areas within the Innovation Campus

5 Separately to ensure the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make specifc provision to deliver the NET tram extension from the existing Toton Park amp Ride to the HS2 Station consistent with the provisions set our above

6 DfTHS2 Ltd to designate Staveley as a major construction hubrailhead for the construction of Phase 2b in addition to the establishment of the Infrastructure Maintenance Depot

7 Government to make a contribution towards the delivery of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Chesterfeld Station Link Road to unlock early development and growth in the corridor

8 Further fnancial and technical support from Network Rail HS2 Ltd and HS2 Growth Partnership to work collaboratively on the relocation of the DBS Depot and Network Rail Sidings to enable development growth and transport connections through the Hub Station area

9 DfTHS2 Ltd to amend the HS2 Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS) to ensure that both Shefeld HS2 classic compatible services stop at Chesterfeld

10 Commitment from DfTHS2 Ltd to at least partially open the Hub Station at Toton by 2030 rather than 2033 to generate additional passenger revenue and accelerate the delivery of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

42

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy World Class - Locally Driven

For more information please contact East Midlands Councils Tel 01664 502620 Email infoemcouncilsgovuk

  • Structure Bookmarks
    • Born 1946-1964
    • Born 1964-1980
    • Born 1980-2000
    • Born 2000+
    • The Hub Station and surrounding area
    • Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone
    • Chesterfield Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo
    • Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site
Page 35: East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy - Broxtowe€¦ · 3.7 Park & Ride 3.8 4.3 East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Contents Contents Foreword 3 3.6 Cycling & Walking 33 Executive Summary

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

This would give a third car park option and the ability to manage travel demand to the Hub Station site in a more fexible manner - as well as an ability to reduce pressure on M1 Junction 25

On the Derby side of the A52 there are options for park and ride sites on the east side of Derby as part of a mass transit system linking Pride Park and Derby Station to the City Centre which could ultimately connect to the Hub Station

38 Strategic amp Local Road Access Despite the focus on public transport cycling and walking access by private car will still be important and a 1300 space multi-storey car park is proposed at the Hub Station However this will require a highway solution that must also address a number of existing challenges

Access from the A52 and M1

Access from the strategic road network into the Hub Station Site will be critical Our technical work has suggested that a single access from the A52 into the site for all movements is unlikely to be deliverable Whilst an engineering solution could be developed it would be very expensive environmentally damaging and take up valuable land that could be better used for economic development purposes

As a result a phased approach is proposed comprising the following key moves

1 A new lsquoat gradersquo junction on the A52 east of the Bardills Roundabout linked to a new Toton Lane which would provide access from Nottingham to the east of the Hub Station site and support the early phases of development of the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

2 A new lsquoof setrsquo junction on the A52 to the west of the use of the construction access required by HS2 Ltd M1 which would remove local movements from M1 to build the Hub Station Junction 25 and provide a more direct route under

Our technical work suggests there is scope to deliver key the motorway into Long Eaton

moves 1) and 2) in advance of the Hub Station opening 3 A new lsquograde separatedrsquo junction on the A52 to the The scale of existing problems and likely future trafc

north of the Hub Station to provide access from growth on the A52 corridor suggests that there is already a Derby and the M1 ndash which has the potential to make strong case for Highways England working with Midlands

Provide local road access to StaplefordSandiacre

Relieve congestion at Bardills and Toton Lane

Provide access from A52

Separate local amp strategic movements at J25

Provide for E-W movements

Provide for local road access for Long Eaton

Strategic amp Local Road Access Challenges

34

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Access from A52 and M1

Connect and local partners to make a proposal for major scheme funding in RIS 2 ndash which would also contribute to a comprehensive connectivity strategy for the Hub Station

A direct link to the Hub Station from the north through 3) will be linked to the construction of the station itself by HS2 Ltd and may be able to make use of any temporary construction access required by HS2 Ltd

Stanton Sandiacre

Derby

Stapleford

Long Eaton

Primary HS2

access

New eastern access

Re-modelled Bardills junction

New eastern access link

Toton Lane

Local access link

Local local link

New ofset A52 Junction

New local link

Remodelled M1 Junction 25

link

1a

1b

3 2

M1

A52

HS2

Local access Nottingham

junction

39

Finally there is the potential to establish a Park amp Ride site west of the M1 linked to a tram extension and the proposed lsquoof-setrsquo junction on the A52 This would provide a further car parking option for the Hub Station and help to manage movements through M1 Junction 25

Local Road Access

As described above local road access to the Hub Station from Long Eaton Stapleford Sandiacre and Toton will be important to secure commercially viable bus and coach services and taxis ndash as well as safe cycle routes We have developed a proposal for local access that can be integrated into the design of the Hub Station and which will complement the proposed strategic links Key to this will be the development of a local road link running under the HS2 and classic rail tracks to the south of the Hub Station

Next Steps We are clear that whilst all the individual elements of our connectivity strategy will have positive outcomes the real benefts will only be achieved by taking an integrated approach to scheme development and delivery

We will therefore develop our proposals further through a project joint funded by Midlands Connect East Midlands partners HS2 Ltd and Highways England known as the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan Phase 1 will use transport modelling to optimise the package of interventions and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment Phase 2 will examine connectivity issues over a wider strategic area including the long term future of the M1

Further detail on delivery is contained in Section 4

35

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Local Road Access Diagram

1

2

3

4

5

6

New A52 access Pedestrian NET link Bus Interchange amp Station Car Park

Remodelled Bardills roundabout

7

8

9

10

11

Local link to Long Eaton

New Bardills roundabout Local link to Sandiacre

New Toton Lane NET extension amp option to extend to EMA Derby

HS2 underpass Station Concourse

HS2 overpass

36

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Section 4 | Delivery Summary

We have undertaken a number of technical studies to understand the costs and benefts of various scales and rates of development to inform the development of an initial outlines business case for our proposals consistent with Treasury requirements which is set out in a separate document This work will evolve and become more granular as our growth proposition matures

There is potential for signifcant employment and housing development across the East Midlands Hub and Derbyshire Growth Zones This will make a signifcant contribution to the Governmentrsquos rebalancing agenda and provide an impetus for growth across the wider East Midlands where there is potential to deliver an additional 74000 jobs and pound4 billion of GVA above trend

We have set out the key moves necessary to deliver our proposals for people place and connectivity and highlighted the immediate measures necessary to safeguard future opportunities Detailed proposals are set out in Appendix 1

We are keen to work with Government to develop propositions for powerful locally led development bodies that can deliver our ambitions for the Hub Station and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zones and contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2

37

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

41 Developing an Investible Proposition Realising our vision for growth will require a combination of strong leadership and clear decision making To inform this we have undertaken a comprehensive programme of technical work to inform our thinking and provide the evidence base for this Growth Strategy including

bull Comprehensive non-statutory development frameworks covering the East Midlands Hub and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

bull A number of concept studies to assess the options for key infrastructure moves including relocation of the existing rail depots at Toton strategic highway access and mass transit extensions

bull A Development Infrastructure Funding (DIF) Study to understand the costs and benefts of diferent scales and rates of development and a funding and delivery mechanisms study to identify options for forward funding of key infrastructure and delivery vehicles

This information has been used to construct an initial outline lsquobusiness casersquo document for our proposals consistent with the Treasuryrsquos lsquoGreen Bookrsquo guidance and will provide the basis for an ongoing dialogue with Government and HS2 Ltd This work will evolve and become more granular over time as our growth proposition matures

Some of the major infrastructure investments will be subject to a separate business case through other established Government programmes such as the Roads Investment Strategy (RIS) This still requires a high-level

case to be made through the Growth Strategy as well as efective co-ordination of planning funding and delivery with other Growth Strategy interventions

42 Key Moves The work we have undertaken to date has identifed a series of key moves that will be required to implement the Growth Strategy including a number of immediate actions which will be necessary to safeguard future opportunities Further detail on these and the necessary enabling measures by Government and its delivery bodies is set out in Appendix 1

People

Our immediate priorities can be delivered largely within existing resources with strong local leadership from the LEPs and the East Midlands Chamber of Commerce and comprise

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to business support that will help local SMEs beneft from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities

bull Establishing a lsquorail industry innovation grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2 awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2

Over the longer term we would expect mainstream Government funding for skills and business support activity to be refocussed around our priorities and complement the strategic approach to skills envisaged by the Midlands Engine

Place

For the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone there are a number of planning land assembly remediation and infrastructure issues that will need to be addressed to enable our vision to be delivered in full In the immediate short term it will be vital to ensure that existing planning consent for the Lime Rise development close to the Hub Station can contribute positively to the delivery of our growth vision

In addition there is a need for further work with the relevant organisations on options for relocating the rail siding and depot activity and the electricity sub-station to locations outside of the Hub Station site and on the expansion and relocation of existing school provision to a better location within the site

Elsewhere we are keen to take forward further work with the Ministry of Defence and the Homes and Communities Agency to ensure that the re-development of the Chetwynd Barracks can actively contribute to a lsquonetwork of garden villagesrsquo

In the Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone the key priority in Chesterfeld will be the delivery of proposals to transform pedestrian and public transport connectivity between the rail station and the town For Staveley the early priorities will be to confrm the depot site as a construction base for HS2 and to secure the frst phases of the Chesterfeld and Staveley Regeneration Route including the provision of improved public transport and pedestrian links necessary to deliver the wider Staveley masterplan

38

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Connectivity

Our immediate priority is to safeguard the potential to secure a classic compatible link at the Hub Station and for enhanced capacity at Trent Junctions capable of delivering the Midlands Connect ITSS These will require the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill which is due to be considered by Ministers in the autumn of 2017 to include provision for the necessary land take

The public transport overbridge and local road connections proposed for the Hub Station will impact on the Hybrid Bill and the associated Environmental Impact Statement and will need to be incorporated into the emerging Hub Station design commissioned by HS2 Ltd

We will need to confrm support from Highways England and HS2 Ltd to take forward the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan with Midlands Connect This work will optimise the package of interventions proposed to serve the Hub Station and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment However we believe we have a sufcient case now for Highways England to identify funding in RIS2 to develop a major scheme on the A52M1 J25 that address existing congestion issues and contributes to the wider solution for accessing the Hub Station

43 Proposals for Delivery Bodies The geographic and political context for the area around the Hub Station is complex spanning a number of local planning authorities local transport authorities and local enterprise partnerships Our work to date has highlighted a range of potential delivery and funding mechanisms that would help to enable development in particular options for Tax Increment Financing (TIf ) But these will require a strategic approach to investment over a number of administrative areas to be efective

There is a local appetite to establish a powerful delivery body that could work at a scale to drive forward our growth vision There are a range of options including the potential for the kind of lsquolocally-led development corporationrsquo envisaged by the Neighbourhood Planning Act 2017

We would like to work with Government over the coming months to develop a proposition for a delivery body for the Hub Station Growth Zone that could begin to operate in lsquoshadow formrsquo with initial seed-corn funding from 2018 onwards

For Chesterfeld and Staveley the geography is less complex with the key moves all within the administrative area of Chesterfeld Borough Council Here a local development company solution may be more appropriate which can also contribute to the delivery of the wider Derbyshire growth story

It will be important to ensure that development in both Growth Zones continues to contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2 under the auspices of the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Mitigation

Whilst HS2 has the potential to bring great benefts to the 44 East Midlands the scale of the new infrastructure involved will also result in some negative impacts ndash particularly in the short term Although the line of route has been designed to minimise impact on environmental assets challenges remain in a number of locations in Derbyshire Leicestershire and Nottinghamshire

Similarly where the line passes through urban areas for example Long Eaton some existing businesses will have to re-locate to alternative premises Whilst the Government has put in place a compensation scheme to assist those directly afected councils are keen to ensure the jobs and investment are retained in the local area wherever possible

The East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board has established a lsquomitigation sub-grouprsquo to work with DfT and HS2 Ltd to help develop detailed designs for key structures that will minimise and mitigate the environmental impacts of the line and look to ensure that existing businesses can continue to thrive As work starts on the development of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill it will be important to ensure that councils are able to inform the detail of the Governmentrsquos proposals on both an individual and collective basis

39

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

45 Phasing of Delivery This Growth Strategy demonstrated the scale complexity and interdependencies between programmes involving a range of partner agencies Many of these programmes involve major schemes that take many years to develop and deliver Although HS2 Phase 2b is not due to become fully operational until 2033 the lead in times are such that key decisions on what might be included within the Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environment Statement will actually be taken during the coming months With appropriate funding and collaboration a number of key moves can be implemented in the short term

Although the development may reach maturity in 2043 by the time HS2 opens there will in fact already be a new place (the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo) emerging around the station to welcome the frst passengers For this to be achieved the delivery partners will need to build momentum over the next 12 months and it is recognised this will require dedicated resource and governance

The evidence base underpinning the growth strategy provides a clear indication of the growth potential and promotes a range of key infrastructure concepts and moves However in order to take these forward and in particular promote some of them for possible inclusion in the Hybrid Bill the partners are clear that more detailed studies and analysis will be required and these will need to be developed in tandem with the work being undertaken for the railway

This highlights the need to establish a dedicated team and for further resources to commission and manage the work programme for the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Phases of Delivery

2017-2022 Hybrid bill development business case development (RS2CP6) land strategy and delivery body early phases of development

2022-2027 Early infrastructure development and key moves (eg depot relocation) next phases of development

2027-2033 HS2 Construction amp completiontesting

2033 HS2 becomes fully operational - local economic development builds momentum

2033-43 Development to maturity

46 First Phase Priorities The focus up to 2022 will be on ensuring the provisions of the Phase 2 Hybrid Bill enable our vision for the Hub Station and priorities for local and strategic connectivity to be implemented Delivery of improvements to the A52 at Bardills and Toton Lane will enable the early phases of the Toton Innovation Campus to commence helping to build investor confdence Completion for the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity plan will progress the wider mix of strategic and local interventions to detailed design stage To be successful all this activity will need to be underpinned by the establishment of a properly resourced and empowered local delivery bodyThe early completion of frst stages of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Station Link Road will help to kick start development in the North Derbyshire Growth Zone

40

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

1 High level Ministerial endorsement of the East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy including through

bull Funding the establishment of a lsquoshadow delivery bodyrsquo to start implementing the Growth Strategy locally and to establish a viable mechanism for capturing a proportion of development value necessary for infrastructure delivery and

bull Promotion by Government and its delivery bodies of key development opportunities set out in the Growth Strategy to national and international investors consistent with the Midlands Engine Vision for Growth

2 Support from DCLG for our vision for the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone by

bull Empowering the HCA to establish a strategic land strategy that will facilitate enabling infrastructure and subsequently to bring forward early phases of development and

bull Using other funding including the current Housing Infrastructure Fund (HIF) to help bring forward early phase infrastructure

3 Support from DfT and its delivery bodies for the implementation of early connectivity priorities related to the Hub Station through

bull Ensuring Highways England and HS2 Ltd contribute gap funding towards the East Midlands Gateway Connectivity Plan Phase 1 Study

bull Funding the delivery phases 1ab of the A52 Access Strategy to enable the initial phases of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo to commence before 2022 and

bull Identifying funding in the next Road Investment Strategy (RIS2) to develop a major scheme to address capacity at M1 Junction 25 and access the Hub Station from the A52 (phases 2 amp3 of the A52 Access Strategy) ndash also making the necessary provisions within the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill amp Environmental Statement

4 DfTHS2 Ltd to ensure that the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make provision at and around the Hub Station for

bull Capacity improvements to classic rail connectivity to the south and north of Toton HS2 station including Trent Junctions optimising the integration of classic and High Speed Rail services and including a lsquoclassic compatible linkrsquo to transform connectivity between Leicester and the north of England

bull An integrated station design including moving the station concourse north to better connect with tram and Public Transport Interchange with an integrated deck connecting eastwest over the HS2 track to

better integrate the Toton station into the heart of the new place ndash the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo This would include provision of a second transfer deck to the south of the main concourse to provide improve capacity and interchange between services

bull Fully integrated public transport interchange and walking routes connecting surrounding communities to promote sustainable travel reduce the need for car parking and thereby make best use of land and local assets including the tram as a means of linking Park amp Ride facilities with the station

bull North South connectivity through the site to connect Long Eaton and Stapleford and to enable local communities to access the station by all modes

bull A clear car parking strategy with a decked car park at the station (premium) complemented by NET based Park and Ride

bull Provision for three bridges as follows

- Integrated with concourse deck to create east west route for tram and sustainable transport links between east and west development areas and to Long Eaton airport and Derby

- Multi-modal bridge south of the A52 to enable resilience in the local network connections to the western development area and

41

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

- Pedestrian bridge at mid-point between the above to connect new communities

bull Provision for an underpass under the Network Rail and HS2 lines to the south of the concourse to enable links between Stapleford Long Eaton and the station by various modes and in particular public transport but as a secondary primary access connecting east and west development areas within the Innovation Campus

5 Separately to ensure the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make specifc provision to deliver the NET tram extension from the existing Toton Park amp Ride to the HS2 Station consistent with the provisions set our above

6 DfTHS2 Ltd to designate Staveley as a major construction hubrailhead for the construction of Phase 2b in addition to the establishment of the Infrastructure Maintenance Depot

7 Government to make a contribution towards the delivery of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Chesterfeld Station Link Road to unlock early development and growth in the corridor

8 Further fnancial and technical support from Network Rail HS2 Ltd and HS2 Growth Partnership to work collaboratively on the relocation of the DBS Depot and Network Rail Sidings to enable development growth and transport connections through the Hub Station area

9 DfTHS2 Ltd to amend the HS2 Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS) to ensure that both Shefeld HS2 classic compatible services stop at Chesterfeld

10 Commitment from DfTHS2 Ltd to at least partially open the Hub Station at Toton by 2030 rather than 2033 to generate additional passenger revenue and accelerate the delivery of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

42

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy World Class - Locally Driven

For more information please contact East Midlands Councils Tel 01664 502620 Email infoemcouncilsgovuk

  • Structure Bookmarks
    • Born 1946-1964
    • Born 1964-1980
    • Born 1980-2000
    • Born 2000+
    • The Hub Station and surrounding area
    • Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone
    • Chesterfield Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo
    • Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site
Page 36: East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy - Broxtowe€¦ · 3.7 Park & Ride 3.8 4.3 East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Contents Contents Foreword 3 3.6 Cycling & Walking 33 Executive Summary

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Access from A52 and M1

Connect and local partners to make a proposal for major scheme funding in RIS 2 ndash which would also contribute to a comprehensive connectivity strategy for the Hub Station

A direct link to the Hub Station from the north through 3) will be linked to the construction of the station itself by HS2 Ltd and may be able to make use of any temporary construction access required by HS2 Ltd

Stanton Sandiacre

Derby

Stapleford

Long Eaton

Primary HS2

access

New eastern access

Re-modelled Bardills junction

New eastern access link

Toton Lane

Local access link

Local local link

New ofset A52 Junction

New local link

Remodelled M1 Junction 25

link

1a

1b

3 2

M1

A52

HS2

Local access Nottingham

junction

39

Finally there is the potential to establish a Park amp Ride site west of the M1 linked to a tram extension and the proposed lsquoof-setrsquo junction on the A52 This would provide a further car parking option for the Hub Station and help to manage movements through M1 Junction 25

Local Road Access

As described above local road access to the Hub Station from Long Eaton Stapleford Sandiacre and Toton will be important to secure commercially viable bus and coach services and taxis ndash as well as safe cycle routes We have developed a proposal for local access that can be integrated into the design of the Hub Station and which will complement the proposed strategic links Key to this will be the development of a local road link running under the HS2 and classic rail tracks to the south of the Hub Station

Next Steps We are clear that whilst all the individual elements of our connectivity strategy will have positive outcomes the real benefts will only be achieved by taking an integrated approach to scheme development and delivery

We will therefore develop our proposals further through a project joint funded by Midlands Connect East Midlands partners HS2 Ltd and Highways England known as the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan Phase 1 will use transport modelling to optimise the package of interventions and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment Phase 2 will examine connectivity issues over a wider strategic area including the long term future of the M1

Further detail on delivery is contained in Section 4

35

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Local Road Access Diagram

1

2

3

4

5

6

New A52 access Pedestrian NET link Bus Interchange amp Station Car Park

Remodelled Bardills roundabout

7

8

9

10

11

Local link to Long Eaton

New Bardills roundabout Local link to Sandiacre

New Toton Lane NET extension amp option to extend to EMA Derby

HS2 underpass Station Concourse

HS2 overpass

36

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Section 4 | Delivery Summary

We have undertaken a number of technical studies to understand the costs and benefts of various scales and rates of development to inform the development of an initial outlines business case for our proposals consistent with Treasury requirements which is set out in a separate document This work will evolve and become more granular as our growth proposition matures

There is potential for signifcant employment and housing development across the East Midlands Hub and Derbyshire Growth Zones This will make a signifcant contribution to the Governmentrsquos rebalancing agenda and provide an impetus for growth across the wider East Midlands where there is potential to deliver an additional 74000 jobs and pound4 billion of GVA above trend

We have set out the key moves necessary to deliver our proposals for people place and connectivity and highlighted the immediate measures necessary to safeguard future opportunities Detailed proposals are set out in Appendix 1

We are keen to work with Government to develop propositions for powerful locally led development bodies that can deliver our ambitions for the Hub Station and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zones and contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2

37

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

41 Developing an Investible Proposition Realising our vision for growth will require a combination of strong leadership and clear decision making To inform this we have undertaken a comprehensive programme of technical work to inform our thinking and provide the evidence base for this Growth Strategy including

bull Comprehensive non-statutory development frameworks covering the East Midlands Hub and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

bull A number of concept studies to assess the options for key infrastructure moves including relocation of the existing rail depots at Toton strategic highway access and mass transit extensions

bull A Development Infrastructure Funding (DIF) Study to understand the costs and benefts of diferent scales and rates of development and a funding and delivery mechanisms study to identify options for forward funding of key infrastructure and delivery vehicles

This information has been used to construct an initial outline lsquobusiness casersquo document for our proposals consistent with the Treasuryrsquos lsquoGreen Bookrsquo guidance and will provide the basis for an ongoing dialogue with Government and HS2 Ltd This work will evolve and become more granular over time as our growth proposition matures

Some of the major infrastructure investments will be subject to a separate business case through other established Government programmes such as the Roads Investment Strategy (RIS) This still requires a high-level

case to be made through the Growth Strategy as well as efective co-ordination of planning funding and delivery with other Growth Strategy interventions

42 Key Moves The work we have undertaken to date has identifed a series of key moves that will be required to implement the Growth Strategy including a number of immediate actions which will be necessary to safeguard future opportunities Further detail on these and the necessary enabling measures by Government and its delivery bodies is set out in Appendix 1

People

Our immediate priorities can be delivered largely within existing resources with strong local leadership from the LEPs and the East Midlands Chamber of Commerce and comprise

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to business support that will help local SMEs beneft from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities

bull Establishing a lsquorail industry innovation grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2 awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2

Over the longer term we would expect mainstream Government funding for skills and business support activity to be refocussed around our priorities and complement the strategic approach to skills envisaged by the Midlands Engine

Place

For the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone there are a number of planning land assembly remediation and infrastructure issues that will need to be addressed to enable our vision to be delivered in full In the immediate short term it will be vital to ensure that existing planning consent for the Lime Rise development close to the Hub Station can contribute positively to the delivery of our growth vision

In addition there is a need for further work with the relevant organisations on options for relocating the rail siding and depot activity and the electricity sub-station to locations outside of the Hub Station site and on the expansion and relocation of existing school provision to a better location within the site

Elsewhere we are keen to take forward further work with the Ministry of Defence and the Homes and Communities Agency to ensure that the re-development of the Chetwynd Barracks can actively contribute to a lsquonetwork of garden villagesrsquo

In the Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone the key priority in Chesterfeld will be the delivery of proposals to transform pedestrian and public transport connectivity between the rail station and the town For Staveley the early priorities will be to confrm the depot site as a construction base for HS2 and to secure the frst phases of the Chesterfeld and Staveley Regeneration Route including the provision of improved public transport and pedestrian links necessary to deliver the wider Staveley masterplan

38

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Connectivity

Our immediate priority is to safeguard the potential to secure a classic compatible link at the Hub Station and for enhanced capacity at Trent Junctions capable of delivering the Midlands Connect ITSS These will require the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill which is due to be considered by Ministers in the autumn of 2017 to include provision for the necessary land take

The public transport overbridge and local road connections proposed for the Hub Station will impact on the Hybrid Bill and the associated Environmental Impact Statement and will need to be incorporated into the emerging Hub Station design commissioned by HS2 Ltd

We will need to confrm support from Highways England and HS2 Ltd to take forward the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan with Midlands Connect This work will optimise the package of interventions proposed to serve the Hub Station and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment However we believe we have a sufcient case now for Highways England to identify funding in RIS2 to develop a major scheme on the A52M1 J25 that address existing congestion issues and contributes to the wider solution for accessing the Hub Station

43 Proposals for Delivery Bodies The geographic and political context for the area around the Hub Station is complex spanning a number of local planning authorities local transport authorities and local enterprise partnerships Our work to date has highlighted a range of potential delivery and funding mechanisms that would help to enable development in particular options for Tax Increment Financing (TIf ) But these will require a strategic approach to investment over a number of administrative areas to be efective

There is a local appetite to establish a powerful delivery body that could work at a scale to drive forward our growth vision There are a range of options including the potential for the kind of lsquolocally-led development corporationrsquo envisaged by the Neighbourhood Planning Act 2017

We would like to work with Government over the coming months to develop a proposition for a delivery body for the Hub Station Growth Zone that could begin to operate in lsquoshadow formrsquo with initial seed-corn funding from 2018 onwards

For Chesterfeld and Staveley the geography is less complex with the key moves all within the administrative area of Chesterfeld Borough Council Here a local development company solution may be more appropriate which can also contribute to the delivery of the wider Derbyshire growth story

It will be important to ensure that development in both Growth Zones continues to contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2 under the auspices of the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Mitigation

Whilst HS2 has the potential to bring great benefts to the 44 East Midlands the scale of the new infrastructure involved will also result in some negative impacts ndash particularly in the short term Although the line of route has been designed to minimise impact on environmental assets challenges remain in a number of locations in Derbyshire Leicestershire and Nottinghamshire

Similarly where the line passes through urban areas for example Long Eaton some existing businesses will have to re-locate to alternative premises Whilst the Government has put in place a compensation scheme to assist those directly afected councils are keen to ensure the jobs and investment are retained in the local area wherever possible

The East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board has established a lsquomitigation sub-grouprsquo to work with DfT and HS2 Ltd to help develop detailed designs for key structures that will minimise and mitigate the environmental impacts of the line and look to ensure that existing businesses can continue to thrive As work starts on the development of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill it will be important to ensure that councils are able to inform the detail of the Governmentrsquos proposals on both an individual and collective basis

39

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

45 Phasing of Delivery This Growth Strategy demonstrated the scale complexity and interdependencies between programmes involving a range of partner agencies Many of these programmes involve major schemes that take many years to develop and deliver Although HS2 Phase 2b is not due to become fully operational until 2033 the lead in times are such that key decisions on what might be included within the Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environment Statement will actually be taken during the coming months With appropriate funding and collaboration a number of key moves can be implemented in the short term

Although the development may reach maturity in 2043 by the time HS2 opens there will in fact already be a new place (the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo) emerging around the station to welcome the frst passengers For this to be achieved the delivery partners will need to build momentum over the next 12 months and it is recognised this will require dedicated resource and governance

The evidence base underpinning the growth strategy provides a clear indication of the growth potential and promotes a range of key infrastructure concepts and moves However in order to take these forward and in particular promote some of them for possible inclusion in the Hybrid Bill the partners are clear that more detailed studies and analysis will be required and these will need to be developed in tandem with the work being undertaken for the railway

This highlights the need to establish a dedicated team and for further resources to commission and manage the work programme for the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Phases of Delivery

2017-2022 Hybrid bill development business case development (RS2CP6) land strategy and delivery body early phases of development

2022-2027 Early infrastructure development and key moves (eg depot relocation) next phases of development

2027-2033 HS2 Construction amp completiontesting

2033 HS2 becomes fully operational - local economic development builds momentum

2033-43 Development to maturity

46 First Phase Priorities The focus up to 2022 will be on ensuring the provisions of the Phase 2 Hybrid Bill enable our vision for the Hub Station and priorities for local and strategic connectivity to be implemented Delivery of improvements to the A52 at Bardills and Toton Lane will enable the early phases of the Toton Innovation Campus to commence helping to build investor confdence Completion for the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity plan will progress the wider mix of strategic and local interventions to detailed design stage To be successful all this activity will need to be underpinned by the establishment of a properly resourced and empowered local delivery bodyThe early completion of frst stages of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Station Link Road will help to kick start development in the North Derbyshire Growth Zone

40

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

1 High level Ministerial endorsement of the East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy including through

bull Funding the establishment of a lsquoshadow delivery bodyrsquo to start implementing the Growth Strategy locally and to establish a viable mechanism for capturing a proportion of development value necessary for infrastructure delivery and

bull Promotion by Government and its delivery bodies of key development opportunities set out in the Growth Strategy to national and international investors consistent with the Midlands Engine Vision for Growth

2 Support from DCLG for our vision for the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone by

bull Empowering the HCA to establish a strategic land strategy that will facilitate enabling infrastructure and subsequently to bring forward early phases of development and

bull Using other funding including the current Housing Infrastructure Fund (HIF) to help bring forward early phase infrastructure

3 Support from DfT and its delivery bodies for the implementation of early connectivity priorities related to the Hub Station through

bull Ensuring Highways England and HS2 Ltd contribute gap funding towards the East Midlands Gateway Connectivity Plan Phase 1 Study

bull Funding the delivery phases 1ab of the A52 Access Strategy to enable the initial phases of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo to commence before 2022 and

bull Identifying funding in the next Road Investment Strategy (RIS2) to develop a major scheme to address capacity at M1 Junction 25 and access the Hub Station from the A52 (phases 2 amp3 of the A52 Access Strategy) ndash also making the necessary provisions within the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill amp Environmental Statement

4 DfTHS2 Ltd to ensure that the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make provision at and around the Hub Station for

bull Capacity improvements to classic rail connectivity to the south and north of Toton HS2 station including Trent Junctions optimising the integration of classic and High Speed Rail services and including a lsquoclassic compatible linkrsquo to transform connectivity between Leicester and the north of England

bull An integrated station design including moving the station concourse north to better connect with tram and Public Transport Interchange with an integrated deck connecting eastwest over the HS2 track to

better integrate the Toton station into the heart of the new place ndash the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo This would include provision of a second transfer deck to the south of the main concourse to provide improve capacity and interchange between services

bull Fully integrated public transport interchange and walking routes connecting surrounding communities to promote sustainable travel reduce the need for car parking and thereby make best use of land and local assets including the tram as a means of linking Park amp Ride facilities with the station

bull North South connectivity through the site to connect Long Eaton and Stapleford and to enable local communities to access the station by all modes

bull A clear car parking strategy with a decked car park at the station (premium) complemented by NET based Park and Ride

bull Provision for three bridges as follows

- Integrated with concourse deck to create east west route for tram and sustainable transport links between east and west development areas and to Long Eaton airport and Derby

- Multi-modal bridge south of the A52 to enable resilience in the local network connections to the western development area and

41

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

- Pedestrian bridge at mid-point between the above to connect new communities

bull Provision for an underpass under the Network Rail and HS2 lines to the south of the concourse to enable links between Stapleford Long Eaton and the station by various modes and in particular public transport but as a secondary primary access connecting east and west development areas within the Innovation Campus

5 Separately to ensure the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make specifc provision to deliver the NET tram extension from the existing Toton Park amp Ride to the HS2 Station consistent with the provisions set our above

6 DfTHS2 Ltd to designate Staveley as a major construction hubrailhead for the construction of Phase 2b in addition to the establishment of the Infrastructure Maintenance Depot

7 Government to make a contribution towards the delivery of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Chesterfeld Station Link Road to unlock early development and growth in the corridor

8 Further fnancial and technical support from Network Rail HS2 Ltd and HS2 Growth Partnership to work collaboratively on the relocation of the DBS Depot and Network Rail Sidings to enable development growth and transport connections through the Hub Station area

9 DfTHS2 Ltd to amend the HS2 Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS) to ensure that both Shefeld HS2 classic compatible services stop at Chesterfeld

10 Commitment from DfTHS2 Ltd to at least partially open the Hub Station at Toton by 2030 rather than 2033 to generate additional passenger revenue and accelerate the delivery of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

42

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy World Class - Locally Driven

For more information please contact East Midlands Councils Tel 01664 502620 Email infoemcouncilsgovuk

  • Structure Bookmarks
    • Born 1946-1964
    • Born 1964-1980
    • Born 1980-2000
    • Born 2000+
    • The Hub Station and surrounding area
    • Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone
    • Chesterfield Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo
    • Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site
Page 37: East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy - Broxtowe€¦ · 3.7 Park & Ride 3.8 4.3 East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Contents Contents Foreword 3 3.6 Cycling & Walking 33 Executive Summary

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 3 | Connectivity

Local Road Access Diagram

1

2

3

4

5

6

New A52 access Pedestrian NET link Bus Interchange amp Station Car Park

Remodelled Bardills roundabout

7

8

9

10

11

Local link to Long Eaton

New Bardills roundabout Local link to Sandiacre

New Toton Lane NET extension amp option to extend to EMA Derby

HS2 underpass Station Concourse

HS2 overpass

36

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Section 4 | Delivery Summary

We have undertaken a number of technical studies to understand the costs and benefts of various scales and rates of development to inform the development of an initial outlines business case for our proposals consistent with Treasury requirements which is set out in a separate document This work will evolve and become more granular as our growth proposition matures

There is potential for signifcant employment and housing development across the East Midlands Hub and Derbyshire Growth Zones This will make a signifcant contribution to the Governmentrsquos rebalancing agenda and provide an impetus for growth across the wider East Midlands where there is potential to deliver an additional 74000 jobs and pound4 billion of GVA above trend

We have set out the key moves necessary to deliver our proposals for people place and connectivity and highlighted the immediate measures necessary to safeguard future opportunities Detailed proposals are set out in Appendix 1

We are keen to work with Government to develop propositions for powerful locally led development bodies that can deliver our ambitions for the Hub Station and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zones and contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2

37

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

41 Developing an Investible Proposition Realising our vision for growth will require a combination of strong leadership and clear decision making To inform this we have undertaken a comprehensive programme of technical work to inform our thinking and provide the evidence base for this Growth Strategy including

bull Comprehensive non-statutory development frameworks covering the East Midlands Hub and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

bull A number of concept studies to assess the options for key infrastructure moves including relocation of the existing rail depots at Toton strategic highway access and mass transit extensions

bull A Development Infrastructure Funding (DIF) Study to understand the costs and benefts of diferent scales and rates of development and a funding and delivery mechanisms study to identify options for forward funding of key infrastructure and delivery vehicles

This information has been used to construct an initial outline lsquobusiness casersquo document for our proposals consistent with the Treasuryrsquos lsquoGreen Bookrsquo guidance and will provide the basis for an ongoing dialogue with Government and HS2 Ltd This work will evolve and become more granular over time as our growth proposition matures

Some of the major infrastructure investments will be subject to a separate business case through other established Government programmes such as the Roads Investment Strategy (RIS) This still requires a high-level

case to be made through the Growth Strategy as well as efective co-ordination of planning funding and delivery with other Growth Strategy interventions

42 Key Moves The work we have undertaken to date has identifed a series of key moves that will be required to implement the Growth Strategy including a number of immediate actions which will be necessary to safeguard future opportunities Further detail on these and the necessary enabling measures by Government and its delivery bodies is set out in Appendix 1

People

Our immediate priorities can be delivered largely within existing resources with strong local leadership from the LEPs and the East Midlands Chamber of Commerce and comprise

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to business support that will help local SMEs beneft from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities

bull Establishing a lsquorail industry innovation grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2 awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2

Over the longer term we would expect mainstream Government funding for skills and business support activity to be refocussed around our priorities and complement the strategic approach to skills envisaged by the Midlands Engine

Place

For the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone there are a number of planning land assembly remediation and infrastructure issues that will need to be addressed to enable our vision to be delivered in full In the immediate short term it will be vital to ensure that existing planning consent for the Lime Rise development close to the Hub Station can contribute positively to the delivery of our growth vision

In addition there is a need for further work with the relevant organisations on options for relocating the rail siding and depot activity and the electricity sub-station to locations outside of the Hub Station site and on the expansion and relocation of existing school provision to a better location within the site

Elsewhere we are keen to take forward further work with the Ministry of Defence and the Homes and Communities Agency to ensure that the re-development of the Chetwynd Barracks can actively contribute to a lsquonetwork of garden villagesrsquo

In the Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone the key priority in Chesterfeld will be the delivery of proposals to transform pedestrian and public transport connectivity between the rail station and the town For Staveley the early priorities will be to confrm the depot site as a construction base for HS2 and to secure the frst phases of the Chesterfeld and Staveley Regeneration Route including the provision of improved public transport and pedestrian links necessary to deliver the wider Staveley masterplan

38

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Connectivity

Our immediate priority is to safeguard the potential to secure a classic compatible link at the Hub Station and for enhanced capacity at Trent Junctions capable of delivering the Midlands Connect ITSS These will require the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill which is due to be considered by Ministers in the autumn of 2017 to include provision for the necessary land take

The public transport overbridge and local road connections proposed for the Hub Station will impact on the Hybrid Bill and the associated Environmental Impact Statement and will need to be incorporated into the emerging Hub Station design commissioned by HS2 Ltd

We will need to confrm support from Highways England and HS2 Ltd to take forward the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan with Midlands Connect This work will optimise the package of interventions proposed to serve the Hub Station and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment However we believe we have a sufcient case now for Highways England to identify funding in RIS2 to develop a major scheme on the A52M1 J25 that address existing congestion issues and contributes to the wider solution for accessing the Hub Station

43 Proposals for Delivery Bodies The geographic and political context for the area around the Hub Station is complex spanning a number of local planning authorities local transport authorities and local enterprise partnerships Our work to date has highlighted a range of potential delivery and funding mechanisms that would help to enable development in particular options for Tax Increment Financing (TIf ) But these will require a strategic approach to investment over a number of administrative areas to be efective

There is a local appetite to establish a powerful delivery body that could work at a scale to drive forward our growth vision There are a range of options including the potential for the kind of lsquolocally-led development corporationrsquo envisaged by the Neighbourhood Planning Act 2017

We would like to work with Government over the coming months to develop a proposition for a delivery body for the Hub Station Growth Zone that could begin to operate in lsquoshadow formrsquo with initial seed-corn funding from 2018 onwards

For Chesterfeld and Staveley the geography is less complex with the key moves all within the administrative area of Chesterfeld Borough Council Here a local development company solution may be more appropriate which can also contribute to the delivery of the wider Derbyshire growth story

It will be important to ensure that development in both Growth Zones continues to contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2 under the auspices of the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Mitigation

Whilst HS2 has the potential to bring great benefts to the 44 East Midlands the scale of the new infrastructure involved will also result in some negative impacts ndash particularly in the short term Although the line of route has been designed to minimise impact on environmental assets challenges remain in a number of locations in Derbyshire Leicestershire and Nottinghamshire

Similarly where the line passes through urban areas for example Long Eaton some existing businesses will have to re-locate to alternative premises Whilst the Government has put in place a compensation scheme to assist those directly afected councils are keen to ensure the jobs and investment are retained in the local area wherever possible

The East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board has established a lsquomitigation sub-grouprsquo to work with DfT and HS2 Ltd to help develop detailed designs for key structures that will minimise and mitigate the environmental impacts of the line and look to ensure that existing businesses can continue to thrive As work starts on the development of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill it will be important to ensure that councils are able to inform the detail of the Governmentrsquos proposals on both an individual and collective basis

39

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

45 Phasing of Delivery This Growth Strategy demonstrated the scale complexity and interdependencies between programmes involving a range of partner agencies Many of these programmes involve major schemes that take many years to develop and deliver Although HS2 Phase 2b is not due to become fully operational until 2033 the lead in times are such that key decisions on what might be included within the Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environment Statement will actually be taken during the coming months With appropriate funding and collaboration a number of key moves can be implemented in the short term

Although the development may reach maturity in 2043 by the time HS2 opens there will in fact already be a new place (the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo) emerging around the station to welcome the frst passengers For this to be achieved the delivery partners will need to build momentum over the next 12 months and it is recognised this will require dedicated resource and governance

The evidence base underpinning the growth strategy provides a clear indication of the growth potential and promotes a range of key infrastructure concepts and moves However in order to take these forward and in particular promote some of them for possible inclusion in the Hybrid Bill the partners are clear that more detailed studies and analysis will be required and these will need to be developed in tandem with the work being undertaken for the railway

This highlights the need to establish a dedicated team and for further resources to commission and manage the work programme for the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Phases of Delivery

2017-2022 Hybrid bill development business case development (RS2CP6) land strategy and delivery body early phases of development

2022-2027 Early infrastructure development and key moves (eg depot relocation) next phases of development

2027-2033 HS2 Construction amp completiontesting

2033 HS2 becomes fully operational - local economic development builds momentum

2033-43 Development to maturity

46 First Phase Priorities The focus up to 2022 will be on ensuring the provisions of the Phase 2 Hybrid Bill enable our vision for the Hub Station and priorities for local and strategic connectivity to be implemented Delivery of improvements to the A52 at Bardills and Toton Lane will enable the early phases of the Toton Innovation Campus to commence helping to build investor confdence Completion for the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity plan will progress the wider mix of strategic and local interventions to detailed design stage To be successful all this activity will need to be underpinned by the establishment of a properly resourced and empowered local delivery bodyThe early completion of frst stages of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Station Link Road will help to kick start development in the North Derbyshire Growth Zone

40

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

1 High level Ministerial endorsement of the East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy including through

bull Funding the establishment of a lsquoshadow delivery bodyrsquo to start implementing the Growth Strategy locally and to establish a viable mechanism for capturing a proportion of development value necessary for infrastructure delivery and

bull Promotion by Government and its delivery bodies of key development opportunities set out in the Growth Strategy to national and international investors consistent with the Midlands Engine Vision for Growth

2 Support from DCLG for our vision for the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone by

bull Empowering the HCA to establish a strategic land strategy that will facilitate enabling infrastructure and subsequently to bring forward early phases of development and

bull Using other funding including the current Housing Infrastructure Fund (HIF) to help bring forward early phase infrastructure

3 Support from DfT and its delivery bodies for the implementation of early connectivity priorities related to the Hub Station through

bull Ensuring Highways England and HS2 Ltd contribute gap funding towards the East Midlands Gateway Connectivity Plan Phase 1 Study

bull Funding the delivery phases 1ab of the A52 Access Strategy to enable the initial phases of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo to commence before 2022 and

bull Identifying funding in the next Road Investment Strategy (RIS2) to develop a major scheme to address capacity at M1 Junction 25 and access the Hub Station from the A52 (phases 2 amp3 of the A52 Access Strategy) ndash also making the necessary provisions within the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill amp Environmental Statement

4 DfTHS2 Ltd to ensure that the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make provision at and around the Hub Station for

bull Capacity improvements to classic rail connectivity to the south and north of Toton HS2 station including Trent Junctions optimising the integration of classic and High Speed Rail services and including a lsquoclassic compatible linkrsquo to transform connectivity between Leicester and the north of England

bull An integrated station design including moving the station concourse north to better connect with tram and Public Transport Interchange with an integrated deck connecting eastwest over the HS2 track to

better integrate the Toton station into the heart of the new place ndash the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo This would include provision of a second transfer deck to the south of the main concourse to provide improve capacity and interchange between services

bull Fully integrated public transport interchange and walking routes connecting surrounding communities to promote sustainable travel reduce the need for car parking and thereby make best use of land and local assets including the tram as a means of linking Park amp Ride facilities with the station

bull North South connectivity through the site to connect Long Eaton and Stapleford and to enable local communities to access the station by all modes

bull A clear car parking strategy with a decked car park at the station (premium) complemented by NET based Park and Ride

bull Provision for three bridges as follows

- Integrated with concourse deck to create east west route for tram and sustainable transport links between east and west development areas and to Long Eaton airport and Derby

- Multi-modal bridge south of the A52 to enable resilience in the local network connections to the western development area and

41

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

- Pedestrian bridge at mid-point between the above to connect new communities

bull Provision for an underpass under the Network Rail and HS2 lines to the south of the concourse to enable links between Stapleford Long Eaton and the station by various modes and in particular public transport but as a secondary primary access connecting east and west development areas within the Innovation Campus

5 Separately to ensure the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make specifc provision to deliver the NET tram extension from the existing Toton Park amp Ride to the HS2 Station consistent with the provisions set our above

6 DfTHS2 Ltd to designate Staveley as a major construction hubrailhead for the construction of Phase 2b in addition to the establishment of the Infrastructure Maintenance Depot

7 Government to make a contribution towards the delivery of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Chesterfeld Station Link Road to unlock early development and growth in the corridor

8 Further fnancial and technical support from Network Rail HS2 Ltd and HS2 Growth Partnership to work collaboratively on the relocation of the DBS Depot and Network Rail Sidings to enable development growth and transport connections through the Hub Station area

9 DfTHS2 Ltd to amend the HS2 Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS) to ensure that both Shefeld HS2 classic compatible services stop at Chesterfeld

10 Commitment from DfTHS2 Ltd to at least partially open the Hub Station at Toton by 2030 rather than 2033 to generate additional passenger revenue and accelerate the delivery of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

42

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy World Class - Locally Driven

For more information please contact East Midlands Councils Tel 01664 502620 Email infoemcouncilsgovuk

  • Structure Bookmarks
    • Born 1946-1964
    • Born 1964-1980
    • Born 1980-2000
    • Born 2000+
    • The Hub Station and surrounding area
    • Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone
    • Chesterfield Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo
    • Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site
Page 38: East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy - Broxtowe€¦ · 3.7 Park & Ride 3.8 4.3 East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Contents Contents Foreword 3 3.6 Cycling & Walking 33 Executive Summary

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Section 4 | Delivery Summary

We have undertaken a number of technical studies to understand the costs and benefts of various scales and rates of development to inform the development of an initial outlines business case for our proposals consistent with Treasury requirements which is set out in a separate document This work will evolve and become more granular as our growth proposition matures

There is potential for signifcant employment and housing development across the East Midlands Hub and Derbyshire Growth Zones This will make a signifcant contribution to the Governmentrsquos rebalancing agenda and provide an impetus for growth across the wider East Midlands where there is potential to deliver an additional 74000 jobs and pound4 billion of GVA above trend

We have set out the key moves necessary to deliver our proposals for people place and connectivity and highlighted the immediate measures necessary to safeguard future opportunities Detailed proposals are set out in Appendix 1

We are keen to work with Government to develop propositions for powerful locally led development bodies that can deliver our ambitions for the Hub Station and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zones and contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2

37

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

41 Developing an Investible Proposition Realising our vision for growth will require a combination of strong leadership and clear decision making To inform this we have undertaken a comprehensive programme of technical work to inform our thinking and provide the evidence base for this Growth Strategy including

bull Comprehensive non-statutory development frameworks covering the East Midlands Hub and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

bull A number of concept studies to assess the options for key infrastructure moves including relocation of the existing rail depots at Toton strategic highway access and mass transit extensions

bull A Development Infrastructure Funding (DIF) Study to understand the costs and benefts of diferent scales and rates of development and a funding and delivery mechanisms study to identify options for forward funding of key infrastructure and delivery vehicles

This information has been used to construct an initial outline lsquobusiness casersquo document for our proposals consistent with the Treasuryrsquos lsquoGreen Bookrsquo guidance and will provide the basis for an ongoing dialogue with Government and HS2 Ltd This work will evolve and become more granular over time as our growth proposition matures

Some of the major infrastructure investments will be subject to a separate business case through other established Government programmes such as the Roads Investment Strategy (RIS) This still requires a high-level

case to be made through the Growth Strategy as well as efective co-ordination of planning funding and delivery with other Growth Strategy interventions

42 Key Moves The work we have undertaken to date has identifed a series of key moves that will be required to implement the Growth Strategy including a number of immediate actions which will be necessary to safeguard future opportunities Further detail on these and the necessary enabling measures by Government and its delivery bodies is set out in Appendix 1

People

Our immediate priorities can be delivered largely within existing resources with strong local leadership from the LEPs and the East Midlands Chamber of Commerce and comprise

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to business support that will help local SMEs beneft from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities

bull Establishing a lsquorail industry innovation grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2 awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2

Over the longer term we would expect mainstream Government funding for skills and business support activity to be refocussed around our priorities and complement the strategic approach to skills envisaged by the Midlands Engine

Place

For the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone there are a number of planning land assembly remediation and infrastructure issues that will need to be addressed to enable our vision to be delivered in full In the immediate short term it will be vital to ensure that existing planning consent for the Lime Rise development close to the Hub Station can contribute positively to the delivery of our growth vision

In addition there is a need for further work with the relevant organisations on options for relocating the rail siding and depot activity and the electricity sub-station to locations outside of the Hub Station site and on the expansion and relocation of existing school provision to a better location within the site

Elsewhere we are keen to take forward further work with the Ministry of Defence and the Homes and Communities Agency to ensure that the re-development of the Chetwynd Barracks can actively contribute to a lsquonetwork of garden villagesrsquo

In the Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone the key priority in Chesterfeld will be the delivery of proposals to transform pedestrian and public transport connectivity between the rail station and the town For Staveley the early priorities will be to confrm the depot site as a construction base for HS2 and to secure the frst phases of the Chesterfeld and Staveley Regeneration Route including the provision of improved public transport and pedestrian links necessary to deliver the wider Staveley masterplan

38

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Connectivity

Our immediate priority is to safeguard the potential to secure a classic compatible link at the Hub Station and for enhanced capacity at Trent Junctions capable of delivering the Midlands Connect ITSS These will require the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill which is due to be considered by Ministers in the autumn of 2017 to include provision for the necessary land take

The public transport overbridge and local road connections proposed for the Hub Station will impact on the Hybrid Bill and the associated Environmental Impact Statement and will need to be incorporated into the emerging Hub Station design commissioned by HS2 Ltd

We will need to confrm support from Highways England and HS2 Ltd to take forward the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan with Midlands Connect This work will optimise the package of interventions proposed to serve the Hub Station and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment However we believe we have a sufcient case now for Highways England to identify funding in RIS2 to develop a major scheme on the A52M1 J25 that address existing congestion issues and contributes to the wider solution for accessing the Hub Station

43 Proposals for Delivery Bodies The geographic and political context for the area around the Hub Station is complex spanning a number of local planning authorities local transport authorities and local enterprise partnerships Our work to date has highlighted a range of potential delivery and funding mechanisms that would help to enable development in particular options for Tax Increment Financing (TIf ) But these will require a strategic approach to investment over a number of administrative areas to be efective

There is a local appetite to establish a powerful delivery body that could work at a scale to drive forward our growth vision There are a range of options including the potential for the kind of lsquolocally-led development corporationrsquo envisaged by the Neighbourhood Planning Act 2017

We would like to work with Government over the coming months to develop a proposition for a delivery body for the Hub Station Growth Zone that could begin to operate in lsquoshadow formrsquo with initial seed-corn funding from 2018 onwards

For Chesterfeld and Staveley the geography is less complex with the key moves all within the administrative area of Chesterfeld Borough Council Here a local development company solution may be more appropriate which can also contribute to the delivery of the wider Derbyshire growth story

It will be important to ensure that development in both Growth Zones continues to contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2 under the auspices of the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Mitigation

Whilst HS2 has the potential to bring great benefts to the 44 East Midlands the scale of the new infrastructure involved will also result in some negative impacts ndash particularly in the short term Although the line of route has been designed to minimise impact on environmental assets challenges remain in a number of locations in Derbyshire Leicestershire and Nottinghamshire

Similarly where the line passes through urban areas for example Long Eaton some existing businesses will have to re-locate to alternative premises Whilst the Government has put in place a compensation scheme to assist those directly afected councils are keen to ensure the jobs and investment are retained in the local area wherever possible

The East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board has established a lsquomitigation sub-grouprsquo to work with DfT and HS2 Ltd to help develop detailed designs for key structures that will minimise and mitigate the environmental impacts of the line and look to ensure that existing businesses can continue to thrive As work starts on the development of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill it will be important to ensure that councils are able to inform the detail of the Governmentrsquos proposals on both an individual and collective basis

39

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

45 Phasing of Delivery This Growth Strategy demonstrated the scale complexity and interdependencies between programmes involving a range of partner agencies Many of these programmes involve major schemes that take many years to develop and deliver Although HS2 Phase 2b is not due to become fully operational until 2033 the lead in times are such that key decisions on what might be included within the Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environment Statement will actually be taken during the coming months With appropriate funding and collaboration a number of key moves can be implemented in the short term

Although the development may reach maturity in 2043 by the time HS2 opens there will in fact already be a new place (the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo) emerging around the station to welcome the frst passengers For this to be achieved the delivery partners will need to build momentum over the next 12 months and it is recognised this will require dedicated resource and governance

The evidence base underpinning the growth strategy provides a clear indication of the growth potential and promotes a range of key infrastructure concepts and moves However in order to take these forward and in particular promote some of them for possible inclusion in the Hybrid Bill the partners are clear that more detailed studies and analysis will be required and these will need to be developed in tandem with the work being undertaken for the railway

This highlights the need to establish a dedicated team and for further resources to commission and manage the work programme for the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Phases of Delivery

2017-2022 Hybrid bill development business case development (RS2CP6) land strategy and delivery body early phases of development

2022-2027 Early infrastructure development and key moves (eg depot relocation) next phases of development

2027-2033 HS2 Construction amp completiontesting

2033 HS2 becomes fully operational - local economic development builds momentum

2033-43 Development to maturity

46 First Phase Priorities The focus up to 2022 will be on ensuring the provisions of the Phase 2 Hybrid Bill enable our vision for the Hub Station and priorities for local and strategic connectivity to be implemented Delivery of improvements to the A52 at Bardills and Toton Lane will enable the early phases of the Toton Innovation Campus to commence helping to build investor confdence Completion for the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity plan will progress the wider mix of strategic and local interventions to detailed design stage To be successful all this activity will need to be underpinned by the establishment of a properly resourced and empowered local delivery bodyThe early completion of frst stages of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Station Link Road will help to kick start development in the North Derbyshire Growth Zone

40

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

1 High level Ministerial endorsement of the East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy including through

bull Funding the establishment of a lsquoshadow delivery bodyrsquo to start implementing the Growth Strategy locally and to establish a viable mechanism for capturing a proportion of development value necessary for infrastructure delivery and

bull Promotion by Government and its delivery bodies of key development opportunities set out in the Growth Strategy to national and international investors consistent with the Midlands Engine Vision for Growth

2 Support from DCLG for our vision for the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone by

bull Empowering the HCA to establish a strategic land strategy that will facilitate enabling infrastructure and subsequently to bring forward early phases of development and

bull Using other funding including the current Housing Infrastructure Fund (HIF) to help bring forward early phase infrastructure

3 Support from DfT and its delivery bodies for the implementation of early connectivity priorities related to the Hub Station through

bull Ensuring Highways England and HS2 Ltd contribute gap funding towards the East Midlands Gateway Connectivity Plan Phase 1 Study

bull Funding the delivery phases 1ab of the A52 Access Strategy to enable the initial phases of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo to commence before 2022 and

bull Identifying funding in the next Road Investment Strategy (RIS2) to develop a major scheme to address capacity at M1 Junction 25 and access the Hub Station from the A52 (phases 2 amp3 of the A52 Access Strategy) ndash also making the necessary provisions within the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill amp Environmental Statement

4 DfTHS2 Ltd to ensure that the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make provision at and around the Hub Station for

bull Capacity improvements to classic rail connectivity to the south and north of Toton HS2 station including Trent Junctions optimising the integration of classic and High Speed Rail services and including a lsquoclassic compatible linkrsquo to transform connectivity between Leicester and the north of England

bull An integrated station design including moving the station concourse north to better connect with tram and Public Transport Interchange with an integrated deck connecting eastwest over the HS2 track to

better integrate the Toton station into the heart of the new place ndash the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo This would include provision of a second transfer deck to the south of the main concourse to provide improve capacity and interchange between services

bull Fully integrated public transport interchange and walking routes connecting surrounding communities to promote sustainable travel reduce the need for car parking and thereby make best use of land and local assets including the tram as a means of linking Park amp Ride facilities with the station

bull North South connectivity through the site to connect Long Eaton and Stapleford and to enable local communities to access the station by all modes

bull A clear car parking strategy with a decked car park at the station (premium) complemented by NET based Park and Ride

bull Provision for three bridges as follows

- Integrated with concourse deck to create east west route for tram and sustainable transport links between east and west development areas and to Long Eaton airport and Derby

- Multi-modal bridge south of the A52 to enable resilience in the local network connections to the western development area and

41

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

- Pedestrian bridge at mid-point between the above to connect new communities

bull Provision for an underpass under the Network Rail and HS2 lines to the south of the concourse to enable links between Stapleford Long Eaton and the station by various modes and in particular public transport but as a secondary primary access connecting east and west development areas within the Innovation Campus

5 Separately to ensure the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make specifc provision to deliver the NET tram extension from the existing Toton Park amp Ride to the HS2 Station consistent with the provisions set our above

6 DfTHS2 Ltd to designate Staveley as a major construction hubrailhead for the construction of Phase 2b in addition to the establishment of the Infrastructure Maintenance Depot

7 Government to make a contribution towards the delivery of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Chesterfeld Station Link Road to unlock early development and growth in the corridor

8 Further fnancial and technical support from Network Rail HS2 Ltd and HS2 Growth Partnership to work collaboratively on the relocation of the DBS Depot and Network Rail Sidings to enable development growth and transport connections through the Hub Station area

9 DfTHS2 Ltd to amend the HS2 Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS) to ensure that both Shefeld HS2 classic compatible services stop at Chesterfeld

10 Commitment from DfTHS2 Ltd to at least partially open the Hub Station at Toton by 2030 rather than 2033 to generate additional passenger revenue and accelerate the delivery of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

42

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy World Class - Locally Driven

For more information please contact East Midlands Councils Tel 01664 502620 Email infoemcouncilsgovuk

  • Structure Bookmarks
    • Born 1946-1964
    • Born 1964-1980
    • Born 1980-2000
    • Born 2000+
    • The Hub Station and surrounding area
    • Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone
    • Chesterfield Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo
    • Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site
Page 39: East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy - Broxtowe€¦ · 3.7 Park & Ride 3.8 4.3 East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Contents Contents Foreword 3 3.6 Cycling & Walking 33 Executive Summary

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

41 Developing an Investible Proposition Realising our vision for growth will require a combination of strong leadership and clear decision making To inform this we have undertaken a comprehensive programme of technical work to inform our thinking and provide the evidence base for this Growth Strategy including

bull Comprehensive non-statutory development frameworks covering the East Midlands Hub and Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone

bull A number of concept studies to assess the options for key infrastructure moves including relocation of the existing rail depots at Toton strategic highway access and mass transit extensions

bull A Development Infrastructure Funding (DIF) Study to understand the costs and benefts of diferent scales and rates of development and a funding and delivery mechanisms study to identify options for forward funding of key infrastructure and delivery vehicles

This information has been used to construct an initial outline lsquobusiness casersquo document for our proposals consistent with the Treasuryrsquos lsquoGreen Bookrsquo guidance and will provide the basis for an ongoing dialogue with Government and HS2 Ltd This work will evolve and become more granular over time as our growth proposition matures

Some of the major infrastructure investments will be subject to a separate business case through other established Government programmes such as the Roads Investment Strategy (RIS) This still requires a high-level

case to be made through the Growth Strategy as well as efective co-ordination of planning funding and delivery with other Growth Strategy interventions

42 Key Moves The work we have undertaken to date has identifed a series of key moves that will be required to implement the Growth Strategy including a number of immediate actions which will be necessary to safeguard future opportunities Further detail on these and the necessary enabling measures by Government and its delivery bodies is set out in Appendix 1

People

Our immediate priorities can be delivered largely within existing resources with strong local leadership from the LEPs and the East Midlands Chamber of Commerce and comprise

bull Establishing a co-ordinated approach to business support that will help local SMEs beneft from HS2 related contract and supply chain opportunities

bull Establishing a lsquorail industry innovation grouprsquo through Rail Forum East Midlands and

bull Developing a comprehensive HS2 awareness campaign aimed at raising the ambition of people and businesses to make the most of HS2

Over the longer term we would expect mainstream Government funding for skills and business support activity to be refocussed around our priorities and complement the strategic approach to skills envisaged by the Midlands Engine

Place

For the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone there are a number of planning land assembly remediation and infrastructure issues that will need to be addressed to enable our vision to be delivered in full In the immediate short term it will be vital to ensure that existing planning consent for the Lime Rise development close to the Hub Station can contribute positively to the delivery of our growth vision

In addition there is a need for further work with the relevant organisations on options for relocating the rail siding and depot activity and the electricity sub-station to locations outside of the Hub Station site and on the expansion and relocation of existing school provision to a better location within the site

Elsewhere we are keen to take forward further work with the Ministry of Defence and the Homes and Communities Agency to ensure that the re-development of the Chetwynd Barracks can actively contribute to a lsquonetwork of garden villagesrsquo

In the Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone the key priority in Chesterfeld will be the delivery of proposals to transform pedestrian and public transport connectivity between the rail station and the town For Staveley the early priorities will be to confrm the depot site as a construction base for HS2 and to secure the frst phases of the Chesterfeld and Staveley Regeneration Route including the provision of improved public transport and pedestrian links necessary to deliver the wider Staveley masterplan

38

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Connectivity

Our immediate priority is to safeguard the potential to secure a classic compatible link at the Hub Station and for enhanced capacity at Trent Junctions capable of delivering the Midlands Connect ITSS These will require the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill which is due to be considered by Ministers in the autumn of 2017 to include provision for the necessary land take

The public transport overbridge and local road connections proposed for the Hub Station will impact on the Hybrid Bill and the associated Environmental Impact Statement and will need to be incorporated into the emerging Hub Station design commissioned by HS2 Ltd

We will need to confrm support from Highways England and HS2 Ltd to take forward the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan with Midlands Connect This work will optimise the package of interventions proposed to serve the Hub Station and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment However we believe we have a sufcient case now for Highways England to identify funding in RIS2 to develop a major scheme on the A52M1 J25 that address existing congestion issues and contributes to the wider solution for accessing the Hub Station

43 Proposals for Delivery Bodies The geographic and political context for the area around the Hub Station is complex spanning a number of local planning authorities local transport authorities and local enterprise partnerships Our work to date has highlighted a range of potential delivery and funding mechanisms that would help to enable development in particular options for Tax Increment Financing (TIf ) But these will require a strategic approach to investment over a number of administrative areas to be efective

There is a local appetite to establish a powerful delivery body that could work at a scale to drive forward our growth vision There are a range of options including the potential for the kind of lsquolocally-led development corporationrsquo envisaged by the Neighbourhood Planning Act 2017

We would like to work with Government over the coming months to develop a proposition for a delivery body for the Hub Station Growth Zone that could begin to operate in lsquoshadow formrsquo with initial seed-corn funding from 2018 onwards

For Chesterfeld and Staveley the geography is less complex with the key moves all within the administrative area of Chesterfeld Borough Council Here a local development company solution may be more appropriate which can also contribute to the delivery of the wider Derbyshire growth story

It will be important to ensure that development in both Growth Zones continues to contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2 under the auspices of the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Mitigation

Whilst HS2 has the potential to bring great benefts to the 44 East Midlands the scale of the new infrastructure involved will also result in some negative impacts ndash particularly in the short term Although the line of route has been designed to minimise impact on environmental assets challenges remain in a number of locations in Derbyshire Leicestershire and Nottinghamshire

Similarly where the line passes through urban areas for example Long Eaton some existing businesses will have to re-locate to alternative premises Whilst the Government has put in place a compensation scheme to assist those directly afected councils are keen to ensure the jobs and investment are retained in the local area wherever possible

The East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board has established a lsquomitigation sub-grouprsquo to work with DfT and HS2 Ltd to help develop detailed designs for key structures that will minimise and mitigate the environmental impacts of the line and look to ensure that existing businesses can continue to thrive As work starts on the development of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill it will be important to ensure that councils are able to inform the detail of the Governmentrsquos proposals on both an individual and collective basis

39

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

45 Phasing of Delivery This Growth Strategy demonstrated the scale complexity and interdependencies between programmes involving a range of partner agencies Many of these programmes involve major schemes that take many years to develop and deliver Although HS2 Phase 2b is not due to become fully operational until 2033 the lead in times are such that key decisions on what might be included within the Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environment Statement will actually be taken during the coming months With appropriate funding and collaboration a number of key moves can be implemented in the short term

Although the development may reach maturity in 2043 by the time HS2 opens there will in fact already be a new place (the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo) emerging around the station to welcome the frst passengers For this to be achieved the delivery partners will need to build momentum over the next 12 months and it is recognised this will require dedicated resource and governance

The evidence base underpinning the growth strategy provides a clear indication of the growth potential and promotes a range of key infrastructure concepts and moves However in order to take these forward and in particular promote some of them for possible inclusion in the Hybrid Bill the partners are clear that more detailed studies and analysis will be required and these will need to be developed in tandem with the work being undertaken for the railway

This highlights the need to establish a dedicated team and for further resources to commission and manage the work programme for the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Phases of Delivery

2017-2022 Hybrid bill development business case development (RS2CP6) land strategy and delivery body early phases of development

2022-2027 Early infrastructure development and key moves (eg depot relocation) next phases of development

2027-2033 HS2 Construction amp completiontesting

2033 HS2 becomes fully operational - local economic development builds momentum

2033-43 Development to maturity

46 First Phase Priorities The focus up to 2022 will be on ensuring the provisions of the Phase 2 Hybrid Bill enable our vision for the Hub Station and priorities for local and strategic connectivity to be implemented Delivery of improvements to the A52 at Bardills and Toton Lane will enable the early phases of the Toton Innovation Campus to commence helping to build investor confdence Completion for the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity plan will progress the wider mix of strategic and local interventions to detailed design stage To be successful all this activity will need to be underpinned by the establishment of a properly resourced and empowered local delivery bodyThe early completion of frst stages of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Station Link Road will help to kick start development in the North Derbyshire Growth Zone

40

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

1 High level Ministerial endorsement of the East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy including through

bull Funding the establishment of a lsquoshadow delivery bodyrsquo to start implementing the Growth Strategy locally and to establish a viable mechanism for capturing a proportion of development value necessary for infrastructure delivery and

bull Promotion by Government and its delivery bodies of key development opportunities set out in the Growth Strategy to national and international investors consistent with the Midlands Engine Vision for Growth

2 Support from DCLG for our vision for the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone by

bull Empowering the HCA to establish a strategic land strategy that will facilitate enabling infrastructure and subsequently to bring forward early phases of development and

bull Using other funding including the current Housing Infrastructure Fund (HIF) to help bring forward early phase infrastructure

3 Support from DfT and its delivery bodies for the implementation of early connectivity priorities related to the Hub Station through

bull Ensuring Highways England and HS2 Ltd contribute gap funding towards the East Midlands Gateway Connectivity Plan Phase 1 Study

bull Funding the delivery phases 1ab of the A52 Access Strategy to enable the initial phases of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo to commence before 2022 and

bull Identifying funding in the next Road Investment Strategy (RIS2) to develop a major scheme to address capacity at M1 Junction 25 and access the Hub Station from the A52 (phases 2 amp3 of the A52 Access Strategy) ndash also making the necessary provisions within the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill amp Environmental Statement

4 DfTHS2 Ltd to ensure that the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make provision at and around the Hub Station for

bull Capacity improvements to classic rail connectivity to the south and north of Toton HS2 station including Trent Junctions optimising the integration of classic and High Speed Rail services and including a lsquoclassic compatible linkrsquo to transform connectivity between Leicester and the north of England

bull An integrated station design including moving the station concourse north to better connect with tram and Public Transport Interchange with an integrated deck connecting eastwest over the HS2 track to

better integrate the Toton station into the heart of the new place ndash the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo This would include provision of a second transfer deck to the south of the main concourse to provide improve capacity and interchange between services

bull Fully integrated public transport interchange and walking routes connecting surrounding communities to promote sustainable travel reduce the need for car parking and thereby make best use of land and local assets including the tram as a means of linking Park amp Ride facilities with the station

bull North South connectivity through the site to connect Long Eaton and Stapleford and to enable local communities to access the station by all modes

bull A clear car parking strategy with a decked car park at the station (premium) complemented by NET based Park and Ride

bull Provision for three bridges as follows

- Integrated with concourse deck to create east west route for tram and sustainable transport links between east and west development areas and to Long Eaton airport and Derby

- Multi-modal bridge south of the A52 to enable resilience in the local network connections to the western development area and

41

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

- Pedestrian bridge at mid-point between the above to connect new communities

bull Provision for an underpass under the Network Rail and HS2 lines to the south of the concourse to enable links between Stapleford Long Eaton and the station by various modes and in particular public transport but as a secondary primary access connecting east and west development areas within the Innovation Campus

5 Separately to ensure the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make specifc provision to deliver the NET tram extension from the existing Toton Park amp Ride to the HS2 Station consistent with the provisions set our above

6 DfTHS2 Ltd to designate Staveley as a major construction hubrailhead for the construction of Phase 2b in addition to the establishment of the Infrastructure Maintenance Depot

7 Government to make a contribution towards the delivery of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Chesterfeld Station Link Road to unlock early development and growth in the corridor

8 Further fnancial and technical support from Network Rail HS2 Ltd and HS2 Growth Partnership to work collaboratively on the relocation of the DBS Depot and Network Rail Sidings to enable development growth and transport connections through the Hub Station area

9 DfTHS2 Ltd to amend the HS2 Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS) to ensure that both Shefeld HS2 classic compatible services stop at Chesterfeld

10 Commitment from DfTHS2 Ltd to at least partially open the Hub Station at Toton by 2030 rather than 2033 to generate additional passenger revenue and accelerate the delivery of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

42

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy World Class - Locally Driven

For more information please contact East Midlands Councils Tel 01664 502620 Email infoemcouncilsgovuk

  • Structure Bookmarks
    • Born 1946-1964
    • Born 1964-1980
    • Born 1980-2000
    • Born 2000+
    • The Hub Station and surrounding area
    • Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone
    • Chesterfield Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo
    • Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site
Page 40: East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy - Broxtowe€¦ · 3.7 Park & Ride 3.8 4.3 East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Contents Contents Foreword 3 3.6 Cycling & Walking 33 Executive Summary

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

Connectivity

Our immediate priority is to safeguard the potential to secure a classic compatible link at the Hub Station and for enhanced capacity at Trent Junctions capable of delivering the Midlands Connect ITSS These will require the scope of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill which is due to be considered by Ministers in the autumn of 2017 to include provision for the necessary land take

The public transport overbridge and local road connections proposed for the Hub Station will impact on the Hybrid Bill and the associated Environmental Impact Statement and will need to be incorporated into the emerging Hub Station design commissioned by HS2 Ltd

We will need to confrm support from Highways England and HS2 Ltd to take forward the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity Plan with Midlands Connect This work will optimise the package of interventions proposed to serve the Hub Station and develop business cases for individual schemes capable of securing capital investment However we believe we have a sufcient case now for Highways England to identify funding in RIS2 to develop a major scheme on the A52M1 J25 that address existing congestion issues and contributes to the wider solution for accessing the Hub Station

43 Proposals for Delivery Bodies The geographic and political context for the area around the Hub Station is complex spanning a number of local planning authorities local transport authorities and local enterprise partnerships Our work to date has highlighted a range of potential delivery and funding mechanisms that would help to enable development in particular options for Tax Increment Financing (TIf ) But these will require a strategic approach to investment over a number of administrative areas to be efective

There is a local appetite to establish a powerful delivery body that could work at a scale to drive forward our growth vision There are a range of options including the potential for the kind of lsquolocally-led development corporationrsquo envisaged by the Neighbourhood Planning Act 2017

We would like to work with Government over the coming months to develop a proposition for a delivery body for the Hub Station Growth Zone that could begin to operate in lsquoshadow formrsquo with initial seed-corn funding from 2018 onwards

For Chesterfeld and Staveley the geography is less complex with the key moves all within the administrative area of Chesterfeld Borough Council Here a local development company solution may be more appropriate which can also contribute to the delivery of the wider Derbyshire growth story

It will be important to ensure that development in both Growth Zones continues to contribute to the wider East Midlands vision for HS2 under the auspices of the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Mitigation

Whilst HS2 has the potential to bring great benefts to the 44 East Midlands the scale of the new infrastructure involved will also result in some negative impacts ndash particularly in the short term Although the line of route has been designed to minimise impact on environmental assets challenges remain in a number of locations in Derbyshire Leicestershire and Nottinghamshire

Similarly where the line passes through urban areas for example Long Eaton some existing businesses will have to re-locate to alternative premises Whilst the Government has put in place a compensation scheme to assist those directly afected councils are keen to ensure the jobs and investment are retained in the local area wherever possible

The East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board has established a lsquomitigation sub-grouprsquo to work with DfT and HS2 Ltd to help develop detailed designs for key structures that will minimise and mitigate the environmental impacts of the line and look to ensure that existing businesses can continue to thrive As work starts on the development of the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill it will be important to ensure that councils are able to inform the detail of the Governmentrsquos proposals on both an individual and collective basis

39

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

45 Phasing of Delivery This Growth Strategy demonstrated the scale complexity and interdependencies between programmes involving a range of partner agencies Many of these programmes involve major schemes that take many years to develop and deliver Although HS2 Phase 2b is not due to become fully operational until 2033 the lead in times are such that key decisions on what might be included within the Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environment Statement will actually be taken during the coming months With appropriate funding and collaboration a number of key moves can be implemented in the short term

Although the development may reach maturity in 2043 by the time HS2 opens there will in fact already be a new place (the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo) emerging around the station to welcome the frst passengers For this to be achieved the delivery partners will need to build momentum over the next 12 months and it is recognised this will require dedicated resource and governance

The evidence base underpinning the growth strategy provides a clear indication of the growth potential and promotes a range of key infrastructure concepts and moves However in order to take these forward and in particular promote some of them for possible inclusion in the Hybrid Bill the partners are clear that more detailed studies and analysis will be required and these will need to be developed in tandem with the work being undertaken for the railway

This highlights the need to establish a dedicated team and for further resources to commission and manage the work programme for the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Phases of Delivery

2017-2022 Hybrid bill development business case development (RS2CP6) land strategy and delivery body early phases of development

2022-2027 Early infrastructure development and key moves (eg depot relocation) next phases of development

2027-2033 HS2 Construction amp completiontesting

2033 HS2 becomes fully operational - local economic development builds momentum

2033-43 Development to maturity

46 First Phase Priorities The focus up to 2022 will be on ensuring the provisions of the Phase 2 Hybrid Bill enable our vision for the Hub Station and priorities for local and strategic connectivity to be implemented Delivery of improvements to the A52 at Bardills and Toton Lane will enable the early phases of the Toton Innovation Campus to commence helping to build investor confdence Completion for the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity plan will progress the wider mix of strategic and local interventions to detailed design stage To be successful all this activity will need to be underpinned by the establishment of a properly resourced and empowered local delivery bodyThe early completion of frst stages of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Station Link Road will help to kick start development in the North Derbyshire Growth Zone

40

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

1 High level Ministerial endorsement of the East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy including through

bull Funding the establishment of a lsquoshadow delivery bodyrsquo to start implementing the Growth Strategy locally and to establish a viable mechanism for capturing a proportion of development value necessary for infrastructure delivery and

bull Promotion by Government and its delivery bodies of key development opportunities set out in the Growth Strategy to national and international investors consistent with the Midlands Engine Vision for Growth

2 Support from DCLG for our vision for the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone by

bull Empowering the HCA to establish a strategic land strategy that will facilitate enabling infrastructure and subsequently to bring forward early phases of development and

bull Using other funding including the current Housing Infrastructure Fund (HIF) to help bring forward early phase infrastructure

3 Support from DfT and its delivery bodies for the implementation of early connectivity priorities related to the Hub Station through

bull Ensuring Highways England and HS2 Ltd contribute gap funding towards the East Midlands Gateway Connectivity Plan Phase 1 Study

bull Funding the delivery phases 1ab of the A52 Access Strategy to enable the initial phases of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo to commence before 2022 and

bull Identifying funding in the next Road Investment Strategy (RIS2) to develop a major scheme to address capacity at M1 Junction 25 and access the Hub Station from the A52 (phases 2 amp3 of the A52 Access Strategy) ndash also making the necessary provisions within the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill amp Environmental Statement

4 DfTHS2 Ltd to ensure that the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make provision at and around the Hub Station for

bull Capacity improvements to classic rail connectivity to the south and north of Toton HS2 station including Trent Junctions optimising the integration of classic and High Speed Rail services and including a lsquoclassic compatible linkrsquo to transform connectivity between Leicester and the north of England

bull An integrated station design including moving the station concourse north to better connect with tram and Public Transport Interchange with an integrated deck connecting eastwest over the HS2 track to

better integrate the Toton station into the heart of the new place ndash the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo This would include provision of a second transfer deck to the south of the main concourse to provide improve capacity and interchange between services

bull Fully integrated public transport interchange and walking routes connecting surrounding communities to promote sustainable travel reduce the need for car parking and thereby make best use of land and local assets including the tram as a means of linking Park amp Ride facilities with the station

bull North South connectivity through the site to connect Long Eaton and Stapleford and to enable local communities to access the station by all modes

bull A clear car parking strategy with a decked car park at the station (premium) complemented by NET based Park and Ride

bull Provision for three bridges as follows

- Integrated with concourse deck to create east west route for tram and sustainable transport links between east and west development areas and to Long Eaton airport and Derby

- Multi-modal bridge south of the A52 to enable resilience in the local network connections to the western development area and

41

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

- Pedestrian bridge at mid-point between the above to connect new communities

bull Provision for an underpass under the Network Rail and HS2 lines to the south of the concourse to enable links between Stapleford Long Eaton and the station by various modes and in particular public transport but as a secondary primary access connecting east and west development areas within the Innovation Campus

5 Separately to ensure the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make specifc provision to deliver the NET tram extension from the existing Toton Park amp Ride to the HS2 Station consistent with the provisions set our above

6 DfTHS2 Ltd to designate Staveley as a major construction hubrailhead for the construction of Phase 2b in addition to the establishment of the Infrastructure Maintenance Depot

7 Government to make a contribution towards the delivery of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Chesterfeld Station Link Road to unlock early development and growth in the corridor

8 Further fnancial and technical support from Network Rail HS2 Ltd and HS2 Growth Partnership to work collaboratively on the relocation of the DBS Depot and Network Rail Sidings to enable development growth and transport connections through the Hub Station area

9 DfTHS2 Ltd to amend the HS2 Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS) to ensure that both Shefeld HS2 classic compatible services stop at Chesterfeld

10 Commitment from DfTHS2 Ltd to at least partially open the Hub Station at Toton by 2030 rather than 2033 to generate additional passenger revenue and accelerate the delivery of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

42

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy World Class - Locally Driven

For more information please contact East Midlands Councils Tel 01664 502620 Email infoemcouncilsgovuk

  • Structure Bookmarks
    • Born 1946-1964
    • Born 1964-1980
    • Born 1980-2000
    • Born 2000+
    • The Hub Station and surrounding area
    • Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone
    • Chesterfield Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo
    • Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site
Page 41: East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy - Broxtowe€¦ · 3.7 Park & Ride 3.8 4.3 East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Contents Contents Foreword 3 3.6 Cycling & Walking 33 Executive Summary

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Section 4 | Delivery

45 Phasing of Delivery This Growth Strategy demonstrated the scale complexity and interdependencies between programmes involving a range of partner agencies Many of these programmes involve major schemes that take many years to develop and deliver Although HS2 Phase 2b is not due to become fully operational until 2033 the lead in times are such that key decisions on what might be included within the Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environment Statement will actually be taken during the coming months With appropriate funding and collaboration a number of key moves can be implemented in the short term

Although the development may reach maturity in 2043 by the time HS2 opens there will in fact already be a new place (the lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo) emerging around the station to welcome the frst passengers For this to be achieved the delivery partners will need to build momentum over the next 12 months and it is recognised this will require dedicated resource and governance

The evidence base underpinning the growth strategy provides a clear indication of the growth potential and promotes a range of key infrastructure concepts and moves However in order to take these forward and in particular promote some of them for possible inclusion in the Hybrid Bill the partners are clear that more detailed studies and analysis will be required and these will need to be developed in tandem with the work being undertaken for the railway

This highlights the need to establish a dedicated team and for further resources to commission and manage the work programme for the East Midlands HS2 Strategic Board

Phases of Delivery

2017-2022 Hybrid bill development business case development (RS2CP6) land strategy and delivery body early phases of development

2022-2027 Early infrastructure development and key moves (eg depot relocation) next phases of development

2027-2033 HS2 Construction amp completiontesting

2033 HS2 becomes fully operational - local economic development builds momentum

2033-43 Development to maturity

46 First Phase Priorities The focus up to 2022 will be on ensuring the provisions of the Phase 2 Hybrid Bill enable our vision for the Hub Station and priorities for local and strategic connectivity to be implemented Delivery of improvements to the A52 at Bardills and Toton Lane will enable the early phases of the Toton Innovation Campus to commence helping to build investor confdence Completion for the frst phase of the East Midlands Gateways Connectivity plan will progress the wider mix of strategic and local interventions to detailed design stage To be successful all this activity will need to be underpinned by the establishment of a properly resourced and empowered local delivery bodyThe early completion of frst stages of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Station Link Road will help to kick start development in the North Derbyshire Growth Zone

40

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

1 High level Ministerial endorsement of the East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy including through

bull Funding the establishment of a lsquoshadow delivery bodyrsquo to start implementing the Growth Strategy locally and to establish a viable mechanism for capturing a proportion of development value necessary for infrastructure delivery and

bull Promotion by Government and its delivery bodies of key development opportunities set out in the Growth Strategy to national and international investors consistent with the Midlands Engine Vision for Growth

2 Support from DCLG for our vision for the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone by

bull Empowering the HCA to establish a strategic land strategy that will facilitate enabling infrastructure and subsequently to bring forward early phases of development and

bull Using other funding including the current Housing Infrastructure Fund (HIF) to help bring forward early phase infrastructure

3 Support from DfT and its delivery bodies for the implementation of early connectivity priorities related to the Hub Station through

bull Ensuring Highways England and HS2 Ltd contribute gap funding towards the East Midlands Gateway Connectivity Plan Phase 1 Study

bull Funding the delivery phases 1ab of the A52 Access Strategy to enable the initial phases of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo to commence before 2022 and

bull Identifying funding in the next Road Investment Strategy (RIS2) to develop a major scheme to address capacity at M1 Junction 25 and access the Hub Station from the A52 (phases 2 amp3 of the A52 Access Strategy) ndash also making the necessary provisions within the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill amp Environmental Statement

4 DfTHS2 Ltd to ensure that the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make provision at and around the Hub Station for

bull Capacity improvements to classic rail connectivity to the south and north of Toton HS2 station including Trent Junctions optimising the integration of classic and High Speed Rail services and including a lsquoclassic compatible linkrsquo to transform connectivity between Leicester and the north of England

bull An integrated station design including moving the station concourse north to better connect with tram and Public Transport Interchange with an integrated deck connecting eastwest over the HS2 track to

better integrate the Toton station into the heart of the new place ndash the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo This would include provision of a second transfer deck to the south of the main concourse to provide improve capacity and interchange between services

bull Fully integrated public transport interchange and walking routes connecting surrounding communities to promote sustainable travel reduce the need for car parking and thereby make best use of land and local assets including the tram as a means of linking Park amp Ride facilities with the station

bull North South connectivity through the site to connect Long Eaton and Stapleford and to enable local communities to access the station by all modes

bull A clear car parking strategy with a decked car park at the station (premium) complemented by NET based Park and Ride

bull Provision for three bridges as follows

- Integrated with concourse deck to create east west route for tram and sustainable transport links between east and west development areas and to Long Eaton airport and Derby

- Multi-modal bridge south of the A52 to enable resilience in the local network connections to the western development area and

41

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

- Pedestrian bridge at mid-point between the above to connect new communities

bull Provision for an underpass under the Network Rail and HS2 lines to the south of the concourse to enable links between Stapleford Long Eaton and the station by various modes and in particular public transport but as a secondary primary access connecting east and west development areas within the Innovation Campus

5 Separately to ensure the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make specifc provision to deliver the NET tram extension from the existing Toton Park amp Ride to the HS2 Station consistent with the provisions set our above

6 DfTHS2 Ltd to designate Staveley as a major construction hubrailhead for the construction of Phase 2b in addition to the establishment of the Infrastructure Maintenance Depot

7 Government to make a contribution towards the delivery of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Chesterfeld Station Link Road to unlock early development and growth in the corridor

8 Further fnancial and technical support from Network Rail HS2 Ltd and HS2 Growth Partnership to work collaboratively on the relocation of the DBS Depot and Network Rail Sidings to enable development growth and transport connections through the Hub Station area

9 DfTHS2 Ltd to amend the HS2 Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS) to ensure that both Shefeld HS2 classic compatible services stop at Chesterfeld

10 Commitment from DfTHS2 Ltd to at least partially open the Hub Station at Toton by 2030 rather than 2033 to generate additional passenger revenue and accelerate the delivery of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

42

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy World Class - Locally Driven

For more information please contact East Midlands Councils Tel 01664 502620 Email infoemcouncilsgovuk

  • Structure Bookmarks
    • Born 1946-1964
    • Born 1964-1980
    • Born 1980-2000
    • Born 2000+
    • The Hub Station and surrounding area
    • Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone
    • Chesterfield Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo
    • Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site
Page 42: East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy - Broxtowe€¦ · 3.7 Park & Ride 3.8 4.3 East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Contents Contents Foreword 3 3.6 Cycling & Walking 33 Executive Summary

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

1 High level Ministerial endorsement of the East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy including through

bull Funding the establishment of a lsquoshadow delivery bodyrsquo to start implementing the Growth Strategy locally and to establish a viable mechanism for capturing a proportion of development value necessary for infrastructure delivery and

bull Promotion by Government and its delivery bodies of key development opportunities set out in the Growth Strategy to national and international investors consistent with the Midlands Engine Vision for Growth

2 Support from DCLG for our vision for the East Midlands Hub Growth Zone by

bull Empowering the HCA to establish a strategic land strategy that will facilitate enabling infrastructure and subsequently to bring forward early phases of development and

bull Using other funding including the current Housing Infrastructure Fund (HIF) to help bring forward early phase infrastructure

3 Support from DfT and its delivery bodies for the implementation of early connectivity priorities related to the Hub Station through

bull Ensuring Highways England and HS2 Ltd contribute gap funding towards the East Midlands Gateway Connectivity Plan Phase 1 Study

bull Funding the delivery phases 1ab of the A52 Access Strategy to enable the initial phases of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo to commence before 2022 and

bull Identifying funding in the next Road Investment Strategy (RIS2) to develop a major scheme to address capacity at M1 Junction 25 and access the Hub Station from the A52 (phases 2 amp3 of the A52 Access Strategy) ndash also making the necessary provisions within the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill amp Environmental Statement

4 DfTHS2 Ltd to ensure that the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make provision at and around the Hub Station for

bull Capacity improvements to classic rail connectivity to the south and north of Toton HS2 station including Trent Junctions optimising the integration of classic and High Speed Rail services and including a lsquoclassic compatible linkrsquo to transform connectivity between Leicester and the north of England

bull An integrated station design including moving the station concourse north to better connect with tram and Public Transport Interchange with an integrated deck connecting eastwest over the HS2 track to

better integrate the Toton station into the heart of the new place ndash the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo This would include provision of a second transfer deck to the south of the main concourse to provide improve capacity and interchange between services

bull Fully integrated public transport interchange and walking routes connecting surrounding communities to promote sustainable travel reduce the need for car parking and thereby make best use of land and local assets including the tram as a means of linking Park amp Ride facilities with the station

bull North South connectivity through the site to connect Long Eaton and Stapleford and to enable local communities to access the station by all modes

bull A clear car parking strategy with a decked car park at the station (premium) complemented by NET based Park and Ride

bull Provision for three bridges as follows

- Integrated with concourse deck to create east west route for tram and sustainable transport links between east and west development areas and to Long Eaton airport and Derby

- Multi-modal bridge south of the A52 to enable resilience in the local network connections to the western development area and

41

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

- Pedestrian bridge at mid-point between the above to connect new communities

bull Provision for an underpass under the Network Rail and HS2 lines to the south of the concourse to enable links between Stapleford Long Eaton and the station by various modes and in particular public transport but as a secondary primary access connecting east and west development areas within the Innovation Campus

5 Separately to ensure the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make specifc provision to deliver the NET tram extension from the existing Toton Park amp Ride to the HS2 Station consistent with the provisions set our above

6 DfTHS2 Ltd to designate Staveley as a major construction hubrailhead for the construction of Phase 2b in addition to the establishment of the Infrastructure Maintenance Depot

7 Government to make a contribution towards the delivery of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Chesterfeld Station Link Road to unlock early development and growth in the corridor

8 Further fnancial and technical support from Network Rail HS2 Ltd and HS2 Growth Partnership to work collaboratively on the relocation of the DBS Depot and Network Rail Sidings to enable development growth and transport connections through the Hub Station area

9 DfTHS2 Ltd to amend the HS2 Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS) to ensure that both Shefeld HS2 classic compatible services stop at Chesterfeld

10 Commitment from DfTHS2 Ltd to at least partially open the Hub Station at Toton by 2030 rather than 2033 to generate additional passenger revenue and accelerate the delivery of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

42

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy World Class - Locally Driven

For more information please contact East Midlands Councils Tel 01664 502620 Email infoemcouncilsgovuk

  • Structure Bookmarks
    • Born 1946-1964
    • Born 1964-1980
    • Born 1980-2000
    • Born 2000+
    • The Hub Station and surrounding area
    • Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone
    • Chesterfield Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo
    • Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site
Page 43: East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy - Broxtowe€¦ · 3.7 Park & Ride 3.8 4.3 East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Contents Contents Foreword 3 3.6 Cycling & Walking 33 Executive Summary

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Appendix 1

Appendix 1 Appendix 1 Enabling Measures by Government and its Delivery Bodies

- Pedestrian bridge at mid-point between the above to connect new communities

bull Provision for an underpass under the Network Rail and HS2 lines to the south of the concourse to enable links between Stapleford Long Eaton and the station by various modes and in particular public transport but as a secondary primary access connecting east and west development areas within the Innovation Campus

5 Separately to ensure the Phase 2b Hybrid Bill and accompanying Environmental Statement make specifc provision to deliver the NET tram extension from the existing Toton Park amp Ride to the HS2 Station consistent with the provisions set our above

6 DfTHS2 Ltd to designate Staveley as a major construction hubrailhead for the construction of Phase 2b in addition to the establishment of the Infrastructure Maintenance Depot

7 Government to make a contribution towards the delivery of the ChesterfeldStaveley Regeneration Route and Chesterfeld Station Link Road to unlock early development and growth in the corridor

8 Further fnancial and technical support from Network Rail HS2 Ltd and HS2 Growth Partnership to work collaboratively on the relocation of the DBS Depot and Network Rail Sidings to enable development growth and transport connections through the Hub Station area

9 DfTHS2 Ltd to amend the HS2 Indicative Train Service Specifcation (ITSS) to ensure that both Shefeld HS2 classic compatible services stop at Chesterfeld

10 Commitment from DfTHS2 Ltd to at least partially open the Hub Station at Toton by 2030 rather than 2033 to generate additional passenger revenue and accelerate the delivery of the Toton lsquoInnovation Campusrsquo

42

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy World Class - Locally Driven

For more information please contact East Midlands Councils Tel 01664 502620 Email infoemcouncilsgovuk

  • Structure Bookmarks
    • Born 1946-1964
    • Born 1964-1980
    • Born 1980-2000
    • Born 2000+
    • The Hub Station and surrounding area
    • Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone
    • Chesterfield Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo
    • Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site
Page 44: East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy - Broxtowe€¦ · 3.7 Park & Ride 3.8 4.3 East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy Contents Contents Foreword 3 3.6 Cycling & Walking 33 Executive Summary

East Midlands HS2 Growth Strategy World Class - Locally Driven

For more information please contact East Midlands Councils Tel 01664 502620 Email infoemcouncilsgovuk

  • Structure Bookmarks
    • Born 1946-1964
    • Born 1964-1980
    • Born 1980-2000
    • Born 2000+
    • The Hub Station and surrounding area
    • Northern Derbyshire Growth Zone
    • Chesterfield Station and lsquoPlatform 4rsquo
    • Proposed pedestrian access to and across the Hub Station development site